Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
C2017-221 - 7/13/2017 - NA
• 2017-221 7/13/17 J. Carroll Weaver Inc. 00 52 23 AGREEMENT This Agreement,for the Project Contract Renewal approved on July 13, 2017 is between the City of Corpus Christi (Owner)and 1. Carroll Weaver,Inc. (Contractor). Owner and Contractor agree as follows: ARTICLE 1—WORK 1.01 Contractor shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents. The Work is generally described as: Contract Renewal #1 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) FY2017 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity(IDIQ)Seal Coats(Ref E15140) Project No. E17049 ARTICLE 2—DESIGNER AND OWNER'S AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE 2.01 The Project has been designed by: Coym,Rehmet&Gutierrez Engineering,L.P. 5656 S.Staples,Suite 230 Corpus Christi,Texas 78411 2.02 The Owner's Authorized Representative for this Project is: Ernesto De La Garza.P.E.—Construction Management Engineer City of Corpus Christi—Engineering Services 4917 Holly Rd.—Bldg.#5 Corpus Christi,TX 78411 ARTICLE 3—CONTRACT TIMES 3.01 Contract Times A. The Work is required to be substantially completed within 365 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run as provided in the Notice to Proceed and is to be completed and ready for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 15.06 of the General Conditions within 395 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run. B. Milestones,and the dates for completion of each,are as defined in SECTION 01 35 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES. 3.02 Liquidated Damages A. Owner and Contractor recognize that time limits for specified Milestones, Substantial Completion, and completion and readiness for Final Payment as stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. Owner and Contractor recognize that the Agreement 00 52 23-1 Contract Renewal Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program(SPMP)FY 2017 Rev 01-13-2016 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity(IDIQ)Seal Coats(Ref E15140) Project No.E17049 INDEXED PHONE [362) 364-2569 P=ax [3691 364-4729 J. LL WEAVER, . J.Carroll Weaver CONTRACTOR HIGHWAY Sc ROAQ CONSTRUCTION Str—kholder meeting R. O. EBox I36? SINTON. TEXAS 7838 7-1361 February 5, 2016 Present representing 100%of the company ownership: Bennie Vickers,Gary Kelley, Dirk Wristers, Nathan Taggart Meeting held at the J.Carroll Weaver offices in Sinton,Tx. No change in officers of the company. Nathan Taggart President Bennie Vickers Vice-President Gary Kelley Secretary Discussed and approved the audited 2015 End of Year financial statement. Resolved by the officers of J.Carroll Weaver, Inc.as follows: Nathan Taggart, President,Bennie Vickers,Vice President and Gary Kelley,General Manager,has the authority to sign any and all bids for J.Carroll Weaver,Inc.,including Texas Department of Transportation bids. Discussed short and long term expectations. Meeting adjourned. Nathan Taggart-President Gary Kelley-Secretary CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats City Project No. E15140 City of Corpus Christi Coym, Rehmet&Gutierrez Engineering, L.P. FCC7 TBPE Firm Reg.No. F-388 TBPLS Firm Reg.No. 101040-01 5656 S. Staples, Suite 230 Corpus Christi, Texas 78411 CG Phone:361-991-8550 Fax:361-993-7569 Email:crgPcrgei.com CRG Project No. 20910c ' P�E,OF r4,S ` • ,Ap i VICTOR M.GUTIERREZ,JR../ 77761 O 1' FLS ��,.•' � S FRecord Drawing Number STR 929 • o 000100 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division/ Title Section Division 00 Procurement and Contracting Requirements 00 21 13 Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders (ReV01-13-2016) 00 30 00 Bid Acknowledgment Form (Revo1-13-2016) 00 30 01 Bid Form (Revo1-13-2016) 00 30 02 Compliance to State Law on Nonresident Bidders 00 30 05 Disclosure of Interest(Revo1-13-2016) 00 30 06 Non-Collusion Certification 004516 Statement of Experience (Rev 10-06-2015) 00 52 23 Agreement(Rev 01-13-2016) 0061 13 Performance Bond (Revo1-13-2016) 0061 16 Payment Bond (Revo1-13-2016) 00 72 00 General Conditions (Rev3-23-2015) 00 72 01 Insurance Requirements (Revo1-13-2016) 00 72 02 Wage Rate Requirements(Rev 06-12-2015) 00 72 03 Minority/ MBE/ DBE Participation Policy(Revo1-13-2016) 007300 Supplementary Conditions Division 01 General Requirements 01 11 00 Summary of Work(Revo1-13-2016) 01 23 10 Alternates and Allowances 01 29 00 Application for Payment Procedures (Rev03-11-2015) 01 29 01 Measurement and Basis for Payment (Revo1-13-2016) 01 31 00 Project Management and Coordination (Revo1-13-2016) 01 31 13 Project Coordination 01 31 14 Change Management 013300 Document Management 013301 Submittal Register(Rev 7/3/2014) 013301 Submittal Register(Rev 7/3/2014) 013302 Shop Drawings 013303 Record Data 013304 Construction Progress Schedule Table of Contents 000100-1 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program(SPMP)Year 3 ReV01-13-2016 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity(IDIQ)Seal Coats Project No. E15140 Division/ Title Section 013305 Video and Photographic Documentation 01 35 00 Special Procedures 014000 Quality Management 01 50 00 Temporary Facilities and Controls 01 57 00 Temporary Controls 01 70 00 Execution and Closeout Requirements Part S Standard Specifications 025610 Concrete Curb & Gutter(Rev03-25-2015) 025612 Concrete Sidewalks & Driveways (Rev03-25-2015) 030020 Portland Cement Concrete(Rev 10-30-2014) 032020 Reinforcing Steel (Rev 10-30-2014) 038000 Concrete Structures(Rev03-25-2015) 097020 Exposed Aggregate Finish For Concrete Sidewalks (5-51)* Part T Technical Specifications Item 204 Sprinkling Item 210 Rolling Item 216 Proof Rolling Item 247 Flexible Base Item 251 Reworking Base Courses Item 300 Asphalts, Oils and Emulsions Item SP300-009 Special Provision to Item 300 Asphalts, oils and Emulsions Item 302 Aggregates for Surface Treatment Item SP302-002 Special Provision to item 302 Aggregates for Surface Treatment Item 310 Prime Coat Item 316 Seal Coat Item 320 Equipment for Asphalt Concrete Pavement Item 351 Flexible Pavement Structure Repair Item 502 Barricades, Signs and Traffic Handling Item 662 Work Zone Pavement Markings Item 666 Reflectorized Pavement Markings Table of Contents 000100-2 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP)Year 3 Rev 01-13-2016 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity(IDIQ)Seal Coats Project No. E15140 Division/ Title Section Item 668 Pre-Fabricated Pavement Markings Part T Technical Specifications Item 672 Raised Pavement Markers Item 677 Eliminating Existing Pavement Markings and Markers Item 678 Pavement Surface Preparation for Markings Item 700 Pothole Repair Item 712 Cleaning and Sealing Joints and Cracks TxDOT Special Specifications Item 3268 Dense-Graded Hot-Mix Asphalt Item 8251 Reflectorized Pavement Markings w/Reflective Requirements END OF SECTION Table of Contents 000100-3 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP)Year 3 Rev 01-13-2016 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity(IDIQ)Seal Coats Project No. E15140 00 21 13 INVITATION TO BID AND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS ARTICLE 1—DEFINED TERMS 1.01 Terms used in this Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions. ARTICLE 2—GENERAL NOTICE 2.01 The City of Corpus Christi, Texas (Owner) is requesting Bids for the construction of the following Project: Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity(IDIQ) Seal Coats, City Project No. E15140 A. This project is part of the Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program Year 3 program that provides for the implementation of the citywide SPMP, consisting of hot-mix asphalt overlays and seal coats for selected Year 2 and Year 3 arterial,collector and local (residential) streets. THIS CONTRACT IS FOR SEAL COATS ONLY. Three (3) delivery orders will be issued for each of three (3) designated areas, for a total of nine (9) delivery orders. Three Base Bid Schedules, included in this single bid invitation, are for three (3) designated areas within the city limits as follows: Base Bid Part 1 (West), Base Bid Part 2 (Central) and Base Bid Part 3 (East). This project is an IDIQ construction contract to perform seal coat improvements throughout the City, including minor utility manhole ring & cover and valve cover adjustments. The Work will be issued in individual work orders called "Delivery Orders"that provide specific scope and requirements. The City intends to award this contract for an initial one-year/12-month period, with the option to administratively renew for two (2) additional one-year/12-month periods. The City's Department of Engineering Services will determine whether to exercise an option to renew based on the Contractor's successful performance of the work on all Delivery Orders, the recommendation of the City's Design Engineer, Construction Management& Inspection Team,approval by the City's Director of Engineering Services, and the concurrence of the Contractor. The contract allows for a City-approved economic adjustment to apply to a renewal period if, based upon published cost-of- construction indices acceptable to the City. B. The three Base Bid, bid schedules, under this single bid invitation, include items of work across three (3) areas of the City— Base Bid Part 1 (West), Base Bid Part 2 (Central) and Base Bid Part 3 (East). The City intends to award Base Bid Part 1 (West),to the lowest responsible bidder, award the Base Bid Part 2 (Central) to the lowest responsible bidder, and award the Base Bid Part 3 (East)to the lowest responsible bidder. the same bidder submits the lowest bid from multiple parts, the bidder must demonstrate sufficient capacity and resources to perform all parts simultaneously in accordance with the Contract Documents. This includes sufficient crews and equipment for each Part to be considered for award. The City will determine satisfactory capacity,and if,the award of multiple parts to one contractor is in the best interest of the City. If the contractor only qualifies for one part, the award of the lowest of the multiple bid will be awarded, and the other parts awarded to the next lowest bidder. Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders 002113- 1 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP)Year 3 Rev 01-13-2016 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity(IDIQ)Seal Coats Project No. E15140 The Engineer's Opinion of Probable Construction Cost for the Project is $5,055,000 ($1,685,000 x 3). The Project is to be substantially complete and ready for operation within 365 days. The Project is to be complete and eligible for Final Payment 30 days after the date for Substantial Completion. 2.02 Advertisement and bidding information for the Project can be found at the following website: www.CivCastUSA.com 2.03 Contract Documents may be downloaded or viewed free of charge at this website. This website will be updated periodically with Addenda, lists of interested parties, reports,or other information relevant to submitting a Bid for the Project. ARTICLE 3— DELIVERY AND OPENING OF BIDS 3.01 Bids must be received no later than 2:00 pm on MaV 18,2016 to be accepted. Bids received after this time will not be accepted. It is the sole responsibility of the Bidder to deliver the Bid, electronic or hard copy, by the specified deadline. 3.02 Complete and submit the Bid Form, the Bid Bond and the Bid Acknowledgement Form along with all required documents identified in the Bid Acknowledgement Form. 3.03 Electronic Bids may be submitted to the CivCast website at www.civcastusa.com. 3.04 If submitting a hard copy bid or bid security by cashier's check or money order, please address envelopes or packages: City of Corpus Christi City Secretary's Office City Hall Building, 1st Floor 1201 Leopard Street Corpus Christi, Texas 78401 Attention: City Secretary Bid - Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity(IDIQ)Seal Coats, City Project No. E15140 All envelopes and packages (including FEDEX envelopes) must clearly identify, on the OUTSIDE of the package, the project name and number and that bid documents are enclosed. 3.05 Bids will be publicly opened and read aloud at 2:00 pm on MaV 18,2016,at the following location: City Hall Building— City of Corpus Christi First Floor City Council Staff Room or Council Chambers 1201 Leopard Street Corpus Christi, Texas 78401 3.06 The Owner will read aloud the names of the Bidders and the apparent Bid amounts shown on the Bid Summary for all Bids received in time to be considered. Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders 002113-2 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP)Year 3 Rev 01-13-2016 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity(IDIQ)Seal Coats Project No. E15140 ARTICLE 4—PRE-BID CONFERENCE 4.01 A non-mandatory pre-bid conference for the Project will be held on 10:30 am on May 10, 2016 at the following location: Name of Building, including room designation Street Address Corpus Christi,Texas Zip Code City Hall Building—Engineering Services Conference Room 1 or 2 3rd floor, Engineering Services 1201 Leopard Street, Corpus Christi, Texas 78401 ARTICLE 5—COPIES OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 5.01 Obtain a complete set of the Contract Documents as indicated in SECTION 00 52 23 AGREEMENT. 5.02 Use complete sets of Contract Documents in preparing Bids; Bidder assumes sole responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Contract Documents. 5.03 OPT makes copies of Contract Documents available for the sole purpose of obtaining Bids for completion of the Project and does not confer a license or grant permission or authorization for any other use. ARTICLE 6—EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 6.01 Before submitting a Bid: A. Examine and carefully study the Contract Documents, including any Addenda and related supplemental data. B. Become familiar with all federal, state, and local Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, or the completion of Work. C. Carefully study and correlate the information available to the Bidder with the Contract Documents, Addenda, and the related supplemental data. D. Notify the OAR of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that the Bidder discovers in the Contract Documents, Addenda, and the related supplemental data. E. Determine that the Contract Documents, Addenda, and the related supplemental data are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for completion of Work. 6.02 The submission of a Bid will constitute an incontrovertible representation by the Bidder that the Bidder has complied with every requirement of this Article 5, that without exception the Bid is premised upon completion of Work required by the Contract Documents, Addenda, and the related supplemental data,that the Bidder has given the OAR written notice of all conflicts,errors, Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders 002113-3 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP)Year 3 Rev 01-13-2016 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity(IDIQ)Seal Coats Project No. E15140 ambiguities, and discrepancies that the Bidder has discovered in the Contract Documents, Addenda, and the related supplemental data and the written resolutions provided by the OAR are acceptable to the Bidder, and that the Contract Documents, Addenda, and the related supplemental data are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for completion of Work. ARTICLE 7—INTERPRETATIONS AND ALTERNATE BIDS 7.01 Submit all questions about the meaning or intent of the Contract Documents, Addenda, and the related supplemental data using the Owner's Bidding Website at www.civcastusa.com. Responses to questions submitted will be posted on the website by the Owner for the benefit of all Bidders. Responses will be posted for questions submitted by 5:00 p.m. seven (7) days prior to the date of the bid opening. Inquiries made after this period may not be addressed. 7.02 Submit any offer of alternate terms and conditions, or offer of Work not in strict compliance with the Contract Documents to the OAR no later than 14 days prior to the date for opening of Bids. OAR and Designer will issue Addenda as appropriate if any of the proposed changes to the Contract Documents are accepted. A Bid submitted with clarifications or taking exceptions to the Contract Documents, except as modified by Addenda, may be considered non-responsive. 7.03 Addenda may be issued to clarify, correct, or change the Contract Documents, Addenda or the related supplemental data as deemed advisable by the Owner or Designer. Modifications to the Contract Documents prior to the award of contract can only be made by Addenda. Only answers in Addenda authorized by the Owner will be binding. Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect. ARTICLE 8—BID SECURITY 8.01 Bidders must submit an acceptable Bid Security with their Bid as a guarantee that the Bidder will enter into a contract for the Project with the Owner within 10 days of Notice of Award of the Contract. The security must be payable to the City of Corpus Christi, Texas in the amount of 5 percent(5%) of the greatest amount bid. 8.02 Bid Security may be in the form of a Bid Bond or a cashier's check, certified check, money order, or bank draft from a chartered financial institution authorized to operate in the State of Texas. Bidders submitting bids electronically through the CivCast System at www.CivCastUSA.com shall scan and upload a copy of Bid Bond as an attachment to their bid. Cashier's check,certified check, money order or bank draft must be enclosed in a sealed envelope, plainly identified on the outside as containing bid documents, the bidder's name and the job name and number and delivered as required in Article 3 below. 8.03 Bid Bond Requirements: 1. A Bid Bond must guarantee, without qualification or condition, that the Owner will be paid a sum equal to 5 percent (5%)of the greatest amount bid if, within 10 calendar days of Notice of Award of the Contract, the Bidder/Principal: a. fails to enter into a contract for the Project with the Owner; or b. fails to provide the required Performance and Payment Bonds. Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders 002113-4 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP)Year 3 Rev 01-13-2016 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity(IDIQ)Seal Coats Project No. E15140 2. A Bid Bond may not limit the sum payable to the Owner to be the difference between the Bidder/Principal's bid and the next highest bidder. 3. The Bid Bond must reference the Project by name as identified in Article 1. 4. Bidders may provide their surety's standard bid bond form if revised to meet these Bid Bond Requirements. 8.04 Failure to provide an acceptable Bid Security will constitute a non-responsive Bid which will not be considered. 8.05 Failure to provide the required Performance and Payment Bonds will result in forfeiture of the Bid Security to the City as liquidated damages. 8.06 Owner may annul the Notice of Award and the Bid Security of the Bidder will be forfeited if the apparent Selected Bidder fails to execute and deliver the Agreement or Amendments to the Agreement. The Bid Security of other Bidders whom the Owner believes to have a reasonable chance of receiving the award may be retained by the Owner until the earlier of 7 days after the Effective Date of the Contract or 90 days after the date Bids are opened. 8.07 Bid Securities are to remain in effect until the Contract is executed. The Bid Securities of all but the three lowest responsible Bidders will be returned within 14 days of the opening of Bids. Bid Securities become void and will be released by the Owner when the Contract is awarded or all Bids are rejected. ARTICLE 9—PREPARATION OF BID 9.01 The Bid Form is included with the Contract Documents and has been made available at the Owner's Bidding Website. Complete all blanks on the Bid Form by typing or printing in ink. Indicate Bid prices for each Bid item or alternate shown. 9.02 Execute the Bid Acknowledgement Form as indicated in the document and include evidence of authority to sign. 9.03 Acknowledge receipt of all Addenda by filling in the number and date of each Addendum. Provide a signature as indicated to verify that the Addenda were received. A Bid that does not acknowledge the receipt of all Addenda may be considered non-responsive. 9.04 Provide the name, address, email, and telephone number of the individual to be contacted for any communications regarding the Bid in the Bid Acknowledgement Form. 9.05 Provide evidence of the Bidder's authority and qualification to do business in the State of Texas or covenant to obtain such qualification prior to award of the Contract. ARTICLE 10—CONFIDENTIALITY OF BID INFORMATION 10.01 In accordance with Texas Government Code 552.110, trade secrets and confidential information in Bids are not open for public inspection. Bids will be opened in a manner that avoids disclosure of confidential information to competing Bidders and keeps the Bids from the public during considerations. All Bids are open for public inspection after the Contract is awarded, but trade secrets and confidential information in Bids are not typically open for public inspection. The Owner will protect this information to the extent allowed by Laws and Regulations. Clearly Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders 002113-5 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP)Year 3 Rev 01-13-2016 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity(IDIQ)Seal Coats Project No. E15140 indicate which specific documents are considered to be trade secrets or confidential information by stamping or watermarking all such documents with the word "confidential" prominently on each page or sheet or on the cover of bound documents. Place "confidential" stamps or watermarks so that they do not obscure any of the required information on the document, either in the original or in a way that would obscure any of the required information in a photocopy of the document. Photocopies of "confidential" documents will be made only for the convenience of the selection committee and will be destroyed after the Effective Date of the Contract. Original confidential documents will be returned to the Bidder after the Effective Date of the Contract if the Bidder indicates that the information is to be returned with the Bid, and arrangements for its return are provided by the Bidder. ARTICLE 11—MODIFICATION OR WITHDRAWAL OF BID 11.01 A Bid may be withdrawn by a Bidder, provided an authorized individual of the Bidder submits a written request to withdraw the Bid prior to the time set for opening the Bids. 11.02 A Bidder may withdraw its Bid within 24 hours after Bids are opened if the Bidder files a signed written notice with the Owner and promptly, but no later than 3 days, thereafter demonstrates to the reasonable satisfaction of the Owner that there was a material and substantial mistake in the preparation of its Bid. The Bid Security will be returned if it is clearly demonstrated to the Owner that there was a material and substantial mistake in its Bid. A Bidder that requests to withdraw its Bid under these conditions may be disqualified from responding to a reissued invitation to Bid for the Work to be furnished under these Contract Documents. ARTICLE 12—BIDS REMAIN SUBJECT TO ACCEPTANCE 12.01 All Bids will remain subject to acceptance for 90 days, but the Owner may, at its sole discretion, release any Bid and return the Bid Security prior to the end of this period. ARTICLE 13—STATEMENT OF EXPERIENCE 13.01 The three lowest Bidders must submit the information required in SECTION 00 45 16 STATEMENT OF EXPERIENCE within 5 days of the date Bids are due to demonstrate that the Bidder meets the minimum requirements to complete the Work. ARTICLE 14—EVALUATION OF BIDS 14.01 The Owner will consider the amount bid, the Bidder's responsibilities, the Bidder's safety record, the Bidder's indebtedness to Owner, the Bidder's capacity to perform the work and/or whether the Bidder has met the minimum specific project experience requirements. 14.02 Owner may conduct such investigations as it deems necessary to establish the responsibility of the Bidder and any Subcontractors, individuals, or entities proposed to furnish parts of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 14.03 Submission of a Bid indicates the Bidder's acceptance of the evaluation technique and methodology as well as the Bidder's recognition that some subjective judgments must be made by the Owner during the evaluation. Each Bidder agrees to waive any claim it has or may have Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders 002113-6 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP)Year 3 Rev 01-13-2016 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity(IDIQ)Seal Coats Project No. E15140 against the OPT and their respective employees, arising out of or in connection with the administration, evaluation, or recommendation of any Bid. ARTICLE 15—AWARD OF CONTRACT 15.01 The Bidder selected for award of the Contract will be the lowest responsible Bidder that submits a responsive bid. Owner reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, including without limitation, non-conforming, non-responsive or conditional Bids. The Owner reserves the right to adopt the most advantageous interpretation of the Bids submitted in the case of ambiguity or lack of clearness in stating Bid prices and/or waive any or all formalities. 15.02 More than one Bid for the same Work from an individual or entity under the same or different names will not be considered. Reasonable grounds for believing that any Bidder has an interest in more than one Bid for the Work shall be cause for disqualification of that Bidder and the rejection of all Bids in which that Bidder has an interest. ARTICLE 16—MINORITY/ MBE/ DBE PARTICIPATION POLICY 16.01 Selected Contractor is required to comply with the Owner's Minority/ MBE / DBE Participation Policy as indicated in SECTION 00 72 03 MINORITY/ MBE/ DBE PARTICIPATION POLICY. 16.02 Minority participation goal for this Project has been established to be 45%. 16.03 Minority Business Enterprise participation goal for this Project has been established to be 15%. ARTICLE 17— BONDS AND INSURANCE 17.01 Article 6 of the General Conditions and SECTION 00 72 01 INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS sets forth the Owner's requirements as to Bonds and insurance. When the Selected Bidder delivers the executed Agreement to the Owner, it must be accompanied by the required Bonds and evidence of insurance. 17.02 Provide Performance and Payment Bonds for this Project that fully comply with the provisions of Texas Government Code Chapter 2253. Administration of Bonds will conform to Texas Government Code Chapter 2253 and the provisions of these Contract Documents. ARTICLE 18—SIGNING OF AGREEMENT 18.01 The City Engineer or Director of Capital Programs will submit recommendation for award to the City Council for those project awards requiring City Council action. The Selected Bidder will be required to deliver the required Bonds and insurance certificates and endorsements along with the required number of counterparts(1)of the Agreement and attached documents to the Owner within 14 days. The Contract will be signed by the City Manager or his/her designee after award and the Bidder's submission of required documentation and signed counterparts. The Contract will not be binding upon Owner until it has been executed by both parties. Owner will process the Contract expeditiously. However, Owner will not be liable for any delays prior to the award or execution of Contract. Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders 002113-7 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP)Year 3 Rev 01-13-2016 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity(IDIQ)Seal Coats Project No. E15140 ARTICLE 19—SALES AND USE TAXES 19.01 The Owner generally qualifies as a tax exempt agency as defined by the statutes of the State of Texas and is usually not subject to any City or State sales or use taxes, however certain items such as rented equipment may be taxable even though Owner is a tax-exempt agency. Assume responsibility for including any applicable sales taxes in the Contract Price and assume responsibility for complying with all applicable statutes and rulings of the State of Texas Comptroller. 19.02 It is the Owner's intent to have this Contract qualify as a "separated contract." ARTICLE 20—WAGE RATES 20.01 This Contract is subject to Texas Government Code Chapter 2258 concerning payment of prevailing wage rates. Requirements for paying the prevailing wage rates are discussed in SECTION 00 72 02 WAGE RATE REQUIREMENTS. Bidders must pay not less than the minimum wage shown on this list and comply with all statutes and rulings of the State of Texas Comptroller. ARTICLE 21—BIDDER's CERTIFICATION OF NO LOBBYING ARTICLE 21- 21.01 In submitting its Bid, Bidder certifies that it has not lobbied the City or its officials, managers, employees,consultants,or contractors in such a manner as to influence or to attempt to influence the bidding process. In the event it reasonably appears that the Bidder influenced or attempted to influence the bidding process, the City may, in its discretion, reject the Bid. ARTICLE 22—CONFLICT OF INTEREST 22.01 Bidder agrees to comply with Chapter 176 of the Texas Local Government Code and file Form CIQ with the City of Corpus Christi City Secretary's Office, if required. For more information on Form CIQ and to determine if you need to file a Form CIQ, please review the information on the City Secretary's website at http://www.cctexas.com/government/city-secretary/conflict- disclosure/index. ARTICLE 23—CERTIFICATE OF INTERESTED PARTIES 23.01 Bidder agrees to comply with Texas Government Code section 2252.908 and complete Form 1295 Certificate of Interested Parties as part of this contract, if required. For more information, please review the information on the Texas Ethics Commission website at https://www.ethics.state.tx.us. ARTICLE 24-REJECTION OF BID 24.01 The following will be cause to reject a Bid: A. Bids which are not signed by an individual empowered to bind the Bidder. B. Bids which do not have an acceptable Bid Security, with Power of Attorney, submitted as required by Article 7. C. More than one Bid for same Work from an individual, firm, partnership or corporation. Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders 002113-8 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP)Year 3 Rev 01-13-2016 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity(IDIQ)Seal Coats Project No. E15140 D. Evidence of collusion among Bidders. E. Sworn testimony or discovery in pending litigation with Owner which discloses misconduct or willful refusal by bidder to comply with subject contract or instructions of Owner. F. Failure to have an authorized agent of the Bidder attend the mandatory Pre-Bid Conference, if applicable. G. Bids received from a Bidder who has been debarred or suspended by Owner. H. Bids received from a Bidder when Bidder or principals are currently debarred or suspended by Federal, State or City governmental agencies. 24.02 The following may be cause to reject a Bid or cause to deem a Bid non-responsive or irregular. The City reserves the right to waive any irregularities and any or all formalities: A. Poor performance in execution of work under a previous City of Corpus Christi contract. B. Failure to achieve reasonable progress on an existing City of Corpus Christi contract. Evidence of Bidder's recurring failure to complete an item of work within a timeframe acceptable to the City or in accordance with a City-accepted schedule is evidence of Bidder's failure to achieve reasonable progress under this subsection. C. Default on previous contracts or failure to execute Contract after award. D. Evidence of failure to pay Subcontractors, Suppliers or employees in accordance with Contract requirements. E. Bids containing omissions, alterations of form, additions, qualifications or conditions not called for by Owner, or incomplete Bids may be rejected. In any case of ambiguity or lack of clarity in the Bid, OWNER reserves right to determine most advantageous Bid or to reject the Bid. F. Failure to acknowledge receipt of Addenda. G. Failure to submit post-Bid information specified in Section 00 45 16 STATEMENT OF EXPERIENCE within the allotted time(s). H. Failure to timely execute Contract after award. I. Previous environmental violations resulting in fines or citations by a governmental entity(i.e. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Texas Commission on Environmental Quality, etc.). J. Bidder's Safety Experience. K. Failure of Bidder to demonstrate, through submission of the Statement of Experience, the experience required as specified in Section 00 45 16 STATEMENT OF EXPERIENCE, if that Section is included in the bidding documents. L. Evidence of Bidder's lack of sufficient resources, workforce, equipment or supervision, if required by inclusion of appropriate requirements in Section 00 45 16 STATEMENT OF EXPERIENCE. M. Evidence of poor performance on previous Projects as documented in Owner's project performance evaluations. Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders 002113-9 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP)Year 3 Rev 01-13-2016 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity(IDIQ)Seal Coats Project No. E15140 N. Unbalanced Unit Price Bid: "Unbalanced Bid" means a Bid, which includes a Bid that is based on unit prices which are significantly less than cost for some Bid items and significantly more than cost for others. This may be evidenced by submission of unit price Bid items where the cost are significantly higher/lower than the cost of the same Bid items submitted by other Bidders on the project. O. Evidence of Bidder's lack of capacity to perform the Work. Evidence of Bidder's lack of capacity. Evidence of capacity to perform the Work will include a factual review of (i) all remaining work or incomplete work items under any existing city or non-city contract; (ii) ability to perform the Work with remaining sufficient resources, workforce, equipment and supervision/supervisory staff; (iii) ability in the past to timely complete the same or similar work in a good and workmanlike manner utilizing same or similar remaining resources or under the same or similar conditions. Evidence of incomplete work items under any existing City-awarded IDIQ or other contract for similar work may constitute a lack of capacity to perform the Work. END OF SECTION Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders 002113- 10 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP)Year 3 Rev 01-13-2016 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity(IDIQ)Seal Coats Project No. E15140 00 30 00 BID ACKNOWLEDGEMENT FORM ARTICLE 1—BID RECIPIENT In accordance with the Drawings, Specifications,and Contract Documents,this Bid Proposal is submitted by (type or print name of company) on: May 18, 2016 at 2:00 pm for Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity(IDIQ) Seal Coats, Project No. E15140. 1.01 Submit Bids, Bid Security and all attachments to the Bid (See Section 7.01 below) to the City's electronic bidding website at www.CivCastUSA.com. If submitting hard copy bids or bid security in the form of a cashier's or certified check, please send to: The City of Corpus Christi,Texas City Secretary's Office 1201 Leopard Street Corpus Christi,Texas 78401 Attention: City Secretary Bid - Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity(IDIQ) Seal Coats, Project No. E15140. All envelopes and packages (including FEDEX envelopes) must clearly identify, on the OUTSIDE of the package, the project name and number and that bid documents are enclosed. ARTICLE 2—BIDDERS'S ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 2.01 Bidder proposes and agrees, if this Bid is accepted,to enter into an Agreement with Owner on the form included in the Contract Documents, to perform all Work specified or indicated in Contract Documents for the Contract Price indicated in this Bid or as modified by Contract Amendment. Bidder agrees to complete the Work within the Contract Times established in the Agreement or as modified by Contract Amendment and comply with the all other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 2.02 Bidder accepts all of the terms and conditions of SECTION 00 21 13 INVITATION AND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, including those dealing with required Bonds. The Bid will remain subject to acceptance for 90 days after the opening of Bids. 2.03 Bidder accepts the provisions of the Agreement as to liquidated damages in the event of its failure to complete Work in accordance with the schedule set forth in the Agreement. 2.04 Bidder acknowledges receipt of the following Addenda: Bid Acknowledgement Form 003000- 1 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP)Year 3 Rev 01-13-2016 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity(IDIQ)Seal Coats Project No. E15140 Addendum No. Addendum Date Signature Acknowledging Receipt ARTICLE 3—BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS 3.01 The Bidder has examined and carefully studied the Contract Documents and the other related data identified in the Bidding Documents. 3.02 The Bidder has visited the Site and become familiar with and is satisfied as to the general, local, and Site conditions that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. 3.03 The Bidder is familiar with Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. 3.04 The Bidder has carefully studied the following Site-related reports and drawings as identified in the Supplementary Conditions: A. Geotechnical Data Reports regarding subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site; B. Drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site; C. Underground Facilities referenced in reports and drawings; D. Reports and drawings relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions, if any, at or adjacent to the Site; and E. Technical Data related to each of these reports and drawings. 3.05 The Bidder has considered the: A. Information known to Bidder; B. Information commonly known to contractors doing business in the locality of the Site; C. Information and observations obtained from visits to the Site; and D. The Contract Documents. 3.06 The Bidder has considered the items identified in Paragraphs 3.04 and 3.05 with respect to the effect of such information, observations, and documents on: A. The cost, progress, and performance of the Work; B. The means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Bidder; and C. Bidder's safety precautions and programs. Bid Acknowledgement Form 003000-2 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP)Year 3 Rev 01-13-2016 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity(IDIQ)Seal Coats Project No. E15140 3.07 Based on the information and observations referred to in the preceding paragraphs, Bidder agrees that no further examinations, investigations,explorations,tests,studies,or data are necessary for the performance of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times, and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 3.08 The Bidder is aware of the general nature of Work to be performed by Owner and others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Contract Documents. 3.09 The Bidder has correlated the information known to the Bidder, information and observations obtained from visits to the Site, reports and drawings identified in the Contract Documents, and all additional examinations, investigations,explorations,tests,studies,and data with the Contract Documents. 3.10 The Bidder has given the OAR written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that the Bidder has discovered in the Contract Documents, and the written resolution provided by the OAR is acceptable to the Bidder. 3.11 The Contract Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. 3.12 Bidder's entry into this Contract constitutes an incontrovertible representation by Bidder that without exception all prices in the Agreement are premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 4—BASIS OF BID 4.01 Bidder will complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents at the unit prices shown in the BID FORM. A. Extended amounts have been computed in accordance with Paragraph 13.03 of the General Conditions. B. Bidder acknowledges that the estimated quantities are not guaranteed, and final payment for all Unit Price items will be based on actual quantities provided, measured as provided in the Contract Documents. C. Unit Price and figures column will be used to compute the actual Bid price. ARTICLE 5—EVALUATION OF BIDDERS 5.01 The contract may be awarded either to the lowest responsible bidder or to the bidder who provides the best value for the Owner. The Owner will consider the amount bid, the Bidder's responsibility, the Bidder's safety record, the Bidder's indebtedness to Owner and whether the Bidder has met the minimum specific project experience requirements to determine the lowest responsible Bidder.The Owner reserves the right to waive any and all irregularities in determining the Bidders' responsibility orvalue,and whether the Bidder has met the minimum specific project experience requirements, and reserves the right to require the submission of additional information. Bid Acknowledgement Form 003000-3 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP)Year 3 Rev 01-13-2016 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity(IDIQ)Seal Coats Project No. E15140 5.02 The Owner has the right to accept a Bid, reject any and all Bids,to waive any and all irregularities in the Bids, or to reject non-conforming, non-responsive or conditional Bids. In addition, the Owner reserves the right to reject any Bid where circumstances and developments have, in the opinion of the Owner, changed the responsibility of the Bidder. 5.03 Material misstatements in the documentation submitted to determine the Bidder's responsibility, including information submitted per SECTION 00 45 16 STATEMENT OF EXPERIENCE, may be grounds for rejection of the Bidder's Bid on this Project. Any such misstatement, if discovered after award of the Contract to such Bidder, may be grounds for immediate termination of the Contract. Additionally, the Bidder will be liable to the Owner for any additional costs or damages to the Owner resulting from such misstatements, including costs and attorney's fees for collecting such costs and damages. ARTICLE 6—TIME OF COMPLETION 6.01 Bidder will complete the Work required to be substantially completed within 365 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run as provided in Paragraph 4.01 of the General Conditions. Bidder will complete the Work required for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 15.06 of the General Conditions within 395 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run. 6.02 Bidder agrees that the Work will be substantially complete and will be completed and ready for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 15.06 of the General Conditions within the number of days indicated. ARTICLE 7—ATTACHMENTS TO THIS BID In compliance with the Bid Requirements in SECTION 00 2113 INVITATION TO BID AND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, the following are made a condition of this Bid: A. Bid Security. B. SECTION 00 30 00 BID ACKNOWLEDGEMENT FORM and documentation of signatory authority. C. SECTION 00 30 01 BID FORM. D. SECTION 00 30 02 COMPLIANCE TO STATE LAW ON NONRESIDENT BIDDERS. E. SECTION 00 30 05 DISCLOSURE OF INTEREST. F. SECTION 00 30 06 NON-COLLUSION CERTIFICATION. ARTICLE 8—DEFINED TERMS 8.01 The terms used in this Bid have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions and the Supplementary Conditions. The significance of terms with initial capital letters is described in the General Conditions. Bid Acknowledgement Form 003000-4 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP)Year 3 Rev 01-13-2016 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity(IDIQ)Seal Coats Project No. E15140 ARTICLE 9—VENUE 9.01 Bidder agrees that venue shall lie exclusively in Nueces County, Texas for any legal action. ARTICLE 10—SIGNATORY REQUIREMENTS FOR BIDDERS 10.01 Bidders must include their correct legal name, state of residency, and federal tax identification number in the Bid Form. 10.02 The Bidder, or the Bidder's authorized representative, shall sign and date the Bid Form to accompany all materials included in the submitted Bid. Bids which are not signed and dated in this manner, or which do not contain the required documentation of signatory authority may be rejected as non-responsive. The individual(s) signing the Bid must have the authority to bind the Bidder to a contract, and if required, shall attach documentation of signatory authority to the Bid Form. 10.03 Bidders who are individuals ("natural persons" as defined by the Texas Business Organizations Code §1.002), but who will not be signing the Bid Form personally, shall include in their bid a notarized power of attorney authorizing the individual designated as their authorized representative to submit the Bid and to sign on behalf of the Bidder. 10.04 Bidders that are entities who are not individuals shall identify in their Bid their charter or Certificate of Authority number issued by the Texas Secretary of State and shall submit with their Bid a copy of a resolution or other documentation approved by the Bidder's governing body authorizing the submission of the Bid and designating the individual(s) authorized to execute documents on behalf of the Bidder. Bidders using an assumed name (an "alias") shall submit a copy of the Certificate of Assumed Name or similar document. 10.05 Bidders that are not residents of the State of Texas must document their legal authority to conduct business in Texas. Nonresident Bidders that have previously registered with the Texas Secretary of State may submit a copy of their Certificate of Authority. Nonresident Bidders that have not previously registered with the Texas Secretary of State shall submit a copy of the Bidder's enabling documents as filed with the state of residency, or as otherwise existing. Bid Acknowledgement Form 003000-5 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP)Year 3 Rev 01-13-2016 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity(IDIQ)Seal Coats Project No. E15140 ARTICLE 11—BID SUBMITTAL 11.01 This Bid is submitted by: Bidder: (typed or printed full legal name of Bidder) By: (individual's signature) Name: (typed or printed) Title: (typed or printed) Attest: (individual's signature) State of Residency: Federal Tax Id. No. Address for giving notices: Phone: Email: (Attach evidence of authority to sign if the authorized individual is not the Bidder, but an individual signing on behalf of another individual Bidder, or if the authorized individual is a representative of a corporation, partnership, or joint venture.) END OF SECTION Bid Acknowledgement Form 003000-6 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP)Year 3 Rev 01-13-2016 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity(IDIQ)Seal Coats Project No. E15140 00 30 01 BID FORM Project Citywide Street Prevetnative Maintenance Program (SPMP)Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity(IDIQ) Seal Coats Name: Project E15140 Number: Owner: City of Corpus Christi Bidder: OAR: TBD Designer: Coym, Rehmet&Gutierrez Engineering, L.P. Basis of Bid ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT ESTIMATED UNIT PRICE EXTENDED AMOUNT QUANTITY Base Bid Part 1 (West) PART A-GENERAL ACTIVITIES(per SECTION 0129 01 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENT) Al Mobilization LS 1 A2 Traffic Control and SWPPP, Residential Streets, set-up, maintenance and EA 50 removal A3 Traffic Control and SWPPP, Collector Streets; set-up; maintenance and EA 20 removal A4 Traffic Control and SWPPP,Arterial Streets;set-up,maintenance and removal EA 15 A5 Ozone Days Day 5 A6 Pavement Marking, Reflectorized Thermoplastic, Type 1, 90 Mill Thickness LF 15,000 (W)(8")(Solid) A7 Pavement Marking, Reflectorized Thermoplastic, Type 1, 90 Mill Thickness LF 30,000 (W)(4")(Solid) A8 Pavement Marking, Reflectorized Thermoplastic, Type 1, 90 Mill Thickness LF 60,000 (W)(4")(Broken) A9 Pavement Marking, Reflectorized Thermoplastic,Type 1,90 Mill Thickness(Y) LF 30,000 (4")(Solid) Pavement Marking, Reflectorized Thermoplastic,Type 1,90 Mill Thickness(Y) A10 (4")(Broken) LF 60,000 All Raised Pavement Markers(Reflectorized),Type IC,IIAA,or IIC-R,as applicable EA 1,500 Speed Humps, Marked with Thermoplastic, Type C, with no Preheating or Al2 EA 20 Asphalt Required,125 Mill A13 Pavement Markings(White 24""Stop Bar"Markings) LF 575 A14 Pavement Markings(Crosswalk Markings),(total width of crosswalk) LF 1,750 A15 Pavement Markings White"ONLY" LF 30 A16 Pavement Markings White Turn Arrow Markings(Right,Left,Straight) LF 60 A17 Curb Painting(Yellow No-Parking Zone) LF 500 A18 Curb Painting(Red Fire Zone) LF 500 Computerized Profilograph Services to include street surface evaluations with A19 HR 115 calibrated vehicle and a ui ment and approved reports. Landscape Improvements,including 4"clean top soil,sod,excavation,backfill, A20 SY 36 compaction,with established growth. A21 Door Hangers,delivered to the business and residences(two each) LS 1 A22 Type 1 Self-Supported Temporary Sediment Control Fence, maintained and LF 1,000 removed A23 Temporary Erosion Control Log,maintained and removed EA 50 A24 Street Sweeping,per curb mile MILE 40 A25 Allowance for Unanticipated General Improvements LS 1 $ 5,000.00 $ 5,000.00 SUBTOTAL PART A-GENERAL ACTIVITIES(ITEMS Al THRU A25) Bid Form Page 1 of 3 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program(SPMP)Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity(IDIQ)Seal Coats City Project No.E15140 Rev 01-13-2016 00 30 01 BID FORM ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT ESTIMATED UNIT PRICE EXTENDED AMOUNT QUANTITY PART B-STREET IMPROVEMENTS(per SECTION 0129 01 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENT) 131 TX5-475 Triaxial Geogrid SY 1,250 Base Repair, Upper 2" Depth (Limestone), excavation/removal, placement, 62 compaction,etc. SY 2,500 Base Repair, Additional 1" Depth (Limestone), excavation/removal, B3 placement,compaction,etc. SY 10,000 Patching/Small Area Surface Restoration - HMAC, Type "D" per Square B4 Yard/Inch, small equipment placement, removal of existing, placement of SY/IN 2,000 new,compaction,curing,hauling,etc. B5 Crack Seal with all surface preparation and application LF 2,500 Asphalt Material,AC-15P For Seal Coat per Single Course typically applied at a rate ranging from 0.3 to 0.35 Gal/SY,(one to five miles haul distance from an B6 approved site within City Limits), all surface preparation, application, curing, Gal 20,232 rolling/compaction,etc. Emulsion Cationic Grade (HFRS-2P) typically applied at a rate ranging from B7 0.35 to 0.40 Gal/SY, (one to five miles haul distance from an approved site Gal 23,655 within City Limits),per applied rates and requirements Trap Rock (Basalt) Grade 5 Type E per specified gradation, decanted and la B8 abrasion,applied at approximately 150 SY/CY,(one to five miles haul distance Ton 665 from approved site within City MSA),haul,rolled,compacted,etc. Asphalt Material,AC-15P For Seal Coat per Single Course typically applied at a rate ranging from 0.35 to 0.40 Gal/SY, (over five miles haul distance from an 139 approved site within City Limits), all surface preparation, application, curing, Gal 20,232 rolling,compaction,etc. Emulsion Cationic Grade (HFRS-2P) typically applied at a rate ranging from B10 0.35 to 0.40 Gal/SY, (over five miles haul distance from an approved site Gal 23,655 within City Limits),per applied rates and requirements Trap Rock (Basalt) Grade 5 Type E per specified gradation, decanted and la 1311 abrasion, applied at approximately 150 SY/CY, (over five miles haul distance Ton 665 from approved site within City Limits),haul,rolled,compacted,etc. B12 Proof Rolling with equipment,operator,etc. Hour 50 B13 Allowance for Unanticipated Street Improvements LS 1 $ 15,000.00 $ 15,000.00 SUBTOTAL PART B-STREET IMPROVEMENTS (ITEMS B1 THRU B13) PART C-CONCRETE ACTIVITIES(per SECTION 0129 01 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENT) Removal and Replacement of Multiple Small Segments of Concrete Curb & C1 Gutter, demo, disposal, forms, rebar, concrete, compaction, curing, finish, LF 100 etc. Removal and Replacement of 6" Concrete Driveway Approaches,with demo, C2 SF 300 disposal,forms,rebar,concrete,compaction,curing,finish,etc. Replacement of Stamped 6" Concrete Driveway Approaches, with demo, C3 SF 100 disposal,forms,rebar,concrete,curing,compaction,finish,etc. Replacement of"Washed"6"Concrete Driveway Approaches,demo,disposal, C4 SF 100 forms,rebar,concrete,compaction,curing,finish,etc. C5 Temporary Driveway Access;set-up,maintenance and removal EACH 5 Removal of and Replacement of 4" Concrete Sidewalk& Bike Paths, with all C6 SF 100 demo,hauling,disposal,etc. C7 Allowance for Unanticipated Concrete Improvements LS 1 $ 1,500.00 $ 1,500.00 SUBTOTAL PART C-CONCRETE ACTIVITIES(ITEMS C1 THRU C7) Bid Form Page 2 of 3 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program(SPMP)Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity(IDIQ)Seal Coats City Project No.E15140 Rev 01-13-2016 00 30 01 BID FORM ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT ESTIMATED UNIT PRICE EXTENDED AMOUNT QUANTITY PART D-MINOR UTILITY IMPROVEMENTS(per SECTION 0129 01 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENT) Sanitary Sewer Manhole Ring & Cover Adjustment, Including New Manhole Ring & Cover Assembly with New Height Adjustment Rings, Stainless Steel D1 EACH 25 Inflow Inhibitor and with Concrete Collar,with demo, disposal, forms, rebar, concrete,curing,compaction,finish,etc. Stormwater Manhole Ring&Cover Adjustment, Including New Manhole Ring D2 and Cover Assembly with New Concrete Collar, with demo, disposal, forms, EACH 25 rebar,concrete,curing,compaction,finish,etc. D3 Water Valve Cover Adjustment with Concrete Collar, with demo, disposal, EACH 25 forms,rebar,concrete,compaction,finish,etc. D4 Gas Valve Cover Adjustment, with demo, disposal, forms, rebar, concrete EACH 25 curing,compaction,finish,etc. Replacement of Concrete Collars with High Early Strength Concrete (in D5 SF 550 addition to unit price)with activity D1,D2,D3&D4 above Allowance for Unanticipated Wastewater, Water and Stormwater D6 Improvements LS 1 $ 2,500.00 $ 2,500.00 SUBTOTAL PART D-MINOR UTILITY IMPROVEMENTS(ITEMS D1 THRU D6) BID SUMMARY SUBTOTAL PART A-GENERAL ACTIVITIES(ITEMS Al THRU A25) SUBTOTAL PART B-STREET IMPROVEMENTS(ITEMS B1 THRU B13) SUBTOTAL PART C-CONCRETE ACTIVITIES(ITEMS C1 THRU C7) SUBTOTAL PART D-MINOR UTILITY IMPROVEMENTS(ITEMS D1 THRU D6) TOTAL PROJECT BASE BID PART 1(WEST)(PARTS A THRU D) Contract Times Bidder agrees to reach Substantial Completion in 365 days Bidder agrees to reach Final Completion in 395 days Bid Form Page 3 of 3 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program(SPMP)Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity(IDIQ)Seal Coats City Project No.E15140 Rev 01-13-2016 00 30 01 BID FORM Project Citywide Street Prevetnative Maintenance Program (SPMP)Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity(IDIQ) Seal Coats Name: Project E15140 Number: Owner: City of Corpus Christi Bidder: OAR: TBD Designer: Coym, Rehmet&Gutierrez Engineering, L.P. Basis of Bid ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT ESTIMATED UNIT PRICE EXTENDED AMOUNT QUANTITY Base Bid Part 2 (Central) PART A-GENERAL ACTIVITIES(per SECTION 0129 01 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENT) Al Mobilization LS 1 A2 Traffic Control and SWPPP, Residential Streets, set-up, maintenance and EA 50 removal A3 Traffic Control and SWPPP, Collector Streets; set-up; maintenance and EA 20 removal A4 Traffic Control and SWPPP,Arterial Streets;set-up,maintenance and removal EA 15 A5 Ozone Days Day 5 A6 Pavement Marking, Reflectorized Thermoplastic, Type 1, 90 Mill Thickness LF 15,000 (W)(8")(Solid) A7 Pavement Marking, Reflectorized Thermoplastic, Type 1, 90 Mill Thickness LF 30,000 (W)(4")(Solid) A8 Pavement Marking, Reflectorized Thermoplastic, Type 1, 90 Mill Thickness LF 60,000 (W)(4")(Broken) A9 Pavement Marking, Reflectorized Thermoplastic,Type 1,90 Mill Thickness(Y) LF 30,000 (4")(Solid) Pavement Marking, Reflectorized Thermoplastic,Type 1,90 Mill Thickness(Y) A10 (4")(Broken) LF 60,000 All Raised Pavement Markers(Reflectorized),Type IC,IIAA,or IIC-R,as applicable EA 1,500 Speed Humps, Marked with Thermoplastic, Type C, with no Preheating or Al2 EA 20 Asphalt Required,125 Mill A13 Pavement Markings(White 24""Stop Bar"Markings) LF 575 A14 Pavement Markings(Crosswalk Markings),(total width of crosswalk) LF 1,750 A15 Pavement Markings White"ONLY" LF 30 A16 Pavement Markings White Turn Arrow Markings(Right,Left,Straight) LF 60 A17 Curb Painting(Yellow No-Parking Zone) LF 500 A18 Curb Painting(Red Fire Zone) LF 500 Computerized Profilograph Services to include street surface evaluations with A19 HR 115 calibrated vehicle and equipment and approved reports. Landscape Improvements,including 4"clean top soil,sod,excavation,backfill, A20 SY 36 compaction,with established growth. A21 Door Hangers,delivered to the business and residences(two each) LS 1 A22 Type 1 Self-Supported Temporary Sediment Control Fence, maintained and LF 1,000 removed A23 Temporary Erosion Control Log,maintained and removed EA 50 A24 Street Sweeping,per curb mile MILE 40 A25 Allowance for Unanticipated General Improvements LS 1 $ 5,000.00 $ 5,000.00 SUBTOTAL PART A-GENERAL ACTIVITIES(ITEMS Al THRU A25) Bid Form Page 1 of 3 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program(SPMP)Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity(IDIQ)Seal Coats City Project No.E15140 Rev 01-13-2016 00 30 01 BID FORM ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT ESTIMATED UNIT PRICE EXTENDED AMOUNT QUANTITY PART B-STREET IMPROVEMENTS(per SECTION 0129 01 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENT) 131 TX5-475 Triaxial Geogrid SY 1,250 Base Repair, Upper 2" Depth (Limestone), excavation/removal, placement, 62 compaction,etc. SY 2,500 Base Repair, Additional 1" Depth (Limestone), excavation/removal, B3 placement,compaction,etc. SY 10,000 Patching/Small Area Surface Restoration - HMAC, Type "D" per Square B4 Yard/Inch, small equipment placement, removal of existing, placement of SY/IN 2,000 new,compaction,curing,hauling,etc. B5 Crack Seal with all surface preparation and application LF 2,500 Asphalt Material,AC-15P For Seal Coat per Single Course typically applied at a rate ranging from 0.3 to 0.35 Gal/SY,(one to five miles haul distance from an B6 approved site within City Limits), all surface preparation, application, curing, Gal 20,232 rolling/compaction,etc. Emulsion Cationic Grade (HFRS-2P) typically applied at a rate ranging from B7 0.35 to 0.40 Gal/SY, (one to five miles haul distance from an approved site Gal 23,655 within City Limits),per applied rates and requirements Trap Rock (Basalt) Grade 5 Type E per specified gradation, decanted and la B8 abrasion,applied at approximately 150 SY/CY,(one to five miles haul distance Ton 665 from approved site within City MSA),haul,rolled,compacted,etc. Asphalt Material,AC-15P For Seal Coat per Single Course typically applied at a rate ranging from 0.35 to 0.40 Gal/SY, (over five miles haul distance from an 139 approved site within City Limits), all surface preparation, application, curing, Gal 20,232 rolling,compaction,etc. Emulsion Cationic Grade (HFRS-2P) typically applied at a rate ranging from B10 0.35 to 0.40 Gal/SY, (over five miles haul distance from an approved site Gal 23,655 within City Limits),per applied rates and requirements Trap Rock (Basalt) Grade 5 Type E per specified gradation, decanted and la 1311 abrasion, applied at approximately 150 SY/CY, (over five miles haul distance Ton 665 from approved site within City Limits),haul,rolled,compacted,etc. B12 Proof Rolling with equipment,operator,etc. Hour 50 B13 Allowance for Unanticipated Street Improvements LS 1 $ 15,000.00 $ 15,000.00 SUBTOTAL PART B-STREET IMPROVEMENTS (ITEMS B1 THRU B13) PART C-CONCRETE ACTIVITIES(per SECTION 0129 01 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENT) Removal and Replacement of Multiple Small Segments of Concrete Curb & C1 Gutter, demo, disposal, forms, rebar, concrete, compaction, curing, finish, LF 100 etc. Removal and Replacement of 6" Concrete Driveway Approaches,with demo, C2 SF 300 disposal,forms,rebar,concrete,compaction,curing,finish,etc. Replacement of Stamped 6" Concrete Driveway Approaches, with demo, C3 SF 100 disposal,forms,rebar,concrete,curing,compaction,finish,etc. Replacement of"Washed"6"Concrete Driveway Approaches,demo,disposal, C4 SF 100 forms,rebar,concrete,compaction,curing,finish,etc. C5 Temporary Driveway Access;set-up,maintenance and removal EACH 5 Removal of and Replacement of 4" Concrete Sidewalk& Bike Paths, with all C6 SF 100 demo,hauling,disposal,etc. C7 Allowance for Unanticipated Concrete Improvements LS 1 $ 1,500.00 $ 1,500.00 SUBTOTAL PART C-CONCRETE ACTIVITIES(ITEMS C1 THRU C7) Bid Form Page 2 of 3 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program(SPMP)Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity(IDIQ)Seal Coats City Project No.E15140 Rev 01-13-2016 00 30 01 BID FORM ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT ESTIMATED UNIT PRICE EXTENDED AMOUNT QUANTITY PART D-MINOR UTILITY IMPROVEMENTS(per SECTION 0129 01 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENT) Sanitary Sewer Manhole Ring & Cover Adjustment, Including New Manhole Ring & Cover Assembly with New Height Adjustment Rings, Stainless Steel D1 EACH 25 Inflow Inhibitor and with Concrete Collar,with demo, disposal, forms, rebar, concrete,curing,compaction,finish,etc. Stormwater Manhole Ring&Cover Adjustment, Including New Manhole Ring D2 and Cover Assembly with New Concrete Collar, with demo, disposal, forms, EACH 25 rebar,concrete,curing,compaction,finish,etc. D3 Water Valve Cover Adjustment with Concrete Collar, with demo, disposal, EACH 25 forms,rebar,concrete,compaction,finish,etc. D4 Gas Valve Cover Adjustment, with demo, disposal, forms, rebar, concrete EACH 25 curing,compaction,finish,etc. Replacement of Concrete Collars with High Early Strength Concrete (in D5 SF 550 addition to unit price)with activity D1,D2,D3&D4 above Allowance for Unanticipated Wastewater, Water and Stormwater D6 Improvements LS 1 $ 2,500.00 $ 2,500.00 SUBTOTAL PART D-MINOR UTILITY IMPROVEMENTS(ITEMS D1 THRU D6) BID SUMMARY SUBTOTAL PART A-GENERAL ACTIVITIES(ITEMS Al THRU A25) SUBTOTAL PART B-STREET IMPROVEMENTS(ITEMS B1 THRU B13) SUBTOTAL PART C-CONCRETE ACTIVITIES(ITEMS C1 THRU C7) SUBTOTAL PART D-MINOR UTILITY IMPROVEMENTS(ITEMS D1 THRU D6) TOTAL PROJECT BASE BID PART 2(CENTRAL)(PARTS A THRU D) Contract Times Bidder agrees to reach Substantial Completion in 365 days Bidder agrees to reach Final Completion in 395 days Bid Form Page 3 of 3 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program(SPMP)Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity(IDIQ)Seal Coats City Project No.E15140 Rev 01-13-2016 00 30 01 BID FORM Project Citywide Street Prevetnative Maintenance Program (SPMP)Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity(IDIQ) Seal Coats Name: Project E15140 Number: Owner: City of Corpus Christi Bidder: OAR: TBD Designer: Coym, Rehmet&Gutierrez Engineering, L.P. Basis of Bid ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT ESTIMATED UNIT PRICE EXTENDED AMOUNT QUANTITY Base Bid Part 3 (East) PART A-GENERAL ACTIVITIES(per SECTION 0129 01 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENT) Al Mobilization LS 1 A2 Traffic Control and SWPPP, Residential Streets, set-up, maintenance and EA 50 removal A3 Traffic Control and SWPPP, Collector Streets; set-up; maintenance and EA 20 removal A4 Traffic Control and SWPPP,Arterial Streets;set-up,maintenance and removal EA 15 A5 Ozone Days Day 5 A6 Pavement Marking, Reflectorized Thermoplastic, Type 1, 90 Mill Thickness LF 15,000 (W)(8")(Solid) A7 Pavement Marking, Reflectorized Thermoplastic, Type 1, 90 Mill Thickness LF 30,000 (W)(4")(Solid) A8 Pavement Marking, Reflectorized Thermoplastic, Type 1, 90 Mill Thickness LF 60,000 (W)(4")(Broken) A9 Pavement Marking, Reflectorized Thermoplastic,Type 1,90 Mill Thickness(Y) LF 30,000 (4")(Solid) Pavement Marking, Reflectorized Thermoplastic,Type 1,90 Mill Thickness(Y) A10 (4")(Broken) LF 60,000 All Raised Pavement Markers(Reflectorized),Type IC,IIAA,or IIC-R,as applicable EA 1,500 Speed Humps, Marked with Thermoplastic, Type C, with no Preheating or Al2 EA 20 Asphalt Required,125 Mill A13 Pavement Markings(White 24""Stop Bar"Markings) LF 575 A14 Pavement Markings(Crosswalk Markings),(total width of crosswalk) LF 1,750 A15 Pavement Markings White"ONLY" LF 30 A16 Pavement Markings White Turn Arrow Markings(Right,Left,Straight) LF 60 A17 Curb Painting(Yellow No-Parking Zone) LF 500 A18 Curb Painting(Red Fire Zone) LF 500 Computerized Profilograph Services to include street surface evaluations with A19 HR 115 calibrated vehicle and equipment and approved reports. Landscape Improvements,including 4"clean top soil,sod,excavation,backfill, A20 SY 36 compaction,with established growth. A21 Door Hangers,delivered to the business and residences(two each) LS 1 A22 Type 1 Self-Supported Temporary Sediment Control Fence, maintained and LF 1,000 removed A23 Temporary Erosion Control Log,maintained and removed EA 50 A24 Street Sweeping,per curb mile MILE 40 A25 Allowance for Unanticipated General Improvements LS 1 $ 5,000.00 $ 5,000.00 SUBTOTAL PART A-GENERAL ACTIVITIES(ITEMS Al THRU A25) Bid Form Page 1 of 3 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program(SPMP)Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity(IDIQ)Seal Coats City Project No.E15140 Rev 01-13-2016 00 30 01 BID FORM ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT ESTIMATED UNIT PRICE EXTENDED AMOUNT QUANTITY PART B-STREET IMPROVEMENTS(per SECTION 0129 01 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENT) 131 TX5-475 Triaxial Geogrid SY 1,250 Base Repair, Upper 2" Depth (Limestone), excavation/removal, placement, 62 compaction,etc. SY 2,500 Base Repair, Additional 1" Depth (Limestone), excavation/removal, B3 placement,compaction,etc. SY 10,000 Patching/Small Area Surface Restoration - HMAC, Type "D" per Square B4 Yard/Inch, small equipment placement, removal of existing, placement of SY/IN 2,000 new,compaction,curing,hauling,etc. B5 Crack Seal with all surface preparation and application LF 2,500 Asphalt Material,AC-15P For Seal Coat per Single Course typically applied at a rate ranging from 0.3 to 0.35 Gal/SY,(one to five miles haul distance from an B6 approved site within City Limits), all surface preparation, application, curing, Gal 20,232 rolling/compaction,etc. Emulsion Cationic Grade (HFRS-2P) typically applied at a rate ranging from B7 0.35 to 0.40 Gal/SY, (one to five miles haul distance from an approved site Gal 23,655 within City Limits),per applied rates and requirements Trap Rock (Basalt) Grade 5 Type E per specified gradation, decanted and la B8 abrasion,applied at approximately 150 SY/CY,(one to five miles haul distance Ton 665 from approved site within City MSA),haul,rolled,compacted,etc. Asphalt Material,AC-15P For Seal Coat per Single Course typically applied at a rate ranging from 0.35 to 0.40 Gal/SY, (over five miles haul distance from an 139 approved site within City Limits), all surface preparation, application, curing, Gal 20,232 rolling,compaction,etc. Emulsion Cationic Grade (HFRS-2P) typically applied at a rate ranging from B10 0.35 to 0.40 Gal/SY, (over five miles haul distance from an approved site Gal 23,655 within City Limits),per applied rates and requirements Trap Rock (Basalt) Grade 5 Type E per specified gradation, decanted and la 1311 abrasion, applied at approximately 150 SY/CY, (over five miles haul distance Ton 665 from approved site within City Limits),haul,rolled,compacted,etc. B12 Proof Rolling with equipment,operator,etc. Hour 50 B13 Allowance for Unanticipated Street Improvements LS 1 $ 15,000.00 $ 15,000.00 SUBTOTAL PART B-STREET IMPROVEMENTS (ITEMS B1 THRU B13) PART C-CONCRETE ACTIVITIES(per SECTION 0129 01 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENT) Removal and Replacement of Multiple Small Segments of Concrete Curb & C1 Gutter, demo, disposal, forms, rebar, concrete, compaction, curing, finish, LF 100 etc. Removal and Replacement of 6" Concrete Driveway Approaches,with demo, C2 SF 300 disposal,forms,rebar,concrete,compaction,curing,finish,etc. Replacement of Stamped 6" Concrete Driveway Approaches, with demo, C3 SF 100 disposal,forms,rebar,concrete,curing,compaction,finish,etc. Replacement of"Washed"6"Concrete Driveway Approaches,demo,disposal, C4 SF 100 forms,rebar,concrete,compaction,curing,finish,etc. C5 Temporary Driveway Access;set-up,maintenance and removal EACH 5 Removal of and Replacement of 4" Concrete Sidewalk& Bike Paths, with all C6 SF 100 demo,hauling,disposal,etc. C7 Allowance for Unanticipated Concrete Improvements LS 1 $ 1,500.00 $ 1,500.00 SUBTOTAL PART C-CONCRETE ACTIVITIES(ITEMS C1 THRU C7) Bid Form Page 2 of 3 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program(SPMP)Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity(IDIQ)Seal Coats City Project No.E15140 Rev 01-13-2016 00 30 01 BID FORM ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT ESTIMATED UNIT PRICE EXTENDED AMOUNT QUANTITY PART D-MINOR UTILITY IMPROVEMENTS(per SECTION 0129 01 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENT) Sanitary Sewer Manhole Ring & Cover Adjustment, Including New Manhole Ring & Cover Assembly with New Height Adjustment Rings, Stainless Steel D1 EACH 25 Inflow Inhibitor and with Concrete Collar,with demo, disposal, forms, rebar, concrete,curing,compaction,finish,etc. Stormwater Manhole Ring&Cover Adjustment, Including New Manhole Ring D2 and Cover Assembly with New Concrete Collar, with demo, disposal, forms, EACH 25 rebar,concrete,curing,compaction,finish,etc. D3 Water Valve Cover Adjustment with Concrete Collar, with demo, disposal, EACH 25 forms,rebar,concrete,compaction,finish,etc. D4 Gas Valve Cover Adjustment, with demo, disposal, forms, rebar, concrete EACH 25 curing,compaction,finish,etc. Replacement of Concrete Collars with High Early Strength Concrete (in D5 SF 550 addition to unit price)with activity D1,D2,D3&D4 above Allowance for Unanticipated Wastewater, Water and Stormwater D6 Improvements LS 1 $ 2,500.00 $ 2,500.00 SUBTOTAL PART D-MINOR UTILITY IMPROVEMENTS(ITEMS D1 THRU D6) BID SUMMARY SUBTOTAL PART A-GENERAL ACTIVITIES(ITEMS Al THRU A25) SUBTOTAL PART B-STREET IMPROVEMENTS(ITEMS B1 THRU B13) SUBTOTAL PART C-CONCRETE ACTIVITIES(ITEMS C1 THRU C7) SUBTOTAL PART D-MINOR UTILITY IMPROVEMENTS(ITEMS D1 THRU D6) TOTAL PROJECT BASE BID PART 3(EAST)(PARTS A THRU D) Contract Times Bidder agrees to reach Substantial Completion in 365 days Bidder agrees to reach Final Completion in 395 days Bid Form Page 3 of 3 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program(SPMP)Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity(IDIQ)Seal Coats City Project No.E15140 Rev 01-13-2016 00 30 02 COMPLIANCE TO STATE LAW ON NONRESIDENT BIDDERS Chapter 2252 of the Texas Government Code applies to the award of government contract to nonresident bidders. This law provides that: "a government entity may not award a governmental contract to a nonresident bidder unless the nonresident underbids the lower bid submitted by a responsible resident bidder by an amount that is not less than the amount by which a resident bidder would be required to underbid the nonresident bidder to obtain a comparable contract in the state in which the nonresident's principal place of business is located." "Nonresident bidder" refers to a person who is not a resident of Texas. "Resident bidder" refers to a person whose principal place of business is in this state, including a contractor whose ultimate parent company or majority owner has its principal place of business in this state. Check the statement that is correct for Bidder. ❑ Bidder qualifies as a nonresident bidder whose principal place of business or residency is in the State of ❑ Bidder (includes parent company or majority owner) qualifies as a resident bidder whose principal place of business is in the State of Texas. The Owner will use the information provided in the State of Texas Comptroller's annual publication of other states' laws on contracts to evaluate the Bids of nonresident Bidders. Bidder: Company Name: (typed or printed) By: (signature--attach evidence of authority to sign) Name: (typed or printed) Title: Business address: Phone: Email: END OF SECTION Compliance to State Law on Nonresident Bidders 003002- 1 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP)Year 3 11-25-2013 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity(IDIQ)Seal Coats Project No. E15140 00 30 05 City of Corpus Christi Disclosure of Interest SUPPLIER NUMBER TO BE ASSIGNED BY rr7— PURCHASING DIVISION City of CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI Corpus DISCLOSURE OF INTEREST Christi City of Corpus Christi Ordinance 17112,as amended,requires all persons or firms seeking to do business with the City to provide the following information. Every question must be answered. If the question is not applicable, answer with "NA". See reverse side for Filing Requirements, Certifications and definitions. COMPANY NAME: P.O.BOX: STREET ADDRESS: CITY: ZIP: - FIRM IS: l. Corporation 8 2. Partnership B 3. Sole Owner E]4. Association 5. Other DISCLOSURE QUESTIONS If additional space is necessary,please use the reverse side of this page or attach separate sheet. 1. State the names of each "employee" of the City of Corpus Christi having an "ownership interest" constituting 3%or more of the ownership in the above named"firm." Name Job Title and City Department(if known) 2. State the names of each "official" of the City of Corpus Christi having an "ownership interest" constituting 3%or more of the ownership in the above named"firm." Name Title 3. State the names of each"board member" of the City of Corpus Christi having an "ownership interest" constituting 3%or more of the ownership in the above named"firm." Name Board,Commission or Committee 4. State the names of each employee or officer of a "consultant" for the City of Corpus Christi who worked on any matter related to the subject of this contract and has an "ownership interest" constituting 3%or more of the ownership in the above named"firm." Name Consultant City of Corpus Christi 003005-1 Disclosure of Interest Rev 01-13-2016 FILING REQUIREMENTS If a person who requests official action on a matter knows that the requested action will confer an economic benefit on any City official or employee that is distinguishable from the effect that the action will have on members of the public in general or a substantial segment thereof,you shall disclose that fact in a signed writing to the City official,employee or body that has been requested to act in the matter, unless the interest of the City official or employee in the matter is apparent. The disclosure shall also be made in a signed writing filed with the City Secretary. [Ethics Ordinance Section 2-349 (d)] CERTIFICATION I certify that all information provided is true and correct as of the date of this statement,that I have not knowingly withheld disclosure of any information requested; and that supplemental statements will be promptly submitted to the City of Corpus Christi,Texas as changes occur. Certifying Person: Title: (Type or Print) Signature of Certifying Date: Person: DEFINITIONS a. "Board member." A member of any board, commission, or committee appointed by the City Council of the City of Corpus Christi,Texas. b. "Economic benefit". An action that is likely to affect an economic interest if it is likely to have an effect on that interest that is distinguishable from its effect on members of the public in general or a substantial segment thereof. c. "Employee." Any person employed by the City of Corpus Christi, Texas either on a full or part- time basis,but not as an independent contractor. d. "Firm." Any entity operated for economic gain, whether professional, industrial or commercial,and whether established to produce or deal with a product or service, including but not limited to,entities operated in the form of sole proprietorship, as self-employed person, partnership, corporation,joint stock company,joint venture, receivership or trust, and entities which for purposes of taxation are treated as non-profit organizations. e. "Official." The Mayor, members of the City Council, City Manager, Deputy City Manager, Assistant City Managers, Department and Division Heads,and Municipal Court Judges of the City of Corpus Christi,Texas. f. "Ownership Interest." Legal or equitable interest, whether actually or constructively held, in a firm, including when such interest is held through an agent, trust, estate, or holding entity. "Constructively held" refers to holdings or control established through voting trusts, proxies, or special terms of venture or partnership agreements." g. "Consultant."Any person or firm, such as engineers and architects, hired by the City of Corpus Christi for the purpose of professional consultation and recommendation. City of Corpus Christi 003005-2 Disclosure of Interest Rev 01-13-2016 00 30 06 NON-COLLUSION CERTIFICATION STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF NUECES OWNER: City of Corpus Christi, Texas 1201 Leopard Street Corpus Christi, Texas 78401 CONTRACT: Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program Year 3, City Project No. E15140 Bidder certifies that the it has not been a party to any collusion among Bidders in the restraint of freedom of competition by agreement to submit a Bid at a fixed price or to refrain from bidding; or with any official or employee of the Owner as to quantity, quality, or price in the prospective contract, or any other terms of said prospective contract; or in any discussion between Bidders and any official of the Owner concerning exchange of money or other thing of value for special consideration in the letting of a contract. Company Name: (typed or printed) By: (signature--attach evidence of authority to sign) Name: (typed or printed) Title: Business address: Phone: Email: END OF SECTION Non-Collusion Certification 003006- 1 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP)Year 3 11-25-2013 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity(IDIQ)Seal Coats Project No. E15140 00 45 16 STATEMENT OF EXPERIENCE ARTICLE 1—REQUIREMENT TO PROVIDE A STATEMENT OF EXPERIENCE 1.01 To be considered a responsive Bidder, the three lowest Bidders must complete and submit the Statement of Experience within 5 days after the date Bids are due to demonstrate the Bidders' responsibility and ability to meet the minimum requirements to complete the Work. Failure to submit the required information in the Statement of Experience may result in the Owner considering the Bid non-responsive and result in rejection of the Bid by the Owner. The Bid Security of the Bidder will be forfeited if Bidder fails to deliver the Statement of Experience in an attempt to be released from its Bid. Bidders may be required to provide supplemental information if requested by the Owner to clarify, enhance or supplement the information provided in the Statement of Experience. 1.02 Bidders must provide the information requested in this Statement of Experience using the forms attached to this Section. A copy of these forms can be provided in Microsoft Word to assist with the preparation of the Statement of Experience. Information in these forms must be provided completely and in detail. Information that cannot be totally incorporated in the form may be included in an attachment to the form. This attachment must be clearly referenced by attachment number in the form, and the attached material must include the attachment number on every sheet of the attachment. The attachment must include only the information that responds to the question or item number to which the attachment information applies. 1.03 The Bidder may also be required to supply a financial statement, prepared no later than 90 days prior to the City Engineer's request, signed and dated by the Bidder's owner, president or other authorized party, specifying all current assets and liabilities. ARTICLE 2—EXPERIENCE REQUIREMENTS 2.01 The Bidder agrees that, in addition to determining the apparent low Bid, the Owner will consider the responsiveness of the Bids and the responsibility of the Bidders in awarding a Contract for this Project. Information that indicates the Bidder or a Subcontractor is not responsible or that might negatively impact a Bidder's ability to complete the Work within the Contract Time and for the Contract Price may result in the Owner rejecting the Bid. 2.02 If none of the three apparent low Bidders are deemed responsible, the Owner may notify the next apparent low Bidders in order, who will then be required to submit the Statement of Experience for review, until a Contract is awarded or all Bids have been rejected. 2.03 The Bidder is responsible for the accuracy and completeness of all of the information provided by the Bidder or a proposed Subcontractor in response to this Statement of Experience. 2.04 Provide general information about the organization as required in Table 1. Describe the organizational structure of the Bidder's organization as it relates to this Project in Table 2. 2.05 Provide resumes for the key personnel that will be actively working on this Project. A. Key personnel include the Project Manager, Project Superintendent, Safety Manager and Quality Control Manager. If key personnel are to fulfill more than one of the roles listed above, provide a written narrative describing how much time will be devoted to each function, their qualifications to fulfill each role, and the percentage of their time that will be devoted to each role. If the individual is not to be devoted solely to this Project, indicate how that individual's time is to be divided between this Project and other assignments. B. The Bidder may provide resumes for an alternate individual if the Bidder is not able to commit to one individual for the Project at the time the Bid is submitted. Qualifications of these individuals will be considered in determining whether the experience of the Bidder meets the minimum requirements. The Statement of Experience 004516-1 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program(SPMP)Year 3 Rev 10-6-2015 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity(IDIQ)Seal Coats Project No.E15140 Bidder must provide the services of the proposed key personnel for the life of the Project as a condition of qualification. Failure to provide the proposed Key Personnel may result in the disqualification of the Bidder and may void the award of the Contract. C. Provide information for each primary and alternate candidate that includes: technical experience, managerial experience,education and formal training and a work history which describes project experience, including the roles and responsibilities for each assignment. Additional information demonstrating experience that meets the minimum requirements should also be included. D. The Project Manager and Project Superintendent must have at least 5 years of recent experience in the management and oversight of projects of a similar size and complexity to this Project. This experience must include scheduling of manpower and materials, safety, coordination of Subcontractors, experience with the submittal process, Federal and State wage rate requirements and contract close-out procedures. The Project Superintendent is to be present at the Site at all times that Work is being performed. Foremen must have at least 5 years of recent experience in similar work and be subordinate to the Project Superintendent. Foremen cannot act as a superintendent without prior written approval from the Owner. 2.06 Provide information on the project experience and past performance of the organization. A. Provide information on projects that have been awarded to the Organization in the last 5 years in Table 3. Attach additional pages if necessary. Experience must include the satisfactory completion of at least five similar projects within the last 5 years for the Bidder's organization that are equal to or greater in size and magnitude than the current Project. B. In determining the responsibility of the Bidder, the Owner will consider the Bidder's past projects and any substandard quality of workmanship on completed projects. The Owner will consider whether the Bidder's past project experience shows substandard quality of workmanship, issues related to a substandard appearance of the completed work, the amount of warranty or rework required, problems with durability and maintainability of the completed project, and problems with the lack of quality of documentation provided. In addition to the work produced, the Owner may consider issues related to the quality of construction practices, responsiveness to the owner's needs during construction, an inability to work in the spirit of partnering and any non-responsiveness of the Bidder to make warranty corrections. Information to make this determination will come from Owner's interviews with references provided for this project. By listing reference contact information in this Statement of Experience, Bidder indicates its approval for OPT to contact the individuals listed as a reference. ARTICLE 3—PROVIDE INFORMATION TO DEMONSTRATE THE ABILITY OF THE BIDDER TO PROVIDE SUBCONTRACTING OPPORTUNITIES THAT WILL MEET THE OWNER'S ESTABLISHED GOALS FOR MINORITY, MBE, AND DBE PARTICIPATION IN THE PROJECT. LIST ALL WORK TO BE PERFORMED BY QUALIFIED MINORITY, MBE AND DBE-PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS OR SUPPLIERS IN TABLE 4. INCLUDE PERCENTAGES OF WORK SUBCONTRACTED TO EACH TO DEMONSTRATE COMPLIANCE WITH OWNER'S STATED GOALS.STATEMENT OF EXPERIENCE REQUIREMENTS 3.01 Provide one printed copy of the Statement of Experience using the referenced tables and narrative descriptions as described in Article 2. Pages are to be 8-1/2 x 11 pages using a minimum font size of 10. A limited number of 11 x 17 sheets may be used, and must be folded to the size of an 8-1/2 x 11 page. 3.02 Provide a digital copy of the Statement of Experience in Portable Document Format(PDF) on a CD, portable drive, or other digital recording device. This digital copy is to include all information required to evaluate the Bid and should match the content of the printed copy of the Bid. When creating the digital copy: A. Create PDF documents from native format files. B. Rotate pages so that the top of the document appears at the top of the file when opened in PDF viewing software. Statement of Experience 0045 16-2 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program(SPMP)Year 3 Rev 10-6-2015 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity(IDIQ)Seal Coats Project No.E15140 C. Submit PDF documents with adequate resolution to allow documents to be printed in a format equivalent to the original documents. Documents are to be scalable to allow printing on standard 8-1/2 x 11 or 11 x 17 paper. D. Submit color PDF documents if color is used in the printed version of the documents. Statement of Experience 0045 16-3 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program(SPMP)Year 3 Rev 10-6-2015 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity(IDIQ)Seal Coats Project No.E15140 Table 1—Organization Information Organization doing business as: Business Address of Principal Office Telephone No. I Website Form of Business (check one) ❑ Corporation ❑ Partnership ❑ Individual If a Corporation State of Incorporation Date of Incorporation Chief Executive Officer's Name President's Name Vice President's Name(s) Secretary's Name Treasurer's Name If a Partnership Date of Organization Form of Partnership: ❑ General ❑ Limited If an Individual Name Ownership of Organization List of companies, firms, or organizations that own any part of the organization. Names of Companies, Firms, or Organizations Percent Ownership Organization History List of names that this organization currently, has, or anticipates operating under including the names of related companies presently doing business. Names of Organizations From Date To Date Indicators of Organization Size Average number of current full-time employees Average estimate of revenue for the current year Statement of Experience 004516-4 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program(SPMP)Year 3 Rev 10-6-2015 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity(IDIQ)Seal Coats Project No.E15140 Table 1—Organization Information Organization doing business as: Previous History with City of Corpus Christi List the 5 most recent projects that have been completed with the City of Corpus Christi. Project Name Year 1 2 3 4 5 Construction Site Safety Experience Provide Bidders Experience Modification Ratio (EMR) History for the last 3 years. Provide documentation of the EMR. Year EMR Year EMR Year EMR Previous Bidding and Construction Experience Has Bidder or a predecessor organization been disqualified as a bidder within the last 10 years? List Projects below and provide full details in a separate attachment if yes. Has Bidder or a predecessor organization been released from a bid or proposal in the past 10 years? List Projects below and provide full details in a separate attachment if yes. Has Bidder or a predecessor organization ever defaulted on a project or failed to complete any work awarded to it? List Projects below and provide full details in a separate attachment if yes. Has Bidder or a predecessor organization been involved in claims or litigation involving project owners within the last 10 years? List Projects below and provide full details in a separate attachment if yes. Have liens or claims for outstanding unpaid invoices been filed against the Bidder for services or materials on any projects begun within the preceding 3 years? Specify the name and address of the party holding the lien or making the claim, the amount and basis for the lien or claim, and an explanation of why the lien has not been released or that the claim has not been paid if yes. Statement of Experience 0045 16-5 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program(SPMP)Year 3 Rev 10-6-2015 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity(IDIQ)Seal Coats Project No.E15140 Table 2—Project Information Organization doing business as: Proposed Project Organization Provide a brief description of the organizational structure proposed for this project indicating the names and functional roles of proposed key personnel and alternates. Provide resumes for Project Manager, Superintendent, Safety Manager and Quality Control Manager. Position Primary Alternate Project Manager Superintendent Safety Manager Quality Control Manager Division of work between Bidder and Proposed Subcontractor and Suppliers Provide a list of Work to be self-performed by the Bidder and the Work contracted to Subcontractors and Suppliers for more than 10 percent of the Work(based on estimated subcontract or purchase order amounts and the Contract Price). Description of Work Name of Entity Performing the Estimated Percentage Work of Contract Price Subcontractor Construction Site Safety Experience Provide Experience Modification Ratio (EMR) History for the last 3 years for Subcontractors that will provide Work valued at 25%or more of the Contract Price. Provide documentation of the EMR. Subcontractor Year EMR Year EMR Year EMR Subcontractor Year EMR Year EMR Year EMR Statement of Experience 004516-6 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program(SPMP)Year 3 Rev 10-6-2015 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity(IDIQ)Seal Coats Project No.E15140 Table 3—Projects Awarded during the Last 5 Years Organization doing business as: Project Information Project Name Description Reference Contact Information Project Owner Name/Title Telephone Email Project Designer Project Budget and Performance Original Final Contract #Contract # Days Contract Price Price Days Late Issues/Claims/ Litigation: Project Information Project Name Description Reference Contact Information Project Owner Name/Title Telephone Email Project Designer Project Budget and Performance Original Final Contract #Contract # Days Contract Price Price Days Late Issues/Claims/ Litigation: Project Information Project Name Description Reference Contact Information Project Owner Name/Title Telephone Email Project Designer Project Budget and Performance Original Final Contract #Contract # Days Contract Price Price Days Late Issues/Claims/ Litigation: Statement of Experience 004516-7 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program(SPMP)Year 3 Rev 10-6-2015 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity(IDIQ)Seal Coats Project No.E15140 Table 3—Projects Awarded during the Last 5 Years—Not including City of Corpus Christi Projects Organization doing business as: Project Information Project Name Description Reference Contact Information Project Owner Name/Title Telephone Email Project Designer Project Budget and Performance Original Final Contract #Contract # Days Contract Price Price Days Late Issues/Claims/ Litigation: Project Information Project Name Description Reference Contact Information Project Owner Name/Title Telephone Email Project Designer Project Budget and Performance Original Final Contract #Contract # Days Contract Price Price Days Late Issues/Claims/ Litigation: Project Information Project Name Description Reference Contact Information Project Owner Name/Title Telephone Email Project Designer Project Budget and Performance Original Final Contract #Contract # Days Contract Price Price Days Late Issues/Claims/ Litigation: Statement of Experience 004516-8 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program(SPMP)Year 3 Rev 10-6-2015 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity(IDIQ)Seal Coats Project No.E15140 Table 3—Projects Awarded during the Last 5 Years—Not including City of Corpus Christi Projects Organization doing business as: Project Information Project Name Description Reference Contact Information Project Owner Name/Title Telephone Email Project Designer Project Budget and Performance Original Final Contract #Contract # Days Contract Price Price Days Late Issues/Claims/ Litigation: Project Information Project Name Description Reference Contact Information Project Owner Name/Title Telephone Email Project Designer Project Budget and Performance Original Final Contract #Contract # Days Contract Price Price Days Late Issues/Claims/ Litigation: Project Information Project Name Description Reference Contact Information Project Owner Name/Title Telephone Email Project Designer Project Budget and Performance Original Final Contract #Contract # Days Contract Price Price Days Late Issues/Claims/ Litigation: Statement of Experience 004516-9 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program(SPMP)Year 3 Rev 10-6-2015 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity(IDIQ)Seal Coats Project No.E15140 Table 4—Demonstrated Minority, MBE, DBE Participation Organization doing business as Project Subcontractors and Suppliers Provide a list of anticipated Minority, MBE, DBE Subcontractors or Suppliers contracts that will be used to demonstrate compliance with the Owner's Minority/ MBE/ DBE Participation Policy Name Work to be Provided Estimated%of Contract Price Statement of Experience 004516-10 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program(SPMP)Year 3 Rev 10-6-2015 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity(IDIQ)Seal Coats Project No.E15140 ARTICLE 4—CERTIFICATION 4.01 By submitting this Statement of Experience and related information, Bidder certifies that it has read this Statement of Experience and that Bidder's responses are true and correct and contain no material misrepresentations and that the individual signing below is authorized to make this certification on behalf of the Bidder's organization. The individual signing this certification shall attach evidence of individual's authority to bind the organization to an agreement. Bidder: (typed or printed) By: (individual's signature) Name: (typed or printed) Title: (typed or printed) Designated Representative: Name: Title: Add ress: Telephone No.: Email: END OF SECTION Statement of Experience 004516-11 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program(SPMP)Year 3 Rev 10-6-2015 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity(IDIQ)Seal Coats Project No.E15140 00 52 23 AGREEMENT This Agreement, for the Project awarded on [insert Award Date], is between the City of Corpus Christi (Owner) and (Contractor). Owner and Contractor agree as follows: ARTICLE 1—WORK 1.01 Contractor shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents. The Work is generally described as: Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity(IDIQ) Seal Coats, Project No. E15140 ARTICLE 2—DESIGNER AND OWNER'S AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE 2.01 The Project has been designed by: Coym, Rehmet&Gutierrez Engineering, L.P. 5656 S. Staples, Suite 230 Corpus Christi,Texas 78411 2.02 The Owner's Authorized Representative for this Project is: Name of Owner's Authorized Representative Office Address City, State,Zip Code ARTICLE 3—CONTRACT TIMES 3.01 Contract Times A. The Work is required to be substantially completed within 365 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run as provided in the Notice to Proceed and is to be completed and ready for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 15.06 of the General Conditions within 395 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run. B. Milestones,and the dates for completion of each,are as defined in SECTION 0135 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES. 3.02 Liquidated Damages A. Owner and Contractor recognize that time limits for specified Milestones, Substantial Completion, and completion and readiness for Final Payment as stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. Owner and Contractor recognize that the Owner will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in Paragraph 3.01 and as adjusted in accordance with Paragraph 11.05 of the General Conditions. Owner and Contractor also recognize the delays, expense, and difficulties involved in proving in a legal or arbitration proceeding the actual loss suffered by Owner if Agreement 005223- 1 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP)Year 3 Rev 01-13-2016 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity(IDIQ)Seal Coats Project No. E15140 the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, Owner and Contractor agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty): 1. Substantial Completion: Contractor shall pay Owner$500 for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 3.01 for Substantial Completion until the Work is substantially complete. 2. Completion of the Remaining Work: Contractor agrees to pay Owner$500 for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 3.01 for completion and readiness for final payment until the Work is completed and ready for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 15.06 of the General Conditions. 3. Liquidated damages for failing to timely attain Substantial Completion and Final Completion are not additive and will not be imposed concurrently. 4. Milestones: Contractor agrees to pay Owner liquidated damages as stipulated in SECTION 0135 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES for failure to meet Milestone completions. 5. The Owner will determine whether the Work has been completed within the Contract Times. B. Owner is not required to only assess liquidated damages, and Owner may elect to pursue its actual damages resulting from the failure of Contractor to complete the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 4—CONTRACT PRICE 4.01 Owner will pay Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents at the unit prices shown in the attached BID FORM. Unit prices have been computed in accordance with Paragraph 13.03 of the General Conditions. Contractor acknowledges that estimated quantities are not guaranteed, and were solely for the purpose of comparing Bids, and final payment for all unit price items will be based on actual quantities, determined as provided in the Contract Documents Total Base Bid Price $ ARTICLE 5—PAYMENT PROCEDURES 5.01 Submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article 15 of the General Conditions. Applications for Payment will be processed by the OAR as provided in the General Conditions. 5.02 Progress Payments; Retainage: A. The Owner will make progress payments on or about the 25th day of each month during performance of the Work. Payment is based on Work completed in accordance with the Schedule of Values established as provided in the General Conditions. B. Progress payments equal to 95 percent of the total earned value to date for completed Work and properly stored materials will be made prior to Substantial Completion. The balance will be held as retainage. Agreement 005223-2 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP)Year 3 Rev 01-13-2016 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity(IDIQ)Seal Coats Project No. E15140 C. Payment will be made for the amount determined per Paragraph 5.02.13, less the total of payments previously made and less set-offs determined in accordance with Paragraph 15.01 of the General Conditions. D. At the Owner's option, retainage may be required at a higher percentage rate if progress on the Project is considered to be unsatisfactory. If retainage in excess of the amount described above is held prior to Substantial Completion,the Owner will place the additional amount in an interest bearing account. Interest will be paid in accordance with Paragraph 6.01. E. At the Owner's option, Owner may pay Contractor 100 percent of the Work completed, less amounts withheld in accordance with Paragraph 15.01 of the General Conditions and less 200 percent of OAR's estimate of the value of Work to be completed or corrected to reach Substantial Completion. Owner may, at its sole discretion, elect to hold retainage in the amounts set forth above for progress payments prior to Substantial Completion if Owner has concerns with the ability of the Contractor to complete the remaining Work in accordance with the Contract Documents or within the time frame established by this Agreement. Release or reduction in retainage is contingent upon and consent of surety to the reduction in retainage. 5.03 Owner will pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by OAR in accordance with Paragraph 15.06 of the General Conditions upon Final Completion and acceptance of the Work. ARTICLE 6—INTEREST ON OVERDUE PAYMENTS AND RETAINAGE 6.01 The Owner is not obligated to pay interest on overdue payments except as required by Texas Government Code Chapter 2251. 6.02 The Owner is not obligated to pay interest on moneys not paid except as provided in Texas Government Code Chapter 2252. ARTICLE 7—CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIONS 7.01 The Contractor makes the following representations: A. The Contractor has examined and carefully studied the Contract Documents and the other related data identified in the Bidding Documents. B. The Contractor has visited the Site and become familiar with and is satisfied as to the general, local, and Site conditions that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. C. The Contractor is familiar with Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. D. The Contractor has carefully studied the following Site-related reports and drawings as identified in the Supplementary Conditions: 1. Geotechnical Data Reports regarding subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site; 2. Drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site; 3. Underground Facilities referenced in reports and drawings; Agreement 005223-3 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP)Year 3 Rev 01-13-2016 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity(IDIQ)Seal Coats Project No. E15140 4. Reports and drawings relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions, if any, at or adjacent to the Site; and 5. Technical Data related to each of these reports and drawings. E. The Contractor has considered the: 1. Information known to Contractor; 2. Information commonly known to contractors doing business in the locality of the Site; 3. Information and observations obtained from visits to the Site; and 4. The Contract Documents. F. The Contractor has considered the items identified in Paragraphs 7.01.D and 7.01.E with respect to the effect of such information, observations, and documents on: 1. The cost, progress, and performance of the Work; 2. The means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor; and 3. Contractor's safety precautions and programs. G. Based on the information and observations referred to in the preceding paragraphs, Contractor agrees that no further examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, or data are necessary for the performance of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times, and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. H. The Contractor is aware of the general nature of Work to be performed by Owner and others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Contract Documents. I. The Contractor has correlated the information known to the Contractor, information and observations obtained from visits to the Site, reports and drawings identified in the Contract Documents, and all additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, and data with the Contract Documents. J. The Contractor has given the OAR written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that the Contractor has discovered in the Contract Documents,and the written resolution provided by the OAR is acceptable to the Contractor. K. The Contract Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. L. Contractor's entry into this Contract constitutes an incontrovertible representation by Contractor that without exception all prices in the Agreement are premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 8—ACCOUNTING RECORDS 8.01 Accounting Record Availability: The Contractor shall keep such full and detailed accounts of materials incorporated and labor and equipment utilized for the Work consistent with the requirements of Paragraph 13.01 of the General Conditions and as may be necessary for proper financial management under this Agreement. Subject to prior written notice,the Owner shall be Agreement 005223-4 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP)Year 3 Rev 01-13-2016 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity(IDIQ)Seal Coats Project No. E15140 afforded reasonable access during normal business hours to all of the Contractor's records, books, correspondence, instructions,drawings, receipts,vouchers, memoranda, and similar data relating to the Cost of the Work and the Contractor's fee. The Contractor shall preserve all such documents for a period of 3 years after the final payment by the Owner. ARTICLE 9—CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 9.01 Contents: A. The Contract Documents consist of the following: 1. Specifications, forms, and documents listed in SECTION 00 0100 TABLE OF CONTENTS. 2. Drawings listed in the Sheet Index. 3. Addenda. 4. Exhibits to this Agreement: a. Contractor's Bid Form. 5. Documentation required by the Contract Documents and submitted by Contractor prior to Notice of Award. B. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed above in this Article. C. The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified, or supplemented as provided in Article 11 of the General Conditions. ARTICLE 10—CONTRACT DOCUMENT SIGNATURES One original of the signed Agreement will be required. The sequence of signatures will be completed in the following order: A. CONTRACTOR —Agreement must be signed by a person authorized to bind the firm or company. If Contractor is a Corporation, agreements must be Attested; B. ASSISTANT CITY ATTORNEY for the City; C. DIRECTOR OF ENGINEERING SERVICES; D. CITY SECRETARY for the City. Agreement 005223-5 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP)Year 3 Rev 01-13-2016 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity(IDIQ)Seal Coats Project No. E15140 ATTEST CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI Rebecca Huerta J.H. Edmonds, P.E. City Secretary Director of Engineering Services APPROVED AS TO LEGAL FORM: Janet L. Kellogg Assistant City Attorney ATTEST(IF CORPORATION) CONTRACTOR (Seal Below) By: Note: Attach copy of authorization to sign if Title: person signing for CONTRACTOR is not President, Vice President, Chief Executive Officer, or Chief Financial Officer Address City State Zip Phone Fax EMail END OF SECTION Agreement 005223-6 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP)Year 3 Rev 01-13-2016 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity(IDIQ)Seal Coats Project No. E15140 00 61 13 PERFORMANCE BOND BOND NO. Contractor as Principal Surety Name: Name: Mailing address (principal place of business): Mailing address (principal place of business): Physical address (principal place of business): Owner Name: City of Corpus Christi, Texas Mailing address (principal place of business): Engineering Services Surety is a corporation organized and existing 1201 Leopard Street under the laws of the state of: Corpus Christi,Texas 78401 By submitting this Bond,Surety affirms its authority to do business in the State of Texas and its license Contract to execute bonds in the State of Texas. City Wide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Telephone (main number): Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats, Project No. E15140 Telephone (for notice of claim): Local Agent for Surety Name: Award Date of the Contract: Address: Contract Price: Bond Telephone: E-Mail Address: Date of Bond: (Date of Bond cannot be earlier than Award Date of The address of the surety company to which any the Contract) notice of claim should be sent may be obtained Said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed from the Texas Dept. of Insurance by calling the this instrument in 4 copies, each one of which shall following toll-free number.1-800-252-3439 be deemed an original. Performance Bond 006113- 1 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP)Year 3 Rev 01-13-2016 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity(IDIQ)Seal Coats City Project No. E15140 Surety and Contractor, intending to be legally bound and obligated to Owner do each cause this Performance Bond to be duly executed on its behalf by its authorized officer, agent or representative. The Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally to this bond. The condition of this obligation is such that if the Contractor as Principal faithfully performs the Work required by the Contract then this obligation shall be null and void;otherwise the obligation is to remain in full force and effect. Provisions of the bond shall be pursuant to the terms and provisions of Chapter 2253 and Chapter 2269 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Chapter to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. Venue shall lie exclusively in Nueces County, Texas for any legal action. Contractor as Principal Surety Signature: Signature: Name: Name: Title: Title: Email Address: Email Address: (Attach Power of Attorney and place surety seal below) END OF SECTION Performance Bond 006113-2 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP)Year 3 Rev 01-13-2016 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity(IDIQ)Seal Coats City Project No. E15140 00 61 16 PAYMENT BOND BOND NO. Contractor as Principal Surety Name: Name: Mailing address (principal place of business): Mailing address (principal place of business): Physical address (principal place of business): Owner Name: City of Corpus Christi, Texas Mailing address (principal place of business): Engineering Services Surety is a corporation organized and existing 1201 Leopard Street under the laws of the state of: Corpus Christi,Texas 78401 By submitting this Bond,Surety affirms its authority to do business in the State of Texas and its license Contract to execute bonds in the State of Texas. City Wide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Telephone (main number): Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats, Project No. E15140 Telephone (for notice of claim): Local Agent for Surety Name: Award Date of the Contract: Address: Contract Price: Bond Telephone: E-Mail Address: Date of Bond: (Date of Bond cannot be earlier than Award Date of The address of the surety company to which any Contract) notice of claim should be sent may be obtained Said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed from the Texas Dept. of Insurance by calling the this instrument in 4 copies, each one of which shall following toll-free number.1-800-252-3439 be deemed an original. Payment Bond Form 006116- 1 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP)Year 3 Rev.01-13-2016 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity(IDIQ)Seal Coats Project No. E15140 Surety and Contractor, intending to be legally bound and obligated to Owner do each cause this Payment Bond to be duly executed on its behalf by its authorized officer, agent or representative. The Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally to this bond. The condition of this obligation is such that if the Contractor as Principal pays all claimants providing labor or materials to him or to a Subcontractor in the prosecution of the Work required by the Contract then this obligation shall be null and void;otherwise the obligation is to remain in full force and effect. Provisions of the bond shall be pursuant to the terms and provisions of Chapter 2253 and Chapter 2269 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Chapter to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. Venue shall lie exclusively in Nueces County, Texas for any legal action. Contractor as Principal Surety Signature: Signature: Name: Name: Title: Title: Email Address: Email Address: (Attach Power of Attorney and place surety seal below) END OF SECTION Payment Bond Form 006116-2 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP)Year 3 Rev.01-13-2016 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity(IDIQ)Seal Coats Project No. E15140 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Table of Contents Page Article 1—Definitions and Terminology.......................................................................................................6 1.01 Defined Terms...............................................................................................................................6 1.02 Terminology................................................................................................................................11 Article 2—Preliminary Matters...................................................................................................................12 2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance.............................................................................12 2.02 Copies of Documents..................................................................................................................13 2.03 Before Starting Construction ......................................................................................................13 2.04 Preconstruction Conference; Designation of Authorized Representatives................................13 Article 3—Contract Documents: Intent, Requirements, Reuse.................................................................13 3.01 Intent...........................................................................................................................................13 3.02 Reference Standards...................................................................................................................15 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies......................................................................................15 3.04 Interpretation of the Contract Documents.................................................................................16 3.05 Reuse of Documents...................................................................................................................16 Article 4—Commencement and Progress of the Work..............................................................................16 4.01 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed.............................................................16 4.02 Starting the Work........................................................................................................................16 4.03 Progress Schedule.......................................................................................................................17 4.04 Delays in Contractor's Progress..................................................................................................17 Article 5—Availability of Lands; Subsurface and Physical Conditions; Hazardous Environmental Conditions...................................................................................................................................................18 5.01 Availability of Lands....................................................................................................................18 5.02 Use of Site and Other Areas........................................................................................................18 5.03 Subsurface and Physical Conditions............................................................................................19 5.04 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions...............................................................................19 5.05 Underground Facilities................................................................................................................21 5.06 Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site.............................................................................22 Article 6—Bonds and Insurance .................................................................................................................24 6.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds..................................................................................24 6.02 Licensed Sureties ........................................................................................................................24 General Conditions 007200- 1 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects 03-23-2015 6.03 Insurance.....................................................................................................................................25 Article 7—Contractor's Responsibilities.....................................................................................................25 7.01 Supervision and Superintendence..............................................................................................25 7.02 Labor; Working Hours.................................................................................................................25 7.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment ...........................................................................................26 7.04 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others....................................................................26 7.05 Patent Fees and Royalties...........................................................................................................27 7.06 Permits........................................................................................................................................28 7.07 Taxes...........................................................................................................................................28 7.08 Laws and Regulations..................................................................................................................28 7.09 Safety and Protection .................................................................................................................29 7.10 Safety Representative.................................................................................................................30 7.11 Hazard Communication Programs..............................................................................................30 7.12 Emergencies................................................................................................................................30 7.13 Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee.........................................................................30 7.14 Indemnification...........................................................................................................................31 7.15 Delegation of Professional Design Services................................................................................32 Article 8—Other Work at the Site...............................................................................................................33 8.01 Other Work.................................................................................................................................33 8.02 Coordination...............................................................................................................................34 8.03 Legal Relationships......................................................................................................................34 Article 9—Owner's and OPT's Responsibilities...........................................................................................35 9.01 Communications to Contractor ..................................................................................................35 9.02 Replacement of Owner's Project Team Members......................................................................35 9.03 Furnish Data................................................................................................................................35 9.04 Pay When Due.............................................................................................................................35 9.05 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests...................................................................................35 9.06 Insurance.....................................................................................................................................35 9.07 Modifications..............................................................................................................................35 9.08 Inspections,Tests, and Approvals...............................................................................................35 9.09 Limitations on OPT's Responsibilities .........................................................................................35 9.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition......................................................................36 9.11 Compliance with Safety Program................................................................................................36 General Conditions 007200-2 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects 03-23-2015 Article 10—OAR's and Designer's Status During Construction ..................................................................36 10.01 Owner's Representative..........................................................................................................36 10.02 Visits to Site.............................................................................................................................36 10.03 Resident Project Representatives...........................................................................................36 10.04 Rejecting Defective Work........................................................................................................36 10.05 Shop Drawings, Modifications and Payments.........................................................................36 10.06 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work...................37 10.07 Limitations on OAR's and Designer's Authority and Responsibilities.....................................37 Article 11—Amending the Contract Documents; Changes in the Work ....................................................37 11.01 Amending and Supplementing the Contract Documents.......................................................37 11.02 Owner-Authorized Changes in the Work................................................................................38 11.03 Unauthorized Changes in the Work........................................................................................38 11.04 Change of Contract Price........................................................................................................39 11.05 Change of Contract Times.......................................................................................................40 11.06 Change Proposals....................................................................................................................40 11.07 Execution of Change Orders ...................................................................................................40 11.08 Notice to Surety......................................................................................................................41 Article12—Claims.......................................................................................................................................42 12.01 Claims......................................................................................................................................42 12.02 Claims Process.........................................................................................................................42 Article 13—Cost of the Work; Allowances; Unit Price Work......................................................................43 13.01 Cost of the Work.....................................................................................................................43 13.02 Allowances..............................................................................................................................46 13.03 Unit Price Work.......................................................................................................................46 13.04 Contingencies..........................................................................................................................47 Article 14—Tests and Inspections; Correction, Removal, or Acceptance of Defective Work....................47 14.01 Access to Work........................................................................................................................47 14.02 Tests, Inspections, and Approvals...........................................................................................47 14.03 Defective Work.......................................................................................................................48 14.04 Acceptance of Defective Work................................................................................................49 14.05 Uncovering Work....................................................................................................................49 14.06 Owner May Stop the Work.....................................................................................................49 14.07 Owner May Correct Defective Work.......................................................................................50 General Conditions 007200-3 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects 03-23-2015 Article 15—Payments to Contractor; Set-Offs; Completion; Correction Period........................................50 15.01 Progress Payments..................................................................................................................50 15.02 Contractor's Warranty of Title................................................................................................52 15.03 Substantial Completion...........................................................................................................52 15.04 Partial Utilization.....................................................................................................................53 15.05 Final Inspection.......................................................................................................................53 15.06 Final Payment..........................................................................................................................53 15.07 Waiver of Claims.....................................................................................................................54 15.08 Correction Period....................................................................................................................54 Article 16—Suspension of Work and Termination.....................................................................................55 16.01 Owner May Suspend Work.....................................................................................................55 16.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause............................................................................................55 16.03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience................................................................................56 Article 17— Final Resolution of Disputes....................................................................................................57 17.01 Methods and Procedures........................................................................................................57 Article18—Miscellaneous..........................................................................................................................57 18.01 Computation of Times.............................................................................................................57 18.02 Owner's Right to Audit Contractor's Records.........................................................................57 18.03 Independent Contractor.........................................................................................................58 18.04 Cumulative Remedies .............................................................................................................58 18.05 Limitation of Damages............................................................................................................58 18.06 No Waiver...............................................................................................................................58 18.07 Severability..............................................................................................................................58 18.08 Survival of Obligations............................................................................................................59 18.09 No Third Party Beneficiaries ...................................................................................................59 18.10 Assignment of Contract...........................................................................................................59 18.11 No Waiver of Sovereign Immunity..........................................................................................59 18.12 Controlling Law.......................................................................................................................59 18.13 Conditions Precedent to Right to Sue.....................................................................................59 18.14 Waiver of Trial by Jury.............................................................................................................59 18.15 Attorney Fees..........................................................................................................................59 18.16 Compliance with Laws.............................................................................................................59 18.17 Enforcement............................................................................................................................60 General Conditions 007200-4 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects 03-23-2015 18.18 Subject to Appropriation.........................................................................................................60 18.19 Contract Sum...........................................................................................................................60 18.20 Contractor's Guarantee as Additional Remedy......................................................................60 General Conditions 007200-5 Corpus Christi Standards-Regular Projects 03-23-2015 ARTICLE 1—DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY 1.01 Defined Terms A. A term with initial capital letters, including the term's singular and plural forms, has the meaning indicated in this paragraph wherever used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents. In addition to the terms specifically defined,terms with initial capital letters in the Contract Documents may include references to identified articles and paragraphs, and the titles of other documents or forms. 1. Addenda - Documents issued prior to the receipt of Bids which clarify or modify the Bidding Requirements or the proposed Contract Documents. 2. Agreement-The document executed between Owner and Contractor covering the Work. 3. Alternative Dispute Resolution -The process by which a disputed Claim may be settled as an alternative to litigation, if Owner and Contractor cannot reach an agreement between themselves. 4. Application for Payment-The forms used by Contractor to request payments from Owner and the supporting documentation required by the Contract Documents. 5. Award Date—The date the City Council of the City of Corpus Christi (City) authorizes the City Manager or designee to execute the Contract on behalf of the City. 6. Bid -The documents submitted by a Bidder to establish the proposed Contract Price and Contract Times and provide other information and certifications as required by the Bidding Requirements. 7. Bidding Documents-The Bidding Requirements, the proposed Contract Documents, and Addenda. 8. Bidder-An individual or entity that submits a Bid to Owner. 9. Bidding Requirements-The Invitation for Bids, Instructions to Bidders, Bid Security, Bid Form and attachments, and required certifications. 10. Bid Security-The financial security in the form of a bid bond provided by Bidder at the time the Bid is submitted and held by Owner until the Agreement is executed and the evidence of insurance and Bonds required by the Contract Documents are provided. A cashier's check, certified check, money order or bank draft from any State or National Bank will also be acceptable. 11. Bonds - Performance Bond, Payment Bond, Maintenance Bond, and other Surety instruments executed by Surety. When in singular form, refers to individual instrument. 12. Change Order-A document issued on or after the Effective Date of the Contract and signed by Owner and Contractor which modifies the Work, Contract Price, Contract Times, or terms and conditions of the Contract. General Conditions 007200-6 Corpus Christi Standards- Regular Projects 03-23-2015 13. Change Proposal -A document submitted by Contractor in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents: a. Requesting an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times; b. Contesting an initial decision concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents or the acceptability of Work under the Contract Documents; C. Challenging a set-off against payment due; or d. Seeking a Modification with respect to the terms of the Contract. 14. City Engineer-The Corpus Christi City Engineer and/or his designated representative as identified at the preconstruction conference or in the Notice to Proceed. 15. Claim -A demand or assertion by Owner or Contractor submitted in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. A demand for money or services by an entity other than the Owner or Contractor is not a Claim. 16. Constituent of Concern -Asbestos, petroleum, radioactive materials, polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), hazardous wastes, and substances, products, wastes, or other materials that are or become listed, regulated, or addressed pursuant to: a. The Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act,42 U.S.C. §§9601 et seq. ("CERCLA"); b. The Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C. §§5501 et seq.; C. The Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. §§6901 et seq. ("RCRA"); d. The Toxic Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C. §§2601 et seq.; e. The Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. §§1251 et seq.; f. The Clean Air Act,42 U.S.C. §§7401 et seq.; or g. Any other Laws or Regulations regulating, relating to, or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning hazardous, toxic, or dangerous waste, substance, or material. 17. Contract-The entire integrated set of documents concerning the Work and describing the relationship between the Owner and Contractor. 18. Contract Amendment-A document issued on or after the Effective Date of the Contract and signed by Owner and Contractor which: a. Authorizes new phases of the Work and establishes the Contract Price, Contract Times, or terms and conditions of the Contract for the new phase of Work; or b. Modifies the terms and conditions of the Contract, but does not make changes in the Work. 19. Contract Documents -Those items designated as Contract Documents in the Agreement. 20. Contract Price -The monetary amount stated in the Agreement and as adjusted by Modifications, and increases or decreases in unit price quantities, if any, that Owner has agreed to pay Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. General Conditions 007200-7 Corpus Christi Standards- Regular Projects 03-23-2015 21. Contract Times-The number of days or the dates by which Contractor must: a. Achieve specified Milestones; b. Achieve Substantial Completion; and C. Complete the Work. 22. Contractor-The individual or entity with which Owner has contracted for performance of the Work. 23. Contractor's Team - Contractor and Subcontractors, Suppliers, individuals, or entities directly or indirectly employed or retained by them to perform part of the Work or anyone for whose acts they may be liable. 24. Cost of the Work-The sum of costs incurred for the proper performance of the Work as allowed by Article 13. 25. Defective -When applied to Work, refers to Work that is unsatisfactory,faulty, or deficient in that it: a. Does not conform to the Contract Documents; b. Does not meet the requirements of applicable inspections, reference standards, tests, or approvals referred to in the Contract Documents; or C. Has been damaged or stolen prior to OAR's recommendation of final payment unless responsibility for the protection of the Work has been assumed by Owner at Substantial Completion in accordance with Paragraphs 15.03 or 15.04. 26. Designer-The individuals or entity named as Designer in the Agreement and the subconsultants, individuals, or entities directly or indirectly employed or retained by Designer to provide design or other technical services to the Owner. Designer has responsibility for engineering or architectural design and technical issues related to the Contract Documents. Designers are Licensed Professional Engineers or Registered Architects qualified to practice their profession in the State of Texas. 27. Drawings -The part of the Contract that graphically shows the scope, extent, and character of the Work. Shop Drawings and other Contractor documents are not Drawings. 28. Effective Date of the Contract-The date indicated in the Agreement on which the City Manager or designee has signed the Contract. 29. Field Order-A document issued by OAR or Designer requiring changes in the Work that do not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times. 30. Hazardous Environmental Condition -The presence of Constituents of Concern at the Site in quantities or circumstances that may present a danger to persons or property exposed to Constituents of Concern. The presence of Constituents of Concern at the Site necessary for the execution of the Work or to be incorporated in the Work is not a Hazardous Environmental Condition provided these Constituents of Concern are controlled and contained pursuant to industry practices, Laws and Regulations, and the requirements of the Contract. General Conditions 007200-8 Corpus Christi Standards- Regular Projects 03-23-2015 31. Indemnified Costs-All costs, losses, damages, and legal or other dispute resolution costs resulting from claims or demands against Owner's Indemnitees. These costs include fees for engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals. 32. Laws and Regulations; Laws or Regulations -Applicable laws, statutes, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes, and orders of governmental bodies, agencies, authorities, and courts having jurisdiction over the Project. 33. Liens -Charges, security interests, or encumbrances upon Contract related funds, real property, or personal property. 34. Milestone-A principal event in the performance of the Work that Contractor is required by Contract to complete by a specified date or within a specified period of time. 35. Modification -Change made to the Contract Documents by one of the following methods: a. Contract Amendment; b. Change Order; C. Field Order; or d. Work Change Directive. 36. Notice of Award -The notice of Owner's intent to enter into a contract with the Selected Bidder. 37. Notice to Proceed -A notice to Contractor of the Contract Times and the date Work is to begin. 38. Owner-The City of Corpus Christi (City), a Texas home-rule municipal corporation and political subdivision organized under the laws of the State of Texas, acting by and through its duly authorized City Manager and his designee, the City Engineer(the Director of Engineering Services), and the City's officers, employees, agents, or representatives, authorized to administer design and construction of the Project. 39. Owner's Authorized Representative or OAR -The individual or entity named as OAR in the Agreement and the consultants, subconsultants, individuals, or entities directly or indirectly employed or retained by them to provide construction management services to the Owner. The OAR may be an employee of the Owner. 40. Owner's Indemnitees- Each member of the OPT and their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors. 41. Owner's Project Team or OPT-The Owner, Owner's Authorized Representative, Resident Project Representative, Designer, and the consultants, subconsultants, individuals, or entities directly or indirectly employed or retained by them to provide services to the Owner. 42. Partial Occupancy or Use - Use by Owner of a substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which it is intended (or a related purpose) prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. General Conditions 007200-9 Corpus Christi Standards- Regular Projects 03-23-2015 43. Progress Schedule-A schedule prepared and maintained by Contractor, describing the sequence and duration of the activities comprising the Contractor's plan to accomplish the Work within the Contract Times. 44. Project-The total undertaking to be accomplished for Owner under the Contract Documents. 45. Resident Project Representative or RPR -The authorized representative of OPT assigned to assist OAR at the Site. As used herein, the term Resident Project Representative includes assistants and field staff of the OAR. 46. Samples- Physical examples of materials, equipment, or workmanship representing some portion of the Work that are used to establish the standards for that portion of the Work. 47. Schedule of Documents-A schedule of required documents, prepared, and maintained by Contractor. 48. Schedule of Values -A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, allocating portions of the Contract Price to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for Contractor's Applications for Payment. 49. Selected Bidder-The Bidder to which Owner intends to award the Contract. 50. Shop Drawings-All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, and other data or information that are specifically prepared or assembled and submitted by Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work. Shop Drawings, whether approved or not, are not Drawings and are not Contract Documents. 51. Site- Lands or areas indicated in the Contract Documents as being furnished by Owner upon which the Work is to be performed. The Site includes rights-of-way, easements, and other lands furnished by Owner which are designated for use by the Contractor. 52. Specifications-The part of the Contract that describes the requirements for materials, equipment, systems, standards, and workmanship as applied to the Work, and certain administrative requirements and procedural matters applicable to the Work. 53. Subcontractor-An individual or entity having a direct contract with Contractor or with other Subcontractors or Suppliers for the performance of a part of the Work. 54. Substantial Completion -The point where the Work or a specified part of the Work is sufficiently complete to be used for its intended purpose in accordance with the Contract Documents. 55. Supplementary Conditions-The part of the Contract that amends or supplements the General Conditions. 56. Supplier-A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman, or vendor having a direct contract with Contractor or with Subcontractors or other Suppliers to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work. 57. Technical Data -Those items expressly identified as Technical Data in the Supplementary Conditions with respect to either: a. Subsurface conditions at the Site; General Conditions 007200- 10 Corpus Christi Standards- Regular Projects 03-23-2015 b. Physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site, except Underground Facilities; or C. Hazardous Environmental Conditions at the Site. 58. Underground Facilities-All underground pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes,vaults, tanks, tunnels, other similar facilities or appurtenances, and encasements containing these facilities which are used to convey electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, fiber optic transmissions, cable television, water, wastewater, storm water, other liquids or chemicals, or traffic or other control systems. 59. Unit Price Work- Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. 60. Work-The construction of the Project or its component parts as required by the Contract Documents. 61. Work Change Directive -A directive issued to Contractor on or after the Effective Date of the Contract ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work. The Work Change Directive serves as a memorandum of understanding regarding the directive until a Change Order can be issued. 1.02 Terminology A. The words and terms discussed in this Paragraph 1.02 are not defined, but when used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents, have the indicated meaning. B. It is understood that the cost for performing Work is included in the Contract Price and no additional compensation is to be paid by Owner unless specifically stated otherwise in the Contract Documents. Expressions including or similar to "at no additional cost to Owner," "at Contractor's expense," or similar words mean that the Contractor is to perform or provide specified operation of Work without an increase in the Contract Price. C. The terms "day" or"calendar day" mean a calendar day of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. D. The meaning and intent of certain terms or adjectives are described as follows: 1. The terms "as allowed," "as approved," "as ordered," "as directed," or similar terms in the Contract Documents indicate an exercise of professional judgment by the OPT. 2. Adjectives including or similar to "reasonable," "suitable," "acceptable," "proper," "satisfactory," or similar adjectives are used to describe a determination of OPT regarding the Work. 3. Any exercise of professional judgment by the OPT will be made solely to evaluate the Work for general compliance with the Contract Documents unless there is a specific statement in the Contract Documents indicating otherwise. 4. The use of these or similar terms or adjectives does not assign a duty or give OPT authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work, or assign a duty or give authority to the OPT to undertake responsibilities contrary to the provisions of Articles 9 or 10 or other provisions of the Contract Documents. General Conditions 007200- 11 Corpus Christi Standards- Regular Projects 03-23-2015 E. The use of the words "furnish," "install," "perform," and "provide" have the following meanings when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment: 1. Furnish means to supply and deliver the specified services, materials, or equipment to the Site or other specified location ready for use or installation. 2. Install means to complete construction or assembly of the specified services, materials, or equipment so they are ready for their intended use. 3. Perform or provide means to furnish and install specified services, materials, or equipment, complete and ready for their intended use. 4. Perform or provide the specified services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use if the Contract Documents require specific services, materials, or equipment, but do not expressly use the words "furnish," "install," "perform," or "provide." F. Contract Documents are written in modified brief style: 1. Requirements apply to all Work of the same kind, class, and type even though the word "all" is not stated. 2. Simple imperative sentence structure is used which places a verb as the first word in the sentence. It is understood that the words "furnish," "install," "perform," "provide," or similar words include the meaning of the phrase "The Contractor shall..." before these words. 3. Unless specifically stated that action is to be taken by the OPT or others, it is understood that the action described is a requirement of the Contractor. G. Words or phrases that have a well-known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with this recognized meaning unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents. H. Written documents are required where reference is made to notices, reports, approvals, consents, documents, statements, instructions, opinions or other types of communications required by the Contract Documents. Approval and consent documents must be received by Contractor prior to the action or decision for which approval or consent is given. These may be made in printed or electronic format through the OPT's project management information system or other electronic media as required by the Contract Documents or approved by the OAR. I. Giving notice as required by the Contract Documents may be by printed or electronic media using a method that requires acknowledgment of the receipt of that notice. ARTICLE 2—PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance A. Provide required Bonds with the executed Agreement. B. Provide evidence of insurance required by the Contract Documents with the executed Agreement. General Conditions 007200- 12 Corpus Christi Standards- Regular Projects 03-23-2015 2.02 Copies of Documents A. OPT is to furnish one fully executed Agreement and one copy of the executed Contract Documents in electronic portable document format (PDF). This document is the Project Record Copy of the Contract Documents. 2.03 Before Starting Construction A. Provide the following preliminary documents in accordance with the Contract Documents within 10 days after the Effective Date of the Contract: 1. Progress Schedule; 2. Schedule of Documents; and 3. Schedule of Values and projected cash flow information. 2.04 Preconstruction Conference; Designation of Authorized Representatives A. Attend the preconstruction conference as required by the Contract Documents. B. Designate the specific individuals authorized to act as representatives of the Contractor. These individuals must have the authority to transmit and receive information, render decisions relative to the Contract, and otherwise act on behalf of the Contractor. C. Owner is to designate the specific individuals authorized to act as representatives of the Owner and the limits of their authority with regard to acting on behalf of the Owner. ARTICLE 3—CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, REQUIREMENTS, REUSE 3.01 Intent A. Requirements of components of the Contract Documents are as binding as if required by all Contract Documents. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete Project. The Contract Documents do not indicate or describe all of the Work required to complete the Project. Additional details required for the correct installation of selected products are to be provided by the Contractor and coordinated with the OPT. 1. The Contract requirements described in the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and General Requirements (Division 01 Sections of the Specifications) apply to Work regardless of where it is described in the Contract Documents, unless specifically noted otherwise. 2. In offering a Bid for this Project and in entering into this Contract, Contractor represents: a. Contractor has studied the Contract Documents, the Work, the Site, local conditions, Laws and Regulations, and other conditions that may affect the Work; b. Contractor has studied the Technical Data and other information referred to in the Contract Documents and has or will make additional surveys and investigations as deemed necessary for the performance of the Work; C. Contractor has correlated these studies and observations with the requirements of the Contract Documents; and General Conditions 007200- 13 Corpus Christi Standards- Regular Projects 03-23-2015 d. Contractor has taken all of this information into consideration in developing the Contract Price offered and that the Contract Price offered provides full compensation for providing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 3. Organization of the Contract Documents is not intended to control or lessen the responsibility of the Contractor when dividing Work among Subcontractors or Suppliers, or to establish the extent of Work to be performed by trades, Subcontractors, or Suppliers. Specifications or details do not need to be indicated or specified in each Specification or Drawing. Items shown in the Contract Documents are applicable regardless of their location in the Contract Documents. 4. Standard paragraph titles and other identifications of subject matter in the Specifications are intended to aid in locating and recognizing various requirements of the Specifications. Titles do not define, limit, or otherwise restrict Specification text. 5. Provide the labor, documentation, services, materials, or equipment that may be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or trade usage as being required to produce the indicated result, whether specifically called for in the Contract Documents or not. Include these related costs in the offered Contract Price. B. Provide equipment that is functionally complete as described in the Contract Documents. The Drawings and Specifications do not indicate or describe all of the Work required to complete the installation of products purchased by the Owner or Contractor. Additional details required for the correct installation of selected products are to be provided by the Contractor and coordinated with the Designer through the OAR. C. Comply with the most stringent requirements where compliance with two or more standards is specified and they establish different or conflicting requirements for the Work, unless the Contract Documents indicate otherwise. D. Provide materials and equipment comparable in quality to similar materials and equipment incorporated in the Project or as required to meet the minimum requirements of the application if the materials and equipment are shown in the Drawings but are not included in the Specifications. E. The Project Record Copy of the Contract Documents governs if there is a discrepancy between the Project Record Copy of the Contract Documents and subsequent electronic or digital versions of the Contract Documents, including printed copies derived from these electronic or digital versions. F. The Contract supersedes all prior written or oral negotiations, representations, and agreements. The Contract Documents comprise the entire Agreement between Owner and Contractor. The Contract Documents may be modified only by a Modification. G. Request clarification from OAR for a decision before proceeding if Contractor is not clear on the meaning of the Contract Documents. OAR is to issue clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents in accordance with the Contract Documents. General Conditions 007200- 14 Corpus Christi Standards- Regular Projects 03-23-2015 3.02 Reference Standards A. Standard Specifications, Codes, Laws and Regulations: 1. Reference in the Contract Documents to standard specifications, manuals, reference standards, or codes of technical societies, organizations, or associations, or to Laws or Regulations, whether specific or implied, are those in effect at the time Contractor's Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price unless specifically stated otherwise in the Contract Documents. 2. No provision of referenced standard specifications, manuals, reference standards, codes, or instructions of a Supplier changes the duties or responsibilities of OPT or Contractor from those described in the Contract Documents or assigns a duty to or gives authority to the OPT to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or undertake responsibilities inconsistent with the Contract Documents. 3. The provisions of the Contract Documents take precedence over standard specifications, manuals, reference standards, codes, or instructions of a Supplier unless specifically stated otherwise in the Contract Documents. B. Comply with applicable construction industry standards, whether referenced or not. 1. Standards referenced in the Contract Documents govern over standards not referenced but recognized as applicable in the construction industry. 2. Comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents if they produce a higher quality of Work than the applicable construction industry standards. 3. Designer determines whether a code or standard is applicable, which of several are applicable, or if the Contract Documents produce a higher quality of Work. C. Make copies of reference standards available if requested by OAR. 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies A. Reporting Discrepancies: 1. Carefully study the Drawings and verify pertinent figures and dimensions with respect to actual field measurements before undertaking the Work. Immediately report conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that Contractor discovers or has actual knowledge of to the OAR. Do not proceed with affected Work until the conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy is resolved by a clarification or interpretation from the OAR or by a Modification to the Contract Documents issued pursuant to Paragraph 11.01. 2. Immediately notify the OAR of conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies in the Contract Documents or discrepancies between the Contract Documents and: a. Applicable Laws or Regulations; b. Actual field conditions; C. Standard specifications, manuals, reference standards, or codes; or d. Instructions of Suppliers. 3. Do not proceed with affected Work until the conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy is resolved by a clarification or interpretation from the OAR or by a Modification to the General Conditions 007200- 15 Corpus Christi Standards- Regular Projects 03-23-2015 Contract Documents issued pursuant to Paragraph 11.01, except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.12. 4. Contractor is liable to the OPT for failure to report conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies in the Contract Documents of which Contractor has actual knowledge. 5. Contractor is deemed to have included the most expensive item, system, procedure, etc. in the Contract Price if a conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy in components of the Contract Documents was known, but not reported prior to submitting the Bid or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price. 3.04 Interpretation of the Contract Documents A. Submit questions concerning the non-technical or contractual/administrative requirements of the Contract Documents to the OAR immediately after those questions arise. OAR is to provide an interpretation of the Contract Documents regarding these questions and will coordinate the response of the OPT to Contractor. B. Submit questions regarding the design of the Project described in the Contract Documents to the OAR immediately after those questions arise. OAR is to request an interpretation of the Contract Documents from the Designer. Designer is to respond to these questions by providing an interpretation of the Contract Documents. OAR will coordinate the response of the OPT to Contractor. C. OPT may initiate a Modification to the Contract Documents through the OAR if a response to the question indicates that a change in the Contract Documents is required. Contractor may appeal Designer's or OAR's interpretation by submitting a Change Proposal. 3.05 Reuse of Documents A. Contractor's Team has no rights to the Contract Documents and may not use the Contract Documents, or copies or electronic media editions of the Contract Documents, other than for the construction of this Project. This provision survives final payment or termination of the Contract. B. Contractor is allowed to retain a copy of the Contract Documents for record purposes, unless specifically prohibited by the Owner for security reasons. Surrender paper and digital copies of the Contract Documents and other related documents and remove these documents from computer equipment or storage devices as a condition of final payment if the Owner so directs. ARTICLE 4—COMMENCEMENT AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK 4.01 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed A. The Contract Times commence to run on the date indicated in the Notice to Proceed. 4.02 Starting the Work A. Begin performing the Work on the date indicated in the Notice to Proceed. Do not begin Work prior to having the insurance required in Article 6 in force or before the date indicated in the Notice to Proceed. General Conditions 007200- 16 Corpus Christi Standards- Regular Projects 03-23-2015 4.03 Progress Schedule A. Construct the Work in accordance with the Progress Schedule established in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1. Adjust the Progress Schedule as required to accurately reflect actual progress on the Work. 2. Submit proposed adjustments in the Progress Schedule that change the Contract Times in accordance with the requirements of Article 11. B. Continue performing Work and adhere to the Progress Schedule during disputes or disagreements with Owner. Do not delay or postpone Work pending resolution of disputes or disagreements, or during an appeal process, except as permitted by Paragraph 16.04, or as Owner and Contractor may otherwise agree. 4.04 Delays in Contractor's Progress A. Contractor is entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Times if OPT directly delays, disrupts, or interferes with the performance or progress of the Work. The Contractor agrees to make no Claim for damages for delay in the performance of the Contract occasioned by an act or omission to act of the OPT and agrees that the extension of time provides an equitable adjustment. B. Contractor is not entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times for delays, disruptions, or interference caused by or within the control of Contractor's Team. C. No time extensions are allowed for weather conditions, other than those listed in Paragraph 4.04.D.1, for Projects using calendar days or a fixed date to establish the Contract Time. Contractor is to include the cost associated with weather related delays in the Contract Price and assumes the risks associated with delays related to weather conditions. D. Contractor is entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Times if Contractor's performance or progress is delayed, disrupted, or interfered with by unanticipated causes not the fault of and beyond the control of OPT or Contractor. These unanticipated causes may include: 1. Severe and unavoidable natural catastrophes e.g. fires, floods, hurricanes, epidemics, and earthquakes; 2. Acts or failures to act of utility owners other than those performing other work at or adjacent to the Site by arrangement with the Owner, as contemplated in Article 8; and 3. Acts of war or terrorism. 4. Rain days in excess of the number of days allocated for rain as described in the Supplementary Conditions. E. Delays, disruption, and interference to the performance or progress of the Work resulting from the following are governed by Article 5: 1. The existence of a differing subsurface or physical condition; 2. An Underground Facility not shown or not indicated with reasonable accuracy by the Contract Documents; and General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 17 03-23-2015 3. Hazardous Environmental Conditions. These adjustments in Contract Times are the Contractor's sole and exclusive remedy for the delays, disruption, and interference described in this paragraph. F. Article 8 governs delays, disruption, and interference to the performance or progress of the Work resulting from the performance of certain other work at or adjacent to the Site. G. Notify the OAR immediately of a potential delaying, disrupting, or interfering event. Submit a Change Proposal seeking an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times within 30 days of the commencement of the delaying, disrupting, or interfering event. H. Contractor is only entitled to an adjustment of the Contract Times for specific delays, disruptions, and interference to the performance or progress of the Work that can be demonstrated to directly impact the ability of the Contractor to complete the Work within the Contract Times. No adjustments in Contract Times are allowed for delays on components of the Work which were or could have been completed without impacting the Contract Times. I. Contractor is not entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times for delay, disruption, or interference caused by or within the control of the Owner if this delay is concurrent with a delay, disruption, or interference attributable to or within the control of the Contractor's Team. ARTICLE 5 — AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 5.01 Availability of Lands A. Owner is to furnish the Site and inform the Contractor of encumbrances or restrictions known to Owner related to use of the Site with which Contractor must comply in performing the Work. B. Provide for additional lands and access Contractor requires for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment, other than those identified in the Contract Documents. Provide documentation of authority to use these additional lands to OAR before using them. 5.02 Use of Site and Other Areas A. Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas: 1. Confine construction equipment, temporary construction facilities, the storage of materials and equipment, and the operations of workers to the Site, adjacent areas that Owner or Contractor has arranged to use through construction easements or agreements, and other adjacent areas as permitted by Laws and Regulations. Assume full responsibility for damage or injuries which result from the performance of the Work or from other actions or conduct of the Contractor's Team, including: a. Damage to the Site; b. Damage to adjacent areas used for Contractor's Team's operations; c. Damage to other adjacent land or areas; and General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 18 03-23-2015 d. Injuries and losses sustained by the owners or occupants of these lands or areas. 2. Take the following action if a damage or injury claim is made by the owner or occupant of adjacent land or area because of the performance of the Work, or because of other actions or conduct of the Contractor's Team: a. Take immediate corrective or remedial action as required by Paragraph 7.09; and b. Attempt to settle the claim through negotiations with the owner or occupant, or otherwise resolve the claim by mediation or other dispute resolution proceeding or at law. 5.03 Subsurface and Physical Conditions A. The Supplementary Conditions identify: 1. Those reports known to OPT of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site; 2. Those drawings known to OPT of physical conditions related to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site, except Underground Facilities; and 3. Technical Data contained in these reports and drawings. B. Data contained in boring logs, recorded measurements of subsurface water levels, and the results of tests performed on materials described in geotechnical data reports specifically prepared for the Project and made available to Contractor are defined as Technical Data, unless Technical Data has been defined more specifically in the Supplementary Conditions. C. Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the Technical Data contained in these reports and drawings, but these reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Except for this reliance on Technical Data, Contractor may not rely upon or make claims against Owner's Indemnitees with respect to: 1. The completeness of reports and drawings for Contractor's purposes, including aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor, or Contractor's safety precautions and programs; 2. Other data, interpretations, opinions, and information contained in these reports or shown or indicated in the drawings; or 3. Contractor's interpretation of or conclusions drawn from Technical Data or other data, interpretations, opinions, or information. 5.04 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions A. Notify OAR immediately, but in no event later than 3 days, after becoming aware of a subsurface or physical condition that is uncovered or revealed at the Site, and before further disturbing the subsurface or physical conditions or performing any related Work that: 1. Establishes that the Technical Data on which Contractor is entitled to rely as provided in Paragraph 5.03 is materially inaccurate; 2. Requires a change in the Drawings or Specifications; 3. Differs materially from that shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; or General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 19 03-23-2015 4. Is of an unusual nature and differs materially from conditions ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract Documents. Do not further disturb or perform Work related to this subsurface or physical condition, except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.12, until permission to do so is issued by OAR. B. OAR is to notify the OPT after receiving notice of a differing subsurface or physical condition from the Contractor. Designer is to: 1. Promptly review the subsurface or physical condition; 2. Determine the necessity of OPT's obtaining additional exploration or tests with respect the subsurface or physical condition; 3. Determine if the subsurface or physical condition falls within one or more of the differing Site condition categories in Paragraph 5.04.A; 4. Prepare recommendations to OPT regarding the Contractor's resumption of Work in connection with the subsurface or physical condition in question; 5. Determine the need for changes in the Drawings or Specifications; and 6. Advise OPT of Designer's findings, conclusions, and recommendations. C. OAR is to issue a statement to Contractor regarding the subsurface or physical condition in question and recommend action as appropriate after review of Designer's findings, conclusions, and recommendations. D. Possible Contract Price and Contract Times Adjustments: 1. Contractor is entitled to an equitable adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times to the extent that a differing subsurface or physical condition causes a change in Contractor's cost or time to perform the Work provided the condition falls within one or more of the categories described in Paragraph 5.04.A. Any adjustment in Contract Price for Work that is paid for on a unit price basis is subject to the provisions of Paragraph 13.03. 2. Contractor is not entitled to an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times with respect to a subsurface or physical condition if: a. Contractor knew of the existence of the subsurface or physical condition at the time Contractor made an offer to Owner with respect to Contract Price and Contract Times; b. The existence of the subsurface or physical condition could have been discovered or revealed as a result of examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, or studies of the Site and contiguous areas expressly required by the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents prior to when Contractor's Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price; or c. Contractor failed to give notice as required by Paragraph 5.04.A. 3. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal no later than 30 days after OAR's issuance of the OPT's statement to Contractor regarding the subsurface or physical condition in question. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 20 03-23-2015 4. A Change Order is to be issued by the OAR if Owner and Contractor agree that Contractor is entitled to an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times and agree to the amount or extent of adjustments in the Contract Price or Contract Times. 5.05 Underground Facilities A. The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or adjacent to the Site is based on information and data furnished to OPT by the owners of these Underground Facilities or by others. OPT is not responsible for the accuracy or completeness of information or data provided by others that OPT makes available to Contractor. The Contractor is responsible for: 1. Reviewing and checking available information and data regarding existing Underground Facilities at the Site; 2. Complying with Laws and Regulations related to locating Underground Facilities before beginning Work; 3. Locating Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; 4. Coordinating the Work with the owners, including Owner, of Underground Facilities during construction; and 5. The safety and protection of existing Underground Facilities at or adjacent to the Site and repairing damage resulting from the Work. B. Notify the OAR and the owner of the Underground Facility immediately if an Underground Facility is uncovered or revealed at the Site that was not shown in the Contract Documents, or was not shown with reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents. Do not further disturb conditions or perform Work affected by this discovery, except in the event of an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.12. C. The Designer is to take the following action after receiving notice from the OAR: 1. Promptly review the Underground Facility and conclude whether the Underground Facility was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, or was not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy; 2. Prepare recommendations to OPT regarding the Contractor's resumption of Work in connection with this Underground Facility; 3. Determine the extent to which a change is required in the Drawings or Specifications to document the consequences of the existence or location of the Underground Facility; and 4. Advise OAR of Designer's findings, conclusions, and recommendations and provide revised Drawings and Specifications if required. D. OAR is to issue a statement to Contractor regarding the Underground Facility in question and recommend action as appropriate after review of Designer's findings, conclusions, and recommendations. E. Contractor is entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times as provided in Paragraphs 11.04 and 11.05 to the extent that the existing Underground Facility at the Site that was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, or was not shown General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00-21 03-23-2015 or indicated with reasonable accuracy. Any adjustment in Contract Price for Work that is paid for on a unit price basis is subject to the provisions of Paragraph 13.03. F. Contractor is not entitled an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times with respect to an existing Underground Facility at the Site if: 1. Contractor knew of the existence of the existing Underground Facility at the Site at the time Contractor made an offer to Owner with respect to Contract Price and Contract Times; 2. The existence of the existing Underground Facility at the Site could have been discovered or revealed as a result of examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, or studies of the Site and contiguous areas expressly required by the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents prior to when Contractor's Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price; or 3. Contractor failed to give notice as required by Paragraph 5.05.B. G. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal regarding its entitlement to or the amount or extent of adjustments in the Contract Price or Contract Times no later than 30 days after OAR's issuance of OPT's statement to Contractor regarding the Underground Facility. 5.06 Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site A. The Supplementary Conditions identify: 1. Those reports and drawings known to OPT relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions that have been identified at or adjacent to the Site; and 2. Technical Data contained in these reports and drawings. B. Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the Technical Data contained in reports and drawings relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions identified in the Supplementary Conditions, but these reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Except for the reliance on expressly identified Technical Data, Contractor may not rely upon or make claims against Owner's Indemnitees with respect to: 1. The completeness of these reports and drawings for Contractor's purposes, including aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor or Contractor's safety precautions and programs related to Hazardous Environmental Conditions; 2. Other data, interpretations, opinions, and information contained in these reports or shown or indicated in the drawings; or 3. Any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from Technical Data or other data, interpretations, opinions, or information. C. The results of tests performed on materials described in environmental reports specifically prepared for the Project and made available to Contractor are defined as Technical Data unless Technical Data has been defined more specifically in the Supplementary Conditions. D. Contractor is not responsible for removing or remediating Hazardous Environmental Conditions encountered, uncovered, or revealed at the Site unless this removal or General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 22 03-23-2015 remediation is expressly identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work. E. Contractor is responsible for controlling, containing, and duly removing and remediating Constituents of Concern brought to the Site by Contractor's Team and paying associated costs. 1. Owner may remove and remediate the Hazardous Environmental Condition and impose a set-off against payments to Contractor for associated costs if Contractor's Team creates a Hazardous Environmental Condition and Contractor does not take acceptable action to remove and remediate the Hazardous Environmental Condition. 2. Contractor's obligation to indemnify Owner's Indemnitees for claims arising out of or related to Hazardous Environmental Conditions are as set forth in Paragraph 7.14. F. Immediately notify the OAR and take the following action if Contractor uncovers or reveals a Hazardous Environmental Condition at the Site or adjacent areas used by the Contractor's Team that was not created by the Contractor's Team: 1. Secure or otherwise isolate this condition; 2. Stop Work in affected areas or connected with the condition, except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.12; and 3. Do not resume Work in connection with the Hazardous Environmental Condition or in affected areas until after OPT has obtained required permits and OAR sends notice to the Contractor: a. Specifying that this condition and affected areas are or have been rendered safe for the resumption of Work; or b. Specifying special conditions under which Work may be resumed safely. 4. Owner may order the portion of the Work that is in the area affected by the Hazardous Environmental Condition to be deleted from the Work following the procedures in Article 11 if Contractor does not agree to: a. Resume the Work based on a reasonable belief it is unsafe; or b. Resume the Work under the special conditions provided by the OAR. 5. Owner may have this deleted portion of the Work performed by Owner's own forces or others in accordance with Article 8. G. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal or Owner may impose a set-off if an agreement is not reached within 10 days of OAR's notice regarding the resumption of Work as to whether Contractor is entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times or on the amount or extent of adjustments resulting from this Work stoppage or special conditions under which Contractor agrees to resume Work. H. The provisions of Paragraphs 5.03, 5.04, and 5.05 do not apply to the presence of Constituents of Concern or a Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 23 03-23-2015 ARTICLE 6 — BONDS AND INSURANCE 6.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds A. Furnish Performance and Payment Bonds, each in an amount equal to the Contract Price, as security for the faithful performance and payment of Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents. These Bonds are to remain in effect until 1 year after the date of final payment. Furnish other Bonds as required by the Contract Documents. B. Bonds furnished by the Contractor must meet the requirements of Texas Insurance Code Chapter 3503, Texas Government Code Chapter 2253, and all other applicable Laws and Regulations. C. Notify OAR immediately if the surety on Bonds furnished by Contractor: 1. Is declared bankrupt, or becomes insolvent; 2. Has its right to do business in Texas terminated; or 3. Ceases to meet the requirements of Paragraph 6.02. Provide a Bond and surety which comply with the requirements of Paragraph 6.02 within 20 days after the event giving rise to this notification. D. Contractor is to use amounts paid by Owner to Contractor under the Contract for the performance of the Contract and to satisfy claims against the Payment Bond. E. Notify the OAR of claims filed against the Payment Bond. Notify the claimant and OAR of undisputed amounts and the basis for challenging disputed amounts when a claimant has satisfied the conditions prescribed by Texas Government Code Chapter 2253. Promptly pay undisputed amount. F. Owner is not liable for payment of costs or expenses of claimants under the Payment Bond. Owner has no obligations to pay, give notice, or take other action to claimants under the Payment Bond. G. Owner may exclude the Contractor from the Site and exercise Owner's termination rights under Article 16 if Contractor fails to obtain or maintain required Bonds. H. OPT will provide a copy of the Payment Bond to Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other persons or entities claiming to have furnished labor or materials used in the performance of the Work that request this information in accordance with Texas Government Code Chapter 2253. 6.02 Licensed Sureties A. Provide Bonds in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents from sureties named in the list of "Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Financial Management Service, Surety Bond Branch, U.S. Department of the Treasury. B. Provide Bonds required by the Contract Documents from surety companies that are duly licensed or authorized to provide bonds in the State of Texas. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 24 03-23-2015 6.03 Insurance A. Obtain and maintain insurance as required in this Article and in SECTION 00 72 01 INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS. B. Deliver evidence of insurance in accordance with SECTION 00 72 01 INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS to the Owner to demonstrate that Contractor has obtained and is maintaining the policies, coverages, and endorsements required by the Contract. Provide copies of these certificates to each named insured and additional insured as identified in the Supplementary Conditions or otherwise. ARTICLE 7 — CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES 7.01 Supervision and Superintendence A. Supervise, inspect, and direct the performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor is solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction. B. Provide a competent resident superintendent acceptable to the OPT. The resident superintendent or acceptable qualified assistant is to be present at all times when Work is being done. Do not replace this resident superintendent except under extraordinary circumstances. Provide a replacement resident superintendent equally competent to the previous resident superintendent if replacement is required. Notify the Owner prior to replacing the resident superintendent and obtain Owner's consent to the change in superintendent. 7.02 Labor; Working Hours A. Provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey and lay out the Work and perform Work to complete the Project. Maintain good discipline and order at the Site. B. Perform Work at the Site during regular working hours except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent to the Site and except as otherwise stated in the Contract Documents. C. Do not perform Work on a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday without OAR's consent. The following legal holidays are observed by the Owner: Holiday Date Observed New Year's Day January 1 Memorial Day Last Monday in May Independence Day July 4 Labor Day First Monday in September Thanksgiving Day Fourth Thursday in November Friday after Thanksgiving Friday after Thanksgiving Christmas Day December 25 General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 25 03-23-2015 D. If a legal holiday falls on a Saturday, it will be observed the preceding Friday. If a legal holiday falls on a Sunday, it will be observed the following Monday. E. Pay additional cost incurred by Owner for services of the OAR or RPR to observe Work constructed outside of regular working hours. OAR will issue a Set-off in the Application for Payment for this cost per Paragraph 15.01.B 7.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment A. Provide services, materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and other facilities and incidentals necessary for the performance, testing, start-up, and completion of the Work, whether or not these items are specifically called for in the Contract Documents. B. Provide new materials and equipment to be incorporated into the Work. Provide special warranties and guarantees required by the Contract Document. Provide satisfactory evidence, including reports of required tests, as to the source, kind, and quality of materials and equipment as required by the Contract Documents or as requested by the OAR. C. Store, apply, install, connect, erect, protect, use, clean, and condition materials and equipment in accordance with instructions of the applicable Supplier, unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents. 7.04 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others A. Contractor may retain Subcontractors and Suppliers for the performance of parts of the Work. All Subcontractors and Suppliers must be acceptable to Owner. B. Contractor must retain specific Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities for the performance of designated parts of the Work if required to do so by the Contract Documents. C. Submit a list of proposed Subcontractors and Suppliers to OAR prior to entering into binding subcontracts or purchase orders. These proposed Subcontractors or Suppliers are deemed acceptable to Owner unless Owner raises a substantive, reasonable objection within 30 days after receiving this list. D. Contractor is not required to retain Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities to furnish or perform part of the Work after the Effective Date of the Contract if Contractor has reasonable objection. E. Owner may require the replacement of Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities retained by the Contractor. Provide an acceptable replacement for the rejected Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity. Owner also may require Contractor to retain specific replacements, subject to Contractor's reasonable objections. F. Contractor may be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times with respect to a replacement of Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other entities required by Owner. The Contractor is not entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Time with respect to replacement of any individual deemed unsuitable by the OPT. Notify OAR immediately if a replacement of Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other entity increases the Contract Price or Contract Times. Initiate a Change Proposal for the adjustment within 10 General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 26 03-23-2015 days of Owner's notice to replace a Subcontractor, Supplier, or other entity retained by Contractor to perform part of the Work. Do not make the replacement until the change in Contract Price or Contract Times has been accepted by the Owner if Change Proposal is to be submitted. G. Owner's initial acceptance of Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities, or their replacements, does not constitute a waiver of the obligation of the Contractor to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. H. Maintain a current and complete list of Subcontractors and Suppliers that are to perform or furnish part of the Work. I. Contractor is fully responsible for the acts and omissions of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing Work. J. Contractor is solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the work of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing Work. K. Require Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing Work to communicate with OPT through Contractor. L. Contracts between the Contractor and their Subcontractors or Suppliers may specifically bind the Subcontractors or Suppliers to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. Contractor is responsible for meeting the requirements of the Contract Documents if they choose to not bind the Subcontractors or Suppliers to applicable terms or conditions of the Contract Documents. 1. All Subcontractors employed on this Project must be required to obtain Workers' Compensation Insurance. 2. Proof of this insurance will be required prior to the start of any Work. M. OPT may furnish information about amounts paid to Contractor for Work provided by Subcontractors or Suppliers to the entity providing the Work. N. Nothing in the Contract Documents: 1. Creates a contractual relationship between members of the OPT and members of the Contractor's Team. 2. Creates an obligation on the part of the Owner to pay or to see to the payment of money due members of the Contractor's Team, except as may be required by Laws and Regulations. 7.05 Patent Fees and Royalties A. Pay license fees, royalties, and costs incident to the use of inventions, designs, processes, products, or devices which are patented or copyrighted by others in the performance of the Work, or to incorporate these inventions, designs, processes, products, or devices which are patented or copyrighted by others in the Work. The Contract Documents identify inventions, designs, processes, products, or devices OPT knows are patented or copyrighted by others or that its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of a license fee or royalty to others. Contractor is to include the cost associated with the use of patented or copyrighted products or processes, whether specified or selected by the Contractor, in the Contract Price. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 27 03-23-2015 B. Contractor's obligation to indemnify Owner's Indemnitees for claims arising out of or related to infringement of patent rights and copyrights are as set forth in Paragraph 7.14. 7.06 Permits A. Obtain and pay for construction permits and licenses. OPT is to assist Contractor in obtaining permits and licenses when required to do so by applicable Laws and Regulations. Pay governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work which are applicable at the time the Contractor's Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price. 7.07 Taxes A. Contractor is responsible for all taxes and duties arising out of the Work. The Owner generally qualifies as a tax exempt agency as defined by the statutes of the State of Texas and is usually not subject to any city or state sales or use taxes, however certain items such as rented equipment may be taxable even though Owner is a tax-exempt agency. Contractor is responsible for including in the Contract Price any applicable sales and use taxes and is responsible for complying with all applicable statutes and rulings of the State Comptroller. Pay sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes required to be paid by Contractor in accordance with the Laws and Regulations. B. The Owner is exempt from the Federal Transportation and Excise Tax. Contractor must comply with all federal regulations governing the exemptions. C. Products incorporated into the Work are exempt from state sales tax according to the provisions of Subchapter H, Chapter 151, of the Texas Tax Code. D. Contractor may not include any amounts for sales, use, or similar taxes for which the Owner is exempt in the Contract Price or any proposed Change Order or Application for Payment. E. Obtain tax exemption certificates or other documentation necessary to establish Owner's exemption from such taxes. 7.08 Laws and Regulations A. Give required notices and comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. OPT is not responsible for monitoring Contractor's compliance with Laws or Regulations except where expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations. B. Pay costs resulting from actions taken by Contractor that are contrary to Laws or Regulations. Contractor is not responsible for determining that the design aspects of the Work described in the Contract Documents is in accordance with Laws and Regulations. This does not relieve Contractor of its obligations under Paragraph 3.03. C. Owner or Contractor may give notice to the other party of changes in Laws or Regulations that may affect the cost or time of performance of the Work, including: 1. Changes in Laws or Regulations affecting procurement of permits; and 2. Sales, use, value-added, consumption, and other similar taxes which come into effect after Contractor's Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 28 03-23-2015 D. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal or Owner may initiate a Claim within 30 days of this notice if Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent of adjustments in Contract Price or Contract Times resulting from these changes. 7.09 Safety and Protection A. Contractor is solely responsible for initiating, maintaining, and supervising safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. This responsibility does not relieve Subcontractors of their responsibility for the safety of persons or property in the performance of their work, nor for compliance with applicable safety Laws and Regulations. B. Take necessary precautions for the safety of persons on the Site or who may be affected by the Work, and provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury, or loss to: 1. Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated in the Work, whether stored on or off Site; and 2. Other property at or adjacent to the Site, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, other work in progress, utilities, and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation, or replacement in the course of construction. C. Comply with applicable Laws and Regulations relating to the safety and protection of persons or property. Erect and maintain necessary safeguards for safety and protection. Notify Owner; the owners of adjacent property, Underground Facilities, and other utilities; and other contractors and utility owners performing work at or adjacent to the Site when prosecution of the Work may affect them. Cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation, and replacement of their property or work in progress. 1. Comply with requirements of Underground Facility Damage Prevention and Safety Act, Texas Utilities Code Chapter 251. 2. Comply with all applicable safety rules and regulations of the Federal Occupational Health and Safety Act of 1970 and subsequent amendments (OSHA). D. Remedy damage, injury, or loss to property referred to in Paragraph 7.09.B caused by Contractor's Team. Pay remediation costs unless the damage or loss is: 1. Attributable to the fault of the Contract Documents; 2. Attributable to acts or omissions of OPT; or 3. Not attributable to the actions or failure to act of the Contractor's Team. E. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for safety and protection of persons or the Work or property at or adjacent to the Site continues until Work is completed and resumes whenever Contractor's Team returns to the Site to fulfill warranty or correction obligations or to conduct other tasks. F. Comply with the applicable requirements of the Owner's safety program if required to do so in the Supplementary Conditions. A copy of the Owner's safety program will be provided in the Bidding Documents. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 29 03-23-2015 7.10 Safety Representative A. Provide a qualified and experienced safety representative at the Site whose duties and responsibilities are the prevention of accidents and maintaining and supervising safety programs. 7.11 Hazard Communication Programs A. Coordinate the exchange of material safety data sheets or other hazard communication information required to be made available or exchanged between or among employers at the Site in accordance with Laws or Regulations. 7.12 Emergencies A. Act to prevent threatened damage, injury, or loss in emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at or adjacent to the Site. Notify OAR immediately if Contractor believes that significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused or are required as a result of this need to act. A Modification is to be issued by OAR if OPT determines that the incident giving rise to the emergency action was not the responsibility of the Contractor and that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by Contractor in response to this emergency. 7.13 Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee A. Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner that Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents and is not Defective. Owner is entitled to rely on Contractor's warranty and guarantee. Assume and bear responsibility for costs and time delays associated with variations from the requirements of the Contract Documents. B. This Contractor's warranty and guarantee excludes defects or damage caused by improper maintenance or operation, abuse, or modification by OPT; or normal wear and tear under normal usage. C. Contractor's obligation to perform and complete Work in accordance with the Contract Documents is absolute. None of the following constitute an acceptance of Defective Work or a release of Contractor's obligation to perform Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: 1. Observations by OPT; 2. Recommendation by OAR or payment by Owner of progress or final payments; 3. The issuance of a Certificate of Substantial Completion; 4. Use or occupancy of part of the Work by Owner; 5. Review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample; 6. Inspections, tests, or approvals by others; or 7. Correction of Defective Work by Owner. D. The Contract Documents may require the Contractor to accept the assignment of a contract between the Owner and a contractor or supplier. The specific warranties, guarantees, and General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 30 03-23-2015 correction obligations contained in an assigned contract govern with respect to Contractor's performance obligations to Owner for the Work described in an assigned contract. 7.14 Indemnification A. To THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY, DEFEND, AND HOLD HARMLESS THE OWNER'S INDEMNITEES FROM AND AGAINST CLAIMS, DAMAGES, LOSSES AND EXPENSES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ATTORNEY'S FEES OR DISPUTE RESOLUTION COSTS, ARISING OUT OF OR RESULTING FROM PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK, VIOLATIONS OF LAWS OR REGULATIONS, OR BODILY INJURY, DEATH, OR DESTRUCTION OF TANGIBLE PROPERTY CAUSED BY THE ACTS OR OMISSIONS OF THE CONTRACTOR'S TEAM, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER SUCH CLAIM, DAMAGE, LOSS OR EXPENSE IS ALLEGED TO BE CAUSED IN PART BY AN OWNER'S INDEMNITEE HEREUNDER, SUBJECT TO THE OWNER'S DEFENSES AND LIABILITY LIMITS UNDER THE TEXAS TORT CLAIMS ACT. HOWEVER, NOTHING HEREIN SHALL BE CONSTRUED TO REQUIRE CONTRACTOR TO INDEMNIFY AN OWNER'S INDEMNITEE AGAINST A CLAIM, LOSS, DAMAGE OR EXPENSE CAUSED BY THE (I) NEGLIGENCE OR FAULT, (II) BREACH OR VIOLATION OF A STATUTE, ORDINANCE, GOVERNMENTAL REGULATION, STANDARD OR RULE, OR (III) THE BREACH OF CONTRACT BY AN OWNER'S INDEMNITEE. PROVIDED FURTHER HOWEVER, AND IN ADDITION TO THE ABOVE, CONTRACTOR INDEMNIFIES EACH OF OWNER'S INDEMNITEES AGAINST CLAIMS FOR THE BODILY INJURY OR DEATH OF AN EMPLOYEE OF THE CONTRACTOR'S TEAM OF ANY TIER EVEN IF CAUSED BY THE SOLE OR CONCURRENT NEGLIGENCE OF AN OWNER'S INDEMNITEE. B. TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY, DEFEND, AND HOLD HARMLESS THE OWNER'S INDEMNITEES FROM AND AGAINST INDEMNIFIED COSTS, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO: (I) THE FAILURE TO CONTROL, CONTAIN, OR REMOVE A CONSTITUENT OF CONCERN BROUGHT TO THE SITE BY CONTRACTOR'S TEAM OR A HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITION CREATED BY CONTRACTOR'S TEAM, (II) CONTRACTOR'S TEAM'S ACTION OR INACTION RELATED TO DAMAGES, DELAYS, DISRUPTIONS, OR INTERFERENCE WITH THE WORK OF OWNER'S EMPLOYEES, OTHER CONTRACTORS, OR UTILITY OWNERS PERFORMING OTHER WORK AT OR ADJACENT TO THE SITE, OR (III) THE CORRECTION OF DEFECTIVE WORK. NOTHING IN THIS PARAGRAPH OBLIGATES THE CONTRACTOR TO INDEMNIFY THE OWNER'S INDEMNITEES FROM THE CONSEQUENCES OF THE OWNER'S AND OWNER'S INDEMNITEES OWN NEGLIGENCE. PROVIDED FURTHER HOWEVER, AND IN ADDITION TO THE ABOVE, CONTRACTOR INDEMNIFIES THE OWNER'S INDEMNITEES AGAINST CLAIMS FOR THE BODILY INJURY OR DEATH OF AN EMPLOYEE OF THE CONTRACTOR'S TEAM OF ANY TIER EVEN IF CAUSED BY THE SOLE OR CONCURRENT NEGLIGENCE OF OWNER'S INDEMNITEES. C. TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY, DEFEND, AND HOLD HARMLESS THE OWNER'S INDEMNITEES FROM AND AGAINST INDEMNIFIED COSTS RESULTING FROM INFRINGEMENT ON PATENT RIGHTS OR COPYRIGHTS BY CONTRACTOR'S TEAM TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW. D. The indemnification obligations under this paragraph are not limited by the amount or type of damages, compensation, or benefits payable by or for members of the Contractor's Team or other individuals or entities under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts, or other employee benefit acts in claims against Owner's Indemnitees by an employee or the survivor or personal representative of employee of Contractor's Team. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00-31 03-23-2015 E. The indemnification obligations of this Paragraph 7.14 do not extend to the liability of Designer arising out of the preparation of the Contract Documents or giving directions or instructions, or failing to give them, to the extent they are obligated to do so if that is the primary cause of the injury or damage. F. Notify the other party within 10 days if Owner or Contractor receives notice of any claim or circumstances that could give rise to an indemnified loss. The notice must include the following: 1. A description of the indemnification event in reasonable detail; 2. The basis on which indemnification may be due; and 3. The anticipated amount of the indemnified loss. This notice does not stop or prevent Owner's Indemnitees from later asserting a different basis for indemnification or a different amount of indemnified loss than that indicated in the initial notice. Owner's Indemnitees do not waive any rights to indemnification except to the extent that Contractor is prejudiced, suffers loss, or incurs expense because of the delay if Owner does not provide this notice within the 10 -day period. G. Defense of Indemnification Claims: 1. Assume the defense of the claim with counsel chosen by the Contractor and pay related costs, unless Owner decides otherwise. Contractor's counsel must be acceptable to Owner. Control the defense and any negotiations to settle the claim. Advise Owner's Indemnitees as to its defense of the claim within 10 days after being notified of the indemnification request. Owner's Indemnitees may assume and control the defense If Contractor does not assume the defense. Pay all defense expenses of the Owner's Indemnitees as an indemnified loss. 2. Owner's Indemnitees may retain separate counsel to participate in, but not control, the defense and any settlement negotiations if Contractor defends the claim. Contractor may not settle the claim without the consent or agreement of Owner. Contractor may settle the claim with Owner's consent and agreement unless it: a. Would result in injunctive relief or other equitable remedies or otherwise require Owner's Indemnitees to comply with restrictions or limitations that adversely affect Owner's Indemnitees; b. Would require Owner's Indemnitees to pay amounts that Contractor does not fund in full; or c. Would not result in Owner and Owner's Indemnitees' full and complete release from all liability to the plaintiffs or claimants who are parties to or otherwise bound by the settlement. 7.15 Delegation of Professional Design Services A. Contractor is not required to provide professional design services unless these services are specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless these services are required to carry out Contractor's responsibilities for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures. Contractor is not required to provide professional services in violation of applicable Laws and Regulations. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 32 03-23-2015 B. The Contract Documents specify performance and design criteria related to systems, materials, or equipment if professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems, materials, or equipment are specifically required of Contractor. These services or certifications must be provided by the licensed Texas Professional Engineer or Registered Architect who prepares, signs, and seals drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, Shop Drawings, and other documents. C. OPT is entitled to rely upon the adequacy, accuracy, and completeness of the services, certifications, or approvals performed by Contractor's design professionals, provided OPT has specified to Contractor the performance and design criteria that these services must satisfy. D. Pursuant to this Paragraph 7.15, Designer's review and approval of design calculations and design drawings is only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with the performance and design criteria given and the design concepts expressed in the Contract Documents. Designer's review and approval of Shop Drawings and other documents is only for the purpose stated in the Contract Documents. E. Contractor is not responsible for the adequacy of the performance or design criteria specified by OPT. Advise OPT if the performance or design criteria are known or considered likely to be inadequate or otherwise deficient. ARTICLE 8 — OTHER WORK AT THE SITE 8.01 Other Work A. Owner may arrange for other work at or adjacent to the Site which is not part of the Contractor's Work. This other work may be performed by Owner's employees or through other contractors. Utility owners may perform work on their utilities and facilities at or adjacent to the Site. Include costs associated with coordinating with entities performing other work or associated with connecting to this other work in the Contract Price if this other work is shown in the Contract Documents. B. OPT is to notify Contractor of other work prior to starting the work and provide any knowledge they have regarding the start of utility work at or adjacent to the Site to Contractor. C. Provide other contractors: 1. Proper and safe access to the Site; 2. Reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment; and 3. Reasonable opportunity to execute their work. D. Provide cutting, fitting, and patching of the Work required to properly connect or integrate with other work. Do not endanger the work of others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering the work of others without the consent of OAR and the others whose work will be affected. E. Inspect the work of others and immediately notify OAR if the proper execution of part of Contractor's Work depends upon work performed by others and this work has not been performed or is unsuitable for the proper execution of Contractor's Work. Contractor's General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 33 03-23-2015 failure to notify the OAR constitutes an acceptance of this other work as acceptable for integration with Contractor's Work. This acceptance does not apply to latent defects or deficiencies in the work of others. F. Take adequate measures to prevent damages, delays, disruptions, or interference with the work of Owner, other contractors, or utility owners performing other work at or adjacent to the Site. 8.02 Coordination A. Owner has sole authority and responsibility for coordination of this other work unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. The Owner is to identify the entity with authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities of the various contractors, the limitations of their authority, and the work to be coordinated prior to the start of other work at or adjacent to the Site. 8.03 Legal Relationships A. Contractor may be entitled to a change in Contract Price or Contract Times if, while performing other work at or adjacent to the Site for Owner, the OPT, other contractor, or utility owner: 1. Damages the Work or property of Contractor's Team; 2. Delays, disrupts, or interferes with the execution of the Work; or 3. Increases the scope or cost of performing the Work through their actions or inaction. B. Notify the OAR immediately of the event leading to a potential Change Proposal so corrective action can be taken. Submit the Change Proposal within 30 days of the event if corrective action has not adequately mitigated the impact of the actions or inactions of others. Information regarding this other work in the Contract Documents is used to determine if the Contractor is entitled to a change in Contract Price or Contract Times. Changes in Contract Price require that Contractor assign rights against the other contractor or utility owner to Owner with respect to the damage, delay, disruption, or interference that is the subject of the adjustment. Changes in Contract Times require that the time extension is essential to Contractor's ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times. C. Take prompt corrective action if Contractor's Team damages, delays, disrupts, or interferes with the work of Owner's employees, other contractors, or utility owners performing other work at or adjacent to the Site or agree to compensate other contractors or utility owners for correcting the damage. Promptly attempt to settle claims with other contractors or utility owners if Contractor damages, delays, disrupts, or interferes with the work of other contractors or utility owners performing other work at or adjacent to the Site. D. Owner may impose a set-off against payments due to Contractor and assign the Owner's contractual rights against Contractor with respect to the breach of the obligations described in this Paragraph 8.03 to other contractors or utility owners if damages, delays, disruptions, or interference occur. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 34 03-23-2015 E. Contractor's obligation to indemnify Owner's Indemnitees for claims arising out of or related damages, delays, disruptions, and interference with other work at the Site are as set forth in Paragraph 7.14. ARTICLE 9 — OWNER'S AND OPT'S RESPONSIBILITIES 9.01 Communications to Contractor A. OPT issues communications to Contractor through OAR except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 9.02 Replacement of Owner's Project Team Members A. Owner may replace members of the OPT at its discretion. 9.03 Furnish Data A. OPT is to furnish the data required of OPT under the Contract Documents. 9.04 Pay When Due A. Owner is to make payments to Contractor when due as described in Paragraphs 15.01.D and 15.06.D. 9.05 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests A. Owner's duties with respect to providing lands and easements are described in Paragraph 5.01. OPT will make copies of reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site available to Contractor in accordance with Paragraph 5.03. 9.06 Insurance A. Owner's responsibilities with respect to purchasing and maintaining insurance are described in Article 6. 9.07 Modifications A. Owner's responsibilities with respect to Modifications are described in Article 11. 9.08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals A. OPT's responsibility with respect to certain inspections, tests, and approvals are described in Paragraph 14.02. 9.09 Limitations on OPT's Responsibilities A. The OPT does not supervise, direct, or have control or authority over, and is not responsible for Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or related safety precautions and programs, or for failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. OPT is not responsible for Contractor's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 35 03-23-2015 9.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition A. OPT's responsibility for undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Conditions is described in Paragraph 5.06. 9.11 Compliance with Safety Program A. Contractor is to inform the OPT of its safety programs and OPT is to comply with the specific applicable requirements of this program. ARTICLE 10 — OAR'S AND DESIGNER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 10.01 Owner's Representative A. OAR is Owner's representative. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of OAR as Owner's representative are described in the Contract Documents. 10.02 Visits to Site A. Designer is to make periodic visits to the Site to observe the progress and quality of the Work. Designer is to determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents based on observations made during these visits. Designer is not required to make exhaustive or continuous inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work. Designer is to inform the OPT of issues or concerns and OAR is to work with Contractor to address these issues or concerns. Designer's visits and observations are subject to the limitations on Designer's authority and responsibility described in Paragraphs 9.09 and 10.07. B. OAR is to observe the Work to check the quality and quantity of Work, implement Owner's quality assurance program, and administer the Contract as Owner's representative as described in the Contract Documents. OAR's visits and observations are subject to the limitations on OAR's authority and responsibility described in Paragraphs 9.09 and 10.07. 10.03 Resident Project Representatives A. Resident Project Representatives assist OAR in observing the progress and quality of the Work at the Site. The limitations on Resident Project Representatives' authority and responsibility are described in Paragraphs 9.09 and 10.07. 10.04 Rejecting Defective Work A. OPT has the authority to reject Work in accordance with Article 14. OAR is to issue a Defective Work Notice to Contractor and document when Defective Work has been corrected or accepted in accordance with Article 14. 10.05 Shop Drawings, Modifications and Payments A. Designer's authority related to Shop Drawings and Samples are described in the Contract Documents. B. Designer's authority related to design calculations and design drawings submitted in response to a delegation of professional design services are described in Paragraph 7.15. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 36 03-23-2015 C. OAR and Designer's authority related to Modifications is described in Articles 11. D. OAR's authority related to Applications for Payment is described in Articles 13 and 15. 10.06 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work A. OAR is to render decisions regarding non-technical or contractual / administrative requirements of the Contract Documents and will coordinate the response of the OPT to Contractor. B. Designer is to render decisions regarding the conformance of the Work to the requirements of the Contract Documents. Designer will render a decision to either correct the Defective Work, or accept the Work under the provisions of Paragraph 14.04, if Work does not conform to the Contract Documents. OAR will coordinate the response of the OPT to Contractor. C. OAR will issue a Request for a Change Proposal if a Modification is required. OAR will provide documentation for changes related to the non-technical or contractual / administrative requirements of the Contract Documents. Designer will provide documentation if design related changes are required. D. Contractor may appeal Designer's decision by submitting a Change Proposal if Contractor does not agree with the Designer's decision. 10.07 Limitations on OAR's and Designer's Authority and Responsibilities A. OPT is not responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor's Team. No actions or failure to act, or decisions made in good faith to exercise or not exercise the authority or responsibility available under the Contract Documents creates a duty in contract, tort, or otherwise of the OPT to the Contractor or members of the Contractor's Team. ARTICLE 11— AMENDING THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS; CHANGES IN THE WORK 11.01 Amending and Supplementing the Contract Documents A. The Contract Documents may be modified by a Contract Amendment, Change Order, Work Change Directive, or Field Order. 1. Contract Amendment: Owner and Contractor may modify the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents without the recommendation of the Designer using a Contract Amendment. A Contract Amendment may be used for: a. Changes that do not involve: 1) The performance or acceptability of the Work; 2) The design as described in the Drawings, Specifications, or otherwise; or 3) Other engineering, architectural or technical matters. b. Authorizing new phases of the Work and establishing the Contract Price, Contract Times, or terms and conditions of the Contract for the new phase of Work when using phased construction or purchasing Goods and Special Services to be incorporated into the Project. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 37 03-23-2015 2. Change Order: All changes to the Contract Documents that include a change in the Contract Price or the Contract Times for previously authorized Work, or changes to the Work requiring Designer's approval must be made by a Change Order. A Change Order may also be used to establish modifications of the Contract Documents that do not affect the Contract Price or Contract Times. 3. Work Change Directive: A Work Change Directive does not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times, but is evidence that the parties expect that the modifications ordered or documented by a Work Change Directive are to be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations on the Contract Price and Contract Times. Contractor must submit a Change Proposal seeking an adjustment of the Contract Price or the Contract Times no later than 30 days after the completion of the Work set out in the Work Change Directive if negotiations are unsuccessful under the terms of the Contract Documents governing adjustments, expressly including Paragraphs 11.04 and 11.05. 4. Field Order: Designer may require minor changes in the Work that do not change the Contract Price or Contract Times using a Field Order. OAR may issue a Field Order for non-technical, administrative issues. Submit a Change Proposal if Contractor believes that a Field Order justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times before proceeding with the Work described in the Field Order. B. Perform added or revised Work under the applicable provisions of the Contract Documents for the same or similar Work unless different Drawings, Specifications, or directions are provided in the Modification. 11.02 Owner -Authorized Changes in the Work A. Owner may order additions, deletions, or revisions in the Work at any time as recommended by the Designer to the extent the change: 1. Involves the design as described in the Contract Documents; 2. Involves acceptance of the Work; or 3. Involves other engineering, architectural or technical matters. B. These changes may be authorized by a Modification. Proceed with the Work involved or, in the case of a deletion in the Work, immediately cease construction activities with respect to the deleted Work upon receipt of the Modification. Nothing in this paragraph obligates the Contractor to undertake Work that Contractor reasonably concludes cannot be performed in a manner consistent with Contractor's safety obligations under the Contract Documents or Laws and Regulations. 11.03 Unauthorized Changes in the Work A. Contractor is not entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times with respect to Work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents, except in the case of an emergency as provided in Paragraph 7.12, or in the case of uncovering Work as provided in Paragraph 14.05. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 38 03-23-2015 B. Contractor is responsible for costs and time delays associated with variations from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless the variations are specifically approved by Change Order. 11.04 Change of Contract Price A. The Contract Price can only be changed by a Change Order. Any Change Proposal for an adjustment in the Contract Price must comply with the provisions of Paragraph 11.06. Any Claim for an adjustment of Contract Price must comply with the provisions of Article 12. B. An adjustment in the Contract Price is to be determined as follows: 1. By applying unit prices to the quantities of the items involved, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 13.03, where the Work involved is covered by unit prices in the Contract Documents; 2. By a mutually agreed lump sum where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices in the Contract Documents; or 3. Payment on the basis of the Cost of the Work determined as provided in Paragraph 13.01 plus a Contractor's fee for overhead and profit determined as provided in Paragraph 11.04.D when the Work involved is not covered by unit prices in the Contract Documents or the parties do not reach a mutual agreement to a lump sum. C. The original Contract Price may not be increased by more than 25 percent or the limit set out in Texas Local Government Code 252.048 or its successor statute. Owner may decrease the Work by up to 25 percent of the Contract Price without adjusting Contractor's fee. D. Contractor's Fee: Determine the Contractor's fee for overhead and profit as follows: 1. A mutually acceptable fixed fee; or 2. A fee based on the following percentages of the various portions of the Cost of the Work: a. The Contractor's fee is 15 percent for costs incurred under Paragraphs 13.01.C.1 and 13.01.C.2; b. The Contractor's fee is 5 percent for costs incurred under Paragraph 13.01.C.3; c. Fees are to be determined as follows where one or more tiers of subcontracts are used: 1) The Subcontractor's fee is 15 percent for costs incurred under Paragraphs 13.01.C.1 and 13.01.C.2 for the Subcontractor that actually performs the Work at whatever tier; and 2) The Contractor and Subcontractors of a tier higher than that of the Subcontractor that actually performs the Work are to be allowed a fee of 5 percent of the fee plus underlying costs incurred by the next lower tier Subcontractor; d. No fee is payable on the basis of costs itemized under Paragraphs 13.01.C.4, and 13.01.D; e. Five percent of the net decrease in the cost is to be deducted for changes which result in a net decrease in Contract Price; and General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 39 03-23-2015 3. The adjustment in Contractor's fee is based on the net change in accordance with Paragraphs 11.04.D.2.a through 11.04.D.2.e, inclusive when both additions and credits are involved in any one change. 11.05 Change of Contract Times A. The Contract Times can only be changed by Change Order. Any Change Proposal for an adjustment in the Contract Times must comply with the provisions of Paragraph 11.06. Any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times must comply with the provisions of Article 12. B. An adjustment of the Contract Times is subject to the limitations described in Paragraph 4.04. 11.06 Change Proposals A. Submit a Change Proposal to the OAR to: 1. Request an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times; 2. Appeal an initial decision by OPT concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents or relating to the acceptability of the Work under the Contract Documents; 3. Contest a set-off against payment due; or 4. Seek other relief under the Contract Documents. B. Notify the OAR immediately if a Change Proposal is to be submitted. Submit each Change Proposal to OAR no later than 30 days after the event initiating the Change Proposal. Submit the following as part of the Change Proposal: 1. Any proposed change in Contract Price, Contract Times, or other relief, accompanied by a statement that the requested Change Order is the entire adjustment to which Contractor believes it is entitled; 2. The reason for the proposed change; and 3. Supporting data, accompanied by a statement that the supporting data is accurate and complete. C. OAR is to advise OPT regarding the Change Proposal. OPT is to review each Change Proposal and Contractor's supporting data, and within 30 days after receipt of the documents, direct the OAR to either approve or deny the Change Proposal in whole or in part. OAR is to issue a Change Order for an approved Change Proposal. The Contractor may deem the Change Proposal to be denied if OAR does not take action on the Change Proposal within 30 days and start the time for appeal of the denial under Article 12. 11.07 Execution of Change Orders A. Owner and Contractor are to execute Change Orders covering: 1. Changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times which are agreed to by Owner and Contractor, including undisputed sums or amount of time for Work actually performed in accordance with a Work Change Directive; General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 40 03-23-2015 2. Changes in Contract Price resulting from Owner set -offs unless the set-off has been successfully challenged by Contractor; 3. Changes in the Work which are: a. Ordered by Owner pursuant to Paragraph 11.02.A, b. Required because Defective Work was accepted under Paragraph 14.04 or Owner's correction of Defective Work under Paragraph 14.07, or c. Agreed to by the Owner and Contractor; and 4. Changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or other changes under Paragraph 11.06 or Article 12. B. Acceptance of a Change Order by Contractor constitutes a full accord and satisfaction for any and all claims and costs of any kind, whether direct or indirect, including but not limited to impact, delay, or acceleration damages arising from the subject matter of the Change Order. Each Change Order must be specific and final as to prices and extensions of time, with no reservations or other provisions allowing for future additional money or time as a result of the particular changes identified and fully compensated in the Change Order. The execution of a Change Order by Contractor constitutes conclusive evidence of Contractor's agreement to the ordered changes in the Work. This Contract, as amended, forever releases any claim against Owner for additional time or compensation for matters relating to or arising out of or resulting from the Work included within or affected by the executed Change Order. This release applies to claims related to the cumulative impact of all Change Orders and to any claim related to the effect of a change on unchanged Work. C. All Change Orders require approval by either the City Council or Owner by administrative action. The approval process requires a minimum of 45 days after submission in final form with all supporting data. Receipt of Contractor's submission by Owner constitutes neither acceptance nor approval of a Bid, nor a warranty that the Bid will be authorized by City Council or administrative action. The time required for the approval process may not be considered a delay and no extensions to the Contract Times or increase in the Contract Price will be considered or granted as a result of the process. Contractor may proceed with Work if a Work Change Directive is issued. D. A Change Order is deemed to be in full force as if executed by Contractor if the Contractor refuses to execute a Change Order that is required to be executed under the terms of this Paragraph 11.07. 11.08 Notice to Surety A. Notify the surety of Modifications affecting the general scope of the Work, changes in the provisions of the Contract Documents, or changes in Contract Price or Contract Times. Adjust the amount of each Bond when Modifications change the Contract Price. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00-41 03-23-2015 ARTICLE 12 — CLAIMS 12.01 Claims A. Follow the Claims process described in this Article for the following disputes between Owner and Contractor: 1. A demand or assertion by Owner to Contractor, submitted in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents: a. Seeking an adjustment of Contract Price or Contract Times; b. Contesting an initial decision by Designer concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents or the acceptability of Work under the Contract Documents; c. Contesting Designer's decision regarding a Change Proposal; d. Seeking resolution of a contractual issue that OAR has declined to address; or e. Seeking other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. 2. A demand or assertion by Contractor to Owner, submitted in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents: a. Contesting OPT's decision regarding a Change Proposal; or b. Seeking resolution of a contractual issue that OPT has declined to address. 12.02 Claims Process A. Claims must be initiated by written notice. B. Claims by Contractor must be in writing and delivered to the Owner, Designer, and the OAR within 7 days: 1. After the start of the event giving rise to the Claim; or 2. After a final decision on a Change Proposal has been made. C. Claims by Owner must be submitted by written notice to Contractor. D. The responsibility to substantiate a Claim rests with the entity making the Claim. E. In the case of a Claim by Contractor seeking an increase in the Contract Price or Contract Times, Contractor must certify that the Claim is made in good faith, that the supporting data is accurate and complete, and that to the best of Contractor's knowledge and belief, the amount of time or money requested accurately reflects the full amount to which Contractor is entitled. F. The entity receiving a Claim is to review the Claim giving full consideration to its merits. The Owner and Contractor are to seek to resolve the Claim through the exchange of information and direct negotiations. The Owner and Contractor may extend the time for resolving the Claim by mutual agreement. Notify OAR of actions taken on a Claim. G. Owner and Contractor may mutually agree to mediate the underlying dispute at any time after initiation of a Claim. 1. The agreement to mediate suspends the Claim submittal and response process. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 42 03-23-2015 2. Owner or Contractor may unilaterally terminate the mediation process after 60 days from the agreement to mediate and resume the Claim submittal and decision process as of the date of the termination. The Claim process resumes as of the date of the conclusion of the mediation, as determined by the mediator, if the mediation is unsuccessful in resolving the dispute. 3. Owner and Contractor are to each pay one-half of the mediator's fees and costs. H. If the entity receiving a Claim approves the Claim in part or denies it in part, this action is final and binding unless the other entity invokes the procedure described in Article 17 for final resolution of disputes within 30 days of this action. I. Notify the OAR if efforts to resolve the Claim are not successful, and the Claim is denied. A denial of the Claim is final and binding unless the other entity invokes the procedure described in Article 17 for the final resolution of disputes within 30 days of the denial. J. The results of the agreement or action on the Claim is to be incorporated in a Change Order by the OAR to the extent they affect the Contract Documents, the Contract Price, or the Contract Times if the Owner and Contractor reach a mutual agreement regarding a Claim. ARTICLE 13 — COST OF THE WORK; ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK 13.01 Cost of the Work A. The Cost of the Work is the sum of costs described in this Paragraph 13.01, except those excluded in Paragraph 13.01.D, necessary for the proper performance of the Work. The provisions of this Paragraph 13.01 are used for two distinct purposes: 1. To determine Cost of the Work when Cost of the Work is a component of the Contract Price under cost-plus, time -and -materials, or other cost -based terms; or 2. To determine the value of a Change Order, Change Proposal, Claim, set-off, or other adjustment in Contract Price. B. Contractor is entitled only to those additional or incremental costs required because of the change in the Work or because of the event giving rise to the adjustment when the value of the adjustment is determined on the basis of the Cost of the Work. C. Costs included in the Cost of the Work may not exceed the prevailing costs in the proximate area of the Site for similar work unless agreed to by the Owner. Cost of the Work includes only the following items: 1. Payroll costs for Contractor's employees performing the Work, including one foreman per crew, and other required and agreed upon personnel for the time they are employed on the Work. Employees are to be paid according to wage rates for job classifications as agreed to by Owner. Where the Cost of the Work is being used under provisions of Paragraph 13.01.A.2, rates paid for this Work are to be the same as paid for Contract Work as established by certified payroll. Payroll costs may include: a. Actual costs paid for salaries and wages; b. Actual cost paid for fringe benefits, which may include: 1) Social security contributions, General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 43 03-23-2015 2) Unemployment, 3) Excise and payroll taxes, 4) Workers' compensation, 5) Health and retirement benefits, 6) Bonuses, and 7) Paid time off for sick leave, vacations, and holidays; and c. Actual cost of additional compensation paid for performing Work outside of regular working hours, on Saturday, Sunday, or legal holidays, to the extent authorized by Owner. 2. Cost of materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work, including transportation and storage costs and required Suppliers' field services. Contractor may retain cash discounts unless Owner provided funds to the Contractor for early payment of these materials and equipment. Cash discounts are to be credited to Owner if the Owner provides funds for early payment. Make provisions for trade discounts, rebates, refunds, and returns from sale of surplus materials and equipment and reduce the Cost of the Work by these amounts. 3. Payments made by Contractor to Subcontractors for Work performed by Subcontractors. Obtain competitive bids from Subcontractors acceptable to Owner unless Owner agrees to use Subcontractors proposed by the Contractor. Bids are to be opened in the presence of the OAR and other designated members for the OPT. Provide copies of bids to the OAR to use in determining, with the OPT, which bids are acceptable. The Subcontractor's Cost of the Work and fee are determined in the same manner as Contractor's Cost of the Work and fee as provided in this Paragraph 13.01 if the subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee. 4. Supplemental costs including the following: a. The proportion of necessary transportation, travel, and subsistence expenses of Contractor's employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work; b. Costs of materials, supplies, equipment, machinery, appliances, office, and temporary facilities at the Site including transportation and maintenance costs; c. Costs of hand tools not owned by the workers consumed in the performance of the Work. Costs of hand tools not owned by the workers which are used but not consumed in the performance of the Work and which remain the property of Contractor, less their market value when Work is completed; d. Rental of construction equipment, including the costs of transporting, loading, unloading, assembling, dismantling, and removing construction equipment, whether rented from Contractor or others, in accordance with rental agreements approved by Owner. Costs for rental of equipment will not be paid when the equipment is no longer necessary for the Work. Justify idle time for equipment by demonstrating that it was necessary to keep equipment on Site for related future Work; General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 44 03-23-2015 e. Applicable sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes related to the Work for which the Owner is not exempt, and which Contractor pays consistent with Laws and Regulations; f. Deposits lost for causes other than negligence of Contractor's Team; g. Royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses; h. Cost of additional utilities, fuel, and sanitary facilities at the Site; i. Minor expense items directly required by the Work; and j. Premiums for Bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents. D. The Cost of the Work does not include the following items: 1. Payroll costs and other compensation of Contractor's officers, executives, principals of partnerships and sole proprietorships, general managers, safety managers, superintendents, engineers, architects, estimators, attorneys, auditors, accountants, purchasing and contracting agents, expediters, clerks, and other personnel employed by Contractor, whether at the Site or in Contractor's principal or branch office, for general administration of the Work and not specifically included in the agreed upon schedule of job classifications referred to in Paragraph 13.01.C.1 or specifically covered by Paragraph 13.01.C.4. These administrative costs are covered by the Contractor's fee. 2. Office expenses other than Contractor's office at the Site. 3. Any part of Contractor's capital expenses, including interest on Contractor's capital employed for the Work and charges against Contractor for delinquent payments. 4. Costs due to the actions of Contractor's Team for the correction of Defective Work, disposal of materials or equipment that do not comply with Specifications, and correcting damage to property. 5. Losses, damages, and related expenses caused by damage to the Work or sustained by Contractor in connection with the performance of the Work. Contractor is entitled to recover costs if covered by insurance provided in accordance with Article 6. Such losses may include settlements made with the approval of Owner. Do not include these losses, damages, and expenses in the Cost of the Work when determining Contractor's fee. 6. Any Indemnified Cost paid with regard to Contractor's indemnification of Owner's Indemnitees. 7. Other overhead or general expense costs and the costs of items not described in Paragraphs 13.01.C. E. The Contractor's fee is determined as follows: 1. In accordance with the Agreement when the Work is performed on a cost-plus basis. 2. In accordance with Paragraph 11.04.0 for Work covered by a Modification determined on the basis of Cost of the Work. F. Establish and maintain records in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices and submit these records, including an itemized cost breakdown together with supporting General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 45 03-23-2015 data, in a form and at intervals acceptable to OAR whenever the Cost of the Work is to be determined pursuant to this Paragraph 13.01. 13.02 Allowances A. Include allowances specified in the Contract Documents in the Contract Price and provide Work covered by the allowance as authorized by the Owner through the OAR. B. Contractor agrees that: 1. The cash allowance is used to compensate the Contractor for the cost of furnishing materials and equipment for the Work covered by the allowance item in the Contract Documents. Cost may include applicable taxes. Make provisions for trade discounts, rebates, and refunds and reduce the allowance costs by these amounts. 2. Contractor's costs for unloading and handling on the Site, labor, installation, overhead, profit, and other expenses contemplated for the cash allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances; and 3. Costs for cash allowances and installation costs as described in Paragraphs 13.02.B.1 and 13.02.B.2 above are included in the Contract Price. C. OAR will issue a Change Order to adjust the Contract Price by the difference between the allowance amount and the actual amount paid by Contractor for Work covered by the allowance. The Change Order will be issued at the time costs are incurred by Contractor for Work covered by the allowance and this Work is included on the Application for Payment. 13.03 Unit Price Work A. The initial Contract Price for Unit Price Work is equal to the sum of the unit price line items in the Agreement. Each unit price line item amount is equal to the product of the unit price for each line item times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. B. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparing Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Payments to Contractor for Unit Price Work are to be based on actual quantities measured for Work in place. C. Each unit price is deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover Contractor's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. D. OAR is to determine the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor to be incorporated into each Application for Payment. OAR's decision on actual quantities is final and binding, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 13.03.E. E. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal, or Owner may file a Claim, seeking an adjustment in the Contract Price within 30 days of OAR's decision under Paragraph 13.03.D, if: 1 The total cost of a particular item of Unit Price Work amounts to 20 percent or more of the total Contract Price and the variation in the quantity of that particular item of Unit Price Work performed by the Contractor differs by more than 20 percent from the estimated quantity of an item indicated in the Agreement; 2. There is no corresponding adjustment with respect to other items of Work; and General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 46 03-23-2015 3. Contractor believes it has incurred additional expense as a result of this condition or if Owner believes that the quantity variation entitles Owner to an adjustment in the Contract Price. 13.04 Contingencies A. Contingency funds may be included in the Contract Price to pay for Work not defined specifically by the Contract Documents that is essential to the completion of the Project. Contingency funds will be as described in the Agreement. B. The contingency funds may be used for costs incurred by the Contractor provided these costs are approved by the Owner. Costs are to be determined and documented in accordance with Paragraph 13.01. The contingency funds are not to be used for the following items: 1. Cost overruns due to changes in material costs after the Contract Price is established, unless specific price escalation provisions are made in the Agreement. 2. Rework required to correct Defective Work. 3. Inefficiencies in completing the Work due to the Contractor's selected means, methods, sequences, or procedures of construction. 4. Work Contractor failed to include in the Contract Price. 5. Changes required by changes in Laws and Regulations enacted after the Contract Price is established. 6. Any Work that does not constitute a change in Scope in the Work included in the Contract Price. C. OAR is to issue a Change Order for approved expenditures from contingency funds. When the Change Order is issued, the costs are to be added to the Application for Payment. Contractor is to maintain a tabulation showing the contingency amount, adjustments to the contingency amount, and amounts remaining as the Project progresses. D. Any contingency amounts that are not included in a Change Order are retained by the Owner. A Change Order will be issued to deduct unused contingency amounts from the Contract Price prior to Final Payment. ARTICLE 14 — TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL, OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 14.01 Access to Work A. Provide safe access to the Site and the Work for the observation, inspection, and testing of the Work in progress. Contractor can require compliance with Contractor's safety procedures and programs as part of providing safe access. 14.02 Tests, Inspections, and Approvals A. OPT may retain and pay for the services of an independent inspector, testing laboratory, or other qualified individual or entity to perform inspections. Notify OAR when the Work is ready for required inspections and tests. Provide adequate notice to allow for coordination General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 47 03-23-2015 with entities providing inspection or testing as determined by the OAR. Cooperate with inspection and testing personnel and assist with providing access for required inspections, tests, and handling test specimens or Samples. B. Arrange for and facilitate inspections, tests, and approvals required by Laws or Regulations of governmental entities having jurisdiction that require Work to be inspected, tested, or approved by an employee or other representative of that entity. Pay associated costs and furnish OAR with the required certificates of inspection or approval. C. Arrange, obtain, and pay for inspections and tests required: 1. By the Contract Documents, unless the Contract Documents expressly allocate responsibility for a specific inspection or test to OPT; 2. To attain OPT's acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work; 3. By manufacturers of equipment furnished under the Contract Documents; 4. For testing, adjusting, and balancing of mechanical, electrical, and other equipment to be incorporated into the Work; 5. For acceptance of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor's purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work; 6. For re -inspecting or retesting Defective Work, including any associated costs incurred by the testing laboratory for cancelled tests or standby time; and 7. For retesting due to failed tests. D. Provide independent inspectors, testing laboratories, or other qualified individuals or entities acceptable to OPT to provide these inspections and tests. 14.03 Defective Work A. It is Contractor's obligation to assure that the Work is not Defective. B. OPT has the authority to determine whether Work is Defective and to reject Defective Work. C. OAR is to notify Contractor of Defective Work of which OPT has actual knowledge. D. Promptly correct Defective Work. E. Take no action that would void or otherwise impair Owner's special warranties or guarantees when correcting Defective Work. F. Pay claims, costs, losses, and damages arising out of or relating to Defective Work, including: 1. Costs for correction, removal, and replacement of Defective Work; 2. Cost of the inspection and testing related to correction of Defective Work; 3. Fines levied against Owner by governmental authorities because of Defective Work; and 4. Costs of repair or replacement of work of others resulting from Defective Work. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 48 03-23-2015 14.04 Acceptance of Defective Work A. Owner may elect to accept Defective Work instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of Defective Work provided: 1. This acceptance occurs prior to final payment; 2. Designer confirms that the Defective Work is in general accordance with the design intent and applicable engineering or architectural principles; and 3. Designer confirms that acceptance of the Defective Work does not endanger public health or safety. B. Owner may impose a reasonable set-off against payments due under Article 15 for costs associated with OPT's evaluation of Defective Work to determine if it can be accepted and to determine the diminished value of the Work. Owner may impose a reasonable set-off against payments due under Article 15 if the parties are unable to agree as to the decrease in the Contract Price to compensate Owner for the diminished value of Defective Work accepted. OAR is to issue a Modification for acceptance of the Defective Work prior to final payment. Pay an appropriate amount to Owner if the acceptance of Defective Work occurs after final payment. 14.05 Uncovering Work A. OPT has the authority to require inspection or testing of the Work, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed, or completed. B. Work that is covered prior to approval of the OAR must be uncovered for OPT's observation if requested by OAR. Pay for uncovering Work and its subsequent restoration unless Contractor has given OAR timely notice of Contractor's intention to cover the Work and OAR fails to act with reasonable promptness in response to this notice. C. Provide necessary labor, material, and equipment and uncover, expose, or otherwise make available the portion of the Work suspected of being Defective for observation, inspection, or testing if OPT considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by Designer or inspected or tested by others as directed by the OAR. 1. Pay for claims, costs, losses, and damages associated with uncovering, exposing, observing, inspecting, and testing if it is found that the uncovered Work is Defective. Pay costs for correction of Defective Work. Pay for reconstruction, repair, or replacement of work of others if it is found that the uncovered Work is Defective. 2. Submit a Change Proposal for an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times directly attributable to this uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, and reconstruction if the uncovered Work is found to be not Defective. 14.06 Owner May Stop the Work A. Owner may order Contractor to stop the Work if: 1. The Work is Defective; 2. Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment; or General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 49 03-23-2015 3. Contractor performs Work that may fail to conform to the Contract Documents when completed. This stop work order is to remain in effect until the reason for the stop work order has been eliminated. Owner's right to stop the Work does not create a duty to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor's Team or surety. 14.07 Owner May Correct Defective Work A. Owner may remedy the following deficiencies after 7 days' notice to Contractor if: 1. Contractor fails to correct Defective Work, or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by OPT; 2. Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents; or 3. Contractor fails to comply with other provisions of the Contract Documents. B. Owner may: 1. Exclude Contractor from the Site; 2. Take possession of the Work and suspend Contractor's services related to the Work; and 3. Incorporate stored materials and equipment in the Work. C. Allow OPT access to the Site and off Site storage areas to enable Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 14.07. D. All claims, costs, losses, and damages incurred or sustained by Owner in exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 14.07 are to be charged against Contractor as a set-off against payments due under Article 15. These claims, costs, losses, and damages include costs of repair and the cost of replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal, or replacement of Contractor's Defective Work. E. Contractor is not allowed an extension of the Contract Times because of delays in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise of the Owner's rights and remedies under this Paragraph 14.07. ARTICLE 15 — PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR; SET -OFFS; COMPLETION; CORRECTION PERIOD 15.01 Progress Payments A. Progress payments are to be submitted to the OAR on the Application for Payment form provided by the OAR following procedures in the Contract Documents. 1. Progress payments for lump sum Work are to be paid on the basis of the earned value to date at the amounts shown in the Schedule of Values submitted as required by Paragraph 2.03. Final payment will be for the total lump sum amount. 2. Progress payments for Unit Price Work are based on the number of units completed as determined under the provisions of Paragraph 13.03. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 50 03-23-2015 3. Progress payments for Work to be paid on the basis of the Cost of the Work per Paragraphs 13.01, 13.02 and 13.04 are to be paid for Work completed by Contractor during the pay period. B. Reduction in Payment by Owner: 1. Owner is entitled to impose a set-off against payment based on the following: a. Claims made against Owner or costs, losses, or damages incurred by Owner related to: 1) Contractor's conduct in the performance of the Work, including, but not limited to, workplace injuries, non-compliance with Laws and Regulations, or patent infringement; or 2) Contractor's failure to take reasonable and customary measures to avoid damage, delay, disruption, and interference with other work at or adjacent to the Site, including but not limited to, workplace injuries, property damage, and non-compliance with Laws and Regulations. b. Owner has been required to remove or remediate a Hazardous Environmental Condition for which Contractor is responsible; c. Work is Defective, or completed Work has been damaged by Contractor's Team, requiring correction or replacement; d. Owner has been required to correct Defective Work or complete Work in accordance with Paragraph 14.07; e. The Contract Price has been reduced by Change Orders; f. Events have occurred that would constitute a default by Contractor justifying a termination for cause; Liquidated damages have accrued as a result of Contractor's failure to achieve Milestones, Substantial Completion, or completion of the Work; h. Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where Contractor has delivered a specific Bond satisfactory to Owner to secure the satisfaction and discharge of these Liens; g. i. Owner has been notified of failure to make payments to Subcontractors, Suppliers, or Employees; Failure to submit up-to-date record documents as required by the Contract Documents; k. Failure to submit monthly Progress Schedule updates or revised schedules as requested by the OAR; I. Failure to provide Project photographs required by the Contract Documents; m. Failure to provide Certified Payroll required by the Contract Documents; n. Compensation for OPT for overtime charges of OAR or RPR, third review of documents, review of substitutions, re -inspection fees, inspections or designs related to correction of Defective Work, or other services identified as requiring payment by the Contractor; J• General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00-51 03-23-2015 o. Costs for tests performed by the Owner to verify that Work previously tested and found to be Defective has been corrected; OPT has actual knowledge of the occurrence of events that would constitute a default by Contractor and therefore justify termination for cause under the Contract Documents with associated cost impacts; P. q. Other items entitling Owner to a set-off against the amount recommended; or r. Payment would result in an over -payment of the Contract Price. 2. Compensation for services of OPT staff is to be at the rates established by negotiations between OPT and Contractor. 3. OAR is to notify Contractor stating the amount and the reasons for an imposed set-off. The Owner is to pay the Contractor amounts remaining after deduction of the set-off. Owner is to pay the set-off amount agreed to by Owner and Contractor if Contractor remedies the reasons for the set-off. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal contesting the set-off. C. Delayed Payments: 1. No money shall be paid by Owner upon any claim, debt, demand, or account whatsoever, to any person, firm, or corporation who is in arrears to Owner for taxes; and Owner shall be entitled to counterclaim and automatically offset against any such debt, claim, demand, or account in the amount of taxes so in arrears and no assignment or transfer of such debt, claim, demand, or account after said taxes are due, shall affect the right of Owner to offset said taxes, and associated penalties and interest if applicable, against the same. 2. No payment will be made for Work authorized by a Work Change Directive until the Work Change Directive is incorporated into a Change Order. Payment can be included in an Application for payment when the Change Order is approved. D. The Owner is to pay the amount of payment recommended by the OAR within 30 days after receipt of the Application for Payment and accompanying documentation from the OAR. 15.02 Contractor's Warranty of Title A. Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to the Work, materials, and equipment furnished under the Contract is to pass to Owner free and clear of Liens, title defects, and patent, licensing, copyright, or royalty obligations no later than 7 days after the time of payment by Owner of the Application for Payment which includes these items. 15.03 Substantial Completion A. Notify OAR when Contractor considers the entire Work substantially complete and request a Certificate of Substantial Completion. B. OPT is to inspect the Work after Contractor's notification to determine if the Work is substantially complete. OAR is to either issue the Certificate of Substantial Completion which sets the date of Substantial Completion or notify Contractor of the reasons the Project is not considered to be substantially complete. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 52 03-23-2015 C. The OPT and Contractor are to meet to discuss Owner's use or occupancy of the Work following Substantial Completion. Items to be discussed at this meeting include: 1. Review of insurance policies with respect to the end of the Contractor's coverage, and confirm the transition to coverage of the Work under a permanent property insurance policy held by Owner; 2. Owner's assumption of responsibility for security, operation, protection of the Work, maintenance, and utilities upon Owner's use or occupancy of the Work; 3. Contractor's obligations for operations and maintenance during performance and acceptance testing; 4. Contractor's access to the Site to complete punch list items; and 5. Procedures for correction of Defective Work during the 1 -year correction period. 15.04 Partial Utilization A. Owner may use or occupy substantially completed parts of the Work which are specifically identified in the Contract Documents, or which OPT and Contractor agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work prior to Substantial Completion of the Work. Owner must be able to use that part of the Work for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor's performance of the remainder of the Work. Contractor and OPT are to follow the procedures of Paragraph 15.03 for this part of the Work. B. No use or occupancy or separate operation of part of the Work may occur prior to compliance with the requirements of Article 6. 15.05 Final Inspection A. OPT is to make a final inspection upon notice from Contractor that the entire Work or portion to be accepted under Paragraph 15.04 is complete. OAR is to notify Contractor of Work determined to be incomplete or Defective. Immediately take corrective measures to complete the Work and correct Defective Work. 15.06 Final Payment A. Make Application for Final Payment after completing required corrections identified during the final inspection and delivering items and documents required by the Contract Documents. Provide the following with the final Application for Payment: 1. Consent of Surety to Final Payment acknowledging unsettled disputes; and 2. Certification of Payment of Debts and Claims or Certification of Release of Liens or furnish receipts or releases in full from Subcontractors and Suppliers. B. OAR is to either recommend payment of the final Application for Payment to Owner if OPT is satisfied that the Work has been completed and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled or notify the Contractor of the OPT's reasons for not recommending final payment. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 53 03-23-2015 C. The Work is complete, subject to surviving obligations, when it is ready for final payment as established by the OAR's recommendation of payment of the final Application for Payment to Owner and the issuance of a Certificate of Final Completion. D. The Owner is to pay the amount of final payment recommended by the OAR within 30 days after receipt of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation from the OAR. 15.07 Waiver of Claims A. The making of final payment does not constitute a waiver by Owner of claims or rights against Contractor. Owner expressly reserves claims and rights arising from: 1. Unsettled Liens or claims for non-payment; 2. Defective Work appearing after final inspection pursuant to Paragraph 15.05; 3. Contractor's failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of specified special guarantees; or 4. Contractor's continuing obligations under the Contract Documents. B. Contractor waives claims and rights against Owner by accepting final payment with the exception of those Claims made in accordance with the provisions of Article 17 and specifically noted in the Certificate of Final Completion. 15.08 Correction Period A. Promptly correct Defective Work without cost to Owner for 1 year after the date of Substantial Completion or longer periods of time prescribed by the terms of the Contract Documents. B. Promptly correct damages to the Site or adjacent areas that Contractor has arranged to use through construction easements or other agreements. Promptly correct damages to Work or the work of others. Make corrections without cost to Owner. C. Owner may have the Defective Work and damages described in Paragraphs 15.08.A and 15.08.B corrected if Contractor does not comply with the terms of OAR's instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage. D. Contractor's obligation to indemnify Owner's Indemnitees for claims arising out of or related to the correction of Defective Work are as set forth in Paragraph 7.14. E. The correction period starts to run from the date when a specific item of equipment or systems are placed in continuous beneficial use by Owner before Substantial Completion of Work if so provided in the Specifications or if accepted for beneficial use by the Owner. F. The correction period is extended for an additional period of 1 year for Defective Work corrected after the date of Substantial Completion or after the accepted date the correction period starts to run as described in Paragraph 15.08.E. This extended correction period starts to run when Defective Work has been satisfactorily corrected under this Paragraph 15.08. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 54 03-23-2015 G. Contractor's obligations under this Paragraph 15.08 are in addition to other obligations or warranties. The provisions of this Paragraph 15.08 are not a substitute for, or a waiver of, the provisions of applicable statutes of limitation or repose. ARTICLE 16 — SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 16.01 Owner May Suspend Work A. Owner may suspend the Work or a portion of the Work for a period of not more than 90 consecutive days, at any time and without cause, by notice to Contractor. This notice fixes the date on which Contractor is to resume Work. Contractor is entitled to adjustments in the Contract Price and Contract Times directly attributable to this suspension only if efforts are made to mitigate the cost impacts of the suspension. Meet with the Owner within 10 days of the notice of suspension to discuss specific strategies to reduce or eliminate the cost of delays. Submit a Change Proposal seeking an adjustment no later than 30 days after the date fixed for resumption of Work. 16.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause A. The occurrence of one or more of the following events constitutes a default by Contractor and justifies termination for cause: 1. Contractor's persistent failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, including failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment; 2. Failure to adhere to the Progress Schedule; 3. Failure of the Contractor to provide a satisfactory replacement Bond or insurance in the event either is lost or canceled; 4. Failure of Contractor to maintain financial solvency to adequately complete the Project as indicated by one or more of the following: a. A petition of bankruptcy is filed by or against Contractor, b. Contractor is adjudged as bankrupt or insolvent, c. Contractor or surety makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, d. A receiver is appointed for the benefit of Contractor's creditors, or e. A receiver is appointed on account of Contractor's insolvency; 5. Contractor's disregard of Laws or Regulations of public bodies having jurisdiction; or 6. Contractor's repeated disregard of the authority of OPT. B. Contractor and surety must provide adequate assurance of future performance in accordance with the Contract Documents that is satisfactory to Owner if Contractor is believed to be in financial distress due to the existence of one or more of the indicators listed in Paragraph 16.02.A.4. Owner may terminate this Contract if Contractor and surety fail to provide adequate documentation satisfactory to Owner within 10 days of OAR's request for this information. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 55 03-23-2015 C. Owner may declare Contractor to be in default, give notice to Contractor and surety that the Contract is terminated, and enforce the rights available to Owner under the Performance Bond after giving Contractor and surety 10 days' notice that one or more of the events identified in Paragraph 16.02.A has occurred. D. Owner may exclude Contractor from the Site, take possession of the Work, incorporate the materials and equipment stored and complete the Work as Owner may deem expedient if Owner has terminated the Contract for cause. E. Owner may elect not to proceed with termination of the Contract under this Paragraph 16.02 if Contractor begins to cure the cause for termination within 7 days of receipt of notice of intent to terminate. F. Contractor is not entitled to receive further payments until the Work is completed if Owner proceeds as provided in this Paragraph 16.02. The amount of the Contract Price remaining is to be paid to the Contractor if the unpaid balance exceeds the cost to complete the Work. This cost to complete the Work may include related claims, costs, losses, damages, and the fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals retained by Owner. Pay the difference to Owner if the cost to complete the Work including related claims, costs, losses, and damages exceeds the unpaid balance of the Contract Price. Claims, costs, losses, and damages incurred by Owner are to be reviewed as to their reasonableness and incorporated in a Change Order by OAR. Owner is not required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed when exercising its rights or remedies under this paragraph. G. Termination does not affect the rights or remedies of Owner against Contractor or against surety under the Payment Bond or Performance Bond. Owner does not release Contractor from liability by paying or retaining money due Contractor. 16.03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience A. Owner may terminate the Contract without cause after giving 7 days' notice to Contractor of the effective date of termination. Contractor is to be paid for the following if Owner terminates for convenience: 1. Work completed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination; 2. Actual costs sustained prior to the effective date of termination for Work in progress, plus a fee calculated in accordance with Paragraph 11.04.D.; and 3. Reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination, including costs incurred to prepare a termination for convenience cost proposal. B. No payment is payable to Contractor for loss of anticipated overhead, profits or revenue, or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from this termination. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 56 03-23-2015 ARTICLE 17 — FINAL RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES 17.01 Methods and Procedures A. The Owner or Contractor may appeal a Claim, approved or denied in part or in full, by: 1. Electing to invoke the dispute resolution process if one is provided for in the Supplementary Conditions; 2. Agreeing with the other party to submit the dispute to a dispute resolution process; or 3. Notifying the other party of the intent to submit the dispute to a court of competent jurisdiction if no dispute resolution process is provided for in the Supplementary Conditions or mutually agreed to. ARTICLE 18 — MISCELLANEOUS 18.01 Computation of Times A. Exclude the first day and include the last day when determining dates for a period of time referred to in the Contract Documents by days. The last day of this period is to be omitted from the determination if it falls on a Saturday, Sunday, or a legal holiday. B. All references and conditions for a Calendar Day Contract in the Contract Documents apply for a Fixed Date Contract. A Fixed Date Contract is one in which the calendar dates for reaching Substantial Completion and/or final completion are specified in lieu of identifying the number of days involved. 18.02 Owner's Right to Audit Contractor's Records A. By execution of the Contract, Contractor grants Owner the right to audit, examine, inspect and/or copy, at Owner's election at all reasonable times during the term of this Contract and for a period of four (4) years following the completion or termination of the Work, all of Contractor's written and electronically stored records and billings relating to the performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. The audit, examination or inspection may be performed by an Owner designee, which may include its internal auditors or an outside representative engaged by Owner. Contractor agrees to retain its records for a minimum of four (4) years following termination of the Contract, unless there is an ongoing dispute under the Contract, then, such retention period must extend until final resolution of the dispute. As used in these General Conditions, "Contractor written and electronically stored records" include any and all information, materials and data of every kind and character generated as a result of the work under this Contract. Example of Contractor written and electronically stores records include, but are not limited to: accounting data and reports, billings, books, general ledgers, cost ledgers, invoices, production sheets, documents, correspondences, meeting notes, subscriptions, agreements, purchase orders, leases, contracts, commitments, arrangements, notes, daily diaries, reports, drawings, receipts, vouchers, memoranda, time sheets, payroll records, policies, procedures, Subcontractor agreements, Supplier agreements, rental equipment proposals, federal and state tax filings for any issue in question, along with any and all other agreements, sources of information and matters that may, in Owner's sole judgment, General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 57 03-23-2015 have any bearing on or pertain to any matters, rights, duties or obligations under or covered by any Agreement Documents. B. Owner agrees to exercise the right to audit, examine or inspect Contractor's records only during regular business hours. Contractor agrees to allow Owner and/or Owner's designee access to all of the Contractor's Records, Contractor's facilities and current or former employees of Contractor, deemed necessary by Owner or its designee(s), to perform such audit, inspection or examination. Contractor also agrees to provide adequate and appropriate work space necessary for Owner or its designees to conduct such audits, inspections or examinations. C. Contractor must include this Section in any Subcontractor, supplier or vendor contract. 18.03 Independent Contractor A. Contractor is to perform its duties under this Contract as an independent contractor. The Contractor's Team and their personnel are not considered to be employees or agents of the Owner. Nothing in this Contract is to be interpreted as granting Contractor's Team the right or authority to make commitments for the Owner. This Contract does not constitute or create a joint venture, partnership, or formal business organization of any kind. 18.04 Cumulative Remedies A. The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies available to the Owner or Contractor by these General Conditions are in addition to, and are not a limitation of, the rights and remedies which are otherwise imposed or available by: 1. Laws or Regulations; 2. Special warranties or guarantees; or 3. Other provisions of the Contract Documents. B. The provisions of this Paragraph 18.03 are as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right, and remedy to which they apply. 18.05 Limitation of Damages A. Owner's Indemnitees are not liable to Contractor for claims, costs, losses, or damages sustained by Contractor's Team associated with other projects or anticipated projects. 18.06 No Waiver A. The failure of Owner or Contractor to enforce any provision of this Contract does not constitute a waiver of that provision, affect the enforceability of that provision, or the enforceability of the remainder of this Contract. 18.07 Severability A. If a court of competent jurisdiction renders a part of this Contract invalid or unenforceable, that part is to be severed and the remainder of this Contract continues in full force. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 58 03-23-2015 18.08 Survival of Obligations A. Representations, indemnifications, warranties, guarantees, and continuing obligations required by the Contract Documents survive completion and acceptance of the Work or termination of the Contract. 18.09 No Third Party Beneficiaries A. Nothing in this Contract can be construed to create rights in any entity other than the Owner and Contractor. Neither the Owner nor Contractor intends to create third party beneficiaries by entering into this Contract. 18.10 Assignment of Contract A. This Contract may not be assigned in whole or in part by the Contractor without the consent of the Owner. 18.11 No Waiver of Sovereign Immunity A. The Owner has not waived its sovereign immunity by entering into and performing its obligations under this Contract. 18.12 Controlling Law A. This Contract is governed by the laws of the State of Texas without regard to its conflicts of laws. Venue for legal proceedings lies exclusively in Nueces County, Texas. 18.13 Conditions Precedent to Right to Sue A. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Contractor will have at least 90 days to give notice of a claim for damages as a condition precedent to the right to sue on the Contract, subject to the contractual Claims and Alternative Dispute Resolution processes set forth herein. 18.14 Waiver of Trial by Jury A. Owner and Contractor agree that they have knowingly waived and do hereby waive the right to trial by jury and have instead agreed, in the event of any litigation arising out of or connected to this Contract, to proceed with a trial before the court, unless both parties subsequently agree otherwise in writing. 18.15 Attorney Fees A. The Parties expressly agree that, in the event of litigation, all parties waive rights to payment of attorneys' fees that otherwise might be recoverable, pursuant to the Texas Civil Practice and Remedies Code Chapter 38, Texas Local Government Code §271.153, the Prompt Payment Act, common law or any other provision for payment of attorney's fees. 18.16 Compliance with Laws A. Comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 as amended (ADA) and Texas Architectural Barriers Act and all regulations relating to either statute. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 59 03-23-2015 B. Comply with all applicable federal, state, and city laws, rules and regulations. 18.17 Enforcement A. The City Manager or designee and the City Attorney or designee, are fully authorized and will have the right to enforce all legal rights and obligations under the Contract without further authorization from City Council. 18.18 Subject to Appropriation A. Funds are appropriated by the Owner on a yearly basis. If for any reason funds are not appropriated in any given year, the Owner may direct immediate suspension or termination of the Contract, with no additional liability to the Owner. If the Contractor is terminated or suspended and the Owner requests remobilization at a later date, the Contractor may request payment for reasonable demobilization/remobilization costs. Such costs shall be addressed through a Change Order to the Contract. Under no circumstances may a provision or obligation under this Contract be interpreted as contrary to this paragraph. 18.19 Contract Sum A. The Contract Sum is stated in the Contract and, including authorized adjustments, is the total maximum not -to -exceed amount payable by Owner to Contractor for performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. Contractor accepts and agrees that all payments pursuant to this Contract are subject to the availability and appropriation of funds by the Corpus Christi City Council. If funds are not available and/or appropriated, this Contract shall immediately be terminated with no liability to any party to this Contract. 18.20 Contractor's Guarantee as Additional Remedy A. The Contractor's guarantee is a separate and additional remedy available to benefit the Owner. Neither the guarantee nor the expiration of the guarantee period will operate to reduce, release, or relinquish any rights or remedies available to the Owner for any claims or causes of action against the Contractor or any other individual or entity. END OF SECTION General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 60 03-23-2015 00 72 01 INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS ARTICLE 1— INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS CONTRACTOR'S INSURANCE AMOUNTS A. Provide the insurance coverage for at least the following amounts unless greater amounts are required by Laws and Regulations: Type of Insurance Minimum Insurance Coverage Commercial General Liability including 1. Commercial Form 2. Premises - Operations 3. Explosions and Collapse Hazard 4. Underground Hazard 5. Products / Completed Operations Hazard 6. Contractual Liability 7. Broad Form Property Damage 8. Independent Contractors 9. Personal & Advertising Injury $1,000,000 Per Occurrence $2,000,000 Aggregate Business Automobile Liability- Owned, Non -Owned, Rented and Leased $1,000,000 Combined Single Limit Workers' Compensation Statutory Employer's Liability $500,000/ 500,000/ 500,000 Excess Liability/Umbrella Liability $1,000,000 Per Occurrence Contractor's Pollution Liability / Environmental Impairment Coverage. Not limited to sudden and accidental discharge. To include long-term environmental impact for the disposal of pollutants/contaminants. $2,000,000 Per Claim ■ Required X Not Required Builder's Risk (All Perils including Collapse) Equal to Contract Price • Required X Not Required Installation Floater Equal to Contract Price • Required X Not Required Owner's Protective Liability Equal to Contractor's liability insurance • Required X Not Required 1.02 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Provide insurance coverages and limits meeting the requirements for insurance in accordance with Article 6 of the General Conditions and this Section. B. Provide endorsements to the policies as outlined in this Section. Insurance Requirements Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 007201-1 Rev 01-13-2016 C. Obtain insurance from companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the State of Texas to issue insurance policies for the required limits and coverages. Provide insurance from companies that have an A.M. Best rating of A -VIII or better. D. Furnish copies of policies and endorsements, and documentation of applicable self- insured retentions and deductibles upon request by OPT or any named insured or additional insured. Contractor may block out (redact) any confidential premium or pricing information contained in any policy or endorsement furnished under this Contract. E. The name and number of the Project must be referenced on the certificate of insurance. F. OPT's failure to demand such certificates or other evidence of the Contractor's full compliance with the insurance requirements or failure to identify a deficiency in compliance from the evidence provided is not a waiver of the Contractor's obligation to obtain and maintain the insurance required by the Contract Documents. G. Notify the Owner if the Contractor fails to purchase or maintain the insurance required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall not be allowed to perform any Work on the Project until the required insurance policies are in effect. A Certificate of Liability Insurance shall be submitted to the OPT. H. Owner may exclude the Contractor from the Site and exercise Owner's termination rights under Article 16 of the General Conditions if Contractor fails to obtain or maintain the required insurance. I. Owner does not represent that the insurance coverage and limits established in this Contract are adequate to protect Contractor or Contractor's interests. J. The required insurance and insurance limits do not limit the Contractor's liability under the indemnities granted to Owner's Indemnitees in the Contract Documents. K. Provide for an endorsement that the "other insurance" clause shall not apply to the OPT where the OPT is an additional insured shown on the policy. Contractor's insurance is primary and non-contributory with respect to any insurance or self-insurance carried by the OPT for liability arising out of operations under this Contract. L. Include the Owner and list the other members of the OPT and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions as additional insureds on all policies with the exception of the workers' compensation policy and Contractor's professional liability policy. 1.03 CONTRACTOR'S INSURANCE A. Purchase and maintain workers' compensation and employer's liability insurance for: 1. Claims under workers' compensation, disability benefits, and other similar employee benefit acts. Obtain workers' compensation coverage through a licensed insurance company in accordance with Texas law and written on a policy and endorsements approved by the Texas Department of Insurance. Provide insurance in amounts to meet all workers' compensation obligations. Provide an "All Other States" endorsement if Contractor is not domiciled in Texas and policy is not written in accordance with Texas Department of Insurance rules. Insurance Requirements Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 007201-2 Rev 01-13-2016 2. Claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of Contractor's employees. 3. United States Longshoreman and Harbor Workers' Compensation Act and Jones Act coverage (if applicable). 4. Foreign voluntary worker compensation (if applicable). B. Purchase and maintain commercial general liability insurance covering all operations by or on behalf of Contractor. Provide coverage on an occurrence basis, against: 1. Claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than Contractor's employees; 2. Claims for damages insured by reasonably available personal injury liability coverage which are sustained; 3. By any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such person by Contractor; 4. By any other person for any other reason; and 5. Claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located, including any resulting loss of use. C. Provide Contractor's commercial general liability policy that is written on a 1996 (or later) ISO commercial general liability form (occurrence form) and include the following coverages and endorsements: 1. Products and completed operations coverage as required in this Section. Insurance is to remain in effective for 3 years after final payment. Furnish evidence of the continuation of this insurance at final payment and again each year for 3 years after final payment to Owner and each named insured or additional insured. a. Eliminate the exclusion with respect to property under the care, custody, and control of Contractor. Provide and maintain Installation Floater insurance for property under the care, custody, or control of Contractor in lieu of elimination of the exclusion, or if required by this Section. Provide Installation Floater insurance that is a broad form or "All Peril" policy providing coverage for all materials, supplies, machinery, fixtures, and equipment which will be incorporated into the Work. 1) Provide coverage under the Contractor's Installation Floater that includes: a) Faulty or Defective workmanship, materials, maintenance, or construction; b) Cost to remove Defective or damaged Work from the Site or to protect it from loss or damage; c) Cost to cleanup and remove pollutants; d) Coverage for testing and startup; e) Any loss to property while in transit; Insurance Requirements Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 007201-3 Rev 01-13-2016 f) Any loss at the Site; g) Any loss while in storage, both on and off the Site; and h) Any loss to temporary Project Works if their value is included in the Contract Price. 2) Coverage cannot be contingent on an external cause or risk or limited to property for which the Contractor is legally liable. Provide limits of insurance adequate to cover the value of the installation. Pay any deductible carried under this coverage and assume responsibility for claims on materials, supplies, machinery, fixture, and equipment which will be incorporated into the Work while in transit or in storage. 2. Blanket contractual liability coverage for Contractor's contractual indemnity obligations in Paragraph 7.14 of the General Conditions, and all other contractual indemnity obligations of Contractor in the Contract Documents. 3. Broad form property damage coverage. 4. Severability of interest. 5. Underground explosion and collapse coverage. 6. Personal injury coverage. 7. Endorsement CG 2032, "Additional Insured - Engineers, Architects or Surveyors Not Engaged by the Named Insured" or its equivalent. D. Purchase and maintain automobile liability insurance against claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance, or use of any motor vehicle. E. Purchase and maintain umbrella or excess liability insurance written over the underlying employer's liability, commercial general liability, and automobile liability insurance described in the paragraphs above. Provide coverage that is at least as broad as all underlying policies. Provide a policy that provides first -dollar liability coverage as needed. F. Provide Contractor's commercial general liability and automobile liability policies that: 1. Are written on an occurrence basis; 2. Include the individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions as additional insureds; 3. Include coverage for the respective officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors for each named insured or additional insured; 4. Provide primary coverage for all claims covered by the policies, including those arising from both ongoing and completed operations. G. Purchase and maintain insurance coverage for third -party injury and property damage claims, including clean-up costs that result from Hazardous Environmental Conditions which result from Contractor's operations and completed operations. Provide Contractor's pollution liability insurance that includes long-term environmental impacts Insurance Requirements 00 72 01- 4 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Rev 01-13-2016 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 for the disposal of pollutants/contaminants and is not limited to sudden and accidental discharge. The completed operations coverage is to remain in effect for 3 years after final payment. The policy must name OPT and any other individuals and entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions as additional insureds. H. Purchase and maintain applicable professional liability insurance, or have Subcontractors and Suppliers do so, if Contractor or any Subcontractor or Supplier will provide or furnish professional services under this Contract. I. The policies of insurance required by this Section must: 1. Include at least the specific coverages and be written for not less than the limits of liability provided in this Section or required by Laws or Regulations, whichever is greater. 2. Contain a provision that coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed until at least 30 days prior written notice has been given to Contractor, Owner, and all named insureds and additional insureds. 3. Remain in effect at all times when Contractor is performing Work or is at the Site to conduct tasks arising from the Contract Documents. 4. Be appropriate for the Work being performed and provide protection from claims resulting from the Contractor's performance of the Work and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether performed by Contractor, Subcontractor, Supplier, anyone directly or indirectly employed or retained by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts they may be liable. J. The coverage requirements for specific policies of insurance must be met directly by those policies and may not by rely on excess or umbrella insurance provided in other policies to meet the coverage requirement. 1.04 OWNER'S PROTECTIVE LIABILITY INSURANCE A. Purchase and maintain an Owner's Protective Liability insurance policy with the Owner as the named insured and other members of the OPT as additional insureds. Provide a policy that will protect the OPT from claims which arise from operations under the Contract Documents. Provide this coverage in the same amounts required for the Contractor's liability insurance and from the same company that provides the Contractor's liability insurance. 1.05 PROPERTY INSURANCE A. Purchase and maintain builder's risk insurance in the amount of the full replacement cost of the Project. This policy is subject to the deductible amounts requirements in this Section or those required by Laws and Regulations and must comply with the requirements of Paragraph 1.06. This insurance shall: 1. Include the OPT, Contractor, and all Subcontractors, and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, as named insureds. 2. Be written on a builder's risk "all risk" policy form that includes insurance for physical loss or damage to the Work, temporary buildings, falsework, and materials Insurance Requirements Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 007201-5 Rev 01-13-2016 and equipment in transit, and insures against at least the following perils or causes of loss: fire; lightning; windstorm; riot; civil commotion; terrorism; vehicle impact; aircraft; smoke; theft; vandalism and malicious mischief; mechanical breakdown, boiler explosion, and artificially generated electric current; earthquake; volcanic activity, and other earth movement; flood; collapse; explosion; debris removal; demolition occasioned by enforcement of Laws and Regulations; water damage (other than that caused by flood); and such other perils or causes of loss as may be specifically required by this Section. If insurance against mechanical breakdown, boiler explosion, and artificially generated electric current; earthquake; volcanic activity, and other earth movement; or flood, are not commercially available under builder's risk, by endorsement or otherwise, this insurance may be provided through other insurance policies acceptable to Owner and Contractor. 3. Cover expenses incurred in the repair or replacement of any insured property. 4. Cover materials and equipment in transit or stored prior to being incorporated in the Work. 5. Cover Owner -furnished or assigned property. 6. Allow for partial utilization of the Work by Owner. 7. Allow for the waiver of the insurer's subrogation rights as set forth below. 8. Provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils or causes of loss covered. 9. Not include a co-insurance clause. 10. Include a broad exception for ensuing losses from physical damage or loss with respect to any Defective workmanship, design, or materials exclusions. 11. Include testing and startup. 12. Be maintained in effect until the Work as a whole is complete, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Owner and Contractor. B. Evidence of insurance provided must contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed or renewal refused until at least 30 days prior written notice has been given to Owner and Contractor and to each named insured. C. Pay for costs not covered by the policy deductible. D. Notify builder's risk insurance provider if Owner will occupy or use a portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work as provided in Paragraph 15.04 of the General Conditions. Maintain the builder's risk insurance in effect during this Partial Occupancy or Use. E. Contractor may purchase other special insurance to be included in or to supplement the builder's risk or property insurance policies provided under this Section. F. Contractor, Subcontractors, or employees of the Contractor or a Subcontractor owning property items, such as tools, construction equipment, or other personal property not expressly covered in the insurance required by the Contract Documents are responsible for providing their own insurance. Insurance Requirements 00 72 01- 6 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Rev 01-13-2016 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 1.06 WAIVER OF RIGHTS A. Insurance shall include a waiver of subrogation in favor of the additional insureds identified in SECTION 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS. B. All policies purchased in accordance with this Section are to contain provisions to the effect that the insurers have no rights of recovery against OPT, named insureds or additional insureds in the event of a payment for loss or damage. Contractor and insurers waive all rights against the Owner's Indemnities for losses and damages created by or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by these policies and any other applicable property insurance. None of these waivers extend to the rights Contractor has to the proceeds of insurance as trustee. C. Contractor is responsible for assuring that agreements with Subcontractors contains provisions that the Subcontractor waive all rights against Owner's Indemnitees, Contractor, named insureds and additional insureds, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them, for all losses and damages created by or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by builder's risk insurance and other property insurance. 1.07 OWNER'S INSURANCE FOR THE PROJECT A. Owner is not responsible for purchasing and maintaining any insurance to protect the interest of the Contractor, Subcontractors, or others in the Work. The stated limits of insurance required are minimum only. Determine the limits that are adequate. These limits may be basic policy limits or any combination of basic limits and umbrella limits. In any event, Contractor is fully responsible for all losses arising out of, resulting from, or connected with operations under this Contract whether or not these losses are covered by insurance. The acceptance of evidence of insurance by the OPT, named insureds, or additional insureds does not release the Contractor from compliance with the insurance requirements of the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 2 — EVIDENCE OF INSURANCE 2.01 ACCEPTABLE EVIDENCE OF INSURANCE A. Provide evidence of insurance acceptable to the Owner with the executed Contract Documents. Provide the following as evidence of insurance: 1. Certificates of Insurance on an acceptable form; 2. Riders or endorsements to policies; and 3. Policy limits and deductibles. B. Provide a list of "Additional Insureds" for each policy. C. Provide evidence that waivers of subrogation are provided on all applicable policies. D. Provide evidence of requirements for 30 days' notice before cancellation or any material change in the policy's terms and conditions, limits of coverage, or change in deductible amount. Insurance Requirements Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. [15140 007201-7 Rev 01-13-2016 2.02 CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE A. Submit Certificates of Insurance meeting the following requirements: 1. Form has been filed with and approved by the Texas Department of Insurance under Texas Insurance Code §1811.101; or 2. Form is a standard form deemed approved by the Department under Texas Insurance Code §1811.101. 3. No requirements of this Contract may be interpreted as requiring the issuance of a certificate of insurance on a certificate of insurance form that has not first been filed with and approved by the Texas Department of Insurance. B. Include the name of the Project in the description of operations box on the certificate of insurance. 2.03 INSURANCE POLICIES A. Provide a copy of insurance policies, declaration pages and endorsements, and documentation of applicable self-insured retentions and deductibles if requested by the Owner. B. Owner may require the deletion, revision, or modification of particular policy terms, conditions, limitations, or exclusions (except where policy provisions are established by Laws or Regulations binding upon either of the parties hereto or the underwriter of any such policies). Comply with these requests and submit a copy of the replacement certificate of insurance to Owner at the address provided below within 10 days of the requested change. 2.04 CONTINUING EVIDENCE OF COVERAGE A. Provide updated, revised, or new evidence of insurance in accordance this Section prior to the expiration of existing policies. B. Provide evidence of continuation of insurance coverage at final payment and for the following 3 years. 2.05 NOTICES REGARDING INSURANCE A. Submit notices regarding insurance are to be sent to the Owner at the following address: City of Corpus Christi — Engineering Attn: Construction Contract Admin. P.O. Box 9277 Corpus Christi, TX 78469-9277 B. Submit questions regarding insurance requirements to the Construction Contract Administrator by calling 361-826-3530. Insurance Requirements Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 007201-8 Rev 01-13-2016 ARTICLE 3 —TEXAS WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE REQUIRED NOTICE 3.01 WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE COVERAGE A. Definitions: 1. Certificate of coverage ("certificate") - A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self -insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC-81, TWCC-82, TWCC-83, or TWCC-84), showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the Project. 2. Duration of the Project - includes the time from the beginning of the Work on the Project until the Contractor's/person's Work on the Project has been completed and accepted by the governmental entity. 3. Persons providing services on the Project ("Subcontractor" in §406.096) - includes all persons or entities performing all or part of the services the Contractor has undertaken to perform on the Project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with the Contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner -operators, employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide services on the Project. "Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a project. "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the Project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets. B. The Contractor shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all employees of the Contractor providing services on the Project, for the duration of the Project. C. The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the governmental entity prior to being awarded the Contract. D. If the coverage period shown on the Contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project, the Contractor must, prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new certificate of coverage with the governmental entity showing that coverage has been extended. E. The Contractor shall obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the governmental entity: 1. A certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning Work on the Project, so the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the Project; and 2. No later than seven days after receipt by the Contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project. Insurance Requirements Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. [15140 007201-9 Rev 01-13-2016 F. The Contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the Project and for one year thereafter. G. The Contractor shall notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the Contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the Project. H. The Contractor shall post on each Project Site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the Project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage. I. The Contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project, to: 1. Provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all of its employees providing services on the Project, for the duration of the Project; 2. Provide to the Contractor, prior to that person beginning Work on the Project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the Project, for the duration of the Project; 3. Provide the Contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project; 4. Obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the Contractor: a. A certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning Work on the Project; and b. A new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior to the end of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project; 5. Retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the Project and for one year thereafter; 6. Notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the Project; and 7. Contractually require each person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by paragraphs (1) - (7), with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. J. By signing this Contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the Contractor is representing to the governmental entity that all employees of the Contractor who will provide services on the Project will be covered by workers' compensation coverage for the duration of the Project, that the coverage will be based Insurance Requirements 00 72 01- 10 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Rev 01-13-2016 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self- insured, with the commission's Division of Self -Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the Contractor to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions. K. The Contractor's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the Contractor which entitles the governmental entity to declare the Contract void if the Contractor does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the governmental entity. END OF SECTION Insurance Requirements Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 00 72 01-11 Rev 01-13-2016 00 72 02 WAGE RATE REQUIREMENTS ARTICLE 1— PREVAILING WAGE RATE REQUIREMENTS 1.01 PAYMENT OF PREVAILING WAGE RATES A. Contractor and any Subcontractors employed on this Project shall pay not less than the rates established by the Owner as required by Texas Government Code Chapter 2258. B. Contractor is required to pay Davis -Bacon Wage Rates. 1.02 RECORDS A. In accordance with Tex. Gov't Code §2258.024, the Contractor and its Subcontractors, if any, shall keep a record showing: 1. The name and occupation of each worker employed by the Contractor or Subcontractor in the construction of the Work; and 2. The actual per diem wages paid to each worker. B. The record shall be open at all reasonable hours to inspection by the officers and agents of the Owner. 1.03 LIABILITY; PENALTY; CRIMINAL OFFENSE A. Tex. Gov't Code §2258.003 — Liability: An officer, agent, or employee of the Owner is not liable in a civil action for any act or omission implementing or enforcing Chapter 2258 unless the action was made in bad faith. B. Tex. Gov't Code §2258.053(b) — Penalty: Any Contractor or Subcontractor who violates the requirements of Chapter 2258, shall pay to the Owner, on whose behalf the Contract is made, $60 for each worker employed or each calendar day or part of the day that the worker is paid less than the wage rates stipulated in the Contract. C. Tex. Gov't Code §2258.058 — Criminal Offense: 1. An officer, agent, or representative of the Owner commits an offense if the person willfully violates or does not comply with a provision of Chapter 2258. 2. Any Contractor or Subcontractor, or an agent or representative of the Contractor or Subcontractor, commits an offense if the person violates Tex. Gov't Code §2258.024. 3. An offense is punishable by: a. A fine not to exceed $500; b. Confinement in jail for a term not to exceed 6 months; or c. Both a fine and confinement. Wage Rate Requirements Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 007202-1 Rev 06-12-2015 1.04 PREVAILING WAGE RATES A. The minimum rates for various labor classifications as established by the Owner are shown below: Wage Determination (WD) No Construction Type Project Type TX -40 Highway Highway Construction Projects (excluding tunnels, building structures in rest area projects & railroad construction; bascule, suspension & spandrel arch bridges designed for commercial navigation, bridges involving marine construction; and other major bridges). END OF SECTION Wage Rate Requirements Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 007202-2 Rev 06-12-2015 00 72 03 MINORITY / MBE / DBE PARTICIPATION POLICY ARTICLE 1— PARTICIPATION POLICY 1.01 POLICY A. It is the policy of the City of Corpus Christi that maximum opportunity is afforded minorities, women, and Minority Business Enterprises (MBE) to participate in the performance of contracts awarded by the City of Corpus Christi in support of Equal Employment Opportunity goals and objectives of the Affirmative Action Policy Statement of the City dated October 1989, and any amendments thereto. In accordance with such policy, the City has established goals, as stated herein, both for minority and female participation by trade and for Minority Business Enterprise. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Prime Contractor: Any person, firm, partnership, corporation, association, or joint venture as herein provided which has been awarded a City contract. B. Subcontractor: Any named person, firm, partnership, corporation, association, or joint venture as herein identified as providing work, labor, services, supplies, equipment, materials, or any combination of the foregoing under contract with a prime contractor on a City contract. C. Minority Business Enterprise: A business enterprise that is owned and controlled by one or more minority person(s). Minority person(s) must collectively own, operate and/or actively manage, and share in payments from such an enterprise in the manner hereinafter set forth: 1. Owned: a. For a sole proprietorship to be deemed a minority business enterprise, it must be owned by a minority person. b. For an enterprise doing business as a partnership, at least 51 percent of the assets or interest in the partnership property must be owned by one or more minority person(s). c. For an enterprise doing business as a corporation, at least 51 percent of the assets or interest in the corporate shares must be owned by one or more minority person(s). 2. Controlled: a. The primary power, direct or indirect, to manage a business enterprise rests with a minority person(s). 3. Share in Payments: a. Minority partners, proprietors, or stockholders of the business enterprise, must be entitled to receive 51 percent or more of the total profits, bonuses, dividends, interest payments, commissions, consulting fees, rents, procurement, and subcontract payments, and any other monetary distribution paid by the business enterprise. Minority / MBE / DBE Participation Policy Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. [15140 007203-1 Rev 01-13-2016 D. Minority: Minority persons include Blacks, Mexican -Americans and other persons of Hispanic origin, American Indians, Alaskan Natives, and Asians or Pacific Islanders. For the purposes of this policy, women are also considered as minorities. E. Female Owned Business Enterprise: A sole proprietorship that is owned and controlled by a woman, a partnership at least 51 percent of whose assets or partnership interests are owned by one or more women, or a corporation at least 51 percent of whose assets or interests in the corporate shares are owned by one or more women. F. Joint Venture: A joint venture means an association of two or more persons, partnerships, corporations, or any combination thereof, founded to carry on a single business activity which is limited in scope and direction. The degree to which a joint venture may satisfy the stated MBE goal cannot exceed the proportionate interest of the MBE as a member of the joint venture in the Work to be performed by the joint venture. For example, a joint venture which is to perform 50 percent of the Work itself and in which a minority joint venture partner has a 50 percent interest, shall be deemed equivalent to having minority participation in 25 percent of the Work. Minority members of the joint venture must have financial, managerial, or technical skills in the Work to be performed by the joint venture. 1.03 GOALS A. The goals for participation by minorities and Minority Business Enterprises expressed in percentage terms for the Contractor's aggregate work force on all construction Work for the Contract award shall be as specified in SECTION 00 21 13 INVITATION TO BID AND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS. B. These goals are applicable to all the construction work (regardless of federal participation) performed in the Contract, including approved Change Orders. The hours of minority employment must be substantially uniform throughout the length of the Contract and in each trade. The transfer of minority employees from Contractor to Contractor or from project to project for the sole purpose of meeting the Contractor's percentage is prohibited. 1.04 COMPLIANCE A. Upon completion of the Project, a final breakdown of MBE participation, substantiated by copies of paid invoices, shall be submitted by the Contractor to the City Engineer. B. Make bi-weekly payroll submittals to the City Engineer. The Contractor is to indicate the percent of minority and female participation, by trade, which has been utilized on the Project. Along with the request for final payment on the Project, the Contractor will indicate, in writing, the overall participation in these areas which have been achieved. The City Engineer may withhold monthly or final payments to the Contractor for failure to submit bi- weekly payrolls in a timely fashion or to submit overall participation information as required. END OF SECTION Minority / MBE / DBE Participation Policy Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 007203-2 Rev 01-13-2016 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS These Supplementary Conditions amend or supplement SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS and other provisions of the Contract Documents. All provisions not amended or supplemented in these Supplementary Conditions remain in effect. The terms used in these Supplementary Conditions have the meanings stated in the General Conditions. Additional terms used in these Supplementary Conditions have the meanings stated below. ARTICLE 1— DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY SC -1.01 DEFINED TERMS A. The members of the OPT as defined in Paragraph 1.01.A.41 consists of the following organizations: City of Corpus Christi, Texas Coym, Rehmet & Gutierrez Engineering, L.P. B. The following entities, along with the members of the OPT, are to be named as an additional insured on all insurance policies, except workers compensation insurance and the Contractor's professional liability insurance. Coym, Rehmet & Gutierrez Engineering, L.P. ARTICLE 4 — COMMENCEMENT AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK SC -4.04 DELAYS IN CONTRACTOR'S PROGRESS A. The allocation for delays in the Contractor's progress for rain days as set forth in General Conditions Paragraph 4.04.D are to be determined as follows: 1. Include rain days in developing the schedule for construction. Schedule construction so that the Work will be completed within the Contract Times assuming that these rain days will occur. Incorporate residual impacts following rain days such as limited access to and within the Site, inability to work due to wet or muddy Site conditions, delays in delivery of equipment and materials, and other impacts related to rain days when developing the schedule for construction. Include all costs associated with these rain days and residual impacts in the Contract Price. 2. A rain day is defined as any day in which the amount of rain measured by the National Weather Services at the Power Street Stormwater Pump Station is 0.50 inch or greater. Records indicate the following average number of rain days for each month: Supplementary Conditions Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. [15140 00 73 00 - 1 11-25-2013 Month Day Month Days January 3 July 3 February 3 August 4 March 2 September 7 April 3 October 4 May 4 November 3 June 4 December 3 3. A total of 50 rain days have been set for each portion of this Project. An extension of time due to rain days will be considered only after 50 rain days have been exceeded in a calendar year and the OAR has determined that a detrimental impact to the construction schedule resulted from the excessive rainfall. Rain days are to be incorporated into the schedule and unused rain days will be considered float time which may be consumed by the Owner or Contractor in delay claims. ARTICLE 5 — AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE C ONDITIONS AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS SC -5.03 SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS A. No reports of explorations or tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site, or drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site, are known to Owner. SC -5.06 HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS AT SITE A. No reports of explorations or tests for Hazardous Environmental Conditions at or contiguous to the Site are known to Owner." ARTICLE 7 — CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES SC -7.04 CONCERNING SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS, AND OTHERS A. Add the following sentence to the end of Paragraph 7.04.A: "The Contractor must perform at least 50 percent of the Work, measured as a percentage of the Contract Price, using its own employees." END OF SECTION Supplementary Conditions Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 007300-2 11-25-2013 01 11 00 SUMMARY OF WORK 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Construct Work as described in the Contract Documents. 1. Provide the materials, equipment, and incidentals required to make the Project completely and fully useable. 2. Provide the labor, equipment, tools, and consumable supplies required for a complete Project. 3. The Contract Documents do not indicate or describe all of the Work required to complete the Project. Additional details required for the correct installation of selected products are to be provided by the Contractor and coordinated with the OAR. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work is described in general, non-inclusive terms as: 1. This project is part of the Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program Year 3 program that provides for the implementation of the citywide SPMP, consisting of hot -mix asphalt overlays and seal coats for selected Year 2 and Year 3 arterial, collector and local (residential) streets. THIS CONTRACT IS FOR SEAL COATS ONLY. Three (3) delivery orders will be issued for each of three (3) designated areas, for a total of nine (9) delivery orders. Three Base Bid Schedules, included in this single bid invitation, are for three (3) designated areas within the city limits as follows: Base Bid Part 1 (West), Base Bid Part 2 (Central) and Base Bid Part 3 (East). This project is an IDIQ construction contract to perform seal coat improvements throughout the City, including minor utility manhole ring & cover and valve cover adjustments. The Work will be issued in individual work orders called "Delivery Orders" that provide specific scope and requirements. The City intends to award this contract for an initial one- year/12-month period, with the option to administratively renew for two (2) additional one-year/12-month periods. The City's Department of Engineering Services will determine whether to exercise an option to renew based on the Contractor's successful performance of the work on all Delivery Orders, the recommendation of the City's Design Engineer, Construction Management & Inspection Team, approval by the City's Director of Engineering Services, and the concurrence of the Contractor. The contract allows for a City -approved economic adjustment to apply to a renewal period if, based upon published cost -of - construction indices acceptable to the City. The three Base Bid, bid schedules, under this single bid invitation, include items of work across three (3) areas of the City — Base Bid Part 1 (West), Base Bid Part 2 (Central) and Base Bid Part 3 (East). The City intends to award Base Bid Part 1 (West), to the lowest responsible bidder, award the Base Bid Part 2 (Central) to the lowest responsible bidder, and award the Base Bid Part 3 (East) to the lowest responsible bidder. the same bidder submits the lowest bid from multiple parts, the bidder must demonstrate sufficient capacity and resources to perform all parts Summary of Work Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 011100-1 Rev 01-13-2016 simultaneously in accordance with the Contract Documents. This includes sufficient crews and equipment for each Part to be considered for award. The City will determine satisfactory capacity, and if, the award of multiple parts to one contractor is in the best interest of the City. If the contractor only qualifies for one part, the award of the lowest of the multiple bid will be awarded, and the other parts awarded to the next lowest bidder. 1.03 WORK UNDER OTHER CONTRACTS B. The following items of work are not included in this Contract, but may impact construction scheduling and completion: 1. NONE C. In the case of a disagreement between the above list and those specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents, the Contractor is to base his Proposal on the most expensive listing. D. Completion of the Work described in this Contract may impact the construction and testing of the items listed above. 1. Coordinate construction activities through the OAR. 2. Pay claims for damages which result from the late completion of the Project or any specified Milestones. 1.04 WORK BY OWNER E. The Owner plans to perform the following items of work which are not included in this Contract, but may impact the construction scheduling and completion: 1. NONE F. Completion of the Work described in this Contract may impact the construction of the items listed above. 1. Coordinate construction activities through the OAR. 2. Pay claims for damages which result from the late completion of the Project or any specified Milestones. G. Owner will provide normal operation and maintenance of the existing facilities during construction, unless otherwise stated. 1.05 CONSTRUCTION OF UTILITIES H. Pay for temporary power, including but not limited to construction cost, meter connection fees, and permits. 1.06 USE PRIOR TO FINAL COMPLETION I. Owner has the right to use or operate any portion of the Project that is ready for use after notifying the Contractor of its intent to do so. J. The execution of Bonds is understood to indicate the consent of the surety to these provisions for use of the Project. Summary of Work Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 011100-2 Rev 01-13-2016 K. Provide an endorsement from the insurance carrier permitting use of Project during the remaining period of construction. L. Conduct operations to insure the least inconvenience to the Owner and general public. 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Summary of Work Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 011100-3 Rev 01-13-2016 01 23 10 ALTERNATES AND ALLOWANCES 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS A. Alternates: NONE B. Allowances: For Unanticipated Adjustments 1. Include specified allowance amount in the Contract Price. 2. Use of Allowances shall be in accordance with paragraphs A, B and C in Section 13.02 titled Allowances of Article 13 in the General Conditions. To the greatest extent, use of Allowances will require the use of pre -determined unit prices, included in the Bid Form. 1.02 DOCUMENT SUBMITTALS N/A 1.03 DESCRIPTION OF ALTERNATES N/A 1.04 DESCRIPTION OF ALLOWANCES BASE BID PART 1 (WEST) A. Allowance A - Unanticipated General Improvements: 1. The sum of $5,000 to be used for the purchase of Unanticipated General Improvements. B. Allowance B - Unanticipated Street Improvements: 1. The sum of $15,000 to be used for the purchase of Unanticipated Street Improvements. C. Allowance C - Unanticipated Concrete Improvements: 1. The sum of $1,500 to be used for the purchase of Unanticipated Concrete Improvements. D. Allowance D - Unanticipated Wastewater, Water and Stormwater Improvements: 1. The sum of $2,500 to be used for the purchase of Unanticipated Wastewater, Water and Stormwater Improvements. 1.05 DESCRIPTION OF ALLOWANCES BASE BID PART 2 (CENTRAL) A. Allowance A - Unanticipated General Improvements: 1. The sum of $5,000 to be used for the purchase of Unanticipated General Improvements. B. Allowance B - Unanticipated Street Improvements: 1. The sum of $15,000 to be used for the purchase of Unanticipated Street Improvements. Alternates and Allowances Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 012310-1 11-25-2013 C. Allowance C - Unanticipated Concrete Improvements: 1. The sum of $1,500 to be used for the purchase of Unanticipated Concrete Improvements. D. Allowance D - Unanticipated Wastewater, Water and Stormwater Improvements: 1. The sum of $2,500 to be used for the purchase of Unanticipated Wastewater, Water and Stormwater Improvements. 1.06 DESCRIPTION OF ALLOWANCES BASE BID PART 3 (EAST) A. Allowance A Unanticipated General Improvements: 1. The sum of $5,000 to be used for the purchase of Unanticipated General Improvements. B. Allowance B - Unanticipated Street Improvements: 1. The sum of $15,000 to be used for the purchase of Unanticipated Street Improvements. C. Allowance C - Unanticipated Concrete Improvements: 1. The sum of $1,500 to be used for the purchase of Unanticipated Concrete Improvements. D. Allowance D - Unanticipated Wastewater, Water and Stormwater Improvements: 1. The sum of $2,500 to be used for the purchase of Unanticipated Wastewater, Water and Stormwater Improvements. 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Alternates and Allowances Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 012310-2 11-25-2013 01 29 00 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT PROCEDURES 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Submit Applications for Payment for completed Work and for materials and equipment in accordance with the General Conditions, the Supplementary Conditions, the Agreement, and this Section. The Contract Price is to include costs for: 1. Providing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents; 2. Installing Owner furnished equipment and materials; 3. Providing Work for Alternates and Allowances; 4. Commissioning, start-up, training and initial maintenance and operation; 5. Acceptance testing in manufacturer's facilities or on Site; 6. All home office overhead costs and expenses, including profit made directly or indirectly for the Project; 7. Project management, Contract administration, field office, and field operations staff, including supervision, clerical support, and technology system support; 8. Professional services including design fees, legal fees, and other professional services; 9. Bonds and insurance; 10. Permits, licenses, patent fees, and royalties; 11. Taxes; 12. Providing all documents and Samples required by the Contract Documents; 13. Facilities and equipment at the Site including: a. Field offices, office furnishings, and all related office supplies, software, and equipment, b. Storage facilities for Contractor's use, storage facilities for stored materials and equipment, including spare parts storage, c. Shops, physical plant, construction equipment, small tools, vehicles, technology and telecommunications equipment, d. Safety equipment and facilities to provide safe access and working conditions for workers and for others working at the Site, e. Temporary facilities for power and communications, f. Potable water and sanitation facilities, and g. Mobilization and demobilization for all of these facilities and equipment; 14. Products, materials, and equipment stored at the Site or other suitable location; 15. Products, materials, and equipment permanently incorporated into the Project; Application for Payment Procedures Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP)Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. [15140 012900-1 03-11-2015 16. Temporary facilities for managing water, including facilities for pumping, storage, and treatment as required for construction and protection of the environment; 17. Temporary facilities for managing environment conditions and Constituents of Concern; 18. Temporary facilities such as sheeting, shoring, bracing, formwork, embankments, storage facilities, working areas, and other facilities required for construction of the Project; 19. Temporary and permanent facilities for protection of all overhead, surface, or underground structures or features; 20. Temporary and permanent facilities for removal, relocation, or replacement of any overhead, surface, or underground structures or features; 21. Products, materials, and equipment consumed during the construction of the Project; 22. Contractor labor and supervision to complete the Project, including that provided through Subcontractors or Suppliers; 23. Correcting Defective Work during the Contract Times, during the Correction Period, or as required to meet any warranty provision of the Contract Documents; 24. Risk associated with weather and environmental conditions, start-up, and initial operation of facilities including equipment, processes, and systems; 25. Contractor's safety programs, including management, administration, and training; 26. Maintenance of facilities, including equipment, processes, and systems until operation is transferred to Owner; 27. Providing warranties, extended or special warranties, or extended service agreements; 28. Cleanup and disposal of any and all surplus materials; and 29. Demobilization of all physical, temporary facilities not incorporated into the Project. B. Include the cost not specifically set forth as an individual payment item but required to provide a complete and functional system in the Contract Price. C. Provide written approval of the surety company providing Bonds for the Schedule of Values, Application for Payment form, and method of payment prior to submitting the first Application for Payment. Submit approval using the Consent of Surety Company to Payment Procedures form provided. Payment will not be made without this approval. D. OAR may withhold processing Applications for Payment if any of the following processes or documentation are not up to date: 1. Progress Schedule per SECTION 01 33 04 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE. 2. Project photographs per SECTION 01 33 05 VIDEO AND PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION. 3. Record Documents per SECTION 01 31 13 PROJECT COORDINATION. 4. Documentation required to comply with Owner's Minority / MBE / DBE Participation Policy. Application for Payment Procedures Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP)Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 012900-2 03-11-2015 1.02 SCHEDULE OF VALUES (N/A) A. Submit a detailed Schedule of Values for the Work at least 10 days prior to submitting the first Application for Payment. B. Submit the Schedule of Values in the form for Attachment A - Tabulation of Earned Value of Original Contract Performed. C. Do not submit an Application for Payment until the Schedule of Values has been approved by the OAR. D. Use each unit price line item in the Agreement as a unit price line item in the Schedule of Values. E. Divide lump sum line items, including Subcontractor and Supplier amounts in the Schedule of Values into smaller components to allow more accurate determination of the earned value for each item. 1. Provide adequate detail to allow a more accurate determination of the earned value expressed as a percentage of Work completed for each item. 2. Line items may not exceed $50,000.00, unless they are for products, materials, or equipment permanently incorporated into the Project that cannot be subdivided into units or subassemblies. 3. Lump sum items may be divided into an estimated number of units to determine earned value. a. The estimated number of units times the cost per unit must equal the lump sum amount for that line item. b. Contractor will receive payment for the lump sum for the line item, regardless of the number of units installed, unless an adjustment is made by Change Order. 4. Include Contractor's overhead and profit in each line item in proportion to the value of the line item to the Contract Price. 5. Include the cost not specifically set forth as an individual payment item but required to provide a complete and functional system in the Contract Price for each item. 6. These line items may be used to establish the value of Work to be added or deleted from the Project. 7. The sum of all values listed in the schedule must equal the total Contract Price. F. Subdivide each line item in the Schedule of Values into two payment components. The first component is the direct cost for products, materials, and equipment permanently incorporated into the Project. The second component is all other cost associated with the item in the Agreement. The sum of the two components must equal the value of the line item in the Schedule of Values. G. Where a percentage of the line value is allowed for a specified stage of completion, show the value for each stage of completion as a component of that line item cost. Application for Payment Procedures Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP)Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 012900-3 03-11-2015 1.03 SCHEDULE OF ANTICIPATED PAYMENTS AND EARNED VALUE A. Submit a schedule of the anticipated Application for Payments showing the application numbers, submission dates, and the anticipated amount to be requested. Incorporate retainage into the development of this schedule of anticipated payments. B. Submit a tabulation of the anticipated Total Earned Value of Fees, Work, and Materials to create a graphic (curve) representation of the anticipated progress on the Project each month. Adjust this table and curve to incorporate Modifications. Use this curve to compare actual progress on the Project each month by comparing the anticipated cumulative Total Earned Value of Fees, Work, and Materials to the actual Total Earned Value of Fees, Work, and Materials each month. Use the comparison of values to determine performance on budget and schedule. C. Update the Schedule of Payments as necessary to provide a reasonably accurate indication of the funds required to make payments each month to the Contractor for Work performed. 1.04 BASIS FOR PAYMENTS A. Lump Sum Contracts: 1. Payment will be made for the earned value of Work completed during the payment period expressed as a percentage of Work completed for each line item during the payment period per the Contract Documents. 2. Payment amount is the value of Work completed per the Contract Documents multiplied by the percentage of Work completed. 3. Payment for lump sum items divided into an estimated number of units to determine earned value per Paragraph 1.02.E.3 will be made for the measured number of units. 4. Payment for stored materials and equipment will be made per Paragraph 1.05. B. Unit Price Contracts: 1. Payment will be made for the actual quantity of Work completed during the payment period and for materials and equipment stored during the payment period per the Contract Documents. a. Payment amount is the Work quantity measured per the Contract Documents multiplied by the unit prices for that line item in the Agreement. b. Payment for stored materials and equipment will be made per Paragraph 1.05. 2. Measure the Work described in the Agreement for payment. Payment will be made only for the actual measured and/or computed length, area, solid contents, number, and weight, unless other provisions are made in the Contract Documents. Payment on a unit price basis will not be made for Work outside finished dimensions shown in the Contract Documents. Include cost for waste, overages, and tolerances in the unit price for that line item. 1.05 PAYMENT FOR STORED MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Store materials and equipment properly at the Site. Application for Payment Procedures Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP)Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 01 29 00 - 4 03-11-2015 1. Payment will be made for the invoice amount less the specified retainage. 2. Payment for materials and equipment show in the Application for Payment on Attachment A or Attachment B - Tabulation of Work on Approved Contract Modifications will be made for the invoice amount, up to the value show in the Schedule of Values for that line item. Costs for material and equipment in excess of the value shown in the Schedule of Values may not be added to other line items. 3. Payment will be made in full for the value shown in the line item for products and materials if invoices for materials and equipment are less than the amount shown in the line item and it can be demonstrated that no additional materials or equipment are required to complete Work described in that item. 4. Provide invoices at the time materials are included on Attachment D - Tabulation of Values for Materials and Equipment. Include invoice numbers on Attachment D so that a comparison can be made between invoices and amounts included on Attachment D. B. Provide a bill of sale, invoice, or other documentation warranting that Owner has received the materials and equipment free and clear of Liens. Provide documentation of payment for materials and equipment with the next Application for Payment. Adjust payment to the amount actually paid if this differs from the invoice amount. Remove items from the tabulation of materials and equipment if this documentation is not provided. Payment will not be made for material and equipment without documentation of payment. C. Contractors can be paid for non-perishable materials on hand stored at the site, provided that invoices are furnished to the City for verification of the material value; and provide documents, satisfactory to the City, that show that the material supplier has been paid for the materials delivered to the work site. D. Provide evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate property insurance or other arrangements to protect Owner's interest. E. The Work covered by progress payments becomes the property of the Owner at the time of payment. The Contractor's obligations with regard to proper care and maintenance, insurance, and other requirements are not changed by this transfer of ownership until accepted in accordance with the General Conditions. F. Payment for materials and equipment does not constitute acceptance of the product. 1.06 ALTERNATES AND ALLOWANCES A. Include amounts for specified Alternate Work in the Agreement in accordance with SECTION 01 23 10 ALTERNATES AND ALLOWANCES. B. Include amounts for specified Contingency Allowance in the Agreement in accordance with SECTION 01 23 10 ALTERNATES AND ALLOWANCES. 1.07 RETAINAGE AND SET -OFFS A. Retainage will be withheld from each Application for Payment per the Agreement. Retainage will be released per the General Conditions. B. Reduce payments for set -offs per the General Conditions. Include Attachment C —Tabulation of Set -Offs in the Application for Payment. Application for Payment Procedures 01 29 00 - 5 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP)Year 3 03-11-2015 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 1.08 PROCEDURES FOR SUBMITTING AN APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT A. Submit a draft Application for Payment to the OAR each month at least 20 days before the date established in the Agreement for Owner to make progress payments. Do not submit Applications for Payment more often than monthly. Review the draft Application for Payment with the OAR to determine concurrence with: 1. The earned value for each lump sum item including the value of properly stored and documented materials and equipment for each item in the original Contract. 2. The quantity of Work completed for each unit price item. 3. Set -offs included in the Application for Payment. 4. Values requested for materials and equipment consistent with invoices for materials and equipment. B. Submit Applications for Payment monthly through the OAR after agreement has been reached on the draft Application for Payment. 1. Number each application sequentially and include the dates for the application period. 2. Show the total amounts for earned value of original Contract performed, earned value for Work on approved Contract Amendments and Change Orders, retainage, and set- offs. Show total amounts that correspond to totals indicated on the attached tabulation for each. 3. Include Attachment A to show the earned value on each line item in the Schedule of Values for Work shown in the original Contract. 4. Include Attachment B to show the earned value on line item for approved Change Orders. Add items to Attachment B as Change Orders are approved. Change Orders must be approved before payment can be made on Change Order items. 5. Include Attachment C to document set -offs required per the Contract Documents. Show each set-off as it is applied. Show a corresponding line item to reduce the Set off amount if a payment held by a set-off is released for payment. 6. Include Attachment D to allow tracking of invoices used to support amounts requested as materials in Attachments A and B. Enter materials to show the amount of the invoice assigned to each item in Attachment A or B if an invoice includes materials used on several line items. 7. Complete the certification stating that all Work, including materials and equipment, covered by this Application for Payment have been completed or delivered and stored in accordance with the Contract Documents, that all amounts have been paid for Work, materials, and equipment for which previous payments have been made by the Owner, and that the current payment amount shown in this Application for Payment is now due. C. Submit attachments in Portable Document Format (PDF): 1. Generate attachments to the Application for Payment using the Excel spreadsheet provided. Application for Payment Procedures Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP)Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 012900-6 03-11-2015 2. Submit PDF documents with adequate resolution to allow documents to be printed in a format equivalent to the document original. Documents are to be scalable to allow printing on standard 8-1/2 x 11 or 11 x 17 paper. 1.09 RESPONSIBILITY OF OWNER'S AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE A. OAR will review draft Application for Payment with Contractor to reach an agreement on the values that will be recommended for payment by the OAR. B. OAR will review Application for Payment submitted by Contractor to determine that the Application for Payment has been properly submitted and is in accordance with the agreed to draft Application for Payment. C. OAR is to either recommend payment of the Application for Payment to Owner or notify the Contractor of the OPT's reasons for not recommending payment. Contractor may make necessary corrections and resubmit the Application for Payment if it is not recommended within 10 days after receipt of the notice. OAR will review resubmitted Application for Payment and reject or recommend payment of the Application for Payment to Owner as appropriate. D. OAR's recommendation of the Application for Payment constitutes a representation by OPT that based on their experience and the information available: 1. The Work has progressed to the point indicated; 2. The quality of the Work is generally in accordance with the Contract Documents; and 3. Requirements prerequisite to payment have been met. E. This representation is subject to: 1. Further evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole; 2. The results of subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents; or 3. Any other qualifications stated in the recommendation. F. OPT does not represent by recommending payment: 1. Inspections made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work as it has been performed have been exhaustive, extended to every aspect of the Work in progress, or involved detailed inspections of the Work; or 2. Other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle Contractor to additional compensation or entitle Owner to withhold payment to Contractor may or may not exist. G. Neither OPT's review of Contractor's Work for the purposes of recommending payments nor OAR's recommendation of payment imposes responsibility on OPT: 1. To supervise, direct, or control the Work; 2. For the means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or safety precautions and programs; 3. For Contractor's failure to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to Contractor's performance of the Work; Application for Payment Procedures Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP)Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 012900-7 03-11-2015 4. To make examinations to ascertain how or for what purposes Contractor has used the monies paid on account of the Contract Price; or 5. To determine that title to the Work, materials, or equipment has passed to Owner free and clear of Liens. 1.10 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT A. Include adjustments to the Contract Price in the final Application for Payment for: 1. Approved Change Orders and Contract Amendments, 2. Allowances not previously adjusted by Change Order, 3. Deductions for Defective Work that has been accepted by the Owner, 4. Penalties and bonuses, 5. Deductions for liquidated damages, 6. Deduction for all final set -offs, and 7. Other adjustments if needed. B. OAR will prepare a final Change Order reflecting the approved adjustments to the Contract Price which have not been covered by previously approved Change Orders and if necessary reconcile estimate unit price quantities with actual quantities. C. Submit the final Application for Payment per the General Conditions, including the final Change Order. Provide the following with the Final Application for Payment: 1. Evidence of payment or release of liens on the forms provided and as required by the General Conditions. 2. Consent from Surety to Final Payment. 1.11 PAYMENT BY OWNER A. Owner is to pay the amount recommended for monthly payments within 30 days after receipt of the OAR's recommended Application for Payment. 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Application for Payment Procedures Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP)Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 012900-8 03-11-2015 01 29 01 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENT 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENTS ON LUMP SUM ITEMS A. Include all cost for completing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents for lump sum payment items. Include all direct cost for the Work associated with that lump sum item and a proportionate amount for the indirect costs as described in SECTION 01 29 00 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT PROCEDURES for each lump sum item. Include cost not specifically set forth as an individual payment item but required to provide a complete and functional system in the lump sum price. B. Measurement for progress payments will be made on the basis of the earned value for each item shown as a percentage of the cost for the lump sum item as described in SECTION 01 29 00 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT PROCEDURES. Payment at Final Completion will be equal to the total lump sum amount for that item. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENTS ON UNIT PRICE ITEMS A. Include all cost for completing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents in unit price payment items. Include all direct cost for the Work associated with that unit price item and a proportionate amount for the indirect costs as described in SECTION 01 29 00 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT PROCEDURES for each unit price item. Include cost not specifically set forth as an individual payment item but required to provide a complete and functional system in the unit price. B. Measurement for payments will be made only for the actual measured and/or computed length, area, solid contents, number, and weight, unless other provisions are made in the Contract Documents. Payment on a unit price basis will not be made for Work outside finished dimensions shown in the Contract Documents. Include cost for waste, overages, and tolerances in the unit price for that line item. Measurement will be as indicated for each unit price item. 1.03 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENT FOR BASE BID ITEMS Base Bid Part 1 (West) A. Bid Item Al — Mobilization: 1. Include the following costs in this Bid item: a. Bonds and insurance; b. Transportation and setup for equipment; c. Transportation and/or erection of all field offices, sheds, and storage facilities; d. Salaries for preparation of documents required before the first Application for Payment; e. Salaries for field personnel assigned to the Project related to the mobilization of the Project; Measurement and Basis for Payment Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 012901-1 Rev 01-13-2016 f. Demobilization; and g. Mobilization may not exceed 5 percent of the total Contract Price. 2. Measuring for payment is on a lump sum basis. Payment for mobilization will be based on the earned value of Work completed. Bid Item A2 — Traffic Control and SWPPP, Residential Streets, set-up, maintenance and removal, per residential street: 1. Payment will be made at the unit bid price for Traffic Control and SWPPP, Residential Streets, and will include all costs of materials, labor, and equipment associated with the set-up, maintenance and removal and cleanup of traffic control and SWPPP items. 2. This item will be measured per each street. Bid Item A3 — Traffic Control and SWPPP, Collector Streets; set-up; maintenance and removal, per collector street: 1 Payment will be made at the unit bid price for Traffic Control and SWPPP, Collector Street, and will include all costs of materials, labor, and equipment associated with the set-up, maintenance and removal and cleanup of traffic control items. 2. This item will be measured per each street. Bid Item A4 — Traffic Control and SWPPP, Arterial Streets; setup, maintenance and removal, per arterial street: 1. Payment will be made at the unit bid price for Traffic Control and SWPPP, Arterial Street, and will include all costs of materials, labor, and equipment associated with the set-up, maintenance and removal and cleanup of traffic control items. 2. This item will be measured per each street. Bid Item A5 — Ozone Days: 1. Payment will be made based on the number of declared Ozone Days activated times the bid unit cost per day, and will include all costs including but not limited to labor, materials, and equipment. 2. This item will be measured as the number of days declared by the City of Corpus Christi as ozone days where the Contractor is not allowed to conduct certain activities identified elsewhere in the Contract. Bid Item A6— Pavement Marking, Reflectorized Thermoplastic, Type 1, 90 Mill Thickness (W) (8") (Solid), with all surface preparation, application, etc.: 1. Payment will be made at the unit price bid for Pavement Marking, Reflectorized Thermoplastic, Type 1, 90 Mill Thickness (W) (8") (Solid). 2. This item will be measured by the linear foot of in-place markings. Bid Item A7 — Pavement Marking, Reflectorized Thermoplastic, Type 1, 90 Mill Thickness (W) (4") (Solid), with all surface preparation, application, etc.: 1. Payment will be made at the unit price bid for Pavement Marking, Reflectorized Thermoplastic, Type 1, 90 Mill Thickness (W) (4") (Solid). Measurement and Basis for Payment Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 012901-2 Rev 01-13-2016 2. This item will be measured by the linear foot of in-place markings. Bid item A8— Pavement Marking, Reflectorized Thermoplastic, Type 1, 90 Mill Thickness (W) (4") (Broken), with all surface preparation, application, etc.: 1. Payment will be made at the unit price bid for Pavement Marking, Reflectorized Thermoplastic, Type 1, 90 Mill Thickness (W) (4") (Broken). 2. This item will be measured by the linear foot of in-place markings. Bid Item A9 — Pavement Marking, Reflectorized Thermoplastic, Type 1, 90 Mill Thickness (Y) (4") (Solid), with all surface preparation, application, etc.: 1. Payment will be made at the unit price bid for Pavement Marking, Reflectorized Thermoplastic, Type 1, 90 Mill Thickness (Y) (4") (Solid). 2. This item will be measured by the linear foot of in-place markings. Bid Item A10 — Pavement Marking, Reflectorized Thermoplastic, Type 1, 90 Mill Thickness (Y) (4") (Broken), with all surface preparation, application, etc.: 1. Payment will be made at the unit price bid for Pavement Marking, Reflectorized Thermoplastic, Type 1, 90 Mill Thickness (Y) (4") (Broken). 2. This item will be measured by the linear foot of in-place markings. Bid Item All — Raised Pavement Markers (Reflectorized), Type IC, IIAA, or IIC-R, as applicable with all surface preparation, application, etc.: 1. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item will be paid for at the unit price bid for Raised Pavement Markers (Reflectorized), Type IC, IIAA, or IIC-R. This price is full compensation for removing existing markers; furnishing and installing raised pavement markers; and equipment, materials, labor, tools, and incidentals. 2. This item will be measured by each raised pavement marker. Bid Item Al2 — Speed Humps, Marked with Thermoplastic, Type C, with no Preheating or Asphalt Required, 125 Mill, with all surface preparation, application, etc.: 1. Payment for this item will be made at unit price bid for Speed Humps, Marked with Thermoplastic, Type C, with no Preheating or Asphalt Required, 125 Mill for width of street at 24 feet. Street humps with greater width will be paid for at a prorated price, and will include all labor, material, equipment, and incidentals. 2. This item will be measured by each speed hump in place. Bid Item A13 — Pavement Markings (White 24" "Stop Bar" Markings), with all surface preparation, application, etc.: 1. Payment for this item will be made at unit price bid Pavement Markings (White "Stop Bar" Markings) and will include all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals. 2. This item will be measured by the linear foot of 24" (W) "Stop Bar" markings. Measurement and Basis for Payment Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. [15140 012901-3 Rev 01-13-2016 Bid Item A14 — Pavement Markings (Crosswalk Markings), (total width of crosswalk) with all surface preparation, application, etc.: 1. Payment for this item will be made at unit price bid Pavement Markings (Crosswalk Markings) (total width of Crosswalk) and will include all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals. 2. This item will be measured by the linear foot of total width of Crosswalk markings, complete in place. Bid Item A15 — Pavement Markings White "ONLY", with all surface preparation, application, etc.: 1. Payment for this item will be made by unit bid price for Pavement Markings White "ONLY" and will include all material, labor, equipment, and incidentals. 2. This item will be measured by the linear foot. Bid Item A16 — Pavement Markings White Turn Arrow Markings (Right, Left, Straight), with all surface preparation, application, etc.: 1. Payment for this item will be made by unit bid price for Pavement Markings White Turn Arrow Markings (Right, Left, Straight), and will include all material, labor, equipment, and incidentals. 2. This item will be measured by the linear foot. Bid Item A17 — Curb Painting (Yellow No -Parking Zone), with all surface preparation, applications, etc.: 1. Payment for this item will be made by unit bid price for Curb Painting (Yellow No -Parking Zone) and will include all material, labor, equipment, and incidentals. 2. This item will be measured by the linear foot. Bid Item A18 — Curb Painting (Red Fire Zone), with all surface preparation, applications, etc.: 1. Payment for this item will be made by unit bid price for Curb Painting (Red Fire Zone) and will include all material, labor, equipment, and incidentals. 2. This item will be measured by the hour the Profilograph machine is utilized. Bid Item A19 — Computerized Profilograph Services to include street surface evaluations with calibrated vehicle and equipment and approved reports: 1. Payment will be made at the unit price bid for Computerized Profilograph Services for each hour the machine is utilized, including mobilization and demobilization and will include all costs for labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals, and for preparation of a written report. 2. This item will be measured by the hour the Profilograph machine is utilized. Bid Item A20 — Landscape Improvements, including 4" clean top soil, sod, excavation, backfill, compaction, with established growth: 1. This item will be paid by the unit bid price for Landscape Improvements and will include compensation for all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals. Measurement and Basis for Payment Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 012901-4 Rev 01-13-2016 2. This item will be measured by the square yard. Bid Item A21 — Door Hangers, delivered to the business and residences (two each): 1. This item will be paid by the unit price for Door Hangers and will include compensation for all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals. 2. This item will be measured by the lump sum. Bid Item A22 — Type 1 Self -Supported Temporary Sediment Control Fence, maintained and removed: 1. This item will be paid by the unit price for Type 1 Self -Supported Temporary Sediment Control Fence and will include compensation for all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals. 2. This item will be measured by the linear foot. Bid Item A23 — Temporary Erosion Control Log, maintained and removed: 1. This item will be paid by the unit price for Temporary Erosion Control Log, maintained and removed and will include compensation for all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals. 2. This item will be measured by each. Bid Item A24 — Street Sweeping, per curb mile: 1. This item will be paid by the unit price for Street Sweeping and will include compensation for all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals. 2. This item will be measured by the curb mile. Bid Item A25 — Allowance for Unanticipated General Improvements: 1. Allowances for Unanticipated General Improvements will be paid for based on the Contractor's proposal for performing the items directed by the Engineer, and will include all labor materials, equipment, and any other costs associated with such directive. 2. This item will be measures by lump sum according to the directive of the Engineer. B. Bid Item B1 — TX5-475 Triaxial Geogrid, with material and proper placement: 1. Payment will be made at the unit price bid for TX5-475 Triaxial Geogrid. The price is full compensation for labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals for an in place product. 2. This item will be measured per lump sum. Bid Item B2 — Base Repair, Upper 2" Depth (Limestone) with excavation/removal, placement, compaction, etc.: 1. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item will be paid for at the unit price bid for Base Repair, Upper 2" Depth (Limestone). This price is full compensation for furnishing and disposing of materials, blading, brooming, scarifying, salvaging, replacing, stockpiling, reshaping, refinishing, compacting, finishing, curing, and equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals. 2. This item will be measured by the square yard of existing base in its original position. Measurement and Basis for Payment 01 29 01- 5 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Rev 01-13-2016 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 Bid Item B3 — Base Repair, Additional 1" Depth (Limestone) with excavation/removal, placement, compaction, etc.: 1. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item will be paid for at the unit price bid for Base Repair, Additional 1" Depth (Limestone). This price is full compensation for furnishing and disposing of materials, blading, brooming, scarifying, salvaging, replacing, stockpiling, reshaping, refinishing, compacting, finishing, curing, and equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals. 2. This item will be measured by the square yard of existing base in its original position. Bid Item B4 — Patching/Small Area Surface Restoration - HMAC, Type "D" per Square Yard/Inch with small equipment placement, removal of existing, placement of new, compaction, curing, hauling, etc.: 1. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item will be paid for at the unit price bid for Patching/Small Area Surface Restoration — HMAC Type "D". The price bid for repair is full compensation for furnishing materials, unless otherwise shown on the plans, application of the tack coat, removal and disposal of debris and excess materials, leveling off or weighting the load for measurement, and equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals. 2. Patching/Small Area Surface Restoration-HMAC, Type "D" will be measured by the square yard/inch of surface area. The minimum quantity per callout respectively is 5 square yards. Bid Item B5 — Crack Seal with all surface preparation and application: 1. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item will be paid for at the unit price bid for Crack Seal. This price is full compensation for routing, cleaning, and sealing joints and cracks, furnishing and placing materials, and equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals. 2. This item will be measured by the linear foot. Bid Item B6 — Asphalt Material, AC -15P For Seal Coat Per Single Course typically applied at a rate ranging from 0.3 to 0.35 Gal/SY, (one to five miles haul distance from an approved site within City Limits) with all surface preparation, application, curing, rolling/compaction, etc.: 1. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item will be paid for at the unit price bid for Asphalt Material, AC -15P For Seal Coat Per Single Course. This price is full compensation for surface preparation, cleaning and sprinkling the area to be primed; furnishing, preparing, and placing materials, including blotter material; removing existing pavement markers and excess aggregate; equipment, labor, tools and incidentals. 2. This item will be measured by the gallon. Bid Item B7 — Emulsion Cationic Grade (HFRS-2P) typically applied at a rate ranging from 0.35 to 0.40 Gal/SY, (one to five miles haul distance from an approved site within City Limits), per applied rates and requirements: 1. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item will be paid for at the unit price bid for Emulsion Cationic Grade (HFRS-2P). This price is full compensation for surface preparation, cleaning and sprinkling the area to be primed; furnishing, Measurement and Basis for Payment 01 29 01- 6 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Rev 01-13-2016 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 preparing, and placing materials, including blotter material; removing existing pavement markers and excess aggregate; equipment, labor, tools and incidentals. 2. This item will be measured by the gallon. Bid Item B8 — Trap Rock Trap Rock (Basalt) Grade 5 Type E per specified gradation, decanted and la abrasion, applied at approximately 150 SY/CY, (one to five miles haul distance from approved site within City MSA), haul, rolled, compacted, etc.: 1. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item will be paid for at the unit price bid for Trap Rock (Basalt) Grade 5 Type E. This price is full compensation for surface preparation, furnishing, preparing, hauling, and placing materials; rolling; cleaning up stockpiles; and equipment, labor, tools and incidentals. 2. This item will be measured by the ton. Bid Item B9 — Asphalt Material, AC -15P For Seal Coat Per Single Course typically applied at a rate ranging from 0.35 to 0.40 Gal/SY, (over five miles haul distance from an approved site within City Limits) with all surface preparation, application, curing, rolling/compact, etc.: 1. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item will be paid for at the unit price bid for Asphalt Material, AC -15P For Seal Coat Per Single Course. This price is full compensation for surface preparation, cleaning and sprinkling the area to be primed; furnishing, preparing, and placing materials, including blotter material; removing existing pavement markers and excess aggregate; equipment, labor, tools and incidentals. 2. This item will be measured by the gallon. Bid Item B10 — Emulsion Cationic Grade (HFRS-2P) typically applied at a rate ranging from 0.35 to 0.40 Gal/SY, (over five miles haul distance from an approved site within City Limits), per applied rates and requirements: 1. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item will be paid for at the unit price bid for Emulsion Cationic Grade (HFRS-2P). This price is full compensation for surface preparation, cleaning and sprinkling the area to be primed; furnishing, preparing, and placing materials, including blotter material; removing existing pavement markers and excess aggregate; equipment, labor, tools and incidentals. 2. This item will be measured by the gallon. Bid Item B11 — Trap Rock Trap Rock (Basalt) Grade 5 Type E per specified gradation, decanted and la abrasion, applied at approximately 150 SY/CY, (over five miles haul distance from approved site within City MSA), haul, rolled, compacted, etc.: 1. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item will be paid for at the unit price bid for Trap Rock (Basalt) Grade 5 Type E. This price is full compensation for surface preparation, furnishing, preparing, hauling, and placing materials; rolling; cleaning up stockpiles; and equipment, labor, tools and incidentals. 2. This item will be measured by the ton. Measurement and Basis for Payment Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 012901-7 Rev 01-13-2016 Bid Item B12 — Proof Rolling with equipment, operator, etc.: 1. The work performed and equipment furnished in accordance with this item will be paid for at the unit price bid for Proof Rolling. This price is full compensation for furnishing and operating equipment and for labor, materials, tools, and incidentals. 2. Rolling will be measured by the hour operated on surfaces being tested. Bid Item B13 — Allowance For Unanticipated Street Improvements: 1. Allowances for Unanticipated Street Improvements will be paid for based on the Contractor's proposal for performing the items directed by the Engineer, and will include all labor, materials, equipment, and any other costs associated with such directive. 2. This item will be measures by lump sum according to the directive of the Engineer. C. Bid Item Cl — Removal and Replacement of Multiple Small Segments of Concrete Curb & Gutter, demo, disposal, forms, rebar, concrete, compaction, curing, finish, etc.: 1. Payment will be made at the unit bid price for Removal and Replacement of Multiple Small Segments of Concrete Curb & Gutter and will be full compensation for preparing the subgrade and base; furnishing and placing all materials including reinforcing steel and expansion materials; for furnishing, placing, shaping and tamping backfill; and for all manipulation, labor tools, equipment, and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 2. Concrete Curb and Gutter will be measured by the linear foot for each type of curb. Bid Item C2 — Removal and Replacement of 6" Concrete Driveway Approaches, with demo, disposal, forms, rebar, concrete, compaction, curing, finish, etc.: 1. Payment will be made at the unit price bid for Removal and Replacement of 6" Concrete Driveway Approaches of all removed materials. The cost will include all materials, labor, equipment, and incidentals. 2. This item will be measured by the square foot of removed driveway approaches, including disposal. Bid Item C3 — Replacement of Stamped 6" Concrete Driveway Approaches, with demo, disposal, forms, rebar, concrete, curing, compaction, finish, etc.: 1. Payment will be by the unit price bid for Replacement of Stamped 6" Concrete Driveway Approaches and will be full compensation for preparing the subgrade; for furnishing and placing all material, including all reinforcing steel and expansion joint materials; and all manipulation, labor, tools, equipment, and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 2. Concrete Driveway will be measured by the square foot of surface area of completed stamped 6" concrete driveway, as indicated in the plans. Bid Item C4 — Replacement of "Washed" 6" Concrete Driveway Approaches, with demo, disposal, forms, rebar, concrete, compaction, curing, finish, etc.: 1. Payment will be made for at the unit bid price for Replacement of "Washed" 6" Concrete Driveway Approaches and will be full compensation for preparing the subgrade; for furnishing and placing all materials, including all reinforcing steel and expansion joint Measurement and Basis for Payment Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 012901-8 Rev 01-13-2016 materials; and all manipulation labor, tools, equipment, and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 2. Work accepted material as prescribed for in this specification will be measured by the square foot of surface area of work completed. Bid item CS — Temporary Driveway Access; set-up, maintenance and removal: 1. Payment will be made at the unit price bid for Temporary Driveway Access and will include all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals, using appropriate materials to provide safe access. 2. This item will be measured by each. Bid Item C6 — Removal of and Replacement of 4" Concrete Sidewalk & Bike Paths, with all demo, hauling, disposal, etc.: 1. Payment will be made at the unit price bid for Removal of and Replacement of 4" Concrete Sidewalk & Bike Paths and will include all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals. 2. This item will be measured by the square foot of concrete sidewalk or by bike path. Bid Item C7 — Allowance for Unanticipated Concrete Improvements: 1. Allowances for Unanticipated Concrete Improvements will be paid for based on the Contractor's proposal for performing the items directed by the Engineer, and will include all labor materials, equipment, and any other costs associated with such directive. 2. This item will be measures by lump sum according to the directive of the Engineer. D. Bid Item D1 — Sanitary Sewer Manhole Ring & Cover Adjustment, Including New Manhole Ring & Cover Assembly with New Height Adjustment Rings, Stainless Steel Inflow Inhibitor and with Concrete Collar, with demo, disposal, forms, rebar, concrete, curing, compaction, finish, etc.: 1. Payment will be made by the unit price for each Sanitary Sewer Manhole Ring & Cover Adjustment as specified in the contract drawings, which will include all costs for labor, materials, equipment and any other cost associated with this effort. 2. Measurement will be made for each manhole adjustment as specified in the contract drawings. Bid Item D2 — StormWater Manhole Ring & Cover Adjustment, Including New Manhole Ring and Cover Assembly with New Concrete Collar, with demo, disposal, forms, rebar, concrete, curing, compaction, finish, etc.: 1. Payment will be made by the unit price for each StormWater Manhole Ring & Cover Adjustment as specified in the contract drawings, which will include all costs for labor, materials, equipment, and any other costs associated with this effort. 2. Measurement will be made for each manhole adjustment as specified in the contract drawings. Measurement and Basis for Payment Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 012901-9 Rev 01-13-2016 Bid Item D3 — Water Valve Cover Adjustment with Concrete Collar, complete in place with demo, disposal, forms, rebar, concrete, compaction, finish, etc.: 1. Payment will be made by the unit price for each Water Valve Cover Adjustment with Concrete Collar as specified in the contract drawings, which will include all costs for labor, materials, equipment and any other costs associated with this effort. 2. Measurement will be made for each water valve cover adjustment, as specified in the contract drawings. Bid Item D4 — Gas Valve Cover Adjustment, with demo, disposal, forms, rebar, concrete curing, compaction, finish, etc.: 1. Payment will be made by the unit price for each Gas Valve Cover Adjustment as specified in the contract drawings, which will include all costs for labor, materials, equipment and any other costs associated with this effort. 2. Measurement will be made for each gas valve coveradjustment, as specified in the contract drawings. Bid Item D5 — Replacement of Concrete Collars with High Early Strength Concrete (in addition to unit price), with activity D1, D2, D3 & D4 above: 1. Payment will be made by the unit price for each Replacement of Concrete Collars with High Early Strength Concrete (in addition to unit price) for manholes and valves requiring high Early Strength Concrete, as directed by the Engineer. This payment is in addition to the unit price for the adjustment of the manhole or valve as specified in the contract drawings, which will include all costs for labor materials, equipment and any other costs associates with this effort. 2. Measurement will be made for each concrete collar for manholes and vales requiring High Early Strength Concrete, as directed by the Engineer. Bid Item D6 — Allowance for Unanticipated Wastewater, Water and Stormwater Improvements: 1. Allowances for unanticipated Wastewater, Water and Stormwater improvements will be paid for based on the Contractor's proposal for performing the items directed by the Engineer and will include all labor, materials, equipment and any other costs associated with such directive. 2. This item will be measured by lump sum according to the directive issued by the Engineer. Base Bid Part 2 (Central) A. A. Bid Item Al — Mobilization: 2. Include the following costs in this Bid item: a. Bonds and insurance; b. Transportation and setup for equipment; c. Transportation and/or erection of all field offices, sheds, and storage facilities; Measurement and Basis for Payment Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 01 29 01-10 Rev 01-13-2016 d. Salaries for preparation of documents required before the first Application for Payment; e. Salaries for field personnel assigned to the Project related to the mobilization of the Project; f. Demobilization; and g. Mobilization may not exceed 5 percent of the total Contract Price. 3. Measuring for payment is on a lump sum basis. Payment for mobilization will be based on the earned value of Work completed. Bid Item A2 — Traffic Control and SWPPP, Residential Streets, set-up, maintenance and removal, per residential street: 1. Payment will be made at the unit bid price for Traffic Control and SWPPP, Residential Streets, and will include all costs of materials, labor, and equipment associated with the set-up, maintenance and removal and cleanup of traffic control and SWPPP items. 2. This item will be measured per each street. Bid Item A3 — Traffic Control and SWPPP, Collector Streets; set-up; maintenance and removal, per collector street: 4. Payment will be made at the unit bid price for Traffic Control and SWPPP, Collector Street, and will include all costs of materials, labor, and equipment associated with the set-up, maintenance and removal and cleanup of traffic control items. 2. This item will be measured per each street. Bid Item A4 — Traffic Control and SWPPP, Arterial Streets; setup, maintenance and removal, per arterial street: 1. Payment will be made at the unit bid price for Traffic Control and SWPPP, Arterial Street, and will include all costs of materials, labor, and equipment associated with the set-up, maintenance and removal and cleanup of traffic control items. 2. This item will be measured per each street. Bid Item A5 — Ozone Days: 1. Payment will be made based on the number of declared Ozone Days activated times the bid unit cost per day, and will include all costs including but not limited to labor, materials, and equipment. 2. This item will be measured as the number of days declared by the City of Corpus Christi as ozone days where the Contractor is not allowed to conduct certain activities identified elsewhere in the Contract. Bid Item A6— Pavement Marking, Reflectorized Thermoplastic, Type 1, 90 Mill Thickness (W) (8") (Solid), with all surface preparation, application, etc.: 1. Payment will be made at the unit price bid for Pavement Marking, Reflectorized Thermoplastic, Type 1, 90 Mill Thickness (W) (8") (Solid). 2. This item will be measured by the linear foot of in-place markings. Measurement and Basis for Payment Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. [15140 01 29 01-11 Rev 01-13-2016 Bid Item A7 — Pavement Marking, Reflectorized Thermoplastic, Type 1, 90 Mill Thickness (W) (4") (Solid), with all surface preparation, application, etc.: 1. Payment will be made at the unit price bid for Pavement Marking, Reflectorized Thermoplastic, Type 1, 90 Mill Thickness (W) (4") (Solid). 2. This item will be measured by the linear foot of in-place markings. Bid item A8 — Pavement Marking, Reflectorized Thermoplastic, Type 1, 90 Mill Thickness (W) (4") (Broken), with all surface preparation, application, etc.: 1. Payment will be made at the unit price bid for Pavement Marking, Reflectorized Thermoplastic, Type 1, 90 Mill Thickness (W) (4") (Broken). 2. This item will be measured by the linear foot of in-place markings. Bid Item A9 — Pavement Marking, Reflectorized Thermoplastic, Type 1, 90 Mill Thickness (Y) (4") (Solid), with all surface preparation, application, etc.: 5. Payment will be made at the unit price bid for Pavement Marking, Reflectorized Thermoplastic, Type 1, 90 Mill Thickness (Y) (4") (Solid). 6. This item will be measured by the linear foot of in-place markings. Bid Item A10 — Pavement Marking, Reflectorized Thermoplastic, Type 1, 90 Mill Thickness (Y) (4") (Broken), with all surface preparation, application, etc.: 7. Payment will be made at the unit price bid for Pavement Marking, Reflectorized Thermoplastic, Type 1, 90 Mill Thickness (Y) (4") (Broken). 8. This item will be measured by the linear foot of in-place markings. Bid Item All — Raised Pavement Markers (Reflectorized), Type IC, IIAA, or IIC-R, as applicable with all surface preparation, application, etc.: 1. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item will be paid for at the unit price bid for Raised Pavement Markers (Reflectorized), Type IC, IIAA, or IIC-R. This price is full compensation for removing existing markers; furnishing and installing raised pavement markers; and equipment, materials, labor, tools, and incidentals. 2. This item will be measured by each raised pavement marker. Bid Item Al2 — Speed Humps, Marked with Thermoplastic, Type C, with no Preheating or Asphalt Required, 125 Mill, with all surface preparation, application, etc.: 1. Payment for this item will be made at unit price bid for Speed Humps, Marked with Thermoplastic, Type C, with no Preheating or Asphalt Required, 125 Mill for width of street at 24 feet. Street humps with greater width will be paid for at a prorated price, and will include all labor, material, equipment, and incidentals. 2. This item will be measured by each speed hump in place. Bid Item A13 — Pavement Markings (White 24" "Stop Bar" Markings), with all surface preparation, application, etc.: 1. Payment for this item will be made at unit price bid Pavement Markings (White "Stop Bar" Markings) and will include all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals. Measurement and Basis for Payment Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. [15140 01 29 01-12 Rev 01-13-2016 2. This item will be measured by the linear foot of 24" (W) "Stop Bar" markings. Bid Item A14 — Pavement Markings (Crosswalk Markings), (total width of crosswalk) with all surface preparation, application, etc.: 1. Payment for this item will be made at unit price bid Pavement Markings (Crosswalk Markings) (total width of Crosswalk) and will include all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals. 2. This item will be measured by the linear foot of total width of Crosswalk markings, complete in place. Bid Item A15 — Pavement Markings White "ONLY", with all surface preparation, application, etc.: 9. Payment for this item will be made by unit bid price for Pavement Markings White "ONLY" and will include all material, labor, equipment, and incidentals. 10. This item will be measured by the linear foot. Bid Item A16 — Pavement Markings White Turn Arrow Markings (Right, Left, Straight), with all surface preparation, application, etc.: 1 Payment for this item will be made by unit bid price for Pavement Markings White Turn Arrow Markings (Right, Left, Straight), and will include all material, labor, equipment, and incidentals. 2. This item will be measured by the linear foot. Bid Item A17 — Curb Painting (Yellow No -Parking Zone), with all surface preparation, applications, etc.: 1. Payment for this item will be made by unit bid price for Curb Painting (Yellow No -Parking Zone) and will include all material, labor, equipment, and incidentals. 2. This item will be measured by the linear foot. Bid Item A18 — Curb Painting (Red Fire Zone), with all surface preparation, applications, etc.: 1. Payment for this item will be made by unit bid price for Curb Painting (Red Fire Zone) and will include all material, labor, equipment, and incidentals. 2. This item will be measured by the hour the Profilograph machine is utilized. Bid Item A19 — Computerized Profilograph Services to include street surface evaluations with calibrated vehicle and equipment and approved reports: 1. Payment will be made at the unit price bid for Computerized Profilograph Services for each hour the machine is utilized, including mobilization and demobilization and will include all costs for labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals, and for preparation of a written report. 2. This item will be measured by the hour the Profilograph machine is utilized. Measurement and Basis for Payment Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 01 29 01-13 Rev 01-13-2016 Bid Item A20 — Landscape Improvements, including 4" clean top soil, sod, excavation, backfill, compaction, with established growth: 1. This item will be paid by the unit bid price for Landscape Improvements and will include compensation for all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals. 2. This item will be measured by the square yard. Bid Item A21 — Door Hangers, delivered to the business and residences (two each): 1. This item will be paid by the unit price for Door Hangers and will include compensation for all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals. 2. This item will be measured by the lump sum. Bid Item A22 — Type 1 Self -Supported Temporary Sediment Control Fence, maintained and removed: 1. This item will be paid by the unit price for Type 1 Self -Supported Temporary Sediment Control Fence and will include compensation for all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals. 2.This item will be measured by the linear foot. Bid Item A23 — Temporary Erosion Control Log, maintained and removed: 1. This item will be paid by the unit price for Temporary Erosion Control Log, maintained and removed and will include compensation for all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals. 2. This item will be measured by each. Bid Item A24 — Street Sweeping, per curb mile: 1. This item will be paid by the unit price for Street Sweeping and will include compensation for all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals. 2. This item will be measured by the curb mile. Bid Item A25 — Allowance for Unanticipated General Improvements: 1. Allowances for Unanticipated General Improvements will be paid for based on the Contractor's proposal for performing the items directed by the Engineer, and will include all labor materials, equipment, and any other costs associated with such directive. 2. This item will be measures by lump sum according to the directive of the Engineer. B. Bid Item B1 — TX5-475 Triaxial Geogrid, with material and proper placement: 1. Payment will be made at the unit price bid for TX5-475 Triaxial Geogrid. The price is full compensation for labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals for an in place product. 2. This item will be measured per lump sum. Measurement and Basis for Payment Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 01 29 01-14 Rev 01-13-2016 Bid Item B2 — Base Repair, Upper 2" Depth (Limestone) with excavation/removal, placement, compaction, etc.: 1. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item will be paid for at the unit price bid for Base Repair, Upper 2" Depth (Limestone). This price is full compensation for furnishing and disposing of materials, blading, brooming, scarifying, salvaging, replacing, stockpiling, reshaping, refinishing, compacting, finishing, curing, and equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals. 2. This item will be measured by the square yard of existing base in its original position. Bid Item B3 — Base Repair, Additional 1" Depth (Limestone) with excavation/removal, placement, compaction, etc.: 1. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item will be paid for at the unit price bid for Base Repair, Additional 1" Depth (Limestone). This price is full compensation for furnishing and disposing of materials, blading, brooming, scarifying, salvaging, replacing, stockpiling, reshaping, refinishing, compacting, finishing, curing, and equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals. 2. This item will be measured by the square yard of existing base in its original position. Bid Item B4 — Patching/Small Area Surface Restoration - HMAC, Type "D" per Square Yard/Inch with small equipment placement, removal of existing, placement of new, compaction, curing, hauling, etc.: 1. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item will be paid for at the unit price bid for Patching/Small Area Surface Restoration — HMAC Type "D". The price bid for repair is full compensation for furnishing materials, unless otherwise shown on the plans, application of the tack coat, removal and disposal of debris and excess materials, leveling off or weighting the load for measurement, and equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals. 2. Patching/Small Area Surface Restoration-HMAC, Type "D" will be measured by the square yard/inch of surface area. The minimum quantity per callout respectively is 5 square yards. Bid Item B5 — Crack Seal with all surface preparation and application: 1. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item will be paid for at the unit price bid for Crack Seal. This price is full compensation for routing, cleaning, and sealing joints and cracks, furnishing and placing materials, and equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals. 2. This item will be measured by the linear foot. Bid Item B6 — Asphalt Material, AC -15P For Seal Coat Per Single Course typically applied at a rate ranging from 0.3 to 0.35 Gal/SY, (one to five miles haul distance from an approved site within City Limits) with all surface preparation, application, curing, rolling/compaction, etc.: 1. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item will be paid for at the unit price bid for Asphalt Material, AC -15P For Seal Coat Per Single Course. This price is full compensation for surface preparation, cleaning and sprinkling the area to be Measurement and Basis for Payment Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 01 29 01-15 Rev 01-13-2016 primed; furnishing, preparing, and placing materials, including blotter material; removing existing pavement markers and excess aggregate; equipment, labor, tools and incidentals. 2. This item will be measured by the gallon. Bid Item B7 — Emulsion Cationic Grade (HFRS-2P) typically applied at a rate ranging from 0.35 to 0.40 Gal/SY, (one to five miles haul distance from an approved site within City Limits), per applied rates and requirements: 1. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item will be paid for at the unit price bid for Emulsion Cationic Grade (HFRS-2P). This price is full compensation for surface preparation, cleaning and sprinkling the area to be primed; furnishing, preparing, and placing materials, including blotter material; removing existing pavement markers and excess aggregate; equipment, labor, tools and incidentals. 2. This item will be measured by the gallon. Bid Item B8 — Trap Rock Trap Rock (Basalt) Grade 5 Type E per specified gradation, decanted and la abrasion, applied at approximately 150 SY/CY, (one to five miles haul distance from approved site within City MSA), haul, rolled, compacted, etc.: 1. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item will be paid for at the unit price bid for Trap Rock (Basalt) Grade 5 Type E. This price is full compensation for surface preparation, furnishing, preparing, hauling, and placing materials; rolling; cleaning up stockpiles; and equipment, labor, tools and incidentals. 2. This item will be measured by the ton. Bid Item B9 — Asphalt Material, AC -15P For Seal Coat Per Single Course typically applied at a rate ranging from 0.35 to 0.40 Gal/SY, (over five miles haul distance from an approved site within City Limits) with all surface preparation, application, curing, rolling/compact, etc.: 1. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item will be paid for at the unit price bid for Asphalt Material, AC -15P For Seal Coat Per Single Course. This price is full compensation for surface preparation, cleaning and sprinkling the area to be primed; furnishing, preparing, and placing materials, including blotter material; removing existing pavement markers and excess aggregate; equipment, labor, tools and incidentals. 2. This item will be measured by the gallon. Bid Item B10 — Emulsion Cationic Grade (HFRS-2P) typically applied at a rate ranging from 0.35 to 0.40 Gal/SY, (over five miles haul distance from an approved site within City Limits), per applied rates and requirements: 1. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item will be paid for at the unit price bid for Emulsion Cationic Grade (HFRS-2P). This price is full compensation for surface preparation, cleaning and sprinkling the area to be primed; furnishing, preparing, and placing materials, including blotter material; removing existing pavement markers and excess aggregate; equipment, labor, tools and incidentals. 2. This item will be measured by the gallon. Measurement and Basis for Payment Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 01 29 01-16 Rev 01-13-2016 Bid Item B11 — Trap Rock Trap Rock (Basalt) Grade 5 Type E per specified gradation, decanted and la abrasion, applied at approximately 150 SY/CY, (over five miles haul distance from approved site within City MSA), haul, rolled, compacted, etc.: 1. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item will be paid for at the unit price bid for Trap Rock (Basalt) Grade 5 Type E. This price is full compensation for surface preparation, furnishing, preparing, hauling, and placing materials; rolling; cleaning up stockpiles; and equipment, labor, tools and incidentals. 2. This item will be measured by the ton. Bid Item B12 — Proof Rolling with equipment, operator, etc.: 1. The work performed and equipment furnished in accordance with this item will be paid for at the unit price bid for Proof Rolling. This price is full compensation for furnishing and operating equipment and for labor, materials, tools, and incidentals. 2. Rolling will be measured by the hour operated on surfaces being tested. Bid Item B13 —Allowance For Unanticipated Street Improvements: 1. Allowances for Unanticipated Street Improvements will be paid for based on the Contractor's proposal for performing the items directed by the Engineer, and will include all labor, materials, equipment, and any other costs associated with such directive. 2. This item will be measures by lump sum according to the directive of the Engineer. C. Bid Item Cl — Removal and Replacement of Multiple Small Segments of Concrete Curb & Gutter, demo, disposal, forms, rebar, concrete, compaction, curing, finish, etc.: 1. Payment will be made at the unit bid price for Removal and Replacement of Multiple Small Segments of Concrete Curb & Gutter and will be full compensation for preparing the subgrade and base; furnishing and placing all materials including reinforcing steel and expansion materials; for furnishing, placing, shaping and tamping backfill; and for all manipulation, labor tools, equipment, and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 2. Concrete Curb and Gutter will be measured by the linear foot for each type of curb. Bid Item C2 — Removal and Replacement of 6" Concrete Driveway Approaches, with demo, disposal, forms, rebar, concrete, compaction, curing, finish, etc.: 1. Payment will be made at the unit price bid for Removal and Replacement of 6" Concrete Driveway Approaches of all removed materials. The cost will include all materials, labor, equipment, and incidentals. 2. This item will be measured by the square foot of removed driveway approaches, including disposal. Bid Item C3 — Replacement of Stamped 6" Concrete Driveway Approaches, with demo, disposal, forms, rebar, concrete, curing, compaction, finish, etc.: 1. Payment will be by the unit price bid for Replacement of Stamped 6" Concrete Driveway Approaches and will be full compensation for preparing the subgrade; for furnishing and placing all material, including all reinforcing steel and expansion joint materials; and all manipulation, labor, tools, equipment, and incidentals necessary to complete the work. Measurement and Basis for Payment 01 29 01- 17 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Rev 01-13-2016 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 2. Concrete Driveway will be measured by the square foot of surface area of completed stamped 6" concrete driveway, as indicated in the plans. Bid Item C4 — Replacement of "Washed" 6" Concrete Driveway Approaches, with demo, disposal, forms, rebar, concrete, compaction, curing, finish, etc.: 1. Payment will be made for at the unit bid price for Replacement of "Washed" 6" Concrete Driveway Approaches and will be full compensation for preparing the subgrade; for furnishing and placing all materials, including all reinforcing steel and expansion joint materials; and all manipulation labor, tools, equipment, and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 2. Work accepted material as prescribed for in this specification will be measured by the square foot of surface area of work completed. Bid item CS — Temporary Driveway Access; set-up, maintenance and removal: 1. Payment will be made at the unit price bid for Temporary Driveway Access and will include all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals, using appropriate materials to provide safe access. 2. This item will be measured by each. Bid Item C6 — Removal of and Replacement of 4" Concrete Sidewalk & Bike Paths, with all demo, hauling, disposal, etc.: 1. Payment will be made at the unit price bid for Removal of and Replacement of4" Concrete Sidewalk & Bike Paths and will include all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals. 2. This item will be measured by the square foot of concrete sidewalk or by bike path. Bid Item C7 — Allowance for Unanticipated Concrete Improvements: 1. Allowances for Unanticipated Concrete Improvements will be paid for based on the Contractor's proposal for performing the items directed by the Engineer, and will include all labor materials, equipment, and any other costs associated with such directive. 2. This item will be measures by lump sum according to the directive of the Engineer. D. Bid Item D1 — Sanitary Sewer Manhole Ring & Cover Adjustment, Including New Manhole Ring & Cover Assembly with New Height Adjustment Rings, Stainless Steel Inflow Inhibitor and with Concrete Collar, with demo, disposal, forms, rebar, concrete, curing, compaction, finish, etc.: 1. Payment will be made by the unit price for each Sanitary Sewer Manhole Ring & Cover Adjustment as specified in the contract drawings, which will include all costs for labor, materials, equipment and any other cost associated with this effort. 2. Measurement will be made for each manhole adjustment as specified in the contract drawings. Measurement and Basis for Payment Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 01 29 01-18 Rev 01-13-2016 Bid Item D2 — StormWater Manhole Ring & Cover Adjustment, Including New Manhole Ring and Cover Assembly with New Concrete Collar, with demo, disposal, forms, rebar, concrete, curing, compaction, finish, etc.: 1. Payment will be made by the unit price for each StormWater Manhole Ring & Cover Adjustment as specified in the contract drawings, which will include all costs for labor, materials, equipment, and any other costs associated with this effort. 2. Measurement will be made for each manhole adjustment as specified in the contract drawings. Bid Item D3 — Water Valve Cover Adjustment with Concrete Collar, complete in place with demo, disposal, forms, rebar, concrete, compaction, finish, etc.: 1. Payment will be made by the unit price for each Water Valve Cover Adjustment with Concrete Collar as specified in the contract drawings, which will include all costs for labor, materials, equipment and any other costs associated with this effort. 2. Measurement will be made for each water valve cover adjustment, as specified in the contract drawings. Bid Item D4 — Gas Valve Cover Adjustment, with demo, disposal, forms, rebar, concrete curing, compaction, finish, etc.: 1. Payment will be made by the unit price for each Gas Valve Cover Adjustment as specified in the contract drawings, which will include all costs for labor, materials, equipment and any other costs associated with this effort. 2. Measurement will be made for each gas valve coveradjustment, as specified in the contract drawings. Bid Item D5 — Replacement of Concrete Collars with High Early Strength Concrete (in addition to unit price), with activity D1, D2, D3 & D4 above: 1. Payment will be made by the unit price for each Replacement of Concrete Collars with High Early Strength Concrete (in addition to unit price) for manholes and valves requiring high Early Strength Concrete, as directed by the Engineer. This payment is in addition to the unit price for the adjustment of the manhole or valve as specified in the contract drawings, which will include all costs for labor materials, equipment and any other costs associates with this effort. 2. Measurement will be made for each concrete collar for manholes and vales requiring High Early Strength Concrete, as directed by the Engineer. Bid Item D6 — Allowance for Unanticipated Wastewater, Water and Stormwater Improvements: 1. Allowances for unanticipated Wastewater, Water and Stormwater improvements will be paid for based on the Contractor's proposal for performing the items directed by the Engineer and will include all labor, materials, equipment and any other costs associated with such directive. 2. This item will be measured by lump sum according to the directive issued by the Engineer. Measurement and Basis for Payment Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 01 29 01-19 Rev 01-13-2016 Base Bid Part 3 (East) A. A. Bid Item Al — Mobilization: 1. Include the following costs in this Bid item: a. Bonds and insurance; b. Transportation and setup for equipment; c. Transportation and/or erection of all field offices, sheds, and storage facilities; d. Salaries for preparation of documents required before the first Application for Payment; e. Salaries for field personnel assigned to the Project related to the mobilization of the Project; f. Demobilization; and g. Mobilization may not exceed 5 percent of the total Contract Price. 2. Measuring for payment is on a lump sum basis. Payment for mobilization will be based on the earned value of Work completed. Bid Item A2 — Traffic Control and SWPPP, Residential Streets, set-up, maintenance and removal, per residential street: 1. Payment will be made at the unit bid price for Traffic Control and SWPPP, Residential Streets, and will include all costs of materials, labor, and equipment associated with the set-up, maintenance and removal and cleanup of traffic control and SWPPP items. 2. This item will be measured per each street. Bid Item A3 — Traffic Control and SWPPP, Collector Streets; set-up; maintenance and removal, per collector street: 11. Payment will be made at the unit bid price for Traffic Control and SWPPP, Collector Street, and will include all costs of materials, labor, and equipment associated with the set-up, maintenance and removal and cleanup of traffic control items. 2. This item will be measured per each street. Bid Item A4 — Traffic Control and SWPPP, Arterial Streets; setup, maintenance and removal, per arterial street: 1. Payment will be made at the unit bid price for Traffic Control and SWPPP, Arterial Street, and will include all costs of materials, labor, and equipment associated with the set-up, maintenance and removal and cleanup of traffic control items. 2. This item will be measured per each street. Bid Item A5 — Ozone Days: 1. Payment will be made based on the number of declared Ozone Days activated times the bid unit cost per day, and will include all costs including but not limited to labor, materials, and equipment. Measurement and Basis for Payment Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 01 29 01-20 Rev 01-13-2016 2. This item will be measured as the number of days declared by the City of Corpus Christi as ozone days where the Contractor is not allowed to conduct certain activities identified elsewhere in the Contract. Bid Item A6— Pavement Marking, Reflectorized Thermoplastic, Type 1, 90 Mill Thickness (W) (8") (Solid), with all surface preparation, application, etc.: 1. Payment will be made at the unit price bid for Pavement Marking, Reflectorized Thermoplastic, Type 1, 90 Mill Thickness (W) (8") (Solid). 2. This item will be measured by the linear foot of in-place markings. Bid Item A7 — Pavement Marking, Reflectorized Thermoplastic, Type 1, 90 Mill Thickness (W) (4") (Solid), with all surface preparation, application, etc.: 1. Payment will be made at the unit price bid for Pavement Marking, Reflectorized Thermoplastic, Type 1, 90 Mill Thickness (W) (4") (Solid). 2. This item will be measured by the linear foot of in-place markings. Bid item A8— Pavement Marking, Reflectorized Thermoplastic, Type 1, 90 Mill Thickness (W) (4") (Broken), with all surface preparation, application, etc.: 1. Payment will be made at the unit price bid for Pavement Marking, Reflectorized Thermoplastic, Type 1, 90 Mill Thickness (W) (4") (Broken). 2. This item will be measured by the linear foot of in-place markings. Bid Item A9 — Pavement Marking, Reflectorized Thermoplastic, Type 1, 90 Mill Thickness (Y) (4") (Solid), with all surface preparation, application, etc.: 1. Payment will be made at the unit price bid for Pavement Marking, Reflectorized Thermoplastic, Type 1, 90 Mill Thickness (Y) (4") (Solid). 2. This item will be measured by the linear foot of in-place markings. Bid Item A10 — Pavement Marking, Reflectorized Thermoplastic, Type 1, 90 Mill Thickness (Y) (4") (Broken), with all surface preparation, application, etc.: 12. Payment will be made at the unit price bid for Pavement Marking, Reflectorized Thermoplastic, Type 1, 90 Mill Thickness (Y) (4") (Broken). 13. This item will be measured by the linear foot of in-place markings. Bid Item All — Raised Pavement Markers (Reflectorized), Type IC, IIAA, or IIC-R, as applicable with all surface preparation, application, etc.: 1. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item will be paid for at the unit price bid for Raised Pavement Markers (Reflectorized), Type IC, IIAA, or IIC-R. This price is full compensation for removing existing markers; furnishing and installing raised pavement markers; and equipment, materials, labor, tools, and incidentals. 2. This item will be measured by each raised pavement marker. Measurement and Basis for Payment Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. [15140 01 29 01-21 Rev 01-13-2016 Bid Item Al2 — Speed Humps, Marked with Thermoplastic, Type C, with no Preheating or Asphalt Required, 125 Mill, with all surface preparation, application, etc.: 1. Payment for this item will be made at unit price bid for Speed Humps, Marked with Thermoplastic, Type C, with no Preheating or Asphalt Required, 125 Mill for width of street at 24 feet. Street humps with greater width will be paid for at a prorated price, and will include all labor, material, equipment, and incidentals. 2. This item will be measured by each speed hump in place. Bid Item A13 — Pavement Markings (White 24" "Stop Bar" Markings), with all surface preparation, application, etc.: 1. Payment for this item will be made at unit price bid Pavement Markings (White "Stop Bar" Markings) and will include all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals. 2. This item will be measured by the linear foot of 24" (W) "Stop Bar" markings. Bid Item A14 — Pavement Markings (Crosswalk Markings), (total width of crosswalk) with all surface preparation, application, etc.: 1. Payment for this item will be made at unit price bid Pavement Markings (Crosswalk Markings) (total width of Crosswalk) and will include all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals. 2. This item will be measured by the linear foot of total width of Crosswalk markings, complete in place. Bid Item A15 — Pavement Markings White "ONLY", with all surface preparation, application, etc.. 1. Payment for this item will be made by unit bid price for Pavement Markings White "ONLY" and will include all material, labor, equipment, and incidentals. 2. This item will be measured by the linear foot. Bid Item A16 — Pavement Markings White Turn Arrow Markings (Right, Left, Straight), with all surface preparation, application, etc.: 1. Payment for this item will be made by unit bid price for Pavement Markings White Turn Arrow Markings (Right, Left, Straight), and will include all material, labor, equipment, and incidentals. 2. This item will be measured by the linear foot. Bid Item A17 — Curb Painting (Yellow No -Parking Zone), with all surface preparation, applications, etc.: 1. Payment for this item will be made by unit bid price for Curb Painting (Yellow No -Parking Zone) and will include all material, labor, equipment, and incidentals. 2. This item will be measured by the linear foot. Bid Item A18 — Curb Painting (Red Fire Zone), with all surface preparation, applications, etc.: 1. Payment for this item will be made by unit bid price for Curb Painting (Red Fire Zone) and will include all material, labor, equipment, and incidentals. Measurement and Basis for Payment Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 01 29 01-22 Rev 01-13-2016 2. This item will be measured by the hour the Profilograph machine is utilized. Bid Item A19 — Computerized Profilograph Services to include street surface evaluations with calibrated vehicle and equipment and approved reports: 1. Payment will be made at the unit price bid for Computerized Profilograph Services for each hour the machine is utilized, including mobilization and demobilization and will include all costs for labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals, and for preparation of a written report. 2. This item will be measured by the hour the Profilograph machine is utilized. Bid Item A20 — Landscape Improvements, including 4" clean top soil, sod, excavation, backfill, compaction, with established growth: 1. This item will be paid by the unit bid price for Landscape Improvements and will include compensation for all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals. 2. This item will be measured by the square yard. Bid Item A21 — Door Hangers, delivered to the business and residences (two each): 1. This item will be paid by the unit price for Door Hangers and will include compensation for all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals. 2. This item will be measured by the lump sum. Bid Item A22 — Type 1 Self -Supported Temporary Sediment Control Fence, maintained and removed: 14. This item will be paid by the unit price for Type 1 Self -Supported Temporary Sediment Control Fence and will include compensation for all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals. 15. This item will be measured by the linear foot. Bid Item A23 — Temporary Erosion Control Log, maintained and removed: 1. This item will be paid by the unit price for Temporary Erosion Control Log, maintained and removed and will include compensation for all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals. 2. This item will be measured by each. Bid Item A24 — Street Sweeping, per curb mile: 1. This item will be paid by the unit price for Street Sweeping and will include compensation for all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals. 2. This item will be measured by the curb mile. Bid Item A25 — Allowance for Unanticipated General Improvements: 1. Allowances for Unanticipated General Improvements will be paid for based on the Contractor's proposal for performing the items directed by the Engineer, and will include all labor materials, equipment, and any other costs associated with such directive. 2. This item will be measures by lump sum according to the directive of the Engineer. Measurement and Basis for Payment Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 01 29 01-23 Rev 01-13-2016 B. Bid Item B1 — TX5-475 Triaxial Geogrid, with material and proper placement: 1. Payment will be made at the unit price bid for TX5-475 Triaxial Geogrid. The price is full compensation for labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals for an in place product. 2. This item will be measured per lump sum. Bid Item B2 — Base Repair, Upper 2" Depth (Limestone) with excavation/removal, placement, compaction, etc.: 1. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item will be paid for at the unit price bid for Base Repair, Upper 2" Depth (Limestone). This price is full compensation for furnishing and disposing of materials, blading, brooming, scarifying, salvaging, replacing, stockpiling, reshaping, refinishing, compacting, finishing, curing, and equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals. 2. This item will be measured by the square yard of existing base in its original position. Bid Item B3 — Base Repair, Additional 1" Depth (Limestone) with excavation/removal, placement, compaction, etc.: 1. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item will be paid for at the unit price bid for Base Repair, Additional 1" Depth (Limestone). This price is full compensation for furnishing and disposing of materials, blading, brooming, scarifying, salvaging, replacing, stockpiling, reshaping, refinishing, compacting, finishing, curing, and equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals. 2. This item will be measured by the square yard of existing base in its original position. Bid Item B4 — Patching/Small Area Surface Restoration - HMAC, Type "D" per Square Yard/Inch with small equipment placement, removal of existing, placement of new, compaction, curing, hauling, etc.: 1. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item will be paid for at the unit price bid for Patching/Small Area Surface Restoration — HMAC Type "D". The price bid for repair is full compensation for furnishing materials, unless otherwise shown on the plans, application of the tack coat, removal and disposal of debris and excess materials, leveling off or weighting the load for measurement, and equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals. 2. Patching/Small Area Surface Restoration-HMAC, Type "D" will be measured by the square yard/inch of surface area. The minimum quantity per callout respectively is 5 square yards. Bid Item B5 — Crack Seal with all surface preparation and application: 1. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item will be paid for at the unit price bid for Crack Seal. This price is full compensation for routing, cleaning, and sealing joints and cracks, furnishing and placing materials, and equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals. 2. This item will be measured by the linear foot. Measurement and Basis for Payment Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 01 29 01-24 Rev 01-13-2016 Bid Item B6 — Asphalt Material, AC -15P For Seal Coat Per Single Course typically applied at a rate ranging from 0.3 to 0.35 Gal/SY, (one to five miles haul distance from an approved site within City Limits) with all surface preparation, application, curing, rolling/compaction, etc. 1. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item will be paid for at the unit price bid for Asphalt Material, AC -15P For Seal Coat Per Single Course. This price is full compensation for surface preparation, cleaning and sprinkling the area to be primed; furnishing, preparing, and placing materials, including blotter material; removing existing pavement markers and excess aggregate; equipment, labor, tools and incidentals. 2. This item will be measured by the gallon. Bid Item B7 — Emulsion Cationic Grade (HFRS-2P) typically applied at a rate ranging from 0.35 to 0.40 Gal/SY, (one to five miles haul distance from an approved site within City Limits), per applied rates and requirements: 1. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item will be paid for at the unit price bid for Emulsion Cationic Grade (HFRS-2P). This price is full compensation for surface preparation, cleaning and sprinkling the area to be primed; furnishing, preparing, and placing materials, including blotter material; removing existing pavement markers and excess aggregate; equipment, labor, tools and incidentals. 2. This item will be measured by the gallon. Bid Item B8 — Trap Rock Trap Rock (Basalt) Grade 5 Type E per specified gradation, decanted and la abrasion, applied at approximately 150 SY/CY, (one to five miles haul distance from approved site within City MSA), haul, rolled, compacted, etc.: 1. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item will be paid for at the unit price bid for Trap Rock (Basalt) Grade 5 Type E. This price is full compensation for surface preparation, furnishing, preparing, hauling, and placing materials; rolling; cleaning up stockpiles; and equipment, labor, tools and incidentals. 2. This item will be measured by the ton. Bid Item B9 — Asphalt Material, AC -15P For Seal Coat Per Single Course typically applied at a rate ranging from 0.35 to 0.40 Gal/SY, (over five miles haul distance from an approved site within City Limits) with all surface preparation, application, curing, rolling/compact, etc.: 1. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item will be paid for at the unit price bid for Asphalt Material, AC -15P For Seal Coat Per Single Course. This price is full compensation for surface preparation, cleaning and sprinkling the area to be primed; furnishing, preparing, and placing materials, including blotter material; removing existing pavement markers and excess aggregate; equipment, labor, tools and incidentals. 2. This item will be measured by the gallon. Bid Item B10 — Emulsion Cationic Grade (HFRS-2P) typically applied at a rate ranging from 0.35 to 0.40 Gal/SY, (over five miles haul distance from an approved site within City Limits), per applied rates and requirements: 1. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item will be paid for at the unit price bid for Emulsion Cationic Grade (HFRS-2P). This price is full compensation Measurement and Basis for Payment Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 01 29 01-25 Rev 01-13-2016 for surface preparation, cleaning and sprinkling the area to be primed; furnishing, preparing, and placing materials, including blotter material; removing existing pavement markers and excess aggregate; equipment, labor, tools and incidentals. 2. This item will be measured by the gallon. Bid Item B11 — Trap Rock Trap Rock (Basalt) Grade 5 Type E per specified gradation, decanted and la abrasion, applied at approximately 150 SY/CY, (over five miles haul distance from approved site within City MSA), haul, rolled, compacted, etc.: 1. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item will be paid for at the unit price bid for Trap Rock (Basalt) Grade 5 Type E. This price is full compensation for surface preparation, furnishing, preparing, hauling, and placing materials; rolling; cleaning up stockpiles; and equipment, labor, tools and incidentals. 2. This item will be measured by the ton. Bid Item B12 — Proof Rolling with equipment, operator, etc.: 1. The work performed and equipment furnished in accordance with this item will be paid for at the unit price bid for Proof Rolling. This price is full compensation for furnishing and operating equipment and for labor, materials, tools, and incidentals. 2. Rolling will be measured by the hour operated on surfaces being tested. Bid Item B13 — Allowance For Unanticipated Street Improvements: 1. Allowances for Unanticipated Street Improvements will be paid for based on the Contractor's proposal for performing the items directed by the Engineer, and will include all labor, materials, equipment, and any other costs associated with such directive. 2. This item will be measures by lump sum according to the directive of the Engineer. C. Bid Item Cl — Removal and Replacement of Multiple Small Segments of Concrete Curb & Gutter, demo, disposal, forms, rebar, concrete, compaction, curing, finish, etc.: 1. Payment will be made at the unit bid price for Removal and Replacement of Multiple Small Segments of Concrete Curb & Gutter and will be full compensation for preparing the subgrade and base; furnishing and placing all materials including reinforcing steel and expansion materials; for furnishing, placing, shaping and tamping backfill; and for all manipulation, labor tools, equipment, and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 2. Concrete Curb and Gutter will be measured by the linear foot for each type of curb. Bid Item C2 — Removal and Replacement of 6" Concrete Driveway Approaches, with demo, disposal, forms, rebar, concrete, compaction, curing, finish, etc.: 1. Payment will be made at the unit price bid for Removal and Replacement of 6" Concrete Driveway Approaches of all removed materials. The cost will include all materials, labor, equipment, and incidentals. 2. This item will be measured by the square foot of removed driveway approaches, including disposal. Measurement and Basis for Payment Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 01 29 01-26 Rev 01-13-2016 Bid Item C3 — Replacement of Stamped 6" Concrete Driveway Approaches, with demo, disposal, forms, rebar, concrete, curing, compaction, finish, etc.: 1. Payment will be by the unit price bid for Replacement of Stamped 6" Concrete Driveway Approaches and will be full compensation for preparing the subgrade; for furnishing and placing all material, including all reinforcing steel and expansion joint materials; and all manipulation, labor, tools, equipment, and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 2. Concrete Driveway will be measured by the square foot of surface area of completed stamped 6" concrete driveway, as indicated in the plans. Bid Item C4 — Replacement of "Washed" 6" Concrete Driveway Approaches, with demo, disposal, forms, rebar, concrete, compaction, curing, finish, etc.: 1. Payment will be made for at the unit bid price for Replacement of "Washed" 6" Concrete Driveway Approaches and will be full compensation for preparing the subgrade; for furnishing and placing all materials, including all reinforcing steel and expansion joint materials; and all manipulation labor, tools, equipment, and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 2. Work accepted material as prescribed for in this specification will be measured by the square foot of surface area of work completed. Bid item CS — Temporary Driveway Access; set-up, maintenance and removal: 1. Payment will be made at the unit price bid for Temporary Driveway Access and will include all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals, using appropriate materials to provide safe access. 2. This item will be measured by each. Bid Item C6 — Removal of and Replacement of 4" Concrete Sidewalk & Bike Paths, with all demo, hauling, disposal, etc.: 16. Payment will be made at the unit price bid for Removal of and Replacement of 4" Concrete Sidewalk & Bike Paths and will include all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals. 2. This item will be measured by the square foot of concrete sidewalk or by bike path. Bid Item C7 — Allowance for Unanticipated Concrete Improvements: 1. Allowances for Unanticipated Concrete Improvements will be paid for based on the Contractor's proposal for performing the items directed by the Engineer, and will include all labor materials, equipment, and any other costs associated with such directive. 2. This item will be measures by lump sum according to the directive of the Engineer. D. Bid Item D1 — Sanitary Sewer Manhole Ring & Cover Adjustment, Including New Manhole Ring & Cover Assembly with New Height Adjustment Rings, Stainless Steel Inflow Inhibitor and with Concrete Collar, with demo, disposal, forms, rebar, concrete, curing, compaction, finish, etc.: 1. Payment will be made by the unit price for each Sanitary Sewer Manhole Ring & Cover Adjustment as specified in the contract drawings, which will include all costs for labor, materials, equipment and any other cost associated with this effort. Measurement and Basis for Payment 01 29 01- 27 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Rev 01-13-2016 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 2. Measurement will be made for each manhole adjustment as specified in the contract drawings. Bid Item D2 — StormWater Manhole Ring & Cover Adjustment, Including New Manhole Ring and Cover Assembly with New Concrete Collar, with demo, disposal, forms, rebar, concrete, curing, compaction, finish, etc.: 1. Payment will be made by the unit price for each StormWater Manhole Ring & Cover Adjustment as specified in the contract drawings, which will include all costs for labor, materials, equipment, and any other costs associated with this effort. 2. Measurement will be made for each manhole adjustment as specified in the contract drawings. Bid Item D3 — Water Valve Cover Adjustment with Concrete Collar, complete in place with demo, disposal, forms, rebar, concrete, compaction, finish, etc.: 1. Payment will be made by the unit price for each Water Valve Cover Adjustment with Concrete Collar as specified in the contract drawings, which will include all costs for labor, materials, equipment and any other costs associated with this effort. 2. Measurement will be made for each water valve cover adjustment, as specified in the contract drawings. Bid Item D4 — Gas Valve Cover Adjustment, with demo, disposal, forms, rebar, concrete curing, compaction, finish, etc.: 1. Payment will be made by the unit price for each Gas Valve Cover Adjustment as specified in the contract drawings, which will include all costs for labor, materials, equipment and any other costs associated with this effort. 2. Measurement will be made for each gas valve coveradjustment, as specified in the contract drawings. Bid Item D5 — Replacement of Concrete Collars with High Early Strength Concrete (in addition to unit price), with activity D1, D2, D3 & D4 above: 1. Payment will be made by the unit price for each Replacement of Concrete Collars with High Early Strength Concrete (in addition to unit price) for manholes and valves requiring high Early Strength Concrete, as directed by the Engineer. This payment is in addition to the unit price for the adjustment of the manhole or valve as specified in the contract drawings, which will include all costs for labor materials, equipment and any other costs associates with this effort. 2. Measurement will be made for each concrete collar for manholes and vales requiring High Early Strength Concrete, as directed by the Engineer. Bid Item D6 — Allowance for Unanticipated Wastewater, Water and Stormwater Improvements: 1. Allowances for unanticipated Wastewater, Water and Stormwater improvements will be paid for based on the Contractor's proposal for performing the items directed by the Engineer and will include all labor, materials, equipment and any other costs associated with such directive. 2. This item will be measured by lump sum according to the directive issued by the Engineer. Measurement and Basis for Payment 01 29 01- 28 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Rev 01-13-2016 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 1.04 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENT FOR ALTERNATES AND ALLOWANCES A. See Section 01 23 10 Alternates and Allowances 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Measurement and Basis for Payment Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 01 29 01-29 Rev 01-13-2016 01 31 00 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish resources required to complete the Project with an acceptable standard of quality within the Contract Times. B. Construct Project in accordance with current safety practices. C. Manage Site to allow access to Site and control construction operations. D. Construct temporary facilities to provide and maintain control over environmental conditions at the Site. Remove temporary facilities when no longer needed. E. Provide temporary controls for pollutions, management of water and management of excess earth as required in SECTION 01 57 00 TEMPORARY CONTROLS. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Employ competent workmen, skilled in the occupation for which they are employed. Provide Work meeting quality requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Remove Defective Work from the Site immediately unless provisions have been made and approved by the OPT to allow repair of the product at the Site. Clearly mark Work as Defective until it is removed or allowable repairs have been completed. 1.03 DOCUMENT SUBMITTAL A. Provide documents in accordance with SECTION 01 33 00 DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT. 1. Provide copies of Supplier's printed storage instructions prior to furnishing materials or products and installation instructions prior to beginning the installation. 2. Incorporate field notes, sketches, recordings, and computations made by the Contractor in Record Drawings. 1.04 PERMITS A. Obtain building permits for the Project from the local authorities having jurisdiction. Pay building permit fees and include this cost in the Contract Price. B. Obtain environmental permits required for construction at the Site. C. Provide required permits for transporting heavy or oversized loads. D. Provide other permits required to conduct any part of the Work. E. Arrange for inspections and certification by agencies having jurisdiction over the Work. F. Make arrangements with private utility companies and pay for fees associated with obtaining services, or for inspection fees. G. Retain copies of permits and licenses at the Site and observe and comply with all regulations and conditions of the permit or license. Project Management and Coordination Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 013100-1 Rev 01-13-2016 1.05 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS A. Manage safety to protect the safety and welfare of persons at the Site. B. Provide safe access to move through the Site. Provide protective devices to warn and protect from hazards at the Site. C. Provide safe access for those performing tests and inspections. D. Comply with latest provisions of the Occupational Health and Safety Administration and other Laws and Regulation. E. Cooperate with accident investigations. Provide two copies of all reports, including insurance company reports, prepared concerning accidents, injury, or death related to the Project to the OAR as Record Data per SECTION 01 33 03 RECORD DATA. 1.06 ACCESS TO THE SITE A. Maintain access to the facilities at all times. Do not obstruct roads, pedestrian walks, or access to the various buildings, structures, stairways, or entrances. Provide safe access for normal operations during construction. B. Provide adequate and safe access for inspections. Leave ladders, bridges, scaffolding, and protective equipment in place until inspections have been completed. Construct additional safe access if required for inspections. C. Use roadways for construction traffic only with written approval of the appropriate representatives of each entity. Roadways may not be approved for construction traffic. Obtain written approval to use roads to deliver heavy or oversized loads to the Site. Furnish copies of the written approvals to the Owner as Record Data per SECTION 01 33 03 RECORD DATA. 1.07 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF SITE A. Limit the use of Site for Work and storage to those areas designated on the Drawings or approved by the OAR. Coordinate the use of the premises with the OAR. B. Provide security at the Site as necessary to protect against vandalism and loss by theft. C. Do not permit alcoholic beverages or illegal substances on the Site. Do not allow persons under the influence of alcoholic beverages or illegal substances to enter or remain on the Site at any time. Persons on Site under the influence of alcoholic beverages or illegal substances will be permanently prohibited from returning to the Site. Criminal or civil penalties may also apply. D. Park construction equipment in designated areas only and provide spill control measures as discussed in SECTION 01 57 00 TEMPORARY CONTROLS. E. Park employees' vehicles in designated areas only. F. Obtain written permission of the Owner before entering privately -owned land outside of the Owner's property, rights-of-way, or easements. Project Management and Coordination Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 013100-2 Rev 01-13-2016 G. Do not allow the use of audio devices, obnoxious, vulgar or abusive language, or sexual harassment in any form. These actions will cause immediate and permanent removal of the offender from the premises. Criminal or civil penalties may apply. H. Require Workers to wear clothing that is inoffensive and meets safety requirements. Do not allow sleeveless shirts, shorts, exceedingly torn, ripped, or soiled clothing to be worn on the Project. I. Do not allow firearms or weapons of any sort to be brought on to the Site under any conditions. No exception is to be made for persons with concealed handgun permits. Remove any firearms or weapons and the person possessing these firearms or weapons immediately from the Site. 1.08 PROTECTION OF EXISTING STRUCTURES AND UTILITIES A. Examine the Site and review the available information concerning the Site. Locate utilities, streets, driveways, fences, drainage structures, sidewalks, curbs, and gutters. Verify the elevations of the structures adjacent to excavations. Report any discrepancies from information in the Contract Documents to the OAR before beginning construction. B. Determine if existing structures, poles, piping, or other utilities at excavations will require relocation or replacement. Prepare a Plan of Action per SECTION 01 35 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES. Coordinate Work with local utility company and others for the relocation or replacement. C. Protect buildings, utilities, street surfaces, driveways, sidewalks, curb and gutter, fences, wells, drainage structures, piping, valves, manholes, electrical conduits, and other systems or structures unless they are shown to be replaced or relocated on the Drawings. Restore damaged items to the satisfaction of the OPT and utility owner. D. Carefully support and protect all structures and/or utilities so that there will be no failure or settlement where excavation or demolition endangers adjacent structures and utilities. Do not take existing utilities out of service unless required by the Contract Documents or approved by the OAR. Notify and cooperate with the utility owner if it is necessary to move services, poles, guy wires, pipelines, or other obstructions. E. Protect existing trees and landscaping at the Site. 1. Identify trees that may be removed during construction with OPT. 2. Mark trees to be removed with paint. 3. Protect trees to remain from damage by wrapping trunks with 2 x 4 timbers around the perimeter, securely wired in place, where machinery must operate around existing trees. Protect branches and limbs from damage by equipment. 4. Protect root zone from compaction. Project Management and Coordination Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 013100-3 Rev 01-13-2016 1.09 PRE -CONSTRUCTION EXPLORATORY EXCAVATIONS (NOT APPLICABLE) 1.10 DISRUPTION TO SERVICES / CONTINUED OPERATIONS A. Existing facilities are to continue in service as usual during the construction unless noted otherwise. Owner or utilities must be able to operate and maintain the facilities. Keep disruptions to existing utilities, piping, process piping, or electrical services to a minimum. 1. Do not restrict access to critical valves or operators. 2. Limit operations to the minimum amount of space needed to complete the specified Work. 3. Maintain storm sewers and sanitary sewers in service at all times. Provide temporary service around the construction or otherwise construct the structure in a manner that the flow is not restricted. B. Provide a Plan of Action in accordance with SECTION 01 35 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES if facilities must be taken out of operation. 1.11 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Perform complete field measurements prior to purchasing products or beginning construction for products required to fit existing conditions. B. Verify property lines, control lines, grades, and levels indicated on the Drawings. C. Check Shop Drawings and indicate the actual dimensions available where products are to be installed. D. Include field measurements in Record Drawings as required in SECTION 01 31 13 PROJECT COORDINATION. 1.12 REFERENCE DATA AND CONTROL POINTS A. The OPT will provide the following control points: 1. Base line or grid reference points for horizontal control. 2. Benchmarks for vertical control. B. Locate and protect control points prior to starting the Work and preserve permanent reference points during construction. Designated control points may be on an existing structure or monument. Do not change or relocate points without prior approval of the OAR. Notify OAR when the reference point is lost, destroyed, or requires relocation. Replace Project control points on the basis of the original survey. C. Provide complete engineering layout of the Work needed for construction. 1. Provide competent personnel. Provide equipment including accurate surveying instruments, stakes, platforms, tools, and materials. 2. Provide surveying with accuracy meeting the requirements established for Category 5 Construction Surveying as established in the Manual of Practice of Land Surveying in Texas published by the Texas Society of Professional Surveyors, latest revision. 3. Record Data and measurements per standards. Project Management and Coordination 01 31 00 - 4 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Rev 01-13-2016 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 1.13 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Deliver products and materials to the Site in time to prevent delays in construction. B. Deliver packaged products to Site in original undamaged containers with identifying labels attached. Open cartons as necessary to check for damage and to verify invoices. Reseal cartons and store properly until used. Leave products in packages or other containers until installed. C. Assume full responsibility for the protection and safekeeping of products stored at the Site. D. Store products at locations acceptable to the OAR and to allow Owner access to maintain and operate existing facilities. E. Store products in accordance with the Supplier's storage instructions immediately upon delivery. Leave seals and labels intact. F. Provide additional storage areas as needed for construction. Store products subject to damage by elements in substantial weather -tight enclosures or storage sheds. Provide and maintain storage sheds as required for the protection of products. Provide temperature, humidity control, and ventilation within the ranges stated in the Supplier's instructions. Remove storage facilities at the completion of the Project. G. Protect the pipe interior. Keep all foreign materials such as dirt, debris, animals, or other objects out of the pipe during the Work. Cap or plug ends of installed pipe in an approved manner when pipe is not being installed. Clean or wash out pipe sections that become contaminated before continuing with installation. Take precautions to prevent the pipe from floating or moving out of the proper position during or after laying operations. Immediately correct any pipe that moves from its correct position. H. Provide adequate exterior storage for products that may be stored out-of-doors. 1. Provide substantial platforms, blocking, or skids to support materials and products above ground which has been sloped to provide drainage. Protect products from soiling or staining. 2. Cover products subject to discoloration or deterioration from exposure to the elements, with impervious sheet materials. Provide ventilation to prevent condensation below covering. 3. Store loose, granular materials on clean, solid surfaces, or on rigid sheet materials, to prevent mixing with foreign matter. 4. Provide surface drainage to prevent erosion and ponding of water. 5. Prevent mixing of refuse or chemically injurious materials or liquids materials. 6. Pipes and conduits stored outdoors are to have open ends sealed to with stored prevent the entrance of dirt, moisture, and other injurious materials. Protect PVC pipe from ultraviolet light exposure. 7. Store light weight products to prevent wind damage. I. Maintain storage facilities. Inspect stored products on a weekly basis and after periods of severe weather to verify that: Project Management and Coordination Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 013100-5 Rev 01-13-2016 1. Storage facilities continue to meet specified requirements; 2. Supplier's required environmental conditions are continually maintained; and 3. Products that can be damaged by exposure to the elements are not adversely affected. J. Replace any stored item damaged by inadequate protection or environmental controls. K. Payment may be withheld for any products not properly stored. 1.14 CLEANING DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Provide positive methods to minimize raising dust from construction operations and provide positive means to prevent air -borne dust from disbursing into the atmosphere. Control dust and dirt from demolition, cutting, and patching operations. B. Clean the Project as Work progresses and dispose of waste materials, keeping the Site free from accumulations of waste or rubbish. Provide containers on Site for waste collection. Do not allow waste materials or debris to blow around or off of the Site. Control dust from waste materials. Transport waste materials with as few handlings as possible. C. Comply with Laws and Regulations. Do not burn or bury waste materials. Remove waste materials, rubbish and debris from the Site and legally dispose of these at public or private disposal facilities. D. Provide a final cleaning to thoroughly clean the entire Site and make ready for acceptance. 1. Remove construction debris, boxes, and trash from the Site. 2. Remove construction storage sheds and field offices. 3. Restore grade to match surrounding condition and remove excess dirt. 4. Sweep all drives and parking lots clean of dirt and debris. Use water trucks or hose down paved site to like new appearance. 1.15 MAINTENANCE OF ROADS, DRIVEWAYS, AND ACCESS A. Maintain roads and streets in a manner that is suitable for safe operations of public vehicles during all phases of construction unless the Owner approves a street closing. Do not close public roads overnight. B. Submit a Notification by Contractor for Owner's approval of a street closing. The request shall state: 1. The reason for closing the street. 2. How long the street will remain closed. 3. Procedures to be taken to maintain the flow of traffic. C. Construct temporary detours, including by-pass roads around construction, with adequately clear width to maintain the free flow of traffic at all times. Maintain barricades, signs, and safety features around the detour and excavations. Maintain barricades, signs, and safety features around the Work in accordance with all provisions of the latest edition of the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD). D. Assume responsibility for any damage resulting from construction along roads or drives. Project Management and Coordination Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 013100-6 Rev 01-13-2016 1.16 AREA ACCESS AND TRAFFIC CONTROL A. Provide traffic control measures to assure a safe condition and to provide a minimum of inconvenience to motorists and the public. Provide all-weather access to all residents and businesses at all times during construction. Provide temporary driveways and/or roads of approved material during wet weather. Maintain a stockpile of suitable material on the Site to meet the demands of inclement weather. B. Schedule operations to minimize adverse impact on the accessibility of adjoining properties. Sequence construction to build driveways in half widths, construct temporary ramps, or any other measure required to maintain access to adjoining properties. C. Comply with the Owner's Uniform Barricading Standards and Practices. Copies of this document are available through the Owner's Traffic Engineering Department. Secure required permits from the Owner's Traffic Engineering Department. 1.17 OVERHEAD ELECTRICAL WIRES A. Comply with OSHA safety requirements regarding construction equipment working beneath overhead electrical wires. Prevent and pay for repairs for damage to existing overhead electrical wires or facilities. B. Provide for adequate safety with regard to overhead lines whether overhead lines are or are not shown in the Contract Documents. 1.18 BLASTING A. Blasting is not allowed for any purpose. 1.19 ARCHAEOLOGICAL REQUIREMENTS A. Cease operations immediately and contact the Owner for instructions if historical or archaeological artifacts are found during construction. B. Conduct all construction activities to avoid adverse impact on the Sites where significant historical or archaeological artifacts are found or identified as an area where other artifacts could be found. 1. Obtain details for Working in these areas. 2. Maintain confidentiality regarding the Site. 3. Adhere to the requirements of the Texas Historical Commission. 4. Notify the OAR and the Texas Historical Commission. C. Do not disturb archaeological sites. 1. Obtain the services of a qualified archaeological specialist to instruct construction personnel on how to identify and protect archaeological finds on an emergency basis. 2. Coordinate activities to permit archaeological work to take place within the area. a. Attempt to archaeologically clear areas needed for construction as soon as possible. Project Management and Coordination Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 013100-7 Rev 01-13-2016 b. Provide a determination of priority for such areas. D. Assume responsibility for any unauthorized destruction that might result to such Sites by construction personnel, and pay all penalties assessed by the State or Federal agencies for non-compliance with these requirements. E. Contract Times will be modified to compensate for delays caused by such archaeological finds. No additional compensation will be paid for delays. 1.20 ENDANGERED SPECIES RESOURCES A. Do not perform any activity that is likely to jeopardize the continued existence of a threatened or endangered species as listed or proposed for listing under the Federal Endangered Species Act (ESA), and/or the State of Texas Parks and Wildlife Code on Endangered Species, or to destroy or adversely modify the habitat of such species. B. Cease Work immediately in the area of the encounter and notify the OAR if a threatened or endangered species is encountered during construction. OPT will implement actions in accordance with the ESA and applicable State statutes. Resume construction in the area of the encounter when authorized to do so by the OAR. 1.21 COOPERATION WITH PUBLIC AGENCIES A. Cooperate with all public and private agencies with facilities operating within the limits of the Project. B. Provide a 48-hour notice to any applicable agency when work is anticipated to proceed in the vicinity of any facility by using Texas 811 at 811 and the Lone Star Notification Company at 1-800-669-8344. C. For the Contractor's convenience, the following telephone numbers are listed: Public Agencies/Contacts Phone Number City Engineer 361-826-3500 Project Engineer Coym, Rehmet & Gutierrez Engineering, 361-991-8550 L.P - Victor M. Gutierrez, Jr., P.E. Traffic Engineering 361-826-3547 Police Department 361-882-2600 361-826-1800 (361-826-1818 after Water/ Wastewater/ Stormwater hours) 361-885-6900 (361-885-6942 after Gas Department hours) 361-885-5999 (Dispatch after hours) Parks & Recreation Department 361-826-3461 Street Department 361-826-1875 City Street Div. for Traffic Signals 361-826-1610 Solid Waste & Brush 361-826-1973 Project Management and Coordination Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 013100-8 Rev 01-13-2016 Public Agencies/Contacts Phone Number MIS Department (City Fiber) 361-826-3740 AEP 1-877-373-4858 AT&T 361-881-2511 (1-800-824-4424 after hours) Grande Communications 254-379-4400 Time Warner Communications Crown Castle Communications 1-888-632-0931 Century Tel 361-883-3000 Windstream Regional Transportation Authority 361-289-2712 Port of Corpus Christi Authority Engr. 361-882-5633 TxDOT Area Office 361-808-2500 Corpus Christi ISD 361-886-9005 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Project Management and Coordination Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 013100-9 Rev 01-13-2016 01 31 13 PROJECT COORDINATION 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Administer Contract requirements to construct the Project. Provide documentation per the requirements of this Section. Provide information as requested by the OPT. 1.02 DOCUMENT SUBMITTAL A. Provide documents in accordance with SECTION 01 33 00 DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT. B. Use the forms provided for Contract administration, applications for payment, document submittals, documentation of test results, equipment installation and documentation, and Project closeout. A digital copy of the required forms will be provided to the Contractor before or at the pre -construction conference. 1.03 COMMUNICATION DURING THE PROJECT A. The OAR is to be the first point of contact for all parties on matters concerning this Project. B. The Designer will coordinate correspondence concerning: 1. Documents, including Applications for Payment. 2. Clarification and interpretation of the Contract Documents. 3. Contract Modifications. 4. Observation of Work and testing. 5. Claims. C. The OAR will normally communicate only with the Contractor. Any required communication with Subcontractors or Suppliers will only be with the direct involvement of the Contractor. D. Direct written communications to the OAR at the address indicated at the pre -construction conference. Include the following with communications as a minimum: 1. Name of the Owner. 2. Project name. 3. Contract title. 4. Project number. 5. Date. 6. A reference statement. E. Submit communications on the forms referenced in this Section or in SECTION 01 33 00 DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT. Project Coordination Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. [15140 013113-1 11-25-2013 1.04 PROJECT MEETINGS A. Pre -Construction Conference: 1. Attend a pre -construction conference. 2. The location of the conference will be determined by the OAR. 3. The time of the meeting will be determined by the OAR but will be after the Notice of Award is issued and not later than 15 days after the Notice to Proceed is issued. 4. The OPT, Contractor's project manager and superintendent, representatives of utility companies, and representatives from major Subcontractors and Suppliers may attend the conference. 5. Provide and be prepared to discuss: a. Preliminary construction schedule per SECTION 01 33 04 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE. b. Schedule of Values and anticipated Schedule of Payments per SECTION 01 29 00 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT PROCEDURES. c. List of Subcontractors and Suppliers. d. Contractor's organizational chart as it relates to this Project. e. Letter indicating the agents of authority for the Contractor and the limit of that authority with respect to the execution of legal documents, Contract Modifications, and payment requests. B. Progress Meetings: 1. Attend meetings with the OAR and Owner. a. Meet on a monthly basis or as requested by the OAR to discuss the Project. b. Meet at the Site or other location as designated by the OAR. c. Contractor's superintendent and other key personnel are to attend the meeting. Other individuals may be requested to attend to discuss specific matters. d. Notify the OAR of any specific items to be discussed a minimum of 1 week prior to the meeting. 2. Provide information as requested by the OAR or Owner concerning this Project. Prepare to discuss: a. Status of overall Project schedule. b. Contractor's detailed schedule for the next month. c. Anticipated delivery dates for equipment. d. Coordination with the Owner. e. Status of documents. f. Information or clarification of the Contract Documents. g. Claims and proposed Modifications to the Contract. Project Coordination 01 31 13 - 2 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 11-25-2013 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 h. Field observations, problems, or conflicts. i. Maintenance of quality standards. 3. OAR will prepare minutes of meetings. Review the minutes of the meeting and notify the OAR of any discrepancies within 10 days of the date of the meeting memorandum. The minutes will not be corrected after the 10 days have expired. Corrections will be reflected in the minutes of the following meeting or as an attachment to the minutes. C. Pre- Submittal and Pre -Installation Meetings: 1. Conduct pre -submittal and pre -installation meetings as required in the individual technical Specifications or as determined necessary by the OAR (for example, instrumentation, roofing, concrete mix design, etc.). 2. Set the time and location of the meetings when ready to proceed with the associated Work. Submit a Notification by Contractor in accordance with Paragraph 1.07 for the meeting 2 weeks before the meeting. OPT must approve of the proposed time and location. 3. Attend the meeting and require the participation of appropriate Subcontractors and Suppliers in the meeting. 4. Prepare minutes of the meeting and submit to the OPT for review. OPT will review the minutes of the meeting and notify the Contractor of any discrepancies within 10 days of the date of the meeting memorandum. The minutes will not be corrected after the 10 days have expired. Corrections will be reflected in a revised set of meeting minutes. 1.05 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION A. Submit Request for Information (RFI) to the Designer to obtain additional information or clarification of the Contract Documents. 1. Submit a separate RFI for each item on the form provided. 2. Attach adequate information to permit a written response without further clarification. Designer will return requests that do not have adequate information to the Contractor for additional information. Contractor is responsible for all delays resulting from multiple document submittals due to inadequate information. 3. A response will be made when adequate information is provided. Response will be made on the RFI form or in attached information. B. Response to an RFI is given to provide additional information, interpretation, or clarification of the requirements of the Contract Documents, and does not modify the Contract Documents. C. Designer will initiate a Request for a Change Proposal (RCP) per SECTION 01 31 14 CHANGE MANAGEMENT if the RFI indicates that a Contract Modification is required. D. Use the Project Issues Log to document decisions made at meetings and actions to be taken in accordance with Paragraph 1.06. E. Use the Action Item Log to document assignments for actions to be taken in accordance with Paragraph 1.06. Project Coordination 01 31 13 - 3 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 11-25-2013 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 1.06 DECISION AND ACTION ITEM LOG A. OAR will maintain a Project Decision Log to document key decisions made at meetings, telephone conversation or Site visits using the format provided: 1. Review the log prior to each regular meeting. 2. Report any discrepancies to the OAR for correction or discussion at the next monthly meeting. B. OAR will maintain an Action Item log in conjunction with the Project Decision Log to track assignments made at meetings, telephone conversation, or Site visits using the format provided: 1. Review the Action Item Log prior to each regular meeting. 2. Report actions taken subsequent to the previous progress meeting on items in the log assigned to the Contractor or through the Contractor to a Subcontractor or Supplier to the OAR. Report on status of progress 1 week prior to each progress meeting established in Paragraph 1.04 to allow OAR to update the log prior to the Progress meetings. 3. Be prepared to discuss the status at each meeting. C. Decisions or action items in the log that require a change in the Contract Documents will have the preparation of a Modification as an action items if appropriate. The Contract Documents can only be changed by a Modification. 1.07 NOTIFICATION BY CONTRACTOR A. Notify the OAR of: 1. Need for testing. 2. Intent to work outside regular working hours. 3. Request to shut down facilities or utilities. 4. Proposed utility connections. 5. Required observation by OAR, Designer, or inspection agencies prior to covering Work. 6. Training. B. Provide notification a minimum of 2 weeks in advance in order to allow OPT time to respond appropriately to the notification. C. Use "Notification by Contractor" form provided. 1.08 RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Maintain at the Site one complete set of printed Record Documents including: 1. Drawings. 2. Specifications. 3. Addenda. Project Coordination Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 013113-4 11-25-2013 4. Modifications. 5. Record Data and approved Shop Drawings. 6. Construction photographs. 7. Test Reports. 8. Clarifications and other information provided in Request for Information responses. 9. Reference standards. B. Store printed Record Documents and Samples in the Contractor's field office. 1. Record Documents are to remain separate from documents used for construction. 2. Provide files and racks for the storage of Record Documents. 3. Provide a secure storage space for the storage of Samples. 4. Maintain Record Documents in clean, dry, legible conditions, and in good order. 5. Make Record Documents and Samples available at all times for inspection by the OPT. C. Maintain a digital record of Specifications and Addenda to identify products provided in PDF format. 1. Reference the Record Data number, Shop Drawings number, and O&M manual number for each product and item of equipment furnished or installed. 2. Reference Modifications by type and number for all changes. D. Maintain a digital record of Drawings in PDF format. 1. Reference the Record Data number, Shop Drawings number, and O&M manual number for each product and item of equipment furnished or installed. 2. Reference Modifications by type and number for all changes. 3. Record information as construction is being performed. Do not conceal any Work until the required information is recorded. 4. Mark Drawings to record actual construction, including the following: a. Depths of various elements of the foundation in relation to finished first floor datum or the top of walls. b. Horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances constructed and existing utilities encountered during construction. c. Location of utilities and appurtenances concealed in the Work. Refer measurements to permanent structures on the surface. Include the following equipment: 1) Piping. 2) Ductwork. 3) Equipment and control devices requiring periodic maintenance or repair. 4) Valves, unions, traps, and tanks. Project Coordination Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 013113-5 11-25-2013 5) Services entrance. 6) Feeders. 7) Outlets. d. Changes of dimension and detail. e. Changes by Modifications. f. Information in Request for Information or included in the Project Issues Log. g. Details not on the original Drawings. Include field verified dimensions and clarifications, interpretations, and additional information issued in response to RFIs. 5. Mark Drawings with the following colors: a. Highlight references to other documents, including Modifications in blue; b. Highlight mark ups for new or revised Work (lines added) in yellow; c. Highlight items deleted or not installed (lines to be removed) in red; and d. Highlight items constructed per the Contract Documents in green. 6. Submit Record Documents to Designer for review and acceptance 30 days prior to Final Completion of the Project. E. Applications for Payment will not be recommended for payment if Record Documents are found to be incomplete or not in order. Final payment will not be recommended without complete Record Documents. 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Project Coordination Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 013113-6 11-25-2013 01 31 14 CHANGE MANAGEMENT 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 REQUESTS FOR CHANGE PROPOSAL A. Designer will initiate Modifications by issuing a Request for a Change Proposal (RCP). 1. Designer will prepare a description of proposed Modifications. 2. Designer will issue the Request for a Change Proposal form to Contractor. A number will be assigned to the Request for a Change Proposal when issued. 3. Return a Change Proposal in accordance with Paragraph 1.02 to the Designer for evaluation by the OPT. 1.02 CHANGE PROPOSALS A. Submit a Change Proposal (CP) to the Designer for Contractor initiated changes in the Contract Documents or in response to a Request for Change Proposal. 1. Use the Change Proposal form provided. 2. Assign a number to the Change Proposal when issued. 3. Include with the Change Proposal: a. A complete description of the proposed Modification if Contractor initiated or proposed changes to the OPT's description of the proposed Modification. b. The reason the Modification is requested, if not in response to a Request for a Change Proposal. c. A detailed breakdown of the cost of the change if the Modification requires a change in Contract Price. The itemized breakdown is to include: 1) List of materials and equipment to be installed; 2) Man hours for labor by classification; 3) Equipment used in construction; 4) Consumable supplies, fuels, and materials; 5) Royalties and patent fees; 6) Bonds and insurance; 7) Overhead and profit; 8) Field office costs; 9) Home office cost; and 10) Other items of cost. d. Provide the level of detail outline in the paragraph above for each Subcontractor or Supplier actually performing the Work if Work is to be provided by a Subcontractor or Supplier. Indicate appropriate Contractor mark-ups for Work Change Management Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 013114-1 11-25-2013 provided through Subcontractors and Suppliers. Provide the level of detail outline in the paragraph above for self -performed Work. e. Submit Change Proposals that comply with Article 13 of the General Conditions for Cost of Work. f. Provide a revised schedule. Show the effect of the change on the Project Schedule and the Contract Times. B. Submit a Change Proposal to the Designer to request a Field Order. C. A Change Proposal is required for all substitutions or deviations from the Contract Documents. D. Request changes to products in accordance with SECTION 01 33 02 SHOP DRAWINGS. 1.03 DESIGNER WILL EVALUATE THE REQUEST FOR A MODIFICATION. A. Designer will issue a Modification per the General Conditions if the Change Proposal is acceptable to the Owner. Designer will issue a Change Order or Contract Amendment for any changes in Contract Price or Contract Times. 1. Change Orders and Contract Amendments will be sent to the Contractor for execution with a copy to the Owner recommending approval. A Work Change Directive may be issued if Work needs to progress before the Change Order or Contract Amendment can be authorized by the Owner. 2. Work Change Directives, Change Orders, and Contract Amendments can only be approved by the Owner. a. Work performed on the Change Proposal prior to receiving a Work Change Directive or approval of the Change Order or Contract Amendment is performed at the Contractor's risk. b. No payment will be made for Work on Change Orders or Contract Amendments until approved by the Owner. B. The Contractor may be informed that the Request for a Change Proposal is not approved and construction is to proceed in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1.04 EQUAL NON SPECIFIED PRODUCTS A. The products of the listed Suppliers are to be furnished where Specifications list several manufacturers but do not specifically list "or equal" or "or approved equal" products. Use of any products other than those specifically listed is a substitution. Follow the procedures in Paragraph 1.05 for a substitution. B. Contractor may submit other manufacturers' products that are in full compliance with the Specification where Specifications list one or more manufacturers followed by the phase "or equal" or "or approved equal." 1. Submit a Shop Drawing as required by SECTION 01 33 02 SHOP DRAWINGS to document that the proposed product is equal or superior to the specified product. 2. Prove that the product is equal. It is not the OPT's responsibility to prove the product is not equal. Change Management 01 31 14 - 2 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 11-25-2013 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 a. Indicate on a point by point basis for each specified feature that the product is equal to the Contract Document requirements. b. Make a direct comparison with the specified manufacturer's published data sheets and available information. Provide this printed material with the Shop Drawing. c. The decision of the Designer regarding the acceptability of the proposed product is final. 3. Provide a typewritten certification that, in furnishing the proposed product as an equal, the Contractor: a. Has thoroughly examined the proposed product and has determined that it is equal or superior in all respects to the product specified. b. Has determined that the product will perform in the same manner and result in the same process as the specified product. c. Will provide the same warranties and/or bonds as for the product specified. d. Will assume all responsibility to coordinate any modifications that may be necessary to incorporate the product into the construction and will waive all claims for additional Work which may be necessary to incorporate the product into the Project which may subsequently become apparent. e. Will maintain the same time schedule as for the specified product. 4. A Change Proposal is not required for any product that is in full compliance with the Contract Documents. If the product is not in full compliance, it may be offered as a Substitution. 1.05 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Substitutions are defined as any product that the Contractor proposes to provide for the Project in lieu of the specified product. Submit a Change Proposal per Paragraph 1.02 along with a Shop Drawing as required by SECTION 01 33 02 SHOP DRAWINGS to request approval of a substitution. B. Prove that the product is acceptable as a substitute. It is not the Designer's responsibility to prove the product is not acceptable as a substitute. 1. Indicate on a point by point basis for each specified feature that the product is acceptable to meet the intent of the Contract Documents requirements. 2. Make a direct comparison with the specified Suppliers published data sheets and available information. Provide this printed material with the documents submitted. 3. The decision of the Designer regarding the acceptability of the proposed substitute product is final. C. Provide a written certification that, in making the substitution request, the Contractor: 1. Has determined that the substituted product will perform in substantially the same manner and result in the same ability to meet the specified performance as the specified product. Change Management 01 31 14 - 3 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 11-25-2013 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 2. Will provide the same warranties and/or bonds for the substituted product as specified or as would be provided by the manufacturer of the specified product. 3. Will assume all responsibility to coordinate any modifications that may be necessary to incorporate the substituted product into the Project and will waive all claims for additional Work which may be necessary to incorporate the substituted product into the Project which may subsequently become apparent. 4. Will maintain the same time schedule as for the specified product. D. Pay for review of substitutions in accordance with SECTION 01 33 02 SHOP DRAWINGS. 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Change Management Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 013114-4 11-25-2013 01 33 00 DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Submit documentation as required by the Contract Documents and as reasonably requested by the OPT. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Submit legible, accurate, complete documents presented in a clear, easily understood manner. Documents not meeting these criteria will be returned without review. 1.03 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Review documents prior to submitting. Make certifications as required by the Contract Documents and as indicated on forms provided. B. Provide a Schedule of Documents to list the documents that are to be submitted, the dates on which documents are to be sent to the Designer for review, and proposed dates that documents must be returned to comply with the Project schedule. Use the form provided for this list. C. Incorporate the dates for processing documents into the Progress Schedule required by SECTION 01 33 04 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE. 1. Provide documents in accordance with the schedule so construction of the Project is not delayed. 2. Allow a reasonable time for the review of documents when preparing the Progress Schedule. Assume a 14 day review cycle for each document unless a longer period of time is indicated in the Contract Documents or agreed to by Designer and Contractor. 3. Schedule submittal of documents to provide all information for interrelated Work at one time. 4. Allow adequate time for processing documents so construction of the Project is not delayed. 1.04 DOCUMENT SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Submit documents through the Designer. Send all documents in digital format for processing. 1. Provide all information requested with a completed Document Transmittal form. Do not leave any blanks incomplete. If information is not applicable, enter NA in the space provided. 2. The Document Transmittal form is to be the first page in the document submitted. 3. Submit all documents in Portable Document Format (PDF). Document Management Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP)Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 01 33 00 - 1 11-25-2013 a. Create PDF document using Bluebeam Revu software or other compatible software that will create files that can be opened and annotated using Bluebeam Revu software. b. Create PDF documents from native format files unless files are only available from scanned documents. c. Rotate pages so that the top of each document appears at the top of the monitor screen when opened in PDF viewing software. d. Submit PDF document with adequate resolution to allow documents to be printed in a format equivalent to the document original. Documents are to be scalable to allow printing on standard 8-1/2 x 11 or 11 x 17 paper. e. Submit color PDF documents where color is required to interpret the document. f. Create or convert documents to allow text to be selected for comments or searched using text search features. Run scanned documents through Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software if necessary. Flatten markups in documents to prevent markups made by Contractor from being moved or deleted. Flatten documents to allow markup recovery. h. Use Bluebeam Revu software to reduce file size using default settings except the option for "Drop Metadata." Uncheck the "Drop Metadata" box when reducing file size g. i. Add footers to each document with the Project name. 1.05 DOCUMENT NUMBERING A. Assign a number to the documents originated to allow tracking of the documents during the review process. 1. Assign the number consisting of a prefix, a sequence number, and a letter suffix. Prefixes shall be as follows: Prefix Description Originator AP Application for Payment Contractor CO Change Order OAR CP Change Proposal Contractor CTR Certified Test Report Contractor FO Field Order OAR NBC Notification by Contractor Contractor PD Photographic Documentation Contractor RCP Request for a Change Proposal OAR RD Record Data Contractor RFI Request for Information Contractor SD Shop Drawing Contractor Document Management Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP)Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 013300-2 11-25-2013 Prefix Description Originator SCH Schedule of Progress Contractor 2. Issue sequence numbers in chronological order for each type of document. 3. Issue numbers for resubmittals that have the same number as the original document followed by an alphabetical suffix indicating the number of times the same document has been sent to the Designer for processing. For example: SD 025 A represents Shop Drawing number 25 and the letter "A" designates that this is the second time this document has been sent for review. 4. Clearly note the document number on each page or sheet of the document. 5. Correct assignment of numbers is essential since different document types are processed in different ways. B. Include reference the Drawing number and/or Specification Section, detail designation, schedule, or location that corresponds with the data on the document transmittal forms. Other identification may also be required, such as layout drawings or schedules to allow the reviewer to determine where a particular product is to be used. 1.06 DOCUMENT REQUIREMENTS A. Furnish documents as indicated below or in individual Specification Sections. Submit documents per the procedures described in the Contract Documents. B. Submit documents per the Specification Section shown in the following table: Document Type Specification Section Application for Payment 01 29 00 Change Proposal 01 31 14 Certified Test Report 01 33 02 for approval of product 0140 00 to demonstrate compliance Notification by Contractor 01 31 13 Photographic Documentation 01 33 05 Progress Schedules 01 33 04 Record Data 01 33 03 Request for Information 01 31 13 Shop Drawing 01 33 02 Schedule of Values 01 29 00 Substitutions 01 31 14 Suppliers and Subcontractors 01 31 13 and 01 33 03 Document Management Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP)Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 013300-3 11-25-2013 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Document Management Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP)Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 013300-4 11-25-2013 0133 01 Submittal Register Specification Section Specification Description Paragraph No. Types of Submittals Required Product Information Sample or Mockup Operations Data 01 31 00 Contractor Quality Control Plan 01 31 00 Field Measurements 01 31 00 Street Closing 01 31 13 Claims 01 31 13 Data and Test Results of All Materials 01 31 13 List of Subcontractors 01 31 13 Pay Applications 01 31 13 Request for Change Order 01 31 13 Requests for Information 01 33 04 Progress Schedule 02 56 10 Concrete Curb & Gutter 02 56 12 Concrete Sidewalks & Driveways 03 00 20 Portland Cement Concrete 03 20 20 Reinforcing Steel 03 80 00 Concrete Structures 09 70 20 Exposed Aggregate Finish for Concrete Sidewalks (S-51)* Submittal Register Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats City Projedit1\13z3 01-1 E15140 07-03-2014 01 33 02 SHOP DRAWINGS 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Shop Drawings are required for those products that cannot adequately be described in the Contract Documents to allow fabrication, erection, or installation of the product without additional detailed information from the Supplier. B. Submit Shop Drawings as required by the Contract Documents and as reasonably requested by the OPT to: 1. Record the products incorporated into the Project for the Owner; 2. Provide detailed information for the products proposed for the Project regarding their fabrication, installation, commissioning, and testing; and 3. Allow the Designer to advise the Owner if products proposed for the Project by the Contractor conform, in general, to the design concepts of the Contract Documents. C. Contractor's responsibility for full compliance with the Contract Documents is not relieved by the review of Shop Drawings, Samples, or mockups. Contract modifications can only be approved by Change Order or Field Order. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Submit legible, accurate, and complete documents presented in a clear, easily understood manner. Shop Drawings not meeting these criteria will be rejected. B. Demonstrate that the proposed products are in full and complete compliance with the design criteria and requirements of the Contract Documents, or will be if deviations requested per Paragraph 1.10 are approved. C. Furnish and install products that fully comply with the information included in the document submittal. 1.03 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Provide Shop Drawings for the following items: Specification Section Shop Drawing Description NONE REQUIRED B. Include Shop Drawings in the Schedule of Documents required by SECTION 01 33 00 DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT to indicate the Shop Drawings to be submitted, the dates on which documents are to be sent to the Designer for review and proposed dates that the product will be incorporated into the Project. C. Incorporate the dates for processing Shop Drawings into the Progress Schedule required by SECTION 01 33 04 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE. Shop Drawings Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 013302-1 11-25-2013 1. Submit Shop Drawings in accordance with the schedule so construction of the Project is not delayed. 2. Allow a reasonable time for the review of Shop Drawings when preparing the Progress Schedule. Include time for making revisions to the Shop Drawings and resubmitting the Shop Drawing for a least a second review. Assume a 14 day review cycle for each time a Shop Drawing is submitted for review unless a longer period of time is indicated in the Contract Documents. 3. Schedule document submittals to provide all information for interrelated Work at one time. 4. Allow adequate time for ordering, fabricating, delivering, and installing product so construction of the Project is not delayed. D. Complete the following before submitting a Shop Drawing or Sample: 1. Prepare Shop Drawing Review and coordinate the Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents; 2. Determine and verify specified performance and design criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers, and similar information with respect to Shop Drawings and Samples; 3. Determine and verify the suitability of materials and equipment offered with respect to the indicated application, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly, and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work; and 4. Determine and verify information relative to Contractor's responsibilities for means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. E. Determine and verify: 1. Accurate field measurements, quantities, and dimensions are shown on the Shop Drawing; 2. Location of existing structures, utilities, and equipment related to the Shop Drawing have been shown and conflicts between the products existing structures, utilities, and equipment have been identified; 3. Conflicts that impact the installation of the products have been brought to the attention of the OPT through the Designer; 4. Shop Drawing are complete for their intended purpose; and 5. Conflicts between the Shop Drawing related to the various Subcontractors and Suppliers have been resolved. F. Review Shop Drawings prior to submitting to the Designer. Certify that all Shop Drawings have been reviewed by the Contractor and are in strict conformance with the Contract Documents as modified by Addenda, Change Order, Field Order, or Contract Amendment when submitting Shop Drawings except for deviations specifically brought to the Designer's attention on an attached Shop Drawing Deviation Request form in accordance with Paragraph 1.10. Shop Drawings 01 33 02 - 2 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 11-25-2013 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 G. Fabrication or installation of any products prior to the approval of Shop Drawings is done at the Contractor's risk. Defective products may be rejected at the Owner's option. H. Payment will not be made for products for which Shop Drawings or Samples are required until these are approved by the Designer. 1.04 SHOP DRAWING REQUIREMENTS A. Provide adequate information in Shop Drawings and Samples so Designer can: 1. Assist the Owner in selecting colors, textures, or other aesthetic features. 2. Compare the proposed features of the product with the specified features and advise Owner that the product does, in general, conform to the Contract Documents. 3. Compare the performance features of the proposed product with those specified and advise the Owner that the product does, in general, conform to the performance criteria specified in the Contract Documents. 4. Review required certifications, guarantees, warranties, and service agreements for compliance with the Contract Documents. B. Include a complete description of the product to be furnished, including: 1. Type, dimensions, size, arrangement, and operational characteristics of the product; 2. Weights, gauges, materials of construction, external connections, anchors, and supports required; 3. All applicable standards such as ASTM or Federal specification numbers; 4. Fabrication and installation drawings, setting diagrams, manufacturing instructions, templates, patterns, and coordination drawings; 5. Mix designs for concrete, asphalt, or other materials proportioned for the Project; and 6. Complete and accurate field measurements for products which must fit existing conditions. Indicate on the document submittal that the measurements represent actual dimensions obtained at the Site. C. Submit Shop Drawings that require coordination with other Shop Drawings at the same time. Shop Drawings requiring coordination with other Shop Drawings will be rejected until a complete package is submitted. 1.05 SPECIAL CERTIFICATIONS AND REPORTS A. Provide all required certifications with the Shop Drawings as specified in the individual Specification Sections: 1. Certified Test Reports (CTR): A report prepared by an approved testing agency giving results of tests performed on products to indicate their compliance with the Specifications. This report is to demonstrate that the product when installed will meet the requirements and is part of the Shop Drawing. Field tests may be performed by the Owner to determine that in place materials or products meet the same quality as indicated in the CTR submitted as part of the Shop Drawing. Shop Drawings Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 013302-3 11-25-2013 2. Certification of Local Field Service (CLS): A certified letter stating that field service is available from a factory or supplier approved service organization located within a 300 mile radius of the Site. List names, addresses, and telephone numbers of approved service organizations on or attach it to the certificate. 3. Certification of Adequacy of Design (CAD): A certified letter from the manufacturer of the equipment stating that they have designed the equipment to be structurally stable and to withstand all imposed loads without deformation, failure, or adverse effects to the performance and operational requirements of the unit. The letter shall state that mechanical and electrical equipment is adequately sized to be fully operational for the conditions specified or normally encountered by the product's intended use. 1.06 WARRANTIES AND GUARANTEES A. Provide all required warranties, guarantees, and related documents with the Shop Drawing. The effective date of warranties and guarantees will be the date of acceptance of the Work by the Owner. B. Identify all Extended Warranties, defined as any guarantee of performance for the product or system beyond the 1 year correction period described in the General Conditions. Issue the warranty certificate in the name of the Owner. Provide a Warranty Bond for Extended Warranties if required by Specification Sections. C. Provide a copy of all warranties in a separate document in accordance with SECTION 01 70 00 EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS. 1.07 SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Submit Shop Drawings through the Designer. Send all documents in digital format for processing. 1. Provide all information requested in the Shop Drawing submittal form. Do not leave any blanks incomplete. If information is not applicable, enter NA in the space provided. The Shop Drawing submittal form is to be the first document in the file submitted. 2. Submit all documents in Portable Document Format (PDF). a. Create PDF document using Bluebeam Revu software or other compatible software that will create files that can be opened and annotated using Bluebeam Revu software. b. Create PDF documents from native format files unless files are only available from scanned documents. c. Rotate pages so that the top of each document appears at the top of the monitor screen when opened in PDF viewing software. d. Submit PDF document with adequate resolution to allow documents to be printed in a format equivalent to the document original. Documents are to be scalable to allow printing on standard 8-1/2 x 11 or 11 x 17 paper. e. Submit color PDF documents where color is required to interpret the Shop Drawing. Submit Samples and color charts per Paragraph 1.08.A. Shop Drawings Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 013302-4 11-25-2013 f. Create or convert documents to allow text to be selected for comments or searched using text search features. Run scanned documents through Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software if necessary. Flatten markups in documents to prevent markups made by Contractor from being moved or deleted. Flatten documents to allow markup recovery. h. Use Bluebeam Revu software to reduce file size using default settings except the option for "Drop Metadata." Uncheck the "Drop Metadata" box when reducing file size. g. i. Add footers to each document with the Project name. 3. Submit each specific product or class of material separately so these can be tracked and processed independently. Do not submit Shop Drawings for more than one product in the same Shop Drawing. 4. Submit items specified in different Specification Sections separately unless they are part of an integrated system. 5. Define abbreviations and symbols used in Shop Drawings. a. Use terms and symbols in Shop Drawings consistent with the Contract Drawings. b. Provide a list of abbreviations and their meaning as used in the Shop Drawings. c. Provide a legend for symbols used on Shop Drawings. 6. Mark Shop Drawings to reference: a. Related Specification Sections, b. Drawing number and detail designation, c. Product designation or name, d. Schedule references, e. System into which the product is incorporated, and f. Location where the product is incorporated into the Project. B. Use the following conventions to markup Shop Drawings for review: 1. Make comments and corrections in the color blue. Add explanatory comments to the markup. 2. Highlight items in black that are not being furnished when the Supplier's standard drawings or information sheets are provided so that only the products to be provided are in their original color. 3. Make comments in the color yellow where selections or decisions by the Designer are required, but such selections do not constitute a deviation from the Contract Documents. Add explanatory comments to the markup to indicate the action to be taken by the Designer. 4. Make comments in the color orange that are deviation requests. Include the deviation request number on the Shop Drawing that corresponds to the deviation request on Shop Drawings Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 013302-5 11-25-2013 the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. Include explanatory comments in the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. 5. Mark dimensions with the prefix FD to indicate field verified dimensions on the Shop Drawings. C. Submit a Change Proposal per SECTION 01 31 14 CHANGE MANAGEMENT to request modifications to the Contract Documents, including those for approval of "or equal" products when specifically allowed by the Contract Documents or as a substitution for specified products or procedures. D. Designate a Shop Drawing as requiring priority treatment in the comment section of the Shop Drawing submittal form to place the review of the Shop Drawing ahead of other Shop Drawings previously delivered. Shop Drawings are typically reviewed in the order received, unless Contractor requests that a different priority be assigned. Priority Shop Drawings will be reviewed before other Shop Drawings for this Project already received but not yet reviewed. Use of this priority designation for Shop Drawings may delay the review of Shop Drawings previously submitted, pushing the processing of Shop Drawings beyond the 14 day target. Contractor is responsible for delays resulting from the use of the priority designation status on Shop Drawings. E. Complete the certification required by Paragraph 1.03. 1.08 SAMPLE AND MOCKUP SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Submit color charts and Samples for every product requiring color, texture, or finish selection. 1. Submit color charts and Samples only after Shop Drawings for the products have been approved. 2. Deliver all color charts and Samples at one time. 3. Provide Samples of adequate size to clearly illustrate the functional characteristics of the product, with integrally related parts and attachment devices. 4. Indicate the full range of color, texture, and patterns. 5. Deliver color charts and Samples to the field office and store for the duration of the Project 6. Notify the Designer that color charts and Samples have been delivered for approval using the Notification by Contractor form. 7. Submit color charts and Samples not less than 30 days prior to when these products are to be ordered or released for fabrication to comply with the Project schedule. 8. Remove Samples that have been rejected. Submit new Samples following the same process as for the initial Sample until Samples are approved. 9. Dispose of Samples when related Work has been completed and approved and disposal is approved by the Designer. At Owner's option, Samples will become the property of the Owner. B. Construct mockups for comparison with the Work being performed. Shop Drawings Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 013302-6 11-25-2013 1. Construct mockups from the actual products to be used in construction per detailed Specification Sections. 2. Construct mockups of the size and in the area indicated in the Contract Documents. 3. Construct mockups complete with texture and finish to represent the finished product. 4. Notify the Designer that mockups have been constructed and are ready for approval using the Notification by Contractor form. Allow 2 weeks for OPT to approve of the mockup before beginning the Work represented by the mockup. 5. Remove mockups that have been rejected. Construct new mockups following the same process as for the initial mockup until mockup is approved. 6. Protect mockups until Work has been completed and accepted by the OPT. 7. Dispose of mockups when related Work has been completed and disposal is approved by the Designer. 1.09 REQUESTS FOR DEVIATION A. Submit requests for deviation from the Contract Documents for any product that does not fully comply with the Contract Documents. B. Submit requests for deviation using the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form provided. Identify each deviation request as a separate item. Include all requested deviations that must be approved as a group together and identify them as a single item. C. Include a description of why the deviation is required and the impact on Contract Price or Contract Times. Include the amount of any cost savings to the Owner for deviations that result in a reduction in cost. D. Submit as a Change Proposal prior to submitting the Shop Drawing if the deviation will result in a change in Contract Price or Contract Times. E. A Modification must be issued by the Designer for approval of a deviation. Approval of a requested Shop Drawing deviation by the Designer on the Shop Drawings Deviation Request form indicates approval of the requested deviation only on its technical merits as generally conforming to the Contract Documents. Deviations from the Contract Documents can only be approved by a Modification. 1.10 DESIGNER RESPONSIBILITIES A. Shop Drawings will be received by the Designer. Designer will log the documents and review per this Section for general conformance with the Contract Documents. 1. Designer's review and approval will be only to determine if the products described in the Shop Drawing or Sample will, after installation or incorporation into the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. 2. Designer's review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. Shop Drawings Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 013302-7 11-25-2013 3. Designer's review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. B. Comments will be made on items called to the attention of the Designer for review and comment. Any marks made by the Designer do not constitute a blanket review of the document submittal or relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors or deviations from the Contract requirements. 1. Designer will respond to Contractor's markups by either making markups directly in the Shop Drawings file using the color green or by attaching a Document Review Comments form with review comments. 2. Shop Drawings that are reviewed will be returned with one or more of the following status designations: a. Approved: Shop Drawing is found to be acceptable as submitted. b. Approved as Noted: Shop Drawing is Approved so long as corrections or notations made by Designer are incorporated into the Show Drawing. c. Not Approved: Shop Drawing or products described are not acceptable. 3. Shop Drawing will also be designated for one of the following actions: a. Final distribution: Shop Drawing is acceptable without further action and has been filed as a record document. b. Shop Drawing not required: A Shop Drawing was not required by the Contract Documents. Resubmit the document per SECTION 01 33 03 RECORD DATA. c. Cancelled: This action indicates that for some reason, the Shop Drawing is to be removed from consideration and all efforts regarding the processing of that document are to cease. d. Revise and resubmit: Shop Drawing has deviations from the Contract Documents, significant errors, or is inadequate and must be revised and resubmitted for subsequent review. e. Resubmit with corrections made: Shop Drawing is "Approved as Noted," but has significant markups. Make correction and notations to provide a revised document with markup incorporated into the original document so that no markups are required. f. Returned without review due to excessive deficiencies: Document does not meet the requirement of the Specifications for presentation or content to the point where continuing to review the document would be counterproductive to the review process or clearly does not meet the requirements of the Contract Documents. Revise the Shop Drawing to comply with the requirements of this Section and resubmit. g. Actions a through c will close out the Shop Drawing review process and no further action is required as a Shop Drawing. Actions d through f require follow up action to close out the review process. 4. Drawings with a significant or substantial number of markings by the Contractor may be marked "Approved as Noted" and "Resubmit with corrections made." These Shop Drawings 01 33 02 - 8 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 11-25-2013 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 drawings are to be revised to provide a clean record of the Shop Drawing. Proceed with ordering products as the documents are revised. 5. Dimensions or other data that does not appear to conform to the Contract Documents will be marked as "At Variance With" (AVW) the Contract Documents or other information provided. The Contractor is to make revisions as appropriate to comply with the Contract Documents. C. Bring deviations to the Shop Drawings to the attention of the Designer for approval by using the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. Use a single line for each requested deviation so the Status and Action for each deviation can be determined for that requested deviation. If approval or rejection of a requested deviation will impact other requested deviations, then all related deviations should be included in that requested deviation line so the status and action can be determined on the requested deviation as a whole. D. Requested deviations will be reviewed as possible Modification to the Contract Documents. 1. A Requested deviation will be rejected as "Not Approved" if the requested deviation is unacceptable. Contractor is to revise and resubmit the Shop Drawing with corrections for approval. 2. A Field Order will be issued by the Designer for deviations approved by the Designer if the requested deviation is acceptable and if the requested deviation will not result in a change in Contract Price or Contract Times. Requested deviations from the Contract Documents may only be approved by Field Order. 3. A requested deviation will be rejected if the requested deviation is acceptable but the requested deviation will or should result in a change in Contract Price or Contract Times. Submit any requested deviation that requires as change in Contract Price or Contract Times as a Change Proposal for approval prior to resubmitting the Shop Drawing. E. Contractor is to resubmit the Shop Drawing until it is acceptable and marked Approved or Approved as Noted and is assigned an action per Paragraph 1.10.B that indicates that the Shop Drawing process is closed. F. Information that is submitted as a Shop Drawings that should be submitted as Record Data or other type of document, or is not required may be returned without review, or may be deleted. No further action is required and the Shop Drawing process for this document will be closed. 1.11 RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS A. Make all corrections or changes in the documents required by the Designer and resubmit to the Designer until approved. 1. Revise initial drawings or data and resubmit as specified for the original document. 2. Highlight or cloud in green those revisions which have been made in response to the previous reviews by the Designer. This will include changes previously highlighted or clouded in yellow to direct attention to Designer to items requiring selections or decisions by the Designer or highlighted or clouded in orange for a requested deviation from the Contract Documents. Shop Drawings Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 013302-9 11-25-2013 3. Highlight and cloud new items in yellow where selections or decisions by the Designer are required, but such selections do not constitute a deviation from the Contract Documents. Add explanatory comments to the markup to indicate the action to be taken by the Designer. 4. Highlight and cloud new items in orange that are deviation requests. Include the deviation request number on the Shop Drawing that corresponds to the deviation request on the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. Numbering for these new items is to start with the next number following the last Shop Drawing deviation requested. Include explanatory comments in the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. B. Pay for excessive review of Shop Drawings. 1. Excessive review of Shop Drawings is defined as any review required after the original review has been made and the first resubmittal has been checked to see that corrections have been made. 2. Review of Shop Drawings or Samples will be an additional service requiring payment by the Contractor if the Contractor submits a substitution for a product for which a Shop Drawing or Sample has previously been approved, unless the need for such change is beyond the control of Contractor. 3. Cost for additional review time will be billed to the Owner by the Designer for the actual hours required for the review of Shop Drawings by Designer and in accordance with the rates listed in SECTION 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS. 4. A Set-off will be included in each Application for Payment to pay cost for the additional review to the Owner on a monthly basis. The Set-off will be based on invoices submitted to Owner for these services. 5. Need for more than one resubmission or any other delay of obtaining Designer's review of Shop Drawings will not entitle the Contractor to an adjustment in Contract Price or an extension of Contract Times. 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Shop Drawings Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 01 33 02 - 10 11-25-2013 01 33 03 RECORD DATA 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Submit Record Data as required by the Contract Documents and as reasonably requested by the OPT. Provide Record Data for all products unless a Shop Drawing is required for the same item. B. Submit Record Data to provide documents that allow the Owner to: 1. Record the products incorporated into the Project for the Owner; 2. Review detailed information about the products regarding their fabrication, installation, commissioning, and testing; and 3. Provide replacement or repair of the products at some future date. C. Contractor's responsibility for full compliance with the Contract Documents is not relieved by the receipt or cursory review of Record Data. Contract modifications can only be approved by Change Order or Field Order. D. Provide various reports or other documents that Contract Documents required be submitted for record purposes. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Submit legible, accurate, and complete documents presented in a clear, easily understood manner. Record Data not meeting these criteria will be rejected. 1.03 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Submit Record Data for the following items: Specification Section Record Data Description SEE SECTION 01 31 13 "PROJECT COORDINATION — ITEM 1.08 RECORD DOCUMENTS" B. Include Record Data in the Schedule of Documents required by SECTION 01 33 00 DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT to indicate the Record Data to be submitted, the dates on which documents are to be sent to the Designer for review, and proposed dates that the product will be incorporated into the Project. C. Complete the following before submitting Record Data: 1. Prepare Record Data and coordinate with Shop Drawings or Samples, other Record Data, and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents; 2. Determine and verify specified performance and design criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers, and similar information; Record Data Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 013303-1 11-25-2013 3. Determine and verify the suitability of materials and equipment offered with respect to the indicated application, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly, and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work; and 4. Determine and verify information relative to Contractor's responsibilities for means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. D. Determine and verify: 1. Accurate field measurements, quantities, and dimensions are shown on the Record Data; 2. Location of existing structures, utilities, and equipment related to the Record Data have been shown and conflicts between the products existing structures, utilities, and equipment have been identified; 3. Conflicts that impact the installation of the products have been brought to the attention of the OPT through the Designer; 4. Record Data are complete for their intended purpose; and 5. Conflicts between the Record Data related to the various Subcontractors and Suppliers have been resolved. E. Review Record Data prior to submitting to the Designer. Certify that all Record Data has been reviewed by the Contractor and is in strict conformance with the Contract Documents as modified by Addenda, Change Order, Field Order, or Contract Amendment when submitting Record Data. 1.04 RECORD DATA REQUIREMENTS A. Include a complete description of the material or equipment to be furnished, including: 1. Type, dimensions, size, arrangement, model number, and operational parameters of the components; 2. Weights, gauges, materials of construction, external connections, anchors, and supports required; 3. All applicable standards such as ASTM or Federal specification numbers; 4. Fabrication and installation drawings, setting diagrams, manufacturing instructions, templates, patterns, and coordination drawings; 5. Mix designs for concrete, asphalt, or other materials proportioned for the Project; and 6. Complete and accurate field measurements for products which must fit existing conditions. Indicate on the document submittal that the measurements represent actual dimensions obtained at the Site. 1.05 SPECIAL CERTIFICATIONS AND REPORTS A. Provide all required certifications with the Record Data as specified in the individual Specification Sections: Record Data Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 013303-2 11-25-2013 1. Certified Test Reports (CTR): A report prepared by an approved testing agency giving results of tests performed on products to indicate their compliance with the Specifications. This report is to demonstrate that the product when installed will meet the requirements and is part of the Record Data. Field tests may be performed by the Owner to determine that in place materials or products meet the same quality as indicated in the CTR submitted as part of the Record Data. 1.06 WARRANTIES AND GUARANTEES A. Provide all required warranties, guarantees, and related documents with the Record Data. The effective date of warranties and guarantees will be the date of acceptance of the Work by the Owner. B. Identify all Extended Warranties, defined as any guarantee of performance for the product or system beyond the 1 year correction period described in the General Conditions. Issue the warranty certificate in the name of the Owner. Provide a Warranty Bond for Extended Warranties if required by Specification Sections. C. Provide a copy of all warranties in a separate document in accordance with SECTION 01 70 00 EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS. 1.07 RECORD DATA SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Submit Record Data through the Designer. Send all documents in digital format for processing. 1. Provide all information requested in the Record Data submittal form. Do not leave any blanks incomplete. If information is not applicable, enter NA in the space provided. The Record Data submittal form is to be the first document in the file. 2. Submit all documents in Portable Document Format (PDF). a. Create PDF document using Bluebeam Revu software or other compatible software that will create files that can be opened and annotated using Bluebeam Revu software. b. Create PDF documents from native format files unless files are only available from scanned documents. c. Rotate pages so that the top of each document appears at the top of the monitor screen when opened in PDF viewing software. d. Submit PDF document with adequate resolution to allow documents to be printed in a format equivalent to the document original. Documents are to be scalable to allow printing on standard 8-1/2 x 11 or 11 x 17 paper. e. Submit color PDF documents where color is required to interpret the Record Data. f. Create or convert documents to allow text to be selected for comments or searched using text search features. Run scanned documents through Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software if necessary. Record Data Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 013303-3 11-25-2013 g. Flatten markups in documents to prevent markups made by Contractor from being moved or deleted. Flatten documents to allow markup recovery. h. Use Bluebeam Revu software to reduce file size using default settings except the option for "Drop Metadata." Uncheck the "Drop Metadata" box when reducing file size. i. Add footers to each document with the Project name. 3. Submit each specific product, class of material, or product separately so these can be tracked and processed independently. Do not submit Record Data for more than one system in the same Record Data. 4. Submit items specified in different Specification Sections separately unless they are part of an integrated system. 5. Define abbreviations and symbols used in Record Data. a. Use terms and symbols in Record Data consistent with the Contract Drawings. b. Provide a list of abbreviations and their meaning as used in the Record Data. c. Provide a legend for symbols used on Record Data. 6. Mark Record Data to reference: a. Related Specification Sections, b. Drawing number and detail designation, c. Product designation or name, d. Schedule references, e. System into which the product is incorporated, and f. Location where the product is incorporated into the Project. B. Submit a Change Proposal per SECTION 01 31 14 CHANGE MANAGEMENT to request modifications to the Contract Documents, including those for approval of "or equal" products when specifically allowed by the Contract Documents or as a substitution for specified products or procedures. Deviations from the Contract Documents can only be approved by a Modification. C. Complete the certification required by Paragraph 1.03. 1.08 DESIGNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Record Data will be received by the Designer, logged, and provided to Owner as the Project record. 1. Record Data may be reviewed to see that the information provided is adequate for the purpose intended. Record Data not meeting the requirements of Paragraph 1.02 may be rejected as unacceptable. 2. Record Data is not reviewed for compliance with the Contract Documents. Comments may be returned if deviations from the Contract Documents are noted during the cursory review performed to see that the information is adequate. Record Data Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 013303-4 11-25-2013 3. Contractor's responsibility for full compliance with the Contract Documents is not relieved by the review of Record Data. Contract modifications can only be approved by a Modification. B. Designer may take the following action in processing Record Data: 1. File Record Data as received if the cursory review indicates that the document meets the requirements of Paragraph 1.02. Document will be given the status of "Filed as Received" and not further action is required on that Record Data. 2. Reject the Record Data for one of the following reasons: a. The document submittal requirements of the Contract Documents indicate that the document submitted as Record Data should have been submitted as a Shop Drawing. The Record Data will be marked "Rejected" and "Submit Shop Drawing." No further action is required on this document as Record Data and the Record Data process will be closed. Resubmit the document as a Shop Drawing per SECTION 01 33 02 SHOP DRAWINGS. b. The cursory review indicates that the document does not meet the requirements of Paragraph 1.02. The Record Data will be marked "Rejected" and "Revise and Resubmit." Contractor is to resubmit the Record Data until it is acceptable and marked "Filed as Received." When Record Data is filed, no further action is required and the Record Data process will be closed. c. The Record Data is not required by the Contract Documents nor is applicable to the Project. The Record Data will be marked "Rejected" and "Cancel - Not Required." No further action is required and the Record Data process will be closed. C. Contractor is to resubmit the Record Data until it is acceptable and marked "Filed as Received." 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Record Data Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 013303-5 11-25-2013 01 33 04 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS A. Prepare and submit a Progress Schedule for the Work and update the schedule on a monthly basis for the duration of the Project. B. Provide schedule in adequate detail to allow Owner to monitor progress and to relate document processing to sequential activities of the Work. C. Incorporate and specifically designate the dates of anticipated submission of documents and the dates when documents must be returned to the Contractor into the schedule. D. Assume complete responsibility for maintaining the progress of the Work per the schedule submitted. E. Take the requirements of SECTION 01 35 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES into consideration when preparing schedule. 1.02 DOCUMENT SUBMITTAL A. Submit Progress Schedules in accordance with SECTION 01 33 00 DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT. B. Submit a preliminary schedule within 10 days after the Notice of Award. The schedule is to be available at the pre -construction conference. C. Submit a detailed schedule at least 10 days prior to the first payment request. D. Submit Progress Schedules updates monthly with Applications for Payment to indicate the progress made on the Project to that date. Failure to submit the schedule may cause delay in the review and approval of Applications for Payment. 1.03 SCHEDULE REQUIREMENTS A. Schedule is to be in adequate detail to: 1. Assure adequate planning, scheduling, and reporting during the execution of the Work; 2. Assure the coordination of the Work of the Contractor and the various Subcontractors and Suppliers; 3. Assist in monitoring the progress of the Work; and 4. Assist in evaluating proposed changes to the Contract Times and Project schedule. B. Provide personnel with 5 years' minimum experience in scheduling construction work comparable to this Project. Prepare the schedule using acceptable scheduling software. C. Provide the schedule in the form of a computer generated critical path schedule which includes Work to be performed on the Project. It is intended that the schedule accomplish the following: Construction Progress Schedule Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 013304-1 11-25-2013 1. Give early warning of delays in time for correction. 2. Provide detailed plans for the execution of the Work in the form of future activities and events in sequential relationships. 3. Establish relationships of significant planned Work activities and provide a logical sequence for planned Work activities. 4. Provide continuous current status information. 5. Allow analysis of the Contractor's program for the completion of the Project. 6. Permit schedules to be revise when the existing schedule is not achievable. 7. Log the progress of the Work as it actually occurs. D. Prepare a time scaled CPM arrow or precedence diagram to indicate each activity and its start and stop dates. 1. Develop Milestone dates and Project completion dates to conform to time constraints, sequencing requirements and Contract completion date. 2. Use calendar day durations while accounting for holidays and weather conditions in the projection of the duration of each activity. 3. Clearly indicate the critical path for Work to complete the Project. E. Provide a time scaled horizontal bar chart which indicates graphically the Work scheduled at any time during the Project. The chart is to indicate: 1. Complete sequence of construction by activity; 2. Identification of the activity by structure, location, and type of Work; 3. Chronological order of the start of each item of Work; 4. The activity start and stop dates; 5. The activity duration; 6. Successor and predecessor relationships for each activity; 7. A clearly indicated single critical path; and 8. Projected percentage of completion, based on dollar value of the Work included in each activity as of the first day of each month. F. Provide a schedule incorporating the Schedule of Documents provided in accordance with SECTION 01 33 00 DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT indicating: 1. Specific dates each document is to be delivered to the Designer. 2. Specific dates each document must be received in order to meet the proposed schedule. 3. Allow a reasonable time to review documents, taking into consideration the size and complexity of the document, other documents being processed, and other factors that may affect review time. 4. Allow time for re -submission of each document. Contractor is responsible for delays associated with additional time required to review incomplete or erroneous Construction Progress Schedule 01 33 04 - 2 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 11-25-2013 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 documents and for time lost when documents are submitted for products that do not meet Specification requirements. 1.04 SCHEDULE REVISIONS A. Revise the schedule if it appears that the schedule no longer represents the actual progress of the Work. 1. Submit a written report if the schedule indicates that the Project is more than 30 days behind schedule. The report is to include: a. Number of days behind schedule; b. Narrative description of the steps to be taken to bring the Project back on schedule; and c. Anticipated time required to bring the Project back on schedule. 2. Submit a revised schedule indicating the action that the Contractor proposes to take to bring the Project back on schedule. B. Revise the schedule to indicate any adjustments in Contract Times approved by Modification. 1. Include a revised schedule with Change Proposals if a change in Contract Times is requested. 2. OPT will deem any Change Proposal that does not have a revised schedule and request for a change in Contract Times as having no impact on the ability of the Contractor to complete the Project within the Contract Times. C. Updating the Project schedule to reflect actual progress is not considered a revision to the Project schedule. D. Applications for Payment may not be recommended for payment without a revised schedule and if required, the report indicating the Contractor's plan for bringing the Project back on schedule. 1.05 FLOAT TIME A. Define float time as the amount of time between the earliest start date and the latest start date of a chain of activities on the construction schedule. B. Float time is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either the Contractor or Owner. C. Where several subsystems each have a critical path, the subsystem with the longest time of completion is the critical path and float time is to be assigned to other subsystems. D. Contract Times cannot be changed by the submission of a schedule. Contract Times can only be modified by a Change Order or Contract Amendment. E. Schedule completion date must be the same as the Contract completion date. Time between the end of construction and the Contract completion date is float time. Construction Progress Schedule Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 013304-3 11-25-2013 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Construction Progress Schedule Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 013304-4 11-25-2013 01 33 05 VIDEO AND PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide a video recording of the Site prior to the beginning of construction. 1. Record the condition of all existing facilities in or abutting the construction area (right- of-way) including but not limited to streets, curb and gutter, utilities, driveways, fencing, landscaping, etc. 2. Record after construction staking is complete but prior to any clearing. 3. Provide one copy of the recording, dated and labeled to the OAR before the start of construction. Provide additional recording as directed by the OAR if the recording provided is not considered suitable for the purpose of recording pre-existing conditions. B. Furnish an adequate number of photographs of the Site to clearly depict the completed Project. 1. Provide a minimum of ten different views. 2. Photograph a panoramic view of the entire Site. 3. Photograph all significant areas of completed construction. 4. Completion photographs are not to be taken until all construction trailers, excess materials, trash, and debris have been removed. 5. Employ a professional photographer approved by the OAR to photograph the Project. 6. Provide one aerial photograph of the Site from an angle and height to include the entire Site while providing adequate detail. C. All photographs, video recordings, and a digital copy of this media are to become the property of the Owner. Photographs or recordings may not be used for publication, or public or private display without the written consent of the Owner. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide clear photographs and recordings taken with proper exposure. View photographs and recordings in the field and take new photographs or recordings immediately if photos of an adequate print quality cannot be produced or video quality is not adequate. Provide photographs with adequate quality and resolution to permit enlargements. 1.03 DOCUMENT SUBMITTAL A. Submit photographic documentation as Record Data in accordance with SECTION 01 33 00 DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT. B. Submit two DVDs of the video recording as Record Data in accordance with SECTION 01 33 00 DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT. Video and Photographic Documentation Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 013305-1 11-25-2013 2.00 PRODUCTS 2.01 PHOTOGRAPHS A. Provide photographs in digital format with a minimum resolution of 1280 x 960, accomplished without a digital zoom. B. Take photographs at locations acceptable to the OAR. C. Provide two color prints of each photograph and a digital copy on a DVD of each photograph taken. D. Identify each print on back with: 1. Project name. 2. Date, time, location, and orientation of the exposure. 3. Description of the subject of photograph. E. Submit photograph in clear plastic sheets designed for photographs. Place only one photograph in each sheet to allow the description on the back to be read without removing the photograph. F. Final photographs are to include two 8 -by -10 -inch glossy color prints for each of ten photographs selected by the OAR. These photographs are in addition to normal prints. 2.02 VIDEO RECORDING A. Provide digital format on DVD that can be played with Windows Media Player in common format in full screen mode. B. Identify Project on video by audio or visual means. C. Video file size should not exceed 400 MB. D. Video resolution shall be 1080p. E. The quality of the video must be sufficient to determine the existing conditions of the construction area. Camera panning must be performed while at rest, do not pan the camera while walking or driving. Camera pans should be performed at intervals sufficient to clearly view the entire construction area. F. DVD shall be labeled with construction stationing and stationing should be called out, voice recorded, in the video. G. The entire construction area recording shall be submitted at once. Sections submitted separately will not be accepted. 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Video and Photographic Documentation Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 013305-2 11-25-2013 01 35 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCE A. Within the Contract Times, perform the specified work as required to complete the entire project(s). The Contractor will be issued multiple delivery orders with multiple streets as work progresses. The Contractor will establish its own sequence of work within each Delivery Order and submit a Progress Schedule for each Delivery Order to the OAR. The Contractor must demonstrate adequate crews, equipment and progress before starting additional streets and delivery orders. B. It is the intent of the City to have seal coat work in progress, continuously and concurrently, in all three areas of the City. Up to three General Contractors may be involved, working concurrently, throughout the City for this citywide sealcoat project.: 1.02 PLAN OF ACTION (NOT USED) 1.03 CRITICAL OPERATIONS (NOT USED) 1.04 OWNER ASSISTANCE (NOT USED) 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Special Procedures Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 01 35 00 - 1 11-25-2013 0140 00 QUALITY MANAGEMENT 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Review the OPT's Quality Management Program and prepare and submit the Contractor's Quality Control Plan. B. Implement the Contractor's Quality Control Plan to control the quality of the Work and verify that the Work meets the standards of quality established in the Contract Documents. 1. Inspect products to be incorporated into the Project. Ensure that Suppliers have adequate quality control systems to ensure that products that comply with the Contract Documents are provided. 2. Integrate quality control measures into construction activities to produce Work which meets quality expectations of the Contract Documents. Inspect the Work of the Contractor, Subcontractors, and Suppliers. Correct Defective Work. 3. Provide and pay for the services of an approved professional materials testing laboratory acceptable to the OPT to provide testing that demonstrates that products proposed in Shop Drawings and Record Data for the Project fully comply with the Contract Documents. 4. Provide facilities, equipment, and Samples required for quality control inspections and tests: a. Give the OAR adequate notice before proceeding with Work that would interfere with inspections or testing; b. Notify the OAR and testing laboratories prior to the time that testing is required, providing adequate lead time to allow arrangements for inspections or testing to be made; c. Do not proceed with any Work that would impact the ability to correct defects or Work that would require subsequent removal to correct defects until testing services have been performed and results of tests indicate that the Work is acceptable; d. Cooperate fully with the performance of sampling, inspection, and testing; e. Provide personnel to assist with sampling or to assist in making inspections and field tests; f. Obtain and handle Samples for testing at the Site or at the production source of the product to be tested; g. Provide adequate quantities of representative products to be tested to the laboratory at the designated locations; h. Provide facilities required to store and cure test Samples; i. Provide calibrated scales and measuring devices for the OPT's use in performing inspections and testing; Quality Management Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 0140 00 - 1 11-25-2013 j. Provide adequate lighting to allow OPT observations; and k. Make Contract Documents available to testing agencies when requested. 5. Provide safe access for all inspection and testing activities, including those to be conducted as part of the OPT's Quality Management Program. 6. Document Defective Work though Certified Test Reports and Defective Work Notices. Document that corrective actions have been taken to correct any defects and that corrected Work is in compliance with the Contract Documents. 7. Apply quality control measures to documentation provided for the Project. 8. Implement countermeasures to prevent future Defective Work. C. Perform tests as indicated in this and other Sections of the Specifications. Technical Specifications govern if any testing and inspection requirements of this Section conflict with the testing and inspection requirements of the technical Specifications. D. All verification testing is to be observed by the OAR or designated representative. E. Send test reports to the Designer. F. Provide an update on quality control activities at monthly progress meetings required by SECTION 01 31 13 PROJECT COORDINATION. G. Owner will withhold payment for Defective Work, or Work that has not been tested or inspected in accordance with the Contractor's Quality Control Plan, the OPT's Quality Control Program, or the Contract Documents. H. Work performed that is connected or adjacent to Defective Work or Work that would have to be removed to correct Defective Work is also considered to be Defective. Contractor is responsible for all cost with replacing any acceptable Work that must be removed, or might be damaged by corrective actions. 1.02 QUALITY MANAGEMENT ACTIVITIES BY THE OPT A. OPT will perform its own quality assurance tests independent of the Contractor's Quality Control Program. Assist the OPT and testing organizations in performing quality assurance activities per Paragraph 1.01. B. Quality assurance testing performed by the OPT will be paid for by the Owner, except for verification testing required per Paragraph 1.07. C. Quality assurance activities of the OPT, through their own forces or through contracts with consultants and materials testing laboratories are for the purpose of monitoring the results of the Contractor's Work to see that it is in compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Quality assurance activities or non-performance of quality assurance activities by the OPT do not: 1. Relieve the Contractor of its responsibility to provide Work or furnish products that conform with the requirements of the Contract Documents; 2. Relieve the Contractor of its responsibility for providing adequate quality control measures; Quality Management Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 0140 00 - 2 11-25-2013 3. Relieve the Contractor of its responsibility for damage to or loss of Work or products before OPT's acceptance; 4. Constitute or imply OPT's acceptance; and 5. Affect the continuing rights of the Owner after OPT's acceptance of the completed Work. D. Work is subject to OPT's quality assurance observations or testing at any time. Products which have been tested or inspected and approved by OPT at a supply source or staging area may be inspected or tested again by the OPT before, during or after incorporation into the Work and rejected if products do not comply with the Contract Documents. 1.03 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF OPT'S TEST REPORTS A. OPT has prepared a Quality Management Plan that describes, in general, the OPT's anticipated quality assurance testing program for this Project. This testing program will be made available to Bidders during the bidding phase. This plan outlines only the testing in general terms and may not reflect actual testing. Actual testing will depend on the Contractors means, methods and procedures of construction which will not be known until the Contractor begins Work and submits their own Quality Control Plan for review. There is no guarantee that all testing will be performed. B. Contractor will receive copies of all test reports documenting OPT's quality assurance activities. Contractor is entitled to rely on the accuracy of these tests results and use these as part of their quality control efforts. C. Contractor is to determine additional testing or inspections that may be required to implement the Contractor's Quality Control Plan. Include cost for additional testing and inspections required to meet Contractors quality control obligations, including the cost for correcting Defective Work in the Contract Price. D. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal if OPT's quality assurance testing program deviates significantly from the OPT's Quality Management Plan, and Contractor can demonstrate that additional cost was incurred to implementing the Contractor's Quality Control Plan resulting from these deviations. 1.04 DOCUMENTATION A. Provide documentation which includes: 1. Contractor's Quality Management Plan that establishes the methods of assuring compliance with the Contract Documents. Submit this plan as a Shop Drawings per SECTION 01 33 02 SHOP DRAWINGS. 2. A Statement of Qualification for any proposed testing laboratories that includes a list of the engineers and technical staff that will provide testing services on the Project, descriptions of the qualifications of these individuals, list of tests that can be performed, equipment used with date of last certification, and a list of recent projects for which testing has been performed with references for those projects. 3. Provide Certified Test Reports for products to be incorporated into the Project. Provide reports to indicate that proposed products comply with the Contract Quality Management Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 014000-3 11-25-2013 Documents or indicate that proposed products do not comply with the Contract Documents and why it does not comply. Submit these test reports as part of a Shop Drawings submitted per SECTION 01 33 02 SHOP DRAWINGS. 4. Provide Certified Test Reports for inspection and testing required in this Section and in other Specification Sections. Provide reports to indicate that Work complies with the Contract Documents or indicate that Work does not comply with the Contract Documents they are not in compliance and why it does not comply. Submit these test reports on forms provided per SECTION 01 33 00 DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT. 1.05 STANDARDS A. Provide testing laboratories that comply with the American Council of Independent Laboratories (ACIL) "Recommended Requirements for Independent Laboratory Qualifications." B. Perform testing per recognized test procedures as listed in the various Sections of the Specifications, standards of the State Department of Highways and Public Transportation, American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM), or other testing associations. Perform tests in accordance with published procedures for testing issued by these organizations. 1.06 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Handle and protect test specimens of products and construction materials at the Site in accordance with recognized test procedures. Provide facilities for storing, curing, processing test specimens as required by test standard to maintain the integrity of Samples. 1.07 VERIFICATION TESTING FOR CORRECTED DEFECTS A. Provide verification testing on Work performed to correct Defective Work to demonstrate that the Work is now in compliance with the Contract Documents. Document that Defective Work has been corrected and verify that the OAR closes the item in the Defective Work Register. B. Pay for verification testing. OPT may perform verification testing as part of their Quality Management Program and impose a Set-off to recover the cost for this testing. C. Conduct the same tests or inspections used to determine that the original Work was Defective. Different tests or methods may be used if approved by the OPT. 1.08 TEST REPORTS A. Certified Test Reports are to be prepared for all tests. 1. Tests performed by testing laboratories may be submitted on their standard test report forms if acceptable to the OPT. These reports must include the following: a. Name of the Owner, Project title and number and Contractor; b. Name of the laboratory, address, and telephone number; c. Name and signature of the laboratory personnel performing the test; Quality Management Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 014000-4 11-25-2013 d. Description of the product being sampled or tested; e. Date and time of sampling, inspection, and testing; f. Date the report was issued; g. Description of the test performed; h. Weather conditions and temperature at time of test or sampling; i. Location at the Site or structure where the test was taken; j. Standard or test procedure used in making the test; k. A description of the results of the test; I. Statement of compliance or non-compliance with the Contract Documents; and m. Interpretations of test results, if appropriate. 2. Submit reports on tests performed by Contractor, Subcontractors or Suppliers on the forms provided by the OAR. 3. OPT will prepare test reports on test performed by the OPT. B. Send test report to Designer within 24 hours of completing the test. Flag tests reports with results that do not comply with Contract Documents for immediate attention. C. Payment for Work may be withheld until test reports indicate that the Work is not Defective. 1.09 DEFECTIVE WORK A. Immediately correct any Defective Work or notify the OAR why the Work is not to be corrected immediately and when corrective action will be completed. B. No payment will be made for Defective Work. Remove Work from the Application for Payment if Work paid for on a previous Application for Payment is found to be Defective. 1.10 LIMITATION OF AUTHORITY OF THE TESTING LABORATORY A. The testing laboratory representatives are limited to providing testing services and interpreting the results of the test performed. B. The testing laboratory is not authorized to: 1. Alter the requirements of the Contract Documents; 2. Accept or reject any portion of the Work; 3. Perform any of the duties of the Contractor; or 4. Direct or stop the Work. 1.11 QUALITY CONTROL PLAN A. Submit the Contractor's Quality Control Plan for approval as a Shop Drawing per SECTION 01 33 02 SHOP DRAWINGS. Use Contractor's Quality Control Plan Checklist provided to review the document before submitting and include a copy of the completed checklist with Quality Management Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 014000-5 11-25-2013 the Contractor's Quality Control Plan. Do not begin Work until the Contractor's Quality Control Plan is approved. Submit an interim plan covering only the portion of Work to be performed if the Contractor plans to begin Work prior to submitting the Contractor's Quality Control Plan for the Project. Do not begin Work on other parts of the Project until the Contractor's Quality Control Plan is approved or another interim plan covering the additional Work to be started is approved. B. Provide a Contractor's Quality Control Plan that incorporates construction operations at both the Site and production Work at remote locations and includes Work by Subcontractors and Suppliers. The Contractor's Quality Control Plan is to include: 1. A description of the quality control organization, including an organization chart showing lines of authority to control the quality of Work; 2. Documentation describing name, qualifications (in resume format), duties, responsibilities, and level of authority of the Quality Control Manager; 3. The name, qualifications (in resume format), duties, responsibilities, and authorities of other persons assigned a quality control function; 4. Procedures for scheduling, reviewing, certifying, and managing documentation, including documentation provided by Subcontractors and Suppliers; 5. Control, verification, and acceptance testing procedures for each specific test. Include: a. Name of tests to be performed, b. Specification paragraph requiring test, c. Parameters of Work to be tested, d. Test frequency, e. Persons responsible for each test, and f. Applicable industry testing standards and laboratory facilities to be used for the test; 6. Integrate the OPT quality assurance testing into the Contractor's Quality Control Plan, specifically identifying the tests or inspections in Paragraph 1.11.B.5 that will be provided by the OPT as part of their Quality Management Program; 7. Procedures for tracking and documenting quality management efforts. 8. Procedures for tracking Defective Work from initial identification through acceptable corrective action. Indicate how documentation of the verification process for deficiencies will be made. 9. Reporting procedures which incorporate the use of forms provided by the OAR. 10. The name of the proposed testing laboratories along with documentation of qualifications per Paragraph 1.04. C. The Quality Control Manager must have authority to reject Defective Work and redirect the efforts of the Contractor's Team to prevent or correct Defective Work. D. Notify the Designer of any changes to the Contractor's Quality Control Plan or quality control personnel. Quality Management 0140 00 - 6 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 11-25-2013 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 E. Meet with the OPT 7 days after Contractor's Quality Control Plan is submitted and before start of construction to discuss the Contractor's Quality Control Plan and expedite its approval. 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 IMPLEMENT CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY CONTROL PLAN A. Perform quality control observations and testing as required in each Section of the Specifications and where indicated on the Drawings. B. Includes the following phases for each definable Work task. A definable Work task is one which is separate and distinct from other tasks, has separate control requirements, may be provided by different trades or disciplines, or may be Work by the same trade in a different environment. 1. Planning Phase: Perform the following before beginning each definable Work task: a. Review the Contract Drawings. b. Review documents and determine that they are complete in accordance with the Contract Documents. c. Check to assure that all materials and/or equipment have been tested, submitted, and approved. d. Examine the work area to assure that all required preliminary Work has been completed and complies with the Contract Documents. e. Examine required materials, equipment, and Sample Work to assure that they are on hand, conform to Shop Drawings and Record Data, and are properly stored. f. Review requirements for quality control inspection and testing. g. Discuss procedures for controlling quality of the Work. Document construction tolerances and workmanship standards for the Work task. h. Check that the portion of the plan for the Work to be performed incorporates document review comments. i. Discuss results of planning phase with the OAR. Conduct a meeting attended by the Quality Control Manager, the OAR, superintendent, other quality control personnel as applicable, and the foreman responsible for the Work task. Instruct applicable workers as to the acceptable level of workmanship required in order to meet the requirements of the Contract Documents. Document the results of the preparatory phase actions by separate meeting minutes prepared by the Quality Control Manager and attached to the quality control report. Do not move to the next phase unless results of investigations required for the planning phase indicate that requirements have been met. J• Quality Management Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 014000-7 11-25-2013 2. Work Phase: Complete this phase after the Planning Phase: a. Notify the OAR at least 24 hours in advance of beginning the Work and discuss the review of the planning effort to indicate that requirements have been met. b. Check the Work to ensure that it is in full compliance with the Contract Documents. c. Verify adequacy of controls to ensure full compliance with Contract Documents. Verify required control inspection and testing is performed. d. Verify that established levels of workmanship meet acceptable workmanship standards. Compare with required Sample panels as appropriate. e. Repeat the Work phase for each new crew to work on-site, or any time acceptable specified quality standards are not being met. 3. Follow-up Phase: Perform daily checks to assure control activities, including control testing, are providing continued compliance with contract requirements: a. Make checks daily and record observations in the quality control documentation. b. Conduct follow-up checks and correct all deficiencies prior to the start of additional Work tasks that may be affected by the Defective Work. Do not build upon nor conceal Defective Work. c. Conduct a review of the Work one month prior to the expiration of the correction period prescribed in the General Conditions with the OPT. Correct defects as noted during the review. C. Conduct additional planning and Work phases if: 1. The quality of on-going Work is unacceptable; 2. Changes are made in applicable quality control staff, on-site production supervision or crews; 3. Work on a task is resumed after a substantial period of inactivity; or 4. Other quality problems develop. END OF SECTION Quality Management Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 014000-8 11-25-2013 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide temporary facilities, including OPT's field office and the Contractor's field offices, storage sheds, and temporary utilities needed to complete the Work. B. Install and maintain temporary Project identification signs. Provide temporary on-site informational signs to identify key elements of the construction facilities. Do not allow other signs to be displayed. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide a total electrical heating and cooling system for the OPT's field office capable of maintaining the following conditions: 1. Heating: Minimum 75 degrees ID temp at 10 degrees ambient. 2. Cooling: Minimum 75 degrees ID temp at 105 degrees ambient. 3. Relative humidity: 48 to 54 percent. B. Inspect and test each service before placing temporary utilities in use. Arrange for all required inspections and tests by regulatory agencies, and obtain required certifications and permits for use. 1.03 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Arrange transportation, loading, and handling of temporary buildings and sheds. 1.04 JOB CONDITIONS A. Locate buildings and sheds at the Site as indicated or as approved by the OPT. B. Prepare the Site by removing trees, brush, or debris and performing demolition or grubbing needed to clear a space adequate for the structures. C. Pay for the utilities used by temporary facilities during construction. D. Provide each temporary service and facility ready for use at each location when the service or facility is first needed to avoid delay in the performance of the Work. Provide OPT's field office complete and ready for occupancy and use within 7 days of the Notice to Proceed. E. Maintain, expand as required, and modify temporary services and facilities as needed throughout the progress of the Work. F. Remove services and facilities when approved by the OAR. G. Operate temporary facilities in a safe and efficient manner. 1. Restrict loads on temporary services or facilities to within their designed or designated capacities. Temporary Facilities and Controls Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 015000-1 11-25-2013 2. Provide sanitary conditions. Prevent public nuisance or hazardous conditions from developing or existing at the Site. 3. Prevent freezing of pipes, flooding, or the contamination of water. 4. Maintain Site security and protection of the facilities. 1.05 OPTIONS A. Construction offices may be prefabricated buildings on skids or mobile trailers. B. Storage sheds may be prefabricated buildings on skids or truck trailers. 2.00 PRODUCTS 2.01 TEMPORARY FIELD OFFICES (NOT REQUIRED) A. The Contractor must furnish the OPT with a field office at the Site. The field office must contain at least 120 square feet of useable space. The field office must be air-conditioned and heated and must be furnished with an inclined table that measures at least 30 inches by 60 inches and two chairs. The Contractor shall move the field office on the Site as required by the OAR. The field office must be furnished with a telephone (with 24-hour per day answering service) and fax machine paid for by the Contractor. There is no separate pay item for the field office. B. Furnish a field office of adequate size for Contractor's use. Provide conference room space for a minimum of 15 people. C. Other trades may provide their own offices only when space is available at the Site, and the OPT agrees to its size, condition, and location. D. No monthly partial payments will be processed until OPT's field office facilities are completed and approved. 2.02 TEMPORARY STORAGE BUILDINGS A. Furnish storage buildings of adequate size to store any materials or equipment delivered to the Site that might be affected by weather. 2.03 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES A. Provide sanitary facilities at the Site from the commencement of the Project until Project conclusion. Maintain these facilities in a clean and sanitary condition at all times, and comply with the requirements of the local health authority. On large sites, provide portable toilets at such locations that no point in the Site shall be more than 600 feet from a toilet. B. Use these sanitary facilities. Do not use restrooms within existing or Owner -occupied buildings. Temporary Facilities and Controls Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 015000-2 11-25-2013 2.04 TEMPORARY HEAT A. Provide heating devices needed to protect buildings during construction. Provide fuel needed to operate the heating devices and attend the heating devices at all times they are in operation, including overnight operations. 2.05 TEMPORARY UTILITIES A. Provide the temporary utilities for administration, construction, testing, disinfection, and start-up of the Work, including electrical power, water, and telephone. Pay all costs associated with furnishing temporary utilities. 1. Provide a source of temporary electrical power of adequate size for construction procedures. a. Use existing power systems where spare capacity is available. Provide temporary power connections that do not adversely affect the existing power supply. Submit connections to the OAR for approval prior to installation. b. Provide electrical pole and service connections that comply with Laws and Regulations and the requirements of the power company. 2.06 WATER FOR CONSTRUCTION A. Provide temporary water. Potable water may be purchased from the Owner by obtaining a water meter from the Owner and transporting water from a water hydrant. Non -potable water may be used for hydraulic testing of non -potable basins or pipelines. Include the cost of water in the Contract Price. B. Contractor must comply with the City of Corpus Christi's Water Conservation and Drought Contingency Plan as amended (the "Plan"). This includes implementing water conservation measures established for changing conditions. The City Engineer will provide a copy of the Plan to Contractor at the pre -construction meeting. The Contractor will keep a copy of the Plan on the Site throughout construction. 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 LOCATION OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. Locate temporary facilities in areas approved by the OAR. Construct and install signs at locations approved by the OAR. Install informational signs so they are clearly visible. 3.02 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION AND SIGNS (NOT REQUIRED) A. The Owner will furnish two Project signs to be installed by the Contractor. The signs must be installed before construction begins and will be maintained throughout the Project period by the Contractor. The locations of the signs will be determined in the field by the OAR. Temporary Facilities and Controls Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 015000-3 11-25-2013 3.03 TEMPORARY LIGHTING (NOT REQUIRED) 3.04 DRINKING WATER (NOT REQUIRED) 3.05 CONSTRUCTION FENCE (NOT REQUIRED) 3.06 REMOVAL OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES (NOT REQUIRED) 3.07 MAINTENANCE AND JANITORIAL SERVICE A. Maintain signs and supports in a neat, clean condition. Repair damage to structures, framings, or signs. B. Repair any damage to Work caused by placement or removal of temporary signage. C. Service, maintain, and replace, if necessary, the OPT's field office computer equipment throughout the Project as required by the OPT including replacement cartridges for all office equipment. END OF SECTION Temporary Facilities and Controls Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 015000-4 11-25-2013 01 57 00 TEMPORARY CONTROLS 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals necessary to construct temporary facilities to provide and maintain control over environmental conditions at the Site. Remove temporary facilities when no longer needed. B. Construct temporary impounding works, channels, diversions, furnishing and operation of pumps, installing piping and fittings, and other construction for control of conditions at the Site. Remove temporary controls at the end of the Project. C. Provide a Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) as required by Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TPDES) General Permit No. TXR150000 for stormwater discharges from construction activities. Comply with all requirements of the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ) and Laws and Regulations. File required legal notices and obtain required permits prior to beginning any construction activity. D. Provide labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals necessary to prevent stormwater pollution for the duration of the Project. Provide and maintain erosion and sediment control structures as required to preventive sediment and other pollutants from the Site from entering any stormwater system including open channels. Remove pollution control structures when no longer required to prevent stormwater pollution. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Construct and maintain temporary controls with adequate workmanship using durable materials to provide effective environmental management systems meeting the requirements of the Contract Documents and Laws and Regulations. Use materials that require minimal maintenance to prevent disruption of construction activities while providing adequate protection of the environment. B. Periodically inspect systems to determine that they are meeting the requirements of the Contract Documents. 1.03 DOCUMENT SUBMITTAL A. Provide documents requiring approval by the OPT as Shop Drawings in accordance with SECTION 01 33 02 SHOP DRAWINGS. B. Provide copies of notices, records, and reports required by the Contract Documents or Laws and Regulations as Record Data in accordance with SECTION 01 33 03 RECORD DATA. 1.04 STANDARDS A. Provide a SWPPP that complies with all requirements of TPDES General Permit No. TXR150000 and any other applicable Laws and Regulations. B. Perform Work to comply with the City of Corpus Christi Code of Ordinances, Part III, Chapter 14, Article X - titled "STORM WATER QUALITY MANAGEMENT PLANS" and any other applicable Laws and Regulations. Temporary Controls 01 57 00 - 1 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 11-25-2013 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. [15140 1.05 PERMITS A. Submit the following to the TCEQ and the Operator of any Municipal Separate Storm Sewer System (MS4) receiving stormwater discharges from the Site: 1. Notice of Intent (NOI) at least 48 hours prior to beginning construction activity. Construction activity may commence 24 hours after the submittal of an electronic NOI. 2. Notice of Change (NOC) letter when relevant facts or incorrect information was submitted in the NOI, or if relevant information in the NOI changes during the course of construction activity. 3. Notice of Termination (NOT) when the construction Project has been completed and stabilized. B. Post a copy of the NOI at the Site in a location where it is readily available for viewing by the general public and as required by Laws and Regulations prior to starting construction activities and maintain the posting until completion of the construction activities. C. Maintain copies of a schedule of major construction activities, inspection reports, and revision documentation with the SWPPP. 1.06 STORMWATER POLLUTION CONTROL A. Comply with the current requirements of TPDES General Permit No. TXR150000 as set forth by the TCEQ for the duration of the Project: 1. Develop a SWPPP meeting all requirements of the TPDES General Permit. 2. Submit of a Notice of Intent to the TCEQ. 3. Develop and implement appropriate Best Management Practices as established by local agencies of jurisdiction. 4. Provide all monitoring and/or sampling required for reporting to the TCEQ. 5. Submit reports to the TCEQ as required as a condition of the TPDES General Permit. 6. Submit copies of the reports to the Designer as Record Data in accordance with SECTION 01 33 03 RECORD DATA. 7. Retain copies of these documents at the Site at all times for review and inspection by the OPT or regulatory agencies. Post a copy of the permit as required by Laws and Regulations. 8. Assume sole responsibility for implementing, updating, and modifying the TPDES General Permit per Laws and Regulations for the SWPPP and Best Management Practices. B. Use forms required by the TCEQ to file the Notice of Intent. Submit the Notice of Intent at least 2 days prior to the start of construction. Develop the SWPPP prior to submitting the Notice of Intent. Provide draft copies of the Notice of Intent, SWPPP, and any other pertinent TCEQ submittal documents to Owner for review prior to submittal to the TCEQ. C. Return any property disturbed by construction activities to either specified conditions or pre -construction conditions as set forth in the Contract Documents. Provide an overall Temporary Controls Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPM P) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. [15140 015700-2 11-25-2013 erosion and sedimentation control system that will protect all undisturbed areas and soil stockpiles/spoil areas. Implement appropriate Best Management Practices and techniques to control erosion and sedimentation and maintain these practices and techniques in effective operating condition during construction. Permanently stabilize exposed soil and fill as soon as practical during the Work. D. Assume sole responsibility for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures for furnishing, installing, and maintaining erosion and sedimentation control structures and procedures and overall compliance with the TPDES General Permit. Modify the system as required to effectively control erosion and sediment. E. Retain copies of reports required by the TPDES General Permit for 3 years from date of Final Completion. 1.07 POLLUTION CONTROL A. Prevent the contamination of soil, water, or atmosphere by the discharge of noxious substances from construction operations. Provide adequate measures to prevent the creation of noxious air -borne pollutants. Prevent dispersal of pollutants into the atmosphere. Do not dump or otherwise discharge noxious or harmful fluids into drains or sewers, nor allow noxious liquids to contaminate public waterways in any manner. B. Provide equipment and personnel and perform emergency measures necessary to contain any spillage. 1. Contain chemicals in protective areas and do not dump on soil. Dispose of such materials at off-site locations in an acceptable manner. 2. Excavate contaminated soil and dispose at an off-site location if contamination of the soil does occur. Fill resulting excavations with suitable backfill and compact to the density of the surrounding undisturbed soil. 3. Provide documentation to the Owner which states the nature and strength of the contaminant, method of disposal, and the location of the disposal site. 4. Comply with Laws and Regulations regarding the disposal of pollutants. C. Groundwater or run-off water which has come into contact with noxious chemicals, sludge, or sludge -contaminated soil is considered contaminated. Contaminated water must not be allowed to enter streams or water courses, leave the Site in a non -contained form, or enter non -contaminated areas of the Site. 1. Pump contaminated water to holding ponds constructed by the Contractor for this purpose, or discharge to areas on the interior of the Site, as designated by the OAR. 2. Construct temporary earthen dikes or take other precautions and measures as required to contain the contaminated water and pump to a designated storage area. 3. Wash any equipment used for handling contaminated water or soil within contaminated areas three times with uncontaminated water prior to using such equipment in an uncontaminated area. Dispose of wash water used to wash such equipment as contaminated water. Temporary Controls Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 015700-3 11-25-2013 1.08 EARTH CONTROL A. Remove excess soil, spoil materials, and other earth not required for backfill at the time of generation. Control stockpiled materials to eliminate interference with Contractor and Owner's operations. B. Dispose of excess earth off the Site. Provide written approval from the property owner for soils deposited on private property. Obtain approval of the Owner if this disposal impacts the use of Site or other easements. 1.09 OZONE ADVISORY DAYS A. Do not conduct roofing, priming, or hot -mix paving operations, except for repairs, on days the City Engineer has notified Contractor that an ozone advisory is in effect. An extension of time will be allowed for each day for which priming or hot mix paving was scheduled, crews were prepared to perform this Work and the City Engineer issued ozone alert prevents this Work. Contractor will be compensated at the unit price indicated in the Bid for each day for which an extension of time was granted due to an ozone alert. 1.10 MANAGEMENT OF WATER A. Manage water resulting from rains or ground water at the Site. Maintain trenches and excavations free of water at all times. B. Lower the water table in the construction area by acceptable means if necessary to maintain a dry and workable condition at all times. Provide drains, sumps, casings, well points, and other water control devices as necessary to remove excess water. C. Provide continuous operation of water management actions. Maintain standby equipment to provide proper and continuous operation for water management. D. Ensure that water drainage does not damage adjacent property. Divert water into the same natural watercourse in which its headwaters are located, or other natural stream or waterway as approved by the Owner. Assume responsibility for the discharge of water from the Site. E. Remove the temporary construction and restore the Site in a manner acceptable to the OAR and to match surrounding material at the conclusion of the Work. 1.11 DEWATERING A. This item is considered subsidiary for all dewatering methods other than "well pointing" to the appropriate bid items as described in the Bid Form where dewatering is needed to keep the excavation dry, as approved by the Designer, and shall include all costs to provide a dry foundation for the proposed improvements. B. Storm water that enters an excavation can be pumped out as long as care is taken to minimize solids and mud entering the pump suction and flow is pumped to a location that allows for sheet flow prior to entering a storm water drainage ditch or storm water inlet. C. An alternative to sheet flow is to pump storm water to an area where ponding occurs naturally without leaving the designated work area or by a manmade berm(s) prior to Temporary Controls Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 015700-4 11-25-2013 entering the storm water system. Sheet flow and ponding is to allow solids screening and/or settling prior to entering a storm water conduit or inlet. D. Storm water or groundwater shall not be discharged to private property without permission. It is the intent that Contractor discharges groundwater primarily into the existing storm water system, provided that the quality of groundwater is equal to or better than the receiving streams — the Corpus Christi Bay, Oso Creek, Laguna Madre and the CC Ship Channel. E. Testing of groundwater quality is to be performed by the Contractor, at the Contractor's expense, prior to commencing discharge and shall be retested by the Contractor, at the Contractor's expense, a minimum of once a week. Contractor shall coordinate with the Owner on all testing. Tests will also be performed as each new area of construction is started. F. Another option for disposal of groundwater by Contractor would include pumping to the nearest sanitary sewer system. If discharging to temporary holding tanks and trucking to a sanitary sewer or wastewater plant, the costs for these operations shall be negotiated. Other groundwater disposal alternatives or solutions may be approved by the Designer on a case by case basis. G. Prior to Pumping groundwater from a trench to the sanitary sewer system the Contractor shall contact Tilo Schmidt, Wastewater Pre-treatment Coordinator at 826-1817 to obtain a "no cost" permit from the Owner's Waste Water Department. Contractor will pay for any water quality testing or water analysis cost required. The permit will require an estimate of groundwater flow. Groundwater flow can be estimated by boring a hole or excavating a short trench then record water level shortly after completion, allow to sit overnight, record water level again, pump hole or trench dry to a holding tank or vacuum truck then record how long it takes to fill to original level and overnight level. 1.12 DISPOSAL OF CONTAMINATED GROUNDWATER (NOT APPLICABLE) 1.13 DISPOSAL OF HIGHLY CHLORINATED WATER 1.14 WINDSTORM CERTIFICATION A. All affected materials and installation shall comply with Texas Department of Insurance Requirements for windstorm resistant construction for design wind speed as required by IBC 2009. Contractor shall be responsible for contracting with a licensed structural engineer in the State of Texas to perform all inspections and provide documentation for windstorm certification to the Texas Board of Insurance. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing all necessary design/assembly documentation for all new windows, doors, louvers, etc. to the windstorm engineer/inspectors required to conform with the requirements of the Texas Department of Insurance. 2.00 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Provide materials that comply with Laws and Regulations. Temporary Controls Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 015700-5 11-25-2013 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 CONSTRUCTING, MAINTAINING AND REMOVING TEMPORARY CONTROLS A. Construct temporary controls in accordance with Laws and Regulations. B. Maintain controls in accordance with regulatory requirements where applicable, or in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. C. Remove temporary controls when no longer required, but before the Project is complete. Correct any damage or pollution that occurs as the result of removing controls while they are still required. END OF SECTION Temporary Controls Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 015700-6 11-25-2013 01 70 00 EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Comply with requirements of the General Conditions and specified administrative procedures in closing out the Contract. 1.02 DOCUMENT SUBMITTAL A. Submit certifications and releases on forms provided. 1.03 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. Notify the Designer that the Work or a designated portion of the Work is substantially complete per the General Conditions. Include a list of the items remaining to be completed or corrected before the Project will be considered to be complete. B. OPT will visit the Site to observe the Work within a reasonable time after notification is received to determine the status of the Project. C. Designer will notify the Contractor that the Work is either substantially complete or that additional Work must be performed before the Project will be considered substantially complete. 1. Designer will notify the Contractor of items that must be completed before the Project will be considered substantially complete. 2. Correct the noted deficiencies in the Work. 3. Notify the Designer when the items of Work in the Designer's notice have been completed. 4. OPT will revisit the Site and repeat the process. 5. Designer will issue a Certificate of Substantial Completion to the Contractor when the OPT considers the Project to be substantially complete. The Certificate will include a tentative list of items to be corrected before Final Payment will be recommended. 6. Review the list and notify the Designer of any objections to items on the list within 10 days after receiving the Certificate of Substantial Completion. 1.04 FINAL INSPECTION A. Notify the Designer when: 1. Work has been completed in compliance with the Contract Documents; 2. Equipment and systems have been tested per Contract Documents and are fully operational; 3. Final Operations and Maintenance Manuals have been provided to the Owner and all operator training has been completed; 4. Specified spare parts and special tools have been provided; and Execution and Closeout Requirements 01 70 00 - 1 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 11-25-2013 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 5. Work is complete and ready for final inspection. B. OPT will visit the Site to determine if the Project is complete and ready for Final Payment within a reasonable time after the notice is received. C. Designer will notify the Contractor that the Project is complete or will notify the Contractor that Work is Defective. D. Take immediate steps to correct Defective Work. Notify the Designer when Defective Work has corrected. OPT will visit the Site to determine if the Project is complete and the Work is acceptable. Designer will notify the Contractor that the Project is complete or will notify the Contractor that Work is Defective. E. Submit the Request for Final Payment with the closeout documents described in Paragraph 1.06 if notified that the Project is complete and the Work is acceptable. 1.05 REINSPECTION FEES A. Owner may impose a Set-off against the Application for Payment in accordance with the General Conditions to compensate the OPT for additional visits to the Project if additional Work is required. 1.06 CLOSEOUT DOCUMENTS SUBMITTAL A. Record Documents per SECTION 01 31 13 PROJECT COORDINATION. B. Warranties and bonds. C. Equipment installation reports on equipment. D. Shop Drawings, Record Data, and other documents as required by the Contract Documents. E. Evidence of continuing insurance and bond coverage as required by the Contract Documents. F. Final Photographs per SECTION 01 33 05 VIDEO AND PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION. 1.07 TRANSFER OF UTILITIES A. Transfer utilities to the Owner when the Certificate of Substantial Completion has been issued and the Work has been occupied by the Owner. B. Submit final meter readings for utilities and similar data as of the date the Owner occupied the Work. 1.08 WARRANTIES, BONDS, AND SERVICES AGREEMENTS A. Provide warranties, bonds, and service agreements required by SECTION 01 33 02 SHOP DRAWINGS or by the individual Specification Sections. B. The date for the start of warranties, bonds, and service agreements is established per the General Conditions. C. Compile warranties, bonds, and service agreements and review these documents for compliance with the Contract Documents. Execution and Closeout Requirements Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 017000-2 11-25-2013 1. Provide a log of all equipment covered under the 1 year correction period specified in the General Conditions and all products for which special or extended warranties or guarantees are provided. Index the log by Specification Section number on forms provided. Include items 2.e through 2.g below in the tabulation. 2. Provide a copy of specific warranties or guarantees under a tab indexed to the log. Each document is to include: a. A description of the product or Work item; b. The firm name, with the name of the principal, address, and telephone number; c. Signature of the respective Supplier or Subcontractor to acknowledge existence of the warranty obligation for extended warranties and service agreements; d. Scope of warranty, bond, or services agreement; e. Indicate the start date for the correction period specified in the General Conditions for each product and the date on which the specified correction period expires. f. Indicate the start date for extended warranties for each product and the date on which the specified extended warranties period expires. g. Start date, warranty or guarantee period, and expiration date for each warranty bond and service agreement; h. Procedures to be followed in the event of a failure; and i. Specific instances that might invalidate the warranty or bond. D. Submit digital copies of the documents to the Designer for review. E. Submit warranties, bonds and services agreements within 10 days after equipment or components placed in service. 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Execution and Closeout Requirements Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats Project No. E15140 017000-3 11-25-2013 SECTION 025610 CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall consist of Portland cement concrete combined concrete curb and gutter or separate concrete curb with or without reinforcing steel as required, constructed on an approved subgrade or foundation material in accordance with these specifications, in conformity with the lines and grades established by the Engineer and details shown on the drawings. 2. MATERIALS Unless otherwise specified on the drawings, materials and proportions for concrete used in construction under this specification shall conform to the requirements as specified for Class "A" Concrete under City Standard Specification Section 030020 "Portland Cement Concrete". Reinforcing steel shall conform to the requirements as specified in City Standard Specification Section 032020 "Reinforcing Steel". Expansion joint filler shall be redwood material meeting the requirements specified in City Standard Specification Section 038000 "Concrete Structures". 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS The foundation shall be excavated and shaped to line, grade and cross-section, and hand tamped and sprinkled. If dry, the subgrade or foundation material shall be sprinkled lightly with water and compacted to not less than 98% Standard Proctor density, or as required on the drawings. Flexible base shall be compacted to specified density and moisture immediately before concrete is deposited thereon. Outside forms shall be of wood or metal, of a section satisfactory to the Engineer, straight, free of warp, and of a depth equal to the depth of the curb and gutter. They shall be securely staked to line and grade, and maintained in a true position during the depositing of concrete. Inside forms for the curb shall be approved material, shall be of such design as to provide the curb required, and shall be rigidly attached to the outside forms. For reinforced concrete roadways, all jointing must be reflected through the curb, including redwood expansion joints and construction joints. Driveway gutter shall be placed integrally with the driveway as shown on the City Standard Details. The reinforcing steel shall be placed in position as shown on the typical details. Care shall be exercised to keep all reinforcing steel in its proper location. Concrete for curb and gutter shall be mixed in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. The curb and gutter shall be placed in sections of the length indicated on the plans, and each section shall be separated by a premolded insert or board joint of cross-section specified for the curb and gutter, and of the thickness indicated on the drawings. 025610 Page 1 of 2 Rev. 3-25-2015 After the concrete has been struck off and after it has become sufficiently set, the exposed surfaces shall be thoroughly worked with a wooden float. The exposed edges shall be rounded by the use of an edging tool to the radius indicated on the drawings. All exposed surfaces of curb and gutter, or curb, shall be brushed to a smooth and uniform surface. The completed curb and gutter shall be cured with Type 2, white pigmented curing compound unless shown otherwise on the drawings. Other methods of curing as outlined in City Standard Specification Section 038000 "Concrete Structures" will be acceptable with a required curing period of 72 hours. The area behind the curb shall be backfilled, tamped, and sloped as directed as soon as possible and no later than 48 hours after the removal of forms. Backfill shall be placed to the full height of the curb, or as otherwise specified. 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, concrete curb and gutter or concrete curb will be measured by the linear foot for each type of curb, complete in place. Payment shall be full compensation for preparing the subgrade; for furnishing and placing all materials including reinforcing steel and expansion joint material; for furnishing, placing, shaping and tamping backfill; and for all manipulation, labor, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 025610 Page 2 of 2 Rev. 3-25-2015 SECTION 025612 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND DRIVEWAYS 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall consist of sidewalks and driveways, with or without reinforcing steel, composed of Portland cement concrete, constructed as herein specified on an approved subgrade, in conformity with the lines and grades established by the Engineer and the details shown on the drawings. 2. MATERIALS Materials and proportions used in construction under this item shall conform to the requirements as specified for Class "A" concrete under City Standard Specification Section 030020 "Portland Cement Concrete". Reinforcing steel shall conform to the requirements as specified in City Standard Specification Section 032020 "Reinforcing Steel". Expansion joint filler shall be redwood meeting the requirements specified in City Standard Specification Section 038000 "Concrete Structures". Cap seal shall be "Greenstreak" or approved equal. 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS The subgrade shall be excavated, compacted and shaped to line, grade and cross-section and hand tamped and sprinkled with water. Subgrade under concrete sidewalks and driveways shall be compacted to not less than 95% Standard Proctor density. The subgrade shall be within 0-3% of optimum moisture content at the time the concrete is placed. Forms shall be of wood or metal, of a section satisfactory to the Engineer, straight, free from warp, and of a depth equal to the thickness of the finished work. They shall be securely staked to line and grade and maintained in a true position during the depositing of concrete. The reinforcing steel shall be placed in position as shown on the drawings. Care shall be exercised to keep all reinforcing steel in its proper location. Driveways shall incorporate the gutter in a unified concrete placement as shown in the City Standard Detail for driveways. Sidewalks shall be constructed in sections of the lengths shown on drawings. Unless otherwise provided by the drawings, no section shall be of a length less than 8 feet, and any section less than 8 feet shall be removed by the Contractor at his own expense. 025612 Page 1 of 2 Rev. 3-25-2015 The different sections shall be separated by a premolded insert or board joint of the thickness shown on the drawings, placed vertically and at right angles to the longitudinal axis of the sidewalks. Where the sidewalk or driveways abut a curb or retaining wall, approved expansion joint material shall be placed along their entire length. Similar expansion joint material shall be placed around all obstructions protruding through sidewalks or driveways. Concrete shall be mixed in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer, placed in the forms to the depth specified and spaded and tamped until thoroughly compacted and mortar entirely covers the surface. The top surface shall be floated with a wooden float to a gritty texture. The outer edges and joints shall then be rounded with approved tools to the radii shown on drawings. 5 -foot wide sidewalks shall be marked into separate sections, each 5 feet in length, by the use of approved jointing tools. For other widths of sidewalk, joints to be spaced longitudinally to match the transverse width. When completed, the sidewalks and driveways shall be cured with Type 2, white pigmented curing compound. Other methods of curing as outlined in City Standard Specification Section 038000 "Concrete Structures" will be acceptable with a required curing period of 72 hours. 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, concrete sidewalks and driveways shall be measured by the square foot of surface area of completed sidewalks, driveways, or sidewalks and driveways, as indicated on the drawings. Payment shall be full compensation for preparing and compacting the subgrade; for furnishing and placing all materials including concrete, reinforcing steel and expansion joint material; and for all manipulation, labor, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 025612 Page 2 of 2 Rev 3-25-2015 (2) Mixing Water Water for use in concrete and for curing shall be free from oils, acids, organic matter or other deleterious substances and shall not contain more than 1000 parts per million of chlorides as CL nor more than 1000 parts per million of sulfates as SO4. Water from municipal supplies approved by the State Health Department will not require testing, but water from other sources will be sampled and tested before use in structural concrete. Tests shall be made in accordance with the "Method of Test for Quality of Water to be Used in Concrete" (AASHTO Method T26), except where such methods are in conflict with provisions of this specification. (3) Coarse Aggregate Coarse aggregate shall consist of durable particles of gravel, crushed blast furnace slag, crushed stone, or combinations thereof; free from frozen material or injurious amount of salt, alkali, vegetable matter, or other objectionable material either free or as an adherent coating; and its quality shall be reasonably uniform throughout. It shall not contain more than 0.25 percent by weight of clay lumps, nor more than 1.0 percent by weight of shale, nor more than 5 percent by weight of laminated and/or friable particles when tested in accordance with TxDOT Test Method Tex -413-A. It shall have a wear of not more than 40 percent when tested in accordance with TxDOT Test Method Tex -410-A. Unless otherwise specified on the plans, coarse aggregate will be subjected to five cycles of the soundness test in accordance with TxDOT Test Method Tex -411-A. The loss shall not be greater than 12 percent when sodium sulfate is used, or 18 percent when magnesium sulfate is used. Permissible sizes of aggregate shall be governed by Table 4 and Table 1, except that when exposed aggregate surfaces are required, coarse aggregate gradation will be as specified on the plans. When tested by approved methods, the coarse aggregate, including combinations of aggregates when used, shall conform to the grading requirements shown in Table 1. 030020 Page 2 of 13 Rev. 10-30-2014 TABLE 1 Coarse Aggregate Gradation Chart Percent Retained on Each Sieve Aggregate Grade No. Nominal Size 2-V2 In. 2 In. 1-%2 In. 1 In. 3/4 In. 1/2 In. 3/8 In. No. 4 No. 8 1 2 in. 0 Oto 20 15 to 50 60 to 80 95 to 100 2 (467)* 1-V2 in. 0 0 to 5 30 to 65 70 to 90 95 to 100 4 (57)* 1 in. 0 0 to 5 40 to 75 90 to 100 95 to 100 8 3/8 in. 0 Oto 5 35 to 80 90 to 100 *Numbers in parenthesis indicate conformance with ASTM C33. The aggregate shall be washed. The Loss by Decantation (TxDOT Test Method Tex -406-A) plus the allowable weight of clay lumps, shall not exceed one percent, or the value shown on the plans, whichever is smaller. (4) Fine Aggregate Fine aggregate shall consist of clean, hard, durable and uncoated particles of natural or manufactured sand or a combination thereof, with or without a mineral filler. It shall be free from frozen material or injurious amounts of salt, alkali, vegetable matter or other objectionable material and it shall not contain more than 0.5 percent by weight of clay lumps. When subjected to the color test for organic impurities (TxDOT Test Method Tex -408-A), it shall not show a color darker than standard. The fine aggregate shall produce a mortar having a tensile strength equal to or greater than that of Ottawa sand mortar when tested in accordance with TxDOT Test Method Tex -317-D. Where manufactured sand is used in lieu of natural sand for slab concrete subject to direct traffic, the acid insoluble residue of the fine aggregate shall be not less than 28 percent by weight when tested in accordance with TxDOT Test Method Tex -612-J. When tested by approved methods, the fine aggregate or combination of aggregates, including mineral filler, shall conform to the grading requirements shown in Table 2. 030020 Page 3 of 13 Rev. 10-30-2014 TABLE 2 Fine Aggregate Gradation Chart Percent Retained on Each Sieve Aggregate Grade No. 3/8 In. No. 4 No. 8 No. 16 No. 30 No. 50 No. 100 No. 200 1 0 Oto 5 Oto 20 15 to 50 35 to 75 70 to 90 90 to 100 97 to 100 NOTE 1: Where manufactured sand is used in lieu of natural sand, the percent retained on the No. 200 sieve shall be 94 to 100. NOTE 2: Where the sand equivalent value is greater than 85, the retainage on the No. 50 sieve may be 70 to 94 percent. Fine aggregate will be subjected to the Sand Equivalent Test (TxDOT Test Method Tex -203-F). The sand equivalent shall not be less than 80 nor less than the value shown on the plans, whichever is greater. For concrete Classes 'A' and 'C', the fmeness modulus as defined below for fine aggregates shall be between 2.30 and 3.10. The fmeness modulus will be determined by adding the percentages by weight retained on the following sieves, and dividing by 100; Nos. 4, 8, 16, 30, 50 and 100. (5) Mineral Filler Mineral filler shall consist of stone dust, clean crushed sand, or other approved inert material. (6) Mortar (Grout) Mortar for repair of concrete shall consist of 1 part cement, 2 parts finely graded sand, and enough water to make the mixture plastic. When required to prevent color difference, white cement shall be added to produce the color required. When required by the Engineer, latex adhesive shall be added to the mortar. (7) Admixtures Calcium Chloride will not be permitted. Unless otherwise noted, air -entraining, retarding and water - reducing admixtures may be used in all concrete and shall conform to the following requirements: A "water -reducing, retarding admixture" is defined as a material which, when added to a concrete mixture in the correct quantity, will reduce the quantity of mixing water required to produce concrete of a given consistency and will retard the initial set of the concrete. A "water -reducing admixture" is defined as a material which, when added to a concrete mixture in the correct quantity, will reduce the quantity of mixing water required to produce concrete of a given 030020 Page 4 of 13 Rev. 10-30-2014 consistency. (a) Retarding and Water -Reducing Admixtures. The admixture shall meet the requirements for Type A and Type D admixture as specified in ASTM Designation: C494, modified as follows: (1) The water -reducing retarder shall retard the initial set of the concrete a minimum of 2 hours and a maximum of 4 hours, at a specified dosage rate, at a temperature of 90°F. (2) The cement used in any series of tests shall be either the cement proposed for specific work or a "reference" Type I cement from one mill. (3) Unless otherwise noted on the plans, the minimum relative durability factor shall be 80. The air -entraining admixture used in the referenced and test concrete shall be neutralized Vinsol resin. (b) Air -Entraining Admixture. The admixture shall meet the requirements of ASTM Designation: C260, modified as follows: (1) The cement used in any series of tests shall be either the cement proposed for specific work or a "reference" Type I cement from one mill. (2) Unless otherwise noted on the plans, the minimum relative durability factor shall be 80. The air -entraining admixture used in the referenced concrete shall be neutralized Vinsol resin. 3. STORAGE OF CEMENT All cement shall be stored in well -ventilated weatherproof buildings or approved bins, which will protect it from dampness or absorption of moisture. Storage facilities shall be ample, and each shipment of packaged cement shall be kept separated to provide easy access for identification and inspection. The Engineer may permit small quantities of sacked cement to be stored in the open for a maximum of 48 hours on a raised platform and under waterproof covering. 4. STORAGE OF AGGREGATE The method of handling and storing concrete aggregate shall prevent contamination with foreign materials. If the aggregates are stored on the ground, the sites for the stockpiles shall be clear of all vegetation and level. The bottom layer of aggregate shall not be disturbed or used without recleaning. 030020 Page 5 of 13 Rev. 10-30-2014 When conditions require the use of two or more sizes of aggregates, they shall be separated to prevent intermixing. Where space is limited, stockpiles shall be separated by physical barriers. Methods of handling aggregates during stockpiling and subsequent use shall be such that segregation will be minimized Unless otherwise authorized by the Engineer, all aggregate shall be stockpiled at least 24 hours to reduce the free moisture content. 5. MEASUREMENT OF MATERIALS The measurement of the materials, except water, used in batches of concrete, shall be by weight. The fine aggregate, coarse aggregate and mineral filler shall be weighed separately. Where bulk cement is used, it shall be weighed separately, but batch weighing of sacked cement will not be required. Where sacked cement is used, the quantities of material per batch shall be based upon using full bags of cement. Batches involving the use of fractional bags will not be permitted. Allowance shall be made for the water content in the aggregates. Bags of cement varying more than 3 percent from the specified weight of 94 pounds may be rejected, and when the average weight per bag in any shipment, as determined by weighing 50 bags taken at random, is less than the net weight specified, the entire shipment may be rejected. If the shipment is accepted, the Engineer will adjust the concrete mix to a net weight per bag fixed by an average of all individual weights which are less than the average weight determined from the total number weighed. 6. CLASSIFICATION AND MIX DESIGN It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish the mix design, using a coarse aggregate factor acceptable to the Engineer, for the class(es) of concrete specified. The mix shall be designed by a qualified concrete technician to conform with the requirements contained herein and in accordance with the THD Bulletin C-11. The Contractor shall perform, at his own expense, the work required to substantiate the design, except the testing of strength specimens, which will be done by the Engineer. Complete concrete design data shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. It shall also be the responsibility of the Contractor to determine and measure the batch quantity of each ingredient, including all water, so that the mix conforms to these specifications and any other requirements shown on the plans. Trial batches will be made and tested using all of the proposed ingredients prior to placing the concrete, and when the aggregate and/or brand of cement or admixture is changed. Trial batches shall be made in the mixer to be used on the job. When transit mix concrete is to be used, the trial designs will be made in a transit mixer representative of the mixers to be used. Batch size shall not be less than 50 percent of the rated mixing capacity of the truck. Mix designs from previous or concurrent jobs may be used without trial batches if it is shown that no 030020 Page 6 of 13 Rev. 10-30-2014 substantial change in any of the proposed ingredients has been made. The coarse aggregate factor shall not be more than 0.82, except that when the voids in the coarse aggregate exceed 48 percent of the total dry loose volume, the coarse aggregate factor shall not exceed 0.85. The coarse aggregate factor shall not be less than 0.70 for Grades 1, 2 and 3 aggregates. If the strength required for the class of concrete being produced is not secured with the cement specified in Table 4, the Contractor may use an approved water -reducing or retarding admixture, or he shall furnish aggregates with different characteristics which will produce the required results. Additional cement may be required or permitted as a temporary measure until the redesign is checked. Water -reducing or retarding agents may be used with all classes of concrete at the option of the Contractor. When water -reducing or retarding agents are used at the option of the Contractor, reduced dosage of the admixture will be permitted. Entrained air will be required in accordance with Table 4. The concrete shall be designed to entrain 5 percent air when Grade 2 coarse aggregate is used and 6 percent when Grade 3 coarse aggregate is used. Concrete as placed in the structure shall contain the proper amount as required above with a tolerance of plus or minus 1.5 percentage points. Occasional variations beyond this tolerance will not be cause for rejection. When the quantity of entrained air is found to be above 7 percent with Grade 2 coarse aggregate or above 8 percent for Grade 3 coarse aggregate, additional test beams or cylinders will be made. If these beams or cylinders pass the minimum flexural or compressive requirements, the concrete will not be rejected because of the variation in air content. 7. CONSISTENCY In cases where the consistency requirements cannot be satisfied without exceeding the maximum allowable amount of water, the Contractor may use, or the Engineer may require, an approved water - reducing or retarding agent, or the Contractor shall furnish additional aggregates or aggregates with different characteristics, which will produce the required results. Additional cement may be required or permitted as a temporary measure until aggregates are changed and designs checked with the different aggregates or admixture. The consistency of the concrete as placed should allow the completion of all finishing operations without the addition of water to the surface. When field conditions are such that additional moisture is needed for the fmal concrete surface finishing operation, the required water shall be applied to the surface by fog spray only, and shall be held to a minimum The concrete shall be workable, cohesive, possess satisfactory finishing qualities, and of the stiffest consistency that can be placed and vibrated into a homogenous mass. Excessive bleeding shall be avoided. Slump requirements will be as specified in Table 3. 030020 Page 7 of 13 Rev. 10-30-2014 Concrete Designation Structural Concrete: (1) Thin -Walled Sections (9" or less) (2) Slabs, Caps, Columns, Piers, Wall Sections over 9", etc. Underwater or Seal Concrete Riprap, Curb, Gutter and Other Miscellaneous Concrete TABLE 3 Slump Requirements Desired Slump Max. Slump 4 inches 5 inches 3 inches 4 inches 5 inches 6 inches 2.5 inches 4 inches NOTE: No concrete will be permitted with slump in excess of the maximums shown. 8. QUALITY OF CONCRETE General The concrete shall be uniform and workable. The cement content, maximum allowable water - cement ratio, the desired and maximum slump and the strength requirements of the various classes of concrete shall conform to the requirements of Table 3 and Table 4 and as required herein. During the process of the work, the Engineer or his designated representative will cast test cylinders or beams as a check on the compressive or flexural strength of the concrete actually placed. Test cylinders must be picked up by the testing lab within 24 hours. A test shall be defined as the average of the breaking strength of two cylinders or two beams, as the case may be. Specimens will be tested in accordance with TxDOT Test Methods Tex -418-A or Tex -420-A. Test beams or cylinders will be required as specified in the contract documents. For small placements on structures such as manholes, inlets, culverts, wingwalls, etc., the Engineer may vary the number of tests to a minimum of one for each 25 cubic yards placed over a several day period. All test specimens, beams or cylinders, representing tests for removal of forms and/or falsework shall be cured using the same methods, and under the same conditions as the concrete represented. "Design Strength" beams and cylinders shall be cured in accordance with THD Bulletin C-11. The Contractor shall provide and maintain curing facilities as described in THD Bulletin C-11 for the purpose of curing test specimens. Provision shall be made to maintain the water in the curing tank at temperatures between 70°F and 90°F. When control of concrete quality is by twenty -eight-day compressive tests, job control will be by seven-day compressive tests which are shown to provide the required twenty -eight-day strength, based on results from trial batches. If the required seven-day strength is not secured with the cement 030020 Page 8 of 13 Rev. 10-30-2014 specified in Table 4, changes in the batch design will be made. TABLE 4 Classes of Concrete Minimum Class Compressive Min. Beam Maximum Coarse of Sacks Cement Strength (fc) Strength Water -Cement Aggregate Concrete per C.Y. (min.) 28-Day(psi) 7 -Day (psi) Ratio (gal/sack) No. A* 5.0 3000 500*** 6.5 2-4-8**** B* 4.5 2500 417 8.0 2-4-8**** C* 6.0 3600 600*** 6.0 1-2-4** D 6.0 3000 500 7.0 2-4 S 6.5 4000 570 5.0 2-4 *Entrained Air (slabs, piers and bent concrete). **Grade 1 Coarse Aggregate may be used in foundation only (except cased drilled shafts). ***When Type II Cement is used with Class C Concrete, the 7 -day beam break requirement will be 550 psi; with Class A Concrete, the minimum 7 -day beam break requirement will be 460 psi. ****Permission to use Grade 8 Aggregate must have prior approval of the Engineer. 9. MIXING CONDITIONS The concrete shall be mixed in quantities required for immediate use. Any concrete which is not in place within the limits outlined in City Standard Specification Section 038000 "Concrete Structures", Article "Placing Concrete -General", shall not be used. Retamping of concrete will not be permitted. In threatening weather, which may result in conditions that will adversely affect the quality of the concrete to be placed, the Engineer may order postponement of the work. Where work has been started and changes in weather conditions require protective measures, the Contractor shall furnish adequate shelter to protect the concrete against damage from rainfall, or from freezing temperatures. If necessary to continue operations during rainfall, the Contractor shall also provide protective coverings for the material stockpiles. Aggregate stockpiles need be covered only to the extent necessary to control the moisture conditions in the aggregates to adequately control the consistency of the concrete. 10. MIXING AND MIXING EQUIPMENT All equipment, tools, and machinery used for hauling materials and performing any part of the work shall be maintained in such condition to insure completion of the work underway without excessive delays for repairs or replacements. The mixing shall be done in a batch mixer of approved type and size that will produce uniform 030020 Page 9 of 13 Rev. 10-30-2014 distribution of the material throughout the mass. Mixers may be either the revolving drum type or the revolving blade type, and shall be capable of producing concrete meeting the requirements of these specifications. After all the ingredients are assembled in the drum, the mixing shall continue not less than 1 minute for mixers of one cubic yard or less capacity plus 15 seconds for each additional cubic yard or portion thereof. The mixer shall operate at the speed and capacity designated by the Mixer Manufacturers Bureau of the Associated General Contractors of America. The mixer shall have a plate affixed showing the manufacturer's recommended operating data. The absolute volume of the concrete batch shall not exceed the rated capacity of the mixer. The entire contents of the drum shall be discharged before any materials are placed therein for the succeeding batch. The first batch of concrete materials placed in the mixer for each placement shall contain an extra quantity of sand, cement and water sufficient to coat the inside surface of the drum. Upon the cessation of mixing for any considerable length of time, the mixer shall be thoroughly cleaned. The concrete mixer shall be equipped with an automatic timing device which is put into operation when the skip is raised to its full height and dumping. This device shall lock the discharging mechanism and prevent emptying of the mixer until all the materials have been mixed together for the minimum time required, and it shall ring a bell after the specified time of mixing has elapsed. The water tank shall be arranged so that the amount of water can be measured accurately, and when the tank starts to discharge, the inlet supply shall cut off automatically. Whenever a concrete mixer is not adequate or suitable for the work, it shall be removed from the site upon a written order from the Engineer and a suitable mixer provided by the Contractor. Pick-up and thro-over blades in the drum of the mixer which are worn down more than 10 percent in depth shall be repaired or replaced with new blades. Improperly mixed concrete shall not be placed in the structure. Job mix concrete shall be concrete mixed in an approved batch mixer in accordance with the requirements stated above, adjacent to the structure for which the concrete is being mixed, and moved to the placement site in non -agitating equipment. 11. READY -MIX PLANTS A. General. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to furnish concrete meeting all requirement of the governing specification sections, and concrete not meeting the slump, workability and consistency requirements of the governing specification sections shall not be 030020 Page 10 of 13 Rev. 10-30-2014 placed in the structure or pavement. Ready -Mixed Concrete shall be mixed and delivered by means of one of the following approved methods. (1) Mixed completely in a stationary mixer and transported to the point of delivery in a truck agitator or a truck mixer operating at truck agitator or truck mixer agitation speed. (Central -Mix Concrete) (2) Mixed complete in a truck mixer and transported to the placement site at mixing and/or agitating speed (Transit -Mix Concrete), subject to the following provisions: (3) B. Equipment. (a) Truck mixers will be permitted to transport concrete to the job site at mixing speed if equipped with double actuated counters which will separate revolutions at mixing speed from total revolutions. (b) Truck mixers equipped with a single actuated counter counting total revolutions of the drum shall mix the concrete at the plant not less than 50 nor more than 70 revolutions at mixing speed, transport it to the job site at agitating speed and complete the required mixing before placing the concrete. Mixed completely in a stationery mixer and transported to the job site in approved non -agitating trucks with special bodies. This method of transporting will be permitted for concrete pavement only. (1) Batching Plant. The batching plant shall be provided with adequate bins for batching all aggregates and materials required by the specifications. Bulk cement shall be weighed on a scale separate from those used for other materials and in a hopper entirely free and independent of that used for weighing the aggregates. (2) Mixers and Agitators. (a) General: Mixers shall be of an approved stationary or truck -type capable of combining the ingredients into a thoroughly mixed and uniform mass. Facilities shall be provided to permit ready access to the inside of the drum for inspection, cleaning and repair of blades. Mixers and agitators shall be subject to daily examination for changes in condition due to accumulation of hardened concrete and/or wear of blades, and any hardened concrete shall be removed before the mixer will be permitted to be used. Worn blades shall be repaired or replaced with new in 030020 Page 11 of 13 Rev. 10-30-2014 accordance with the manufacturer's design and arrangement for that particular unit when any part or section is worn as much as 10 percent below the original height of the manufacturer's design. (b) Stationary Mixers: These shall conform to the requirements of Article "Mixing and Mixing Equipment". Truck mixers mounted on a stationary base will not be considered as a stationary mixer. (c) Truck Mixers: In addition, truck mixers shall comply with the following requirements: An engine in satisfactory working condition and capable of accurately gauging the desired speed of rotation shall be mounted as an integral part of the mixing unit for the purpose of rotating the drum. Truck mixers equipped with a transmission that will govern the speed of the drum within the specified revolutions per minute (rpm) will not require a separate engine. All truck mixers shall be equipped with actuated counters by which the proper number of revolutions of the drum, as specified in Article 11. A. above, may be readily verified. The counters shall be read and recorded at the start of mixing at mixing speeds. Each until shall have adequate water supply and accurate metering or gauging devices for measuring the amount used. (d) Agitators: Concrete agitators shall be of the truck type, capable of maintaining a thoroughly mixed and uniform concrete mass and discharging it within the same degree of uniformity specified for mixers. Agitators shall comply with all of the requirements for truck mixers, except for the actual mixing requirements. C. Operation of Plant and Equipment. Delivery of ready -mixed concrete shall equal or exceed the rate approved by the Engineer for continuous placement. In all cases, the delivery of concrete to the placement site shall assure compliance with the time limits in the applicable specification for depositing successive batches in any monolithic unit. The Contractor shall satisfy the Engineer that adequate standby trucks are available. A standard ticket system will be used for recording concrete batching, mixing and delivery date. Tickets will be delivered to the job inspector. Loads arriving without ticket and/or in unsatisfactory condition shall not be used. When a stationary mixer is used for the entire mixing operation, the mixing time for one cubic yard of concrete shall be one minute plus 15 seconds for each additional cubic yard or portion thereof. This mixing time shall start when all cement, aggregates and initial water have entered the drum. 030020 Page 12 of 13 Rev. 10-30-2014 The mixer shall be charged so that some of the mixing water will enter the drum in advance of the cement and aggregate. All of the mixing water shall be in the drum by the end of the first one-fourth of the specified mixing time. Water used to flush down the blades after charging shall be accurately measured and included in the quantity of mixing water. The introduction of the initial mixing water, except blade wash down water and that permitted in this Article, shall be prior to or simultaneous with the charging of the aggregates and cement. The loading of truck mixers shall not exceed 63 percent of the total volume of the drum. When used as an agitator only, the loading shall not exceed 80 percent of the drum volume. When Ready -Mix Concrete is used, additional mortar (one sack cement, three parts sand and sufficient water) shall be added to the batch to coat the drum of the mixer or agitator truck, and this shall be required for every load of Class C concrete only and for the first batch from central mix plants. A portion of the mixing water, required by the batch design to produce the desired slump, may be withheld and added at the job site, but only with permission of the Engineer and under his supervision. When water is added under the above conditions, it shall be thoroughly mixed as specified below for water added at the job site. Mixing speed shall be attained as soon as all ingredients are in the mixer, and each complete batch (containing all the required ingredients) shall be mixed not less than 70 nor more than 100 revolutions of the drum at mixing speed except that when water is added at the job site, 25 revolutions (minimum) at mixing speed will be required to uniformly disperse the additional water throughout the mix. Mixing speed shall be as designated by the manufacturer. All revolutions after the prescribed mixing time shall be at agitating speed. The agitating speed shall be not less than one (1) nor more than five (5) rpm. The drum shall be kept in continuous motion from the time mixing is started until the discharge is completed. 12. PLACING, CURING AND FINISHING The placing of concrete, including construction of forms and falsework, curing and fmishing, shall be in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 038000 "Concrete Structures". 13. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, the quantities of concrete of the various classifications which will constitute the completed and accepted structure(s) in-place will be measured by the cubic yard, per each, square foot, square yard or linear foot, as the case may be. Measurement will be as shown on the drawings and/or in the Bid Form. Payment shall be full compensation for furnishing, hauling, mixing, placing, curing and finishing all concrete; all grouting and pointing; furnishing and placing drains; furnishing and placing metal flashing strips; furnishing and placing expansion joint material required by this specification or shown on the plans; and for all forms and falsework, labor, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 030020 Page 13 of 13 Rev. 10-30-2014 SECTION 032020 REINFORCING STEEL 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern the furnishing and placing of reinforcing steel, deformed and smooth, of the size and quantity designated on the plans and in accordance with these specifications. 2. MATERIALS Unless otherwise designated on the plans, all bar reinforcement shall be deformed, and shall conform to ASTM Designation: A 615, Grades 60 or 75, and shall be open hearth, basic oxygen, or electric furnace new billet steel. Large diameter new billet steel (Nos. 14 and 18), Grade 75, will be permitted for straight bars only. Where bending of bar sizes No. 14 or No. 18 of Grade 60 is required, bend testing shall be performed on representative specimens as described for smaller bars in the applicable ASTM Specification. The required bend shall be 90 degrees around a pin having a diameter of 10 times the nominal diameter of the bar. Spiral reinforcement shall be smooth (not deformed) bars or wire of the minimum diameter shown on the plans, and shall be made by one or more of the following processes: open hearth, basic oxygen, or electric furnace. Bars shall be rolled from billets reduced from ingots and shall comply with ASTM Designation: A 306, Grade 65 minimum (references to ASTM Designation: A 29 is voided). Dimensional tolerances shall be in accordance with ASTM Designation: A 615, or ASTM Designation: A 615, Grade 60, except for deformations. Wire shall be cold -drawn from rods that have been hot -rolled from billets and shall comply with ASTM Designation: A 185. In cases where the provisions of this specification are in conflict with the provisions of the ASTM Designation to which reference is made, the provisions of this specification shall govern. Report of chemical analysis showing the percentages of carbon, manganese, phosphorus and sulphur will be required for all reinforcing steel when it is to be welded. 032020 Page 1 of 6 Rev. 10-30-2014 The nominal size and area and the theoretical weight of reinforcing steel bars covered by this specification are as follows: Nominal Weight per Bar Size Diameter, Nominal Area, Linear Foot, Number In. Sq. In. Pounds 2 0.250 0.05 0.167 3 0.375 0.11 0.376 4 0.500 0.20 0.668 5 0.625 0.31 1.043 6 0.750 0.44 1.502 7 0.875 0.60 2.044 8 1.000 0.79 2.670 9 1.128 1.00 3.400 10 1.270 1.27 4.303 11 1.410 1.56 5.313 14 1.693 2.25 7.6 18 2.257 4.00 13.60 Smooth round bars shall be designated by size number through No. 4. Smooth bars larger than No. 4 shall be designated by diameter in inches. When wire is ordered by gauge numbers, the following relation between gauge number and diameter, in inches, shall apply unless otherwise specified: Equivalent Equivalent Gauge Diameter, Gauge Diameter, Number Inches Number Inches 0 0.3065 8 0.1620 1 0.2830 9 0.1483 2 0.2625 10 0.1350 3 0.2437 11 0.1205 4 0.2253 12 0.1055 5 0.2070 13 0.0915 6 0.1920 14 0.0800 7 0.1770 032020 Page 2 of 6 Rev. 10-30-2014 3. BENDING The reinforcement shall be bent cold, true to the shapes indicated on the plans. Bending shall preferably be done in the shop. Irregularities in bending shall be cause for rejection. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, the inside diameter of bar bends, in terms of the nominal bar diameter (d), shall be as follows: Bends of 90 degrees and greater in stirrups, ties and other secondary bars that enclose another bar in the bend: Grade 60 #3,#4,#5 4d #6, #7, #8 5d All bends in main bars and in secondary bars not covered above: Grade 60 #3 thru #8 6d #9, #10 8d #11 8d #14, #18 10d Grade 75 8d 032020 Page 3 of 6 Rev. 10-30-2014 4. TOLERANCES Fabricating tolerances for bars shall be within 3 percent of specified or as follows: Plan Dimon. t 3/4" 7/8.* Bar or Smaller --Plan_ Dimon_ s 1/2" !" Bar or Larger --Plan. Damen_ * !» *3/4" H= over 6"--Dini.n + Zero or -4/2� H = 6" and less -Dimon- • Zero or -1/4" 7/8r Bar or Smaller --Plan Dimon_ * t/2t I" Bar or Larger - Plan Dimon. a I" ttt Plan Dimon - 5. STORING Spiral or Circular Tie Tie w Stirrup jPiarl Din_ a 1/2' Steel reinforcement shall be stored above the surface of the ground upon platforms, skids or other supports, and shall be protected as far as practicable from mechanical injury and surface deterioration caused by exposure to conditions producing rust. When placed in the work, reinforcement shall be free from dirt, paint, grease, oil, or other foreign materials. Reinforcement shall be free from injurious defects such as cracks and laminations. Rust, surface seams, surface irregularities or mill scale will not be cause for rejection, provided the minimum dimensions, cross- sectional area and tensile properties of a hand wire crushed specimen meets the physical requirements for size and grade of steel specified. 6. SPLICES No splicing of bars, except when provided on the plans or specified herein, will be permitted without written approval of the Engineer. Splices will not be permitted in main reinforcement at points of maximum stress. When permitted in main bars, splices in adjacent bars shall be staggered a minimum of two splice lengths. 032020 Page 4 of 6 Rev. 10-30-2014 Lap TABLE 1 Minimum Lap Requirements Uncoated Coated Lap in inches > 40d 60d Where: d = bar diameter in inches Welding of reinforcing bars may be used only where shown on the plans or as permitted herein. All welding operations, processes, equipment, materials, workmanship and inspection shall conform to the requirements of the drawings and industry standards. All splices shall be of such dimension and character as to develop the full strength of bar being spliced. End preparation for butt welding reinforcing bars shall be done in the field. Delivered bars shall be of sufficient length to permit this practice. For box culvert extensions with less than one foot of fill, the existing longitudinal bars shall have a 20 -diameter lap with the new bars. For box culvert extensions with more than one foot of fill, a minimum of 6 inches lap will be required. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, dowel bars transferring tensile stresses shall have a minimum embedment equal to the minimum lap requirements shown in Table 1. Shear transfer dowels shall have a minimum embedment of 12 inches. 7. PLACING Reinforcement shall be placed as near as possible in the position shown on the plans. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, dimensions shown for reinforcement are to the centers of the bars. In the plane of the steel parallel to the nearest surface of concrete, bars shall not vary from plan placement by more than one -twelfth of the spacing between bars. In the plane of the steel perpendicular to the nearest surface of concrete, bars shall not vary from plan placement by more than one-quarter inch. Cover of concrete to the nearest surface of steel shall meet the above requirements but shall never be less than one inch or as otherwise shown on the plans. Vertical stirrups shall always pass around the main tension members and be attached securely thereto. The reinforcing steel shall be spaced its required distance from the form surface by means of approved galvanized metal spacers, metal spacers with plastic coated tips, stainless steel spacers, plastic spacers, or approved pre -cast mortar or concrete blocks. For approval of plastic spacers on the project, representative samples of the plastic shall show no visible indications of deterioration after immersion in a 5 percent solution of sodium hydroxide for 120 hours. All reinforcing steel shall be tied at all intersections, except that where spacing is less than one foot in each direction, alternate intersections only need be tied. Before any concrete is placed, all mortar shall be cleaned from the reinforcement. Precast mortar or concrete blocks to be used for holding steel in position adjacent to formed surfaces shall be cast in molds meeting the approval of the Engineer and shall be cured by covering with wet burlap or 032020 Page 5 of 6 Rev. 10-30-2014 cotton mats for a period of 72 hours. The blocks shall be cast in the form of a frustum of a cone or pyramid with the smaller face placed against the forms. A suitable tie wire shall be provided in each block, to be used for anchoring to the steel. Except in unusual cases, and when specifically otherwise authorized by the Engineer, the size of the surface to be placed adjacent to the forms shall not exceed two and one-half inches square or the equivalent thereof in cases where circular or rectangular areas are provided. Blocks shall be cast accurately to the thickness required, and the surface to be placed adjacent to the forms shall be a true plane free of surface imperfections. Reinforcement shall be supported and tied in such manner that a sufficiently rigid case of steel is provided. If the cage is not adequately supported to resist settlement or floating upward of the steel, overturning of truss bars or movement in any direction during concrete placement, permission to continue concrete placement will be withheld until corrective measures are taken. Sufficient measurements shall be made during concrete placement to insure compliance with the first paragraph of Article 7 of this specification. Mats of wire fabric shall overlap each other sufficiently to maintain a uniform strength and shall be fastened securely at the ends and edges. No concrete shall be deposited until the Engineer has inspected the placement of the reinforcing steel and given permission to proceed. 8. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, reinforcing steel is considered subsidiary to the various items shown in the Bid Form and shall not be measured and paid for as a separate item. 032020 Page 6 of 6 Rev. 10-30-2014 SECTION 038000 CONCRETE STRUCTURES 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern for construction of all types of structures involving the use of structural concrete, except where the requirements are waived or revised by other governing specifications. All concrete structures shall be constructed in accordance with the design requirements and details shown on the plans; in conformity with the pertinent provisions of the items contracted for; the incidental specifications referred to; and in conformity with the requirements herein. 2. MATERIALS (1) Concrete. All concrete shall conform to the provisions of City Standard Specification Section 030020 "Portland Cement Concrete". The class of concrete for each type of structure or unit shall be as specified on the plans or by pertinent governing specifications. (2) Expansion Joint Material. (a) Preformed Fiber Material. Preformed fiber expansion joint material shall be of the dimensions shown on the plans. The material shall be one of the following types, unless otherwise noted on the plans: 1. Preformed Bituminous Fiber Materials shall meet the requirements of ASTM Designation: D1751 "Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Non -extruding and Resilient Bituminous Types)". 2. Preformed Non -Bituminous Fiber Material shall meet the requirements of ASTM Designation: D1751 "Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Non -extruding and Resilient Bituminous Types)", except that the requirements pertaining to bitumen content, density and water absorption shall be voided. 3. Redwood. (b) Joint Sealing Materials. Unless otherwise shown on the drawings, joint sealing material shall conform to the following requirements. The material shall adhere to the sides of the concrete joint or crack and shall form an effective seal against infiltration of water and incompressibles. The material shall not crack or break when exposed to low temperatures. 038000 Page 1 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 1. Class 1-a. (Two -Component, Synthetic Polymer, Cold -Extruded Type). Curing is to be by polymerization and not by evaporation of solvent or fluxing of harder particles. This type is specifically designed for vertical or sloping joints and hence not self -leveling. It shall cure sufficiently at an average temperature of 77 degrees F ± 3 degrees F in a maximum of 24 hours. For performance requirements see under 2.(2)(b)2. below. 2. Class 1-b. (Two -Component, Synthetic Polymer, Cold -Pourable, Self -Leveling Type). Curing is to be by polymerization and not by evaporation of solvent or fluxing of harder particles. It shall cure sufficiently at an average temperature of 77 degrees F ± 3 degrees F in a maximum of 3 hours. Performance Requirements: Class 1-a and Class 1-b joint materials, when tested in accordance with TxDOT Test Method Tex -525-C, shall meet the above curing times and the following requirements: It shall be of such consistency that it can be mixed and poured, or mixed and extruded into joints at temperatures above 60 degrees F. Penetration, 77° F.: 150 gm. cone, 5 sec., max., cm 0.90 Bond and Extension 75%, 0° F, 5 cycles: Dry Concrete Blocks Pass Wet Concrete Blocks Pass Steel Blocks...(Primed if specified by manuf) Pass Flow at 200° F None Water Content % by weight, max 5.0 Resilience: Original sample min. % (cured) 50 Oven aged at 158° F min. % 50 For Class 1-a Material Only: Cold Flow (10 min.) None (c) Asphalt Board. Asphalt Board shall consist of two liners of 0.016 -inch asphalt impregnated paper, filled with a mastic mixture of asphalt and vegetable fiber and/or mineral filler. Boards shall be smooth, flat and sufficiently rigid to permit installation. When tested in accordance with TxDOT Test Method Tex -524-C, the asphalt board shall not deflect from the horizontal more than one inch in three and one-half inches (1" in 31/2"). (d) Rebonded Neoprene Filler. Rebonded neoprene filler shall consist of ground closed - cell neoprene particles, rebonded and molded into sheets of uniform thickness, of the dimensions shown on plans. Filler material shall have the following physical properties and shall meet the requirements of ASTM Designation: D1752 "Standard Specification for Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction", Type 1, where applicable: 038000 Page 2 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 (3) PROPERTY Color Density Recovery Compression Extrusion Tensile Strength Elongation METHOD ASTM D1752, Type 1 ASTM D1752, Type 1 ASTM D1752, Type 1 ASTM D1752, Type 1 ASTM D1752, Type 1 ASTM D1752, Type 1 REQUIREMENT Black 401b./ft3 Min. 90% Min. 50 to 500 psi 0.25 inch Max. 20 psi Min. 75% Min. The manufacturers shall furnish the Engineer with certified test results as to compliance with the above requirements and a 12 inch x 12 inch x 1 inch sample from the shipment for approval. Curing Materials. (a) Membrane curing materials shall comply with ASTM Designation: C 309 "Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane -Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete", Type 1 clear or translucent, or Type 2 white -pigmented. The material shall have a minimum flash -point of 80 degrees F when tested by the "Pensky-Martin Closed Cup Method". It shall be of such consistency that it can be satisfactorily applied as a fine mist through an atomizing nozzle by means of approved pressure spraying equipment at atmospheric temperatures above 40 degrees F. It shall be of such nature that it will not produce permanent discoloration of concrete surfaces nor react deleteriously with the concrete or its components. Type 1 compound shall contain a fugitive dye that will be distinctly visible not less than 4 hours nor more than 7 days after application. The compound shall produce a firm, continuous, uniform moisture impermeable film free from pinholes and shall adhere satisfactorily to the surfaces of damp concrete. It shall, when applied to the damp concrete surface at the rate of coverage specified herein, be dry to the touch in not more than 4 hours, and shall adhere in a tenacious film without running off or appreciable sagging. It shall not disintegrate, check, peel or crack during the required curing period. The compound shall not peel or pick up under traffic and shall disappear from the surface of the concrete by gradual disintegration. The compound shall be delivered to the job only in the manufacturer's original containers, which shall be clearly labeled with the manufacturer's name, the trade name of the material, and a batch number or symbol with which test samples may be correlated. The water retention test shall be in accordance with TxDOT Test Method Tex -219-F. Percentage loss shall be defined as the water lost after the application of the curing material was applied. The permissible percentage moisture loss (at the rate of coverage specified herein) shall not exceed the 038000 Page 3 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 following: 24 hours after application 2 percent 72 hours after application 4 percent Type 1 (Resin Base Only) curing compound will be permitted for slab concrete in bridge decks and top slabs of direct traffic culverts. (b) Mat curing of concrete is allowed where permitted by Table 1 in this specification or where otherwise approved by the Engineer. 3. EXPANSION JOINTS Joints and devices to provide for expansion and contraction shall be constructed where and as indicated herein or on the plans. All open joints and joints to be filled with expansion joint material, shall be constructed using forms adaptable to loosening or early removal. To avoid expansion or contraction damage to the adjacent concrete, these forms shall be loosened as soon as possible after final concrete set to permit free movement without requiring full form removal. Prior to placing the sealing material, the vertical facing the joint shall be cleaned of all laitance by sandblasting or by mechanical routing. Cracked or spalled edges shall be repaired. The joint shall be blown clean of all foreign material and sealed. Where preformed fiber joint material is used, it shall be anchored to the concrete on one side of the joint by light wire or nails, to prevent the material from falling out. The top one inch (1") of the joint shall be filled with joint sealing material. Finished joints shall conform to the indicated outline with the concrete sections completely separated by the specified opening or joint material. Soon after form removal and again where necessary after surface finishing, all projecting concrete shall be removed along exposed edges to secure full effectiveness of the expansion joints. 4. CONSTRUCTION JOINTS The joint formed by placing plastic concrete in direct contact with concrete that has attained its initial set shall be deemed a construction joint. The term "monolithic placement" shall be interpreted to mean at the manner and sequence of concrete placing shall not create construction joints. Construction joints shall be of the type and at the locations shown on the plans. Additional joints will not be permitted without written authorization from the Engineer, and when authorized, shall have details equivalent to those shown on the plans for joints in similar locations. Unless otherwise provided, construction joints shall be square and normal to the forms. Bulkheads shall be provided in the forms for all joints, except when horizontal. Construction joints requiring the use of joint sealing material shall be as detailed on the plans. The 038000 Page 4 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 material will be specified on the plans without referenced to joint type. A concrete placement terminating at a horizontal construction joint shall have the top surface roughened thoroughly as soon as practicable after initial set is attained. The surfaces at bulkheads shall be roughened as soon as the forms are removed. The hardened concrete surface shall be thoroughly cleaned of all loose material, laitance, dirt or foreign material, and saturated with water so it is moist when placing fresh concrete against it. Forms shall be drawn tight against the placing of the fresh concrete. 5. FORMS (1) General. Except where otherwise specified, forms may be of either timber or metal. Forms for round columns exposed to view shall be of steel, except that other materials will be allowed with written permission of the Engineer. Forming plans shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval as specified. Forms shall be designed for the pressure exerted by a liquid weighing 150 pounds per cubic foot. The rate of placing the concrete shall be taken into consideration in determining the depth of the equivalent liquid. For job fabricated forms, an additional live load of 50 pounds per square foot shall be allowed on horizontal surfaces. The maximum unit stresses shall not exceed 125 percent of the allowable stresses used by the Texas Department of Transportation for the design of structures. Commercially produced structural units used in formwork shall not exceed the manufacturer's maximum allowable working load for moment, shear or end reaction. The maximum working load shall include a live load of 35 pounds per square foot of horizontal form surface, and sufficient details and data shall be submitted for use in checking formwork details for approval. Forms shall be practically mortar -tight, rigidly braced and strong enough to prevent bulging between supports, and maintained to the proper line and grade during concrete placement. Forms shall be maintained in a manner that will prevent warping and shrinkage. Offset at form joints shall not exceed one -sixteenth of an inch (1/16"). Deflections due to cast -in-place slab concrete and railing shown in the dead load deflection diagram shall be taken into account in the setting of slab forms. All forms and footing areas shall be cleaned of any extraneous matter before placing concrete. Permission to place concrete will not be given until all such work is completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer. If, at any stage of the work, the forms show signs of bulging or sagging, the portion of the concrete causing such condition shall be removed immediately, if necessary, and the forms shall be reset and securely braced against further movement. 038000 Page 5 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 (2) Timber Forms. Lumber for forms shall be properly seasoned, of good quality, and free from imperfections which would affect its strength or impair the finished surface of the concrete. The lumber used for facing or sheathing shall be finished on at least one side and two edges and shall be sized to uniform thickness. Form lining will be required for all formed surfaces, except for the inside of culvert barrels, inlets and manholes; surfaces that are subsequently covered by backfill material or are completely enclosed; and, any surface formed by a single finished board. Lining will not be required when plywood forms are used. Form lining shall be of an approved type such as Masonite or plywood. Thin membrane sheeting, such as polyethylene sheets, shall not be used for form lining. Forms may be constructed of plywood not less than one-half inch in thickness, with no form lining required. The grain of the face plies on plywood forms shall be placed parallel to the span between the supporting studs or joists. Plywood used for forming surfaces that remain exposed shall be equal to that specified as B -B Plyform Class I or Class II Exterior, of the U. S. Department of Commerce, National Bureau of Standards and Technology, latest edition. Forms or form lumber to be reused shall be maintained clean and in good condition. Any lumber which is split, warped, bulged, marred, or has defects that will produce inferior work, shall not be used and, if condemned, shall be promptly removed from the work. Studs and joists shall be spaced so that the facing form material remains in true alignment under the imposed loads. Wales shall be spaced close enough to hold forms securely to the designated lines and scabbed at least 4 feet on each side of joints to provide continuity. A row of wales shall be placed near the bottom of each placement. Facing material shall be placed with parallel and square joints and securely fastened to supporting studs. Forms for surfaces receiving only an ordinary finish and exposed to view shall be placed with the form panels symmetrical, i.e., long dimensions set in the same direction. Horizontal joints shall be continuous. Molding specified for chamfer strips or other uses shall be made of materials of a grade that will not split when nailed and which can be maintained to a true line without warping. Wood molding shall be mill cut and dressed on all faces. Unless otherwise provided, forms shall be filleted at all sharp corners and edges with triangular chamfer strips measuring three-quarter inch (3/4") on the sides. Forms for railing and ornamental work shall be constructed to standards equivalent to first-class millwork. All moldings, panel work and bevel strips shall be straight and true with nearly mitered joints designed so the finished work is true, sharp and clean cut. 038000 Page 6 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 All forms shall be constructed to permit their removal without marring or damaging the concrete. The forms may be given a slight draft to permit ease of removal. Metal form ties of an approved type or a satisfactory substitute shall be used to hold forms in place and shall be of a type that permits ease of removal of the metal as hereinafter specified. All metal appliances used inside of forms for alignment purposes shall be removed to a depth of at least one-half inch (1/2") from the concrete surface. They shall be made so the metal may be removed without undue chipping or spalling, and when removed, shall leave a smooth opening in the concrete surface. Burning off of rods, bolts or ties will not be permitted. Any wire ties used shall be cut back at least one-half inch (1/2") from the face of the concrete. Devices holding metal ties in place shall be capable of developing the strength of the tie and adjustable to allow for proper alignment. Metal and wooden spreaders which are separate from the forms shall be removed entirely as the concrete is being placed. Adequate clean-out openings shall be proved for narrow walls and other locations where access to the bottom of the forms is not readily attainable. Prior to placing concrete, the facing of all forms shall be treated with oil or other bond breaking coating of such composition that it will not discolor or otherwise injuriously affect the concrete surface. Care shall be exercised to prevent coating of the reinforcing steel. (3) Metal Forms. The foregoing requirements for timber forms regarding design, mortar -tightness, filleted corners, beveled projections, bracing, alignment, removal, reuse and wetting shall also apply to metal forms, except that these will not require lining, unless specifically noted on the plans. The thickness of form metal shall be as required to maintain the true shape without warping or bulging. All bolt and rivet heads on the facing sides shall be countersunk. Clamps, pins or other connecting devices shall be designed to hold the forms rigidly together and to allow removal without injury to the concrete. Metal forms which do not present a smooth surface or line up properly shall not be used. Metal shall be kept free from rust, grease or other foreign materials. 6. PLACING REINFORCEMENT Reinforcement in concrete structures shall be placed carefully and accurately and rigidly supported as provided in the City Standard Specification Section 032020 "Reinforcing Steel". Reinforcing steel supports shall not be welded to I -beams or girders. 7. PLACING CONCRETE -GENERAL The minimum temperature of all concrete at the time of placement shall be not less than 50 degrees F. 038000 Page 7 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 The consistency of the concrete as placed should allow the completion of all finishing operations without the addition of water to the surface. When conditions are such that additional moisture is needed for finishing, the required water shall be applied to the surface by fog spray only, and shall be held to a minimum amount. Fog spray for this purpose may be applied with hand operated fogging equipment. The maximum time interval between the addition of cement to the batch and the placing of concrete in the forms shall not exceed the following: Air or Concrete Temperature Maximum Time Non -Agitated Concrete: Above 80 degrees F 15 minutes Up to 80 degrees F 30 minutes Agitated Concrete: Above 90 degrees F 45 minutes 75 degrees F to 90 degrees F 60 minutes 35 degrees F to 74 degrees F 90 minutes The use of an approved retarding agent in the concrete will permit the extension of each of the above temperature -time maximums by 30 minutes for direct traffic culverts, and one hour for all other concrete except that the maximum time shall not exceed 30 minutes for non -agitated concrete. Before starting work, the Contractor shall inform the Engineer fully of the construction methods he proposes to use, the adequacy of which shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. The Contractor shall give the Engineer sufficient advance notice before placing concrete in any unit of the structure to permit the inspection of forms, reinforcing steel placement, and other preparations. Concrete shall not be placed in any unit prior to the completion of formwork and placement of reinforcement therein. Concrete mixing, placing and finishing shall be done during daylight hours, unless adequate provisions are made to light the entire site of all operations. Concrete placement will not be permitted when impending weather conditions will impair the quality of the finished work. If rainfall should occur after placing operations are started, the Contractor shall provide ample covering to protect the work. In case of drop in temperature, the provisions set forth in Article "Placing Concrete in Cold Weather" of this specification shall be applied. The placing of concrete shall be regulated so the pressures caused by the plastic concrete shall not exceed the loads used in form design. 038000 Page 8 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 The method of handling, placing and consolidation of concrete shall minimize segregation and displacement of the reinforcement, and produce a uniformly dense and compact mass. Concrete shall not have a free fall of more than 5 feet, except in the case of thin walls such as in culverts. Any hardened concrete spatter ahead of the plastic concrete shall be removed. The method and equipment used to transport concrete to the forms shall be capable of maintaining the rate of placement approved by the Engineer. Concrete may be transported by buckets, chutes, buggies, belt conveyors, pumps or other acceptable methods. When belt conveyors or pumps are used, sampling for testing will be done at the discharge end. Concrete transported by conveyors shall be protected from sun and wind, if necessary, to prevent loss of slump and workability. Pipes through which concrete is pumped shall be shaded and/or wrapped with wet burlap, if necessary, to prevent loss of slump and workability. Concrete shall not be transported through aluminum pipes, tubes or other aluminum equipment. Chutes, troughs, conveyors or pipes shall be arranged and used so that the concrete ingredients will not be separated. When steep slopes are necessary, the chutes shall be equipped with baffle boards or made in short lengths that reverse the direction of movement, or the chute ends shall terminate in vertical downspouts. Open troughs and chutes shall extend, if necessary, down inside the forms or through holes left in them. All transporting equipment shall be kept clean and free from hardened concrete coatings. Water used for cleaning shall be discharged clear of the concrete. Each part of the forms shall be filled by depositing concrete as near its final position as possible. The coarse aggregate shall be worked back from the face and the concrete forced under and around the reinforcement bars without displacing them. Depositing large quantities at one point and running or working it along the forms will not be allowed. Concrete shall be deposited in the forms in layers of suitable depth but not more than 36 inches in thickness, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. The sequence of successive layers or adjacent portions of concrete shall be such that they can be vibrated into a homogenous mass with the previously placed concrete without a cold joint. Not more than one hour shall elapse between adjacent or successive placements of concrete. Unauthorized construction joints shall be avoided by placing all concrete between the authorized joints in one continuous operation. An approved retarding agent shall be used to control stress cracks and/or unauthorized cold joints in mass placements where differential settlement and/or setting time may induce stress cracking. Openings in forms shall be provided, if needed, for the removal of laitance of foreign matter of any kind. All forms shall be wetted thoroughly before the concrete is placed therein. All concrete shall be well consolidated and the mortar flushed to the form surfaces by continuous working with immersion type vibrators. Vibrators which operate by attachment to forms or reinforcement will not be permitted, except on steel forms. At least one stand-by vibrator shall be 038000 Page 9 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 provided for emergency use in addition to those required for placement. The concrete shall be vibrated immediately after deposit. Prior to the beginning of work, a systematic spacing of the points of vibration shall be established to insure complete consolidation and thorough working of the concrete around the reinforcement, embedded fixtures, and into the corners and angles of the forms Immersion type vibrators shall be inserted vertically, at points 18 to 30 inches apart, and slowly withdrawn. The vibrator may be inserted in a sloping or horizontal position in shallow slabs. The entire depth of each lift shall be vibrated, allowing the vibrator to penetrate several inches into the preceding lift. Concrete along construction joints shall be thoroughly consolidated by operating the vibrator along and close to but not against the joint surface. The vibration shall continue until thorough consolidation, and complete embedment of reinforcement and fixtures is produced, but not long enough to cause segregation. Vibration maybe supplemented by hand spading or rodding, if necessary, to insure the flushing of mortar to the surface of all forms. Slab concrete shall be mixed in a plant located off the structure. Carting or wheeling concrete batches over completed slabs will not be permitted until they have aged at least four (4) full curing days. If carts are used, timber planking will be required for the remainder of the curing period. Carts shall be equipped with pneumatic tires. Curing operations shall not be interrupted for the purpose of wheeling concrete over finished slabs. After concrete has attained its initial set, at least one (1) curing day shall elapse before placing strain on projecting reinforcement to prevent damage to the concrete. The storing of reinforcing or structural steel on completed roadway slabs generally shall be avoided and, when permitted, shall be limited to quantities and distribution that will not induce excessive stresses. 8. PLACING CONCRETE IN COLD WEATHER (1) Cast -in -Place Concrete. Concrete may be placed when the atmospheric temperature is not less than 35 degrees F. Concrete shall not be placed in contact with any material coated with frost or having a temperature less than 32 degrees F. Aggregates shall be free from ice, frost and frozen lumps. When required, in order to produce the minimum specified concrete temperature, the aggregate and/or the water shall be heated uniformly, in accordance with the following: The water temperature shall not exceed 180 degrees F, and/or the aggregate temperature shall not exceed 150 degrees F. The heating apparatus shall heat the mass of aggregate uniformly. The temperature of the mixture of aggregates and water shall be between 50 degrees F and 85 degrees F before introduction of the cement. All concrete shall be effectively protected as follows: (a) The temperature of slab concrete of all unformed surfaces shall be maintained at 50 degrees F or above for a period of 72 hours from time of placement and above 40 degrees F for an additional 72 hours. 038000 Page 10 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 (b) The temperature at the surface of all concrete in piers, culverts walls, retaining walls, parapets, wingwalls, bottoms of slabs, and other similar formed concrete shall be maintained at 40 degrees F or above for a period of 72 hours from time of placement. (c) The temperature of all concrete, including the bottom slabs of culverts placed on or in the ground, shall be maintained above 32 degrees F for a period of 72 hours from time of placement. Protection shall consist of providing additional covering, insulated forms or other means, and if necessary, supplementing such covering with artificial heating. Curing as specified under Article "Curing Concrete" of this specification shall be provided during this period until all requirements for curing have been satisfied. When impending weather conditions indicate the possibility of the need for such temperature protection, all necessary heating and covering material shall be on hand ready for use before permission is granted to begin placement. Sufficient extra test specimens will be made and cured with the placement to ascertain the condition of the concrete as placed, prior to form removal and acceptance. (2) Precast Concrete. A fabricating plant for precast products which has adequate protection from cold weather in the form of permanent or portable framework and covering, which protects the concrete when placed in the forms, and is equipped with approved steam curing facilities, may place concrete under any low temperature conditions provided: (a) The framework and covering are placed and heat is provided for the concrete and the forms within one hour after the concrete is placed. This shall not be construed to be one hour after the last concrete is placed, but that no concrete shall remain unprotected longer than one hour. (b) Steam heat shall keep the air surrounding the concrete between 50 degrees F and 85 degrees F for a minimum of three hours prior to beginning the temperature rise which is required for steam curing. (c) For fabricating plants without the above facilities and for job site precast products, the requirements of the Article "Curing Concrete" of this specification shall apply. The Contractor is responsible for the protection of concrete placed under any and all weather conditions. Permission given by the Engineer for placing concrete during freezing weather will in no way relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for producing concrete equal in quality to that placed under normal conditions. Should concrete placed under such conditions prove unsatisfactory, it shall be removed and replaced at no additional cost. 038000 Page 11 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 9. PLACING CONCRETE IN WATER Concrete shall be deposited in water only when specified on the plans or with written permission by the Engineer. The forms or cofferdams shall be sufficiently tight to prevent any water current passing through the space in which the concrete is being deposited. Pumping will not be permitted during the concrete placing, nor until it has set for at least 36 hours. The concrete shall be placed with a tremie, closed bottom -dump bucket, or other approved method, and shall not be permitted to fall freely through the water nor shall it be disturbed after it has been placed. The concrete surface shall be kept approximately level during placement. The tremie shall consist of a water -tight tube 14 inches or less in diameter. It shall be constructed so that the bottom can be sealed and opened after it is in place and fully charged with concrete. It shall be supported so that it can be easily moved horizontally to cover all the work area and vertically to control the concrete flow. Bottom -dump buckets used for underwater placing shall have a capacity of not less than one-half cubic yard. It shall be lowered gradually and carefully until it rests upon the concrete already placed and raised very slowly during the upward travel; the intent being to maintain still water at the point of discharge and to avoid agitating the mixture. The placing operations shall be continuous until the work is complete. 10. PLACING CONCRETE IN BOX CULVERTS In general, construction joints will be permitted only where shown on the plans. Where the top slab and walls are placed monolithically in culverts more than 4 feet in clear height, an interval of not less than one (1) nor more than two (2) hours shall elapse before placing the top slab to allow for shrinkage in the wall concrete. The base slab shall be finished accurately at the proper time to provide a smooth uniform surface. Top slabs which carry direct traffic shall be finished as specified for roadway slabs in Article "Finish of Roadway Slabs". Top slabs of fill type culverts shall be given a reasonably smooth float finish. 11. PLACING CONCRETE IN FOUNDATIONS AND SUBSTRUCTURE Concrete shall not be placed in footings until the depth and character of the foundation has been inspected by the Engineer and permission has been given to proceed. Placing of concrete footings upon seal concrete courses will be permitted after the caissons or cofferdams are free from water and the seal concrete course cleaned. Any necessary pumping or bailing during the concreting operation shall be done from a suitable sump located outside the forms. All temporary wales or braces inside cofferdams or caissons shall be constructed or adjusted as the work proceeds to prevent unauthorized construction joints in footings or shafts. 038000 Page 12 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 When footings can be placed in a dry excavation without the use of cofferdams or caissons, forms may be omitted, if desired by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer, and the entire excavation filled with concrete to the elevation of the top of footing; in which case, measurement for payment will be based on the footing dimensions shown on the plans. 12. TREATMENT AND FINISHING OF HORIZONTAL SURFACES EXCEPT ROADWAY SLABS All unformed upper surfaces shall be struck off to grade and finished. The use of mortar topping for surfaces under this classification will not be permitted. After the concrete has been struck off, the surface shall be floated with a suitable float. Sidewalks shall be given a wood float or broom finish, or may be striped with a brush, as specified by the Engineer. Other surfaces shall be wood float finished and striped with a fine brush leaving a fine- grained texture. 13. FINISH OF ROADWAY SLABS As soon as the concrete has been placed and vibrated in a section of sufficient width to permit working, the surface shall be approximately leveled, struck off and screeded, carrying a slight excess of concrete ahead of the screed to insure filling of all low spots. The screed shall be designed rigid enough to hold true to shape and shall have sufficient adjustments to provide for the required camber. A vibrating screed may be used if heavy enough to prevent undue distortion. The screeds shall be provided with a metal edge. Longitudinal screeds shall be moved across the concrete with a saw -like motion while their ends rest on headers or templates set true to the roadway grade or on the adjacent finished slab. The surface of the concrete shall be screeded a sufficient number of times and at such intervals to produce a uniform surface, true to grade and free of voids. If necessary, the screeded surface shall be worked to smooth finish with a long handled wood or metal float of the proper size, or hand floated from bridges over the slab. When required by the Engineer, the Contractor shall perform sufficient checks with a long handled 10 -foot straightedge on the plastic concrete to insure that the final surface will be within the tolerances specified below. The check shall be made with the straightedge parallel to the centerline. Each pass thereof shall lap half of the preceding pass. All high spots shall be removed and all depressions over one -sixteenth inch (1/16") in depth shall be filled with fresh concrete and floated. The checking and floating shall be continued until the surface is true to grade and free of depressions, high spots, voids or rough spots. Rail support holes shall be filled with concrete and finished to match the top of the slab. Surface Texturing. Perform surface texturing using a either carpet drag or metal tining as indicated on the drawings. Complete final texturing before the concrete has attained its initial set. Draw the carpet drag 038000 Page 13 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 longitudinally along the pavement surface with the carpet contact surface area adjusted to provide a satisfactory coarsely textured surface. A metal -tine texture finish is required using a tining machine unless otherwise shown on the plans. Provide the metal -tine finish immediately after the concrete surface has set enough for consistent tining. Operate the metal -tine device to obtain grooves spaced at 1 in., approximately 3/16 in. deep, with a minimum depth of 1/8 in., and approximately 1/12 in. wide. Do not overlap a previously tined area. Use manual methods for achieving similar results on ramps and other irregular sections of pavements. Repair damage to the edge of the slab and joints immediately after texturing. Do not tine pavement that will be overlaid. Upon completion of the floating and/or straight edging and before the disappearance of the moisture sheen, the surface shall be given a broom or burlap drag finish. The grooves of these finishes shall be parallel to the structure centerline. It is the intent that the average texture depth resulting from the number of tests directed by the Engineer be not less than 0.035 inch with a minimum texture depth of 0.030 inch for any one test when tested in accordance with TxDOT Test Method Tex -436-A. Should the texture depth fall below that intended, the finishing procedures shall be revised to produce the desired texture. After the concrete has attained its final set, the roadway surface shall be tested with a standard 10 - foot straightedge. The straightedge shall be placed parallel to the centerline ofroadwayto bridge any depressions and touch high spots. Ordinates of irregularities measured from the face of the straightedge to the surface of the slab shall not exceed one-eighth of an inch (1/8"), making proper allowances for camber, vertical curvature and surface texture. Occasional variations, not exceeding three -sixteenth of an inch (3/16") will be acceptable, if in the opinion of the Engineer it will not affect the riding qualities. When directed by the Engineer, irregularities exceeding the above requirements shall be corrected. In all roadway slab finishing operations, camber for specified vertical curvature and transverse slopes shall be provided. 14. CURING CONCRETE The Contractor shall inform the Engineer fully of the methods and procedures proposed for curing; shall provide the proper equipment and material in adequate amounts; and shall have the proposed methods, equipment and material approved prior to placing concrete. Inadequate curing and/or facilities, therefore, shall be cause for the Engineer to stop all construction on the job until remedial action is taken. All concrete shall be cured for a period of four (4) curing days except as noted herein. 038000 Page 14 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 EXCEPTIONS TO 4 -DAY CURING Description Upper Surfaces of Bridge Slabs and Top Slabs of Direct Traffic Culverts Concrete Piling (non -prestressed) Required Curing 8 curing days (Type I or III) cement 10 curing days (Type II cement) 6 curing days When the air temperature is expected to drop below 35 degrees F, the water curing mats shall be covered with polyethylene sheeting, burlap -polyethylene blankets or other material to provide the protection required by Article "Placing Concrete in Cold Weather" of these specifications. A curing day is defined as a calendar day when the temperature, taken in the shade away from artificial heat, is above 50 degrees F for at least 19 hours (colder days if satisfactory provisions are made to maintain the temperature of all surfaces of the concrete above 40 degrees F for the entire 24 hours). The required curing period shall begin when all concrete therein has attained its initial set. The following methods are permitted for curing concrete subject to the restrictions of Table 1 and the following requirements for each method of curing. (1) Form Curing. When forms are left in contact with the concrete, other curing methods will not be required except for cold weather protection. (2) Water Curing. All exposed surfaces of the concrete shall be kept wet continuously for the required curing time. The water used for curing shall meet the requirements for concrete mixing water as specified in the specification Section 030020 "Portland Cement Concrete". Seawater will not be permitted. Water which stains or leaves an unsightly residue shall not be used. (a) Wet Mat. Cotton mats shall be used for this curing method. They shall be placed as soon as possible after the surface has sufficiently hardened to prevent damage to the concrete. (See Article, "Placing Concrete" of this specification.) Damp burlap blankets made from nine -ounce stock may be placed on the damp concrete surface for temporary protection prior to the application of the cotton mats which may be placed dry and wetted down after placement. The mats shall be weighted down adequately to provide continuous contact with all concrete surfaces where possible. The surfaces of the concrete shall be kept wet for the required curing time. Surfaces which cannot be cured by contact shall be enclosed with mats and anchored positively to the forms or to the ground so that outside air cannot enter the enclosure. Sufficient moisture shall be provided inside the enclosure to keep all surfaces of the concrete wet. (b) Water Spray. This curing method shall consist of overlapping sprays or sprinklers that keep all unformed surfaces continuously wet. (c) Ponding. This curing method requires the covering of the surfaces with a minimum of two inches (2") of clean granular material, kept wet at all times, or a minimum of one -inch 038000 Page 15 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 (1") depth of water. Satisfactory provisions shall be made to provide a darn to retain the water or saturated granular material. (3) Membrane Curing. This consists of curing concrete pavement, concrete pavement (base), curbs, gutters, retards, sidewalks, driveways, medians, islands, concrete riprap, cement -stabilized riprap, concrete structures and other concrete as indicated on the plans by impervious membrane method. Unless otherwise provided herein or shown on the plans, either Type 1-D or Type 2 membrane curing compound may be used where permitted except that Type 1-D (Resin Base Only) will be required for slab concrete in bridge decks and top slabs of direct traffic culverts. TABLE 1 REQUIRED PERMITTED MEMBRANE MEMBRANE STRUCTURE UNIT WATER FOR WATER FOR DESCRIPTION FOR INTERIM FOR INTERIM CURING CURING CURING CURING 1 Top slabs of direct traffic culverts X x 2 Top surface of any concrete unit upon which concrete is to be placed and bonded at a later interval (Stub walls, risers, etc.). X Other superstructure concrete (wing walls, parapet walls, etc.) 3 Concrete pavement (base), curbs, gutters, retards, sidewalks, driveways, medians, X* X* islands, concrete structures, concrete riprap, etc. 4 All substructure concrete, culverts, box sewers, inlets, X* X* manholes, retaining walls *Polyethylene sheeting, burlap -polyethylene mats or laminated mats to prevent outside air from entering will be considered equivalent to water or membrane curing for items 3 and 4. 038000 Page 16 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 Membrane curing shall not be applied to dry surfaces, but shall be applied just after free moisture has disappeared. Formed surfaces and surfaces which have been given a first rub shall be dampened and shall be moist at the time of application of the membrane. When membrane is used for complete curing, the film shall remain unbroken for the minimum curing period specified. Membrane which is damaged shall be corrected immediately by reapplication of membrane. Unless otherwise noted herein or on the plans, the choice of membrane type shall be at the option of the Contractor. Only one type of curing compound will be permitted on any one structure. The membrane curing compound shall be applied after the surface finishing has been completed, and immediately after the free surface moisture has disappeared. The surface shall be sealed with a single uniform coating of curing compound applied at the rate of coverage recommended by the manufacturer and directed by the Engineer, but not less than 1 gallon per 180 square feet of area. The Contractor shall provide satisfactory means and facilities to properly control and check the rate of application of the compound. The compound shall be thoroughly agitated during its use and shall be applied by means of approved mechanical power pressure sprayers. The sprayers used to apply the membrane to concrete pavement or concrete pavement (base) shall travel at uniform speed along the forms and be mechanically driven. The equipment shall be of such design that it will insure uniform and even application of the membrane material. The sprayers shall be equipped with satisfactory atomizing nozzles. Only on small miscellaneous items will the Contractor be permitted to use hand -powered spray equipment. For all spraying equipment, the Contractor shall provide facilities to prevent the loss of the compound between the nozzle and the concrete surface during the spraying operations. The compounds shall not be applied to a dry surface. If the surface of the concrete has become dry, it shall be moistened prior to application of membrane by fogging or mist application. Sprinkling or coarse spraying will not be allowed. At locations where the coating shows discontinuities, pinholes or other defects, or if rain falls on the newly -coated surface before the film has dried sufficiently to resist damage, an additional coat of the compound shall be applied immediately at the same rate of coverage specified herein. To insure proper coverage, the Engineer shall inspect all treated areas after application of the compound for the period of time designated in the governing specification for curing, either for membrane curing or for other methods. Should the foregoing indicate that any area during the curing period is not protected, an additional coat or coats of the compound shall be applied immediately, and the rate of application of the membrane compound shall be increased until all areas are uniformly covered. When temperatures are such as to warrant protection against freezing, curing by this method shall be supplemented with an approved insulating material capable of protecting the concrete for the specified curing period. If at any time there is reason to believe that this method of curing is unsatisfactory or is detrimental 038000 Page 17 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 to the work, the Contractor, when notified, shall immediately cease the use of this method and shall change to curing by one of the other methods specified under this contract. 15. REMOVAL OF FORMS Except as herein provided, forms for vertical surfaces may be removed when the concrete has aged not less than one day (24 hours) when Type I and Type II cement is used, and not less than one-half day (12 hours) when Type III cement is used, provided it can be done without damage to the concrete. Forms for inside curb faces may be removed in approximately three hours provided it can be done without damage to the curb. 16. FINISHING EXPOSED SURFACES Concrete shall be finished as required in the specification Section for the respective item or as otherwise specified on the plans. An ordinary surface finish shall be applied to all concrete surfaces either as a final finish or preparatory to a higher finish. Ordinary Surface Finish shall be as follows: After form removal, all porous or honey -combed areas and spalled areas shall be corrected by chipping away all loose or broken material to sound concrete. Feather edges shall be eliminated by cutting a face perpendicular to the surface. Shallow cavities shall be repaired using adhesive grout or epoxy grout. If judged repairable by the Engineer, large defective areas shall be corrected using concrete or other material approved by the Engineer. Holes and spalls caused by removal of metal ties, etc., shall be cleaned and filled with adhesive grout or epoxy grout. Exposed parts of metal chairs on surfaces to be finished by rubbing, shall be chipped out to a depth of one-half inch (1/2") and the surface repaired. All fins, runs, drips or mortar shall be removed from surfaces which remain exposed. Form marks and chamfer edges shall be smoothed by grinding and/or dry rubbing. Grease, oil, dirt, curing compound, etc., shall be removed from surfaces requiring a higher grade of finish. Discolorations resulting from spillage or splashing of asphalt, paint or other similar material shall be removed. Repairs shall be dense, well bonded and properly cured, and when made on surfaces which remain exposed and do not require a higher finish, shall be finished to blend with the surrounding concrete. 038000 Page 18 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 17. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, no direct measurement or payment will be made for the work to be done or the equipment to be furnished under this specification, but it shall be considered subsidiary to the particular items required by the plans and the contract documents. 038000 Page 19 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 SECTION 097020 EXPOSED AGGREGATE FINISH FOR CONCRETE SIDEWALKS (S-51) 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall consist of exposed aggregate finish, also called "Pea Gravel" or "Pebble Concrete," for sidewalks composed of Portland cement concrete, constructed as herein specified, in conformity with plans. 2. MATERIALS Materials used shall be the same as specified in Section 025612, Concrete Sidewalks and Driveways". Exposed aggregate shall be from 1/2" minimum to 3/4" maximum in size free from flat pieces, cleaned prior to use. 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS Wet over which topping is to be poured, pour concrete, screed and darby. Aggregate to be exposed shall be evenly distributed by hand (approximately 4.25 lbs. per sq. ft.) so the entire surface is completely covered with a single layer (special care shall be taken in covering edges uniformly). Work aggregate into concrete with darby and as soon as surface will support the weight of the mechanic on knee -boards, hand float thoroughly so that all aggregate is completely embedded just below the surface with no holes or openings left in the surface, after which an approved retarder may be applied at the Contractor's option. At the proper time, aggregate shall be exposed by spraying the surface with a garden hose equipped with sprinkler attachment and brushing and flushing the water from the surface without overexposing or dislodging the aggregate. Care shall be exercised in moving over surface during spray and brushing to avoid breaking the aggregate bond. When completed, the Contractor shall cure the slabs with a clear, non -staining curing compound. See Section 038000, "Concrete Structures" Section 14 for curing specifications. Just prior to completion of the project, the slabs shall be thoroughly cleaned with water and light muratic acid solution, thoroughly rinsed and completely and evenly covered with "Sono Glaze" as manufactured by Sonneborn Building Products, Inc., or an approved equal glaze. 4. MEASUREMENT Work and accepted material as prescribed for this specification will be measured by the square foot of surface area of completed sidewalks with exposed aggregate finish. 097020 Rev -9/95 Page 1 of 2 5. PAYMENT The work performed and materials furnished as prescribed by this specification will be paid for at the unit bid price under the bid item "Exposed Aggregate" or "Curb Ramp", which price shall be full compensation for preparing the subgrade; for furnishing and placing all materials, including all reinforcing steel, and expansion joint materials; and all manipulation, labor, tools, equipment, and incidentals necessary to complete the work. Unless otherwise specified in the Special Provisions, the quantity of sidewalk measured as "Exposed Aggregate" shall not be included in measurement for "Concrete Sidewalk". 097020 Rev -9/95 Page 2 of 2 204 Item 204 Sprinkling *® Texas Department of Transportation 1. DESCRIPTION Apply water for dust control, earthwork, or base construction. 2. MATERIALS Furnish water free of industrial wastes and other objectionable matter. 3. EQUIPMENT Use sprinklers and spray bars equipped with positive and rapidly working cut-off valves. 4. CONSTRUCTION Apply water at a uniform rate and in the required quantity, or as directed. 5. MEASUREMENT This Item will be measured by the 1,000 gal. applied. 6. PAYMENT Unless sprinkling is specified as a pay item, the work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item will not be paid for directly but will be subsidiary to pertinent Items. When sprinkling is specified on the plans as a pay item, the work performed and water furnished will be paid for at the unit price bid for "Sprinkling (Base)," "Sprinkling (Earthwork)," or "Sprinkling (Dust Control)." This price is full compensation for furnishing and applying water; furnishing and operating sprinklers and measuring devices; and hauling, equipment, labor, fuel, materials, tools, and incidentals. 120 210 Item 210 Rolling *o Texas Department of Transportation 1. DESCRIPTION Compact embankment, subgrade, base, surface treatments, broken concrete pavement, or asphalt pavement using rollers. Break up asphalt mats, pit run material, or base materials. 2. EQUIPMENT Use any type of roller to meet the production rates and quality requirements of the Contract unless otherwise shown on the plans or directed. Use equipment that meets the requirements of Table 1 when specific types of equipment are required. The Engineer may allow the use of rollers that operate in one direction only when turning does not affect the quality of work or encroach on traffic. Table 1 Roller Requirements Roller Type Materials to be Compacted Load (tons) Contact Pressure Roller Speed (mph) Steel wheel Embankment, subgrade, base, asphalt concrete 10 325 Ib. per inch of wheel width 2-3 Tamping Embankment, _subgrade 125-550 psi per tamping foot 2-3 Heavy tamping Embankment,> subgrade — 550 psi per tamping foot 2-3 Vibratory Embankment, subgrade, base, asphalt concrete Type A<6 Type B > 6 Type C as shown on the plans Per equipment specification and as approved As approved Light g pneumatic Embankment, subgrade, surface treatment 4.5-9.0 >_ 45 psi 2-6 Asphalt Concrete 4-12 Medium pneumatic Embankment, subgrade, base, surface treatment 12-25 > 80 psi, as directed 2-6 Asphalt Concrete 4-12 Heavy pneumatic Embankment, subgrade, base, previously broken concrete pavement, other pavements >_ 25 s 150 psi 2-6 Grid Embankment, breaking up existing asphalt mats or base 5-13 — 2-3 1. Unless otherwise specified in the Contract. 121 210 2.1. Static Steel Wheel Rollers. Furnish single, double, or triple steel wheel, self-propelled power rollers weighing at least 10 tons capable of operating in a forward and backward motion. Ensure all wheels are flat. The Contractor may use vibratory rollers in the static mode when static steel wheel rollers are required. For single steel wheel rollers, pneumatic rear wheels are allowed for embankment, subgrade, and base. Provide rear wheels for triple steel wheel rollers with a minimum diameter of 48 in., a minimum width of 20 in., and a minimum compression of 325 lb. per inch of wheel width. 2.2. Tamping Rollers. Furnish self-propelled rollers with at least one self-cleaning metal tamping drum capable of operating in a forward or backward motion with a minimum effective rolling width of 5 ft. Mount drums in a frame so that each drum moves independently of the other for rollers with more than one drum. Operate rollers in static or vibratory mode. 2.2.1. Tamping Roller (Minimum Requirement). Provide tamping feet that exert a static load of 125 to 550 psi and project at least 3 in. from the surface of the drum for all tamping rollers except for heavy tamping rollers. 2.2.2. Heavy Tamping Roller. Provide tamping rollers that have: • 2 metal tamping drums, rolls, or shells, each with a 60 -in. minimum diameter and a 5 -ft. minimum width, or • 1 rear and 2 forward drums, each with a 60 -in. minimum diameter. Arrange drums so that the rear drum compacts the space between the 2 forward drums and the minimum overall rolling width is 10 ft. Equip drums with tamping feet that: • project at least 7 in. from the drum surface, • have an area of 7 to 21 sq. in., • are self-cleaning, • exert a static load of at least 550 psi, and • are spaced at 1 tamping foot per 0.65 to 0.70 square feet of drum area. 2.3. Vibratory Rollers. Furnish self-propelled rollers with at least one drum equipped to vibrate. Select and maintain amplitude and frequency settings per manufacturer's specifications to deliver maximum compaction without material displacement or shoving, as approved. Furnish the equipment manufacturer's specifications concerning settings and controls for amplitude and frequency. Operate rollers at speeds that will produce at least 10 blows per foot unless otherwise shown on the plans or approved. Pneumatic rear wheels are allowed for embankment, subgrade, and base. Equip each vibrating drum with: • separate frequency and amplitude controls, • controls to manually start and stop vibration, and • a mechanism to continuously clean the face of the drum. For asphalt -stabilized base and asphalt concrete pavement, furnish a roller that also has the ability to: • automatically reverse the direction of the rotating eccentric weight, • stop vibration before the motion of the roller stops, and • thoroughly moisten the drum with water or approved asphalt release agent. 2.3.1. Drum (Type A). Furnish a roller with a static weight less than 6 tons and a vibratory drum. 2.3.2. Drum (Type B). Furnish a roller with a minimum static weight of 6 tons and a vibratory drum. 2.3.3. Drum (Type C). Furnish a roller as shown on the plans. 2.4. Pneumatic Tire Rollers. Pneumatic tire rollers consist of rubber tire wheels on axles mounted in a frame with either a loading platform or body suitable for ballast loading. Arrange the rear tires to cover the gaps between adjacent tires of the forward group. Furnish rollers capable of forward and backward motion. 122 210 Compact asphalt pavements and surface treatments with a roller equipped with smooth -tread tires. Compact without damaging the surface. Moisten the wheels with water or an approved asphalt release agent when necessary. Select and maintain the operating load and tire air pressure within the range of the manufacturer's charts or tabulations to attain maximum compaction throughout the lift, as approved. Furnish the manufacturer's chart or tabulations showing the contact areas and contact pressures for the full range of tire inflation pressures and for the full range of loadings for the particular tires furnished. Maintain individual tire inflation pressures within 5 psi of each other. Provide uniform compression under all tires. 2.4.1. Light Pneumatic Tire. Furnish a unit: • with at least 9 pneumatic tires, • with an effective rolling width of approximately 5 ft., • capable of providing a total uniform load of 4.5 to 9 tons, and • with tires capable of maintaining a minimum ground contact pressure of 45 psi. 2.4.2. Medium Pneumatic Tire. Furnish a unit: • with at least 7 pneumatic tires, • with an effective rolling width of approximately 7 ft., • capable of providing a total uniform load of 12 to 25 tons, and • with tires capable of maintaining a minimum ground contact pressure of 80 psi or 90 psi as directed. 2.4.3. Heavy Pneumatic Tire. Furnish a unit: • with at least 4 pneumatic -tired wheels mounted on axles carrying no more than 2 wheels, • with wheels arranged to carry approximately equal loads on uneven surfaces, • with a width between 8 and 10 ft. that can turn 180° in the crown width, • capable of providing a total uniform load of at least 25 tons, • with tires capable of maintaining a maximum ground contact pressure of 150 psi, and • with liquid -filled tires inflated to such a level that liquid will flow from the valve stem when the stem is in the uppermost position. 2.5. Grid Rollers. Furnish rollers that have 2 cylindrical cages with a minimum diameter of 66 in. and a minimum width of 32 in. Mount cages in a rigid frame with weight boxes. Use a cage surface of cast or welded steel fabric grid with bars 1-1/2 in. wide, spaced on 5 -in. centers in each direction, that undulate approximately 1 in. between the high and low points. Furnish rollers capable of providing a total load of 5 to 13 tons and capable of being operated in a forward or backward motion. 2.6. Alternate Equipment. The Contractor may use alternate compaction equipment that produces results equivalent to the specified equipment as approved. Discontinue the use of the alternate equipment and furnish the specified equipment if the desired results are not achieved. 3. CONSTRUCTION Perform this work in accordance with the applicable Items using equipment and roller speeds specified in Table 1. Use only rubber -tired equipment to push or pull compaction equipment on base courses. Use equipment that does not damage material being rolled. 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The work performed, materials furnished, equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals will not be measured or paid for directly but will be subsidiary to pertinent Items. 123 216 Item 216 Proof Rolling *® Texas Department of Transportation 1. DESCRIPTION Proof -roll earthwork, base, or both to locate unstable areas. 2. EQUIPMENT 2.1. Specified Equipment. Furnish rollers that weigh at least 25 tons when loaded. The maximum acceptable load is 50 tons. Provide rollers that meet the requirements of Section 210.2.4., "Pneumatic Tire Rollers." 2.2. Alternative Equipment. The Contractor may use alternate compaction equipment that produces results equivalent to the specified equipment in the same period of time as approved. Discontinue the use of the alternative equipment and furnish the specified equipment if the desired results are not achieved. 3. CONSTRUCTION Perform proof rolling as directed. Adjust the load and tire inflation pressures within the range of the manufacturer's charts or tabulations, as directed. Make at least 2 coverages with the proof roller. Offset each trip of the roller by at most one tire width. Operate rollers at a speed between 2 and 6 mph, as directed. Correct unstable or nonuniform areas, if found, in accordance with the applicable Item. 4. MEASUREMENT Rolling will be measured by the hour operated on surfaces being tested. 5. PAYMENT The work performed and equipment furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid for "Proof Rolling." This price is full compensation for furnishing and operating equipment and for labor, materials, tools, and incidentals. 124 247 Item 247 Flexible Base *® Texas Department of Transportation 1. DESCRIPTION Construct a foundation course composed of flexible base. 2. MATERIALS Furnish uncontaminated materials of uniform quality that meet the requirements of the plans and specifications. Notify the Engineer of the proposed material sources and of changes to material sources. The Engineer may sample and test project materials at any time before compaction throughout the duration of the project to assure specification compliance. Use Tex -100-E material definitions. 2.1. Aggregate. Furnish aggregate of the type and grade shown on the plans and meeting the requirements of Table 1. Each source must meet Table 1 requirements for liquid limit, plasticity index, and wet ball mill for the grade specified. Do not use additives, such as but not limited to lime, cement, or fly ash to modify aggregates to meet the requirements of Table 1 unless shown on the plans. Table 1 Material Requirements Property Test Method Grade 1-2 Grade 3 Grade 42 Grade 5 Master gradation sieve size (cumulative % retained) Tex -110-E 2-1/2" 0 0 As shown on the plans 0 1-3/4" 0-10 0-10 0-5 7/8" 10-35 — 10-35 3/8" 30-65 — 35-65 #4 45-75 45-75 45-75 #40 65-90 50-85 70-90 Liquid Limit, % Max Tex -104-E 40 40 As shown on the plans 35 Plasticity Index, Maxi Tex -106-E 10 12 As shown on the plans 10 Plasticity index, Mini As shown on the plans As shown on the plans As shown on the plans As shown on the plans Wet ball mill, % Max Tex -116-E 40 As shown on the plans 40 Wet ball mill, % Max increase passing the20 #40 sieve As shown on the plans 20 Min compressive strength, psi Tex -117-E As shown on the plans lateral pressure 0 psi 35 — — lateral pressure 3 psi 90 lateral pressure 15 psi 175 — 175 1. Determine plastic index in accordance with Tex -107-E (linear shrinkage) when liquid limit is unattainable as defined in Tex -104-E. 2. Grade 4 may be further designated as Grade 4A, Grade 4B, etc. 2.1.1. Material Tolerances. The Engineer may accept material if no more than 1 of the 5 most recent gradation tests has an individual sieve outside the specified limits of the gradation. When target grading is required by the plans, no single failing test may exceed the master grading by more than 5 percentage points on sieves No. 4 and larger or 3 percentage points on sieves smaller than No. 4. The Engineer may accept material if no more than 1 of the 5 most recent plasticity index tests is outside the specified limit. No single failing test may exceed the allowable limit by more than 2 points. 125 247 2.1.2. Material Types. Do not use fillers or binders unless approved. Furnish the type specified on the plans in accordance with the following: 2.1.2.1. Type A. Crushed stone produced and graded from oversize quarried aggregate that originates from a single, naturally occurring source. Do not use gravel or multiple sources. 2.1.2.2. Type B. Crushed or uncrushed gravel. Blending of 2 or more sources is allowed. 2.1.2.3. Type C. Crushed gravel with a minimum of 60% of the particles retained on a No. 4 sieve with 2 or more crushed faces as determined by Tex -460-A, Part I. Blending of 2 or more sources is allowed. 2.1.2.4. Type D. Type A material or crushed concrete. Crushed concrete containing gravel will be considered Type D material. Crushed concrete must meet the requirements in Section 247.2.1.3.2., "Recycled Material (Including Crushed Concrete) Requirements," and be managed in a way to provide for uniform quality. The Engineer may require separate dedicated stockpiles in order to verify compliance. 2.1.2.5. 2.1.3. Type E. Caliche, iron ore or as otherwise shown on the plans. Recycled Material. Recycled asphalt pavement (RAP) and other recycled materials may be used when shown on the plans. Request approval to blend 2 or more sources of recycled materials. 2.1.3.1. Limits on Percentage. Do not exceed 20% RAP by weight, when RAP is allowed, unless otherwise shown on the plans. The percentage limitations for other recycled materials will be as shown on the plans. 2.1.3.2. Recycled Material (Including Crushed Concrete) Requirements. 2.1.3.2.1. Contractor -Furnished Recycled Materials. Provide recycled materials that have a maximum sulfate content of 3,000 ppm when tested in accordance with Tex -145-E. When the Contractor furnishes the recycled materials, including crushed concrete, the final product will be subject to the requirements of Table 1 for the grade specified. Certify compliance with DMS -11000, "Evaluating and Using Nonhazardous Recyclable Materials Guidelines," for Contractor furnished recycled materials. In addition, recycled materials must be free from reinforcing steel and other objectionable material and have at most 1.5% deleterious material when tested in accordance with Tex -413-A. For RAP, do not exceed a maximum percent loss from decantation of 5.0% when tested in accordance with Tex -406-A. Test RAP without removing the asphalt. 2.1.3.2.2. Department -Furnished Required Recycled Materials. When the Department furnishes and requires the use of recycled materials, unless otherwise shown on the plans: ■ Department -required recycled material will not be subject to the requirements in Table 1, ■ Contractor -furnished materials are subject to the requirements in Table 1 and this Item, ■ the final product, blended, will be subject to the requirements in Table 1, and ■ for final product, unblended (100% Department -furnished required recycled material), the liquid limit, plasticity index, wet ball mill, and compressive strength is waived. Crush Department -furnished RAP so that 100% passes the 2 in. sieve. The Contractor is responsible for uniformly blending to meet the percentage required. 2.1.3.2.3. Department -Furnished and Allowed Recycled Materials. When the Department furnishes and allows the use of recycled materials or allows the Contractor to furnish recycled materials, the final blended product is subject to the requirements of Table 1 and the plans. 2.1.3.3. Recycled Material Sources. Department -owned recycled material is available to the Contractor only when shown on the plans. Return unused Department -owned recycled materials to the Department stockpile location designated by the Engineer unless otherwise shown on the plans. 126 247 The use of Contractor -owned recycled materials is allowed when shown on the plans. Contractor -owned surplus recycled materials remain the property of the Contractor. Remove Contractor -owned recycled materials from the project and dispose of them in accordance with federal, state, and local regulations before project acceptance. Do not intermingle Contractor -owned recycled material with Department -owned recycled material unless approved. 2.2. Water. Furnish water free of industrial wastes and other objectionable matter. 2.3. Material Sources. Expose the vertical faces of all strata of material proposed for use when non-commercial sources are used. Secure and process the material by successive vertical cuts extending through all exposed strata, when directed. 3. EQUIPMENT Provide machinery, tools, and equipment necessary for proper execution of the work. 3.1. Provide rollers in accordance with Item 210, "Rolling." Provide proof rollers in accordance with Item 216, "Proof Rolling," when required. 3.2. When ride quality measurement is required, provide a high speed or lightweight inertial profiler certified at the Texas A&M Transportation Institute. Provide equipment certification documentation. Display a current decal on the equipment indicating the certification expiration date. 4. CONSTRUCTION Construct each layer uniformly, free of loose or segregated areas, and with the required density and moisture content. Provide a smooth surface that conforms to the typical sections, lines, and grades shown on the plans or as directed. Stockpile base material temporarily at an approved location before delivery to the roadway. Build stockpiles in layers no greater than 2 ft. thick. Stockpiles must have a total height between 10 and 16 ft. unless otherwise shown on the plans. After construction and acceptance of the stockpile, loading from the stockpile for delivery is allowed. Load by making successive vertical cuts through the entire depth of the stockpile. Do not add or remove material from temporary stockpiles that require sampling and testing before delivery unless otherwise approved. Charges for additional sampling and testing required as a result of adding or removing material will be deducted from the Contractor's estimates. Haul approved flexible base in clean trucks. Deliver the required quantity to each 100 -ft. station or designated stockpile site as shown on the plans. Prepare stockpile sites as directed. When delivery is to the 100 -ft. station, manipulate in accordance with the applicable Items. 4.1. Preparation of Subgrade or Existing Base. Remove or scarify existing asphalt concrete pavement in accordance with Item 105, "Removing Treated and Untreated Base and Asphalt Pavement," when shown on the plans or as directed. Shape the subgrade or existing base to conform to the typical sections shown on the plans or as directed. When new base is required to be mixed with existing base, deliver, place, and spread the new flexible base in the required amount per station. Manipulate and thoroughly mix the new base with existing material to provide a uniform mixture to the specified depth before shaping. Proof roll the roadbed in accordance with Item 216, "Proof Rolling," before pulverizing or scarifying when shown on the plans or directed. Correct soft spots as directed. 4.2. Placing. Spread and shape flexible base into a uniform layer with an approved spreader the same day as delivered unless otherwise approved. Construct layers to the thickness shown on the plans. Maintain the 127 247 shape of the course. Control dust by sprinkling, as directed. Correct or replace segregated areas as directed, at no additional expense to the Department. Place successive base courses and finish courses using the same construction methods required for the first course. 4.3. Compaction. Compact using density control unless otherwise shown on the plans. Multiple lifts are permitted when shown on the plans or approved. Bring each layer to the moisture content directed. When necessary, sprinkle the material in accordance with Item 204, "Sprinkling." Begin rolling longitudinally at the sides and proceed towards the center, overlapping on successive trips by at least 1/2 the width of the roller unit. Begin rolling at the low side and progress toward the high side on superelevated curves. Offset alternate trips of the roller. Operate rollers at a speed between 2 and 6 mph as directed. Rework, recompact, and refinish material that fails to meet or that loses required moisture, density, stability, or finish requirements before the next course is placed or the project is accepted. Continue work until specification requirements are met. Perform the work at no additional expense to the Department. Before final acceptance, the Engineer will select the locations of tests and measure the flexible base depth in accordance with Tex -140-E. Correct areas deficient by more than 1/2 in. in thickness by scarifying, adding material as required, reshaping, recompacting, and refinishing at the Contractor's expense. 4.3.1. Ordinary Compaction. Roll with approved compaction equipment as directed. Correct irregularities, depressions, and weak spots immediately by scarifying the areas affected, adding or removing approved material as required, reshaping, and recompacting. 4.3.2. Density Control. Compact to at least 100% of the maximum dry density determined by Tex -113-E, unless otherwise shown on the plans. Maintain moisture during compaction within ±2 percentage points of the optimum moisture content as determined by Tex -113-E. Measure the moisture content of the material in accordance with Tex -115-E or Tex -103-E during compaction daily and report the results the same day to the Engineer, unless otherwise shown on the plans or directed. Do not achieve density by drying the material after compaction. The Engineer will determine roadway density and moisture content of completed sections in accordance with Tex -115-E. The Engineer may accept the section if no more than 1 of the 5 most recent density tests is below the specified density and the failing test is no more than 3 pcf below the specified density. 4.4. Finishing. After completing compaction, clip, skin, or tight -blade the surface with a maintainer or subgrade trimmer to a depth of approximately 1/4 in. Remove loosened material and dispose of it at an approved location. Seal the clipped surface immediately by rolling with a pneumatic tire roller until a smooth surface is attained. Add small increments of water as needed during rolling. Shape and maintain the course and surface in conformity with the typical sections, lines, and grades as shown on the plans or as directed. Correct grade deviations greater than 1/4 in. in 16 feet measured longitudinally or greater than 1/4 in. over the entire width of the cross-section in areas where surfacing is to be placed. Correct by loosening and adding, or removing material. Reshape and re -compact in accordance with Section 247.4.3., "Compaction." 4.5. Curing. Cure the finished section until the moisture content is at least 2 percentage points below optimum or as directed before applying the next successive course or prime coat. 4.6. Ride Quality. This section applies to the final travel lanes that receive a 1 or 2 course surface treatment for the final surface, unless otherwise shown on the plans. Measure ride quality of the base course after placement of the prime coat and before placement of the surface treatment, unless otherwise approved. Use a certified profiler operator from the Department's MPL. When requested, furnish the Engineer documentation for the person certified to operate the profiler. 128 247 Provide all profile measurements to the Engineer in electronic data files within 3 days after placement of the prime coat using the format specified in Tex -1001-S. The Engineer will use Department software to evaluate longitudinal profiles to determine areas requiring corrective action. Correct 0.1-mi.sections having an average international roughness index (IRI) value greater than 100.0 in. per mile to an IRI value of 100.0 in. per mile or less for each wheelpath, unless otherwise shown on the plans. Re -profile and correct sections that fail to maintain ride quality until placement of the next course, as directed. Correct re -profiled sections until specification requirements are met, as approved. Perform this work at no additional expense to the Department. 5. MEASUREMENT Flexible base will be measured as follows: • Flexible Base (Complete In Place). The ton, square yard, or any cubic yard method. • Flexible Base (Roadway Delivery). The ton or any cubic yard method. • Flexible Base (Stockpile Delivery). The ton, cubic yard in vehicle, or cubic yard in stockpile. Measurement by the cubic yard in final position and square yard is a plans quantity measurement. The quantity to be paid for is the quantity shown in the proposal unless modified by Article 9.2., "Plans Quantity Measurement." Additional measurements or calculations will be made if adjustments of quantities are required. Measurement is further defined for payment as follows. 5.1. Cubic Yard in Vehicle. By the cubic yard in vehicles of uniform capacity at the point of delivery. 5.2. Cubic Yard in Stockpile. By the cubic yard in the final stockpile position by the method of average end areas. 5.3. Cubic Yard in Final Position. By the cubic yard in the completed and accepted final position. The volume of base course is computed in place by the method of average end areas between the original subgrade or existing base surfaces and the lines, grades, and slopes of the accepted base course as shown on the plans. 5.4. Square Yard. By the square yard of surface area in the completed and accepted final position. The surface area of the base course is based on the width of flexible base as shown on the plans. 5.5. Ton. By the ton of dry weight in vehicles as delivered. The dry weight is determined by deducting the weight of the moisture in the material at the time of weighing from the gross weight of the material. The Engineer will determine the moisture content in the material in accordance with Tex -103-E from samples taken at the time of weighing. When material is measured in trucks, the weight of the material will be determined on certified scales, or the Contractor must provide a set of standard platform truck scales at a location approved by the Engineer. Scales must conform to the requirements of Item 520, "Weighing and Measuring Equipment." 6. PAYMENT The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid for the types of work shown below. No additional payment will be made for thickness or width exceeding that shown on the typical section or provided on the plans for cubic yard in the final position or square yard measurement. Sprinkling and rolling, except proof rolling, will not be paid for directly but will be subsidiary to this Item unless otherwise shown on the plans. When proof rolling is shown on the plans or directed, it will be paid for in accordance with Item 216, "Proof Rolling." 129 247 Where subgrade is constructed under this Contract, correction of soft spots in the subgrade will be at the Contractor's expense. Where subgrade is not constructed under this Contract, correction of soft spots in the subgrade will be paid in accordance with pertinent Items or Article 4.4., "Changes in the Work." 6.1. Flexible Base (Complete In Place). Payment will be made for the type and grade specified. For cubic yard measurement, "In Vehicle," "In Stockpile," or "In Final Position" will be specified. For square yard measurement, a depth will be specified. This price is full compensation for furnishing materials, temporary stockpiling, assistance provided in stockpile sampling and operations to level stockpiles for measurement, loading, hauling, delivery of materials, spreading, blading, mixing, shaping, placing, compacting, reworking, finishing, correcting locations where thickness is deficient, curing, furnishing scales and labor for weighing and measuring, and equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals. 6.2. Flexible Base (Roadway Delivery). Payment will be made for the type and grade specified. For cubic yard measurement, "In Vehicle," "In Stockpile," or "In Final Position" will be specified. The unit price bid will not include processing at the roadway. This price is full compensation for furnishing materials, temporary stockpiling, assistance provided in stockpile sampling and operations to level stockpiles for measurement, loading, hauling, delivery of materials, furnishing scales and labor for weighing and measuring, and equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals. 6.3. Flexible Base (Stockpile Delivery). Payment will be made for the type and grade specified. For cubic yard measurement, "In Vehicle" or "In Stockpile" will be specified. The unit price bid will not include processing at the roadway. This price is full compensation for furnishing and disposing of materials, preparing the stockpile area, temporary or permanent stockpiling, assistance provided in stockpile sampling and operations to level stockpiles for measurement, loading, hauling, delivery of materials to the stockpile, furnishing scales and labor for weighing and measuring, and equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals. 130 251 Item 251 Reworking Base Courses Texas Department of Transportation 1. DESCRIPTION Refinish or rework existing base material with or without asphaltic concrete pavement. Incorporate new base material when shown on the plans. 2. MATERIALS Furnish uncontaminated materials of uniform quality that meet the requirements of the plans and specifications. Notify the Engineer of the proposed material sources and of changes to material sources. The Engineer will verify that the specification requirements are met before the sources can be used. The Engineer may sample and test project materials at any time before compaction. Use Tex -100-E for material definitions. 2.1. Flexible Base. Furnish new base material that meets the requirements of Item 247, "Flexible Base," for the type and grade shown on the plans. 2.2. Water. Furnish water free of industrial wastes and other objectionable matter. 3. EQUIPMENT Provide machinery, tools, and equipment necessary for proper execution of the work. 3.1. Compaction Equipment. Provide rollers in accordance with Item 210, "Rolling." Provide rollers in accordance with Item 216, "Proof Rolling," when required. 3.2. Pulverization Equipment. Provide pulverization equipment that: • cuts and pulverizes material uniformly to the proper depth with cutters that plane to a uniform surface over the entire width of the cut, • provides a visible indication of the depth of cut at all times, and • uniformly mixes the materials. 4. CONSTRUCTION Perform work to the width and depth shown on the typical sections for the type of work shown on the plans. Construct and shape exposed subgrade to conform to typical sections as shown on the plans or as directed. Proof roll in accordance with Item 216, "Proof Rolling," when shown on the plans. Correct soft spots as directed. Before scarifying, clean the existing base of objectionable materials by blading, brooming, or other approved methods, unless otherwise shown on the plans. Perform this work in accordance with applicable Items. 4.1. Types of Work. 4.1.1. Type A. Scarifying only. 4.1.2. Type B. Scarifying, salvaging, and re-laying. 131 251 4.1.3. Type C. Scarifying and reshaping. 4.1.4. Type D. Refinishing. 4.2. Performance of Work. 4.2.1. Scarifying. Loosen and break existing base material, with or without existing asphaltic concrete pavement. Remove asphalt concrete pavement, surface treatment, plant -mix seal, and micro -surfacing when shown on the plans and in accordance with applicable items. Prevent contamination of asphalt material during and after removal. When the existing pavement consists of only a surface treatment, do not remove before scarifying. Scarify existing material for its full width and depth unless otherwise shown on the plans. Do not disturb the underlying subgrade. Break material into particles of not more than 2-1/2 in. unless otherwise shown on the plans. 4.2.2. Salvaging. Remove the existing base material and stockpile. Windrow if allowed. Perform salvage operations without interfering with traffic, proper drainage, or the general requirements of the work. Remove scarified material using a method approved by the Engineer. Keep material free of contamination. 4.2.3. Re -Laying. Prepare subgrade as shown on the plans or as directed before relaying salvaged material. Proof roll in accordance with Item 216, "Proof Rolling," when shown on the plans. Correct soft spots as directed. Return and rework salvaged base material, with or without additional new base material, on the prepared roadbed. Place salvaged material on the prepared subgrade and sprinkle, blade, and shape the base to conform to the typical sections shown on the plans or as directed. Place new base material and uniformly mix with salvaged material when shown on the plans. Correct, or remove and replace, segregated material with satisfactory material, as directed. 4.2.4. Reshaping. Rework scarified base material with or without additional new base material. Mix and shape scarified base to conform to the typical sections shown on the plans. When shown on the plans, furnish new base material, and uniformly mix with scarified material before shaping. Do not disturb the underlying subgrade. Correct, or remove and replace, segregated material with satisfactory material as directed. 4.2.5. Refinishing. Blade existing base surface to remove irregularities. Cure before placing the pavement on the refinished base, as shown on the plans or as directed. 4.3. Compaction. Compact using ordinary compaction or density control as shown on the plans. Bring each layer to the moisture content directed. When necessary, sprinkle the material in accordance with Item 204, "Sprinkling." Begin rolling longitudinally at the sides and proceed toward the center, overlapping on successive trips by at least one-half the width of the roller unit. On superelevated curves, begin rolling at the low side and progress toward the high side. Offset alternate trips of the roller. Operate rollers at a speed between 2 and 6 mph, as directed. Rework, recompact, and refinish material that fails to meet or that loses required moisture, density, stability, or finish before the next course is placed or the project is accepted. Continue work until specification requirements are met. Perform the work at no additional expense to the Department. 4.3.1. Ordinary Compaction. Roll with approved compaction equipment as directed. Correct irregularities, depressions, and weak spots immediately by scarifying the areas affected, adding or removing approved material as required, reshaping, and recompacting. 4.3.2. Density Control. Determine the moisture content in the mixture at the beginning of and during compaction in accordance with Tex -103-E. Compact to at least 98% of the maximum density determined by Tex -113-E, unless otherwise shown on the plans. 132 251 The Engineer will determine roadway density of completed sections in accordance with Tex -115-E. The Engineer may accept the section if no more than 1 of the 5 most recent density tests is below the specified density and the failing test is no more than 3 pcf below the specified density. 4.4. Finishing. Immediately after completing compaction, clip, skin, or tight -blade the surface with a maintainer or subgrade trimmer to a depth of approximately 1/4 in. Remove and dispose of loosened material at an approved location. Seal the clipped surface immediately by rolling with a pneumatic tire roller until a smooth surface is attained. Add small amounts of water as needed during rolling. Shape and maintain the course and surface in conformity with the typical sections, lines, and grades shown on the plans or as directed. In areas where surfacing is to be placed, correct grade deviations in excess of 1/4 in. in 16 ft. measured longitudinally for the entire width of the cross-section. Correct by loosening, adding, or removing material. Reshape and recompact in accordance with Section 251.4.3., "Compaction." 4.5. Curing. Cure the finished section until the moisture content is at least 2% below optimum or as directed before applying the next successive course or prime coat. 5. MEASUREMENT This Item will be measured by the station, square yard, cubic yard, or ton. Square yard and cubic yard in original position measurement will be established by the widths and depths shown on the plans and the lengths measured in the field. When material is measured in trucks, the weight of the material will be determined on certified scales, or the Contractor must provide a set of standard platform truck scales at a location approved by the Engineer. Scales must conform to the requirements of Item 520, "Weighing and Measuring Equipment." Measurement is further defined for payment as follows. 5.1. Station. By the 100 -ft. station measured along the centerline of each roadbed. 5.2. Square Yard. By the square yard of existing base or pavement in its original position. When square yard measurement is used, limits of measurement will be as shown on the plans. 5.3. 5.4. Cubic Yard in Vehicle. By the cubic yard of salvaged material in vehicles as delivered at the stockpile. Cubic Yard in Stockpile. By the cubic yard of salvaged material in the final stockpile position by the method of average end areas. 5.5. Cubic Yard in Original Position. By the cubic yard in its original position measured by the method of average end areas. 5.6. Ton. By the ton of dry weight in the trucks as delivered at the stockpile. The dry weight is determined by deducting the weight of the moisture in the material at the time of weighing from the gross weight of the material. The Engineer will determine the moisture content in the material in accordance with Tex -103-E from samples taken at the time of truck weighing. 6. PAYMENT The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid for "Reworking Base Material" for the type, scarified depth, and compaction method shown on the plans. For cubic yard measurements, the measurement location (vehicle, stockpile, or original position) will be specified. No additional payment will be made for thickness or width exceeding that shown on the typical sections or provided on the plans for station, square yard, and cubic yard in the original position measurement. This price is full compensation for furnishing and 133 251 disposing of materials, blading, brooming, scarifying, salvaging, replacing, stockpiling, reshaping, refinishing, compacting, finishing, curing, and equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals. Furnishing and delivering new base will be paid for in accordance with Section 247.6.2., "Flexible Base (Roadway Delivery)." Mixing, spreading, blading, shaping, compacting, and finishing new or existing base material will not be paid for directly but will be subsidiary to this Item. Sprinkling and rolling, except proof rolling, will not be paid for directly but will be subsidiary to this Item, unless otherwise shown on the plans. When proof rolling is shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer, it will be paid for in accordance with Item 216, "Proof Rolling." Where subgrade is constructed under this Contract, correction of soft spots in the subgrade or existing base will be at the Contractor's expense. Where subgrade is not constructed under this Contract, correction of soft spots in the subgrade or existing base will be in accordance with pertinent Items or Article 4.4., "Changes in the Work." Removal of existing asphalt concrete pavement will be paid for in accordance with pertinent Items or Article 4.4., "Changes in the Work." Additional restrictions for measurement and payment are as follows: • Type A. Work will be restricted to station and square yard measurement. • Type B. Work will be restricted to station, square yard, and cubic yard in the original position measurement. • Type C. Work will be restricted to station, square yard, and cubic yard in the original position measurement. • Type D. Work will be restricted to station and square yard measurement. 300 Item 300 Asphalts, Oils, and Emulsions *® Texas Department of Transportation 1. DESCRIPTION Provide asphalt cements, cutback and emulsified asphalts, performance -graded asphalt binders, and other miscellaneous asphalt materials as specified on the plans. 2. MATERIALS Provide asphalt materials that meet the stated requirements when tested in accordance with the referenced Department, AASHTO, and ASTM test methods. Provide asphalt materials that have been preapproved for use by the Construction Division in accordance with Tex -545-C, "Asphalt Binder Quality Program," unless otherwise shown on the plans. Acronyms used in this Item are defined in Table 1. Table 1 Acronyms Acronym Definition Tex T or R D Test Procedure Designations Department AASHTO ASTM P SBR or L SBS TR Polymer Modifier Designations polymer -modified styrene -butadiene rubber (latex) styrene -butadiene -styrene block co -polymer tire rubber (from ambient temperature grinding of truck and passenger tires) AC asphalt cement AE asphalt emulsion AE -P asphalt emulsion prime A -R asphalt -rubber C cationic EAP&T emulsified asphalt prime and tack H -suffix harder residue (lower penetration) HF high float MC medium -curing MS medium -setting PCE prime, cure, and erosion control PG performance grade RC rapid -curing RS rapid -setting S -suffix stockpile usage SCM special cutback material SS slow -setting 172 300 2.1. Asphalt Cement. Provide asphalt cement that is homogeneous, water -free, and nonfoaming when heated to 347°F, and meets the requirements in Table 2. Table 2 Asphalt Cement Property Test Procedure Viscosity Grade AC -0.6 AC -1.5 AC -3 AC -5 AC -10 Min , Max Min 1 Max Min , Max Min Max Min , Max Viscosity 140°F, poise 275°F, poise T 202 40 0.4 80 - 100 0.7 200 - 250 1.1 350 - 400 1.4 600 - 800 1.9 1,200 - Penetration, 77°F, 100g, 5 sec. T 49 350 - 250 - 210 - 135 - 85 - Flash point, C.O.C., °F T 48 425 I - 425 I - 425 I - 425 I - 450 I - Solubility in trichloroethylene, % T 44 99.0 I - 99.0 I - 99.0 ; - 99.0 - 99.0 ; - Spot test Tex -509-C Neg. Neg. Neg. Neg. Neg. Tests on residue from Thin -Film Oven Test: Viscosity, 140°F, poise Ductility,' 77°F 5 cm/min., cm T 179 T202 T 51 - 100 180 - - 100 450 - - 100 900 - - 100 1,500 - - 100 3,000 - 1. If AC -0.6 or AC -1.5 ductility at 77°F is less than 100 cm, material is acceptable if ductility at 60°F is more than 100 cm 2.2. Polymer -Modified Asphalt Cement. Provide polymer -modified asphalt cement that is smooth, homogeneous, and meets the requirements of Table 3. Supply samples of the base asphalt cement and polymer additives if requested. Table 3 Polymer -Modified Asphalt Cement Property Test Procedure Polymer -Modified Viscosity Grade AC -5 w/2% SBR AC -10 w/2% SBR AC -15P AC-20XP AC-10-2TR AC-20-5TR Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Polymer SBR SBR SBS SBS TR TR Polymer content, % (solids basis) Tex -533-C 2.0 - 2.0 - 3.0 - - - 2.0 - 5.0 - Dynamic shear, G*/sin S, 64°C, 10 rad/s, kPa T 315 - - - - - - 1.0 - - - 1.0 - Dynamic shear, G*/sin 8, 58°C, 10 rad/s, kPa T 315 - - - - - - - - 1.0 - - - Viscosity 140°F, poise 275°F, poise T 202 T 202 700 - - 7.0 1,300 - - 8.0 1,500 - - 8.0 2,000 - - - 1,000 - - 8.0 2,000 - - 10.0 Penetration, 77°F, 100 g, 5 sec. T 49 120 I - 80 - 100 I 150 75 I 115 95 I 130 75 I 115 Ductility, 5cm/min., 39.2°F, cm T 51 70 ; - 60 - - - - - - - - - Elastic recovery, 50°F, % Tex -539-C - - - - 55 - 55 - 30 - 55 - Softening point, °F T 53 - - - - - - 120 - 110 - 120 - Polymer separation, 48 hr. Tex -540-C None None None None None None Flash point, C.O.C., °F T48 425 1 - 425 - 425 - 425 - 425 - 425 - Tests on residue from RTFOT aging and pressure aging: Creep stiffness S, -18°C, MPa m -value, -18°C Tex -541-C and R 28 T 313 - - - - - - - - - 0.300 300 - - 0.300 300 - - 0.300 300 - - 0.300 300 - 173 300 2.3. Cutback Asphalt. Provide cutback asphalt that meets the requirements of Tables 4, 5, and 6 for the specified type and grade. Supply samples of the base asphalt cement and polymer additives if requested. Table 4 Rapid -Curing Cutback Asphalt Property Test Procedure Type -Grade Type -Grade RC -250 RC -800 RC -3000 Min Max Min Max Min Max Kinematic viscosity, 140°F, cSt T 201 250 400 800 1,600 3,000 6,000 Water, % D95 - 0.2 - 0.2 - 0.2 Flash point, T.O.C., °F T 79 80 - 80 - 80 - Distillation test: Distillate, percentage by volume of total distillate to 680°F to 437°F to 500°F to 600°F Residue from distillation, volume % T 78 40 65 85 70 - - 15 80 75 90 - - 35 55 80 75 T 202 T 51 T 44 Tex -509-C 70 85 - - 20 45 70 82 55 75 - - Tests on distillation residue: Viscosity, 140°F, poise Ductility, 5 cm/min., 77°F, cm Solubility in trichloroethylene, % Spot test T 202 T 51 T 44 Tex -509-C 60 100 99.0 Neg. 240 - - 60 100 99.0 Neg. 240 - - 60 100 99.0 Neg. 240 - - Table 5 Medium -Curing Cutback Asphalt Property Test Procedure Type -Grade MC -30 MC -250 MC -800 MC -3000 Min 1 Max Min 1 Max Min 1 Max Min 1 Max Kinematic viscosity, 140°F, cSt T 201 30 60 250 ; 500 800 ; 1,600 3,000 ; 6,000 Water, % D95 - 0.2 - 0.2 - 0.2 - 0.2 Flash point, T.O.C., °F T 79 95 - 122 ; - 140 ; - 149 ; - Distillation test: Distillate, percentage by volume of total distillate to 680°F to 437°F to 500°F to 600°F Residue from distillation, volume % T 78 - 30 75 50 35 75 95 - - 5 60 67 20 55 90 - - - 45 75 - 40 85 - - - 15 80 - 15 75 - Tests on distillation residue: Viscosity, 140°F, poise Ductility, 5 cm/min., 77°F, cm Solubility in trichloroethylene, % Spot test T 202 T 51 T 44 Tex -509-C 30 100 99.0 Neg. 120 - - 30 100 99.0 Neg. 120 - - 30 100 99.0 Neg. 120 - - 30 100 99.0 Neg. 120 - - 174 300 Table 6 Special -Use Cutback Asphalt Property Test Procedure Type—Grade Rapid -Setting MC -2400L SCM I SCM II Min Max Min Max Min Max Kinematic viscosity, 140°F, cSt T 201 D95 T 79 2,400 1 4,800 500 1,000 1,000 2,000 Water, % — 0.2 — 0.2 — 0.2 Flash point, T.O.C., °F 150 — 175 — 175 — Distillation test: Distillate, percentage by volume of total distillate to 680°F to 437°F to 500°F to 600°F Residue from distillation, volume % T 78 — — 35 78 — 35 80 — — — 20 76 — 0.5 60 — — — 15 82 — 0.5 50 — Tests on distillation residue: Polymer Polymer content, % (solids basis) Penetration, 100 g, 5 sec., 77°F Ductility, 5 cm/min., 39.2°F, cm Solubility in trichloroethylene, % Tex -533-C T 49 T 51 T 44 SBR 2.0 150 50 99.0 — 300 — — — 180 — 99.0 — — — — — — 180 — 99.0 — — — — — 2.4. Emulsified Asphalt. Provide emulsified asphalt that is homogeneous, does not separate after thorough mixing, and meets the requirements for the specified type and grade in Tables 7, 8, 9, and 10. Table 7 Emulsified Asphalt Property Test Procedure Type—Grade Rapid -Setting Medium -Setting Slow -Setting HFRS-2 MS -2 AES -300 SS -1 SS -1H Min , Max Min 1 Max Min 1 Max Min , Max Min , Max Viscosity, Saybolt Furol 77°F, sec. 122°F, sec. T 72 — 150 — 400 — 100 — 300 75 — 400 — 20 — 100 — 20 — 100 — Sieve test, % T 59 — 0.1 — ; 0.1 — ; 0.1 — 0.1 — 0.1 Miscibility T 59 — — — Pass Pass Cement mixing, % T 59 — — — — — — — 2.0 — 2.0 Coating ability and water resistance: Dry aggregate/after spray Wet aggregate/after spray T 59 — — — — Good/Fair Fair/Fair — — — — Demulsibility, 35 ml of 0.02 N CaCl2, % T 59 50 — — 30 — — — — — — Storage stability, 1 day, % T 59 — 1 — 1 — 1 — 1 — 1 Freezing test, 3 cycles1 T 59 — Pass — Pass Pass Distillation test: Residue by distillation, % by wt. Oil distillate, % by volume of emulsion T 59 65 — — 0.5 65 — — 0.5 65 — — 5 60 — — 0.5 60 — — 0.5 Tests on residue from distillation: Penetration, 77°F, 100 g, 5 sec. Solubility in trichloroethylene, % Ductility, 77°F, 5 cm/min., cm Float test, 140°F, sec. T 49 T 44 T 51 T 50 100 97.5 100 1,200 140 — — — 120 97.5 100 — 160 300 97.5 — 1,200 — — — — 120 97.5 100 — 160 — — — 70 97.5 80 — 100 — — — 1. Applies only when the Engineer designates material for winter use. 175 300 Table 8 Cationic Emulsified Asphalt Property Test Procedure Type -Grade Rapid -Setting Medium -Setting Slow -Setting CRS -2 CRS -2H CMS -2 CMS -2S CSS -1 CSS -1H MinMax MinMax MinMax MinMax MinMax MinMax Viscosity, Saybolt Furol 77°F, sec. 122°F, sec. T 72 - 150 - 400 - 150 - 400 - 100 - 300 - 100 - 300 20 - 100 - 20 - 100 - Sievetest,% T59 - 1 0.1 - i 0.1 - i 0.1 - i 0.1 - i 0.1 - i 0.1 Cement mixing, % T 59 - - - - - - - - - i 2.0 - i 2.0 Coating ability and water resistance: Dry aggregate/after spray Wet aggregate/after spray T 59 - - - - Good/Fair Fair/Fair Good/Fair Fair/Fair - - - - Demulsibility, 35 ml of 0.8% Sodium dioctyl sulfosuccinate, T 59 70 - 70 - - - - - - - - - Storage stability, 1 day, % T 59 - 1 - 1 - 1 - 1 - 1 - 1 Particle charge T 59 Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Distillation test: Residue by distillation, % by wt. Oil distillate, % by volume of emulsion T 59 65 - - 0.5 65 - - 0.5 65 - - 7 65 - - 5 60 - - 0.5 60 - - 0.5 Tests on residue from distillation: Penetration, 77°F, 100 g, 5 sec. Solubility in trichloroethylene, % Ductility, 77°F, 5 cm/min., cm T 49 T 44 T 51 120 97.5 100 160 - - 70 97.5 80 110 - - 120 97.5 100 200 - - 300 97.5 - - - - 120 97.5 100 160 - - 70 97.5 80 110 - - Table 9 Polymer -Modified Emulsified Asphalt Property Test Procedure Type -Grade Rapid -Setting Medium -Setting Slow -Setting RS -1P HFRS-2P AES -150P AES -300P AES -3005 SS -1P Min 1 Max Min 1 Max Min 1 Max Min 1 Max Min 1 Max Min 1 Max Viscosity, Saybolt Furol 77°F, sec. 122°F, sec. T 72 - 50 - 200 - 150 - 400 75 - 400 - 75 - 400 - 75 - 400 - 30 - 100 - Sieve test, % T 59 - , 0.1 - , 0.1 - , 0.1 - , 0.1 - , 0.1 - 0.1 Miscibility T 59 - - - - - Pass Coating ability and water resistance: Dry aggregate/after spray Wet aggregate/after spray T 59 - - - - Good/Fair Fair/Fair Good/Fair Fair/Fair Good/Fair Fair/Fair - - Demulsibility, 35 ml of 0.02 N CaCl2, % T 59 60 i - 50 - - - - - - - - - Storage stability, 1 day, % T 59 - ; 1 - 1 - 1 - 1 - 1 - 1 Breaking index, g Tex -542-C - , 80 - - - - - - - - - - Distillation test:1 Residue by distillation, % by wt. Oil distillate, % by volume of emulsion T 59 65 - - 3 65 - - 0.5 65 - - 3 65 - - 5 65 - - 7 60 - - 0.5 Tests on residue from distillation: Polymer content, wt. % (solids basis) Penetration, 77°F, 100 g, 5 sec. Solubility in trichloroethylene, % Viscosity, 140°F, poise Float test, 140°F, sec. Ductility,2 39.2°F, 5 cm/min., cm Elastic recovery,2 50°F, % Tex -533-C T 49 T 44 T 202 T50 T 51 Tex -539-C - 225 97.0 - - - 55 - 300 - - - - - 3.0 90 97.0 1,500 1,200 50 55 - 140 - - - - - - 150 97.0 - 1,200 - - - 300 - - - - - - 300 97.0 - 1,200 - - - - - - - - - - 300 97.0 - 1,200 - - - - - - - - - 3.0 100 97.0 1,300 - 50 - - 140 - - - - - Tests on RTFO curing of distillation residue Elastic recovery, 50°F, % Tex -541-C Tex -539-C - - - - 50 - 50 - 30 - - - 1. Exception to T 59: Bring the temperature on the lower thermometer slowly to 350°F ±10°F. Maintain at this temperature for 20 min. Complete total distillation in 60 min. (±5 min.) from the first application of heat. 2. HFRS-2P must meet one of either the ductility or elastic recovery requirements. 176 300 Table 10 Polymer -Modified Cationic Emulsified Asphalt Property Test Procedure Type -Grade Rapid -Setting Medium -Setting Slow -Setting CRS -1P CRS -2P CHFRS-2P CMS -1P3 CMS -2P3 CSS -1P Min 1 Max Min 1 Max Min , Max Min 1 Max Min Max Min , Max Viscosity, Saybolt Furol 77°F, sec. 122°F, sec. T 72 — 50 — 150 — 150 — 400 — 100 — 400 20 — 100 — — 50 — 400 20 — 100 — Sieve test, % T 59 — ; 0.1 — ; 0.1 — ; 0.1 — ; 0.1 — 0.1 — ; 0.1 Demulsibility, 35 ml of 0.8% Sodium dioctyl sulfosuccinate, T 59 60 — 70 — 60 — — — — — — — Storage stability, 1 day, % T 59 — , 1 — 1 — 1 — — — — — 1 Breaking index, g Tex -542-C — i 80 — — — — — — — — — — Particle charge T 59 Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Positive Distillation test:' Residue by distillation, % by weight Oil distillate, % by volume of emulsion T 59 65 — — 3 65 — — 0.5 65 — — 0.5 65 — — 0.5 65 — — 0.5 62 — — 0.5 Tests on residue from distillation: Polymer content, wt. % (solids basis) Penetration, 77°F, 100 g,T 5 sec. Viscosity, 140°F, poise Solubility in trichloroethylene, cyo Softening point, °F Ductility, 77°F, 5 cm/min., cm Float test, 140°F, sec. Ductility,2 39.2°F, 5 cm/min.,— cm Elastic recovery,2 50°F, % Tex 533 C— 49 T 202 T 44 T 53 T 51 T 50 Tex -539-C 225 — 97.0 — — — 45 — 300 ' — — ' — — — — 3.0 90 1,300 97.0 — — — 55 — 150 — — ' — — — — 3.0 80 1,300 95.0 130 — 1,800 55 — 130 ' — — ' — — — — — 40 — — — — — 45 — — ' 5,000 — ' — — — — — 40 — — — — — 45 — — ' 5,000 — ' — — — — 3.0 55 — 97.0 135 70 — — — 90 ' — — ' — — — — Tests on rejuvenating agent: Viscosity, 140°F, cSt Flash point, C.O.C., °F Saturates, % by weight Solubility in n -pentane, % by weight T 201 T48 D2007 D2007— — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 50 380 — 99 175 — 30 50 380 — 99 175 — 30 — — — — — — Tests on rejuvenating agent after TFO or RTFO: Weight Change, % Viscosity Ratio T 240 or T 179 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 6.5 3.0 — — 6.5 3.0 — — — — Tests on latex:4 Tensile strength, die C dumbbell, psi Change in mass after immersion in rejuvenating agent, % D4125 D471 — — — — — — — — — — — — 500 — — 406 500 — — 406 — — — — 1. Exception to T 59: Bring the temperature on the lower thermometer slowly to 350°F (±0°F). Maintain at this temperature for 20 min. Complete total distillation in 60 min. (±5 min.) from the first application of heat. 2. CRS -2P must meet one of either the ductility or elastic recovery requirements. 3. With all precertification samples of CMS -1P or CMS -2P, submit certified test reports showing that the rejuvenating agent and latex meet the stated requirements. Submit samples of these raw materials if requested by the Engineer. 4. Preparation of latex films: Use any substrate which produces a film of uniform cross-section. Apply latex using a drawdown tool that will deliver enough material to achieve desired residual thickness. Cure films for 14 days at 75°F and 50% relative humidity. 5. Cut samples for tensile strength determination using a crosshead speed of 20 in./min. 6. Specimen must remain intact after exposure and removal of excess rejuvenating agent. 177 300 2.5. Specialty Emulsions. Provide specialty emulsion that is either asphalt -based or resin -based and meets the requirements of Table 11. Table 11 Specialty Emulsions Property Test Procedure Type—Grade Medium -Setting Slow -Setting AE—P EAP&T 1 PCE Min , Max Min , Max Min , Max Viscosity, Saybolt Furol 77°F, sec. 122°F, sec. T 72 — 15 — 150 — — — — 10 — 100 — Sieve test, % T 59 — 0.1 — 0.1 — 0.1 Miscibility2 T 59 — Pass I Pass Demulsibility, 35 ml of 0.10 N CaCl2, % T 59 — 70 — — — — Storage stability, 1 day, % T 59 — 1 — 1 1 — 1 — Particle size,5 % by volume < 2.5 µm Tex -238-F3 — — 90 ; — 90 ; — Asphalt emulsion distillation to 500°F followed by Cutback asphalt distillation of residue to 680°F: Residue after both distillations, % by wt. Total oil distillate from both distillations, % by volume of emulsion T 59 & T 78 40 25 — 40 — — — — — — — — Residue by distillation, % by wt. T 59 — — 60 — — — Residue by evaporation,4 % by wt. T 59 — — — — 60 — Tests on residue after all distillation(s): Viscosity, 140°F, poise Kinematic viscosity,5 140°F, cSt Flash point C.O.C., °F Solubility in trichloroethylene, % Float test, 122°F, sec. T 202 T 201 T 48 T 44 T 50 — — — 97.5 50 — — — — 200 800 — — — — — — — — — — 100 400 — — — 350 — — — Supply with each shipment of PCE: a copy of a lab report from an approved analytical lab, signed by a lab official, indicating the PCE formulation does not meet any characteristics of a Resource Conservation Recovery Act (RCRA) hazardous waste; a certification from the producer that the formulation supplied does not differ from the one tested and that no listed RCRA hazardous wastes or Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCBs) have been mixed with the product; and a Material Safety Data Sheet. Exception to T 59: In dilution, use 350 ml of distilled or deionized water and a 1,000-m1 beaker. Use Tex -238-F, beginning at "Particle Size Analysis by Laser Diffraction," with distilled or deionized water as a medium and no dispersant, or use another approved method. Exception to T 59: Leave sample in the oven until foaming ceases, then cool and weigh. PCE must meet either the kinematic viscosity requirement or the particle size requirement. 2.6. Recycling Agent. Recycling agent and emulsified recycling agent must meet the requirements in Table 12. Additionally, recycling agent and residue from emulsified recycling agent, when added in the specified proportions to the recycled asphalt, must meet the properties specified on the plans. Table 12 Recvclina Aaent and Emulsified Recvclina Aaent Property Test Procedure Recycling Agent Emulsified Recycling Agent Min Max Min Max Viscosity, Saybolt Furol, 77°F, sec. T 72 — — 15 100 Sieve test, % T 59 — — — 0.1 Miscibility1 T 59 — No coagulation Residue by evaporation,2 % by wt. T 59 — — 60 — Tests on recycling agent or residue from evaporation: Flash point, C.O.C., °F Kinematic viscosity, 140°F, cSt 275°F, cSt T48 T 201 400 — 400 — 75 200 75 200 — 10.0 — 10.0 1. Exception to T 59: Use 0.02 N CaCl2 solution in place of water. 2. Exception to T 59: Maintain sample at 300°F until foaming ceases, then cool and weigh. 2.7. Crumb Rubber Modifier. Crumb rubber modifier (CRM) consists of automobile and truck tires processed by ambient temperature grinding. 178 300 CRM must be: • free from contaminants including fabric, metal, and mineral and other nonrubber substances; • free-flowing; and • nonfoaming when added to hot asphalt binder. Ensure rubber gradation meets the requirements of the grades in Table 13 when tested in accordance with Tex -200-F, Part I, using a 50-g sample. Table 13 CRM Gradations Sieve Size (% Passing) Grade A Grade B Grade C Grade D Grade E Min 1 Max Min Max Min 1 Max As shown on the plans As approved #8 100 — — — — — #10 95 i 100 100 — — — #16 — — 70 100 100 — #30 — — 25 60 90 1 100 #40 — — — — 45 l 100 #50 0 10 — — — — #200 — — 0 5 — — 2.8. Crack Sealer. Provide polymer -modified asphalt -emulsion crack sealer meeting the requirements of Table 14. Provide rubber -asphalt crack sealer meeting the requirements of Table 15. Table 14 Polymer -Modified Asphalt -Emulsion Crack Sealer Property Test Procedure Min Max Rotational viscosity, 77°F, cP D2196, Method A 10,000 1 25,000 Sieve test, % T 59 — 0.1 Storage stability, 1 day, % T 59 — 1 Evaporation Residue by evaporation, % by wt. Tex -543-C 65 — Tests on residue from evaporation: Penetration, 77°F, 100 g, 5 sec. Softening point, °F Ductility, 39.2°F, 5 cm/min., cm T 49 T 53 T 51 35 75 140 — 100 — Table 15 Rubber -Asphalt Crack Sealer Property Test Procedure Class A Class B Min Max Min Max CRM content, Grade A or B, % by wt. Tex -544-C 22 26 — — CRM content, Grade B, % by wt. Tex -544-C — — 13 17 Virgin rubber content,1 % by wt. — — 2 — Flash point,2 C.O.C., °F T48 400 — 400 — Penetration,3 77°F, 150 g, 5 sec. T 49 30 50 30 50 Penetration,3 32°F, 200 g, 60 sec. T 49 12 — 12 — Softening point, °F T 53 — — 170 — Bond Test, non -immersed, 0.5 in specimen, 50% extension, 20°F4 D5329 — Pass 1. Provide certification that the Min % virgin rubber was added. 2. Agitate the sealing compound with a 3/8- to 1/2 -in. (9.5- to 12.7 -mm) wide, square -end metal spatula to bring the material on the bottom of the cup to the surface (i.e., turn the material over) before passing the test flame over the cup. Start at one side of the thermometer, move around to the other, and then return to the starting point using 8 to 10 rapid circular strokes. Accomplish agitation in 3 to 4 sec. Pass the test flame over the cup immediately after stirring is completed. 3. Exception to T 49: Substitute the cone specified in D217 for the penetration needle. 4. Allow no crack in the crack sealing materials or break in the bond between the sealer and the mortar blocks over 1/4 in. deep for any specimen after completion of the test. 2.9. Asphalt -Rubber Binders. Provide asphalt -rubber (A -R) binders that are mixtures of asphalt binder and CRM, which have been reacted at elevated temperatures. Provide A -R binders meeting D6114 and containing a minimum of 15% CRM by weight. Provide Types I or II, containing CRM Grade C, for use in hot - 179 300 mixed aggregate mixtures. Provide Types II or III, containing CRM Grade B, for use in surface treatment binder. Ensure binder properties meet the requirements of Table 16. Table 16 A -R Binders Property Test Procedure Binder Type Type I Type II Type Ill Min ; Max Min 1 Max Min 1 Max Apparent viscosity, 347°F, cP D2196, Method A 1,500 5,000 1,500 5,000 1,500 5,000 Penetration, 77°F, 100 g, 5 sec. T 49 25 i 75 25 I 75 50 I 100 Penetration, 39.2°F, 200 g, 60 sec. T 49 10 1 — 15 1 — 25 1 — Softening point, °F T 53 135 1 — 130 1 — 125 1 — Resilience, 77°F, % D5329 25 1 — 20 1 — 10 1 — Flash point, C.O.C., °F T48 I 450 i — I 450 i — I 450 i — Tests on residue from Thin -Film Oven Test: Retained penetration ratio, 39.2°F, 200 g, 60 sec., % of original T 179 T49 75 — 75 — 75 — 2.10. Performance -Graded Binders. Provide PG binders that are smooth and homogeneous, show no separation when tested in accordance with Tex -540-C, and meet the requirements of Table 17. Separation testing is not required if: • a modifier is introduced separately at the mix plant either by injection in the asphalt line or mixer, • the binder is blended on site in continuously agitated tanks, or • binder acceptance is based on field samples taken from an in-line sampling port at the hot -mix plant after the addition of modifiers. 180 300 Table 17 Performance -Graded Binders Property and Test Method Performance Grade PG 58 PG 64 PG 70 PG 76 PG 82 -22 -28 -34 -16 -22 -28 -34 -16 -22 -28 -34 -16 -22 -28 -34 -16 -22 -28 Average 7 -day max pavement design temperature, °C1 < 58 < 64 < 70 < 76 < 82 Min pavement design temperature, °C1 >-22 >-28 >-34 >-16 >-22 >-28 >-34 >-16 >-22 >-28 >-34 >-16 >-22 >-28 >-34 >-16 >-22 >-28 Original Binder Flash point, T 48, Min, °C 230 Viscosity, T 316:2,3 Max, 3.0 Pa•s, test temperature, °C 135 Dynamic shear, T 315:4 G*/sin(8), Min, 1.00 kPa, Max, 2.00 kPa,7 Test temperature @ 10 rad/sec., °C 58 64 70 76 82 Elastic recovery, D6084, 50°F, % Min — — 30 — — 30 50 — 30 50 60 30 50 60 70 50 60 70 Rolling Thin -Film Oven (Tex -541-C) Mass loss, Tex -541-C, Max, % 1.0 Dynamic shear, T 315: G*/sin(S), Min, 2.20 kPa, Max, 5.00 kPa,7 Test temperature @ 10 rad/sec., °C 58 64 70 76 82 Pressure Aging Vessel (PAV) Residue (R 28) PAV aging temperature, °C 100 Dynamic shear, T 315: G*/sin(6), Max, 5,000 kPa Test temperature @ 10 rad/sec., °C 25 22 19 28 25 22 19 28 25 22 19 28 25 22 19 28 25 22 Creep stiffness, T 313:5,6 S, max, 300 MPa, m -value, Min, 0.300 Test temperature @ 60 sec., °C -12 -18 -24 -6 -12 -18 -24 -6 -12 -18 -24 -6 -12 -18 -24 -6 -12 -18 Direct tension, T 314:6 Failure strain, Min, 1.0% Test temperature @ 1.0 mm/min., °C -12 -18 -24 -6 -12 -18 -24 -6 -12 -18 -24 -6 -12 -18 -24 -6 -12 -18 1. Pavement temperatures are estimated from air temperatures using an algorithm conta'ned in a Department -supplied computer program, may be provided by the Department, or by following the procedures outlined in AASHTO MP 2 and PP 28. 2. This requirement may be waived at the Department's discretion if the supplier warrants that the asphalt binder can be adequately pumped, mixed, and compacted at temperatures that meet all applicable safety, environmental, and constructability requirements. At test temperatures where the binder is a Newtonian fluid, any suitable standard means of viscosity measurement may be used, including capillary (T 201 or T 202) or rotational viscometry (T 316). 3. Viscosity at 135°C is an indicator of mixing and compaction temperatures that can be expected in the lab and field. High values may indicate high mixing and compaction temperatures. Additionally, significant variation can occur from batch to batch. Contractors should be aware that variation could significantly impact their mixing and compaction operations. Contractors are therefore responsible for addressing any constructability issues that may arise. 4. For quality control of unmodified asphalt binder production, measurement of the viscosity of the original asphalt binder may be substituted for dynamic shear measurements of G*/sin(6) at test temperatures where the asphalt is a Newtonian fluid. Any suitable standard means of viscosity measurement may be used, including capillary (T 201 or T 202) or rotational viscometry (T 316). 5. Silicone beam molds, as described in AASHTO TP 1-93, are acceptable for use. 6. If creep stiffness is below 300 MPa, direct tension test is not required. If creep stiffness is between 300 and 600 MPa, the direct tension failure strain requirement can be used instead of the creep stiffness requirement. The m -value requirement must be satisfied in both cases. 7. Maximum values for unaged and RTFO aged dynamic shear apply only to materials used as substitute binders, as described in specification items, 340, 341, and 344. 3. EQUIPMENT Provide all equipment necessary to transport, store, sample, heat, apply, and incorporate asphalts, oils, and emulsions. 181 300 4. CONSTRUCTION Typical Material Use. Use materials shown in Table 18, unless otherwise determined by the Engineer. Table 18 Typical Material Use Material Application Typically Used Materials Hot -mixed, hot -laid asphalt mixtures PG binders, A -R binders Types I and II Surface treatment AC -5, AC -10, AC -5 w/2% SBR, AC -10 w/2% SBR, AC -15P, AC-20XP, AC-10-2TR, AC-20-5TR, HFRS-2, MS -2, CRS -2, CRS -2H, HFRS-2P,CRS-2P, CHFRS-2P, A -R binders Types II and Ill Surface treatment (cool weather) RS -1 P, CRS -1 P, RC -250, RC -800, RC -3000, MC -250, MC -800, MC -3000, MC -2400L Precoating AC -5, AC -10, PG 64-22, SS -1, SS -1H, CSS -1, CSS -1H Tack coat PG Binders, SS -1 H, CSS -1 H, EAP&T Fog seal SS -1, SS -1H, CSS -1, CSS -1H Hot -mixed, cold -laid asphalt mixtures AC -0.6, AC -1.5, AC -3, AES -300, AES -300P, CMS -2, CMS -2S Patching mix MC -800, SCM I, SCM II, AES -3005 Recycling AC -0.6, AC -1.5, AC -3, AES -150P, AES -300P, recycling agent, emulsified recycling agent Crack sealing SS -1 P, polymer mod AE crack sealant, rubber asphalt crack sealers (Class A, Class B) Microsurfacing CSS -1P Prime MC -30, AE -P, EAP&T, PCE Curing membrane SS -1, SS -1H, CSS -1, CSS -1H, PCE Erosion control SS -1, SS -1H, CSS -1, CSS -1H, PCE 4.1. Storage and Application Temperatures. Use storage and application temperatures in accordance with Table 19. Store and apply materials at the lowest temperature yielding satisfactory results. Follow the manufacturer's instructions for any agitation requirements in storage. Manufacturer's instructions regarding recommended application and storage temperatures supersede those of Table 19. Table 19 Storage and Application Temperatures Type -Grade Application Storage Maximum (°F) Recommended Range (°F) Maximum Allowable (°F) AC -0.6, AC -1.5, AC -3 200-300 350 350 AC -5, AC -10 275-350 350 350 AC -5 w/2% SBR, AC -10 w/2% SBR, AC -15P, AC-20-5TR 300-375 375 360 RC -250 125-180 200 200 RC -800 170-230 260 260 RC -3000 215-275 285 285 MC -30, AE -P 70-150 175 175 MC -250 125-210 240 240 MC -800, SCM I, SCM II 175-260 275 275 MC -3000, MC -2400L 225-275 290 290 HFRS-2, MS -2, CRS -2, CRS -2H, HFRS-2P, CRS -2P, CMS -2, CMS -2S, AES -300, AES -300S, AES -150P, AES -300P 120-160 180 180 SS -1, SS -1H, CSS -1, CSS -1H, PCE, EAP&T, SS -1P, RS -1P, CRS -1P, CSS -1P, recycling agent, emulsified recycling agent, polymer mod AE crack sealant 50-130 140 140 PG binders 275-350 350 350 Rubber asphalt crack sealers (Class A, Class B) 350-375 400 - A -R binders Types I, II, and Ill 325-425 425 425 5. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The work performed, materials furnished, equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals will not be measured or paid for directly but is subsidiary or is included in payment for other pertinent Items. 182 300-009 Special Provision to Item 300 Asphalts, Oils, and Emulsions *o Texas Department of Transportation Item 300, "Asphalts, Oils, and Emulsions," of the Standard Specifications is amended with respect to the clauses cited below. No other clauses or requirements of this Item are waived or changed. Article 300.2., "Materials." The first paragraph is voided and replaced by the following. Provide asphalt materials that meet the stated requirements when tested in accordance with the referenced Department, AASHTO, and ASTM test methods. Use asphalt containing recycled materials only if the recycled components meet the requirements of Article 6.9, "Recycled Materials." Provide asphalt materials that the Department has preapproved for use in accordance with Tex -545-C, "Asphalt Binder Quality Program." Inform the Department of all additives or modifiers included in the asphalt binder as part of the facility quality plan, as required by Tex -545-C, "Asphalt Binder Quality Program," and provide that information to Department personnel. The Department reserves the right to prohibit the use of any asphalt additive or modifier. Section 300.2.10. "Performance -Graded Binders," is supplemented by the following: Limit the use of polyphosphoric acid to no more than 0.5% by weight of the asphalt binder. Limit the use of re -refined engine oil bottoms to no more than 5.0% by weight of the asphalt binder. 06-15 Statewide 302 Item 302 Aggregates for Surface Treatments *® Texas Department of Transportation 1. DESCRIPTION Furnish aggregate for surface treatments in conformance to the type, grade, and Surface Aggregate Classification (SAC) shown on the plans. 2. MATERIALS Furnish uncontaminated materials of uniform quality throughout that meet the requirements of the plans and specifications. Notify the Engineer of all proposed material sources and of changes to material sources. The Engineer will designate the sampling location. 2.1. Aggregate. Stockpile aggregates for each source and type separately. Do not add materials to approved stockpiles without the approval of the Engineer. Furnish aggregate of the type shown on the plans and listed in Table 1. Use Tex -100-E material definitions. Table 1 Aaareaate Tvpes Type Material A Gravel, crushed slag, crushed stone, or limestone rock asphalt (LRA) B Crushed gravel, crushed slag, crushed stone, or LRA C Gravel, crushed slag, or crushed stone D Crushed gravel, crushed slag, or crushed stone E Aggregate as shown on the plans L Lightweight Aggregate PA Precoated gravel, crushed slag, crushed stone, or LRA PB Precoated crushed gravel, crushed slag, crushed stone, or LRA PC Precoated gravel, crushed slag, or crushed stone PD Precoated crushed gravel, crushed slag, crushed stone PE Precoated aggregate as shown on the plans PL Precoated lightweight aggregate Ensure the aggregate gradation meets the requirements in Table 2 for the specified grade when tested in accordance with Tex -200-F, Part I. Furnish aggregates that meet the quality requirements shown in Table 3, unless otherwise shown on the plans. Furnish LRA in accordance with DMS -9210, "Limestone Rock Asphalt (LRA)," when used. Provide aggregates from sources listed in the Department's Bituminous Rated Source Quality Catalog (BRSQC). Use material not listed or not meeting the requirements of the BRSQC only when tested by the Engineer and approved before use. Allow 30 calendar days for testing of material from such sources. Provide aggregates for final surfaces that meet the SAC shown on the plans. Do not blend to meet the SAC. The SAC requirement will apply only to the aggregate used on the travel lanes unless otherwise shown on the plans. The BRSQC lists the SAC for sources on the Aggregate Quality Monitoring Program (AQMP). 185 302 Table 2 Aaareaate Gradation Requirements (Cumulative % Retained' Sieve Grade 1 2 3S2 3 4S2 4 5S2 5 2.0 Not required for lightweight aggregate. Decantation, %, Max Non- Lightweight Lightweight Flakiness Index, Max Tex -224-F 17 Unless otherwise shown on the plans. Los Angeles Abrasion, %, Max Tex -410-A 35 Magnesium Sulfate Soundness, 5 Cycle, %, Max Tex 411 A 25 Micro-Deval Abrasion, %, Max 7/8" 0-2 0 - - - - - - - 3/4" 20-35 0-2 0 0 0 - - - - 5/8" 85-100 20-40 0-5 0-5 0-2 0 0 - - 1/2" - 80-100 55-85 20-40 10-25 0-5 0-5 0 0 3/8" 95-100 95-100 95-100 80-100 60-80 60-85 20-40 0-5 0-5 1/4" - - - 95-100 95-100 - - 65-85 - #4 - - - - - 95-100 95-100 95-100 50-80 #8 99-100 99-100 99-100 99-100 98-100 98-100 98-100 98-100 98-100 1. Round test results to the nearest whole number. 2. Single -size gradation. Table 3 Aggregate Quality Requirements Property Test Method Requirement Remarks SAC AQMP As shown on the plans Deleterious Material, %, Max Tex -217-F, Part I 2.0 Not required for lightweight aggregate. Decantation, %, Max Tex -406-A 1.5 Flakiness Index, Max Tex -224-F 17 Unless otherwise shown on the plans. Los Angeles Abrasion, %, Max Tex -410-A 35 Magnesium Sulfate Soundness, 5 Cycle, %, Max Tex 411 A 25 Micro-Deval Abrasion, %, Max Tex -461-A — Not used for acceptance purposes. Used by the Engineer as an indicator for further investigation. Coarse Aggregate Angularity, 2 CrushedTex Faces, %, Min 460 A, Part I 85 Unless otherwise shown on the plans. Only required for crushed gravel Additional Requirements for Lightweight Aggregate Dry Loose Unit Wt., lb./cu. ft. Tex -404-A 35-60 Pressure Slaking, %, Max Tex -431-A 6.0 Freeze -Thaw Loss, %, Max Tex -432-A 10.0 Water Absorption, 24°hr., %, Max Tex -433-A 12.0 Unless otherwise shown on the plans. 2.2. Precoating. Precoat aggregate uniformly and adequately with asphalt material to the satisfaction of the Engineer when shown on the plans. Specific aggregates may be prohibited from being precoated when shown on the plans. Meet Table 2 and Table 3 requirements before precoating. Furnish precoated aggregate that spreads uniformly using approved mechanical spreading equipment. The Engineer retains the right to select a target value for the desired percent by weight of residual bitumen coating on the aggregate. Furnish precoated aggregate that is within ±0.3% of the target value when tested in accordance with Tex -236-F. The Engineer may require trial batches to assist in selecting the target value. The Engineer retains the right to remove precoat material from aggregate samples in accordance with Tex -236-F and test the aggregate to verify compliance with Table 2 and Table 3 requirements. Gradation testing may be performed with precoat intact. 2.2.1. Asphalt Material. Precoat the aggregates with asphalt material that meets the requirements of Item 300, "Asphalts, Oils, and Emulsions." Use any asphalt material that meets the requirements of Item 300, "Asphalts, Oils, and Emulsions," unless a specific precoat material is specified on the plans. 2.2.2. Additives. Use the type and rate of additive specified when shown on the plans. Add in accordance with Item 301, "Asphalt Antistripping Agents." Use Tex -530-C for verification during production testing unless otherwise directed. 186 302 3. EQUIPMENT Manufacture precoated aggregate in a mixing plant that produces uniformly coated aggregate. 4. CONSTRUCTION Deliver aggregate to the locations shown on the plans. Prevent segregation, mixing of the various materials or sizes, and contamination with foreign materials when aggregates are stockpiled. The Engineer will reject contaminated stockpiles. Provide adequate initial cooling of precoated aggregate to prevent asphalt or aggregate damage due to excessive heat buildup in stockpiles. Limit stockpile height to 3 ft. immediately after production when asphalt cement is the precoating material. Consolidate stockpiles after adequate cooling, as approved. The Engineer will reject stockpiles showing evidence of damage due to excessive heat buildup. 5. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The work performed, materials furnished, equipment, tools, and incidentals will not be measured or paid for directly but is subsidiary to or included under "Payment" in other pertinent Items. 187 302-002 Special Provision to Item 302 Aggregates for Surface Treatments *® Texas Department of Transportation Item 302, "Aggregates for Surface Treatment" of the Standard Specifications is amended with respect to the clauses cited below. No other clauses or requirements of this Item are waived or changed. Section 302.2.1, "Aggregate". Table 2 is supplemented with the following grades: Table 2 Aggregate Gradation Requirements (Cumulative % Retained)) 1.Round test results to the nearest whole number. Grade 3M and 4M will have 98.5% to 100% retained on a No. 200 sieve. 04-15 Statewide Grade Sieve 3M 4M 1" 7/8" 0 - 3/4" 0-3 0 5/8" - - 1/2" 30-60 0-5 3/8" 85 —100 30 - 60 1/4" — — #4 95 -100 85 -100 #8 - 95 -100 1.Round test results to the nearest whole number. Grade 3M and 4M will have 98.5% to 100% retained on a No. 200 sieve. 04-15 Statewide 310 Item 310 Prime Coat *® Texas Department of Transportation 1. DESCRIPTION Prepare and treat existing or newly constructed surface with an asphalt binder or other specialty prime coat binder material. Apply blotter material as required. 2. MATERIALS 2.1. Binder. Use material of the type and grade shown on the plans in accordance with Item 300, "Asphalts, Oils, and Emulsions," or as listed in the Department's MPL for prime coat binders. 2.2. Blotter. Use either base course sweepings obtained from cleaning the base or native sand as blotter materials unless otherwise shown on the plans or approved. 3. EQUIPMENT Provide applicable equipment in accordance with Article 316.3., "Equipment." 4. CONSTRUCTION 4.1. General. Apply the mixture when the air temperature is at or above 60°F, or above 50°F and rising. Measure the air temperature in the shade away from artificial heat. The Engineer will determine when weather conditions are suitable for application. Do not permit traffic, hauling, or placement of subsequent courses over freshly constructed prime coats. Maintain the primed surface until placement of subsequent courses or acceptance of the work. 4.2. Surface Preparation. Prepare the surface by sweeping or other approved methods. Lightly sprinkle the surface with water before applying bituminous material, when directed, to control dust and ensure absorption. 4.3. Application. 4.3.1. Binder. The Engineer will select the application temperature within the limits recommended in Item 300, "Asphalts, Oils, and Emulsions," or by the material manufacturer. Apply material within 15°F of the selected temperature but do not exceed the maximum allowable temperature. Distribute the material smoothly and evenly at the rate selected by the Engineer. Roll the freshly applied prime coat with a pneumatic -tire roller to ensure penetration when directed. 4.3.2. Blotter. Spread blotter material before allowing traffic to use a primed surface. Apply blotter material to primed surface at the specified rate when "Prime Coat and Blotter" is shown on the plans as a bid item or as directed. Apply blotter to spot locations when "Prime Coat" is shown on the plans as a bid item or as directed to accommodate traffic movement through the work area. Remove blotter material before placing the surface. Dispose of blotter material according to applicable state and federal requirements. 5. MEASUREMENT This Item will be measured by the gallon of binder placed and accepted. 189 310 6. PAYMENT The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid for "Prime Coat" or "Prime Coat and Blotter" of the type and grade of binder specified. This price is full compensation for cleaning and sprinkling the area to be primed; materials, including blotter material; and rolling, equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals. 190 316 Item 316 Seal Coat *® Texas Department of Transportation 1. DESCRIPTION Construct a surface treatment consisting of one or more applications of a single layer of asphalt material covered with a single layer of aggregate. 2. MATERIALS Furnish materials of the type and grade shown on the plans in accordance with the following: 2.1. Asphalt. Furnish asphalt materials meeting the requirements of Item 300, "Asphalts, Oils, and Emulsions." Furnish Type II or Type III A -R binder in accordance with Section 300.2.9., "Asphalt -Rubber Binders," as shown on the plans. Furnish a blend design for approval. Include in the design, at a minimum, the following: • manufacturer and grade of asphalt cement; • manufacturer and grade of crumb rubber; • manufacturer, type, and percentage of extender oil, if used; • test report on crumb rubber gradation in accordance with Tex -200-F, Part I; • design percentage of crumb rubber versus asphalt content; • blending temperature; and • test results on the properties at reaction times of 60, 90, 240, 360, and 1,440 min. in accordance with Section 300.2.9., "Asphalt -Rubber Binders." Furnish a new asphalt -rubber blend design if the grade or source for any of the components changes. If a tack coat is specified when using asphalt -rubber, unless otherwise shown on the plans or approved, furnish CSS -1 H, SS -1 H, or a performance grade (PG) binder with a minimum high temperature grade of PG 58 for tack coat binder. Do not dilute emulsified asphalts at the terminal, in the field, or at any other location before use. If required, verify that emulsified asphalt proposed for use meets the minimum residual asphalt percentage specified in Item 300, "Asphalts, Oils, and Emulsions." 2.2. Aggregate. Furnish aggregate meeting Item 302, "Aggregates for Surface Treatments," of the type and grade shown on the plans. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, furnish aggregate with a minimum B Surface Aggregate Classification. 2.3. Materials Selections. Furnish asphalt and aggregate shown on the plans. 3. EQUIPMENT 3.1. Distributor. Furnish a distributor that will apply the asphalt material uniformly at the specified rate or as directed. 3.1.1. Transverse Variable Rate. When a transverse variable rate is shown on the plans, ensure that the nozzles outside the wheel paths will output a predetermined percentage more asphalt material by volume than the nozzles over the wheel paths. Use a dual spray bar distributor as desired to provide for a transverse variable rate. 194 316 3.1.2. Agitation for Asphalt -Rubber. If using asphalt -rubber, furnish a distributor capable of keeping the rubber in uniform suspension and adequately mixing the asphalt, rubber, and any additional additives. 3.1.3. Calibration. 3.1.3.1. Transverse Distribution. Furnish a distributor test report, less than 1 yr. old, when tested in accordance with Tex -922-K, Part Ill. The Department reserves the right to witness the calibration testing. Notify the Engineer 3 days before calibration testing. Include the following documentation on the test report: ■ the serial number of the distributor, ■ a method that identifies the actual nozzle set used in the test, and ■ the fan width of the nozzle set at a 12 -in. bar height. When a transverse variable rate is required, and a single spray bar is to be used, perform the test using the type and grade of asphalt material to be used on the project. The Engineer may verify the transverse rate and distribution at any time. If verification does not meet the requirements, correct deficiencies and furnish a new test report. 3.1.3.2. Tank Volume. Furnish a volumetric calibration and strap stick for the distributor tank in accordance with Tex -922-K, Part I. Provide documentation of distributor calibration performed not more than 5 yr. before the date first used on the project. The Engineer may verify calibration accuracy in accordance with Tex -922-K, Part II. 3.1.4. Computerized Distributor. When paying for asphalt material by weight, the Engineer may allow use of the computerized distributor display to verify application rates. Verify application rate accuracy at a frequency acceptable to the Engineer. 3.2. Aggregate Spreader. Use a continuous -feed, self-propelled spreader to apply aggregate uniformly at the specified rate or as directed. If racked in aggregate is specified on the plans, furnish a second aggregate spreader for the racked in aggregate to apply aggregate uniformly at the specified rate. 3.3. Rollers. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, furnish light pneumatic -tire rollers in accordance with Item 210, "Rolling." 3.4. Broom. Furnish rotary, self-propelled brooms. 3.5. Asphalt Storage and Handling Equipment. When the plans or the Engineer allows storage tanks, furnish a thermometer in each tank to indicate the asphalt temperature continuously. Keep equipment clean and free of leaks. Keep asphalt material free of contamination. 3.6. Aggregate Haul Trucks. Unless otherwise approved, use trucks of uniform capacity to deliver the aggregate. Provide documentation showing measurements and calculation in cubic yards. Clearly mark the calibrated level. Truck size may be limited when shown on the plans. 3.7. Digital Distance Measuring Instrument. Furnish a vehicle with a calibrated digital distance measuring instrument accurate to ±6 ft. per mile. 4. CONSTRUCTION 4.1. General. Comply with the seal coat season as shown on the plans. Asphalt and aggregate rates shown on the plans are for estimating purposes only. Adjust the rates for existing conditions as directed. 195 316 4.2. Temporary Aggregate Stockpiles. The Engineer will approve the location of temporary aggregate stockpiles on the right of way before delivery. Place stockpiles in a manner that will not: • obstruct traffic or sight distance, • interfere with the access from abutting property, or • interfere with roadway drainage. Locate stockpiles a minimum of 30 ft. from roadway when possible. Sign and barricade as shown on the plans. 4.3. Aggregate Furnished by the Department. When shown on the plans, the Department will furnish aggregate to the Contractor without cost. Stockpile locations are shown on the plans. 4.4. Adverse Weather Conditions. Do not place surface treatments when, in the Engineer's opinion, general weather conditions are unsuitable. Meet the requirements for air and surface temperature shown below. 4.4.1. Standard Temperature Limitations. Apply seal coat when air temperature is above 50°F and rising. Do not apply seal coat when air temperature is 60°F and falling. In all cases, do not apply seal coat when surface temperature is below 60°F. 4.4.2. Polymer -Modified Asphalt Cement Temperature Limitations. When using materials described in Section 300.2.2., "Polymer Modified Asphalt Cement," apply seal coat when air temperature is above 70°F and rising. Do not apply seal coat when air temperature is 80°F and falling. In all cases, do not apply seal coat when surface temperature is below 70°F. 4.4.3. Asphalt -Rubber Temperature Limitations. Do not place hot asphalt -rubber seal coat when, in the Engineer's opinion, general weather conditions are unsuitable. Apply seal coat when the air temperature is 80°F and above, or above 70°F and rising. In all cases, do not apply seal coat when surface temperature is below 70°F. 4.4.4. Cool Weather Night Air Temperature. The Engineer reserves the right to review the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) weather forecast and determine if the nightly air temperature is suitable for asphalt placement to prevent aggregate loss. 4.4.5. Cold Weather Application. When asphalt application is allowed outside of the above temperature restrictions, the Engineer will approve the binder grade and the air and surface temperatures for asphalt material application. Apply seal coat at air and surface temperatures as directed. 4.5. Mixing Hot A -R Binder. If using asphalt -rubber, mix in accordance with the approved blend design required in Section 316.2.1., "Asphalt." At the end of each shift, provide the Engineer with production documentation, which includes the following: • amount and temperature of asphalt cement before addition of rubber, • amount of rubber and any extender added, • viscosity of each hot A -R batch just before roadway placement, and • time of the rubber additions and viscosity tests. 4.6. Surface Preparation. Remove existing raised pavement markers. Repair any damage incurred by removal as directed. Remove dirt, dust, or other harmful material before sealing. When shown on the plans, remove vegetation and blade pavement edges. When directed, apply a tack coat before applying the hot asphalt - rubber treatment on an existing wearing surface in accordance with Section 340.2.5., "Tack Coat." 4.7. Rock Land and Shot. 4.7.1. Definitions. • A "rock land" is the area covered at the aggregate rate directed with 1 truckload of aggregate. 196 316 ■ A "shot" is the area covered by 1 distributor load of asphalt material. 4.7.2. Setting Lengths. Calculate the lengths of both rock land and shot. Adjust shot length to be an even multiple of the rock land. Verify that the distributor has enough asphalt material to complete the entire shot length. Mark shot length before applying asphalt. When directed, mark length of each rock land to verify the aggregate rate. 4.8. Asphalt Placement. 4.8.1. General. The maximum shot width is the width of the current transverse distribution test required under Section 316.3.1.3.1., "Transverse Distribution," or the width of the aggregate spreader box, whichever is less. Adjust the shot width so operations do not encroach on traffic or interfere with the traffic control plan, as directed. Use paper or other approved material at the beginning and end of each shot to construct a straight transverse joint and to prevent overlapping of the asphalt. Unless otherwise approved, match longitudinal joints with the lane lines. The Engineer may require a string line if necessary to keep joints straight with no overlapping. Use sufficient pressure to flare the nozzles fully. Select an application temperature, as approved, in accordance with Item 300, "Asphalts, Oils, and Emulsions." Uniformly apply the asphalt material at the rate directed, within 15°F of the approved temperature, and not above the maximum allowable temperature. 4.8.2. Limitations. Do not apply asphalt to the roadway until: ■ traffic control methods and devices are in place as shown on the plans or as directed, ■ the loaded aggregate spreader is in position and ready to begin, ■ haul trucks are loaded with enough aggregate to cover the shot area and are in place behind the spreader box, and ■ rollers are in place behind the haul trucks. 4.8.3. Nonuniform Application. Stop application if it is not uniform due to streaking, ridging, puddling, or flowing off the roadway surface. Verify equipment condition, operating procedures, application temperature, and material properties. Determine and correct the cause of nonuniform application. If the cause is high or low emulsion viscosity, replace emulsion with material that corrects the problem. 4.8.4. Test Strips. The Engineer may stop asphalt application and require construction of test strips at the Contractor's expense if any of the following occurs: ■ nonuniformity of application continues after corrective action; ■ on 3 consecutive shots, application rate differs by more than 0.03 gal. per square yard from the rate directed; or ■ any shot differs by more than 0.05 gal. per square yard from the rate directed. The Engineer will approve the test strip location. The Engineer may require additional test strips until surface treatment application meets specification requirements. 4.9. Aggregate Placement. As soon as possible, apply aggregate uniformly at the rate directed without causing the rock to roll over. 4.9.1. Nonuniform Application. Stop application if it is not uniform in the transverse direction. Verify equipment condition, operating procedures, and transverse application rate. The transverse application rate should be within 1 lb. Determine and correct the cause of nonuniform application. 4.10. Rolling. Start rolling operation on each shot as soon as aggregate is applied. Use sufficient rollers to cover the entire mat width in 1 pass, i.e., 1 direction. Roll in a staggered pattern. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, make a minimum of: ■ 5 passes or 197 316 • 3 passes when the asphalt material is an emulsion. If rollers are unable to keep up with the spreader box, stop application until rollers have caught up, or furnish additional rollers. Keep roller tires asphalt -free. 4.11. Patching. Before rolling, repair spots where coverage is incomplete. Repair can be made by hand spotting or other approved method. When necessary, apply additional asphalt material to embed aggregate. 4.12. Racked -in Aggregate. If specified on the plans, apply racked -in aggregate after patching, uniformly at the rate directed. The racked -in aggregate must be applied before opening the roadway or intersection to traffic. 4.13. Brooming. After rolling, sweep as soon as aggregate has sufficiently bonded to remove excess. In areas of racked -in aggregate, sweep as directed. 4.14. Final Acceptance. Maintain seal coat until the Engineer accepts the work. Repair any surface failures. Before final project acceptance, remove all temporary stockpiles and restore the area to the original contour and grade. 5. MEASUREMENT 5.1. Asphalt Material. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, asphalt material will be measured by one of the following methods: 5.1.1. Volume. Asphalt material, including all components, will be measured at the applied temperature by strapping the tank before and after road application. The distributor calibrated strap stick will be used for measuring the asphalt level in the distributor asphalt tank. The certified tank chart will be used to determine the beginning gallons and the final gallons in the distributor tank. The quantity to be measured for payment will be the difference between the beginning gallons and the final gallons. 5.1.2. Weight. Asphalt material will be measured in tons using certified scales meeting the requirements of Item 520, "Weighing and Measuring Equipment," unless otherwise approved. The transporting truck must have a seal attached to the draining device and other openings. Random checking on public scales at the Contractor's expense may be required to verify weight accuracy. Upon work completion or temporary suspension, any remaining asphalt material will be weighed by a certified public weigher, or measured by volume in a calibrated distributor or tank and the quantity converted to tons at the measured temperature. The quantity to be measured will be the number of tons received minus the number of tons remaining after all directed work is complete and minus the amount used for other items. Quantity Adjustments. When shown on the plans, the measured quantity will be adjusted to compensate for variation in required application or residual rates for different types of asphalt. Aggregate. Aggregate will be measured by the cubic yard in the trucks as applied on the road. Strike off the loaded aggregate for accurate measurement when directed. Loading, Hauling, and Distributing Aggregate. When the Department furnishes the aggregate, the loading, hauling, and distributing will be measured by the cubic yard in the trucks as applied on the road. 6. PAYMENT The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit prices bid for "Asphalt," "Aggregate," and "Loading, Hauling, and Distributing Aggregate" of the types -grades specified on the plans. These prices are full compensation for surface preparation; furnishing, preparing, hauling, and placing materials; removing existing pavement markers and excess aggregate; rolling; cleaning up stockpiles; and equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals. 198 320 Item 320 Equipment for Asphalt Concrete Pavement *® Texas Department of Transportation 1. DESCRIPTION Provide equipment to produce, haul, place, compact, and core asphalt concrete pavement. 2. EQUIPMENT Ensure weighing and measuring equipment complies with Item 520, "Weighing and Measuring Equipment." Synchronize equipment to produce a mixture meeting the required proportions. 2.1. Production Equipment. Provide: • drum -mix type, weigh -batch, or modified weigh -batch mixing plants that ensure a uniform, continuous production; • automatic proportioning and measuring devices with interlock cut-off circuits that stop operations if the control system malfunctions; • visible readouts indicating the weight or volume of asphalt and aggregate proportions; • safe and accurate means to take required samples by inspection forces; • permanent means to check the output of metering devices and to perform calibration and weight checks; and • additive -feed systems to ensure a uniform, continuous material flow in the desired proportion. 2.1.1. Drum -Mix Plants. Provide a mixing plant that complies with the requirements below. 2.1.1.1. Aggregate Feed System. Provide: • a minimum of one cold aggregate bin for each stockpile of individual materials used to produce the mix; • bins designed to prevent overflow of material; • scalping screens or other approved methods to remove any oversized material, roots, or other objectionable materials; • a feed system to ensure a uniform, continuous material flow in the desired proportion to the dryer; • an integrated means for moisture compensation; • belt scales, weigh box, or other approved devices to measure the weight of the combined aggregate; and • cold aggregate bin flow indicators that automatically signal interrupted material flow. 2.1.1.2. Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement (RAP) and Recycled Asphalt Shingles (RAS) Feed Systems. Provide a minimum of one bin for each stockpile of RAP and RAS to weigh and feed the recycled material into the hot - mix plant. 2.1.1.3. Mineral Filler Feed System. Provide a closed system for mineral filler that maintains a constant supply with minimal loss of material through the exhaust system. Interlock the measuring device into the automatic plant controls to automatically adjust the supply of mineral filler to plant production and provide a consistent percentage to the mixture. 2.1.1.4. Heating, Drying, and Mixing Systems. Provide: • a dryer or mixing system to agitate the aggregate during heating; • a heating system that controls the temperature during production to prevent aggregate and asphalt binder damage; 199 320 • a heating system that completely burns fuel and leaves no residue; and • a recording thermometer that continuously measures and records the mixture discharge temperature. 2.1.1.5. Dust Collection System. Provide a dust collection system to collect fines generated by the drying and mixing process and reintroduce them into the mixing drum. 2.1.1.6. Asphalt Binder Equipment. Supply equipment to heat binder to the required temperature. Equip the heating apparatus with a continuously recording thermometer located at the highest temperature point. Produce a 24 -hr. chart of the recorded temperature. Place a device with automatic temperature compensation that accurately meters the binder in the line leading to the mixer. Furnish a sampling port on the line between the storage tank and mixer. Supply an additional sampling port between any additive blending device and mixer. Supply an in-line viscosity -measuring device located between the blending unit and the mixing drum when A -R binder is specified. Provide a means to calibrate the meter on site when an asphalt mass flow meter is used. 2.1.1.7. Mixture Storage and Discharge. Provide a surge -storage system to minimize interruptions during operations unless otherwise approved. Furnish a gob hopper or other device to minimize segregation in the bin. Provide an automated system that weighs the mixture upon discharge and produces a ticket showing: • date, • project identification number, • plant identification, • mix identification, • vehicle identification, • total weight of the load, • tare weight of the vehicle, • weight of mixture in each load, and • load number or sequential ticket number for the day. 2.1.1.8. Truck Scales. Provide standard platform scales at an approved location. 2.1.2. Weigh -Batch Plants. Provide a mixing plant that complies with Section 320.2.1.1., "Drum -Mix Plants," except as required below. 2.1.2.1. Screening and Proportioning. Provide enough hot bins to separate the aggregate and to control proportioning of the mixture type specified. Supply bins that discard excessive and oversized material through overflow chutes. Provide safe access for inspectors to obtain samples from the hot bins. 2.1.2.2. Aggregate Weigh Box and Batching Scales. Provide a weigh box and batching scales to hold and weigh a complete batch of aggregate. Provide an automatic proportioning system with low bin indicators that automatically stop when material level in any bin is not enough to complete the batch. 2.1.2.3. Asphalt Binder Measuring System. Provide bucket and scales with enough capacity to hold and weigh binder for one batch. 2.1.2.4. Mixer. Equip mixers with an adjustable automatic timer that controls the dry and wet mixing period and locks the discharge doors for the required mixing period. Furnish a pug mill with a mixing chamber large enough to prevent spillage. 2.1.3. Modified Weigh -Batch Plants. Provide a mixing plant that complies with Section 320.2.1.2., "Weigh -Batch Plants," except as specifically described below. 2.1.3.1. Aggregate Feeds. Aggregate control is required at the cold feeds. Hot bin screens are not required. 200 320 2.1.3.2. Surge Bins. Provide one or more bins large enough to produce 1 complete batch of mixture. 2.2. Hauling Equipment. Provide trucks with enclosed sides to prevent asphalt mixture loss. Cover each load of mixture with waterproof tarpaulins when shown on the plans or required by the Engineer. Clean all truck beds before use to ensure the mixture is not contaminated. Coat the inside truck beds, when necessary, with an approved release agent from the Department's MPL. 2.3. Placement and Compaction Equipment. Provide equipment that does not damage underlying pavement. Comply with laws and regulations concerning overweight vehicles. Use other equipment that will consistently produce satisfactory results, when approved. 2.3.1. Asphalt Paver. Furnish a paver that will produce a finished surface that meets longitudinal and transverse profile, typical section, and placement requirements. Ensure the paver does not support the weight of any portion of hauling equipment other than the connection. Provide loading equipment that does not transmit vibrations or other motions to the paver that adversely affect the finished pavement quality. Equip the paver with an automatic, dual, longitudinal -grade control system and an automatic, transverse -grade control system. 2.3.1.1. Tractor Unit. Supply a tractor unit that can push or propel vehicles, dumping directly into the finishing machine to obtain the desired lines and grades to eliminate any hand finishing. Equip the unit with a hitch able to maintain contact between the hauling equipment's rear wheels and the finishing machine's pusher rollers while mixture is unloaded. 2.3.1.2. Screed. Provide a heated compacting screed that will produce a finished surface that meets longitudinal and transverse profile, typical section, and placement requirements. Screed extensions must provide the same compacting action and heating as the main unit unless otherwise approved. 2.3.1.3. Grade Reference. Provide a grade reference with enough support that the maximum deflection does not exceed 1/16 in. between supports. Ensure that the longitudinal controls can operate from any longitudinal grade reference including a string line, ski, mobile reference, or joint matching shoes. 2.3.2. Material Transfer Devices. Provide the specified type of device when shown on the plans. Ensure the devices provide a continuous, uniform mixture flow to the asphalt paver. Provide windrow pick-up equipment, when used, constructed to pick up substantially all roadway mixture placed in the windrow. 2.3.3. 2.3.4. 2.3.5. 2.3.6. Remixing Equipment. Provide equipment, when required, that includes a pug mill, variable pitch augers, or variable diameter augers operating under a storage unit with a minimum capacity of 8 tons. Motor Grader. Provide a self-propelled grader, when allowed, with a blade length of at least 12 ft. and a wheelbase of at least 16 ft. Thermal Imaging System or Hand -Held Thermal Camera. Provide a thermal imaging system or hand-held thermal camera meeting the requirements of Tex -244-F. Rollers. Provide rollers meeting the requirements of Item 210, "Rolling," for each type of roller required for compaction. 2.3.7. Straightedges and Templates. Furnish 10 -ft. straightedges and other templates as required or approved. 2.4. Field Laboratory. Provide and maintain a Type D Structure (Asphalt Mix Control Laboratory) unless otherwise shown on the plans in accordance with Item 504, "Field Office and Laboratory," and details shown on the plans. 2.5. Coring Equipment. Provide equipment suitable to obtain a pavement specimen meeting the dimensions for testing when coring is required. 201 320 3. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The work performed, materials furnished, equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals will not be measured or paid for directly but will be subsidiary to pertinent Items. 202 351 Item 351 Flexible Pavement Structure Repair *® Texas Department of Transportation 1. DESCRIPTION Repair localized sections of flexible pavement structure including subgrade, base, and surfacing as shown on the plans. 2. MATERIALS Furnish materials unless otherwise shown on the plans. Provide materials of the type and grade as shown on the plans and in accordance with the following. • Item 132, "Embankment" • Item 204, "Sprinkling" • Item 247, "Flexible Base" • Item 260, "Lime Treatment (Road -Mixed)" • Item 263, "Lime Treatment (Plant -Mixed)" • Item 275, "Cement Treatment (Road -Mixed)" • Item 276, "Cement Treatment (Plant -Mixed)" • Item 292, "Asphalt Treatment (Plant -Mixed)" • Item 310, "Prime Coat" • Item 316, "Seal Coat" • Item 330, "Limestone Rock Asphalt Pavement" • Item 334, "Hot -Mix Cold -Laid Asphalt Concrete Pavement" • Item 340, "Dense Graded Hot -Mix Asphalt (Small Quantity)" For asphalt concrete materials, Contractor testing and bonus and penalty provisions will be waived unless otherwise shown on the plans. 3. EQUIPMENT Furnish equipment in accordance with pertinent Items. Use of a motor grader will be permitted for asphalt concrete pavement unless otherwise shown on the plans. 4. WORK METHODS Repair using one or more of the following operations as shown on the plans. Begin physical repair within 24 hr. of notification, for Contracts with callout work, unless otherwise shown on the plans. Cut neat vertical faces around the perimeter of the work area when removing pavement structure layers. Removed materials are the property of the Contractor unless otherwise shown on the plans. Dispose of removed material in accordance with federal, state, and local regulations. Provide a smooth line and grade conforming to the adjacent pavement. 4.1. Removing Pavement Structure. Remove adjacent soil and vegetation if necessary to prevent contamination of the repair area, and place it in a windrow. Do not damage adjacent pavement structure during repair operations. Remove flexible pavement structure layers from work area if subgrade work is required. 373 351 4.2. Preparing Subgrade. Fill holes, ruts, and depressions with approved material. Wet, reshape, and compact the subgrade thoroughly as directed. Remove unstable subgrade material to the depth directed and replace with an approved material where subgrade has failed. 4.3. Mixing and Placing Base Material. Place, spread, and compact material in accordance with the applicable Item to the required or directed depth. Pulverize bituminous material to a maximum dimension of 2-1/2 in. and uniformly mix with existing base to the depth shown on the plans when the material is to remain in pavement structure. 4.3.1. Flexible Base. Use existing base and add new flexible base as required in accordance with Item 247, "Flexible Base," and details shown on the plans to achieve required section. 4.3.2. Lime -Stabilized Base. Use existing base, add new flexible base, and stabilize with a minimum lime content of 3% by weight of the total mixture. Construct in accordance with Item 260, "Lime Treatment (Road -Mixed)," or Item 263, "Lime Treatment (Plant -Mixed)," and details shown on the plans to achieve required section. 4.3.3. Cement -Stabilized Base. Use existing base, add flexible base, and stabilize with a minimum cement content of 4% by weight of the total mixture. Construct in accordance with Item 275, "Cement Treatment (Road -Mixed)," or Item 276, "Cement Treatment (Plant -Mixed)," and details shown on the plans to achieve required section. 4.3.4. Asphalt -Stabilized Base. Place asphalt -stabilized base in accordance with Item 292, "Asphalt Treatment (Plant-Mixed),"or Item 340, "Dense -Graded Hot -Mix Asphalt (Small Quantity)," and details shown on the plans to achieve required section. 4.3.5. Limestone Rock Asphalt. Place in accordance with Item 330, "Limestone Rock Asphalt Pavement," and details shown on the plans to achieve required section. 4.4. Curing Base. Cure in accordance with the appropriate Item unless otherwise directed or approved. Maintain completed base sections until surfacing. 4.5. Surfacing. Apply surfacing with materials as shown on the plans to the completed base section. 4.5.1. Prime Coat. Protect the compacted, finished, and cured flexible, lime -stabilized, or cement -stabilized base mixtures with a prime coat of the type and grade shown on the plans. Apply the prime coat at the rate shown on the plans. 4.5.2. Surface Treatments. Apply surface treatment with the type and grade of asphalt and aggregate as shown on the plans in accordance with Item 316, "Seal Coat." 4.5.3. Asphalt Concrete Pavement. Apply tack coat of the type and grade and at the rate shown on the plans unless otherwise directed. Construct in accordance with Item 330, "Limestone Rock Asphalt Pavement," Item 334, "Hot -Mix Cold -Laid Asphalt Concrete Pavement," or Item 340, "Dense -Graded Hot -Mix Asphalt (Small Quantity)," to achieve required section. 4.6. Finishing. Regrade and compact disturbed topsoil. Clean roadway surface after repair operations. 5. MEASUREMENT This Item will be measured by the square yard. In areas where material is excavated, as directed, to depths greater than those specified on the plans, measurement will be made by dividing the actual depth of such area by the plan depth and then multiplying this figure by the area in square yard of work performed. Calculations for each repaired area will be rounded up to the nearest 1/10 sq. yd. At each repair location, the minimum area for payment purposes will be 1 sq. yd. 374 351 The minimum quantity for Contracts with callout work is 5 sq. yd. per callout unless otherwise shown on the plans. 6. PAYMENT The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid for "Flexible Pavement Structure Repair" of the specified depth. This price is full compensation for scarifying, removing, hauling, spreading, disposing of, and stockpiling existing pavement structure; removing objectionable or unstable material; furnishing and placing materials; maintaining completed section before surfacing; applying tack or prime coat; hauling, sprinkling, spreading, and compacting; and equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals. 375 502 Item 502 Barricades, Signs, and Traffic Handling *® Texas Department of Transportation 1. DESCRIPTION Provide, install, move, replace, maintain, clean, and remove all traffic control devices shown on the plans and as directed. 2. CONSTRUCTION Implement the traffic control plan (TCP) shown on the plans. Install traffic control devices straight and plumb. Make changes to the TCP only as approved. Minor adjustments to meet field conditions are allowed. Submit Contractor -proposed TCP changes, signed and sealed by a licensed professional engineer, for approval. The Engineer may develop, sign, and seal Contractor -proposed changes. Changes must conform to guidelines established in the TMUTCD using approved products from the Department's Compliant Work Zone Traffic Control Device List. Use fluorescent prismatic reflfective sheeting, meeting the requirements of DMS -8300 Type BFL or CFL, for all signs and traffic control devices that have an orange background and a black non -reflective legend on all work zones. Manufacture all signs with a white background and black non -reflective legend using High Specific Intensity sheeting meeting the requirements of DMS -8300 Type A. Orange and white sheeting used on channelizing devices must be manufactured using High Specific Intensity sheeting meeting the requirements of DMS -8300 Type A. At no time will the Contractor mix Type BFL or CFL fluorescent orange sheeting with orange Type A High Specific Intensity sheeting on the same project. White Engineering Grade (Type A) will not be mixed with white High Specific Intensity (Type A) sheeting. Maintain traffic control devices by taking corrective action when notified. Corrective actions include, but are not limited to, cleaning, replacing, straightening, covering, and removing devices. Maintain the devices such that they are properly positioned and spaced, legible, and have retroreflective characteristics that meet requirements day or night and in all weather conditions. The Engineer may authorize or direct in writing the removal or relocation of project limit advance warning signs. When project limit advance warning signs are removed before final acceptance, provide traffic control in accordance with the TMUTCD for minor operations as approved. Remove all traffic control devices upon completion of the work as shown on the plans or as directed. 3. MEASUREMENT Barricades, Signs, and Traffic Handling will be measured by the month. Law enforcement officer and patrol vehicle will be measured by the hour. 4. PAYMENT 4.1. Barricades, Signs, and Traffic Handling. Except for Contracts with callout or work orders, the work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under 701 502 "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid for "Barricades, Signs, and Traffic Handling." This price is full compensation for installation, maintenance, adjustments, replacements, removal, materials, equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid for "Barricades, Signs, and Traffic Handling." This price is full compensation for installation, maintenance, adjustments, replacements, removal, materials, equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals. When the plans establish pay items for particular work in the TCP, that work will be measured and paid under pertinent Items. 4.1.1. Initiation of Payment. Payment for this Item will begin on the first estimate after barricades, signs, and traffic handling devices have been installed in accordance with the TCP and construction has begun. 4.1.2. Paid Months. Monthly payment will be made each succeeding month for this Item provided the barricades, signs, and traffic handling devices have been installed and maintained in accordance with the TCP until the Contract amount has been paid. If, within the time frame established by the Engineer, the Contractor fails to provide or properly maintain signs and barricades in compliance with the Contract requirements, as determined by the Engineer, the Contractor will be considered in noncompliance with this Item. No payment will be made for the months in question, and the total final payment quantity will be reduced by the number of months the Contractor was in noncompliance. 4.1.3. Maximum Total Payment Before Acceptance. The total payment for this Item will not exceed 10% of the total Contract amount before final acceptance in accordance with Article 5.12., "Final Acceptance." The remaining balance will be paid in accordance with Section 502.4.5., "Balance Due." 4.1.4. Total Payment Quantity. The quantity paid under this Item will not exceed the total quantity shown on the plans except as modified by change order and as adjusted by Section 502.4.2., "Paid Months." An overrun of the plans quantity for this Item will not be allowed for approving designs; testing; material shortages; closed construction seasons; curing periods; establishment, performance, test, and maintenance periods; failure to complete the work in the number of months allotted; nor delays caused directly or indirectly by requirements of the Contract. 4.1.5. Balance Due. The remaining unpaid months of barricades less non-compliance months will be paid on final acceptance of the project, if all work is complete and accepted in accordance with Article 5.12., "Final Acceptance." 4.1.6. Contracts with Callout or Work Orders. The work performed and the materials furnished with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement," will be considered subsidiary to pertinent Items. 4.2. Law Enforcement. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement," will be paid by Contractor force account for "Uniformed Police Officer." This price is full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, supplies, equipment, patrol vehicle, fees, and incidentals necessary to complete the work as directed. 702 662 Item 662 Work Zone Pavement Markings *® Texas Department of Transportation 1. DESCRIPTION Furnish, place, and maintain work zone pavement markings. 2. MATERIALS Provide thermoplastic, paint and beads, raised pavement markers (RPMs), prefabricated pavement markings, temporary flexible reflective roadway marker tabs, or other approved materials for work zone pavement markings. Supply materials meeting: • DMS -4200, "Pavement Markers (Reflectorized)," • DMS -4300, `Traffic Buttons," • DMS -8200, "Traffic Paint," • DMS -8220, "Hot Applied Thermoplastic," • DMS -8240, "Permanent Prefabricated Pavement Markings," • DMS -8241, "Temporary (Removable) Prefabricated Pavement Markings," • DMS -8242, "Temporary Flexible, Reflective Roadway Marker Tabs," and • DMS -8290, "Glass Traffic Beads." 2.1. Nonremovable Markings. Use hot -applied thermoplastic or permanent prefabricated pavement markings for nonremovable markings. Paint and beads or other materials are not allowed for nonremovable markings unless shown on the plans. 2.2. Removable and Short -Term Markings. Use RPMs, removable prefabricated pavement markings, temporary flexible reflective roadway marker tabs, or other approved materials for removable and short-term markings. Do not use hot -applied thermoplastic or traffic paint for removable markings. Use removable prefabricated pavement markings on the final pavement surface when the plans specify removable markings. 3. CONSTRUCTION Apply pavement markings in accordance with the following Items. • Item 666, "Retroreflectorized Pavement Markings" • Item 668, "Prefabricated Pavement Markings" • Item 672, "Raised Pavement Markers" 3.1. Placement. Install longitudinal markings on pavement surfaces before opening to traffic. Maintain lane alignment traffic control devices and operations until markings are installed. Install markings in proper alignment in accordance with the TMUTCD and as shown on the plans. Short-term markings will be allowed when standard markings (removable or nonremovable) cannot be placed before opening to traffic, if shown on the plans or directed. When short-term markings are allowed for opening to traffic, place standard longitudinal markings no later than 14 calendar days after the placement of the surface. When inclement weather prohibits placement of markings, the 14 -day period may be extended until weather permits proper application. 816 662 Place standard longitudinal markings no sooner than 3 calendar days after the placement of a surface treatment, unless otherwise shown on the plans. Apply thermoplastic markings to a minimum thickness of 0.060 in. (60 mils). When paint and beads are allowed, apply to a minimum dry thickness of 0.012 in. (12 mils). Place short-term markings in proper alignment with the location of the final pavement markings. Remove and replace short-term markings not in alignment at the Contractor's expense. For removable placements, use of RPMs to simulate longitudinal markings is at the Contractor's option. Use side-by-side RPMs to simulate longitudinal lines wider than 4 in. Do not use RPMs for words, symbols, shapes, or diagonal or transverse lines. 3.2. Marking Removal. Remove markings that conflict with succeeding markings in accordance with Item 677, "Eliminating Existing Pavement Markings and Markers." Remove short-term markings that interfere or conflict with final marking placement immediately before placing final pavement markings, unless otherwise directed. Remove the remainder of the short-term markings before final acceptance. Remove all temporary markings with minimal damage to the roadway to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 3.3. Performance Requirements. Ensure all markings are visible from a distance at least 300 ft. in daylight conditions and at least 160 ft. in nighttime conditions when illuminated by automobile low -beam headlights. Determine visibility distances using an automobile traveling on the roadway under dry conditions. Maintain the markings for 30 calendar days after installation. The end of the 30 -day maintenance period does not relieve the Contractor from the performance deficiencies requiring corrective action identified during the 30 -day period. Remove and replace markings at the Contractor's expense if they fail to meet the requirements of this Item during the 30 -day period. The 30 -calendar day performance requirement will begin again after replacement of the markings. Ensure daytime and nighttime reflected color of the markings are distinctly white or yellow. Ensure markings exhibit uniform retroreflective characteristics. 4. MEASUREMENT This Item will be measured by the foot or each word, shape, symbol, or temporary flexible reflective roadway marker tab. Each stripe will be measured separately. RPMs used to simulate a marking will be measured by the foot of marking or each RPM. This is a plans quantity measurement Item. The quantity to be paid is the quantity shown in the proposal, unless modified by Article 9.2., "Plans Quantity Measurement." Additional measurements or calculations will be made if adjustments of quantities are required. 5. PAYMENT The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid for "Work Zone Pavement Markings" of the type and color specified and the shape, width, and size specified as applicable. This price is full compensation for furnishing, placing, maintaining, and removing work zone pavement markings and for materials, equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals. 817 662 Elimination of nonremovable markings will be paid for under Item 677, "Eliminating Existing Pavement Markings and Markers." Removal of short-term and removable markings will not be paid for directly but will be subsidiary to this Item. Type II work zone pavement markings (paint and beads) used as a sealer for Type I pavement markings (thermoplastic) will be paid for under this Item. 666 Item 666 Retroreflectorized Pavement Markings *® Texas Department of Transportation 1. DESCRIPTION Furnish and place retroreflectorized, non-retroreflectorized (shadow) and profile pavement markings. 2. MATERIALS 2.1. Type I Marking Materials. Furnish in accordance with DMS -8220, "Hot Applied Thermoplastic." Furnish pavement marking material used for Type I profile markings and shadow markings that have been approved by the Construction Division, and in accordance with DMS -8220, "Hot Applied Thermoplastic." 2.2. Type II Marking Materials. Furnish in accordance with DMS -8200, "Traffic Paint." 2.3. Glass Traffic Beads. Furnish drop -on glass beads in accordance with DMS -8290, "Glass Traffic Beads" or as approved. Furnish a double -drop of Type II and Type Ill drop -on glass beads where each type bead is applied separately in equal portions (by weight), unless otherwise approved. Apply the Type Ill beads before applying the Type II beads. 2.4. Labeling. Use clearly marked containers that indicate color, mass, material type, manufacturer, and batch number. 3. EQUIPMENT 3.1. General Requirements. Use equipment that: • is maintained in satisfactory condition, • meets or exceeds the requirements of the National Board of Fire Underwriters and the Texas Railroad Commission for this application, • applies beads by an automatic bead dispenser attached to the pavement marking equipment in such a manner that the beads are dispensed uniformly and almost instantly upon the marking as the marking is being applied to the road surface. The bead dispenser must have an automatic cut-off control, synchronized with the cut-off of the pavement marking equipment, • has an automatic cut-off device with manual operating capabilities to provide clean, square marking ends, • is capable of producing the types and shapes of profiles specified, and • can provide continuous mixing and agitation of the pavement marking material. The use of pans, aprons, or similar appliances which the die overruns will not be permitted for longitudinal striping applications. Provide a hand-held thermometer capable of measuring the temperature of the marking material when applying Type I material. When pavement markings are required to meet minimum retroreflectivity requirements on the plans: • Use a mobile retroreflectometer approved by the Construction Division and certified by the Texas A&M Transportation Institute Mobile Retroreflectometer Certification Program. • Use a portable retroreflectometer that: • uses 30 -meter geometry and meets the requirements described in ASTM E1710; 819 666 • has either an internal global positioning system (GPS) or the ability to be linked with an external GPS with a minimum accuracy rating of 16 ft. 5 in., in accordance with the circular error probability (CEP) method (CEP is the radius of the circle with its origin at a known position that encompasses 50% of the readings returned from the GPS instrument); • can record and print the GPS location and retroreflectivity reading for each location where readings are taken. 3.2. Material Placement Requirements. Use equipment that can place: • at least 40,000 ft. of 4 -in. solid or broken non -profile markings per working day at the specified thickness; • at least 15,000 ft. of solid or broken profile pavement markings per working day at the specified thickness; • linear non -profile markings up to 8 in. wide in a single pass; • non -profile pavement markings other than solid or broken lines at an approved production rate; • a centerline and no -passing barrier -line configuration consisting of 1 broken line and 2 solid lines at the same time to the alignment, spacing, and thickness for non -profile pavement markings shown on the plans; • solid and broken lines simultaneously; • white line from both sides; • lines with clean edges, uniform cross-section with a tolerance of ±1/8 in. per 4 in. width, uniform thickness, and reasonably square ends; • skip lines between 10 and 10-1/2 ft., a stripe -to -gap ratio of 10 to 30, and a stripe -gap cycle between 39-1/2 ft. and 40-1/2 ft., automatically; • beads uniformly and almost instantly on the marking as the marking is being applied; • beads uniformly during the application of all lines (each line must have an equivalent bead yield rate and embedment); and • double -drop bead applications using both Type II and Type Ill beads from separate independent bead applicators, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. 4. CONSTRUCTION Place markings before opening to traffic unless short-term or work zone markings are allowed. 4.1. General. Obtain approval for the sequence of work and estimated daily production. Minimize interference to roadway operations when placing markings on roadways open to traffic. Use traffic control as shown on the plans or as approved. Protect all markings placed under open -traffic conditions from traffic damage and disfigurement. Establish guides to mark the lateral location of pavement markings as shown on the plans or as directed, and have guide locations verified. Use material for guides that will not leave a permanent mark on the roadway. Apply markings on pavement that is completely dry and passes the following tests: • Type I Marking Application—Place a sample of Type I marking material on a piece of tarpaper placed on the pavement. Allow the material to cool to ambient temperature, and then inspect the underside of the tarpaper in contact with the pavement. Pavement will be considered dry if there is no condensation on the tarpaper. • Type II Marking Application—Place a 1 -sq. ft. piece of clear plastic on the pavement, and weight down the edges. The pavement is considered dry if, when inspected after 15 min., no condensation has occurred on the underside of the plastic. 820 666 Apply markings: • that meet the requirements of Tex -828-B, • that meet minimum retroreflectivity requirements when specified on the plans (applies to Type I markings only), • using widths and colors shown on the plans, • at locations shown on the plans, • in proper alignment with the guides without deviating from the alignment more than 1 in. per 200 ft. of roadway or more than 2 in. maximum, • without abrupt deviations, • free of blisters and with no more than 5% by area of holes or voids, • with uniform cross-section, density and thickness, • with clean and reasonably square ends, • that are retroreflectorized with drop -on glass beads, and • using personnel skilled and experienced with installation of pavement markings. Remove all applied markings that are not in alignment or sequence as stated on the plans, or in the specifications, at the Contractor's expense in accordance with Item 677, "Eliminating Existing Pavement Markings and Markers," except for measurement and payment. 4.2. Surface Preparation. Prepare surfaces in accordance with this Section unless otherwise shown on the plans. 4.2.1. Cleaning for New Asphalt Surfaces and Retracing of All Surfaces. Air blast or broom the pavement surface for new asphalt surfaces (less than 3 years old) and for retracing of all surfaces to remove loose material, unless otherwise shown on the plans. A sealer for Type I markings is not required unless otherwise shown on the plans. 4.2.2. Cleaning for Old Asphalt and Concrete Surfaces (Excludes Retracing). Clean old asphalt surfaces (more than 3 years old) and all concrete surfaces in accordance with Item 678, "Pavement Surface Preparation for Markings," to remove curing membrane, dirt, grease, loose and flaking existing construction markings, and other forms of contamination. 4.2.3. Sealer for Type I Markings. Apply a pavement sealer to old asphalt surfaces (more than 3 years old) and to all concrete surfaces before placing Type I markings on locations that do not have existing markings, unless otherwise approved. The pavement sealer may be either a Type II marking or an acrylic or epoxy sealer as recommended by the Type I marking manufacturer unless otherwise shown on the plans. Follow the manufacturer's directions for application of acrylic or epoxy sealers. Clean sealer that becomes dirty after placement by washing or in accordance with Section 666.4.2.1., "Cleaning for New Asphalt Surfaces and Retracing of All Surfaces," as directed. Place the sealer in the same configuration and color (unless clear) as the Type I markings unless otherwise shown on the plans. 4.3. Application. Apply markings during good weather unless otherwise directed. If markings are placed at Contractor option when inclement weather is impending and the markings are damaged by subsequent precipitation, the Contractor is responsible for all required replacement costs. 4.3.1. Type I Markings. Place the Type I marking after the sealer cures. Apply within the temperature limits recommended by the material manufacturer. Flush the spray head if spray application operations cease for 5 min or longer by spraying marking material into a pan or similar container until the material being applied is at the recommended temperature. Apply on clean, dry pavements passing the moisture test described in Section 666.4.1., "General," and with a surface temperature above 50°F when measured in accordance with Tex -829-B. 821 666 4.3.1.1. Non -Profile Pavement Markings. Apply Type I non -profile markings with a minimum thickness of: • 0.100 in. (100 mils) for new markings and retracing water-based markings on surface treatments involving Item 316, "Seal Coat," • 0.060 in. (60 mils) for retracing on thermoplastic pavement markings, or • 0.090 in. (90 mils) for all other Type I markings. The maximum thickness for Type I non -profile markings is 0.180 in. (180 mils). Measure thickness for markings in accordance with Tex -854-B using the tape method. 4.3.1.2. Profile Pavement Markings. Apply Type I profile markings with a minimum thickness of: • 0.060 in. (60 mil) for edgeline markings, or • 0.090 in. (90 mil) for gore and centerline/no-passing barrier line markings. In addition, at a longitudinal spacing indicated on the plans, the markings must be profiled in a vertical manner such that the profile is transverse to the longitudinal marking direction. The profile must not be less than 0.30 in. (300 mil) nor greater than 0.50 in. (500 mil) in height when measured above the normal top surface plane of the roadway. The transverse width of the profile must not be less than 3.25 in., and the longitudinal width not less than 1 in., when measured at the top surface plane of the profile bar. The profile may be either a 1 or 2 transverse bar profile. When the 2 transverse bar profile is used, the spacing between the bases of the profile bars must not exceed 0.50 in. The above transverse bar width is for each 4 in. of line width. 4.3.2. Type II Markings. Apply on surfaces with a minimum surface temperature of 50°F. Apply at least 20 gal. per mile on concrete and asphalt surfaces and at least 22 gal. per mile on surface treatments for a solid 4 -in. line. Adjust application rates proportionally for other widths. When Type II markings are used as a sealer for Type I markings, apply at least 15 gal. per mile using Type II drop -on beads. 4.3.3. Bead Coverage. Provide a uniform distribution of beads across the surface of the stripe for Type I and Type II markings, with 40% to 60% bead embedment. 4.4. Retroreflectivity Requirements. When specified on the plans, Type I markings must meet the following minimum retroreflectivity values for edgeline markings, centerline or no passing barrier -line, and lane lines when measured any time after 3 days, but not later than 10 days after application: • White markings: 250 millicandelas per square meter per lux (mcd/m2/Ix) • Yellow markings: 175 mcd/m2/Ix 4.5. Retroreflectivity Measurements. Use a mobile retroreflectometer for projects requiring minimum retroreflectivity requirements to measure retroreflectivity for Contracts totaling more than 200,000 ft. of pavement markings, unless otherwise shown on the plans. For Contracts with less than 200,000 ft. of pavement markings or call out work Contracts, mobile or portable retroreflectometers may be used at the Contractor's discretion. 4.5.1. Mobile Retroreflectometer Measurements. Provide mobile measurements averages for every 0.1 miles unless otherwise specified or approved. Take measurements on each section of roadway for each series of markings (i.e., edgeline, center skip line, each line of a double line, etc.) and for each direction of traffic flow. Measure each line in both directions for centerlines on two-way roadways (i.e., measure both double solid lines in both directions and measure all center skip lines in both directions). Furnish measurements in compliance with Special Specification, "Mobile Retroreflectivity Data Collection for Pavement Markings," unless otherwise approved. The Engineer may require an occasional field comparison check with a portable retroreflectometer meeting the requirements listed above to ensure accuracy. Use all equipment in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and directions. Inform the Engineer at least 24 hr. before taking any measurements. 822 666 A marking meets the retroreflectivity requirements if: • the combined average retroreflectivity measurement for a one -mile segment meets the minimum retroreflectivity values specified, and • no more than 30% of the retroreflectivity measurement values are below the minimum retroreflectivity requirements value within the one -mile segment. The Engineer may accept failing one -mile segments if no more than 20% of the retroreflectivity measurements within that mile segment are below the minimum retroreflectivity requirement value. The one -mile segment will start from the beginning of the data collection and end after a mile worth of measurements have been taken; each subsequent mile of measurements will be a new segment. Centerlines with 2 stripes (either solid or broken) will result in 2 miles of data for each mile segment. Each centerline stripe must be tested for compliance as a stand-alone stripe. Restripe at the Contractor's expense with a minimum of 0.060 in. (60 mils) of Type I marking if the marking fails retroreflectivity requirements. Take measurements every 0.1 miles a minimum of 10 days after this second application within that mile segment for that series of markings. If the markings do not meet minimum retroreflectivity after 10 days of this second application, the Engineer may require removal of all existing markings, a new application as initially specified, and a repeat of the application process until minimum retroreflectivity requirements are met. 4.5.2. Portable Retroreflectometer Measurements. Take a minimum of 20 measurements for each 1 -mi. section of roadway for each series of markings (i.e., edgeline, center skip line, each line of a double line, etc.) and direction of traffic flow when using a portable reflectometer. Measure each line in both directions for centerlines on two-way roadways (i.e., measure both double solid lines in both directions and measure all center skip lines in both directions). The spacing between each measurement must be at least 100 ft. The Engineer may decrease the mileage frequency for measurements if the previous measurements provide satisfactory results. The Engineer may require the original number of measurements if concerns arise. Restripe once at the Contractor's expense with a minimum of 0.060 in. (60 mils) of Type I marking material if the average of these measurements fails. Take a minimum of 10 more measurements after 10 days of this second application within that mile segment for that series of markings. Restripe again at the Contractor's expense with a minimum of 0.060 in. (60 mils) of Type I marking material if the average of these measurements fall below the minimum retroreflectivity requirements. If the markings do not meet minimum retroreflectivity after this third application, the Engineer may require removal of all existing markings, a new application as initially specified, and a repeat of the application process until minimum retroreflectivity requirements are met. 4.5.3. Traffic Control. Provide traffic control, as required, when taking retroreflectivity measurements after marking application. On low volume roadways (as defined on the plans), refer to the figure, "Temporary Road Closure" in Part 6 of the Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for the minimum traffic control requirements. For all other roadways, the minimum traffic control requirements will be as shown on the Traffic Control Plan (TCP) standard sheets TCP (3-1) and TCP (3-2). The lead vehicle will not be required on divided highways. The TCP and traffic control devices must meet the requirements listed in Item 502, "Barricades, Signs, and Traffic Handling." Time restrictions that apply during striping application will also apply during the retroreflectivity inspections except when using the mobile retroreflectometer unless otherwise shown on the plans or approved. 4.6. Performance Period. All markings must meet the requirements of this specification for at least 30 calendar days after installation. Unless otherwise directed, remove pavement markings that fail to meet requirements, and replace at the Contractor's expense. Replace failing markings within 30 days of notification. All replacement markings must also meet all requirements of this Item for a minimum of 30 calendar days after installation. 823 666 5. MEASUREMENT This Item will be measured by the foot; by each word, symbol, or shape; or by any other unit shown on the plans. Each stripe will be measured separately. This is a plans quantity measurement item. The quantity to be paid is the quantity shown in the proposal unless modified by Article 9.2., "Plans Quantity Measurement." Additional measurements or calculations will be made if adjustments of quantities are required. Acrylic or epoxy sealer, or Type II markings when used as a sealer for Type I markings, will be measured by the foot; by each word, symbol, or shape; or by any other unit shown on the plans. 6. PAYMENT The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid for "Pavement Sealer" of the size specified, "Retroreflectorized Pavement Markings" of the type and color specified and the shape, width, size, and thickness specified as applicable, "Retroreflectorized Pavement Markings with Retroreflective Requirements" of the types, colors, sizes, widths, and thicknesses specified or `Retroreflectorized Profile Pavement Markings" of the various types, colors, shapes, sizes, and widths specified. This price is full compensation for application of pavement markings, materials, equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals. Surface preparation of new concrete and asphalt concrete pavements more than 3 years old, where no stripe exists, will be paid for under Item 678, "Pavement Surface Preparation for Markings." Surface preparation of all other asphalt and old concrete pavement, except for sealing, will not be paid for directly but is subsidiary to this Item. Work -zone pavement markings (Type II, paint and beads) used as a sealer for Type I markings (thermoplastic) will be paid for under Item 662, "Work Zone Pavement Markings." If the Engineer requires that markings be placed in inclement weather, repair or replacement of markings damaged by the inclement weather will be paid for in addition to the original plans quantity. 824 668 Item 668 Prefabricated Pavement Markings *® Texas Department of Transportation 1. DESCRIPTION Furnish and place retroreflectorized or non-reflectorized (contrast) prefabricated pavement markings. 2. MATERIALS Furnish prefabricated pavement marking materials in accordance with DMS -8240, "Permanent Prefabricated Pavement Markings." Furnish prefabricated pavement marking materials used for contrast markings in accordance with DMS -8240, "Permanent Prefabricated Pavement Markings," with the exception that the color requirement for the black contrast portion does not have to meet the color requirements specified for white or yellow markings. Store all materials in a weatherproof enclosure and prevent damage during storage. 3. CONSTRUCTION 3.1. General. Obtain approval for the sequence of work and estimated daily production. Remove all waste generated from the jobsite before the end of each working day. Establish guides to mark the lateral location of pavement markings as shown on the plans or as directed, and have guide locations verified. Use guide material that will not leave a permanent mark on the roadway. Place pavement markings in alignment with the guides without deviating from the alignment more than 1 in. per 200 ft. of roadway or more than 2 in. maximum and with no abrupt deviations. 3.2. Placement Limitations. Do not place Type B pavement -marking materials between September 30 and March 1 unless otherwise directed. 3.2.1. Moisture. Apply material to pavement that is completely dry. Pavement will be considered dry if, on a sunny day after 15 min., no condensation occurs on the underside of a 1 -sq. ft. piece of clear plastic that has been placed on the pavement and weighted on the edges. 3.2.2. Temperature. Follow pavement and ambient air temperature requirements recommended by the material manufacturer. Do not place material when the pavement temperature is below 60°F or above 120°F if the material manufacturer does not establish temperature requirements. 3.3. Dimensions. Place markings in accordance with the color, length, width, shape, and configuration shown on the plans. Locate alignment as shown on the plans or as directed. 3.4. Methods. Place all materials in accordance with the material manufacturer's instructions, as well as the surface condition, moisture and temperature requirements of this Item, unless otherwise directed. 3.5. Surface Preparation. Prepare surface by any approved cleaning method that effectively removes contaminants, loose materials, and conditions deleterious to proper adhesion. Abrasive or water -blast cleaning is not required unless shown on the plans. Blast clean, when required, in accordance with Item 678, "Pavement Surface Preparation for Markings." Prepare surfaces further after cleaning by sealing or priming as recommended by the pavement -marking material manufacturer or as directed. Use adhesive, when required, of the type and quality recommended by the pavement -marking material manufacturer. Do not clean concrete pavement surfaces by grinding. 825 668 3.6. Performance Requirements. 3.6.1. Adhesion. Ensure markings do not lift, shift, smear, spread, flow, or tear by traffic action. 3.6.2. Appearance. Ensure markings present a neat, uniform appearance that is free of excessive adhesive, ragged edges, and irregular lines or contours. 3.6.3. Visibility. Ensure markings have uniform and distinctive retroreflectance when inspected in accordance with Tex -828-B. 3.7. Performance Period. All markings must meet the requirements of this Item for at least 30 calendar days after installation. Remove and replace all pavement markings that fail to meet requirements at the Contractor's expense unless otherwise directed. Replace failing markings within 30 days of notification. All replacement markings must also meet all requirements of this Item for a minimum of 30 calendar days after installation. 4. MEASUREMENT This Item will be measured by the foot or by each word, shape, or symbol. This is a plans quantity measurement Item. The quantity to be paid is the quantity shown in the proposal, unless modified by Article 9.2., "Plans Quantity Measurement." Additional measurements or calculations will be made if adjustments of quantities are required. 5. PAYMENT The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid for "Prefabricated Pavement Markings" of the type and color specified and the shape, width, and size specified as applicable. This price is full compensation for cleaning the pavement by any means other than required abrasive or water -blast cleaning or milling; furnishing and placing materials; and equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals. Abrasive or water -blast cleaning and milling, when shown on the plans, will be paid for under Item 678, "Pavement Surface Preparation for Markings." 826 672 Item 672 Raised Pavement Markers *0 Texas Department of Transportation 1. DESCRIPTION Furnish and install raised pavement markers (RPMs). 2. MATERIALS 2.1. Markers. Furnish RPMs in accordance with the following Department Material Specifications: • Reflectorized Pavement Markers. DMS -4200, "Pavement Markers (Reflectorized)," types I -A, I -C, I -R, II -A -A, and II -C- R. • Traffic Buttons. DMS -4300, "Traffic Buttons," types I -A, I -C, I -R, II -A -A, II -C- R, W, Y and B. Round or oval unless otherwise specified on the plans. • Plowable Reflectorized Pavement Markers. DMS -4210, "Snowplowable Pavement Markers," types I -A, I -C, I -R, II -A -A, and II -C- R. The following are descriptions for each type of RPM: • Type I -A. The approach face must retro -reflect amber light. The body, other than the retro -reflective face, must be yellow. • Type I -C. The approach face must retro -reflect white light. The body, other than the retro -reflective face, must be white or silver -white. • Type I -R. The trailing face must retro -reflect red light. The body, other than the retro -reflective face, must be white or silver -white, except for I -R plowable markers which may be black. • Type II -A -A. The 2 retro -reflective faces (approach and trailing) must retro -reflect amber light. The body, other than the retro -reflective faces, must be yellow. • Type II -C-R. Contain 2 retro -reflective faces with an approach face that must retro -reflect white light and a trailing face that must retro -reflect red light. The body, other than the retro -reflective faces, must be white or silver -white. • Type W. Must have a white body and no reflective faces. • Type Y. Must have a yellow body and no reflective faces. • Type B. Must have a black body and no reflective faces. 2.2. Adhesives. Furnish adhesives that conform to the following requirements: • DMS -6100, "Epoxies and Adhesives," Type II—Traffic Marker Adhesives. • DMS -6130, "Bituminous Adhesive for Pavement Markers." • The Contractor may propose alternate adhesive materials for consideration and approval. 2.3. Sampling. The Engineer will sample in accordance with Tex -729-I. 3. CONSTRUCTION Remove existing RPMs in accordance with Item 677, "Eliminating Existing Pavement Markings and Markers" (except for measurement and payment). Furnish RPMs for each class from the same manufacturer. Prepare all surfaces in accordance with Item 678, "Pavement Surface Preparation for Markings," when shown on the plans. Ensure the bond surfaces are free of dirt, curing compound, grease, oil, moisture, loose or unsound pavement markings, and any other material that would adversely affect the adhesive bond. 827 672 Establish pavement marking guides to mark the lateral location of RPMs as shown on the plans and as directed. Do not make permanent marks on the roadway for the guides. Place RPMs in proper alignment with the guides. Acceptable placement deviations are shown on the plans. Remove RPMs placed out of alignment or sequence, as shown on the plans or stated in this specification, at Contractor's expense, in accordance with Item 677, "Eliminating Existing Pavement Markings and Markers" (except for measurement and payment). Use the following adhesive materials for placement of reflectorized pavement markers, and traffic buttons unless otherwise shown on the plans: • standard or flexible bituminous adhesive for applications on bituminous pavements, and • epoxy adhesive or flexible bituminous adhesive for applications on hydraulic cement concrete pavements. Use epoxy adhesive for plowable reflectorized pavement markers. Apply enough adhesives to: • ensure that 100% of the bonding area of RPMs is in contact with the adhesive, and • ensure that RPMs, except for plowable markers, are seated on a continuous layer of adhesive and not in contact with the pavement surface. Apply adhesives in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations unless otherwise required by this Article. Apply bituminous adhesive only when pavement temperature and RPM temperature are 40°F or higher. Do not heat bituminous adhesive above 400°F. Machine agitate bituminous adhesive continuously before application to ensure even heat distribution. Machine -mix epoxy adhesive. Apply epoxy adhesive only when pavement temperature is 50°F or higher. Furnish RPMs free of rust, scale, dirt, oil, grease, moisture, and contaminants that might adversely affect the adhesive bond. Place RPMs immediately after the adhesive is applied and ensure proper bonding. Do not use adhesives or any other material that impairs the functional retro -reflectivity of the RPMs. Provide a 30 -day performance period that begins the day following written acceptance for each separate location. The date of written acceptance will be the last calendar day of each month for the RPMs installed that month for the completed separate project locations. This written acceptance does not constitute final acceptance. Replace all missing, broken or non -reflective RPMs. Visual evaluations will be used for these determinations. Upon request, the Engineer will allow a Contractor representative to accompany the Engineer on these evaluations. The Engineer may exclude RPMs from the replacement provisions of the performance, provided the Engineer determines the failure is a result of causes other than defective material or inadequate installation procedures. Examples of outside causes are extreme wear at intersections, damage by snow or ice removal, and pavement failure. Replace all missing or non -reflective RPMs identified during the performance period within 30 days after notification. The end of the performance period does not relieve the Contractor from the performance deficiencies requiring corrective action identified during the performance period. 672 4. MEASUREMENT This Item will be measured by each RPM. This is a plans quantity measurement Item. The quantity to be paid is the quantity shown in the proposal, unless modified by Article 9.2., "Plans Quantity Measurement." Additional measurements or calculations will be made if adjustments are required. 5. PAYMENT The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid for "Reflectorized Pavement Marker," "Traffic Button," or "Plowable Reflectorized Pavement Marker" of the types specified. This price is full compensation for removing existing markers; furnishing and installing RPMs; and materials, equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals. No additional payment will be made for replacement of RPMs failing to meet the performance requirements. 829 672 RPMs INSTALLATION RECORD FOR WRITTEN ACCEPTANCE The 30 -day performance period begins the day after written acceptance for each separate location. The date of written acceptance will be the last calendar day of each month for the RPMs installed that month for the completed separate project locations. COUNTY HIGHWAY CONTROL PROJECT LIMITS FROM LIMITS TO MONTH/YEAR OF INSTALLATION Contractor Signature Department Signature 830 Date Date 677 Item 677 Eliminating Existing Pavement Markings and Markers *0 Texas Department of Transportation 1. DESCRIPTION Eliminate existing pavement markings and raised pavement markers (RPMs). 2. MATERIALS Furnish surface treatment materials in accordance with the following Items: ■ Item 300, "Asphalts, Oils, and Emulsions" ■ Item 302, "Aggregates for Surface Treatments" ■ Item 316, "Seal Coat" Use approved patching materials for repairing damaged surfaces. Use a commercial abrasive blasting medium capable of producing the specified surface cleanliness. Use potable water when water is required. 3. EQUIPMENT Furnish and maintain equipment in good working condition. Use moisture and oil traps in air compression equipment to remove all contaminants from the blasting air and prevent the deposition of moisture, oil, or other contaminants on the roadway surface. 4. CONSTRUCTION Eliminate existing pavement markings and markers on both concrete and asphaltic surfaces in such a manner that color and texture contrast of the pavement surface will be held to a minimum. Remove all markings and markers with minimal damage to the roadway to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Repair damage to asphaltic surfaces, such as spalling, shelling, etc., greater than 1/4 in. deep resulting from the removal of pavement markings and markers. Dispose of markers in accordance with federal, state, and local regulations. Use any of the following methods unless otherwise shown on the plans: 4.1. Surface Treatment Method. Apply surface treatment material at rates shown on the plans, or as directed. Place a surface treatment a minimum of 2 ft. wide to cover the existing marking. Place a surface treatment, thin overlay, or microsurfacing a minimum of one lane in width in areas where directional changes of traffic are involved or other areas as directed. 4.2. Burn Method. Use an approved burning method. For thermoplastic pavement markings or prefabricated pavement markings, heat may be applied to remove the bulk of the marking material before blast cleaning. When using heat, avoid spalling pavement surfaces. Sweeping or light blast cleaning may be used to remove minor residue. 4.3. Blasting Method. Use a blasting method such as water blasting, abrasive blasting, water abrasive blasting, shot blasting, slurry blasting, water -injected abrasive blasting, or brush blasting as approved. Remove pavement markings on concrete surfaces by a blasting method only. 4.4. Mechanical Method. Use any mechanical method except grinding. Flail milling is acceptable in the removal of markings on asphalt and concrete surfaces. 831 677 Item 677 Eliminating Existing Pavement Markings and Markers *0 Texas Department of Transportation 1. DESCRIPTION Eliminate existing pavement markings and raised pavement markers (RPMs). 2. MATERIALS Furnish surface treatment materials in accordance with the following Items: ■ Item 300, "Asphalts, Oils, and Emulsions" ■ Item 302, "Aggregates for Surface Treatments" ■ Item 316, "Seal Coat" Use approved patching materials for repairing damaged surfaces. Use a commercial abrasive blasting medium capable of producing the specified surface cleanliness. Use potable water when water is required. 3. EQUIPMENT Furnish and maintain equipment in good working condition. Use moisture and oil traps in air compression equipment to remove all contaminants from the blasting air and prevent the deposition of moisture, oil, or other contaminants on the roadway surface. 4. CONSTRUCTION Eliminate existing pavement markings and markers on both concrete and asphaltic surfaces in such a manner that color and texture contrast of the pavement surface will be held to a minimum. Remove all markings and markers with minimal damage to the roadway to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Repair damage to asphaltic surfaces, such as spalling, shelling, etc., greater than 1/4 in. deep resulting from the removal of pavement markings and markers. Dispose of markers in accordance with federal, state, and local regulations. Use any of the following methods unless otherwise shown on the plans: 4.1. Surface Treatment Method. Apply surface treatment material at rates shown on the plans, or as directed. Place a surface treatment a minimum of 2 ft. wide to cover the existing marking. Place a surface treatment, thin overlay, or microsurfacing a minimum of one lane in width in areas where directional changes of traffic are involved or other areas as directed. 4.2. Burn Method. Use an approved burning method. For thermoplastic pavement markings or prefabricated pavement markings, heat may be applied to remove the bulk of the marking material before blast cleaning. When using heat, avoid spalling pavement surfaces. Sweeping or light blast cleaning may be used to remove minor residue. 4.3. Blasting Method. Use a blasting method such as water blasting, abrasive blasting, water abrasive blasting, shot blasting, slurry blasting, water -injected abrasive blasting, or brush blasting as approved. Remove pavement markings on concrete surfaces by a blasting method only. 4.4. Mechanical Method. Use any mechanical method except grinding. Flail milling is acceptable in the removal of markings on asphalt and concrete surfaces. 831 677 5. MEASUREMENT This Item will be measured by each word, symbol, or shape eliminated; by the foot of marking eliminated; or by any other unit shown on the plans. This is a plans quantity measurement Item. The quantity to be paid is the quantity shown in the proposal unless modified by Article 9.2., "Plans Quantity Measurement." Additional measurements or calculations will be made if adjustments of quantities are required. 6. PAYMENT The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid for "Eliminating Existing Pavement Markings and Markers" of the type and width as applicable. This price is full compensation for the elimination method used and materials, equipment, tools, labor, and incidentals. Removal of RPMs will not be paid for directly but will be subsidiary to the pertinent bid items. 832 678 Item 678 Pavement Surface Preparation for Markings *® Texas Department of Transportation 1. DESCRIPTION Prepare pavement surface areas before placement of pavement markings and raised pavement markers (RPMs). Item 677, "Eliminating Existing Pavement Markings and Markers," governs removal of existing markings. 2. MATERIALS Use a commercial abrasive blasting medium capable of producing the specified surface cleanliness. Use potable water, when water is required. 3. EQUIPMENT Furnish and maintain equipment in good working condition. Use moisture and oil traps in air compression equipment to remove all contaminants from the blasting air and prevent the deposition of moisture, oil, or other contaminants on the roadway surface. 4. CONSTRUCTION Prepare enough pavement surface for the pavement markings or RPMs shown on the plans. Remove all contamination and loose material. Avoid damaging the pavement surface. Remove loose and flaking material when existing pavement markings are present. Approved pavement surface preparation methods are sweeping, air blasting, flail milling, and blast cleaning unless otherwise specified on the plans. Air blast concrete pavement surfaces, in addition to the above, after the removal of contamination or existing material and just before placing the stripe. Perform air blasting with a compressor capable of generating compressed air at a minimum of 150 cu. ft. per minute and 100 psi using 5/16 in. or larger hosing. Contaminants up to 0.5 sq. in. may remain if they are not removed by the following test, performed just before application of markings: • Step 1. Air blast the surface to be tested, to simulate blasting during application of markings. • Step 2. Firmly press a 10 -in. long, 2 -in. wide strip of monofilament tape onto the surface, leaving approximately 2 in. free. • Step 3. Grasp the free end and remove the tape with a sharp pull. 5. MEASUREMENT This Item will be measured by the foot for each width specified; by each word, shape, or symbol; or by any other unit except lump sum. This is a plans quantity measurement Item. The quantity to be paid is the quantity shown in the proposal, unless modified by Article 9.2., "Plans Quantity Measurement." Additional measurements or calculations will be made if adjustments of quantities are required. 833 678 6. PAYMENT The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid for "Pavement Surface Preparation for Markings" of the type and width as applicable. This price is full compensation for the cleaning method used, materials, equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals. 834 700 Item 700 Pothole Repair *0 Texas Department of Transportation 1. DESCRIPTION Repair potholes, spelled areas, depressions, and raveled or damaged pavement edges in roadway surfaces. 2. MATERIALS Furnish materials, unless otherwise shown on the plans. Use materials that meet the requirements of the following Items, as shown on the plans. • Item 300, "Asphalt, Oils, and Emulsions" • Item 330, "Limestone Rock Asphalt Pavement" • Item 334, "Hot -Mix Cold -Laid Asphalt Concrete Pavement" • Item 340, "Dense -Graded Hot -Mix Asphalt (Small Quantity)" • DMS -9202, "Asphaltic Concrete Patching Material (Stockpile Storage or Bagged)" • DMS -9203, "Rapid -Curing Asphaltic Concrete Patching Material (Containerized)" • DMS -9204, "Fiber Additives for Bituminous Mixtures" 3. WORK METHODS Work requests are made on a callout basis. Begin physical repair within 24 hr. of notification, 3 hr. if emergency mobilization is required, unless otherwise shown on the plans. 3.1. Standard Repair. Remove loose and foreign materials from the repair area. Remove water, dry, and apply tack coat to surfaces of the repair area unless otherwise directed. Place repair material in horizontal lifts as directed. Finish to grade and compact to conform to roadway surface. Compact with hand tamp, mechanical tampers, or rollers as directed or approved. Compact to achieve full consolidation. Repair pavement edges to the line and grade of original pavement. Clean roadway surface after repair operations. Dispose of materials removed as directed or approved. 3.2. Saw -Cut Repair. Square the sides of the repair area by saw -cutting or other approved methods. Remove loose and foreign material. Clean and dry the repair area. Apply tack coat to surfaces of the repair area unless otherwise directed. Place repair material in horizontal lifts no more than 3 in. deep. Finish to grade and compact to conform to roadway surface. Compact with hand tamp, mechanical tampers, or rollers as directed or approved. Compact to achieve full consolidation. Repair pavement edges to the line and grade of original pavement. Clean roadway surface after repair operations. Dispose of materials removed as directed or approved. 4. MEASUREMENT Emergency mobilization will be measured by each emergency work request. Pothole repair will be measured by the square yard of surface area or by the cubic yard, ton, or pound of material used. For Contracts with 865 700 callout work without emergency mobilization, the minimum quantity per callout respectively is 5 sq. yd., 1/2 cu. yd., 1/2 ton, or 150 lb., unless otherwise shown on the plans. 4.1. Area. The surface area of repairs will be measured. 4.2. Volume. Trucks will be measured and the loose volume in cubic yards will be calculated for legally transported loads. Level the load for measurement before beginning work. Level off the material remaining on the last load for measurement. Material not used at the end of the day will be deducted from the volume. 4.3. Weight (Ton). Trucks will be weighed on certified scales. Provide weight tickets. Material not used at the end of the day will be deducted from the weight. Measurement will be in accordance with Item 520, "Weighing and Measuring Equipment." 4.4. Weight (Pound). Materials furnished in a container will be measured by the pound as shown on the container. 5. PAYMENT The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit prices bid for "Pothole Repair (Standard)" or "Pothole Repair (Saw - Cut)" and "Emergency Mobilization," if required. The price bid for pothole repair is full compensation for furnishing materials, unless otherwise shown on the plans; application of the tack coat; removal and disposal of debris and excess material; leveling off or weighing the load for measurement; and equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals. The price bid for emergency mobilization is full compensation for beginning physical work within 3 hr. of notification. Emergency mobilization will be paid for in addition to pothole repair. 866 712 Item 712 Cleaning and Sealing Joints and Cracks (Asphalt Concrete) *® Texas Department of Transportation 1. DESCRIPTION Clean and seal joints and cracks in asphalt concrete roadway surfaces. 2. MATERIALS Furnish materials unless otherwise shown on the plans. Furnish sealant materials as shown on the plans in accordance with Item 300, "Asphalts, Oils, and Emulsions." Furnish fine aggregate in accordance with Section 340.2.1.3., "Fine Aggregate." 3. EQUIPMENT Furnish equipment, tools, and machinery for proper execution of the work. 3.1. Hot -Applied Sealants. Heat in a double -jacketed heater using a heat transfer oil so no direct flame comes in contact with the shell of the vessel containing the sealing compound. Provide a heater capable of circulating and agitating the sealant during the heating process to achieve a uniform temperature rise and maintain the desired temperature. Provide gauges to monitor the temperature of the vessel contents and avoid overheating the material. Provide a heater equipped with a gear -driven asphalt pump with adequate pressure to dispense the sealant. 3.2. Cold -Applied Sealants. Provide equipment with adequate pressure to dispense the sealant in a continuous flow. 4. WORK METHODS Apply material when the air or pavement temperature is within the manufacturer's recommendations or as approved. Clean and seal joints and cracks that are 1/16 in. or greater in width. Fill cracks with dry sand for cracks greater than 1/2 in. or as shown on the plans. Rout joints and cracks to the configuration shown on the plans when required. Clean joints and cracks with air blast cleaning or other acceptable methods to a depth at least twice the joint or crack width. Joints and cracks must be free of moisture before sealing. Dispose of materials removed as directed or approved. Apply sealing material with a pressure nozzle. Completely fill cracks and joints. Squeegee material to no more than 3 in. wide and 1/8 in. above the pavement surface. Prevent tracking with an application of fine aggregate as directed. 5. MEASUREMENT This Item will be measured by the foot, gallon, pound, or lane mile. Shoulders wider than 6 ft. are considered additional lanes. 6. PAYMENT The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid for "Joint and Crack Sealing" of the sealant material specified and "Joint and Crack Routing and Sealing" of the sealant material specified. This price is full 867 712 compensation for routing, cleaning, and sealing joints and cracks; furnishing and placing materials; and equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals. If measurement is by the lane mile, shoulders 6 ft. or narrower will not be paid for directly but will be subsidiary to work on the adjacent travel lane. 868 2004 Specifications SPECIAL SPECIFICATION 3268 Dense -Graded Hot -Mix Asphalt 1. Description. Construct a hot -mix asphalt (HMA) pavement layer composed of a compacted, dense -graded mixture of aggregate and asphalt binder mixed hot in a mixing plant. Pay adjustments will apply to HMA placed under this specification unless the HMA is deemed exempt in accordance with Section 3268.4.I.4, "Exempt Production." 2. Materials. Furnish uncontaminated materials of uniform quality that meet the requirements of the plans and specifications. Notify the Engineer of all material sources. Notify the Engineer before changing any material source or formulation. When the Contractor makes a source or formulation change, the Engineer will verify that the specification requirements are met and may require a new laboratory mixture design, trial batch, or both. The Engineer may sample and test project materials at any time during the project to verify specification compliance in accordance with Item 6, "Control of Materials." A. Aggregate. Furnish aggregates from sources that conform to the requirements shown in Table 1 and as specified in this Section. Aggregate requirements in this Section, including those shown in Table 1, may be modified or eliminated when shown on the plans. Additional aggregate requirements may be specified when shown on the plans. Provide aggregate stockpiles that meet the definitions in this Section for coarse, intermediate, or fine aggregate. Aggregate from reclaimed asphalt pavement (RAP) is not required to meet Table 1 requirements unless otherwise shown on the plans. Supply aggregates that meet the definitions in Tex -100-E for crushed gravel or crushed stone. The Engineer will designate the plant or the quarry as the sampling location. Samples must be from materials produced for the project. The Engineer will establish the surface aggregate classification (SAC) and perform Los Angeles abrasion, magnesium sulfate soundness, and Micro-Deval tests. Perform all other aggregate quality tests listed in Table 1. Document all test results on the mixture design report. The Engineer may perform tests on independent or split samples to verify Contractor test results. Stockpile aggregates for each source and type separately. Determine aggregate gradations for mixture design and production testing based on the washed sieve analysis given in Tex -200-F, Part II. 1. Coarse Aggregate. Coarse aggregate stockpiles must have no more than 20% material passing the No. 8 sieve. Aggregate from sources listed in the Department's Bituminous Rated Source Quality Catalog (BRSQC) located at http://www.txdot.gov/business/resources/producer-list.html are preapproved for use. 1-40 3268 12-12 For sources not listed on the Department's BRSQC: • build an individual stockpile for each material; • request the Department test the stockpile for specification compliance; and • once approved, do not add material to the stockpile unless otherwise approved. Use only the rated values for hot mix listed in the BRSQC. Rated values for surface treatment (ST) do not apply to coarse aggregate sources used in hot mix. Provide aggregate from non -listed sources only when tested by the Engineer and approved before use. Allow 30 calendar days for the Engineer to sample, test, and report results for non -listed sources. Provide coarse aggregate with at least the minimum SAC as shown on the plans. SAC requirements apply only to aggregates used on the surface of travel lanes. SAC requirements apply to aggregates used on surfaces other than travel lanes when shown on the plans. The SAC for sources on the Department's Aggregate Quality Monitoring Program (AQMP) is listed in the BRSQC. a. Blending Class A and Class B Aggregates. Class B aggregate meeting all other requirements in Table 1 may be blended with a Class A aggregate in order to meet requirements for Class A materials. When blending Class A and B aggregates to meet a Class A requirement, ensure that at least 50% by weight of the material retained on the No. 4 sieve comes from the Class A aggregate source. Blend by volume if the bulk specific gravities of the Class A and B aggregates differ by more than 0 300. For blending purposes, coarse aggregate from RAP and Recycled Asphalt Shingles (RAS) will be considered as Class B aggregate. When the Contractor blends Class A and B aggregates to meet a Class A requirement, the Engineer may perform tests at any time during production to ensure that at least 50% by weight of the material retained on the No. 4 sieve comes from the Class A aggregate source. In such cases where the Engineer elects to verify conformance, the Engineer will use the Department's mix design Excel template to calculate the percent of Class A aggregate retained on the No. 4 sieve by inputting the bin percentages shown from readouts in the control room at the time of production and stockpile gradations measured at the time of production. The Engineer may determine the gradations based on either washed or dry sieve analysis from samples obtained from individual aggregate cold feed bins or aggregate stockpiles. The Engineer may perform spot checks using the gradations supplied by the Contractor on the mixture design report as an input for the Excel template; however, a failing spot check will require confirmation with a stockpile gradation determined by the Engineer. b. Micro-Deval Abrasion. The Engineer will perform a minimum of one Micro- Deval abrasion test in accordance with Tex -461-A for each coarse aggregate source used in the mixture design that has a Rated Source Soundness 2-40 3268 12-12 Magnesium (RSSM) loss value greater than 15 as listed in the BRSQC. The Engineer will perform testing prior to the start of production and may perform additional testing at any time during production. The Engineer may obtain the coarse aggregate samples from each coarse aggregate source or may require the Contractor to obtain the samples. The Engineer may elect to waive all Micro-Deval testing based on a satisfactory test history of the same aggregate source. When tested, the Engineer will estimate the magnesium sulfate soundness loss for each coarse aggregate source using the following formula: Mgest. = (RSSM)(MDact/RSMD) where: Mgest = magnesium sulfate soundness loss MDact = actual Micro-Deval percent loss RSMD = Rated Source Micro-Deval When the estimated magnesium sulfate soundness loss is greater than the maximum magnesium sulfate soundness loss specified, the coarse aggregate source will not be allowed for use unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. The Engineer will consult the Geotechnical, Soils, and Aggregates Branch of the Construction Division, and additional testing may be required prior to granting approval. 2. Intermediate Aggregate. Aggregates not meeting the definition of coarse or fine aggregate will be defined as intermediate aggregate. When used, supply intermediate aggregates that are free from organic impurities. The Engineer may test the intermediate aggregate in accordance with Tex -408-A to verify the material is free from organic impurities. When used, supply intermediate aggregate from coarse aggregate sources that meet the requirements shown in Table 1 unless otherwise approved. If 10% or more of the stockpile is retained on the No. 4 sieve, test the stockpile and verify that it meets the requirements in Table 1 for coarse aggregate angularity (Tex -460-A) and flat and elongated particles (Tex -280-F). 3. Fine Aggregate. Fine aggregates consist of manufactured sands, screenings, and field sands. Fine aggregate stockpiles must meet the gradation requirements in Table 2. Supply fine aggregates that are free from organic impurities. The Engineer may test the fine aggregate in accordance with Tex -408-A to verify the material is free from organic impurities. At most 15% of the total aggregate may be field sand or other uncrushed fine aggregate. With the exception of field sand, use fine aggregate from coarse aggregate sources that meet the requirements shown in Table 1 unless otherwise approved. 3-40 3268 12-12 If 10% or more of the stockpile is retained on the No. 4 sieve, test the stockpile and verify that it meets the requirements in Table 1 for coarse aggregate angularity (Tex -460-A) and flat and elongated particles (Tex -280-F). Table 1 Aggregate Quality Requirements Property Test Method Requirement Coarse Aggregate SAC AQMP As shown on plans Deleterious material, %, max Tex -217-F, Part I 1.5 Decantation, %, max Tex -217-F, Part II 1.5 Micro-Deval abrasion, %, max Tex -461-A Note 1 Los Angeles abrasion, %, max Tex -410-A 40 Magnesium sulfate soundness, 5 cycles, %, max Tex -411-A 30 Coarse aggregate angularity, 2 crushed faces, %, min Tex -460-A, Part I 852 Flat and elongated particles @ 5:1, %, max Tex -280-F 10 Fine Aggregate Linear shrinkage, %, max Tex -107-E 3 Combined Aggre ate3 Sand equivalent, %, min 1 Tex -203-F 45 1. Used to estimate the magnesium sulfate soundness loss in accordance with Section 3268.2.A.1, "Coarse Aggregate." 2. Only applies to crushed gravel. 3. Aggregates, without mineral filler, RAP, RAS, or additives, combined as used in the job -mix formula (JMF). Table 2 Gradation Requirements for Fine Aggregate Sieve Size % Passing by Weight or Volume 3/8" 100 #8 70-100 #200 0-30 B. Mineral Filler. Mineral filler consists of finely divided mineral matter, such as agricultural lime, crusher fines, hydrated lime, or fly ash. Mineral filler is allowed unless otherwise shown on the plans. Do not use more than 2% mineral hydrated lime unless otherwise shown on the plans. If a substitute binder is used, do not use more than 1% hydrated lime unless otherwise shown on the plans or allowed by the Engineer. Test all mineral fillers except hydrated lime and fly ash in accordance with Tex -107-E to ensure specification compliance. The plans may require or disallow specific mineral fillers. When used, provide mineral filler that: • is sufficiently dry, free-flowing, and free from clumps and foreign matter; • does not exceed 3% linear shrinkage when tested in accordance with Tex -107-E; and • meets the gradation requirements in Table 3. Table 3 Gradation Requirements for Mineral Filler Sieve Size % Passing by Weight or Volume #8 100 #200 55-100 4-40 3268 12-12 C. Baghouse Fines. Fines collected by the baghouse or other dust -collecting equipment may be reintroduced into the mixing drum. D. Asphalt Binder. Furnish the type and grade of performance -graded (PG) asphalt specified on the plans. E. Tack Coat. Furnish CSS -1H, SS -1H, or a PG binder with a minimum high-temperature grade of PG 58 for tack coat binder in accordance with Item 300, "Asphalts, Oils, and Emulsions." Specialized or preferred tack coat materials may be allowed by the Engineer or required when shown on the plans. Do not dilute emulsified asphalts at the terminal, in the field, or at any other location before use. The Engineer will obtain at least one sample of the tack coat binder per project in accordance with Tex -500-C, Part III, and test it to verify compliance with Item 300. The Engineer will obtain the sample from the asphalt distributor immediately before use. F. Additives. Use the type and rate of additive specified when shown on the plans. Other additives that facilitate mixing, compaction, or improve the quality of the mixture may be allowed when approved. Provide the Engineer with documentation such as the bill of lading showing the quantity of additives used in the project unless otherwise directed. 1. Lime and Liquid Antistripping Agent. When lime or a liquid antistripping agent is used, add in accordance with Item 301, "Asphalt Antistripping Agents." Do not add lime directly into the mixing drum of any plant where lime is removed through the exhaust stream unless the plant has a baghouse or dust collection system that reintroduces the lime into the drum. 2. Warm Mix Asphalt (WMA). Warm Mix Asphalt (WMA) is defined as HMA that is produced within a target temperature discharge range of 215°F and 275°F using Department -approved WMA additives or processes. The Department's Material Producer List of WMA additives and processes is located at http://www.txdot.gov/business/resources/producer-list.html. WMA is allowed for use on all projects and is required when shown on plans. The maximum placement or target discharge temperature for WMA may be set at a value less than 275°F when shown on the plans. Department -approved WMA additives or processes may be used to facilitate mixing and compaction of HMA produced at target discharge temperatures greater than 275°F; however, such mixtures will not be defined as WMA. G. Recycled Materials. Use of RAP and RAS is permitted unless otherwise shown on the plans. Do not exceed the maximum allowable percentages of RAP and RAS shown in Table 4. The allowable percentages shown in Table 4 may be decreased or increased when shown on the plans. Determine asphalt content and gradation of the RAP and RAS stockpiles for mixture design purposes in accordance with Tex -236-F. The Engineer may verify the asphalt content of the stockpiles at any time during production. Perform other tests on RAP and RAS when shown on the plans. Asphalt binder from RAP and RAS is designated as recycled asphalt binder. When RAP or RAS is used, calculate and ensure that the ratio of the recycled asphalt binder to total binder does not 5-40 3268 12-12 exceed the percentages shown in Table 5 during mixture design and HMA production. During HMA production, use a separate cold feed bin for each stockpile of RAP and RAS. Surface, intermediate, and base mixes referenced in Tables 4 and 5 are defined as follows: • "Surface" mixes are the final lift or riding surface of the pavement structure; • "Intermediate" mixes are non -surface mixtures placed less than or equal to 8 inches from the riding surface; and • "Base" mixes are non -surface mixtures placed greater than 8 inches from the riding surface. 1. RAP. RAP is salvaged, milled, pulverized, broken, or crushed asphalt pavement. Crush or break RAP so that 100% of the particles pass the 2 in. sieve. Use of Contractor -owned RAP including HMA plant waste is permitted unless otherwise shown on the plans. Department -owned RAP stockpiles are available for the Contractor's use when the stockpile locations are shown on the plans. If Department -owned RAP is available for the Contractor's use, the Contractor may use Contractor -owned fractionated RAP and replace it with an equal quantity of Department -owned RAP. This allowance does not apply to a Contractor using unfractionated RAP. Department -owned RAP generated through required work on the Contract is available for the Contractor's use when shown on the plans. Perform any necessary tests to ensure Contractor- or Department -owned RAP is appropriate for use. The Department will not perform any tests or assume any liability for the quality of the Department -owned RAP unless otherwise shown on the plans. The Contractor will retain ownership of RAP generated on the project when shown on the plans. Fractionated RAP is defined as having two or more RAP stockpiles, divided into coarse and fine fractions. The coarse RAP stockpile will contain only material retained by processing over a 3/8 in. screen or 1/2 in. screen unless otherwise approved. The fme RAP stockpile will contain only material passing the 3/8 in. screen or 1/2 in. screen unless otherwise approved. The Engineer may allow the Contractor to use an alternate to the 3/8 in. screen or 1/2 in. screen to fractionate the RAP. The maximum percentages of fractionated RAP may be comprised of coarse or fme fractionated RAP or the combination of both coarse and fine fractionated RAP. Do not use Department- or Contractor -owned RAP contaminated with dirt or other objectionable materials. Do not use Department- or Contractor -owned RAP if the decantation value exceeds 5% and the plasticity index is greater than 8. Test the stockpiled RAP for decantation in accordance with Tex -406-A, Part I. Determine the plasticity index in accordance with Tex -106-E if the decantation value exceeds 5%. The decantation and plasticity index requirements do not apply to RAP samples with asphalt removed by extraction or ignition. 6-40 3268 12-12 Do not intermingle Contractor -owned RAP stockpiles with Department -owned RAP stockpiles. Remove unused Contractor -owned RAP material from the project site upon completion of the project. Return unused Department -owned RAP to the designated stockpile location. Table 4 Maximum Allowable Amounts of RAP1 Maximum Allowable Fractionated RAP2 (%) Maximum Allowable Unfractionated RAPS (%) Surface Intermediate Base Surface Intermediate Base 20.0 30.0 40.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 1. Must also meet the recycled binder to total binder ratio shown in Table 5. 2. Up to 5% RAS may be used separately or as a replacement for fractionated RAP. 3. Unfractionated RAP may not be combined with fractionated RAP or RAS. 2. RAS. Use of post -manufactured RAS or post -consumer RAS (tear -offs) is permitted unless otherwise shown on the plans. Up to 5% RAS may be used separately or as a replacement for fractionated RAP in accordance with Table 4 and Table 5. RAS is defined as processed asphalt shingle material from manufacturing of asphalt roofing shingles or from re -roofing residential structures. Post - manufactured RAS is processed manufacturer's shingle scrap by-product. Post- consumer RAS is processed shingle scrap removed from residential structures. Comply with all regulatory requirements stipulated for RAS by the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ). RAS may be used separately or in conjunction with RAP. Process the RAS by ambient grinding or granulating such that 100% of the particles pass the 3/8 in. sieve when tested in accordance with Tex -200-F, Part I. Perform a sieve analysis on processed RAS material prior to extraction (or ignition) of the asphalt. Add sand meeting the requirements of Table 1 and Table 2 or fine RAP to RAS stockpiles if needed to keep the processed material workable. For any stockpile that contains RAS, the entire stockpile will be considered a RAS stockpile and be limited to no more than 5.0% of the HMA mixture in accordance with Table 4. Certify compliance of the RAS with DMS -11000, "Evaluating and Using Nonhazardous Recyclable Materials (NRM) Guidelines." If the RAS has not come into contact with any hazardous materials, treat it as an established NRM. Use RAS from shingle sources on the Department's Material Producer List of NRM located at http://www.txdot.gov/business/resources/producer-list.html. Prior to use, remove substantially all materials that are not part of the shingle, such as wood, paper, metal, plastic, and felt paper. Determine the deleterious content of RAS material for mixture design purposes in accordance with Tex -217-F, Part III. Do not use RAS if deleterious materials are more than 0.5% of the stockpiled RAS unless otherwise approved. Submit a sample for approval to the Engineer prior to submitting the mixture design. The Department will perform the testing for deleterious material of RAS to determine specification compliance. 7-40 3268 12-12 H. Substitute Binders. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, the Contractor may use a substitute PG binder listed in Table 5 in lieu of the PG binder originally specified, if the substitute PG binder and mixture made with the substitute PG binder meet the following: • the substitute binder meets the specification requirements for the substitute binder grade in accordance with Section 300.2.J, "Performance -Graded Binders"; • the substitute binder has an un -aged dynamic shear value less than or equal to 2.00 kPa and an RTFO aged dynamic shear value less than or equal to 5.00 kPa at the PG test temperature; and • the mixture has less than 10 0 mm of rutting on the Hamburg Wheel test (Tex -242-F) after the number of passes required for the originally specified binder. Use of substitute PG binders may only be allowed at the discretion of the Engineer if the Hamburg Wheel test results are between 10.0 mm and 12.5 mm. 8-40 3268 12-12 Table 5 Allowable Substitute PG Binders and Maximum Recycled Binder Ratios Originally Specified PG Binder Allowable Substitute PG Binder Maximum Ratio of Recycled Binder' to Total Binder (%) Surface Intermediate Base HMA 76-222 70-22 or 64-22 20.0 20.0 20.0 70-28 or 64-28 30.0 35.0 40.0 70-222 64-22 20.0 20.0 20.0 64-28 or 58-28 30.0 35.0 40.0 64-222 58-28 30.0 35.0 40.0 76-282 70-28 or 64-28 20.0 20.0 20.0 64-34 30.0 35.0 40.0 70-282 64-28 or 58-28 20.0 20.0 20.0 64-34 or 58-34 30.0 35.0 40.0 64-282 58-28 20.0 20.0 20.0 58-34 30.0 35.0 40.0 WMA3 76-222 70-22 or 64-22 30.0 35.0 40.0 70-222 64-22 or 58-28 30.0 35.0 40.0 64-224 58-28 30.0 35.0 40.0 76-282 70-28 or 64-28 30.0 35.0 40.0 70-282 64-28 or 58-28 30.0 35.0 40.0 64-284 58-28 30.0 35.0 40.0 1. Combined recycled binder from RAP and RAS. 2. Use no more than 20.0% recycled binder when using this originally specified PG binder. 3. WMA as defined in Section 3268.2.F.2, "Warm Mix Asphalt (WMA)." 4. When used with WMA, this originally specified PG binder is allowed for use at the maximum recycled binder ratios shown in this table. 9-40 3268 12-12 3. Equipment. Provide required or necessary equipment in accordance with Item 320, "Equipment for Asphalt Concrete Pavement." 4. Construction. Produce, haul, place, and compact the specified paving mixture. In addition to tests required by the specification, Contractors may perform other QC tests as deemed necessary. At any time during the project, the Engineer may perform production and placement tests as deemed necessary in accordance with Item 5, "Control of the Work." On or before the first day of paving, it is mandatory to schedule and participate in a pre -paving meeting with the Engineer unless otherwise shown on the plans. A. Certification. Personnel certified by the Hot Mix Asphalt Center Certification Program must conduct all mixture designs, sampling, and testing in accordance with Table 6. Supply the Engineer with a list of certified personnel and copies of their current certificates before beginning production and when personnel changes are made. Provide a mixture design that is developed and signed by a Level 2 certified specialist. Provide a Level 1A certified specialist at the plant during production operations. Provide a Level IB certified specialist to conduct placement tests. 10-40 3268 12-12 Table 6 Test Methods, Test Responsibility, and Minimum Certification Levels Test Description Test Method Contractor Engineer Level 1. Aggregate and Recycled Material Testing Sampling Tex -400-A V V lA Dry sieve Tex -200-F, Part I V V lA Washed sieve Tex -200-F, Part II V V lA Deleterious material Tex -217-F, Parts I & III V V lA Decantation Tex -217-F, Part II V V lA Los Angeles abrasion Tex -410-A V Magnesium sulfate soundness Tex -411-A V Micro-Deval abrasion Tex -461-A V Coarse aggregate angularity Tex -460-A V V 2 Flat and elongated particles Tex -280-F V V 2 Linear shrinkage Tex -107-E V V 2 Sand equivalent Tex -203-F V V 2 Organic impurities Tex -408-A V V 2 2. Asphalt Binder & Tack Coat Sampling Asphalt binder sampling Tex -500-C, Part II V V 1A/1B Tack coat sampling Tex -500-C, Part III V V 1A/1B 3. Mix Design & Verification Design and JMF changes Tex -204-F V V 2 Mixing Tex -205-F V V 2 Molding (TGC) Tex -206-F V V lA Molding (SGC) Tex -241-F V V lA Laboratory -molded density Tex -207-F V V lA VMA' (calculation only) Tex -204-F V V 2 Rice gravity Tex -227-F V V lA Ignition oven correction factors2 Tex -236-F V V 2 Indirect tensile strength Tex -226-F V V 2 Hamburg wheel test Tex -242-F V V 2 Boil test Tex -530-C V V lA 4. Production Testing Selecting random numbers Tex -225-F, Part I V lA Mixture sampling Tex -222-F V V lA Molding (TGC) Tex -206-F V V lA Molding (SGC) Tex -241-F V V lA Laboratory -molded density Tex -207-F V V lA VMA' (calculation only) Tex -204-F V V lA Rice gravity Tex -227-F V V lA Gradation & asphalt content Tex -236-F V V lA Control charts Tex -233-F V V lA Moisture content Tex -212-F V V lA Hamburg Wheel test Tex -242-F V V 2 Micro-Deval abrasion Tex -461-A V Boil test Tex -530-C V V 1A Aging ratio Tex -211-F V Overlay test Tex -248-F V Cantabro loss Tex -245-F V 5. Placement Testing Selecting random numbers Tex -225-F, Part II V 1A/1B Trimming roadway cores Tex -207-F V V 1A/1B In-place air voids Tex -207-F V V 1A/1B Establish rolling pattern Tex -207-F V 1B Control charts Tex -233-F V V lA Ride quality measurement Tex -1001-S V V Note 3 Segregation (density profile) Tex -207-F, Part V V V 1B Longitudinal joint density Tex -207-F, Part VII V V 1B Thermal profile Tex -244-F V V 1B 1. Voids in mineral aggregates. 2. Refer to Section 3268.4.I.2.c for exceptions to using an ignition oven. 3. Profiler and operator are required to be certified at the Texas Transportation Institute facility when Surface Test Type B is specified. 11-40 3268 12-12 B. Reporting and Responsibilities. Use Department -provided Excel templates to record and calculate all test data including but not limited to mixture design, production and placement QC/QA, control charts, thermal profiles, segregation density profiles, and longitudinal joint density. Obtain the latest version of the Excel templates at http://www.txdot. gov/inside-txdot/forms-publications/consultants-contractors/forms/site- manager.html or from the Engineer. The Engineer and the Contractor will provide any available test results to the other party when requested. The maximum allowable time for the Contractor and Engineer to exchange test data is as given in Table 7 unless otherwise approved. The Engineer and the Contractor will immediately report to the other party any test result that requires suspension of production or placement, a payment penalty, or that fails to meet the specification requirements. Record and submit all test results and pertinent information on Department -provided Excel templates to the Engineer electronically by means of a portable USB flash drive, compact disc, or via email. Subsequent sublots placed after test results are available to the Contractor, which require suspension of operations, may be considered unauthorized work. Unauthorized work will be accepted or rejected at the discretion of the Engineer in accordance with Section 5.3, "Conformity with Plans, Specifications, and Special Provisions." Table 7 Reporting Schedule Description Reported Re Torted To Be Reported Within Production Quality Control Gradation' Asphalt content' Laboratory -molded density2 Moisture content3 Boil test3 Contractor Engineer 1 working day of completion of the sublot Production Quality Assurance Gradation3 Asphalt content3 Laboratory -molded density' Hamburg wheel test2 Boil testa Binder tests2 Engineer Contractor 1 working day of completion of the sublot Placement Quality Control In-place air voids2 Segregation' Longitudinal joint density' Thermal profile' Contractor Engineer 1 working day of completion of the lot Placement Quality Assurance In-place air voids' Segregation Longitudinal joint density2 Thermal profile2 Aging ratio2 Engineer Contractor 1 working day of receipt o 4the trimmed cores for in-place air voids Pay adjustment summary Engineer Contractor 2 working days of performing all required tests and receiving Contractor test data 1. These tests are required on every sublot. 2. Optional test. To be reported as soon as results become available. 3. To be performed at the frequency specified on the plans. 4. 2 days are allowed if cores cannot be dried to constant weight within 1 day. 12-40 3268 12-12 The Engineer will use the Department -provided Excel template to calculate all pay adjustment factors for the lot. Sublot samples may be discarded after the Engineer and Contractor sign off on the pay adjustment summary documentation for the lot. Use the procedures described in Tex -233-F to plot the results of all quality control (QC) and quality assurance (QA) testing. Update the control charts as soon as test results for each sublot become available. Make the control charts readily accessible at the field laboratory. The Engineer may suspend production for failure to update control charts. C. Quality Control Plan (QCP). Develop and follow the QCP in detail. Obtain approval from the Engineer for changes to the QCP made during the project. The Engineer may suspend operations if the Contractor fails to comply with the QCP. Submit a written QCP to the Engineer before the mandatory pre -paving meeting. Receive the Engineer's approval of the QCP before beginning production. Include the following items in the QCP: 1. Project Personnel. For project personnel, include: • a list of individuals responsible for QC with authority to take corrective action; • contact information for each individual listed; and • copies of certification documents for individuals performing specified QC functions. 2. Material Delivery and Storage. For material delivery and storage, include: • the sequence of material processing, delivery, and minimum quantities to assure continuous plant operations; • aggregate stockpiling procedures to avoid contamination and segregation; • frequency, type, and timing of aggregate stockpile testing to assure conformance of material requirements before mixture production; and • procedure for monitoring the quality and variability of asphalt binder. 3. Production. For production, include: • loader operation procedures to avoid contamination in cold bins; • procedures for calibrating and controlling cold feeds; • procedures to eliminate debris or oversized material; • procedures for adding and verifying rates of each applicable mixture component (e.g., aggregate, asphalt binder, RAP, RAS, lime, liquid antistrip); • procedures for reporting job control test results; and • procedures to avoid segregation and drain -down in the silo. 4. Loading and Transporting. For loading and transporting, include: • type and application method for release agents; and • truck loading procedures to avoid segregation. 13-40 3268 12-12 5. Placement and Compaction. For placement and compaction, include: • proposed agenda for mandatory pre -paving meeting, including date and location; • proposed paving plan (e.g., paving widths and lift thicknesses); • type and application method for release agents in the paver and on rollers, shovels, lutes, and other utensils; • procedures for the transfer of mixture into the paver, while avoiding segregation and preventing material spillage; • process to balance production, delivery, paving, and compaction to achieve continuous placement operations and good ride quality; • paver operations (e.g., operation of wings, height of mixture in auger chamber) to avoid physical and thermal segregation and other surface irregularities; and • procedures to construct quality longitudinal and transverse joints. D. Mixture Design. 1. Design Requirements. The Contractor may elect to design the mixture using a Texas Gyratory Compactor (TGC) or a Superpave Gyratory Compactor (SGC) unless otherwise shown on the plans. Use the typical weight design example given in Tex -204-F, Part I, when using a TGC. Use the Superpave mixture design procedure given in Tex -204-F, Part IV, when using a SGC. Design the mixture to meet the requirements listed in Tables 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, and 10. a. Target Laboratory Molded Density When The TGC Is Used. Design the mixture at a 96.5% target laboratory -molded density or as noted in Table 9. The target laboratory -molded density may be increased in 0.5% increments, not to exceed 97.0%, at the Contractor's discretion. b. Design Number of Gyrations (Ndesign) When The SGC Is Used. Design the mixture at 50 gyrations (Ndesign). Use a target laboratory -molded density of 96.0% to design the mixture; however, adjustments can be made to the Ndesign value as noted in Table 9. The Ndesign level may be reduced to no less than 35 gyrations at the Contractor's discretion. Use an approved laboratory to perform the Hamburg Wheel test and provide results with the mixture design, or provide the laboratory mixture and request that the Department perform the Hamburg Wheel test. The Department maintains the Material Producer List of approved laboratories located at http://www.txdot.gov/business/resources/producer-list.html. The Engineer will be allowed 10 working days to provide the Contractor with Hamburg Wheel test results on the laboratory mixture design. The Engineer will provide the mixture design when shown on the plans. The Contractor may submit a new mixture design at any time during the project. The Engineer will verify and approve all mixture designs (JMF1) before the Contractor can begin production. 14-40 3268 12-12 Provide the Engineer with a mixture design report using the Department -provided Excel template. Include the following items in the report: • the combined aggregate gradation, source, specific gravity, and percent of each material used; • asphalt content and aggregate gradation of RAP and RAS stockpiles; • the target laboratory -molded density (or Ndesign level when using the SGC); • results of all applicable tests; • the mixing and molding temperatures; • the signature of the Level 2 person or persons that performed the design; • the date the mixture design was performed; and • a unique identification number for the mixture design. Table 8 Master Gradation Limits (% Passing by Weight or Volume) and VMA Requirements Sieve Size A Coarse Base B Fine Base C Coarse Surface D Fine Surface F Fine Mixture 2" 100.0' 502 Indirect tensile strength (dry), psi Tex -226-F 85-2003 1-1/2" 98.0-100.0 100.0' - - - 1" 78.0-94.0 98.0-100.0 100.0' 3/4" 64.0-85.0 84.0-98.0 95.0-100.0 100.01 - 1/2" 50.0-70.0 - - 98.0-100.0 100.0' 3/8" - 60.0-80.0 70.0-85.0 85.0-100.0 98.0-100.0 #4 30.0-50.0 40.0-60.0 43.0-63.0 50.0-70.0 70.0-90.0 #8 22.0-36.0 29.0-43.0 32.0-44.0 35.0-46.0 38.0-48.0 #30 8.0-2 3.0 13.0-28.0 14.0-28.0 15.0-29.0 12.0-27.0 #50 3.0-19.0 6.0-20.0 7.0-21.0 7.0-20.0 6.0-19.0 #200 2.0-7.0 2.0-7.0 2.0-7.0 2.0-7.0 2.0-7.0 Design VMA, % Minimum - 12.0 13.0 14.0 15.0 16.0 Production (Plant -Produced) VMA, % Minimum - 11.0 12.0 13.0 14.0 15.0 1. Defined as maximum sieve size. No tolerance allowed. Table 9 Laboratory Mixture Design Properties Mixture Property Test Method Requirement Target laboratory -molded density, % (TGC) Tex -207-F 96.5' Design gyrations (Ndesign for SGC) Tex -241-F 502 Indirect tensile strength (dry), psi Tex -226-F 85-2003 Boil test4 Tex -530-C - 1. May be adjusted in 0.5% increments within a range of 96.0% to 97.5% when shown on the plans or specification or when mutually agreed between the Engineer and Contractor. 2. May be adjusted within a range of 35-100 gyrations when shown on the plans or specification or when mutually agreed between the Engineer and Contractor. 3. The Engineer may allow the IDT strength to exceed 200 psi if the corresponding Hamburg Wheel rut depth is greater than 3.0 mm and less than 12.5 mm 4. Used to establish baseline for comparison to production results. May be waived when approved. 15-40 3268 12-12 Table 10 Hamburg Wheel Test Requirements High -Temperature Binder Grade Test Method Minimum # of Passes' @ 12.5 mm2 Rut Depth, Tested @ 50°C PG 64 or lower Tex -242-F 10,000 PG 70 15,000 PG 76 or higher 20,000 1. May be decreased or waived when shown on the plans. 2. When the rut depth at the required minimum number of passes is less than 3 mm, the Engineer may require the Contractor to increase the target laboratory -molded density (TGC) by 0.5% to no more than 97.5% or lower the Ndesign level (SGC) to no less than 35 gyrations. 2. Job -Mix Formula Approval. The job -mix formula (JMF) is the combined aggregate gradation, target laboratory molded density (or Ndesign level), and target asphalt percentage used to establish target values for hot mix production. JMF 1 is the original laboratory mixture design used to produce the trial batch. When WMA is used, JMF1 may be designed and submitted to the Engineer without including the WMA additive. When WMA is used, document the additive or process used and recommend rate on the JMF1 submittal. The Engineer and the Contractor will verify JMF1 based on plant -produced mixture from the trial batch unless otherwise approved. The Engineer may accept an existing mixture design previously used on a Department project and may waive the trial batch to verify JMF1. The Department may require the Contractor to reimburse the Department for verification tests if more than two trial batches per design are required. a. Contractor's Responsibilities. (1) Providing Gyratory Compactor. Use a TGC calibrated in accordance with Tex -914-K when electing or required to design the mixture in accordance with Tex -204-F, Part I, for molding production samples. Furnish an SGC calibrated in accordance with Tex -241-F when electing or required to design the mixture in accordance with Tex -204-F, Part IV, for molding production samples. If the SGC is used, locate the SGC at the Engineer's field laboratory and make the SGC available to the Engineer for use in molding production samples. (2) Gyratory Compactor Correlation Factors. Use Tex -206-F, Part II, to perform a gyratory compactor correlation when the Engineer uses a different gyratory compactor. Apply the correlation factor to all subsequent production test results. Submitting JMF1. Furnish the Engineer a mix design report (JMF1) with representative samples of all component materials and request approval to produce the trial batch. If opting to have the Department perform the Hamburg Wheel test on the laboratory mixture, provide the Engineer with approximately 10,000 g of the design mixture and request that the Department perform the Hamburg Wheel test. (3) 16-40 3268 12-12 (4) Supplying Aggregate. Provide the Engineer with approximately 40 lb. of each aggregate stockpile unless otherwise directed. (5) Supplying Asphalt. Provide the Engineer at least 1 gal. of the asphalt material and sufficient quantities of any additives proposed for use. (6) Ignition Oven Correction Factors. Determine the aggregate and asphalt correction factors from the ignition oven in accordance with Tex -236-F. Prior to the trial batch production, provide the Engineer with split samples of the mixtures, including all additives (except water), and blank samples used to determine the correction factors for the ignition oven used for quality assurance testing during production. Correction factors established from a previously approved mixture design may be used for the current mixture design, if the mixture design and ignition oven are the same as previously used unless otherwise directed. Boil Test. Perform the test and retain the tested sample from Tex -530-C until completion of the project or as directed by the Engineer. Use this sample for comparison purposes during production. The Engineer may waive the requirement for the boil test. (8) Trial Batch Production. Upon receiving conditional approval of JMF1 and authorization from the Engineer to produce a trial batch, provide a plant -produced trial batch, including the WMA additive or process, if applicable, for verification testing of JMF 1 and development of JMF2. Produce a trial batch mixture that meets the requirements in Table 4, Table 5, and Table 11. In lieu of a new trial batch, the Engineer may accept test results from recent production of the same mixture. Trial Batch Production Equipment. To produce the trial batch, use only equipment and materials proposed for use on the project. (7) (9) (10) Trial Batch Quantity. Produce enough quantity of the trial batch to ensure that the mixture meets the specification requirements. (11) Number of Trial Batches. Produce trial batches as necessary to obtain a mixture that meets the specification requirements. (12) Trial Batch Sampling. Obtain a representative sample of the trial batch and split it into three equal portions, in accordance with Tex -222-F. Label these portions as "Contractor," "Engineer," and "Referee." Deliver samples to the appropriate laboratory as directed. (13) Trial Batch Testing. Test the trial batch to ensure that the mixture produced using the proposed JMF 1 meets the mixture requirements in Table 11. The trial batch mixture must also be in compliance with the Hamburg Wheel requirement in Table 10. Use an approved laboratory to perform the Hamburg Wheel test on the trial batch mixture or request that the Department perform the Hamburg Wheel test. The Engineer will be allowed 10 working days to provide the Contractor with Hamburg Wheel 17-40 3268 12-12 test results on the trial batch. Provide the Engineer with a copy of the trial batch test results. (14) Development of JMF2. After the Engineer grants full approval of JMF1 based on results from the trial batch, evaluate the trial batch test results, determine the optimum mixture proportions, and submit as JMF2. Adjust the asphalt content or gradation to achieve the specified target laboratory - molded density. The asphalt content established for JMF2 is not required to be within any tolerance of the optimum asphalt content established for JMF1; however, mixture produced using JMF2 must meet the voids in mineral aggregates (VMA) requirements for production shown in Table 8. If the optimum asphalt content for JMF2 is more than 0.5% lower than the optimum asphalt content for JMF1, the Engineer may perform or require the Contractor to perform Tex -226-F on Lot 1 production to confirm the indirect tensile strength does not exceed 200 psi. Verify that JMF2 meets the mixture requirements in Table 5. (15) Mixture Production. After receiving approval for JMF2 and receiving a passing result from the Department's or a Department -approved laboratory's Hamburg Wheel test on the trial batch, use JMF2 to produce Lot 1 as described in Section 3268.4.I.3.a.(1), "Lot 1 Placement." As an option, once JMF2 is approved, proceed to Lot 1 production at the Contractor's risk without receiving the results from the Department's Hamburg Wheel test on the trial batch. If electing to proceed without Hamburg Wheel test results from the trial batch, notify the Engineer. Note that the Engineer may require up to the entire sublot of any mixture failing the Hamburg Wheel test to be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. (16) Development of JMF3. Evaluate the test results from Lot 1, determine the optimum mixture proportions, and submit as JMF3 for use in Lot 2. (17) JMF Adjustments. If necessary, adjust the JMF before beginning a new lot. The adjusted JMF must: • be provided to the Engineer in writing before the start on a new lot; • be numbered in sequence to the previous JMF; • meet the mixture requirements in Table 4 and Table 5; • meet the master gradation limits shown in Table 8; and • be within the operational tolerances of JMF2 listed in Table 11. (18) Requesting Referee Testing. If needed, use referee testing in accordance with Section 3268.4.I.1, "Referee Testing," to resolve testing differences with the Engineer. 18-40 3268 12-12 Table 11 Operational Tolerances Description Test Method Allowable Difference Between Trial Batch and JMF1 Target Allowable Difference from Current JMF Ta get Allowable Difference between Contractor and Engineers Individual % retained for #8 sieve and larger Tex 200 F or Tex -236-F Must be Within Master Grading Limits in Table 8 ±5.024 ±5.0 Individual % retained for sieves smaller than #8 and larger than #200 ±3.02'3 ±3.0 % passing the #200 sieve ±2.02'3 ±1.6 Asphalt content, % Tex -236-F ±0.5 ±0.33 ±0.3 Laboratory -molded density, % Tex -207-F ±1.0 ±1.0 ±1.0 In-place air voids, % N/A N/A ±1.0 Laboratory -molded bulk specific gravity N/A N/A ±0.020 VMA, %, min Tex -204-F Note 4 Note 4 N/A Theoretical maximum specific (Rice) gravity Tex -227-F N/A N/A ±0.020 1. Contractor may request referee testing only when values exceed these tolerances. 2. When within these tolerances, mixture production gradations may fall outside the master grading limits; however, the % passing the #200 will be considered out of tolerance when outside the master grading limits. 3. Only applies to mixture produced for Lot 1 and higher. 4. Test and verify that Table 8 requirements are met. b. Engineer's Responsibilities. (1) Gyratory Compactor. For mixtures designed in accordance with Tex -204-F, Part I, the Engineer will use a Department TGC, calibrated in accordance with Tex -914-K, to mold samples for trial batch and production testing. The Engineer will make the Department TGC and the Department field laboratory available to the Contractor for molding verification samples, if requested by the Contractor. For mixtures designed in accordance with Tex -204-F, Part IV, the Engineer will use a Department SGC, calibrated in accordance with Tex -241-F, to mold samples for laboratory mixture design verification. For molding trial batch and production specimens, the Engineer will use the Contractor -provided SGC at the field laboratory or provide and use a Department SGC at an alternate location. The Engineer will make the Contractor -provided SGC in the Department field laboratory available to the Contractor for molding verification samples. (2) Conditional Approval of JMF1 and Authorizing Trial Batch. Within 2 working days of receiving the mixture design report (JMF1) and all required materials and Contractor -provided Hamburg Wheel test results, the Engineer will review the Contractor's mix design report and verify conformance with all aggregates, asphalt, additives, recycled materials, and mixture specifications. The Engineer will grant the Contractor conditional approval of JMF 1, if the information provided on the paper copy of JMF 1 indicates that the Contractor's mixture design meets the specifications. When the Contractor does not provide Hamburg Wheel test results with laboratory mixture design, 10 working days is allowed for 19-40 3268 12-12 (3) conditional approval of JMF 1. The Engineer will base full approval of JMF 1 on test results on mixture from the trial batch. Unless waived, the Engineer will determine the Micro-Deval abrasion loss in accordance with Section 3268.2.A.1.b, "Micro-Deval Abrasion." If the Engineer's test results are pending after 2 working days, conditional approval of JMF1 will still be granted within 2 working days of receiving JMF 1. When the Engineer's test results become available, they will be used for specification compliance. After conditionally approving JMF1, including either Contractor- or Department -supplied Hamburg Wheel test results, the Contractor is authorized to produce a trial batch. Hamburg Wheel Testing of JMF1. If the Contractor requests the option to have the Department perform the Hamburg Wheel test on the laboratory mixture, the Engineer will mold samples in accordance with Tex -242-F to verify compliance with the Hamburg Wheel test requirement in Table 10. (4) Ignition Oven Correction Factors. The Engineer will use the split samples provided by the Contractor to determine the aggregate and asphalt correction factors for the ignition oven used for quality assurance testing during production in accordance with Tex -236-F. Testing the Trial Batch. Within 1 full working day, the Engineer will sample and test the trial batch to ensure that the mixture meets the requirements in Table 11. If the Contractor requests the option to have the Department perform the Hamburg Wheel test on the trial batch mixture, the Engineer will mold samples in accordance with Tex -242-F to verify compliance with the Hamburg Wheel test requirement in Table 10. The Engineer will have the option to perform the following tests on the trial batch: • Tex -226-F, to verify that the indirect tensile strength meets the requirement shown in Table 9; and • Tex -530-C, to retain and use for comparison purposes during production. (6) Full Approval of JMF1. The Engineer will grant full approval of JMF1 and authorize the Contractor to proceed with developing JMF2 if the Engineer's results for the trial batch meet the requirements in Table 11. The Engineer will notify the Contractor that an additional trial batch is required if the trial batch does not meet these requirements. Approval of JMF2. The Engineer will approve JMF2 within 1 working day if the mixture meets the requirements in Table 5 and the gradation meets the master grading limits shown in Table 8. The asphalt content established for JMF2 is not required to be within any tolerance of the optimum asphalt content established for JMF1; however, mixture (5) (7) 20-40 3268 12-12 produced using JMF2 must meet the VMA requirements shown in Table 8. If the optimum asphalt content for JMF2 is more than 0.5% lower than the optimum asphalt content for JMF1, the Engineer may perform or require the Contractor to perform Tex -226-F on Lot 1 production to confirm the indirect tensile strength does not exceed 200 psi. (8) Approval of Lot 1 Production. The Engineer will authorize the Contractor to proceed with Lot 1 production (using JMF2) as soon as a passing result is achieved from the Department's or a Department - approved laboratory's Hamburg Wheel test on the trial batch. The Contractor may proceed at its own risk with Lot 1 production without the results from the Hamburg Wheel test on the trial batch. If the Department's or Department -approved laboratory's sample from the trial batch fails the Hamburg Wheel test, the Engineer will suspend production until further Hamburg Wheel tests meet the specified values. The Engineer may require up to the entire sublot of any mixture failing the Hamburg Wheel test be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. (9) Approval of JMF3 and Subsequent JMF Changes. JMF3 and subsequent JMF changes are approved if they meet the mixture requirements shown in Table 4, Table 5, the master grading limits shown in Table 8, and are within the operational tolerances of JMF2 shown in Table 11. E. Production Operations. Perform a new trial batch when the plant or plant location is changed. Take corrective action and receive approval to proceed after any production suspension for noncompliance to the specification. Submit a new mix design and perform a new trial batch when the asphalt content of: • either RAP stockpile used in the mix is more than 0 5% higher than the value shown on the mixture design report; or • RAS stockpile used in the mix is more than 2.0% higher than the value shown on the mixture design report. 1. Storage and Heating of Materials. Do not heat the asphalt binder above the temperatures specified in Item 300, "Asphalts, Oils, and Emulsions," or outside the manufacturer's recommended values. On a daily basis, provide the Engineer with the records of asphalt binder and hot -mix asphalt discharge temperatures (in legible and discernible increments) in accordance with Item 320, "Equipment for Asphalt Concrete Pavement." Do not store mixture for a period long enough to affect the quality of the mixture, nor in any case longer than 12 hr unless otherwise approved. 2. Mixing and Discharge of Materials. Notify the Engineer of the target discharge temperature and produce the mixture within 25°F of the target. Monitor the temperature of the material in the truck before shipping to ensure that it does not exceed 350°F (or 275°F for WMA) and is not lower than 215°F. The Department will not pay for or allow placement of any mixture produced at more than 350°F. 21-40 3268 12-12 When WMA is required, produce the WMA within the target temperature discharge range of 215°F and 275°F. Take corrective action any time the discharge temperature of the WMA exceeds the target discharge range. The Engineer may suspend production operations if the Contractor's corrective action is not successful at controlling the production temperature within the target discharge range. Note that when WMA is produced, it may be necessary to adjust burners to ensure complete combustion such that no burner fuel residue remains in the mixture. Control the mixing time and temperature so that substantially all moisture is removed from the mixture before discharging from the plant. If requested, determine the moisture content by oven -drying in accordance with Tex -212-F, Part II, and verify that the mixture contains no more than 0.2% of moisture by weight. Obtain the sample immediately after discharging the mixture into the truck, and perform the test promptly. F. Hauling Operations. Before use, clean all truck beds to ensure that mixture is not contaminated. When a release agent is necessary, use a release agent on the Department's Material Producer List to coat the inside bed of the truck. Use only equipment for hauling as defined in Section 3268.4.G.3.c, "Hauling Equipment." Other hauling equipment may be used when allowed by the Engineer. G. Placement Operations. Collect haul tickets from each load of mixture delivered to the project and provide the Department's copy to the Engineer approximately every hour, or as directed by the Engineer. When the Pave -IR system is not used for specification compliance, use a non -contact infrared thermometer to measure and record the internal temperature of the mixture as discharged from the truck or material transfer device prior to or as the mix enters the paver and an approximate station number or GPS coordinates on each ticket. Calculate the daily yield and cumulative yield for the specified lift and provide to the Engineer at the end of paving operations for each day unless otherwise directed. The Engineer may suspend production if the Contractor fails to produce and provide haul tickets and yield calculations by the end of paving operations for each day. Prepare the surface by removing raised pavement markers and objectionable material such as moisture, dirt, sand, leaves, and other loose impediments from the surface before placing mixture. Remove vegetation from pavement edges. Place the mixture to meet the typical section requirements and produce a smooth, finished surface with a uniform appearance and texture. Offset longitudinal joints of successive courses of hot mix by at least 6 in. Place mixture so that longitudinal joints on the surface course coincide with lane lines, or as directed. Ensure that all finished surfaces will drain properly. Place the mixture at the rate or thickness shown on the plans. The Engineer will use the guidelines in Table 12 to determine the compacted lift thickness of each layer when multiple lifts are required. The thickness determined is based on the rate of 110 lb./sq. yd. for each inch of pavement unless otherwise shown on the plans. 22-40 3268 12-12 Table 12 Compacted Lift Thickness and Required Core Height Mixture Type Compacted Lift Thickness Guidelines Minimum Untrimmed Core Height (in.) Eligible for Testing Minimum (in.) Maximum (in.) A 3.00 6.00 2.00 B 2.50 5.00 1.75 C 2.00 4.00 1.50 D 1.50 3.00 1.25 F 1.25 2.50 1.25 1. Weather Conditions. a. When Using a Pave -IR System for Specification Compliance. The Contractor may pave any time the roadway is dry and the roadway surface temperature is at least 32°F; however, the Engineer may restrict the Contractor from paving surface mixtures if the ambient temperature is likely to drop below 32°F within 12 hours of paving. Operate the Pave -IR system in accordance with Tex -244-F and demonstrate to the Engineer that no recurring severe thermal segregation exists. Provide the Engineer with the automated report described in Tex -244-F on a daily basis unless otherwise directed. b. When Not Using a Pave -IR System for Specification Compliance. Place mixture when the roadway surface temperature is equal to or higher than the temperatures listed in Table 13 unless otherwise approved or as shown on the plans. Measure the roadway surface temperature with a handheld infrared thermometer. The Engineer may allow mixture placement to begin prior to the roadway surface reaching the required temperature requirements, if conditions are such that the roadway surface will reach the required temperature within 2 hours of beginning placement operations. Place mixtures only when weather conditions and moisture conditions of the roadway surface are suitable in the opinion of the Engineer. The Engineer may restrict the Contractor from paving if the ambient temperature is likely to drop below 32°F within 12 hours of paving. Table 13 Minimum Pavement Surface Temperatures paving process including WMA or equipment that eliminates thermal segregation. In such cases, the Contractor must use either a hand held thermal camera or a hand held infrared thermometer operated in accordance with Tex -244-F to demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Engineer that the uncompacted mat has no more than 10°F of thermal segregation. 23-40 3268 12-12 Minimum Pavement Surface Temperatures in Degrees Fahrenheit Originally Specified High Temperature Binder Grade Subsurface Layers or Night Paving Operations Surface Layers Placed in Daylight Operations PG 64 or lower 45 50 PG 70 551 60' PG 76 or higher 60' 60' 1. Contractors may nave at temperatures 10°F lower than these values when utilizing a paving process including WMA or equipment that eliminates thermal segregation. In such cases, the Contractor must use either a hand held thermal camera or a hand held infrared thermometer operated in accordance with Tex -244-F to demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Engineer that the uncompacted mat has no more than 10°F of thermal segregation. 23-40 3268 12-12 2. Tack Coat. Clean the surface before placing the tack coat. Unless otherwise approved, apply tack coat uniformly at the rate directed by the Engineer. The Engineer will set the rate between 0.04 and 0.10 gal. of residual asphalt per square yard of surface area. Apply the tack coat in a uniform manner to avoid streaks and other irregular patterns. Apply a thin, uniform tack coat to all contact surfaces of curbs, structures, and all joints. Allow adequate time for emulsion to break completely prior to placing any material. Prevent splattering of tack coat when placed adjacent to curb, gutter, and structures. Roll the tack coat with a pneumatic - tire roller to remove streaks and other irregular patterns when directed. 3. Lay -Down Operations. a. Thermal Profile. Use a thermal camera or an infrared thermometer to obtain thermal profiles on each sublot in accordance with Tex -244-F. When the Pave -IR system is not used for specification compliance, the Engineer will obtain a thermal profile at least once per project. Thermal profiles are not applicable in areas described in Section 3268.4.1.3.a(4), "Miscellaneous Areas." Within 1 working day of the completion of each lot, provide the Engineer with the thermal profile of every sublot within the lot. Report the results of each thermal profile in accordance with Section 3268.4.B, "Reporting and Responsibilities." (1) Moderate Thermal Segregation. Any areas that have a temperature differential greater than 25°F but not exceeding 50°F are deemed as having moderate thermal segregation. Take immediate corrective action to eliminate the moderate thermal segregation. Evaluate areas with moderate thermal segregation by performing density profiles in accordance with Section 3268.4.L3.c(2), "Segregation (Density Profile)." (2) Severe Thermal Segregation. Any areas that have a temperature differential greater than 50°F are deemed as having severe thermal segregation. When the Pave -IR system is not used for specification compliance, no production or placement bonus will be paid for any sublot that contains severe thermal segregation. Suspend operations and take immediate corrective action to eliminate severe thermal segregation unless otherwise directed. Resume operations when the Engineer determines that subsequent production will meet the requirements of this Section. Evaluate areas with severe thermal segregation by performing density profiles in accordance with Section 3268.4.1.3.c(2), "Segregation (Density Profile)." Remove and replace the material in any areas that have both severe thermal segregation and a failing result for Segregation (Density Profile) unless otherwise directed. The sublot in question may receive a production and placement bonus if applicable when the defective material is successfully removed and replaced. Use of the Pave -IR System. In lieu of obtaining thermal profiles on each sublot using a thermal camera or an infrared thermometer, the Contractor (3) 24-40 3268 12-12 may use the Pave -IR system (paver mounted infrared bar) to obtain a continuous thermal profile in accordance with Tex -244-F. When electing to use the Pave -IR system, notify the Engineer prior to beginning placement operations and specify if using the Pave -IR system for specification compliance or for information only. When electing to use the Pave -IR system for information only, use a thermal camera or an infrared thermometer to obtain thermal profiles in accordance with Tex -244-F. When electing to use the Pave -IR system for information only, segregation density profiles are applicable. When using the Pave -IR system for specification compliance, review the output results on a daily basis. Unless otherwise directed, provide the automated report described in Tex -244-F to the Engineer for review. Modify the paving process as necessary to eliminate any recurring (moderate or severe) thermal segregation identified by the Pave -IR system. The Engineer may suspend paving operations if the Contractor cannot successfully modify the paving process to eliminate recurring severe thermal segregation. Density profiles are not required and are not applicable when using the Pave -IR system for specification compliance. Upon completion of use of the Pave -IR system for specification compliance or as requested by the Engineer, provide the Engineer with electronic copies of all daily data files that can be used with the Pave -IR system software to generate temperature profile plots. b. Windrow Operations. When hot mix is placed in windrows, operate windrow pickup equipment so that substantially all the mixture deposited on the roadbed is picked up and loaded into the paver. c. Hauling Equipment. The Contractor may elect to use belly dumps, live bottom, or end dump trucks to haul and transfer mixture; however, with exception of paving miscellaneous areas, end dump trucks are only allowed when used in conjunction with an MTD with remixing capability or when a Pave -IR system is used for specification compliance unless otherwise allowed by the Engineer. d. Screed Heaters. If the paver stops for more than 5 minutes, turn off screed heaters to prevent overheating of the mat. If the screed heater remains on for more than 5 minutes while the paver is stopped, the Engineer may evaluate the suspect area in accordance with Section 3268.4.1.3.c(4),"Recovered Asphalt Dynamic Shear Rheometer (DSR)." H. Compaction. Uniformly compact the pavement to contain between 3.8% and 8.5% in- place air voids. When the in-place air voids exceed the range of 3.8% and 8.5%, take immediate corrective action to bring the operation within these tolerances. Areas defined in Section 3268.4.L3.a(4), "Miscellaneous Areas," are not subject to in-place air void determination. In all other areas, the Engineer may obtain and test cores and may suspend operations or require removal and replacement if the in-place air voids are less than 2.7% or greater than 9.9%. The Engineer will allow paving to resume when the proposed corrective action is likely to yield between 3.8% and 8.5% in-place air voids. 25-40 3268 12-12 Furnish the type, size, and number of rollers required for compaction as approved. Use a pneumatic -tire roller to seal the surface unless excessive pickup of fines occurs. Use additional rollers as required to remove any roller marks Use only water or an approved release agent on rollers, tamps, and other compaction equipment unless otherwise directed. On the first day of production, use the control strip method given in Tex -207-F, Part IV, to establish the rolling pattern that will produce the desired in-place air voids unless otherwise directed. Use tamps to thoroughly compact the edges of the pavement along curbs, headers, and similar structures and in locations that will not allow thorough compaction with rollers. The Engineer may require rolling with a trench roller on widened areas, in trenches, and in other limited areas. Complete all compaction operations before the pavement temperature drops below 160°F unless otherwise allowed. The Engineer may allow compaction with a light finish roller operated in static mode for pavement temperatures below 160°F. Allow the compacted pavement to cool to 160°F or lower before opening to traffic unless otherwise directed. When directed, sprinkle the finished mat with water or limewater to expedite opening the roadway to traffic. I. Acceptance Plan. Pay adjustments for the material will be in accordance with Article 3268.6, "Payment." Sample and test the hot mix on a lot and sublot basis. If the production pay factor given in Section 3268.6.A, "Production Pay Adjustment Factors," for two consecutive lots or the placement pay factor given in Section 3268.6.B, "Placement Pay Adjustment Factors," for two consecutive lots is below 1.000, suspend production until test results or other information indicates to the satisfaction of the Engineer that the next material produced or placed will result in pay factors of at least 1.000. 1. Referee Testing. The Construction Division is the referee laboratory. The Contractor may request referee testing if a "remove and replace" condition is determined based on the Engineer's test results, or if the differences between Contractor and Engineer test results exceed the maximum allowable difference shown in Table 11 and the differences cannot be resolved. The Contractor may also request referee testing if the Engineer's test results require suspension of production and the Contractor's test results are within specification limits. Make the request within 5 working days after receiving test results and cores from the Engineer. Referee tests will be performed only on the sublot in question and only for the particular tests in question. Allow 10 working days from the time the samples are received at the referee laboratory for test results to be reported. The Department may require the Contractor to reimburse the Department for referee tests if more than three referee tests per project are required and the Engineer's test results are closer than the Contractor's test results to the referee test results. The Construction Division will determine the laboratory -molded density based on the molded specific gravity and the maximum theoretical specific gravity of the 26-40 3268 12-12 referee sample. The in-place air voids will be determined based on the bulk specific gravity of the cores, as determined by the referee laboratory and the Engineer's average maximum theoretical specific gravity for the lot. With the exception of "remove and replace" conditions, referee test results are final and will establish pay adjustment factors for the sublot in question. The Contractor may decline referee testing and accept the Engineer's test results when the placement pay adjustment factor for any sublot results in a "remove and replace" condition. Placement sublots subject to be removed and replaced will be further evaluated in accordance with Section 3268.6.B.2, "Placement Sublots Subject to Removal and Replacement." 2. Production Acceptance. a. Production Lot. A production lot consists of four equal sublots. The default quantity for Lot 1 is 1,000 tons; however, when requested by the Contractor, the Engineer may increase the quantity for Lot 1 to no more than 4,000 tons. The Engineer will select subsequent lot sizes based on the anticipated daily production such that approximately three to four sublots are produced each day. The lot size will be between 1,000 tons and 4,000 tons. The Engineer may change the lot size before the Contractor begins any lot. If the optimum asphalt content for JMF2 is more than 0.5% lower than the optimum asphalt content for JMF 1, the Engineer may perform or require the Contractor to perform Tex -226-F on Lot 1 to confirm the indirect tensile strength does not exceed 200 psi. If the indirect tensile strength exceeds 200 psi, take corrective action to bring the mixture within specification compliance unless otherwise directed. (1) Incomplete Production Lots. If a lot is begun but cannot be completed, such as on the last day of production or in other circumstances deemed appropriate, the Engineer may close the lot. Adjust the payment for the incomplete lot in accordance with Section 3268.6.A, "Production Pay Adjustment Factors." Close all lots within 5 working days unless otherwise allowed by the Engineer. b. Production Sampling. (1) Mixture Sampling. Obtain hot mix samples from trucks at the plant in accordance with Tex -222-F. The sampler will split each sample into three equal portions in accordance with Tex -200-F and label these portions as "Contractor," "Engineer," and "Referee." The Engineer will perform or witness the sample splitting and take immediate possession of the samples labeled "Engineer" and "Referee." The Engineer will maintain the custody of the samples labeled "Engineer" and "Referee" until the Department's testing is completed. (a) Random Sample. At the beginning of the project, the Engineer will select random numbers for all production sublots. Determine sample locations in accordance with Tex -225-F. For each sublot, take one 27-40 3268 12-12 sample at the location randomly selected. The Engineer will perform or witness the sampling of production sublots. (b) Blind Sample. For one sublot per lot, the Engineer will obtain and test a "blind" sample in lieu of the random sample collected by the Contractor. The Contractor may test either the "blind" or the random sample; however, referee testing (if applicable) will be based on a comparison of results from the "blind" sample. The location of the Engineer's "blind" sample will not be disclosed to the Contractor. The Engineer's "blind" sample may be randomly selected in accordance with Tex -225-F for any sublot or selected at the discretion of the Engineer. The Engineer will use the Contractor's split sample for sublots not sampled by the Engineer. (2) Informational Cantabro and Overlay Testing. During the first week of production, randomly select one sublot from Lot 2 or higher for Cantabro and Overlay testing. Obtain and provide the Engineer with approximately 150 lb. (70 kg) of mixture in sealed containers, boxes, or bags labeled with CSJ, mixture type, lot, and sublot number. The Engineer will ship the mixture to the Construction Division for Cantabro and Overlay testing. Results from these tests will not be used for specification compliance. Asphalt Binder Sampling. Obtain a 1 qt. sample of the asphalt binder for each lot of mixture produced. Obtain the sample at approximately the same time the mixture random sample is obtained. Sample from a port located immediately upstream from the mixing drum or pug mill in accordance with Tex -500-C, Part II. Label the can with the corresponding lot and sublot numbers and deliver the sample to the Engineer. The Engineer may also obtain independent samples. If obtaining an independent asphalt binder sample, the Engineer will split a sample of the asphalt binder with the Contractor. The Engineer will test at least one asphalt binder sample per project to verify compliance with Item 300, "Asphalts, Oils, and Emulsions." c. Production Testing. The Contractor and Engineer must perform production tests in accordance with Table 14. The Contractor has the option to verify the Engineer's test results on split samples provided by the Engineer. Determine compliance with operational tolerances listed in Table 11 for all sublots. If the Engineer's laboratory -molded density on any sublot is less than 95.0% or greater than 98.0%, take immediate corrective action to bring the mixture within these tolerances. The Engineer may suspend operations if the Contractor's corrective actions do not produce acceptable results. The Engineer will allow production to resume when the proposed corrective action is likely to yield acceptable results. If the aggregate mineralogy is such that Tex -236-F does not yield reliable results, the Engineer may allow alternate methods for determining the asphalt content and aggregate gradation. Provide evidence that results from Tex -236-F (3) 28-40 3268 12-12 are not reliable before requesting permission to use an alternate method unless otherwise directed. If an alternate test method is allowed, use the applicable test procedure as directed. Table 14 Production and Placement Testing Freauenc Description Test Method Minimum Contractor Testing Frequency Minimum Engineer Testing Frequency' Individual % retained for #8 sieve and larger Tex 200 F or Tex 236 F 1 per sublot 1 per 12 sublots Individual % retained for sieves smaller than #8 and larger than #200 % passing the #200 sieve Laboratory -molded density Tex -207-F N/A 1 per sublot Laboratory -molded bulk specific gravity In-place air voids VMA Tex -204-F Segregation (density profile)' Tex -207-F, Part V 1 per sublot 1 per project Longitudinal joint density Tex -207-F, Part VII Moisture content Tex -212-F, Part II When directed Theoretical maximum specific (Rice) gravity Tex -227-F N/A 1 per sublot Asphalt content Tex -236-F 1 per sublot 1 per lot Hamburg Wheel test Tex -242-F N/A 1 per project Recycled Asphalt Shingles (RAS)2 Tex -217-F, Part III N/A Thermal profile' Tex -244-F 1 per sublot Asphalt binder sampling and testing Tex -500-C 1 per lot (sample only) Tack coat sampling and testing Tex -500-C, Part III N/A Boil test3 Tex -530-C 1 per lot Cantabro loss4 Tex -245-F 1 per project (sample only) Overlay test4 Tex -248-F 1. For production defined in Section 3268.L4, "Exempt Production," the Engineer will test at the frequency listed in the Department's Guide Schedule of Sampling and Testing and this specification. 2. Testing performed by the Construction Division or designated laboratory. 3. The Engineer may reduce or waive the sampling and testing requirements based on a satisfactory test history. 4. Testing performed by the Construction Division and for informational purposes only. 5. Not required when the Pave -IR system is used for specification compliance. d. Operational Tolerances. Control the production process within the operational tolerances listed in Table 11. When production is suspended, the Engineer will allow production to resume when test results or other information indicates that the next mixture produced will be within the operational tolerances. (1) Gradation. Suspend operation and take corrective action if any aggregate is retained on the maximum sieve size shown in Table 8. A sublot is defined as out of tolerance if either the Engineer's or the Contractor's test results are out of operational tolerance. Unless otherwise directed, suspend production when test results for gradation exceed the operational tolerances for three consecutive sublots on the same sieve or four consecutive sublots on any sieve. The consecutive sublots may be from more than one lot. 29-40 3268 12-12 (2) Asphalt Content. A sublot is defined as out of operational tolerance if either the Engineer's or the Contractor's test results exceed the values listed in Table 11. No production or placement bonus will be paid for any sublot that is out of operational tolerance for asphalt content. Suspend production and shipment of the mixture if the Engineer's or the Contractor's asphalt content deviates from the current JMF by more than 0.5% for any sublot. Voids in Mineral Aggregates (VMA). The Engineer will determine the VMA for every sublot. For sublots when the Engineer does not determine asphalt content, the Engineer will use the asphalt content results from quality control testing performed by the Contractor to determine VMA. Take immediate corrective action if the VMA value for any sublot is less than the minimum VMA requirement for production listed in Table 8. Suspend production and shipment of the mixture if the Engineer's VMA results on two consecutive sublots are below the minimum VMA requirement for production listed in Table 8. No production or placement bonus will be paid for any sublot that does not meet the minimum VMA requirement for production listed in Table 8 based on the Engineer's VMA determination. (3) Suspend production and shipment of the mixture if the Engineer's VMA result is more than 0.5% below the minimum VMA requirement for production listed in Table 8. In addition to suspending production, the Engineer may require removal and replacement or may allow the sublot to be left in place without payment. (4) Hamburg Wheel Test. The Engineer may perform a Hamburg Wheel test at any time during production, including when the boil test indicates a change in quality from the materials submitted for JMF 1. In addition to testing production samples, the Engineer may obtain cores and perform Hamburg Wheel tests on any areas of the roadway where rutting is observed. When the production or core samples fail the Hamburg Wheel test criteria in Table 10, suspend production until further Hamburg Wheel tests meet the specified values. Core samples, if taken, will be obtained from the center of the fmished mat or other areas excluding the vehicle wheel paths. The Engineer may require up to the entire sublot of any mixture failing the Hamburg Wheel test to be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. If the Department's or approved laboratory's Hamburg Wheel test results in a "remove and replace" condition, the Contractor may request that the Department confirm the results by retesting the failing material. The Construction Division will perform the Hamburg Wheel tests and determine the final disposition of the material in question based on the Department's test results. 30-40 3268 12-12 e. Individual Loads of Hot Mix. The Engineer can reject individual truckloads of hot mix. When a load of hot mix is rejected for reasons other than temperature, contamination, or excessive uncoated particles, the Contractor may request that the rejected load be tested. Make this request within 4 hr. of rejection. The Engineer will sample and test the mixture. If test results are within the operational tolerances shown in Table 11, payment will be made for the load. If test results are not within operational tolerances, no payment will be made for the load and the Engineer may require removal. 3. Placement Acceptance. a. Placement Lot. A placement lot consists of four placement sublots. A placement sublot consists of the area placed during a production sublot. (1) Lot 1 Placement. Placement bonuses for Lot 1 will be in accordance with Section 3268.6.B, "Placement Pay Adjustment Factors;" however, no placement penalty will be assessed for any sublot placed in Lot 1 when the in-place air voids are greater than or equal to 2.7% and less than or equal to 9.9%. Remove and replace any sublot with in-place air voids less than 2.7% or greater than 9.9%. (2) Incomplete Placement Lots. An incomplete placement lot consists of the area placed as described in Section 3268.4.I.2.a(1), "Incomplete Production Lots," excluding areas defined in Section 3268.4.I.3.a(4), "Miscellaneous Areas." Placement sampling is required if the random sample plan for production resulted in a sample being obtained from an incomplete production sublot. Shoulders, Ramps, Etc. Shoulders, ramps, intersections, acceleration lanes, deceleration lanes, and turn lanes are subject to in-place air void determination unless designated on the plans as not eligible for in-place air void determination. Intersections may be considered miscellaneous areas when determined by the Engineer. (4) Miscellaneous Areas. Miscellaneous areas include areas that typically involve significant handwork or discontinuous paving operations, such as temporary detours, driveways, mailbox turnouts, crossovers, gores, spot level -up areas, and other similar areas. Temporary detours are subject to in-place air void determination when shown on the plans. Miscellaneous areas also include level -ups and thin overlays when the layer thickness specified on the plans is less than the minimum untrimmed core height eligible for testing shown in Table 12. The specified layer thickness is based on the rate of 110 lb./sq. yd. for each inch of pavement unless another rate is shown on the plans. Miscellaneous areas are not eligible for random placement sampling locations. Compact miscellaneous areas in accordance with Section 3268.4.H, "Compaction." Miscellaneous areas are not subject to in-place air void determination, thermal profiles testing, segregation (density profiles), or longitudinal joint density evaluations. (3) 31-40 3268 12-12 b. Placement Sampling. At the beginning of the project, the Engineer will select random numbers for all placement sublots. The Engineer will provide the Contractor with the placement random numbers immediately after the sublot is completed. Mark the roadway location at the completion of each sublot and record the station number. Determine one random sample location for each placement sublot in accordance with Tex -225-F. If the randomly generated sample location is within 2 ft. of a joint or pavement edge, adjust the location by no more than necessary to achieve a 2 -ft. clearance. Shoulders, ramps, intersections, acceleration lanes, deceleration lanes, and turn lanes are always eligible for selection as a random sample location; however, if a random sample location falls on one of these areas and the area is designated on the plans as not subject to in-place air void determination, cores will not be taken for the sublot and a 1.000 pay factor will be assigned to that sublot. Provide the equipment and means to obtain and trim roadway cores on site. On site is defined as in close proximity to where the cores are taken. Obtain the cores within 1 working day of the time the placement sublot is completed unless otherwise approved. Obtain two 6 -in. diameter cores side-by-side from within 1 ft. of the random location provided for the placement sublot. For Type D and Type F mixtures, 4 -in. diameter cores are allowed. Mark the cores for identification, measure and record the untrimmed core height, and provide the information to the Engineer. The Engineer will witness the coring operation and measurement of the core thickness. Visually inspect each core and verify that the current paving layer is bonded to the underlying layer. If an adequate bond does not exist between the current and underlying layer, take corrective action to ensure that an adequate bond will be achieved during subsequent placement operations. Immediately after obtaining the cores from the roadway, trim the cores in accordance with Tex -207-F if the core heights meet the minimum untrimmed values listed in Table 12. Trim the cores on site in the presence of the Engineer. Use a permanent marker or paint pen to record the lot and sublot numbers on each core as well as the designation as Core A or B. The Engineer may require additional information to be marked on the core and may choose to sign or initial the core. The Engineer will take custody of the cores immediately after they are trimmed and will retain custody of the cores until the Department's testing is completed. Prior to turning the trimmed cores over to the Engineer, the Contractor may elect to wrap the trimmed cores or secure them in a manner that will reduce the risk of possible damage occurring during transport by the Engineer. After testing, the Engineer will return the cores to the Contractor. The Engineer may elect to have the cores transported back to the Department's laboratory at the HMA plant via the Contractor's haul truck or other designated vehicle. In such cases where the cores will be out of the Engineer's possession during transport, the Engineer will use the Construction Division's protocol to provide a secure means and process that protects the integrity of the cores during transport. 32-40 3268 12-12 If the core height before trimming is less than the minimum untrimmed value shown in Table 12, decide whether to include the pair of cores in the air void determination for that sublot. If electing to have the cores included in air void determination, trim the cores as described above before delivering to the Engineer. If electing to not have the cores included in air void determination, deliver untrimmed cores to the Engineer and inform the Engineer of the decision to not have the cores included in air void determination. The placement pay factor for the sublot will be 1.000 if cores will not be included in air void determination. In lieu of the Contractor trimming the cores on site immediately after coring, the Engineer and the Contractor may mutually agree to have the trimming operations performed at an alternate location such as a field laboratory or other similar location. In such cases, the Engineer will take possession of the cores immediately after they are obtained from the roadway and will retain custody of the cores until testing is completed. Either the Department or Contractor representative may perform trimming of the cores. The Engineer will witness all trimming operations in cases where the Contractor representative performs the trimming operation. Immediately after obtaining the cores, dry the core holes and tack the sides and bottom. Fill the hole with the same type of mixture and properly compact the mixture. Repair core holes with other methods when approved. c. Placement Testing. Perform placement tests in accordance with Table 14. After the Engineer returns the cores, the Contractor has the option to test the cores to verify the Engineer's test results for in-place air voids. The allowable differences between the Contractor's and Engineer's test results are listed in Table 11. (1) In -Place Air Voids. The Engineer will measure in-place air voids in accordance with Tex -207-F and Tex -227-F. Before drying to a constant weight, cores may be pre -dried using a Corelok or similar vacuum device to remove excess moisture. The Engineer will average the values obtained for all sublots in the production lot to determine the theoretical maximum specific gravity. The Engineer will use the average air void content for in- place air voids. The Engineer will use the vacuum method to seal the core if required by Tex -207-F. The Engineer will use the test results from the unsealed core to determine the placement pay adjustment factor if the sealed core yields a higher specific gravity than the unsealed core. After determining the in- place air void content, the Engineer will return the cores and provide test results to the Contractor. (2) Segregation (Density Profile). Test for segregation using density profiles in accordance with Tex -207-F, Part V. Density profiles are not required and are not applicable when using the Pave -IR system for specification 33-40 3268 12-12 compliance. Density profiles are not applicable in areas described in Section 3268.4.1.3.a(4), "Miscellaneous Areas." Unless otherwise approved, perform a density profile every time the paver stops for more than 60 seconds, on areas that are identified by either the Contractor or the Engineer as having thermal segregation, and on any visibly segregated areas. If the paver does not stop for more than 60 seconds, and there are no visibly segregated areas or areas that are identified as having thermal segregation, perform a minimum of one profile per sublot. Within 1 working day of the completion of each lot, provide the Engineer with the density profile of every sublot within the lot. Report the results of each density profile in accordance with Section 3268.4.B, "Reporting and Responsibilities." The density profile is considered failing if it exceeds the tolerances in Table 15. No production or placement bonus will be paid for any sublot that contains a failing density profile. When the Pave -IR system is not used for specification compliance, the Engineer will measure the density profile at least once per project. The Engineer's density profile results will be used when available. The Engineer may require the Contractor to remove and replace the area in question if the area fails the density profile and has surface irregularities as defined in Section 3268.4.I.3.c(5), "Irregularities." The sublot in question may receive a production and placement bonus if applicable when the defective material is successfully removed and replaced. Investigate density profile failures and take corrective actions during production and placement to eliminate the segregation. Suspend production if two consecutive density profiles fail unless otherwise approved. Resume production after the Engineer approves changes to production or placement methods. Table 15 Segregation (Density Profile) Acceptance Criteria Mixture Type Maximum Allowable Density Range (Highest to Lowest) Maximum Allowable Density Range (Average to Lowest) Type A & Type B 8.0 pcf 5.0 pcf Type C, Type D & Type F 6.0 pcf 3.0 pcf (3) Longitudinal Joint Density. (a) Informational Tests. While establishing the rolling pattern, perform joint density evaluations, and verify that the joint density is no more than 3.0 pcf below the density taken at or near the center of the mat. Adjust the rolling pattern, if needed, to achieve the desired joint density. Perform additional joint density evaluations at least once per sublot unless otherwise directed. 34-40 3268 12-12 (b) Record Tests. For each sublot, perform a joint density evaluation at each pavement edge that is or will become a longitudinal joint. Joint density evaluations are not applicable in areas described in Section 3268.4.1.3.a(4), "Miscellaneous Areas." Determine the joint density in accordance with Tex -207-F, Part VII. Record the joint density information and submit results on Department forms to the Engineer. The evaluation is considered failing if the joint density is more than 3 0 pcf below the density taken at the core random sample location and the correlated joint density is less than 90.0%. The Engineer will make an independent joint density verification at least once per project and may make independent joint density verifications at the random sample locations. The Engineer's joint density test results will be used when available. Within 1 working day of the completion of each lot, provide the Engineer with the joint density of every sublot within the lot. Report the results of each joint density in accordance with Section 3268.4.B, "Reporting and Responsibilities." Investigate joint density failures and take corrective actions during production and placement to improve the joint density. Suspend production if the evaluations on two consecutive sublots fail unless otherwise approved. Resume production after the Engineer approves changes to production or placement methods. (4) Recovered Asphalt Dynamic Shear Rheometer (DSR). When the Pave -IR system is not used for specification compliance, the Engineer may take production samples or cores from suspect areas of the project to determine recovered asphalt properties. Asphalt binders with an aging ratio greater than 3.5 do not meet the requirements for recovered asphalt properties and may be deemed defective when tested and evaluated by the Construction Division. The aging ratio is the DSR value of the extracted binder divided by the DSR value of the original unaged binder. Obtain DSR values in accordance with AASHTO T 315 at the specified high temperature performance grade of the asphalt. The Engineer may require removal and replacement of the defective material at the Contractor's expense. The asphalt binder will be recovered for testing from production samples or cores in accordance with Tex -211-F. Irregularities. Identify and correct irregularities including but not limited to segregation, rutting, raveling, flushing, fat spots, mat slippage, irregular color, irregular texture, roller marks, tears, gouges, streaks, uncoated aggregate particles, or broken aggregate particles. The Engineer may also identify irregularities, and in such cases, the Engineer will promptly notify the Contractor. If the Engineer determines that the irregularity will adversely affect pavement performance, the Engineer may require the Contractor to remove and replace (at the Contractor's expense) areas of the pavement that contain irregularities and areas where the mixture does not bond to the existing pavement. (5) 35-40 3268 12-12 If irregularities are detected, the Engineer may require the Contractor to immediately suspend operations or may allow the Contractor to continue operations for no more than 1 day while the Contractor is taking appropriate corrective action. 4. Exempt Production. When the anticipated daily production is less than 1,000 tons, the total production for the project is less than 5,000 tons, or when mutually agreed between the Engineer and the Contractor, the Engineer may deem the mixture as exempt production. Production may also be exempt when shown on the plans. For exempt production, the Contractor is relieved of all production and placement sampling and testing requirements, and the production and placement pay factors are 1.000. All other specification requirements apply, and the Engineer will perform acceptance tests for production and placement listed in Table 14 at the frequency listed in the Department's Guide Schedule of Sampling and Testing. For exempt production: • produce, haul, place, and compact the mixture in compliance with the specification and as directed by the Engineer; • control mixture production to yield a laboratory -molded density that is within ± 1.0% of the target laboratory -molded density as tested by the Engineer; • compact the mixture in accordance with Section 3268.4.H, "Compaction"; and • when the Contractor elects not to use the Pave -IR system for specification compliance, the Engineer may perform segregation (density profiles) and thermal profiles in accordance with the specification. 5. Ride Quality. Measure ride quality in accordance with Item 585, "Ride Quality for Pavement Surfaces," unless otherwise shown on the plans. 5. Measurement. Hot mix will be measured by the ton of composite hot mix, which includes asphalt, aggregate, and additives. Measure the weight on scales in accordance with Item 520, "Weighing and Measuring Equipment." 6. Payment. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under Article 3268.5, "Measurement," will be paid for at the unit price bid for "Dense Graded Hot -Mix Asphalt" of the type, surface aggregate classification, and binder specified. These prices are full compensation for surface preparation; materials including tack coat; placement; equipment; labor; tools; and incidentals. Pay adjustments for bonuses and penalties will be applied as determined in this Item; however, a pay adjustment factor of 1.000 will be assigned for all placement sublots for "level ups" only when "level up" is listed as part of the item bid description code. A pay adjustment factor of 1.000 will be assigned to all production and placement sublots when "exempt" is listed as part of the item bid description code. 36-40 3268 12-12 Applicable pay adjustment bonuses will only be paid for sublots when the Contractor supplies the Engineer with the required documentation for production and placement QC/QA, thermal profiles, segregation density profiles, and longitudinal joint density in accordance with Section 3268.4.B, "Reporting and Responsibilities." If the Contractor uses the Pave -IR system for specification compliance, documentation is not required for thermal profiles or segregation density profiles on individual sublots; however, the Pave -IR system automated reports described in Tex -244-F are required. Trial batches will not be paid for unless they are included in pavement work approved by the Department. Pay adjustment for ride quality will be determined in accordance with Item 585, "Ride Quality for Pavement Surfaces." A. Production Pay Adjustment Factors. The production pay adjustment factor is based on the laboratory -molded density using the Engineer's test results. A pay adjustment factor will be determined from Table 16 for each sublot using the deviation from the target laboratory -molded density defined in Table 9. The production pay adjustment factor for completed lots will be the average of the pay adjustment factors for the four sublots sampled within that lot. Table 16 Production Pay Adjustment Factors for Laboratory -Molded Density' Absolute Deviation from Target Laboratory -Molded Density Production Pay Adjustment Factor (Target Laboratory -Molded Density) 0.0 1.050 0.1 1.050 0.2 1.050 0.3 1.044 0.4 1.038 0.5 1.031 0.6 1.025 0.7 1.019 0.8 1.013 0.9 1.006 1.0 1.000 1.1 0.965 1.2 0.930 1.3 0.895 1.4 0.860 1.5 0.825 1.6 0.790 1.7 0.755 1.8 0.720 > 1.8 Remove and replace 1. If the Engineer's laboratory -molded density on any sublot is less than 95.0% or greater than 98.0%, take immediate corrective action to bring the mixture within these tolerances. The Engineer may suspend operations if the Contractor's corrective actions do not produce acceptable results. The Engineer will allow production to resume when the proposed corrective action is likely to yield acceptable results. 1. Payment for Incomplete Production Lots. Production pay adjustments for incomplete lots, described under Section 3268.4.L2.a(1), "Incomplete Production Lots," will be calculated using the average production pay factors from all sublots 37-40 3268 12-12 sampled. A production pay factor of 1.000 will be assigned to any lot when the random sampling plan did not result in collection of any samples. 2. Production Sublots Subject to Removal and Replacement. If after referee testing, the laboratory -molded density for any sublot results in a "remove and replace" condition as listed in Table 16, the Engineer may require removal and replacement, or may allow the sublot to be left in place without payment. The Engineer may also elect to accept the sublot in accordance with Item 5, "Control of the Work," Section 5.3.A, "Acceptance of Defective or Unauthorized Work." Replacement material meeting the requirements of this Item will be paid for in accordance with this Section. B. Placement Pay Adjustment Factors. The placement pay adjustment factor is based on in-place air voids using the Engineer's test results. A pay adjustment factor will be determined from Table 17 for each sublot that requires in-place air void measurement. A placement pay adjustment factor of 1.000 will be assigned to the entire sublot when the random sample location falls in an area designated on the plans as not subject to in- place air void determination. A placement pay adjustment factor of 1.000 will be assigned to quantities placed in areas described in Section 3268.4.I.3.a(4), "Miscellaneous Areas." The placement pay adjustment factor for completed lots will be the average of the placement pay adjustment factors for up to four sublots within that lot. 38-40 3268 12-12 Table 17 Placement Pay Adjustment Factors for In-place Air Voids In-place Air Voids Placement Pay Adjustment Factor In-place Air Voids Placement Pay Adjustment Factor < 2.7 Remove and Replace 6.4 1.042 2.7 0.710 6.5 1.040 2.8 0.740 6.6 1.038 2.9 0.770 6.7 1.036 3.0 0.800 6.8 1.034 3.1 0.830 6.9 1.032 3.2 0.860 7.0 1.030 3.3 0.890 7.1 1.028 3.4 0.920 7.2 1.026 3.5 0.950 7.3 1.024 3.6 0.980 7.4 1.022 3.7 0.998 7.5 1.020 3.8 1.002 7.6 1.018 3.9 1.006 7.7 1.016 4.0 1.010 7.8 1.014 4.1 1.014 7.9 1.012 4.2 1.018 8.0 1.010 4.3 1.022 8.1 1.008 4.4 1.026 8.2 1.006 4.5 1.030 8.3 1.004 4.6 1.034 8.4 1.002 4.7 1.038 8.5 1.000 4.8 1.042 8.6 0.998 4.9 1.046 8.7 0.996 5.0 1.050 8.8 0.994 5.1 1.050 8.9 0.992 5.2 1.050 9.0 0.990 5.3 1.050 9.1 0.960 5.4 1.050 9.2 0.930 5.5 1.050 9.3 0.900 5.6 1.050 9.4 0.870 5.7 1.050 9.5 0.840 5.8 1.050 9.6 0.810 5.9 1.050 9.7 0.780 6.0 1.050 9.8 0.750 6.1 1.048 9.9 0.720 6.2 1.046 > 9.9 Remove and Replace 6.3 1.044 1. Payment for Incomplete Placement Lots. Pay adjustments for incomplete placement lots described under Section 3268.4.I.3.a(2), "Incomplete Placement Lots," will be calculated using the average of the placement pay factors from all sublots sampled and sublots where the random location falls in an area designated on the plans as not eligible for in-place air void determination. A placement pay adjustment factor of 1.000 will be assigned to any lot when the random sampling plan did not result in collection of any samples. 2. Placement Sublots Subject to Removal and Replacement. If after referee testing, the placement pay adjustment factor for any sublot results in a "remove and replace" condition as listed in Table 17, the Engineer will choose the location of 39-40 3268 12-12 two cores to be taken within 3 ft. of the original failing core location. The Contractor will obtain the cores in the presence of the Engineer. The Engineer will take immediate possession of the untrimmed cores and submit the untrimmed cores to the Construction Division, where they will be trimmed if necessary and tested for bulk specific gravity within 10 working days of receipt. The average bulk specific gravity of the cores will be divided by the Engineer's average maximum theoretical specific gravity for that lot to determine the new pay adjustment factor of the sublot in question. If the new pay adjustment factor is 0.700 or greater, the new pay adjustment factor will apply to that sublot. If the new pay adjustment factor is less than 0 700, no payment will be made for the sublot. Remove and replace the failing sublot, or the Engineer may allow the sublot to be left in place without payment. The Engineer may also elect to accept the sublot in accordance with Item 5, "Control of the Work," Section 5.3.A "Acceptance of Defective or Unauthorized Work." Replacement material meeting the requirements of this Item will be paid for in accordance with this Section. C. Total Adjusted Pay Calculation. Total adjusted pay (TAP) will be based on the applicable pay adjustment factors for production and placement for each lot. TAP = (A+B)/2 where: A = Bid price x production lot quantity x average pay adjustment factor for the production lot B = Bid price x placement lot quantity x average pay adjustment factor for the placement lot + (bid price x quantity placed in miscellaneous areas x 1.000) Production lot quantity = Quantity actually placed - quantity left in place without payment Placement lot quantity = Quantity actually placed - quantity left in place without payment - quantity placed in miscellaneous areas 40-40 3268 12-12 2004 Specifications SPECIAL SPECIFICATION 8251 Reflectorized Pavement Markings with Retroreflective Requirements 1. Description. Furnish and place reflectorized pavement markings of the types, colors, sizes, widths, and thickness shown on the plans. 2. Materials. A. Type I Marking Materials. Furnish in accordance with Departmental Material Specification DMS -8220, "Hot Applied Thermoplastic." B. Type II Marking Materials. Furnish in accordance with DMS -8200, "Traffic Paint." C. Glass Traffic Beads. Furnish drop on glass beads conforming to DMS -8290, "Glass Traffic Beads." When furnishing a combination of Type II and III, apply separately in equal portions (by weight) and apply Type III first. 1. Type I Markings. Furnish drop on glass beads that are: • Type II or a combination of Type II and III, when applying markings at a thickness of 0.060 in. (60 mils); • Type II, Type III, or a combination of Type II and III, when applying markings at thicknesses greater than 0.060 in. (60 mils); • Type II on transverse markings such as stop bars, cross walks, or striping installed with hand line machines. 2. Type II Markings. Furnish drop on glass beads that are Type II, Type III, or a combination of Type II and III, when applying Type II markings as final markings. D. Labeling. Use clearly marked containers that indicate color, mass, material type, manufacturer, and batch number. 3. Equipment. A. General Requirements. Use pavement marking application equipment that: • is maintained in satisfactory condition; • meets or exceeds the requirements of the National Board of Fire Underwriters and Texas Railroad Commission for this application; • uses an automatic bead dispenser attached to the pavement marking equipment; • can provide continuous mixing and agitation of the pavement marking material; and 1-7 8251 03-09 • includes a hand-held thermometer capable of measuring the temperature of the marking material when applying Type I material. Use a mobile retroreflectometer approved by the Construction Division and certified by the Texas Transportation Institute Mobile Retroreflectometer Certification Program. Use a portable retroreflectometer that: • uses 30 -meter geometry and meets the requirements described in ASTM E 1710; • has either an internal global positioning system (GPS) or the ability to be linked with an external GPS with a minimum accuracy rating of 16.4 ft. in accordance with the circular error probability (CEP) method (CEP is the radius of the circle with its origin at a known position that encompasses 50% of the readings returned from the GPS instrument); • can record and print the GPS location and retroreflectivity reading for each location where readings are taken. B. Material Placement Requirements. Use equipment that can place: • a minimum of 40,000 ft. of 4 -in. solid or broken markings per day at the specified thickness over five consecutive days; • linear markings up to 8 in. wide in a single pass; • markings other than solid or broken lines at an approved rate; • a center -line and no -passing barrier -line configuration consisting of one broken line with two solid lines at the same time to the alignment, spacing, and thickness shown on the plans; • white lines from both sides; • lines with clean edges, uniform cross-section and thickness, and reasonably square ends; • skip lines between 10 and 10 1/2 ft., an approximate stripe -to -gap ratio of one to three, and a stripe -gap cycle between 39 1/2 ft. and 40 1/2 ft.; • beads uniformly and almost instantly upon the marking as the marking is being applied; and • beads uniformly during the application of two adjacent lines. Each line must have an equivalent bead yield rate and embedment; • Type II and Type III beads from separate bead applicators, when applying a combination of Type II and Type III beads. 4. Construction. Place markings before opening to traffic unless short-term or work zone markings are allowed. A. General. Obtain approval for the sequence of work and estimated daily production. Place markings on roadways already open to traffic with minimum interference to the operations of that roadway. Use traffic control as shown on the plans or as approved. 2-7 8251 03-09 Protect all markings placed under open -traffic conditions from traffic damage and disfigurement. Establish guides to mark the lateral location of pavement markings as shown on the plans or as directed and have guide locations verified. Use material for guides that will not leave a permanent mark on the roadway. Provide markings with uniform and distinctive characteristics when observed in accordance with Tex -828-B. When minimum retroreflectivity requirements are specified, these values will be used to measure retroreflectivity performance Apply markings on pavement that is completely dry and passes the following tests: 1. Type I Markings Application. Place a sample of Type I marking material on a piece of tarpaper placed on the pavement. Allow the material to cool to ambient temperature and then observe the underside of the tarpaper in contact with the pavement. Pavement is dry if there is no condensation on the tarpaper. 2. Type II Markings Application. Place a 1 sq. ft., clear piece of plastic on the pavement and weigh down the edges. The pavement is dry if, after observation for 15 minutes, no condensation occurs on the underside of the plastic. Apply markings: • using dimensions, colors and at locations shown in the plans; • in proper alignment with the guides without deviating from the alignment more than 1 in. per 200 ft. of roadway or more than 2 in. maximum; • free of blisters and with no more than 5%, by area, holes or voids; • with uniform cross section and thickness; • with clean and reasonably square ends; • that are reflectorized when observed in accordance with Tex -828-B for the entire performance period of 15 days and meet the minimum retroreflective requirements as specified in Section 4.D of this Special Specification; and • using personnel skilled and experienced with installation of pavement markings. Remove all applied markings that are not in alignment or sequence as stated in the plans or as stated in the specifications at your own expense in accordance with Item 677. B. Surface Preparation. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, prepare surfaces in accordance with this section. 1. Cleaning for New Asphalt Surfaces and Retracing of All Surfaces. For new asphalt surfaces (less than 3 years old) and retracing of all surfaces, air -blast or broom the pavement surface to remove loose material, unless otherwise shown on the plans. A sealer for Type I markings is not required unless otherwise shown on the plans. 2. Cleaning for Old Asphalt and Concrete Surfaces (Excludes Retracing). For old asphalt surfaces (more than 3 years old) and all concrete surfaces, clean in 3-7 8251 03-09 accordance with Item 678, "Pavement Surface Preparation for Markings," to remove curing membrane, dirt, grease, loose and flaking existing construction markings, and other forms of contamination. 3. Sealer for Type I Markings. For asphalt surfaces more than 3 years old or for concrete, apply a pavement sealer before placing Type I markings on locations that do not have existing markings, unless otherwise approved. The pavement sealer may be either a Type II marking or an acrylic or epoxy sealer unless otherwise shown on the plans. Follow the manufacturer's directions for application of acrylic or epoxy sealers. When the sealer becomes dirty after placement, clean by washing or in accordance with Section 4.B.1, "Cleaning for New Asphalt Surfaces and Retracing of All Surfaces." Place the sealer in the same configuration and color (unless clear) as the Type I markings unless otherwise shown on the plans. C. Application. Apply markings on surfaces with a minimum surface temperature of 50°F, when measured in accordance with Tex -829-B. Apply markings during good weather unless otherwise directed. If markings are placed at Contractor option when inclement weather is impending and the markings are damaged by subsequent precipitation, the Contractor is responsible for all costs associated with replacing the markings if required. 1. Type I Markings. Apply within the temperature limits recommended by the material manufacturer. Note: if during a spray application, operations cease for 5 min. or longer, flush the spray head by spraying marking material into a pan or similar container until the material being applied is at the proper temperature for application. Apply on clean, dry pavements (meeting moisture test described above). Apply Type I markings with a minimum thickness of: • 0.100 in. (100 mils) for new surface treatments involving Item 316 or Item 318; • 0.060 in. (60 mils) for retraced pavement markings; or • 0.090 in. (90 mils) for all other Type I markings. The maximum thickness for Type I markings is 0.180 in. (180 mils). Measure the thickness of markings in accordance with Tex -854-B, Part I 2. Type II Markings. Apply markings at an application rate of 15-20 gal./mi. for a solid 4 in. line and same rate adjusted proportionally for other widths D. Retroreflective Requirements. Meet the following minimum retroreflectivity values for edge line markings, center-line/no passing barrier -line, and lane lines when measured anytime after 3 days but not later than 10 days after application: 1. Type I Markings. • White markings: 250 millicandelas per square meter per lux (mcd/m2lx) 4-7 8251 03-09 • Yellow markings: 175 mcd/m2lx 2. Type II Markings. • White markings: 175 mcd/m2lx • Yellow markings: 100 mcd/m2lx E. Retroreflectivity Measurements. Use a mobile retroreflectometer unless otherwise shown on the plans. 1. Mobile Reflectometer Measurements. Provide mobile measurements averages for every 0.1 miles unless otherwise specified or approved by the Engineer. Take measurements on each section of roadway for each series of markings (i.e. edge - line, center skip line, each line of a double line, etc.) and for each direction of travel. Take all measurements in the direction of traffic flow, except on broken centerline on two-way roadways, take measurements in both directions. Furnish measurements in compliance with Special Specification, "Mobile Retroreflectivity Data Collection for Pavement Markings," unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. The Engineer may require an occasional field comparison check with a portable retroreflectometer meeting the requirements listed above to ensure accuracy. Use all equipment in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and directions. Inform the Engineer at least 24 hours in advance of taking any measurements. If 30% or more of the average measurements fail within a one -mile segment, restripe once at the Contractor's expense with a minimum of 0.060 in. (60 mils) of Type I marking material or 15 to 20 gallons per mile of Type II marking material. Take measurements every 0.1 miles after 3 days but before 10 days of this second application within that mile segment for that series of markings. If 30 % or more of the average measurements fall below the minimum retroreflectivity requirements, restripe using 15 to 20 gallons per mile of Type II marking material at the Contractor's expense. If the markings do not meet minimum retroreflectivity after this application, the Engineer may require removal of all existing markings, a new application as initially specified, and a repeat of the application process until minimum retroreflectivity requirements are met. If the Engineer does not require removal of the markings, restripe using 15 to 20 gallons per mile of Type II marking material at the Contractor's expense until minimum retroreflectivity requirements are met. 2. Portable Reflectometer Measurements. When using a portable reflectometer, take a minimum of three measurements for each 1 mile section of roadway for each series of markings (i.e. edge -line, center skip line, each line of a double line, etc.) and for each direction of travel. Take all measurements in the direction of traffic flow, except on broken centerline on two-way roadways, take measurements in both directions. The spacing between each measurement must be at least 1000 ft. The Engineer may decrease the mileage frequency for measurements if the previous measurements provide satisfactory results. The Engineer may require the original number of measurements if concerns arise. 5-7 8251 03-09 If two or more of the measurements taken on a specific series of markings within each mile segment fall below the minimum retroreflectivity values, take a minimum of five more measurements within that mile segment for that series of marking If two or more of these measurements fail, restripe once at the Contractor's expense with a minimum of 0.060 in. (60 mils) of Type I marking material or 15 to 20 gallons per mile of Type II marking material. Take a minimum of five more measurements after 3 days but before 10 days of this second application within that mile segment for that series of markings. If two or more of these measurements fall below the minimum retroreflectivity requirements, restripe using 15 to 20 gallons per mile of Type II marking material at the Contractor's expense. If the markings do not meet minimum retroreflectivity after this application, the Engineer may require removal of all existing markings, a new application as initially specified, and a repeat of the application process until minimum retroreflectivity requirements are met. If the Engineer does not require removal of the markings, restripe using 15 to 20 gallons per mile of Type II marking material at the Contractor's expense until minimum retroreflectivity requirements are met. 3. Traffic Control. Provide traffic control, as required, when taking retroreflectivity measurements after marking application. On low volume roadways (as defined on the plans), refer to the figure, "Temporary Road Closure" in Part VI of the Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for the minimum traffic control requirements. For all other roadways, the minimum traffic control requirements will be as shown on the standard plans TCP (3-1) and TCP (3-2). The lead vehicle will not be required on divided highways. The traffic control plan and traffic control devices must meet the requirements listed in Item 502. Time restrictions that apply during striping application will also apply during the retroreflectivity inspections except when using the mobile retroreflectometer unless otherwise shown on the plans or approved. F. Performance Period. All markings (and replacement markings) must meet all requirements of this Specification, except for Section D., "Retroreflective Requirements," for a minimum of 15 calendar days after installation. Remove all pavement markings that fail to meet all requirements of this Specification and replace at the Contractor's expense unless otherwise directed. Replace all failing markings within 30 days of notification. 5. Measurement. This Item will be measured by the foot. Double stripes will be measured separately. This is a plans quantity measurement Item. The quantity to be paid is the quantity shown in the proposal unless modified by Article 9.2, "Plans Quantity Measurement." Additional measurements or calculations will be made if adjustments of quantities are required. Acrylic sealer, epoxy sealer, or Type II markings, when used as a sealer for Type I markings, will be measured as Pavement Sealer. 6. Payment. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under "Measurement" will be paid for at the unit price bid for 6-7 8251 03-09 "Reflectorized Pavement Markings with Retroreflective Requirements" of the types, colors, sizes, widths, and thickness (Type I markings only) specified or "Pavement Sealer" of the size specified. This price will be full compensation for furnishing all materials; application of pavement markings; retroreflective readings; traffic control; and other equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals. Surface Preparation, when shown on the plans, will be paid for under Item 678. Final work -zone pavement markings (Type II), which can be used as a sealer for Type I markings, will be paid for under this Item. When replacement Type II markings are required due to damage to the original markings from rain, sleet, hail, etc., and the original markings were placed at the direction of the Department, the plan quantity requirements under "Measurement" do not apply to the original and replacement markings. The Contractor will be paid for the actual quantity of original and replacement markings at the unit bid price bid for that bid item. 7-7 8251 03-09 Son Potricio County NUECES BAY cw,ny %Iii/ �D BASE BID PART 1 ?I us (WE7i��;� GRAPHIC MAP SCALE 5000 0 5000 10000 MOO CALL BEFORE YOU DIG! * TTovoeF 811 inaz ...muss ;mousse NONDS NOrla BEFORE YOU 010 DRILL OR MAST - STOP AA10 CALL 811 THE LONE STAR NOTIFICAT ON COMPANY AT 1-800-669-8344 CITYWIDE STREET PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE PROGRAM (SPMP) YEAR 3 INDEFINITE DELIVERY INDEFINITE QUANTITY (1010) SEAL COATS CORPUS CHRISTI BAY SHEET INDEX Numberweer new 01 ITTLE SHEET 02 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION NOTED 03 LEGEND AND ABEIRED4TIONS 04 PRP x E5 (1 OF 2) 5(2 OF 2) 05 CuRS. COTTO1 ADO SIDEWALK 2 STAN A4 R NLS (1 00 II OS STANDARD 4401 DETALS (2 of a) as STANDARD 13431EWA3 DETAILS or s) OETNLs 0 00 51 II 1114sTeDATER AND STORMWATER DAN.. RING a GONER ADJUST/4W OETAIIS 12 wAas ( 03 WASTEWATER DeALS (2 OF 5) wASTEWATER DETAILS (s or s) WASTEWATER DETALS (4 OF s) IRwASTEwATER AAIB (5 OF 5) 3000 (I Or 1 TS ET0LS (4 or B) 19 00AIo or s) 20 WATER 10 (a15 (01 n WATER OETAILD (2 OF 41 22 111ATER DETAILS (o a 41 23 WATER DETAILS (4Dfo 24 CuR8 RAN 15 (1 OF 41 225. c LS (2 or 01 CURD RAMP AILS(0of4) DETAILS08 GENERAL RAvENIElir SECTION • SPEED PIMP DETAK (40F4) 9 BARRICADE AND Nx µERrs (0C(1)-14) 0 BARR.. AND 02001000704 00000011 UNIT 01500.5045(13c(2)_1.) 31 BARRICADE x w040 zoNE SPEDOOS (00(0)-14) 32 13ARR.4E CONS1333c1300 TEDPORAR4GN ND100 (13G(41_14) SB DARR. . AND 000 supPORT (x(51 -i.) - DAR(glR.)AND CONSTWCnox PDRTABLE CHANGEABLE •0sADE sox (PCNs) STANDARD ss A 003 4 3x005 (Bc(00 40000 PANEL, REFLECTORS. WARNING LIGHTS 30 BARRICADE AND 0000 31(00100 cHANNE132410 OEIDCES sTANDARD (9013)-141 37 BARRICADE AND 004 . mSTANDARD (13091-14) 38 BARRICADE AND CONSTRoc000 c DAM (54(00)_14( 39 BARRICADE AND coNsTRunON RAVENENT MARD1NO STANDARD (3Cn1)-I4( 40 RARRIcADE ANO CONSTRUCTION Exr 0IRNIN0 PATTERNS id0DAR0 (00(12)-14) 41 TCP STANDARDS(TCA(2-2)-14) 42 TCP 00 (041(2-3) 45 TED stANDARDS (101(2-4)-14) N04 (02(070x) • xw NENLAL PEON . 009201MW10 (EMC) . 1300 GL Or 2) Al BIODEGRADABLE ER0040 cow.. LOGS CR1_5004 (2 OF 21 THIS PROJECT COVERS THE ENTIRE CITY LIMITS OF CORPUS CHRISTI AND IS DIVIDED INTO THREE AREAS -- BASE BID PART 1 (WEST), BASE BID PART2 (CENTRAL) AND BASE BID PART 3 (EAST). THE THREE AREAS ARE DEPICTED IN THE VICINITY MAP ABOVE. THIS IS AN 10(19 PROJECT WITH DELIVERY ORDERS ISSUED THROUGHOUT THE LIFE OF THE PROJECT. PLANS FOR CITYWIDE STREET PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE PROGRAM (SPMP) YEAR 3 INDEFINITE DELIVERY INDEFINITE QUANTITY (IDIQ) SEAL COATS CITY PROJECT No. E15140 PREPARED BY Coym, Rehmef (IGofierrez Engineering , L. P. MPS Firm Reg No. F396 5655 Soull1543Mes, SOD 290 Corpus Chid, Texas 79411 Phone Tri la= 0.9931569 emal: W®n m RELEASED FO 0„ i4,CONSTRUCTION: Director el gineering Services C-222 CRGE PROJECT No: 20910c A SHEET 01 of 47 RECORD OP IMS NO STR 929 Cm mat 1E15140 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION NOTES: PROGRAM "(PMP)'ART OP TIE CROVIDE STREET PREVENTATNE YFAR UwnroO) IIAPIPAENTADON OF THE CITTNIDE SWAP CONS.NG OF HOT -MIX MPH. ONO YEAR 3 ATTER, COLLECTOR AND LOCAL (TEs ETDAU > SEAL MATS CONSTRUCTOR CONTRACT THAT PROVIDES P3R THE MENLO'S AND SEAL COATS FDR SELECTED YEAR 2TMLiLMTBOCLL5_EOR 1. COATS 01111 THREE (3) DELIVERY ORDERS WILL BE ISSUED FOR FAb1 DEMGNATD AREA FOR A TOT. OF NINE (9). THREE BASE ED SCHEDULES UNDER THIS SINGLE INNTMON ME ED IN MS SI,ERE ED TAITATON FOR THREE EMIGRATED ME. OS = (WEST) 2 (COR FOU) • NOSE ED PUT 3 (BEM TIE env WILL MOM ONE CONSTRUCTER CONTRACT PO TE LOWEST ACH AREA IT IS THE INTER OF TE CITY TO HAVE SEAL COAT WORK IN E ROC., co.n.nny CONCURRENTLY, IN ALL THREE ME. OF TIE env. UP TO TREE GENERAL CONTRACTORS MAT BE INVOLVED, WORKING CONCURRENTLY. THROUGHOUT THE DM FOR THIS CIMEIDE SEAL COAT PROJECT. THE FOLLOWING BENCHMARKS PRONDE HORMONTN_ AND VERTICAL CONTROL FOR TME PROJECT: PROJECT BECHMARK cn OF CORPUS CHR. MONUMENT SP -100. BROWNSVI. RD. AND WEST PONT RD.. ON TIE RORER/EST SEE OF THE NCRTHINW 1716.97.. .TNG: 1117866. .VATION: 37.29 PROJECT LOCATED NEAR THE SOUTI CORNER OF THE RAY HIGH SCHOOL PARKING ADVCENT TO SOUTI STAKES ST.. BETV. B.. ST. AND KOSPORM RD. NORDIN. 1715.1, .VATION: 31.36 PROJECT BENCHMARK B cnv OF CORPUS CHR. MONUMENT SP -080. LOCATED APPROXIMATELY 25' NORTHWEST OF THE NORTHEAST CORNER of STAKINGTHE UKEVEN PARK PARKING . ADIACENT TO HOLLY RD. NOTTHINI 17119.3.36 EASTEW 1157001. ELEVATOR: 15.16 ALL HORIZONTAL INFORMATION SHOWN B NAO. 83 DATUM, EMS SOUTH ZONE, PS ORSERM BY GPS. ALL VERTICAL INFORMATON SHOWN B IN NAV.D. 88 CARJR, U.S. SURVEY FELT. ALL CONSTRUCTOR SHALLBE PRONE° BY THE CONTRACTOR AT THE COMPACT., DPENSE CONTRMTOR SHALL FAMIUIPME HNSELF WITI THE SITE AND ILL non OF WORK UCH OF UNDERSTANDING OF WORK REQUIREMENTS OR COMPUMETY SHALL NOT BE CAUSE FOR MOTO.. COMPENSATOR. THE CONSTRUCTOR ACINTTES PRESENTED ON SHEETS • 5 ARE FOR FOR MED IN THE THREE msE ED os (REST BASE ED PPM I. ARE CENTRAL BASE BID PART 2. AND EMT BASE ). INDANDUAL DEUVERY URGERS ELL BE BSUED WTI SPECIFIC DUMMIES OF WORK FOR EACH STREET WTI THE SUCCESSFUL CONIRACTOR'S UNR BID PRICES TO DETERMINE OVERN.1 COST AND THESE QUANTITES SHALL BE FIELD VERIFIED AND APPROVED FOR PAYMENT. ANY INCIDENTAL WORK HOT SPECIFICALLY USTED IN THE BID SCHEDU. WILL BE MNSIDERED SUBSOLNIT TO THOSE MIS OF WORK TO WHICH R REUTES IIM_LIS VC. BE MAINTANED FREE AND UNOBSTRUCTED AT NJ. TEES DCEPT WHERE NOTED MERE REQUIRED. FURNISH MO INSTALL BARRICADES AND OTHER PROT.. ENC.URES TO SEPARATE AND PROT.O/ NE:IRUCTDM � DN TUFT. FROM MOS MD OTHER ROUTESGEMOUTO CONTRACTOR TO PROTECT NJ. ADJACENT STRUCTURES AND MUTES. INCLUDING ALONG ACCESS BOST. OR NEN GROUNDS MO WOOER ARES. DAMAGE TO THE MDE/SEFACILITES CAUSED BY CONSTRUCTOR TRAFFIC MR CONSTRUCTOR PER SHALL BE REPAIREO OR REPLACED BY THE COMPACT., TO MATCH S MED COND.. AT NO MOTION. NST THE OWNER. EOETE)D/NEW UNDAMAGED CONDUCTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR LOCATNG ALL .LITIM MO SHALL BE FULLY RIMPONSBLE FOR MN 0110 ALL DAMAGE TO TIE Cl.NO PUBUC CONSTRUCTOR, �u 0x4 STORM OR PRWATE MUT( UN., x AND ELECTRIC DURING HOT. ALL DAMAGES .ALL BE REPNRED AT NO COST TO THE OWNER. CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS IN THE v,enr., OF OVERHEAD IC LEM. CONTRACTOR SHALL ABIDE BY RATON. ELECTRIC COOE ELECTGAAD/OR AT. RFOMREMmrs OP THE OWNER OF THE ELERRIC UNE CONTFECTCR SHALL WORM A VOUO G. TEST REFERENCE HUMOR FOR THE ETRE WORKING AREA. FOR THE CORM. OP THE PROJECT. THE TOLL FREE NUMBER IS TEXAS 811 MAO LONE STIR 1-800-659-83M NOTE THAT STATE AND FEDERAL LAW REWIRE EACH UNDERGROUND nun !WONDER TO BE HOMED. AND TH. MARK THOR UNDERGROUND nn.s, PRIOR TO ANY CONTRACTOR own IN mn•nv OF DIOSE HOWELL, 48 TO 96 HOURS ADVANCE NOTICE IS REQUIRED THE COMFMRCR SHML REFERENCE BUT SHALL NOT RELY MEM UPON UNDERGROUND UTUTY MAPS OR ENGINEERED DRAWN. DEPICTNG THE MG SITE THE CONTRACTOR SHAM. BE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FDR THE SAFETY OF WS .FETY REGULATORS. TRENDING OPERATORS SHALL COMPLY WTI WORKER SAFETY REQUIRBAENTS FOR DOWATION MO TRENCHING OPERATORS. WORKER SAFETY IN EXCAVATIONS AND TRENCHES SHALL BE PROWDED BY THE CONTRMTOR (CORDANCE WTI OCCUPATON. SAFETY OND HEALTH ADENISTRATION DOHA)WANDARDS 29 CFR PORT 18E6 SUBPART P-EXCAVATTONS. R IS THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF CHRIST OR CONSULT!. ENGNEER CONTRACTOR. IPE AND MONITOR SPECIFIC APPU.EU Y OF THE SAFE. SYSTEM(S).°ETEMG THE CONIRMTOR SHALL INDEANIFY AND HOLD HARIALE. THE CM OF CORPUS CHRISTI MO CONSULTING ENGIN. FROM ANY AND ALL DAWES AND COSTS THAT MAY RESULT FROM FELURE OF METHODS OR EQUIPMENT USED BY THE CONTRACTOR TO PROVAE FOR WORKER SAFETY. DURING CONSTRUCTOR. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN A SAFE DISTANCE AWAY FROM DIMING UNES TO KEEP TIE DIMING LINES FROM THE CONTRACTOR SHILL SUM. A SCHED. FOR EACH D.. ORDER USING CRTCAL PATH METHOD NTH ACT.. SHOWN FOR EACH STREET AND NEW .TURES OF WORN FOR APPROVAL THE CONTFMCTOR MAY DEVELOP AND PERFORM THE .21, AT THE VARIOUS snn IN WHATEVER SEOUENCE FRS ns METHOD OF OPERATOR. HOWEVER. ALL sun SHNJ. BE MONTTCRED CR A DAILY BASIS PO INSURE THAT ILL TUFT. CONTROL MEASURES ARE KEPT RI GOOD COCOON. THE cnY WILL PROVIGE 'VCR HANGERS" FOR THE CONTRACTOR TO USE IN NOTIFYING PROPERTY OWNERS C£ THE UPCOMING .RN ON THBR STRELT. THE cowmen, WILL PROVIDE TWO NOTICES "DOOR HANGERS' TO EACH RESDENT AND BUSINESS LOCATED ON THE STREETS AS DIRECTED BY THE cnY DURING THE WORK SPECIFICATION TEAS 300. BALLOONS TRAP ANDTDExm13P OR APPROVED k(B2SALT) GRAP. COURSE AGGREGATE WTI TIE FOLLOWING RLTADIED GRADATON AND OTER SIRE 55 - S SO 3,F SIBSStt 0 SIEVE E-ANMSON 15X MAX STMEARD SPECIFICATION no, 3276 FOR OVERLAYS USING TYPE HUM TYITE D. CLASS A SPIDER PG60-2. USE 6S -1H FOR TACK COAT. CLEW!. AND SCRAPING OF GRASS AND DEBRIS FROM THE STREET SURFACE NOLL BE SUMMARY TO SEAL COAT MO OVERLAY ACTMES ELL NOT BE MC FOR SEAPRAM.Y. DIRECTED BY TIE PIONEER. TIE DRADE LIMESTONE UMS 9. STANDARD PROCTOR onsny BPRIOR TO PUCEMENT OF GEOGR. (DOTIA TOO)AT OR SULKILY ABOVE OPTIMUM MOSITURE CONTENT TO THE DEFTHINDICATED BY THE ENGINEER. FLDIBLE BASE .ALL BE TYPE A GRADE IN CRUSHED LIMESTONE, IN ,PECIFICATCW REM MM. .XI. LESS THAN 98X ROMEO PROCTOR STEM HALL EisST OR COMPACTED m) WM. PWS THREE PERCENT (0 To +SE) OP OFTMUM EDMORE COMFIT. PRIME COAT APPLED TO UMESTONE BOSE SHALL BE MC -30 MEDIUM -CURING CUTBACK ASPHALT OR 0E-1, ISPII.CT EMULSION PRIME MD SHALL BE APPUED AT A RATE OF NOT LESS THAN 0.16 GALLON PER SHALL BE SS -1H sLow-snme EMULSIFIED SQUARE YARD. TACK COAT N ASPWV_T AND SHALL BE APPUED AT A RATE OF 0.06 TO 0.15 GNI. N. SPARE TARO. CARE SHALL BE TAX. TO PROTECT CURB At GUMMI ODER CONCRETE SURFACES FROM ASPHALT SPLATTER MENG PRIMING AND SEALING OPERATORS. 10 -FT. STRAIGHT MOE PRIOR TO MAPLETON. CURB k GUTTER/DRIVE:a SID... RILL BE PrED AS Mr BE r, OF mRwsECH sB nMaRD DETAILS SZ ON THE DRAMNGS ADA CURB RAMPS WM BE PRONDED AS MAY BE Tr2, lig.;111 CRACK SEAUNG WHERE DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER ELL BE PREMED IN ACCORDANCE WWI TXDOT REM 300. TABLE 18 AND REM 712. BE INSTALLED TO REPLACE THOSE COVERED BY 11.1rITTIV WORrASSHVOWN ON THE DRAVANGS FOR EMI ORACULAR SITUATION. AND IN ACCORDANCE Wall INDOT nu. 662, 666..6. 672 OR PEPUCEMENT ME/OR IDE TRAFEC 5090 (SWAY BE REWIRED AS MRF_CIED BY THE TOP, ) SPEED, WARNING SDE) SUBMIT. AND RILL BE PAD UH1ER THE ALLOWANCE BID REM. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE MO INSTALL TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL LENGES IN CONFORMANCE WITH THE IE. IAMBIC OF UNBORN TRAFFIC CONT. DEVICES, LATEST MITCH. MO OS SHOWN ON THE GRAWINGS. DUNNE THE ETRE CONSTRUCTOR PERIOD THE COIRRACTOR SHALL HAMM CONSTRUCTOR WARNING EONS AT EDI END OF THE PROJECT TO MAN MOTORING AND PEDESTREN TRAFFIC THAT CONSTRUCTOR IS RI PROGRESS MO OF POSSIBLE HVARODUS CONDITIONS GENERATED BY THE CONSTRUCEON. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE FULLY RESPONSE. FOR WENTAINING A SAFE PROJECT 21 HOURS A DAY. THE COMAACTOR SHALL ERi R APPROVAL THE STOMMATER mann PRESENT. IAO ( IN ACCORDANCE WM TCEO AND IINNTERANCE AND REMOVAL OF ILL REQUIRED EVPPP MATERLALS AND BEST INCLUDING THE mxsTRuEW MY DOLO.L RBAILATENS. ME CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR SETIP. EEODALMEALS). ALL DISTURBED AREAS E _- __ _ SUMPADE (DRIVEWAYS) - --DENSTEs - SUBGR.M NOEWAUE( FLPIBLE DASD - --ATAWBURG inns - (STTRRRD) - BASE (Curt) - --MIrsTEs of COMPACTED BASE (CEG) wLT (550/ pp, ono Tow, oAy - DENSRY STABLRY PER 600 TONS OR CM - --THEORETCAL DENSTY N((DDEEy METHOD) 500 TEES OR DA _ DURIPUCE (CORE( Pm 1.000 M SMELGORR CONTINUOUS IS T - RACE (CORE)PER L030 LF STREET - THECREACSL COMFY - IN RACE (CORE) PER 1.000 LF STREET PM PER GGET O IF RUTE/UFT PER 2 >5 PM SADO SF PER 1000 °0°IMO CY ER PER ER 3 CY PER DATEMLL SOURCE PER IOTER4LL SOURCE PER MATER. SOURCE PER 200 LF MTE/UR PER AM LF CAM - -- (UNCONFINED RESSION. T. T.. s 2B DAY) CURE t MTV/CURB PER SCO LF COG/CURB O CPER URB 1000 500 sF THE env ALL FURNISH PROJECT SIGNS ASO THE CONTRACTOR WLL KALE IMO RELOCATE THE SCRS AND °BP. THEM AT THE JOB SITES AS THE WORK PROGRESSES. THIS nn• . SUMMARY TO THE TRAFFIC CONTROL WORK CONTRACTOR SHALL RECORD STATOR, OFTSET AND DEPTH OF ALI_ DIMING UNDERGROUND MUTES DPOSED MANG CONSTRUCTOR OF THIS PROJECT. CONTRACTOR SHALL OEUVER TO THE ENGINEER DOCUMENTATION OF THIS DATA ALONG WM ALL OTHER AS -BUILT FT. CHANGES ON THE SET OF AS-DIALT RECORD DRAWINGS AT THE COMP.ON Of MIS PROJECT. TIE ENGINEER OR ENGINEER'S Rm SOLELY FDR THE PURPOSE OF PROW°. SURVEY CONTROL FOR CONSTRUCTOR. GENERN. OBSERVATON Of THE CONIRACTOR'S COMPLIANCE WTI THE DESIGN. PROGRESS RENEW AND DESIGN PROBLEM RESOLUTION. THE ENGINEER SHALL NOT SUNEMSE THE CONSTRUCTOR OR BE RESPONSIBLE FOR SAFETY PRECAUDONS OR COMPUANCE THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE .PORSELE FOR MITERING ALL NECESSARY FEES TO COMEPILETE�E ROrosm CONSTRUCCTIO NO SEPMMAATTEEDPAM.VALI_ BE NAGE FOR SUCH PERMITS. 0-222 CRGE PROJECT No: 20910e 1 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION NOTES sr)rrr 02 of 47 REMO MEM NA STR 929 an RRDEC21E15140 LEGEND & ABBREVIATIONS: Roe USED ON INDIVIDUAL DELIVERY ORDERS): } [w MANHOLE• WWIEWATER MANHOLE• WATER VALVE MIBREVIATIOX 5: ALP ASBESMS CEMENT PIPE IJIMICON ELECTRIC POWER .MT .REENENF ARV AP RELEASE VALVE SY'S, BY SEFINDE INSTRUMENT grST'IRTOr'N PIPE ISORRUCAS METAL PIPE CO CLEANCUT DH ma. BR graYDFIRZIA' • ELM CURVE DATA: Brt`fIrL ZS EOC EDGE OF CONCRETE EOP EDGE OF PAVEMENT EOR EDGE OF ROOD ESIAT EASEMENT ESP EXTRA STRENGTH PPE FF: FISEr.Er FIBERXC CABLE \GRADE BREAK CAS VAL4E 140 , zg CUT NORIA SECTOR INDEA110 (BY MEER) LT LEFT CRGE PROJECT No: TBIA TEMPORARY BENCHMARK TRW TOP OF BANK TC MP OF CURB FE TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTOR ESMT To HONIELEP E DUCT Ekrr EP IELEPHONE PEDESTAL TRAFFIC SIGNAL BOX .1 MP OF PPE 'CIE WIFE. =MC TSL TRAFFIC SIGNAL LICHT TRAFFIC SIGNAL MAST CRIS OVERHEAD SECONDARY PBM PROJET BENCHMARK TRAFFIC SIGN g IMNEI OF CURVE TUM TIME UNDERGROUND MARKER rep TyRmAL ST'' S.11°V9rAVElf ME u.n., EASEMENT PVC POLYVINYL CHLORIDE ,,r ump,NGNo,,,,, ME,,,014E FICP MOPE COMSE Pk VZI;r VITRIFIED CLAY PIPE VPI VERT._ POINT INFLECTON WATER VALVE NW MA STEL/STATOMNC \ 'IR WV 'REOCUM'Ea 909 STO STORM TAB SOUTIARESTERN BELL MN STORM WATER MANHOLE ORECTON SECTION CUTS SECTION TITLE DETAIL TITLE SECTION IS SHOWN DETAIL IIMIGNII0N aN. NUMBER) rETT. MOWN 1 LEGEND AND ABBREVIATIONS _ 03 of 47 RECORD CROPS NC S R� 2 CRGE PROJECTz0910c No: ITEM I DESCRIPTION UNIT ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT s #fid 1 \\ N 0.h tf w iw #, L\ 4 S — /�tV ;15:74- 95• -. r 73 rV` pe.A..... g Yb y r, t\,si�••MO ••• ••• #* \`yj�` Part A General Activities (Mob/Demob, Traffic Controls, Markings & Part B Street Improvements Profilograph Services)�,.••"N Bl TX5-475 Triaxial 6eogrid SV Al Mobilization LS 132 Base Repair, Upper 2" Depth (Limestone), excavation/removal, placement, compaction, etc. SV �$¢ A2 Traffic Control and SWPPP, Residential Streets, set-up, maintenance and removal EA 03 Base Repair, Additional 1" Depth (Limestone), excavation/removal, placement, compaction, etc. SV $ 0 A3 Traffic Control and SWPPP, Collector Streets; set-up; maintenance and removal EA Patching/Small Area Surface Restoration 'D' S Yard Inch small t Type 'per quare / equipment hauling, SV IN / placement, removal of existing, placement of new, compaction, curing, etc. A4 Traffic Control and SWPPP, Arterial Streets; set-up, maintenance and removal EA BS Crack Seal with all surface preparation and application LE yp y q ®$- yg � � `a' €€% �gA i i g iliii AS Ozone Days Day Asphalt Material, AC -15P For Seal Coat per Single Course typically applied at a rate ranging from 0.3 no A6 Pavement Marking, Reflectorized Thermoplastic, Type 1, 90 Mill Thickness (W) (8") (Solid)�, LF 136 0.35 Gal/SY, (one to five miles haul distance from an approved site within City limits), all surface preparation, application, curing, rolling/compaction, etc.VII Gal Al Pavement Marking, Reflectorized Thermoplastic, Type 1, 90 Mill Thickness (W) (4") (Solid) Solid LF B7 Emulsion Cationic Grade HERS -2P II lied ene rate ran from 0.35 to 0.40 Gel SV, to ( )typica typically ging / (one five miles haul distance from an approved site within City Limits), per applied rates and requirements Gal AS Pavement Marking, Reflectorized Thermoplastic, Type 1, 90 Mill Thickness (W) (4") (Broken) LF B8 Trap Rock (Basalt) Grade S Type E per specified gradation, decanted and la abrasion, applied at approximately 150 SY/CY, (one to five miles haul distance from approved site within City MSA), haul, Ton Y cap © A9 Pavement Marking, Reflectorized Thermoplastic, Type 1, 90 Mill Thickness (Y) (4") LF rolled, compacted, etc. (Solid) Asphalt Material, AC -15P For Seal Coat Single Course typically lied at a rate ran from 0.35 typed A10 Pavement Marking, Reflectorized Thermoplastic, Type 1, 90 Mill Thickness (Y) (4") (Broken) LF 09 p per g yapp ging to 0.406a1/SY, (aver five miles haul distance from an approved site within City limits), all surfaceGal preparation, application, curing, rolling/compact, etc. YMIII CITY of CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS Deportment of Engineering Services All Raised Pavement Markers )Reflectorized), Type IC, !IAA, or IIC-R, as applicable EA B10 Emulsion Cationic Grade (HERS -2P) typically applied at a rate ranging from 0.35 to 0.40 Gal/SY, (over five miles haul distance from an approved site within City Limits), per applied rates and requirements Gal Speed Humps, Marked with Thermoplastic, Type C, with no Preheating or Asphalt Alt Required, 125 Mill EA Trap Rock (Basalt) Grade 5 Type E per specified gradation, decanted and la abrasion, applied at A13 Pavement Markings (White 24" "Stop Bar" Markings) LF 1311 approximately 150 SY/CY, (over five miles haul distance from approved site within City Limits), haul, rolled, compacted, etc. Ton 012 Proof Rolling complete in place with equipment, operator, etc. Hour A14 Pavement Markings (Crosswalk Markings), (total width of crosswalk) LF 013 Allowance for Unanticipated Street Improvements LS Aly Pavement Markings White"ONLY" LF A16 Pavement Markings White Turn Arrow Markings (Right, Leh, Straight) LF GENERAL NOTFS; 1. REFER TO PROPOSAL FOR PROJECT No. E15140 --BASE BID PART 1 (WEST) PROPOSED CITYWIDE STREET PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE PROGRAM (SPMP) YEAR 3 INDEFINITE DELIVERY INDEFINITE QUANTITY (IDIQ) SEAL COATS 5 PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES (1 OF 2) All Curb Painting (Yellow No -Parking Zone) LF CONSTRUCTION PAY ITEMS & QUANTITIES. Alb Curb Painting (Red Fire Zone) LF 2. REFER TO PROPOSAL FOR PROJECT No. E15140 --BASE BID PART 2 (CENTRAL) PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION PAY ITEMS & QUANTITIES. A19 Computerized Profilograph Services to include street surface evaluations with calibrated vehicle and equipment and approved reports. HR 3. REFER TO PROPOSAL FOR PROJECT No. E15140 --BASE BID PART 3 (EAST) PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION PAY ITEMS & QUANTITIES. 020 Landscape Improvements, including 4" clean top soil, sod, excavation, backfill, compaction, with established growth. SV A21 Door Hangers, complete in place delivered to the business and residences (two each) LS A22 Type 1 Self -Supported Temporary Sediment Control Fence, maintained and removed LF A23 Temporary Erosion Control Log, maintained and removed EA A24 Street Sweeping, per curb mile MILE a A25 Allowance for Unanticipated General Improvements LS C-222 STR 929 opmaw tE15140 ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT Part C - Concrete Activities Cl Removal and Replacement of Multiple Small Segments of Concrete Curb & Gutter, demo, disposal, forms, rebar, concern, compaction, curing, finish, etc. IT C2 Removal and Replacement of 6" Concrete Driveway Approaches, with demo, disposal, forms, rebar, concern, compaction, curing, finish, etc. SF C3 Replacement of Stamped 6" Concrete Driveway Approaches, with demo, disposal, forms, rebar, concrete, curing, compaction, finish, etc. SF C4 Replacement of "Washed" 6" Concrete Driveway Approaches, demo, disposal, forms, rebar, concrete, compaction, curing, finish, etc. SF C5 Temporary Driveway Aces et -up, maintenance and removal EACH C6 Removal of and Replacement of 4" Concrete Sidewalk & Bike Paths, with all demo, hauling, disposal, etc. SF C7 Allowance for Unanticipated Concrete Improvements LS ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT Part D - Minor Utility Adjustments Dl Sanitary Sewer Manhole Reg & Cover Adjustment, Including New Manhole Ring & Cover Assembly with New Height Adjustment Rings, Stainless Steel Inflow Inhibitor and with Concrete Collar, with demo, disposal, forms, rebar, concrete, curing, compaction, finish, etc. EACH D2 Storm Water Manhole Ring &Cover Adjustment, Including New Manhole Ring and Cover Assembly with New Concrete Collar, with demo, disposal, forms, rebar, concrete, curing, compaction, finish, etc. EACH D3 Water Valve Cover Adjustment with Concrete Collar, with demo, disposal, forms, rebar, concrete, compaction, finish, etc. EACH Gas Valve Cover Adjustment, with demo, disposal, fors, rebar, concrete curing, compaction, finish, etc. EACH D5 Replacement of Concrete Collars with High Early Strength Concrete (in addition to unit price), with activity D-1, D-2, D-3 & D-4 above SF D6 Allowance for Unanticipated Wastewater, Water and Stormwater Improvements LS GENERAL NOTES: 1. REFER TO PROPOSAL FOR PROJECT No. E15140 --BASE BID PART 1 (WEST) PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION PAY ITEMS & QUANTITIES. 2. REFER TO PROPOSAL FOR PROJECT No. E15140 --BASE BID PART 2 (CENTRAL) PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION PAY ITEMS & QUANTITIES. 3. REFER TO PROPOSAL FOR PROJECT No. E15140 --BASE BID PART 3 (EAST) PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION PAY ITEMS & QUANTITIES. C-222 CRGE PROJECT No: 20910c • 1 SHEET 05 of 47 RECORD MUM NO. STR 929 err Ammar 1E15140 o NDTRt xD a sx>u D aE un Txar D. CRGE PROJECT No: 20910c TYP. 6^ CURB 8 GUTTER DETAIL NOT SGLE DieWeE °im LD xcc wm ' SNOW i<Lu"Lo ""OLE C="o Ww ASPHALT PAVEMENT e4 . ' TYPE 'S^HEADER CURB DETAIL IS INC TYP. 4^ CURB & GUTTER DETAIL NOT SGLE TYP. 6^ REVERSE CURB 8 GUTTER DETAIL NOT . SCALE TYPE 'A' HEADER CURB DETAIL NOT TO SCALE CAP SEAL DETAIL NEW CONC. TO NEW CONC. T° SCALE PA REAM /e3ROTATE EKPAN Kwana . mm.A„a4 M. CONT. EQUAL IS SPACING. ELIMINATE wrTEa 0- PA SID moon EDGE FAT) 121x":+1 o`E«is s L) PU'BIGCLISHR/w CURB AND GUTTER TIE-IN DETAIL NOT TO SCALE REWAK SLOPE CAP SEAL DETAIL NEW CONC. TO EXIST. CONC. NOT TO SCALE 12 SIDEWALK RETAINING CURB DETAIL PLAN FOR SIDEWALK NOT TO SCALE } T o SHocaws c usn"snr%±Qs nx"s sNE� " Dau nxD Er w EPDxr Omrt fa GIN. ., o.. j..wc. SIDEWALK .Ws SURFACE & SIDEWALK SLOPE BEHIND CURB NOT TO SGLE NEW TO EXISTING SIDEWALKTIE•IN DETAIL N PLAN SECTION A—A 5' VALLEY GUTTER DETAIL NOT SG, CO CIAGI PLAN SIDEWALK DRAIN NOT TO SCALE s/D' IDK.. 1'-2 1/2' WIDE CHECKERED PLATE (N.D.D.) BOLTED To car''om sin1.60"xTaes nen SEC1343 1343 SGLE ynuFE GUTTER NOTE. 1. ALL CONCRE1E CLASS NG 3.000 P.S.I. ALL STEEL CRAG 60 Es '/a- WIDE s. yr DE uW Z.E sE4 EE':'( ?." 4°:Int` sE PxoviOrom a ss -o o5 '°"'DTDLiT Po GUERicws T. o� Eµw R+) a"TNE APCNITECHIRAL.WIERS ACT —,c, nioz. . SIDEWALK NOTES) ss 'E ^iALL GRADE ox cuSOBlWo. CONCRETE TO RECENE BROOM FINISH. 4. T.1.1.GSE CONTRACTION NTS A/TO WIDE BE T/a' DEEP SHALL BE wT aous a eE ecEo ro w.cx iuE( iW o ALP ur T"xE 0E,„.< C-222 L -J SHEET 06 of 47 RELORD OWING NO. STR 929 Oen PML[OT / E15140 CONCRETE PAVEMENT ASPNALYPAVEMENY /Y/77 6"C//RS JW/TNS^C&C DRE.,' WIDTH. (w) PER VC / DCT. SCHEDULE (w/2) (w/2) F r.'...rwDTHw.IS%. mW 4 T.DEDT CWRTOOLED .T. CON DO- II_IIIIIIIIIIIIIII ' ,V.E'E ) aLX � sTOPE / ,` � s � m"cRiTlEoi Mr tar" :EE PROPERTY LINE STD. B. CURB PERMISSIBLE .1..AnE (Wn) UP OF CUTT (W/2) DRVEWAV GUTTER(PAY S STO.C awe R CARTE MO DCONCRETE PLAN DR/4El iAY/Y/TH T/ED SIDEWALK NOT TO SCALE "P119"wr."Ea 71. cuRe 'i �. cuRe s i CONCRETE PAVEMENT ASPNAL 2"PAYEMENI" /Y/7NS"CORR W777104Cee DRIVEWAY WO,H, (w) PER PLAN OR/YEWYAY lY/TROETACREO SIDEWALK N.. SCALE SUMMARY OF CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS STATION WIDTH 'W' (FT) DIMENSION '0' (FT) DIMENSION 'S' (IT) DIMENSION 'B' (E) DIMENSION 'A' (FT) DRIVEWAY (CONCRETE) (ST) DRIVEWAY (CONCRETE) (PRIVATE) (ST) °. 'COQ vGP �,o � .Ao�PJ�\OJS ( 03 ) O O0 OC.TOTALS DRNFWAY NOON' LONGITUDINAL EITHER WITHIN THE DIRMEWAR OR AT ME s.n.LK F 3/f Rmr ExP''"PBARS Vie NO BEING CONTIN BceFD (RAID. Im5 DO�(w W eco " flWRlvts xT tancTE 9102. TEOOS TCa H TOTED. T[RDNT SPECIAL NOTE; THE EXACT TYPE OF DRIVEWAY TO BE DETERMINED DT THE ENGINEER. BASED ON EXIST. CONDITIONS. CRGE PROJECT Na: 20910e C-222 m Q Lcjre SHEET 07 of 47 RELARD OWING NO. STR 929 Or RUM /E15140 x000 PAY AS E.Pa.:ION ,ole 1W [ 50 IDO . «EN END ;',;'ac°are:) s Imo E.Isr. COMCWETE SECTION DRIYE{YAYKITH TIED S/OE{YALif NOT TO SCALE s -o (�uswy z -o- (.. 4 44E K MAXSLOPE0.10.PER REMOVE OR I TO THICKEN ENO e4wrno.Ti.E.w. /.- E �NIDO JWI u� i iz oaxE�s SECTION DR/YEIYAYMYTH DETACHED S/DEIYALif NOT TO SCALE PLAN DR/1/E/YAYGU77IER NOT TO SULE ONLY PP(4 PERMISSIBLE CONSTRUCTION INT W/ .c. J /2 BAR cart. MVJ 54 DOWEL (4) SECTION OR/YEIYAYGUTTER NOT TO SCALE TYP. OR/WNW YHEAVER CURB DETAIL PROP. COW. CanEwny CONC. DRIVEWAY TO ASPHALT PAVEMENT TIE -/N DETAIL NOT TO .ALE CRGE PROJECT Na: 20910c _ C-222 SHEET 08 o1 47 PELGPo DRAM N0. STR 929 Gm 00o /E15140 Y 3/1• EXPANSION JOI.S (WO 0'0 1,g UN, JOINT GMANS. JOINTS OHP, g 1 2 CON ON JOIMY, \ BAG OF CURS-, CONS CTIOH JOINT—L.__ CURE EMCIP OF CURB IF PI K (,P) TYPE/4ORWEWAY NOT TO SGLE (wo 4,4 3/e GOGNMON JOINT (GP)L (Go) V • GPANSION JOINT 027) TYPES(7N) 17711.59 ORMIEWAY NOT TO SGLE LWI) (.) id1/ CONSTRuCTION JOINT---- ang, \ \IIEXPANSION JOINT REM NB) (6) /2) 1 CONTINUOUS Ar 7 CONTINUOUS EXPANSION JOINT REVD/ g`.ZEI ;,7,7747 TYPE (3/2) NOT SCALE THICK WALKWAY DRIVEWAY DRIVEWAY (2) (F) J3g; 017) TYPES /MRAI /MCA/ DRIVEWAY TYPES IMRIFI MCA/ DRIVEWAY NOT TO SCALE NOT TO SCALE STANDARD DRIVEWAY DIMENSION (4.7 10-30 10 16-35 15 MRA 10-30 5-10 MRS 10-30 MCA 10 16-35 10-20 MCB 10 16-35 <10 TR 10-30 TS <16 TMR 10-30 TM5 <16 <10 VALUE OF MAY BE CHANGED BY ENG. RANG 0 ACC ABL 5 LEGEND (DRIVE TYPE) = RESIDENTAL DRIVEOPAY C = COMMERICAL DRIVEWAY :nT'PEWIEID7Rell=' '"EWAY MRS = MULTIPLE RESIDENT, ...WAY WHIP NO 'SNIDER CURD = MULSPLE COMMERIC, DRIVEWAY WITH °NADER CURS = SED RESIDENGL ORNEWAY TS = SG, SPECIAL DRIVEWAY TAIR = SED MULTIPLE R.10., DRIVEWAY The = TIED MULSPLE SPECIAL DRIVEWAY CRGE PROJECT No: 20910< • C-222 gli92r2 .92*240 Fi92n SHEET 09 of 47 RELORD OWING STR 929 921 720212) E15140 %PS.. filesMOSOMSOSSM20910c spmp year tatianstovarlay and seakoat standard details. SECRETE PAVEMENT STANDARDDETAILS.darg,0/272016 3:15:03 PM f• coNr. „LH-LLNrT4TION JOINT CONC. PAVEMENT SECTION N-SLONE CONC. PAVEMENT IS POURED) TYPICAL Ir CURB DETAIL NOT . SCALE VARIES - ASPHALT e GIORR NOTFv, i617Frcl!AITIFair:ei NoT Tv " /09 00 (2202) 2 TYPICAL wHERE4,7,7L.Arg. sgsr,J,T OLD IN SHAPE. rrgler IliLILT7BTWAVBVS TILL BE SEALED WSH OrErSITI'L rCLIT'LL'IN'L'S'aPPZ:An-'0" INTERVALS ote.u. PAVEMENT REPAR SEE PLR. F N SHED ASPHALT RAVENS, '1111111117 %%TEE FKIEWiTEIBillei CONCRETE TO ASPHALT PAVEMENT SECTION TIE-IN DETAIL TH SAWED LONGITUDINAL JOINT LONGITUDINAL OR TRANSVERSE CONSTRUCTION JOINT TRANSVERSE SAWED CONTRACT/ON JOINT EXPANSION JOINT JOINT SEALANT COMPOUND NOT SGLE GENERAL NOV, 1. THE LOC.. OF JOIMS SHALL BE AS SHOWN ELS... IN THE CRANIN.. gsro..go=p&E=T. Tes&omveranAzr.rranaltr= zogrncLarcaa=1-.7%%-nzRzave CRGE PROJECT No: 20910c C-222 91E0 10 of 47 RELORD OWING STR 929 3900 PROJECT E1 51 4 0 EXISTING PAVEMENT TO BE REPAIRED, AS REQUIRED TYPICAL PAVEMENT DETAIL N.T.S. NEW CLASS "K" CONCRETE (HIGH EARLY STRENGTH) CONCRETE COLLAR (TYP.) NEW CLASS "K" CONCRETE (HIGH EARLY STRENGTH) CONCRETE COLLAR (TYP.) SAW -CUT (TYP.) PROVIDE NEW HMAC AS REQ'D EXISTING HOT MIX OVERLAY 2'-0" DIA. MANHOLE RING & COVER COLLAR DETAIL N.T.S. NEW MANHOLE RING & COVER TO MATCH PROP. ASPHALT TOP SURFACE OF 12., CONCRETE COLLAR TO BE MIN. a' BELOW FINISH ASPHALT PAVEMENT SURFACE EXISTING SUBGRADE 1 MIN 2 - #4 REBAR REQ'D NEW S.S. INFLOW INHIBITOR (SANITARY SEWER) NEW HDPE ADJUSTMENT RINGS REMOVE ALL OLD & REPLACE W/ NEW RINGS MANHOLE/ RING & COVER N.T.S. ADJUSTMENT DETAIL, (NEW MANHOLE RING & COVER WITH NEW HDPE ADJUSTMENT RINGS) N.T.S. CRGE PROJECT Na: 20910c C-222 SHED- 11 o1 47 REG0.4G O WING No. STR 929 cm' Rum 1E15140 NEW FIBERGLASS MANHOLE CONSTRUCTION: SITE OF ME WORK AND EXAUE LOCAL CONDITIONS ro N ENCOUNTERED, PIPROVEMOSTS TO BE PROTECTED, RETORTS AND FE. REONNED, AND OTHER RESEAROB NECESS,RY TO ASSURE CONTRACTOR UNDERSTANDS THE PROJECT CONSTRAINTS WHICH MAY BE ENCOUNTORED DURING THE CURSE OFFULLYUGHLY AND S CONSTRUCTOR.E OF ALL 2. CONDITIONS AND T. CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE OR ACQUIRING ANY NECESSARY Off -SITE Lour.. FOR STORAGE OF ALL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS REQUIRED FOR THE CONSmUUpx OF THE PROJECT. S. ANY SOILS/WATER TABLE INFORMATION INCLUDED IN THE PLANS AND/OR SPECIFICATIONS IS FOR REFERENCE ONLY. RESPONSIBLETHE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE FOR PERFORMING ANY FABS ATION AND/OR RESEARCH NECESSARY TO (DENT. EXISTING CONINTIONS MAT OR INFLUENCE PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION W. PRIOR PO BEGINNING SS O MAY TO PERFORM PRECDNSTR.TTION EXCAVATION PRYR TO ANY CY ITY ENGINEER ID VERIFY THE LOCATOR OF ALMS AND/OR SUBsmUCNRES AND NWEDNTELY ADVISE CRYONE SEER OF COEL.CS. 5. CONTRACMR SHALL CONDUCT .C.AVATNAV AND EITZKOLL OPERATIONS IN SLICH A MANNER AS TO CAUSE NO TO ANY EXIST. UMW, NOR IMPACT SAFETY FOR THE IC A. AFTER CONSTRUCT. DRUMS FOUND IN CONOOU OTHER THAN AS SEWN ON ME DRA DURINGWINGSHALL BE BROUGHT TO ME ATTENTION OF TE ENGINEER. NOTE THAT ALL DAMAGE TO LITTUTES SHALL BE RECONSTRUCTED TO THE .17SFACTION OF IRE CRY AND ENGINEER AT CONTRACTOR'S IXPENSE ESPINITARYsa ND: COVER. SEE ar�ASB-0HEET 2 EL SEL11,,LOIV MINOR. rs i ®nw misxm ASRx.'Pvu 'r. svRALL. I3,000 PSI FACTORY CRGE PROJECT Na: 209100 THROAT OPENING EE DETAIL LOWER LETT OF MIS SRT. CONCRETE (PROVIDE REBAR 3-14REINFORCEMENT BAS) NOTE. WHEN CONCRETE DEPTH EXCEEDS 12" MIN.. S IA RE.. WILL BE REQUIRED. A MAV.) 1. PIPE MERINO A MANHOLE MORE ABOVE IT. ABOVE INVERT. INVERT MST HAVE MIO) R CO CONNECTIONAMINNEXE FOUNDATION WY BE PRE -CAST FlLL FOR ORAL BACK- RWUF B PR. TO ANY MANHOLE MIMI. OR OPENING OF MANHOLE COVERS IN ME ROADWAY PROPER BARRK.MDNG AND 5. TO BE FLOWABLE REROUTING SIGNS SHALL BE PLACED TO DIVERT ME TRAFFIC AND PEDESTRIANS IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPROVED TRAFFIC CONTROL PLANS. FILL TO EXCAVATION 7, ALL CILTS .0LIC EXISTING ASPHALT ANO/CAR CONCRETE PAW. SHALLRE SAW CUT UNLESS DIRECIEU OTHERWISE BY ME ENGINEER.WALL CAR Raw B. SEWER INS �THE OPRSoSEroRE GROUT A OWN. DEP,HOFPED.THLBE0LOPTO PREVENT SoPOSRa5(SLOPE FOOT) PROVIDEDB. A DROP CONNECTION SHALL BE COE R SEWER LIMES ENTERING TMANHOLE MORE THAN 2, ES ABOVE ME ALARM, INVERT. TO *ORIOLE WNL WASTEWATER DEPARTMENT APPROVEDTIONS FOR PIPE ABOVE THE FLOWLINE OF ME AIANI.OLE SEu GASKET WATER SCOP ASSEMBLY. SHALL BE CORED AHD SEALED WITH mppFMFE7� FNUION/PROCFDN_) SkSggreu-sCA wPROVEO *'ICAC rallihXPASZJZSRETE SURFACES. AND MANHOLE BOITOAL LO6TRU r MEA0,—,a7,742' AND PLACED IN 12. AMW. LAB 0.0111, PER tur TO BE 55S STANDARD PROC. DENS ALL FTMNOS YENTWELD PP /0 T2ALL BE DENOTEES)). o esa)c:T3 aEAR 00 NOI LJ TE Exzzanwu iLRSKA FORM. °Eu 'M`MANHOLE N APPROVED WW DEPT, SEAL GASKET WATER STOP ASSEMBLY : "M „Paid, ID.. E) - „HOE SHALL OE DD. LER CONCRETE/GROUT12. ALL EXPOSED MANHOLES (INCLUDING MARROW INERT), S., BE SFMED MPRH 2 COATS CA CO uIRS DMC TON) ...COAT 326 EXPO. OR ',PROVED EOM_ COMPACT TOP 6. OF SUB.. 11 INITIAL BACWFILL FILL (USE TARAN• ADwmE)M(100 PSI MRIIMI Al COMPRESSM TO 050 PROCTOR DERSITY STRENGTH 0 28 BAYS) AND FIMANHOLES EA0KFILMAro BE CEMESTABILIZED SetROWAN. (45 TYTY BACON - 1.5 SACKS ND CEMENT/C.Y. OF 54100).- 14. STAINLESS STEEL (TIN) INFLOWs. MOISTURE CONTENT STANDARD16. TESTING OF THE NEW MAN.. SHALL BE PER Ott IB. NO DOG NOOSE' TYPE CUTS ALLOWED ALL OPENINGS MUSSTBE CORED. FOR 15 AND LARGER OPENING. ALL ...TRAM. MUST BE PREP., CUT IS DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER. 17. ALL MWHOLES SLIALL BE MADE OF MONOLDHIC FIBERGLASS MTH 0.60• MINIMUM WALL THICKNESS. 18. TRENCH BACKFILL/ AVEMENT REPAIRS -SEE TRENCH BACKFILL AND PPAVEMENT REPAIR DETAILS (SHEET 5 OF 5). IP. EMANHOLE RM OLE OR . HOURS NIERRS ARO APPURTENANCES S SHALL PLACEMENT R CONCRETE COLLAR. SEE A. 3 of 5. SERESTRICTEDFROM ALSO PROVIDE FIGMENT CLEAR OPENING TO ACCOMMODATE A 30• uH UO. 20. CONTRACTOR SHALL ADHERE TO SCE0 REGULATIONS P. 30 TAC GLIAPTER 217 AND TEVAS ROAD COMMISSION REDUREiMENTS FOR DICAPATIONS 21. FOR 1. STATION WEIVIELL-INMAL AND FINAL .CROLL, FOLLOW ME SMf REUIRAIENTS PER THE THE N6TALUN TI SHOWN ON 11. SHEET OR PER THE DESIGN ENGINEER'S GROUND WATER TESTING COR WELL POM OPERATORS. ME ME CONTRACTOR 6 RESPONSIBLE FOR TEST. GROUNDWATER PER ME CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. r��EMNGro�;,��ILx SANITARY FIBERGLASS MANHOLE IfI WITH SI .NON OPENING TVA POE (:)/DEPTH 30.-10.•/WN110. SSL COVER SANITARY FIBERGLASS MANHOLE WITH DROP CONNECTION DETAIL NOT TO SCALE MOT TO SUIS • eNWHENMANHDESIGNEDSS BOTTOM SHALL BE ��TARCNFIO PRESSURE IS COMPLETELY EMPTY, MR WATER TO GRADE ENCAPSREINFORCEMENTS ATED NNOOO OR LUMBER SHMADE ALL NNOOT BEPERMITTEDve TEHius. FIBERGLASS FIBERGLASS MANHOLE WITH MIN. 30" TOP OPENING FIBERGLASS WATERTIGHT BOTTOM WITH FIBERGLASS BENCH/INVERT AND FITTING C-222 WASTEWATER DETAILS (1 OF 5) SHEET 12 of 47 RECORD DRAWING NO. STR 929 CRY PROJECT pE15140 ROADWAY MANHOLE RING & COVER NOTES a CRGE PROJECT Na: 209100 •s ,..."..r, 3 PE's •••• �j-/ EC IIti W l''-' (� S : �\ u)• r •• #*• ,.,,;:,S,%•.,. UAPPROVAL ati1� O • N `� I N o . 1. MESE DETAILS SHOW GREY - IRON CASTINGS, FILLETED A,PROPERLY. ME Rhus DE OM. CAST. DETAILS AND E COVERS NDN-SIVE TE APPROVED EWEAL AROUND ALL MAIO, T ARISES. CASMMS SHALL FIT ME MRCS OF M4 SHEET. H' 306 (LATEST INSTALLATION. ION. two TESTING 5 REWIRED No SHALL BE CWNOUCTEO BE AND 1. CASTING RIM DTOO Pa TERN. FORM. AND DIMENSIONS. UM xEASNLs OF RM.. GSM.: ID 0-M- AND � . - MNL' AND CO3.-0..RING AND COVER IN ACCORBwCE ma, SECTION I.D(M. Em.) AND INSPECTED IN ACCORDANCE R FREE FROM CRAM SPONGINESS C. 30• OPENING MNG AND COVER RESULTS OF L BE SUBMITTED TO ME Cm J. MACHINE SURFACES LO FIELD ar WHICH MU. NOT wIIN pass,NG TRAFFIC LOAD, MD Accra, sramass 'Tran. (ss) INFLOW FCOOU 0NG'0-`$s Les. R COVER - s3 0004 COVER,uMEn000 - 75 `. PRIOR TO 125 Les. INSTALLATION. THEINFLOW Gm sTAWLS sPEGInuTroN SEGrroN 00 001 f SO THAT INNER LID IS FLUSH WIDI TER L10 OUTER - 165 L95. R ITp9s, ME�INiWOw INHIBITOR R'MEF 6 >/I6- BRAIDED•L{� . TRAFFIC SHALL MH. FOR w Ho B. EVER SANITARY SEWER MANHDAs ARE SUBJECT TO INONDATWN BY MANHOLES IS3.D.r,°'R1 COW, ME MMen WITH A os swam STEEL mar AND I • MA. D PLACEMENT S. AFTER PAIR r RINGS SHALL 6E DESMON TO SUPPORT ,MM WAOLE COVE. SHALL � CASKET AND IF SHOWN IN PLANS A. ATEDUREMENT. ME STEEL Toa' TEERM.,O THE ENDAND r AARE MA uCTOMANHOLE. NOT MiDSrncHOPESTTEEEL. MC CONCRETE EN RE CASKET MANHOLE COVERS ARE REWIRED FOR MORE MAN MRN ...MEW T I . ;RAMC 6. DMER CASTING PASTERNS SRNs FOR RING Lt COVERS MAY BE SUBMITTED FOR MANHOLES IN SEQUENCE. ALTERNATE MEANS OF VENTING SHALL BE PROM.. VIDEO THF PIAN PATTERN OF COVER IS ME SAME AS BOLLS SHALL BE STAINLESS SIM. 1/1 INCH IN EMMET., EQUALLY AMITIES FDR KL PROMO RR COVER ASSEMBLES SHALL MEA OR EXCEED ALL LPA SHOWN ON THIS SHEET AND PROVIDED OTHER CASTINGS SMA BE REE (3) MINIMUM A SOLO STANDARD COVER MTH A PICK BAR ENVIRONMENTAL STANDARDS AND OSHA SAFETY STANDARDS. CASTINGS SHALL BE MANUFACTURED rnOM RECYCLED COMPLETELY INTERCHANGEABLE. I.E., THE COVERS OF M5 SHEET SHALL SHALL BE USED. ME GASKET SHALL BEV " TICK NEOPRENE RUBBER. MATERMLS P.N. CERTIFICATION. yp OMw1?g�E it Tri —< U 1 E 4� O .,) OM. VENT .�C`—� (0) r 7/Y CLORE0 PK0IKKN MANHOLE RING & COVER INHIBITOR COMMENTS IUWMM EAE OF RING '°O MILLED COVER FOR INHIBITOR R DATED N I MTH,1-1 SPECIFICATION o N AND . NO BOASSEMBLY u —L� �������� Bow PRS E �N�� BOTTOM ARAN RING & COVER DETAIL FOR MAINTENANCE ON EXISTING 4' D/A MANHOLE INSTALLATION COVER PLAN VIEW n0 eE MKMNED) ; OF COVER CITY of CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS Department of Engineering Services ,IN A536) I/. DL4 CASK GS 1--31 %T6. OM. 1 _ 1 7/• r / ( 1,1�• 1%• o �1J DLA S.S. INFLOW INHIBITOR COVER SECTION VIEW . SEE NOTE 7/ THIS SHE, 2 V." s CITYWIDE STREET PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE PROGRAM (SPMP) YEAR 3 = INDEFINITE DELIVERY INDEFINITE c,J QUANTITY (IDIQ) SEAL COATS r o a' WASTEWATER DETAILS (2 OF 5) V "6" °" I/8' r-----3.2 7 — r r/ TRAFFIC CONTROL - ALL UTILITY WORK .,,,.. �� � 1 I/4- 11.1 1 1/4. I. THE CONTRACTOR SE s CoONSSTTR`U CONTRROFFr L°PLAAo. WALES �' i �..� ..__ _�Ruts OF T PERNTNA'MG EWM. ME W,I RICHT-OF-WAY 1 u BE STOREDONAND r r/�" 7 T/4. � RH4 DURING APPROVED NESE OF CONSTRUCTION. ANY MA E LLRA004TY 000QUATELY BARRICADED ASSCREQIIRED FOR ME PUBLIC RIGHT-OF-WAY 35 %B• WA EACH DIRECTION0 B00000041q/004010 OFA sMOS REDUIANRm.1 >ME MALFM 40 3/4" °M- CLOSED PICKNOLEDETAIL' OUTER SECTION OF FRAME (RING IF ME CONTRACTOR DOES NOT PROMPTLY REPLACE SONS. K ACCESS TO L RESIDENTS AND (CAST IRON -ASTM A.e-CL35e) NOTE: MACHINE THIS SURFACE = r` ME CONTRACTOR SHALL PRONE KL- BUSTHE CONTRACTOR AT KwAYS MANHOLE RING & COVER INHIBITOR AND/OR1N .ADCONSTRUCTION. TEMPOS ORIVESS WIM APPROVED DURING WET WEAHALL THER. ALLBARRICADES USEDSHALLBE HALL BE OR 5. - Q v1430 000 JORDAN V14 IRON NOR.. INC. PRODUCT /1460 2.1 FR . APPROVED EWML. (WA COYER FOR S.S. INFLOW INHIBITOR) • PER cm sPEOFicnnPN WITH FLH•ARSHNG AS REOUREo BY TRAFFIC P.N. a RING & COVER WITH 30" OPENING FOR4 AND 5' DIA. MANHOLE INSTALLATION Nor 70 1ca1C-222Orr ' STR 929 PROVECT r15140 30" MANHOLE RING & COVER COLLAR DETAIL 'I EZ FORM BOLLARD DETAIL NO SO SONS GOP DOOMS MIME UPES, SEE PLANSME. w,r. I. ALSONS-01-.306 MOOS MC MT. IS AMINO Sroat BE covarreo KIN SrESION ,S6 Or ENE IESS SHALL BE z AWNS N. ASSN110,E N<. Er rsc>rf„r� as SHOWNsreinrmm�`rr cm` ASS CRGE PROJECT Na: 20910e PROTECTION FOR FIBERGLASS MANHOLE IN UNPAVED AREAS ( CULTIVATED/SPECIAL ) RECCIWO FLU. BOAC AOINNVENT NOS. 13. IABL ORA PROTECTION FOR FIBERGLASS MANHOLE IN UNPAVED AREAS ( RESIDENTIAL ) NOS TO WANE SIMONS, 2000,4 s SENSORS. H.Nw�m. NIN 6- MP SOX 6. SSA IS 1/, ON LOVER SECTION COVER BACK EsoNIENEO Noss INNER COVER TOP NOSE ASO BLON-Ori ASSURES rer.SLIZES VOA ASSOOVED 1117/1 ANS SISALS 11 VI' OM NOTE: MACHINE THIS SURFACEAV SS B11NROW SEE NO, 11 ON SHEET 2 RING SECTION wIr I Sr WIDJ PICK SLOT DETAIL DETAIL I 3,0" DIA. ROADWAY MANHOLE RING & COVER DETAIL (650-36) r%,tea r 0000 a0lar ttmr SEE SYS MOWS 0 OES. MP RENE ENS I. Or 010 (.011). 921. GIME � 9) /5 ARETETA AIR RELEASE VALVE ON S' FIBERGLASS MANHOLE NOS TO SCALE C-222 I 0h 4I WASTEWATER DETAILS (3 OF 5) SHEET 14 of 47 RECORD OWING NO.. STR 929 car PROJECT 1E15140 SECTION 613 CLEAN -our BOOT FRAME MD COVER MST JORDAN IROk MIMS INC. TYPICAL CLEAN-OUT BOOT SECTION AA • OR AS REOURED CONCRETE BLOCK DETAIL s/,•:--1/2"OLA 4 B/A• --'•1.11°4. 7 2-%B• CLEAN -04T BOOT DES NTS BOOT R UG (z=.SY38) 2.1RETE LOCK RERAN (NOTESEE ) W DR. PROWDE SAND ED WHEN PNSTALLND NEIN PVC WYE a SERVICE CONNECTION OR AS REWIRED. fee tral, AS SHOWN. .VTR DP IF'. CURB BURR 1.2. PIECE OF STANDARD SERVICE MARKER GIN off U END. ° ° BRASS - ONE REWIRED EA. Sum., TAP RIDE NEW 30 R. COVER - WWM STAINLESS sw (S .) wnnw MOTOR AIO alEVCER STANDARD DETAILS) nRr 42 (P "�" R01EONF BARS) NOTE WHEN 5 12• M.. 3-14 RsLL BE REWIRED ENT EXIST.. BRICK . PO REMAIN IN PPAC'E WITH DARAEL 711.11'26 NYS) SEE ERAL NOTE 21 eRu A GEN DEPTH OF MR a°.i"Oj B ON ALL MPOSED REHABILITATION EXISTING MANHOLE NTS CO. FOOTING MMg w/mf OR TAPPING DEPTH AS RE. � E REQ�. ` NTS OF PER STANDARDS FOR BACKS LL SEE TRENCH BArRnu DETAIL @ .NERAL NOTES ON SHEET 5 OF ALL STOPPERS MUST FORM TIGHT SEAL SAMAR TO PPE JOAN! AND DE ABLE TO wmxSTAND TEST. PRESSURES WEND STOPPER ED PM -SOLVENT OR /IPE. FUSE MISSION RUBBER ro 1PRI 1001 OR 10002 RRC COUP "(00 5UBsxrUDON5STEEL ) "� HOUSE SERVICE CONNECTION NOTES: TAP TO ME R.O.W. UNE dt CO.ECT EXIST.UNE OUTSIDE MENEM- AS SHOWN AND EaleRED. 2 ALL PIPE TO BE SOLVENT WELD SCH. w PVC. MESS SHOWN OTHERWISE IN THE PANS. a. ALL TER) SERWCE CONN. -TONS 4. MICASE PPE W S. SAND AS REWIRED. 205. 020 0--00OUT 05 CR BE D' 201210(JORDANDHERE SP ) ff VA11701. IF SADDLE USED.mr'00000OR mR0CC• XY sr.°s/a °0 ROOM rascn. SINNLESS STEEL BROODS (2 PER 90E0), J. FOR NETV.C`rMNx AND SERVICE. USE P.N.C. WYE AT SERV. CONTIEPw& PIPE. .SCI 40 FROAP. a'. WSEt TOTIc90MMN°BEiux SERVICE CONNECTION DETAILS (01.07 LOCA TO FIELD INSIDE M.N. •RVs ERTA--rEE ars MTswu I �� SBR ► ALL AIN FRONDE SSTEEL BAND ORNW DEPT APPROVED SEAL —\.SKET WATER STOP ASSDIDGY (" EOLDIET AS wrt STAINLESS sTEEL BAND FIBERGLASS INSERT FRONT VIEW PROW. CO SADDLE SIDE NEW DEEP CUT SERVICE CONNECTION GENERAL NOTES: (REHABILITATION/EXISTING MANHOLE) qQ 5 BE RTEE7r. EDR q1,1 ,111, R,E A.."' Ix P GrION ON THE SITE WRING mUc7US5. 'AES` 0150. (.re+) BER -ass's. 2. CONDUCTOR SHALL FIELD THE 1YGRAG MANHOLE 0040 0 R. FLOW LINE, VERDI'Pm ELEVATION NUMB. OF TERAL, EncnONS mus AND OTHER INmnMnRON Br CONTRACTOR) NEEDED TO REHABILITATE EACH MANHOLE 3. BARRICAO. AND SIGNS ARE TO BE PLACED TO PLAN P TRAFFIC AND PEDESTRIANS PER THE APPROVED TRAFFIC CONTROL PRIG rAUlxc THE BYPASS OR N.D. REPAIRS ON THE MANHOLE. AS REQUIRED. 4. EXCAVATE AROUND THE EXSDNO AsNHOLE SUFFICIENTLY WOE AND OEEP sop REMOVAL OF THE AND COVER. ONE SECTION AND MASONRY "ING It COVETO ACCOMMODATE PEADJUSTMENT ND STAINLESS TEES P OWW"w5BITOR PIPE Ry CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR nwE HANDLING T NI NT NTOR EPERAT ALL PIES.MUTATION )opr THETH¢PAGE ENTRY N ME MANLLES, AND PLACEMENT. E6ROF ME EXISTING FOUNDATION STRUCMPESBY RE/Ammo oREL �W �PuwR AILESS I OF HE RESUEmRSxw•bb BE GORE SUSS BE TN CONTRA .EER RING. 0. ME NEW FIBERGLASS MANHOLE LINER Wuxi CONFORM TO CI, STANDARD spEcOcATIoNS. OR As RE., 10. FORD BOTT. SML AROUND sEr c �rO�s LAA '7';'74E"'"""';"um OF ME UNER ucG " �°. NON-sxRlNa sm Is: (Nm. B- THICNESS) 0— STRENGTH 0DMPRESSNE (MMTN CSE0B) 3250 P41 r.H.rsRS BOND STRENGTH (TN Out) LHOVR 11. AFTER THE MANHOLE LWER IS INSTALLED, .0, TS SET AND CURED. FILL THE Mt.. SPACE BOWEN THE _ (77 700034000 START OF CORS. ER I FOO -H-20 LOAD. I RING/WVRING/COVER 10 BE EAST JORDAN IRON WORM OR APPROVED E0. BY WASTEWArns DEPARTMENT. 'LOVABLE pu. CRGE PROJECT No: 20910c e SANITARYMANHOLE LINER PIPE SEAL DETAIL NT.S C-222 WASTEWATER DETAILS (4 OF 5) SHEET 15 Or 47 RECORD DRAWING N0. STR 929 car Rum r15140 FOR ASPHALT PAVEMENT- - FOR CONCRETE PAVEMENT 1085 OF REPAIR W 2' OR S'-0' (MIM) W'= 4,10770) I 1. AN NO CASE PAVEMENT REPAIR. TREPAIR LESS THAN T wcrot ANT. PROVIDE PRIME TOTS CAL. PERL SI' MOO)COaT IMPROVED AREAS (EXISTING OR PROPOSED PAVEMENT) NOT TO SCALE GENERAL NOTES - CASINGS PROJECT � 0 szousrE80)7 ( N ANDLEWD. LOCAPON WALL4,D) SHALL of PER 2. ALL GRAYER PI, BVI GSVVLS WSW., SHALL BE PRODUCTS" 0 BY ERs rApaNCm BOVEDDEOM.). PROVIDE r RES -MANED .MENS FOR FORCE AWNS ONLY ON RESTRAINTSCARRIER ON USE "MEGALLIO. TYPE JOINT OR APPROVED EOM, GSIND SIM., SHILL OE WED PO SECURELY FASTEN TO THE CARRIER PPE 0.0. AND SHALL OE BEwo FO MAINTAIN SEPAPAPOV B FURNISHED PIPE AM ( as de GSING NAD - CARRIER PPE ADEOLAT Lr SUPPORTED T LENGTH O. SPAOUTS AT EACH E. FURTHER THAN 2 ME SW OF ME CASING. G CASING SPACERS SWILL BE INSTALLED AN M£ CENTER OF THE PPE SECTION. MAXIMUM R SPASM 5. ME TWO ENDS OF THE IOEPIPE AN 'ADVANCE PROERICTS SKI., INC, NOO£LI� SOGEDZIPPER' OR WITH MODEL C ENO SELL OR ENGINEER APPROVED EQUAL Yv COATED OR STAINLESS STEEL SPACER BODY STEEL CAS. PPE WELDED SIM OR CAS FDLYERNIENE RUNNER SLPPORT UNPAVED AREAS EOIro [NL as /,IF grIN4 AND MMTCH COMPACT TO DENSITY SAMAR D3 EXISTING ADJACENT TOROS. A FOR 12" ABOVE PAPE BOTTOM OF TOPSOIL BACKFILL SHALL APPROVED 'EJECT MATERIAL FROM THE EKCAVAT- ION; OR IMPORTED MATERIALDEBRIS. OR ANY CLUMPS GR- - ALL >ORST SN. PROCTOR MOISTURE TO . TO SS OF OPTIMUM. ADJUSTED MPIPAGNEETIC WARNING I2' ABM/ PAVED AREAS CRGE PROJECT Na: 20910c - EDF PAVEMENT DETAIL FOR IMPROVED (THIS SHEET) BACKFILL SHALL BE CEMENT STABILIZED s SACK PER 00) QTAVATION O TO BE DAPI IEBTmMLIEOFRaM EITHER CASE ALL MAW. SWILL MEET ME FOLLOW. w 8-30 MMOLSOTHE Oaum, Lum T TO Are COMPACT BM 0696 STD PROCTOR LOOSE LITS 12. NHL OR �SWA D SEE TABLE 2- ITEM A (PAVED AREA) (OR PER OESION ENGINEER) ALL MC SHAtI CONSIST RURALMIN- 0 TRENCH BACKFILL AND PAVEMENT REPAIR_ FOR WASTEWATER LINES 70 oNEKR GSANG GENERAL NOTES FOR BACKFILL BEDDNO AND INITIAL FILL_ (KLOw PPE TO rz ABOvE PnE1_ TABLE FINAL BACKFILL MAN 12' MOVE NPO BEDDING AND SHALL COR P.M T O DESIGN HL RE EM OR s INF FOLLO ILIPAL SAND OR SINDY ORA OR MAIERAL PRODUCED B 4" TO 10" CASING DETAIL REWROVERE CRUSHINGNDT FO SCA. OF NATURAL STONE OR R a. ©1ERML MEMO ME r0((La210 AMCCRTWATER TABLE. 00 12" TO 36"CASING DETAIL I13 MAX SEE E CASING DETAIL NOT TO ro BOrrori3OFmSILL BACATLL SHALL BE APPROVED SELECT MATERML FROM MAMMAL' Al A To IMPORTED OF ROCKS. MR, OR ANY stumps SP - EATER BON T.LOOSE ZITS FO PLACED' MEETING REBIRROJENTS OF ASTM OMB) FOR: z SP CP STD.. Nom', (0690. RS LOOSES SOF 12. MAP OR M LLFROM EXCPATION SW LW MOPTURE TO BP ADJUSTED DOES NOT NEC R£OOROMEE/TS THEN USE SW -SM CW -OM FO 3 SR OF OPTNAIaI. CRM CRAW BELOW 2m SAND SEE TABLE 2- SI MR PE7 R DESIGN ENGINEER) OF ROM ERSE TO B. MOM OF ROA° BEMIS£ PAVED AREAS 12- ABOVE PPE TO f. S A. LL STI[ OL raprzrom OR TO BE )MPO ALL MATERIAL SIMI mfU THE FOLLOWING. E. COMPACT MT PM SID PROCTOR BE PROVID AND AM ON, B. MALL OILORSETT. MAN 10 I/2• SIEVE LUSTING ATM F00 PASS. /I SIEVE - XX MINIMUM DEPTH. PLASTICITY INDEX (H) - NP TO 10 MAX COMPACT TO MA TOP- ®I DEEP EXCAVADO. (720 OR BELOW WATER FAME USE PERFORMED BY Vow, oTCH Nos., sr..' OR CRUSHED GRAVEL MEET. SWAN. 0, ro or aesooNrov sort ON SALVAGED A. CONCRETE COARSE AGGREGATE/ 74007 DEAF 421, GRADE 2, a OR NAC.111 SHALL 8£ CEMENT STABILI mL 0(( AHonrs MELT NE ;AND GRAD DON. H Do /F0 00 No 25-100 /200 10-20 AS PER OESttw ENOIEER) ro " 426)4150 70 (1%vOF DMw00 C-222 WASTEWATER DETAILS (5 OF 5) SHEEP 16 of 47 RECORD DRAWING N0. STR 929 CRT PROTECT J E15140 PLAN OF5'STANDARO/NLET 55£54. nom .e.,� WFOR R1ER PROP. 5MST Mewe r ME T £AILSREFER RTO 0 STORY ma 4 REM R At u /0 eo,rou' 0.0. OF PIPE SECT/ONA-,0 NOT SCALE BELOW TX. FOR 6, FOR 4.0 C SLOPE CURD (I 10 B. DIFFEREMCE INLET TRANSITION CREASED Y4 TOP OF CURB FOR EU, SEE PROXY. FL OIYL /NE Ti RANS/T/ON AT /NL ET FOR 4 -OR 6"S7D CURBAND GLITTER NOT TO SCA. w,„,s g� BARS "C' III STANDARD CURB INLET SIM SCHEDULE ALL BARS No. 4 "M 'Wews aews views BARS �._ i v.• /I ais-W n-s- ./•.SRMICHT SIENCIIT SEE DA. SEE DA. STRAW, SA PICKSLOT DETAIL L(.) STACKING LUGS GRATE SECTION GRATE BLOCK 291 DIA 24 1, 01A 014 23 13/16. RING SECTION C/TY STANDAND /NL ET AND S/OWA/X MANNOL E RING & COYER CASTING DETAILS NOT SCALE I1. THESE NLET MID ,111LDETAILS SHALL BE ..ST JORDAN NASH°. ASSEMBLY FOR LOAD IUTING NON-TR.FIC. H TNANHO. RING RUE RON CASDFORM. of ANGLES PERFECT . FREE FROM CRACKS. SPONGINESS AND 3. eCOLS.RNHL1s1-2.LL S 4. MACHINE SURFACES . YIELD RT WHICH 15, NOT RATTLE WITH PASSING MAFFIC LON/ 5. TRAFRC SHALL BE RESTRICTED FROM M.H. FOR 36 HOURS MILER P.CEMENT OF RING. 6. RING MID COY. SHALL BE DIPPED IN GOAL TAR OR ASPHALT. COMPLETELY INTERCHANGEABLE. I.E.. THE COVERS OF THIS SHE, SHALL HT PROPERLY. THE RINGS OF OhlER CASTING DETAILS MID IRE CCNERS OF OhlER CASTINGS SHALL IRE RINGS OF THIS SHE,. B. MINIMUM WEIGHTS OF F1NSHED CASTINGS: THE COVER 60 POUNDS..E RING 135 POUNDS. 2111 OPENING CONC. PARCH CRGE PROJECT Na: 20910c i . ryAl �._ i GO aw=c�APRON TH. TOP N ew(5 Rm0) POST /NL PLAN OFET s NOT TO SCA. SEC79ONB,B NOT TO SCALE II n z - PLAN OF STANDAR!, ORATE INLET OT 160 SCALE SEC77ONC-C N. TO SCALE C-222 STORM WATER DETAILS (1 OF 3) SHEET 17 of 47 RECORD DRAWING NO. STR 929 an fRWECT ,E15140 ,--1,•.,A1A7trAgr KETIYATIIETAIL NOT TO SCALE CU PRE -CAST CONC MARRO, F NOTES, HS20 LOANING CONCRETE 28 DAV COMPRESS. STRENGTH - 500° PSI REINFORCEMENT sTEa - 60000 PSI REIM MIN. SPLICE L.GHS: 64-22. 16-211. PA -33. MNHOG WALL/RISER REINFORCED PER AS. C-118 (5) 5/0. TYPE 1.1AIINOLE NOT TO SCALE COVER BACK PLAN VIEW PICKSLOT DETAIL 6.-23 2/0 ON ” 25 1/2. DA ”.* G 11..-2‘E FRAME SECTION 6/2. 6 6. OA t COVER SECTION CITY STANDARD ROADWAY AbINNOLE RINO& COVER CA977NO DETAIL NOT TO SCALE ETIADWAIr F ranin & CCA/FR HATES ..!..AT72.AEH*LE!..RAT ncTot'L.±or IrEvLx. ..1881.55.43, LO. RATING 1.1. ONG av„,%.„,71F131:1.7EN° PLAN TYPE 27' MANHOLE NOT TO SGLE =HOTLTrINI rIrESE FINISPEO MM. 65 VERT. 0 10. 0.C. tHS.H1V1• "" .12 SEE P.M DEAL (.0 FOR NG PIPE SIGS, DIRECT.. AND PLAN 71TE V'MANNOLE NOT SC. Fai'tir7i-ZEISRElr° alnIg PLAN TYPE RTMANNOLE NOT TO SCALE CRGE PROJECT No: 20910c PERMISSIBLE CO.RUCTION JOINT ERIS,. PM.. 611 • 12. 0.C. 11052. BAPS hsal 'ZIA% SECTION TYPE WIWI/110LE NOT SCALE LIVEr011 PAPA EEO "II= PIX1E, wow IS THE SANE AS SHOWN ON THIS SHEET AM PRONCE° 1.71ESIVERTnNIMF9E7MITS"A'N' HTT'1E' "'TES %Tov••thl•g• -HILLsH•EEETTZWriZorPREMIL4Ct. gzz"-tuTITTNNzponnv— ,L. ram Tugna V(1. •VEr(F•TV mr,g. tra."=7Z",12g:"' THE C'EE' TA7FWATEHENZ 617RZE• En•• EC"'S ="eErVEE=.2'''S De'"e° 6. RING MO COVER SHALL BE DIPPED IN COAL OR ASPHALT. sc, p.cror, r•.',? -7 ••••LE•(5500) t174 -Z1,1•4 SECTION TYPE V'AIANNOLE NOT SME ELZUTV'Tos'A •26 WTPB711"61;TEArCON•CERE'11211'03= L.PCITT.TOr "DE'• TCOX CSTI11170FTLE7ATENITIEOnErISPCLMENYEa E" 2. ALL RENFORCINC STEEL SINE BE CMG 60. P.S FOR SUCH PleirSoED ALTERNATES 5.-L BE SUBMIT.° . GAG0T, pq cw, NETTCILFVTArIZET TWEN H" '" TEE T'ER 0 ALT7DICLET*0050 525 7E:E5VD`7T.,7:::FE OF 'EVEILMFEE7.rwa-'7°--- — ylgetc„". 1AMHOLE RING MO COVER FOR SPECGL CURD INLET TIONSITION (ORB. IS 0 • OA EA PAT SECTION NOTE: TYPE ZY MANHOLE r16.2(2):ELVT, NOT TO SGLE ". FAZEisPEVOT ME,11ton'EpUrETAI.T,E,7.. '''EFE:0,77FiFonFIE.'iLF,FiFiT:F°Lcv4E-rg--E C-222 STORMWATER DETAILS (2 OF 3) SHEET 18 of 47 RECORD DRAM W. STR 929 an Naar r15140 (o °:P1°0-F� — NST ((IR.., PRE TO 12' ABOVE Pen r a =i, WH FOR IV ABOVE P1PF M RanalLI. SRN, RE MOM WE EXLAIII smLORN6nx2 agz mtuaonww 1g2 ZO.r0V4714 2K'.uw I 03 'pp, 00 ov A. FOR 1.2. ABPIPE 70 ' BE SELE-CT S._ FROM EXCAIBIBOM OR BE D MOFRI.at MD ` MEET THE AN DNB BID TOR MEETF 2",g,71,27...4 Rao'"" ro ERs EwEoxxe L S rte. ' o _ 40-100 Ho25-100 F Z.--10 22 of SAM CURB INL ET TNROATRATERS/ON PLAN NOT . OGLE r SECT/ONO ASTO GALE UNPAYEOARGOS PAYEDARGS SECT/ON MANNOLER/SEROETAIL NOT 0 SCALE UNPAYEDAREAS PAImAREAS t m vaNs nETE R6.�MEM, TE VI ,T. oEPrx) 0- axRanm m esx s,O. RRxaR "gig!!! M.=-"aoe�a+ows�n rE my a ♦......V.O.'i it i:P sEE T e E2z Y) F~^IEo -eN CON, 0 RENS) CRGE PROJECT Na: 20910c lnwr J wr:El.) aM EPDXY GOUT GmN,oa m CONCRETE6 rOUw.. ,O- 0.CO STING RE/O4EANOREPLACETOP OFEX/ST/NO COROINLET DETAIL NOT SGLE IG PROP. PIPE TO E.17577110 R.0 BOXCONNECT/ONDETA/L NOT TO SCGE u eeM6 vo. 111111- FgE4cs¢TO OExsm Asn OOwurm ro ssxli7.1. KF' W TRENCNBACRFILL FOR STORM IVA TER PIPES NOT TO SCALE NOTE. (CONCRETE PAVEMENT E ENT ONOLVI NO w,x(�s miry PROCTOR oENsm(asru Daae) GIENT-STASILIZED SAND BEDDING ON m eict''"D)) PROCTOR DENSITY (nsnOem) TRENCNBACi6F/LL FOR STORAI WATER RC. ROA' CUL VENTS NOT TO SCALE EA787/NGRC PIPE FLOG NOT TO SGG CONCRE7ECOLLORDETAIL NOT TO OGLE GENERAL NOTES FOR BACAfF/LL 9FDDIN0 AND INITNL BAOKFU 21 W FUI ((IR.., PRE TO 12' ABOVE Pen (GREATER THAN 12' ABOVE PIPF1 UNPAVED AREAS PAVA ED AREAS noOr eED e, emrvue w M,mwu sraa av !GRAVEL RAVEL rws rmx N sw''F"eur - xx udxvu✓ ass (wl-wmro u+x. ma lucgioai. i A mesE ncarra,G rvn ITEM X:r, Gans z. i FOR FOR IV ABOVE P1PF M RanalLI. SRN, RE MOM WE EXLAIII smLORN6nx2 agz mtuaonww 1g2 ZO.r0V4714 2K'.uw I 03 'pp, 00 ov A. FOR 1.2. ABPIPE 70 ' BE SELE-CT S._ FROM EXCAIBIBOM OR BE D MOFRI.at MD ` MEET THE AN DNB BID TOR MEETF 2",g,71,27...4 Rao'"" ro ERs EwEoxxe 1. OR PIPE DNIMFIER ED. TO 01, SMALLER 01.01r6. USE H MnwaMr uvan E 2 FOR aRMR E D. wE ORG. nre. USE a WRAP BOX. S rte. ' o _ 40-100 Ho25-100 F Z.--10 22 of SAM C-222 STORM WATER DETAILS (3 OF 3) SHEET 19 of 47 RECORD MY. NO. STR 929 Crn PROJECT /ET5140 WATER D/S7RISUT/ON SYSTEM GENERAL NOTES 1. PROPOSED WATER DISTRUBUTION SYSTEM SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH CI, OF CORPUS 2. ME CI, .SERVES ME RIGHT TO ACCEPT RIE S.. FOR ...ARON AT ANY WE, BUT THE DATE , OFF.. ACCEPTANCE OF THE SYSTEM RILL . UPON .1,IPLETION OF THE PROJECT AND WRSFACTORY TEST REWLTS. THE EXISTING SYSTEM SHALL REMAIN IN SERVICE UNTIL THE PROPOSED SYSTEM IS PUT.. SERWCE ME CONTRACTOR SHALL PROTECT THE EXISTING SYSTEM UNTIL IT IS TAKEN 0, W S.14. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH .L MATE.L, W. A. EQUIPMENT REQUIRED TO INSTALL THE PROPOSEOF D SYSTEM. (STERILIZATION PRESSURED) HTI TER SUPERATSION OF WATER IYATER FILLING THE NEW WATER LINE AND PERFORMING TESTS WILL BE FURNISH. TO THE CONTRACTOR BY THE CI, OF CORPUS CHRISTI THROUGH A STANDARD CONSTRUCTION METER CONNECTION. STANDARD WATER CONSTRUCTION METER AND GAUGE WILL BE SUPPLIED BY THE CITY AFTER THE CONT.CFOR H. PAID ALL APPLICABLE FEES FOR THE WATER consneucnav METER. ALL WATER ...ROE AIWT BE DECHLORINATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH TNRCC THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REDO.R AND STOGX-PILE AT A LOCATION DESIGNATED BY THE WATER DIVISION INSPECTOR, ALL FIRE HYDRANTS. VALVES. AND MIN. THAT TAKEN 0, W SERVICE . THESE MATERIALS MAY . SALVAGED BY THE CI, . HOWEVER ALL OEMS NOT CIAIMED BY THE C, PRIOR TO THE NAL INSPECTION SHALL BE DISPOSED W BY ME CONTRACTOR. REPAIRSTHE CONTRACTOR SHALL BEAR ALL (WOIO RRESULTR� DAMAGE CAW. BY THE P TO`R) UPON CONPLERON OF PROTECTS. �. DE FREE OF .L ALL PHYSIWL TES OF ME PROPOSED S.TEM INTO ME EXISTING WATERLINE SHALL BE R.ONNECTED AND BE .DE UNDER N W INSPECTOR. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH ALL MATE.LS AND ALL MAIN ARRANGE . R0000 DD Tomo RMAKE TAFS ON WATER DIWSION E -INS. CGS (TO rHiOUURR NOTIFic<TmNZ WILL SEPARATION OF WATER ANL, WASTEWATER LINES UNPAVEOAREAS 1 PAVEDAREAS THE SEPARATION OF WATER AVD WASTEWATER LINES AND THE MATERIAL USED _SHALL BE,. BE CENTERED OVER ME WASTEWATER LONE IN AMMON m TINY REouixniEH sWATER ns DICTAATED ev`ITEM r MEM CONTRACTOR MAY BE' REWIRED BY THE WATER DIAn INSPECTOR RS TIER PAVED SURFACE BASE WIER, BCASSE SEE NOTES BEL WATERLINE MINIMUM COYER REQUIREMENTS Norzs. ALL EXISONG SERVICE CONNECTIONS TTM ONTO THE EXISR. WATERLINE STIALL BE RECONNECTED BY ME 1. ALL MAINS IN ME STREET SHALL HAVE A MI.. OF OF CONTRA... I.LUDING RELO.R. EXISTING WM( METERS. IT SHALL THE CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY TO NORA AND COORDWATE W. ME WATER CONNECTIONS / RELOCATIONS XV ADVANCE OF CO.T.CRON TO AVOID DENTS AND LAYS SEPARRAATE INSPECTOR RE 2 ALL TRANSMISSION NS (I. BELOWWITHVE) INLTH STREET THE IO. REWIRED AS DIRECTED BY ME WATER DINSION INSPECTOR WSED ON CONDITIONS ENCOUNTERED IN THE FIELD. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL J. ALL MAINS NOT UNDAP THE STREET SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM OF U. D.LP. AS DIRECTED AND SH.L BE PAID AT Tiff UNIT PRICE BID FOR THE APPROPRIATE SLLE W COVER AT ALL POINTS. WATERLINE. A MINOR LENGTH IS DEFINED AS A SINGLE LOCATION REWIRING THE USE OF IWO JOINTS OR MINOR ADJ.TAIENTS IN THE LOCATIONS W FITTINGS VALTHE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE SAID MINOR ALD.TAIENTSVES DIRECTED EI � ANTS. Y THEENc cw AND/OR WATERTED. DIVISION INSPECTOR AT NO INCR.. OF CONTRACT PRICE. WATER DIVISION WILL DE NOTIFIED PRIORTO ALL CHAI.ES NIPPLESALL FRTINGS AND VALVES ALONG MAI.LL BE DUCIT /TR.L nu DUCTILE IRON PIPES, vaeves, ano Famics awl BE WRAPPED WITH POLYETHYLENE AND SHALL BE RESTRAIN. WITH ',GAL.., MECHANICAL JOINT R.TRAINT OR ENGINEER APPROVED EOUAL AT ALL FITTINGS. CONCRAE R1R.T BLOC. SHALL BE PLACED BEHIND ALL riramcs EXCE, WHERE [(XV. OR SWIVEL FITTI.S ARE UTILIZED, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED BY THE WATER DAISION 14. ALL OFFSETS ARE TO BE DUCTILE IRON PIPE ASSEMBLIES LOCKED TOGETHER BY RETAINER GWIDS. DUCTILE IRON BENDS SHALL BE LITILIZED FOR ANY CHANGES IN ALIGNMENT OR GRADE FILL WITH CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIALTIARarn.L BRIF A WATER LINE IS TO ANBRAND ENcwEER APPROVED EQUAL, ME CONTRACTOR VALVES WILL BE REMOVED OR FILL. u REWIRED BY WATER DIMON INSPECTOR. CONTRACTOR SHALL COOR.NATE WITH WATER DIVISION INSPECTOR AND NOR, ALL AFFECTED CUSTOMERS HOU. PRIOR TO KILLOUF OF EXISTING WATER SYS.A. 1Z WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM STANDARDS CALL FOR MAXIMUM , COVER ON WATERLIN. WHEN DEPTHS EXCEED 4. COVER TO AVOID OBSTRUCTION THE USES OF .NDS COULD BE REWIRED CONTRACTOR SHALL KEEP ALL EA.. VALVES ACCESSIBLE DURING ALL PHASES OF CONSTRUCT.. ALL NEW WATER MANS SHALL BE INSTALLED SO DDT FIPE I.V.ICATION MARKINGS ARE LOCATED ON RIE TOP W THE PT. ALL SE.ICE LINES UNDER PAVEMENT SHALL BE ONE INCH, INSIDE DIAMETER, SPECIAL NOTE - ENGINEER STALL CONTACT THE UTILITY DEPARTMENT FOR WATER VAULT DES. COORDINATION. SIP (STILL Da.iSE„:TIas -rrEWn E NOSES BELOW /,-,A ""`ENENT SEEOSD ETE R4 TLRE.E as 4*0 s-1 (BELOW PIPE TO 12' ABOVE PIPF1 (GREATER TNAN 13' ABOVE PIPF,1 UNPAVED AREAS PAVED AREAS AZ BCD.. NO 04.L BACKPLL WU CGAVAST OF OR F.0.0 OR TO AT .,,.., WA TO To ED OM PROLrP�""`mAPa). "' ro z n RT avrarw. Tovsax-' c�ml ro I�PTR ro TIF PrnLFP a A. ro ',BOVE PPE TO X BELOW OR a- ,L,,,,,,,,, 9,..PRxroR w Lae vLre rctt eErEeuNi, P reaao EASE ro m/A' eT .ewo ens„. LLio lP Z7CrIl i7P; Tu�`FFihrv„ . PASS. (OW As PER RENDS TAO, J rowRL+W+.,s A:no mu FOR, swarwr,/� me N - mx .rxul Pusxl (p) - xP ro =.0 rc. cvusv„v rroNF AIT'avu rcoJ OcauM. WATER 1=.014,,,, OV . CRGE PROJECT Na: 20910c TPP. PIPE TRENCNIN6 EEOC/NGANO EACKF/LL FOR WATERLINE xaT TO SCALE NOTE (CONCRETE PAVEMENT ROME) SAO GENERAL NOTES FOR SACKF/L L $FDDING ANON n, R1CKDII FINAL FIII (BELOW PIPE TO 12' ABOVE PIPF1 (GREATER TNAN 13' ABOVE PIPF,1 UNPAVED AREAS PAVED AREAS AZ BCD.. NO 04.L BACKPLL WU CGAVAST OF OR F.0.0 OR TO AT .,,.., WA TO To ED OM PROLrP�""`mAPa). "' ro z n RT avrarw. Tovsax-' c�ml ro I�PTR ro TIF PrnLFP a A. ro ',BOVE PPE TO X BELOW OR a- ,L,,,,,,,,, 9,..PRxroR w Lae vLre rctt eErEeuNi, P reaao EASE ro m/A' eT .ewo ens„. LLio lP Z7CrIl i7P; Tu�`FFihrv„ . PASS. (OW As PER RENDS TAO, J rowRL+W+.,s A:no mu FOR, swarwr,/� me N - mx .rxul Pusxl (p) - xP ro =.0 rc. cvusv„v rroNF AIT'avu rcoJ OcauM. WATER 1=.014,,,, OV . C-222 WATER DETAILS (1 OF 4) SHEET 20 o1 47 RECORD MOM W. STR 929 DIE PROJECT ,E15140 FIRE ....Si e Vt. EXTENS/ONDETA/L NOT TO SGLE W 2.:KIM ORO MAY 20. am 92112.02,7RO camx.r MWS. aa. BEHOLD F/NENYD/PANTASSEMBL YDETA/L 1777E 1/ BE (NICOLE MN LOOKED TO ME 011.4£. F/NEHYDRANT ASSEil1BL YDETA/L /TYPE2/ WATER LINE BEHIND CURB NOT TO SCALE YALYEBOXDETAIL OPYEVENT Nor ro SCALE YAL YEBOEDETA/L ALL,.u� SHALL 71/041LNG TO SG. SGNO`UND r HOUSED FIRE NYORANTASSEINILYDETA/L /TYPE 21 NOT TO SGLE P/CE N070/1 NG TO SCALE Lr lir' RA wi L/0 DETAIL NOT SCALE V,' R Vt) CRGE PROJECT Na: 20910c • C-222 WATER DETAILS (2 OF 4) SHEET 21 of 47 .OW SRAM NO. STR 929 of pooUECT /E15140 P/PE INSOLATION RETAIL NOT TO GAG if,'"setAT's C.. SPACER SHOULD BE SPACED A A... INSULA TOR SPACING DETAIL NOT SGLE Is ISI SPAR. CASING SPACERS AND .131. ww�a �«„ p. coa caws E aBau7 TY /BEE TO SLY NATER CONNECTIONS NOT TO SCALE RETAIL "A" TEST RISER ASSEMBL Y CONNECT/ON e MEL TYPICAL YAL YEINSTALLATION ATINTEBSECT/ONS NOT TO SCALE CRGE PROJECT Na: 20910c St CAI WATEBL /NE ADJUSTMENT RETAIL r BRASS w ee cox Bass w DETAIL IR" TEST RISER ASSEMBL Y NOT TO SGLE ...D. AND DIST.. BY COAPPACACD MUM SCALL DE STE.. TYPICAL CASING DETAIL NOT . GALE C-222 WATER DETAILS (3 OF 4) SHEET 22 of 47 REcam DRAM NO. STR 929 �By 001[01 /E15140 SERY/CE /Y/TN SIDEWALK NOT SCALE SENVICEIYI N/OUTS/DEIYALK NOT TO SCALE SERVICE IY/TN S/OEIYAL K TIED 7O CURB NOT TO SCALE tam >rcro r rs'tLE maswEwaLx srwNaw. rNEa APROPERTY LINE AND BONY EASEMENTMETER sox si-uu. sr EVADED EMNINDSIDEWALK TER sox TYPICAL COL -OF -SAC SERVICE NOT TO SCALE `j NN �zxr eaa'nwnE R mr.w ,, ,\%1 ' PM" aBoraasaw:11"- NINEL NO E Ruv BOOTS stns BE STRUT. 4ER LED TYPICAL CONNECT/ONDETAIL NOT TO SCALE r—r„ H2lE: NEW SIISDNISION. pQ 5 b INSTALL w s LOYD CURB REDE DO NOT IMME BRASS DETAIL MARKER LOCATION PRE-SET SERVICELINEMABKERDETAILS NCT TO SCALE SERVICEL /NE MATERIAL S sFmnrF DI AMPS ..ro'.rB:e BrO"rr:E;Sr'"w.r,�.11471/ EN DREAD MT, BY saw w.r..s. z rw. n.Bs�o craw .w s�.wro x80 CORMRATiNN STNDS ion,'c cameo. sroe /5. W AT ALL srAwcr rsTER c ssRry OWLET ONE ECE SORB POLYETHYLENE TUBING OF TYPE K COPPER Taw TO ODOR - SJES REWIRED JA, r 1/2,MO 2- (NO NO seuCES AUAwEOJ ANGLE METER STOP REWIRED ML DES 3/9- w - .ROU 3/4- WRLERS MEC. CHCRRORE - COPPER A, i MAW Miter B. WFTER COWL.. I.r METER Mar OTNFRSJ METER OMITTED ANO C VALVE :Rr OMER 1 rm Jir�: - tNsratL i.•' VRLEss WmEc>Fn WTBEmABE ME.ER I.r A,LEr Bw.fl3Ji "W.E Le. ARCOORCR ar arL NLRR(a v Tn&DT)-.Oahe Le. e. RR COORessa t. METER B usr May OX TAR OR Cwt BE Prom Sr...e LCNrRACMCR s R Ji. VOMER RR00UR. rs 80 n. SMI e. mE CR.. RA" ORE. 80x.3 FOR taRBsw n a ws NETsw sO„tRcs sN.0 Bs 5 F TCNG cwwv w -.x aw.wa C800 -68 AUR BE w.eveED a PoLVEIT.ENE TYPICAL CONNECT/0NDETA/LNOT TO SCALENOT . SCALE Nara BOLLARD DETAIL C-222 CRGE PROJECT Na: 20910c WATER DETAILS (4 OF 4) SNEEr 23 of 47 RELORO DRAM W. STR 929 ON' TOLELT 5E15140 m nw �mNs.41 .vvaom er mr cm CRGE PROJECT Na: 20910e IT,T".t LI, � � . V6•. K. �ti2v 14. 14. i� ��/ �� n TO ��N ro ro� .. wum ; s ®` ,rbw"� `� sx'(svvO xsx \}® ctio > lrmis'1' OP, sawux � suw sionwx �y yFi 41,111$1 ?� ��@ �8ffi� €€TaSN€€`R gA fil SPACE 414 I- A. \\ F rcxm rom smx cx ro N TYPE t TYPE 4 INP£ ] IT,PE 10I PERPENDICULAR CURB RAMP DIAGONAL COMBINATION CURB RAMP DIAGONAL CURB RAMP CURB RAMP MID—BLOCK PLACEMENT ' 1— N ttl (SIDEWALK ADJACENT TO CURB) PERPENDICULAR TO THE TANGENT OF THE CURB (RETURNED CURB) PERPENDICULAR RAMPS RADIUS AND CONTAINED IN CROSSWALK �I .waw .5 s "4M8 CITY of CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS Department of Engineering Services • rwu c ro —C a UP)— ... MSS SLOPE HOT TO EXCEED ss -4164J16 O TYPE 2 I TYPE s TYPE B TYPE n PARALLEL CURB RAMP WITH SIDEWALK ADJACENT TO CURB - COMBINATION CURB RAMP DIRECTIONAL RAMP WITHIN RADIUS CURB RAMPS AT MEDIAN ISLAND (USE ONLY WHERE WATER WILL NOT POND IN THE LANDING) _ (SIDEWALK ADJACENT TO CURB) CITYWIDE STREET PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE PROGRAM (SPMP) YEAR 3 = N INDEFINITE DELIVERY INDEFINITE QUANTITY (IDIQ) SEAL COATS S 5 CURB RAMP DETAILS (1 OF 4) ,Rtw e m aa'e 'tae =.1;= -WM SYSTALL 0.ELTABLE. WARM. SUM." AT EACil ENO OF CUT THROWN FAYIP WAWA 2 51400711 ARMY BET. GETEMSc Mme µ ° +4r 11+ suxroc TYPE 3 I I TYPE 6 I I TYPE 9 I TYPE TDI PARALLEL CURB RAMP DIRECTIONAL RAMP WITHIN RADIUS OFFSET PARALLEL CURB RAMP FLUSH CURB RAMP AT MEDIAN ISLAND OPENING w 3 (SIDEWALK SET BACK FROM CURB) 9 SHEET NOT TO SCALE C-222 ' STR 929 CRT PROTECT 1E15140 CURB RAMPS Mr BE AILLOIVED ON a CASE -Br -GSE 84SIS ONLY IF OTHER DOWIGLIPATIONS ARE NOT PEOSIBLE. AND MIST BE APPROVED er INE CI FO LONSTRUCTON. TYPE 131 AT INTERSECTION W/FREE RIGHT TURN & ISLAND COMBINATION ISLAND RAMPS TYPE 14 PERPENDICULAR CURB RAMPS (BI-DIRECTIONAL) (SIDEWALK SET BACK FROM CURB) TYPE 15 PERPENDICULAR CURB RAMPS (BI—DIRECTIONAL) (SIDEWALK SET BACK FROM CURB) SUBGRADE PREPARATION: I. SUBGADE UNDER CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND CURB RAMPS ALL BE COMPACTED TO 95% STANDARD PROCTOR SIDEWALK NOTES: 1. THE MINIMUM SIDEWALK WIDTH FOR ALL ARTERML AND COLLECTOR STREETS S 5'. WHERE A 5' SIDEWALK CAN NOT BE PROVIDED DUE TO SITE CONSTRAINTS, A MINIMUM 4' SIDEWALK MAY BE PROVIDED. 550' PASSING AREAS SHALL BE PROADED AT INTERVALS NOT TO EXCEED 200' FOR ALL SIDEWALKS LESS THAN 5' IN WIDTH. MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE CROSS SLOPE ON SIDEWALK SURFACE IS 2%. ALL PANSION JOINTS TO BE 3/4" THICK WOOD FIBER J ASPHALT -IMPREGNATED EXPANSION BOARD, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 4. ALL CONCRETE TO BE CUSS A. Tc=.000 PSI. ALL REINFORCING STEEL TO BE GRADE 60, 1y=60,000 PSI. 5. SIDEWALKS SHALL BE AT LEAST 4" THICK CONCRETE. 6. CONCRETE SURFACE TO RECEIVE BROOM FINISH. 7. MM ./ERSE CONTRACTION JOINTS 7/B" WIDE BY 1/2" DEEP SHALL B£ CUT IN ALL SIDEWALKS AT 5'-0" INTERVALS (MAXIMUM). 8. PROVIDE PEDESTRIAN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE WITH DETECTABLE WARNING SURFACE FOR SIDEWALKS THAT INTERSECT CONTROLLED DRIVEWAYS. DETECTABLE WARNING SURFACE SHALL BEA MINIMUM OF 24" IN DEPTH IN THE DIRECTION OF PEDESTRIAN TRAVEL AND EXTEND HE FULL WIDTH OF HE ACCESSIBLE ROUTE WHERE IT INTERSECTS THE CONTROLLED DRIVEWAY. CURB RAMP NOTES: 1. PRONOE CURB RAMPS WHEREVER AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE CROSSES (PENETRATES) A CURB 2. 4/070 0RITFR7A8 RAMPS AND LANDING ARAS RAMP IN DIRECTION OF TRAVEL SIDE SLOPE OF AMP (PURE) CROSS SLOPE OF RAMP LANDING AREA (ALL DIRECTIONS) ADJOINING AREAS SIDEWALK IN DIRECTION OF 7RAVE4 SIDEWALKCROSS SLOPE GUTTER N RECTION OF TRAVEL MAX SI OPE MH % IN PER FD 1:12/8..05%/1"PER FT 10 / 10%/ 1.2" PER FT 1:50 / 25 / 0.24" PER FT 1:50 / 2% / 024" PER FT 1:20/5%/0.60" PERFT 1:50 / 20 / 0.24" PER FT 1:20 / 5% / 0.60 PER FT A SMOOH TRANSHON (551:50) IN DIRECBON OF TRAVE0 lS REQUIRED WHERE RAMPS ]WNSIRON TO HE STREET FLARED SIDES WHERE THE PEDESTRIAN CIRCULATION PATH CROSSES H£ CURB RAMP. OARED SIDES SHALL BE SLOPED AT 10% MAXIMUM, MEASURED PAIR TO THF CARR. RETURNED CURBS MAY BE USED ONLY WHERE PEDESTRIANS WOULD NOT NORMALLY WALK ACROSS HE RAMP, EITHER BECAUSE HE ADJACENT SURFACE IS PLANTED, SUBSTANTIALLY OBSTRUCTED, OR OTHERWISE PROTECTED. 4 UM MTH A MAXIMUM 2% SLOPE IN ANY DIRECTION, 5. CURB AMP MUST BE WHOLLY CONTAINED WITHIN CROSSWALK MARKINGS, EXCLUDING SIDE FARES. SILRR RAMP NOTES (CONTINUED)' 6. CURB RAMPS, FLARES AND LANDINGS SHALL BE AT LEAST 5" THICK 5190CRETE AND EXPANSION JOINTS SHALL TYPICALLY BE USED AT MATCHLINE WITH ADJOINING AREAS. MANEUVERING SPACE AT THE BOTTOM OF CURB AMPS SHALL BEA MINIMUM OF 4'X4' WHOLLY CONTAINED WITHIN HE CROSSWALK AND WHOLLY OUTSIDE HE PAALLO VEHICULAR TA. PATH. B. IAYBACK CURB AND GUTTER MAY BE CONSTRUCTED MONOLITHICALLY WITH CURB RAMPS PRON. ND 4 X 12' LONG SMOOTH DOWELS O 12" ON CENTERS IF NOT PULED MONONNICALLY. 9 PROVIDE A SMOOTH TRANSITION WHERE HE CURB RAMPS CONNECT TO THE STREET 5% MAXIMUM SLOPE IN GUTTER. 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON CURB AMP LOCATION, DESIGN, LIGHT REFLECTIVE VALUE AND TEXTURE MAY BE FOUND 1N THE CURRENT EDITION OF HE TEXAS ACCESSIBILITY STANDARD$ OAS) AND 16 TAC 968.102. 11. DIAGONAL CURB AMPS ARE DISCOUAGED. DIAGONAL CURB AMPS MAY BE ALLOWED ON A CASE-BY-CASE BASIS ONLY IF OTHER CONFIGURATIONS ARE NOT FEASIBLE AND MUST BE APPROVED BY HE CITY PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION 12. FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF HE PROJECT SHALL BE CONTING.T UPON THE ACTOR PROVIDING HE CRY WIN A FINAL INSPECTION REPORT FROM A CERTIFIED REGISTERED ACCESSIBILITY SPECIALIST (RAS) PER 16 AC 968.52 STATING THAT ALL ALA (AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT) HANDICAP IMPROVEMENTS, AS CONSTRUCTED, COMPLY WITH THE TEXAS ACCESSIBILITY STANDARDS (TAS) FOR ELIMIAno0 OF ARCHITECTURAL BARRIERS PER TEXAS GOVERNMENT CODE CHAPTER 469. DETECTABLE WARNING SURFACE NOTES: 1. CURB AMPS MUST CONTAIN A DETECTABLE WARNING SURFACE THAT CONSISTS OF WISED TRUNCATED DOMES COMPLYING RIM SECTION ]05 OF HE TAS H SURFACE MUST CONTRAST VISUALLY WITH ADJOINING SURFACES INCLUDING SIDE FLARES. 2. DETECTABLE WARNING SURFACE FOR RAMPS SHALL B£ ADA SOLUTIONS, INC. PART N0. 2460REP GAST-IN-PUCE REPLACEABLE TACTILE WARNING SURFACE TILES TRUNCATED DOME, OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT, IN TRICK RED" COLOR. ALIGN TRUNCATED DOMES IN THE DIRECRON OF PEDESTRIAN RAVEL WHEN ENTERING ME STREET. 4. DETECTABLE WARNING SURFACES SHALL BEA MINIMUM OF 24' W DEPTH IN THE DIRECTION OF PEDESTRNN TRAVELAND EXTEND HE FULL WIDTH HE CURB OR ROUTE ENTERS HE STREET. E PEDESHAN ACCESS 5. DETECTABLE WARNING SURFACES SHALL BE LOCATED SO THAT HE EDGE NEAREST THE CURB LINE ISA MINIMUM OF 6" ANDA MAXIMUM OF 10' FROM HE EXTENSION OF THE FACE OF CURB DETECTABLE WARNING SURFACES TO BE CURVED HANG THE CORNER RADIUS I I /J 6N mn. HEADER CURBS AT CURB RAMP CRGE PROJECT No: 20910c SHEET NOT TO SCALE C-222 CURB RAMP DETAILS (2 OF 4) SHEET 25 0/ 47 RECORD MAIM NO. STR 929 CITY PROJECT J E7514O SETBACK SIDEWALK APRON OFFSET SIDEWALK WIDE SIDEWALK CIf1CU/AI U TRCATIArKIT AT MORLCIAIAVC PROTECTED ZONE PROTECTED ZONE FOR POST OR WALL M.N. osAvEs BETWLW ea" GFNFRAL NOTES 1. ALL PES ARE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE. THE T POSSIBLE SLOPE 1HAT WILL STILL DRAIN PROPERLY SHOULD BE USED. 5 LZ, 7IGA6.CORWNAGE FACNILTIIES ANON OTHER RENS 50 A�SXNOT TO OBST UCT� THE ACESSIBLE ROUTE OR CLEAR GROUND SPACE. 171 3 THE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE SIDEWALK CROSS SLOPE EQUALS'2R. 4. STREET GRADES AND CROSS SLOPES SHALL BE AS SHOWN ELSEWHERE AN PLANS. 5. /SUNG FEATURES THAT COMPLY WITH TAS MAY REMAIN IN PLACE UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN ON THE PIA. A CHANGES IN LEVEL GREATER THAN Y. INCH ARE NOT EEIr'TTED. 7.. WINE LEAST POSSIBLE GRADE SHOULD BE USED TO �I?RLACCLSSS/Bnm. THE RUNNING SLOPE OF SIDEWALKS AND CROSSWALKS, A E PU RIGHT-OF-WAY, FOLLOW THE GRADE OF THE PARALLEL R CONTINUOUS RADE GREATER PIM 5R MUST r 0. HANDRAILS MAY BE ON ONE OR LOTH SIDES OF THE SIDEWALK TO IMPROVE ACCESSIBILITY S MAY ALSO BE NEEED TO PROTECT PEDESTRIANS FROM POTENTIALLY HAZAR 5 COMMONS. IF PROVIDED. HINORNLS MUST COMPLY WTI TAS 4.55. B. HANDRAIL EXTENSIONS SHALL NOT PROTRUDE INTO THE USABLE LANDING AREA G. 10 INTERSECTING PEDESTRMN ROUTES 9. SIDEWALK DETAILS ARE SHOWN ELSEWHERE IN THE PUNS. CLEAR GROUND SPACE CENTERED AT PEDESTRIAN PUSH BUTTON PLAN VIEW PLACEMENT OF STREET FIXTURES (ITEMS NOT UPENDED FOR PUBLIC USE MINIMUM 4' X 4' CLEAR GROUND SPACE REQUIRED AT PUBLIC USE FIXTURES.) CRGE PROJECT NO: 20910c DETECTION BARRIER FOR VERTICAL CLEARANCE <80" SHEET NOT TO SCALE C-222 CURB RAMP DETAILS (3 OF 4) SHEET 26 of 47 RECORD DRAWING NO. STR 929 LOT PRO/,Cr 1E15140 ICI) i CRGE PROJECT Na: 20910c }P5••••• ��S•.* Vi S, u7 ••• • g ... V DETECTABLE WARNINGS u � ,I, °n d"Bo I �— Almo �, o 0 o p ®yo ? dx �g fkVi,e rigB uE o. v in: =N PARALLEL CURB RAMP rawnxm uu TYPICAL PLACEMENT OF DETECTABLE WARNING SURFACE ON LANDING AT STREET EDGE PERPENDICULAR CURB RAMP eI-►r1 L4 _ CI TYPICAL PLACEMENT OF DETECTABLE WARNING SURFACE ON SLOPING RAMP RUN i, U 14� O CITY of CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS Department of Engineering Services oehc..e�csc h1i—"' r.a ..Ai."es,"auwro.wx —� ,... exrxvux,xew.uc isu,uµax.�xse��s. nE �.....�., ... ..... c oD„t 3o Y5la cuss.CONCRETE SECTION A—A TYPICAL SECTION THROUGH CURB RAMP CITYWIDE STREET PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE PROGRAM (SPMP) YEAR 3 _ INDEFINITE DELIVERY INDEFINITE QUANTITY (IDIQ) SEAL COATS S 5 CURB RAMP DETAILS (4 OF 4) �c x�x c u.. �..cs o, c.,s Or au,aua..7x.o ria our. Exr.,o, om,„, a ,..o DIRECTIONAL CURB RAMP Vo=" -- L''""0 — TYPICAL PLACEMENT OF DETECTABLE WARNING SURFACE ON SLOPING RAMP RUN AT A RADIUS - "'� • " ;!�rR \- /' � -""', �� SECTION B—B CURB RAMP PROFILE a STR 929 SHEET NOT TO SCALE C-222 Cm' PRNECT J E15140 R.O.W. VARIES SUBGRADE EXISTING BASE (DEPTH AND MATERIAL VARIES) a PROPOSED TYPICAL SECTION NOT TO SCALE PROPOSED SEALCOAT A PROPOSED TACK COAT BITUMINOUS SURFACE ENLARGED PROPOSED SEALCOAT SECTION NOT TO SCALE SIDEWALK (TYP.) CURB AND GUTTER (TYP.) BACK OF CURB LIP OF CURB 24" SOLID WHITE R EF LECTORIZ ED THERMOPLASTIC STRIPING 1' TYP 14'-0" L1 TYP. PLAN VIEW NOT TO SCALE PARABOLIC CROWN STREET 2.5" .11 14'-0" 3-6" ► 7 -O ► SECTION "A -A" NOT TO SCALE 1"TO 2" NOTE: 1. ALL WORK & MATERIALS ASSOCIATED WITH CONSTRUCTION OF SPEED HUMPS SHALL BE SUBSIDIARY TO THE LINE ITEM "SPEED HUMP" AND BID PER EACH. SPEED HUMP DETAIL NOT TO SCALE CRGE PROJECT Na: 20910c C-222 SHEET 28 O7 47 REC0.Po OPA ING NO. STR 929 car PROJECT J E15140 BARRICADE AND CONSTRUCTION CBCI STANDARD SHEETS GENERAL NOTES: 1. The Barricade and Construction Standard Sheets (BC sheets, are intended SO Show ty01501 examples for plcaement of temporary traffic control devices, construction pavement markings, and typical work zone Signe. The information contained in these sheets meet or exceed the requirements shown in the "Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices" ITMUTC01. 2. The development and design of the Traffic Control Plan (TCP)I6 the responsibility of the Engineer. 3. The Contractor may Propose charges to the TCP that Ore signed and sealed by a licensee professional engineer for approval. The Engineer may devel00 sign and seal Contractor proposed changes. 4. The Contractor is responsible for installing and maintaining the traffic control devices as shown In the plans. The Contractor may not move or chonge the approximate location of any device without the approval of the Engineer. 5. Geometric design of lana shifts and detours should, when possible, meet the applicable design criteria contained in manuals such as the American Association Of State Highway and Transportation OffiOiOIS 1005000), 'A Policy an Geometric Design of Highways One Streets,• the TXDOT "Roadwa0 Design Manual' or engineering judgment. 6. When projects abut, the En9ineer(61 may omit the END ROAD WORK, TRAFFIC FINES DOUBLE, and other advance warning signs if the signing would be redundant and the work areas appear continuous t0 the motorists. If the adjacent project is completed first, the Contractor sholl erect the necessary warning signs a shown on these sheets, P sheets o directed by the Engineers The BEGIN ROAD WORK NEXT70 X MILES sign shall be revised t0 show appropriate work done distance. 7. The Engineer may require duplicate warning signs on the median side of divided highways where median width will permit and traffic volumes Justify the signing. 8. All signs shall be constructed in accordance with the details found in the 'Standard Highway Sign Designs for Texas,' latest edition. Sign details not shown in this manual shall be shown in the plans or the Engineer shall provide a detail to the Contractor before the sign is manufacture,. 9. The temporary traffic control devices shown in the illustrations of the BC s rexamples. As ne ary, the Engineer will determine the most appropriate traffic control devices to be use,. 10. As shown on BC121, the OBEY WARNING SIGNS STATE LAW sign, STAY ALERT TALK OR TEXT LATER (see Sign Detail 020-10T) and the WORK ZONE TRAFFIC FINES DOUBLE sign with plaque shall be erected in advance of the CSJ limits. However, the TRAFFIC FINES DOUBLE sign will not be required on projects consisting solely Of mobile operation work, such as striping or milling edaeline rumple strips. The BEGIN ROAD WORK NEXT X MILES, CONTRACTOR and END ROAD WORK signs shall be erected at or near the CSJ limits. 11. Except for devices required by Note 10, traffic control devices should be Inplace only while work IS actually In progress Or 0 definite need exists. 12. The Engineer las the final decision on the location of all traffic control 13. Inactive equipment and work vehicles, Including workers' private vehicles must be parked away from travel lanes. They should be as close to the right-of-way line as possible, or located behind a barrier or guardrail, or as approved by the Engineer. WORKER -SAFETY APPAREL NOTES. Workers on foot who are exposed to croft i0 Or t0 Construction equipment within the right-of-way a nigh -visibility safety apparel meeting the requirements of ISEA "American Notional Standard for High -Visibility Apparel," orequivalent r any labeled as ANSI 107-2004 standard performance for Class 2 orv3srisk exposure. Class 3 garments should be considered for high traffic volute work areas or night time work. MOTE BLACK AND SYMBOL 11.25I ALK OR TEXT LATER STAY ALERT 20' 20' • CRGE PROJECT No: 20910c • ISTAT ALERT] Tent. 0 Orange BALK OR XT TELATER] Font, C Speckn Speckles tenon, SIGN DETAIL (620-10T) Only pre -qualified products shall be used. The "Compliant Work tore Traffic Control Devices List' ICWZTCO) describes one -4001(0(00 products and their sources and may be found on -lire at the web address given below or by contacting: Texas Department of Transportation Traffic Operations Division - TE Phone 15121 416-3118 THE DOCLSENTS BELOW CAN BE FOUND ON-LINE AT ht0WAM CIXdoLgov COMPLIANT WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES LIST (CWZTCDI DEPARTMENTAL MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS (DMS) MATERIAL PRODUCER LIST IMPLI ROADWAY DESIGN MANUAL - SEE "MANUALS (ONLINE MANUALS). STANDARD HIGHWAY SIGN DESIGNS FOR TEXAS (SHSDI TEXAS MANUAL ON UNIFORM TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES ITM]TCD) TRAFFIC ENGINEERING STANDARD SHEETS SHEET 1 OF 12 f •Pepwawet8f8 uw Trefle BARRICADE AND CONSTRUCTION GENERAL NOTES AND REOUIREMENTS BCc1)-14 o100I w oroveroer 001 SHEET NOT TO SCALE C-222 SHEEr 29 ar 47 RECOAO MOM NO. STR 929 cru PROJECT J El5140 LEGEND CRGE PROJECT Na: 20910c TYPICAL LOCATION OF CROSSROAD SIGNS 1zd I 1 Waal A o It ILES. 420-10 Motional 420-2 TOO 11011[l of •BUT ROO AllEAD-10120-101 .,P, with opproval of Engineer. oa 72Eit-r'?filll'P=1,T'srin7nunl:Zs'nrott "K" 2. Tne Engineer may use the reduced sire 364 x 364 ROAD WORK 111240 10120-101 sigt mounted Mee to Imola with the reduced size 36. x •010 ROAD ivolumeNate s onaer •Tyolcal Construe,. Warning SI. Size and Spacing". 5n iMaaE Reew Tracer manual for ai..tai le. The EMineer may omit the advance warning Sigel on velure crossroads. The EngTheer 4,111 determine thetMr a oad is low volume. This information Mall be e.n in The pions. 3. BleedOn existing field conditions, ns Edginrr/I specior may require additional Signe Suer, OS RIGGER location and spacing of sign not Moth on the C sheets, Traffic Control Plon ShEens. or the Rork y - mewime mdaerawa 1.0 MOM motorists of tre length of mnstructIon In Ther act n lrerrm m de Engineer will determine Metter a roadway is considered high volume. 5. Additional traffic control devices may be .. elsewhere in the plms for higher volar crossroads. 6. Men work occurs in the eiae the pians Cr ae de.mineadada.me he EnaeMXIMP.t prom rr devices ' as mail a is acme. acro Mere .o T -INTERSECTION 1:11M I CSJ LIMITS AT T -INTERSECTION I. T. Engineer will determine t. types a. location of my additional traff ic control devices, Suen . f logger Ond aMomponying Sign. Or Other Signe. tinat ShOu Id De uSed Men wOrN FS being Performed at Or near or, Intersection. 2. If construction closes the rood at a T-iMersection the Cordroctor shal I place the •CONTRACTOR HM1,1020-fin sigh behind the TYPO 3 BorriOOMS for the rood closure ISee BC1101 Tine •ROAD WORK NEXT X MILES• left arrow.20-IDTLI -ROAD WORK NEXT X MILE, rignt mrow IG20-10TR/• SIMS 8.11 be replaced by tr. detour Signing Cal led fOr In ire plarS. WORK AREAS IN MULTIPLE LOCATIONS WITHIN CSJ LIMITS ID 0113-111 Type 3 Barr,. or chmnelizing devices SAMPLE LAYOUT OF SIGNING FOR WORK BEGINNING AT THE CSJ LIMITS O S LN 0x0 1m. SPEED eonx MIT XX14EX El STAY ALERT 1/.11 OR MU LAHR Men extendeol dIstonces occur between minimal work sem WAD WORK 1sig. are placed in advance within the projectC 1120-101 s. See the applicable Tab Mee channel SAMPLELAYOUT 1e SOF SIGNING FOR WORK BEGINNING DOWNSTREAM OF THE CSJ LIMITS Lsa L�00 Stilla� dzd. act location cod spacing of alms a. ROAD CLOSED lel caordlnote XMX b 1pdeaEl AT.* TYPICAL CONSTRUCTION WARNING SIGN SIZE AND SPACINGsa' SPACING g SIZE COnvzolonal Posted Speed Spec i ng MPH 30 35 120 160 40 240 45 320 50 POO 55 60 600 65 70 aoo 80 work or. ond/or distma cemi f.een eadditional sign. GENERAL NOTES 1. Special or lorger $in Signe may be used alIneoeseirY. . histmee Oahe. sIgne should be Increased as re.lred to neve 13.0 feet advance wretning. • Or mare 013.31033 apIning. dim., "'Pined warning Sign Sixes ire indleated. Only finVeTas:1;a1ZU'IToh oiti ar ma stmdrd 'ghat 11 620-22141 XMX NOTES .1 of the Engineer. 0a mai (:) eo sec naol 00 dead. • . 9TP1 and -EMI WORE ZONE .20 2021 ... r T ETc aejecraR� aa d .,sea a d Ta ate OIA0 a 7",:1„•,'.•0.1100.°"`"'"""1-' gait '''• Ot macre! izire Devices Sign See Typical SHEET 2 OF 12 Tre FDepartment of Aampanenon BARRICADE AND CONSTRUCTION PROJECT LIMIT BC(2) -14 13,1101 err 000E 9-07 6-14 7-12 SHEET NOT TO SCALE C-222 SHEET 30 of 47 RECORD DPAMNG NO. STR 929 MT PROJECT J E1514G Q i20910c CRGE PROJECT No: ° •-•\ OF • TFb`r,11�j j*'• * •••••' *•Y VICTOR M. GUTIERREZ, JR..I .• 777661�j(7�i. 12 7 20/4 r TYPICAL APPLICATION OF WORK ZONE SPEED LIMIT SIGNS Work zone speed I lmlis shall be regulatory, estobIlsited In accordinee with the 'Proceda es for Establishing Speed Zones,' ca and approves by the Texas Transportation Commission. or by City Ordinance Men within Incorporated City Limits. p, Reduced speeds should only be posted in the vicinity 6pSigning.. for addition. orlyamo ���Bs, of work activity and not throughout the entire project. / LIMITS Regulatory work zone speed signs 1R2-l) shall be. removed or covered during periods when they ore not needed. slpnlnp sown far one direction only. won q (LIMITS S c g Rh 1gi1i W €./,'.4LLp gull! / \ 'fla &i b if\nw b Iwo, b see em,eal xatw4 b b Aegg s.e al Note b aM -1M IC. gat.4 b :F a B � := 'o; e8a GUIDANCE LONG/INTERMEDIATE SPEED 0 .' Xt-1 FOR USE: TERM [n 5 WORK ZONE WO x PO EN LI IT 60 SPEED a m p-saSPEED LIMITS GENERAL �°orR,E 6NIT 0 azo -. NOTES 0 7M0 Bt 1 n< * �-5 >—<` I WORM ZONE O LIMIT 60 oxo-5a et1 A ZONE 60 Oto 0w Rt-1 SPEED L..., LINK 7 O et 1 •9` 1— ���►WXW1 �I CITY of CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS Department of Engineering Services $ This type of work zone speed limit should be included on the design of I. Regulatory work zone speed limits should Ce used only for sections of ems}ruction The Tr of plans when restricted geometries with o lamer design projects Mere speed control is of Inoj or impotance. �a modification of the geometries to 2. Regulatory work zone speed limit signs shall be placed m supports at a 1 foot minims a nigher designspeedis not kfea¢ bled mounting height. Long/Intermediate term Work Zone Speed Limit signs, when approved as described 3. Speed zone signs are Illustrated for one direction of travel and are normally posted above, should be posted and visible to the motorist Men work activity is present. for each direction of travel. Work activity may also be defined as a change in the roadway that requires 4. Frequency of work zone speed limit signs mould be: reduced speed for motorists to safely negotiate the work area, including: 40 mho ono greater 0.2 to 2 miles al rough road or damaged pavement surface 35 mph and less 0.2 to I mile alteration of roadway geometries (diversions, ao l construction detours 5. Regulatory speed limit signs shallhave black legend and border on a write reflective e, grade background ISee 'Reflective Sheeting.' m BC 141 ). el width fl other conditions readilycons eentxis t, the ore driver 6. 'Fabrication,ORa and maintenance of DtheADVANCELIUIO'IE2 SPEED LIMIT.' inolCnot 500 001 As long as any of these conditions exist, the work zone speed lima signs 'WORM Zy, but be plaque and the bsidia LI MI iIte2-Il2igns shall not be paid for sha,ld remain in place. directly, oat anal) be considered subsidiary to Item sgz. T. Turning signs from view, laying signs over ar down will not be allaeee, ,(less as SHORT TERM WORK ZONE SPEED LIMITS omerwi se noted ander °wEMonrvc ae cavEBlNc' on inn. i CITYWIDE STREET PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE PROGRAM (SPMP) YEAR 3 INDEFINITE DELIVERY INDEFINITE QUANTITY (IDIQ) SEAL COATS BARRICADE AND CONSTRUCTION WORK ZONE SPEED LIMIT STANDARDS (BC(3)-14) This type of work zone speed limit may be included on the design of 0. Techniques }hot may help redxe traffic speeds include but are not limited to: SHEET 3 OF 12 the traffic control plans Men workers or equipment are not behind concrete A. Law enforcement, barrier, when work activity is within 10 feet of the traveled way or actually B. Flogger stationed next to sign. In the Travelled way. C. Portable chmgeable message sign 1PCMS1. • ,rexespwpertmentpf Twxup°tedhen pandas radar transmitter. Short Term Work Zane Speed Limit signs should be posted as visible0. Lowepower tot trailers motorists only Men work activity is present. When work activity is not iho E. Speed osn'on trailers or signs. present, signs shall be removed or covered. 0. Sceeda shown ed Jolt' above ore far nttedrec ap only. (See Relieving or Covering On BC(4u. work zone sceed omits should only be posted as approved for each protect. IO.For more specific guidance concerning The Type of work, war conditions d factors impacting al linable regulatory construction aon speed zone reduction see T%OOT farm .1204 in the IMOOT a-farm system. BARRICADE AND CONSTRUCTION WORK ZONE SPEED LIMIT BC (3) -) Q .,, a SHED- 31 of 47 prom OPAW1Nc N0. eLL -I4 ... .� »a STR 929 SHEET NOT TO SCALE C-222 Cm'Pomn /E15140 Q i20910c CRGE PROJECT No: - y fit, K• .4',14. P.-. E /�(/ ©t �" �T r6'•,, K� ** �.. ati2Z.` ` e t\ r• ��., 0� �/ • �' GENERAL NOTES FOR FRE ACME SIGNS TYPICAL MINIMUM CLEARANCES FOR LONG TERM AND INTERMEDIATE TERM SIGNS IV min marc straight am plum condition ewer a directed by the Engineer. nssr 2. NOM. Sign Mete snol I be point. NI.. 3.. Barricodes shall NOT be used me sign emporia. 4. All sims 9.11 ine installed in ith o r as d rearm Me er s ga ma a used to regulate. and yrarough ¢ 6.- o 6,6 p9 S• P s € ROAD TRORR AHEAD I I •. s: fax. g greater ROAD 11000 MCAD nen.\ / 3 m from_ .. '— •i ROAD WORK ANEAD ROAD WORK AHEAD ' I v.� d?: L. I I ' ` mea mm. s. the traveling .11c safely the worrxp..a Me Mons or in Me Mien.. Highway Sign .igns for Texas.... Tim Engineer/Inspector way require the Contractor to furniN ot.r work zone elms that are Mom In the TBUTOD . ray hove 's ne omitted gg _ he Contractor's in s. The Coniroctor shall furnish al, supports listed In the Compliant Work Mne Traffic Control T. Contractor procedures, the Controctor Noll furniN the Engineer a cam a the maufa,urer'iInst elation r comm esem i` "so the Engin W, snail install /he sign support in accoramce wins the manufacturers recommantions. If Mere,�edpovedrmm'ked'amarra,"'mar a only on ne back of me .Ian emanate. The maxims halay, of lama away company Iwos used i • Ai gad' 1 � €€ � gull! 4 . _�_�,h J > dames. he m�p d ad.l'aa.,.balla -. -.; „UA le monger : » Nnan a.w Skid a . gr Kl he p dam up r ek m a a o ma d as ,he plan a one ...a.ayr as p m. * * Nne, aoiazed o g,aaum "` a `° dual -leg supports, they should be attached to. ua y ne'mr w rrarei lues aplmKim Magee Imvisar m meraael male not aka me °true a parent clan. reed an o« a aa<« m aa, re n b. Intermediote-term onar tar hat dew es a am scare mm one daylight ar m up to Ydays, or l lays pmlmnighttimeaaa6 ar a for are man mann .n a maid m Isar. e. Mobile . work that noves cont0. Mort. duration - tom that inuoupiee sly a intermittently em p.a f a to a'a.la els Id miaree.l 'q g L aNall apa+6 ATTACHMENT FOR SIGN SUPPORTS r«m�an4 ro Kaden vgpans I. The bottom of kap trmvinremm ore tem signs am ea Tar i €6 �� g®, not gramme eve m i� ar ce S. UaeDOIrTOOT'S ar (All nee a Kre'ra. ianufecrurer a recamenm0 mednres for attachingSir w dawn e Trc moan of uP z sane-tenmspat Duration dao moll he a'n�mm of I fat move to pavement surface noe�eernm z feetMoreLr_ the arae. Signs _ e. Sa� r eISM'r alge ed o v Owlgra am mamo reamed o, me end of the roll* or raised to l iJ M� 47i 8 a� e € p��� o� �o�$ war ROAD ' :h.. /. moi/I. N%/ dayrates ro Other Has cf slay eopwrta amort' t� a rc fed =. Regulate, IMs Nal one earned at east , but not more ran s feet, more ire Paved a.rface eagralea> of work &ration. 1. The Corstrocier Noll fmnisn he aim elms .r amdizl'.a�I,e,aKin.realanemardlred.edayrr.Ewlnem. CITY of CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS Department of Engineering Services Fk: GOBBLE above s a �' ryy RIC ITV WIN _ °A Nails shall NOT I ,. re Ian manned la ,ural I. _ In accordance to bon nmurocrwra reammaa,ima for Me type m sign rte a fferein Hoe and noels m awn supports. f a`lvweds �a of �rwor e$Y AHEAD \ De al lolled. EOch sign more vdieas rces shallreetm rreaa'af tnve one or more f Ian& If , pn11pmel amt �om e 2. thick by v ten. to Me Molt Rhe a fully the me oBb ulsPOln""�ain s 0 wwrt eh 11 l - a wl I be °trachea of extends sign screws Mateo not penetratetheface of menti n` eeae eren� cleat aced maeoth aims of the splice o e dr using rood extend reOre than 4- directly t° the sign y approve otter metas tipicing the REFLECTIVE SHEETING a Y o IPI Icing height r Pock of Me Sign Ear me nforaPla. o need�orfoor gre atm, to s �� w support. Multiple sign 81 t be joined spliced by any means. Roos supports 'hal' not be extended or repaired by spl icing a 1. Ai 1 Cone 6.11 be rel.:reflective and Oenetructea of sheeting meeting the color m0 retro-refleotNity uremnrs of DIS-2300sMstmate. - - u. Mall be Med far Signe with a white m3. Orange Sheeting, eeting the require.. Of DM -11300 Type the ditme Ing ra+lrmmre of 0115-8100 Type lye Cm be bad for rigid Sig. with mage bawra.w. I olmm,1 le $11rq ac .ceawina00os rr° 1 0Orpsidwwi fm Teas: mmui. msiyic, errera'a npmra anvi l ce or RE9115 90 at C°IFRIsq is in a with ogr im m Sacs .a .ma. should ce w the spit Ithe sign substrate, not neor Me base of the support. Splice . aa.. a 'mad other heats. tub. may M turned away from 90 8 . Long-term stafionory or intermediate etafionary es when of at least me sane gage material. anMaynro a a ya metal led In ire ad,o of OOw,.o...! E niqu.oyye m rear any STOP/SLOW PADDLES I. a 4010les ore me primary netnod to control trafficWITHIN W floggers, Th fsldN paddle size Mould be N• x N• . cat.. nem. peddle retmmori xed a CONTRACTOR REOUIREAENTS FOR MAINTAINING PERMANENT SIGNS THE PROJECT LIMITS I. Pemnmt Signe <re uSed . gire nOtiee Of *raft M 10.0r regulatiOnS. Oall tM.O. destinations, r o,scm� elturul , Signs installed on woo.n skids call not de IVMa at e0 a e males to one raooy. Treads a enfold a reamed Cr ogiere y an!edmhe aaerr es untie our and mese plax °imide .1 orre 0440+,, a Klin II cover ellyrts dt nlpn, ritncur edapinm irc Sian mretia. 6. Duct tope or other ...Give material anal! NOT be affixed to a sips face. one mvecep a ea hay ea ban cad e o M Wk. s CITYWIDE STREET PREVENTATIVE 9 MAINTENANCE PROGRAM (SPMP) YEAR 3 = INDEFINITE DELIVERY INDEFINITE QUANTITY (IDIQ) SEAL COATS S o 5 a BARRICADE AND CONSTRUCTION TEMPORARY SIGN NOTES (BC(4)-14) 3. pale�ce attached m Harr with a minmu of T. Any lights incorporated rsgeographical, 'torax sae ne. the ere, .f m, dent route era°ara led on a roadway without ...ruction. IWhere signdmgln use of SHEET 4 OF 12 re+a sandbags dsa a will aro boo to eau fro ono aro Nall only be as specifically described .n Section s[as siau.a Devices .n rte TM.. 2. .1 , amtK x M the ana�ma am me venaam sign aea>a0egrone> rood, �arr+aa.lan wcorer's weiht. > u Carer., an Cr other solid mwa enolI at be Devine& feOscrr.aye. �fscop ,m annelm d I°,\/s.ie \frnl 1 r SIMS Me aged orelaaated tO or o.1, .a o visible on ori portsm '�bo k shall theboaen mpow oafBC Of smmwmanlTTIOminimum of 35 e and a __mdf/d. Dubber imriiaarma�usmNaned�leamrwos»odrewlm fi r STD \ % � a \//Tetrafficoontroldevicemoter. meet Me required is on hes Me BAT Poor P02 1,', s ap msupports. 'C1on the m"fmhe aad. The signs shall meet I. required mounting .s° edaoar designed for chaaellzigdevime show.° m,aepad finBARR1CADE POI 10. On portable Sign support. Sips with rubMr bases may heus. Nen "m on ov°a �;°a�°We erMeOwe,;paarrapfinearhe ve 'eto f Sandbag,. asp�rd,addma'dl��M" Tay�:°°' a mg at ° », Snail aro el apaceda,aapes. AND CONSTRUCTION TEMPORARY SIGN NOTES BC(4) -14 si —I I* xa 6. any aim or .0.Y Me C.r00tOr be rep...Seen OS COSSible by Me a FLAGS SIGNS '^ a m em T w,ere� zoo. par a• �, °^ FAc ze se='.'''' -area mamas esu.. eom CerliniCtOr .10 ogre moor vu darfar arms>rewill de ppala grr to Dem soz. ars Eland mal not he lased to cover an arra of - ,e a SI an^,• 6e' X. the sl' tae. 7-13 J STR 929 SHEET NOT TO SCALE C-222 Gm' Maga /E/5140 Sign Post CRGE PROJECT No: 20910c , 10 win In eBr•Tn'" L.. SKID MOUNTED WOOD SIGN SUPPORTS LONG/INTERMEDIATE TERM STATIONARY - PORTABLE GRID IKAJNTED SIGN SUPPORTS 0 9 so. ft. or len- 10. extruded V1.37::,plostle SW101 mst telescope to pr:1071 0I04 Pinde0 nat. SideelOpe SINGLE LEG BASE Sid View les. or Hole sIgn substrate listed in seetion 1.2.0 of the CIRTCW exOept S/0 FIN... 1/0 01110. I. 0 00d. UT/I" x 3. I RAT/s 12 per support, jolnIng ponel owl supports OPT CN 00 ON 3 MnoNor 0.1 lAnciwyr Stub rnd Reinforcing Sleevel/ PERFORATED SQUARE METAL TUBING GROUND MOUNTED SIGN SUPPORTS efer to 10 01001) and the Nanufccturers installation prooedure for ea. type si. support. The maxims Sign aggare footage shall milere to the mmufooturer, recamendertion. pos installations cm 0 usea for larger signs. IX IMXIE ;al:rapport telesoopee Into sleeve 1 3/4 • x I 3/4 • x 50 lhole hole, 12 go. square perforated 1.ing diagonal brace I 3/4 • x I 3/4 • x 30 (hole :Stral''re 4 x 4 4 e 4 14.0er Meyfsts Nosimun S. feet of Sign Pace 12 21 21 36 NInInum Soli 36. 36. Required NO NO YES YES WOO POST SYSTEM FOR GROUND MOUNTED SIGN SUPPORTS 0 7/1 SKID MOUNTED PERFORATED SQUARE STEEL TUBING SIGN SUPPORTS WING CHANNEL 104,:rfnircr WEDGE ANCHORS rhra; 4,=-41.7t4nar,",;„=-1v nrm7- OTHER DESIGNS MORE DETAILS OF APPROVED LONVIWIERMEDIATE AND SHOR7 TERM SUPPORTS CAN BE FOUND ON THE CWETCD LIST. SEE 13C11/ FOR WEBSITE LOCATION. GENERAL NOTES 1. NOIIS rtoy 0 used In the aSSeftly of tooden Mg. Supports, but 3/4" Nolte elth nuts or 3/6. x 3 1/2. log Screve NuSt be uS0 on every 01. for flnol Conn0t1On. 2. NO NOre.incn 2 eign Meta 811011:43 plaed Cir. a =7OVeM's17:elreintse0"fr:I'Meli7leCt'WIte Thla 4111 0 osnaidered eubSidlary to Ifew 502. 0 SR 13041 for definition of "WE Sorption.. * rr= A ro,m,",:mz:Ltcrezz.7=0„. SHEET 5 OF 12 Amme flia•DeperfrnenfananspOISMIn resmc Standard BARRICADE AND CONSTRUCTION TYPICAL SIGN SUPPORT BC(5)-14 1 DOT e.• -.VIM. NOM I a. 1,110I 1 9-07 9-11 7-13 07, 17)1i ZO OD - OD ZOO AZ L110 .° 65 R. NEC g SHEET NOT TO SCALE C-222 SHEET 33 of 47 RECOAD DRAM NO. STP 929 CayMvar1514.0 qp k CRGE PROJECT No: 20010c /,r'�' gt�; / AO iN • f ;ur Y2,53.,•w• �#p �'& w °' rw ('µ <D r ` r (7f o ��, F H ` ! U y *NEN NOT IN USE, RFADME THE PCWS FROM THE RIGHT-OF-WAY OR PLACE , BEHIND BARRIER OR GUARDRAIL WITH SIGN PANEL TURNED PARALLEL To TRAFFIC RECOMMENDED PHASES AND FORMATS FOR PCMS MESSAGES DURING ROADWORK ACTIVITIES Engineer may approve other messages not specifically covered here.) PORTABLE CHANGEABLE MESSAGE SIGNS r °Y 5. S' 1. The pylrerylnspec r Mall aW all messages used an portable le �e� words 2. to• eighttMaagescaters De' worm, m'mlub'ng 01015 words such c: 'T two pease. that Phase 1: Condition Lists Road/Lane/Ramp Closure List Other Condition List Phase 2: Possible Component Lists Action to Take/Effect on Travel LocationWarning N Adva n' x nee• List List List Notice List E1& alternate. Inree-on se messages are not al lowed. Each phase of the message Id, cony y o single thought, as lust be understood NY a m a freeway; Le., FREEWAY CLOSED % MILE FRONTAGE ROAD CLOSED ROADWORK XXX FT ROAD REPAIRS %XXX FT MERGE RIGHT FORM X LINES RIGHT AT FM X%%% SPEED LIMIT X% MPH TUE-FRI XX AM- % PM ®FHS B1 �e_8E E P1:? i§ F '� -'GEESE €W5pgg !, T_g e ga on IIx s, sx, m �rab»ay. G w ).mind be mninmmI feet above ofmesle.sagem` ROAD LOSE A T SH %x% SHOULDER CLOS XXX FT FLAGLER %XXX FT LANE NARROWS %XXX FT DETOUR NEXT % EXITS USE X%%%% RD EXIT BEFORE RAILROAD CROSSING MAXIMUM SPEED XX MPH APP %%- %X X PM-0 AM• e0) o loysakG start an nd rimorning of worWs 7. um mess. Wm .111EKEND• k kind bemd by a'ould be used spi dievenisplay. the at midnight. Actualchark mo ter almpeor elector Into Nragmorrn g..1 ROAD CLSD AT FM X%%% RICHTELD CLOSED N XXX FT RIGHT IN NARROWS X%XX FT TWO-WAY TR FF IC XXMILENORTH USE EX IT XXX USE EX IT 1-XX NEXT % MILES MINIMUM SPEED XX MPH BEGINS MONDAY Eb os. )`mato may otttwo` :Sap) 9 mro qfa. Steady ae the nae continuous Mmaa RIGHT % LANES CLOSED RIGHT % LANES OPEN MERGING TRAFFIC XX%X FT TRAFFIC XXX FT US XXX N SOUTH USE 1-XX E TO I-X% N PAST US XXX EXIT ADVISORY SPEED XX MPH BEG INS MAY XX L� 1 � Pub IO. W of presentre a aM reewrpa lMor m0 clrimal ao.ain ,e ES .I FT MEC CENTER LANE CLOSED DAYTIME LANE CLOSURES LOOSE GRAVEL %%%% FT UNEVEN LANES %XXX FT TRUCKS USE US XXX N WATCH FOR TRUCKS %XXXXX% TO %%%X%X% RIGHT LANE EXIT MAY X-X %% PM - XX AM U O on a MIS. Orivere do . understand the ...Dv That ural I horizontally Or verlivally dame trcable abbreviated words a. a our° prams that NIGHT LANE CLOSURES I-XX SOUTH EXIT CLOSED DETOUR X MILE ROUGH X ROAD XXX FT WATCH FOR TRUCKS EXPECT DELAYS US XXX TO FM %X%% USE CAUTION NEXT FRI-SUN CITY of CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS Department of Engineering Services b8e obh am Met be Brei Pmemm. Se an m prae:° unless eh. in the o on this list soul° met be abbreviated'@@ 15. PCMS character Nei, ...lal be at least 18 inches for trailer moulted t VARIOUS LANES CLOSED EXIT XXX CLOSED X MILE ROADWORK PAST SH %XXX ROADWORK NEXT FRI -SUN EXPECT DELAYS PREPARE TO STOP DRIVE SAFELY XX AM TO XX PM o g 2 annum! me iegioie f . at mast 600 feet at nigot ma 800 feei in daylight. Tru. mounted units suet ham a mfr height of 10 inchesb e from at lent 400 nt.. on e ma r rethboa tarn. mm left or 00.1.1111.1. EXIT CLOSED gICHT LN TO BE CLOSED BURP %X%% FT US % XI x% %MILES REDUCE SPEED %X% F T END S ER ULO HO USE DRIVE WITH CARE NEXT TUE AUG XX nb =Sg dispioy that el. If :°.;%1I I oma le mmamlore A omtrn a er ee cf sur xmtal hal a MALL MALL DR DCLOSED X LANES CLOSED TUE - FRI TRAFFIC SIGNAL %XX% FT LANES SHIFT W USE OTHER ROUTES WATCH FOR WORKERS TONIGHT PM- XX AM urible a:P=_ %%BLVD%% STAY 7 Ra WOR PHRASE mangle. SAW O PHRASE mOEv1ATION CLOSED WLANES SHIFT ,n Pham muused I must he u° with STA. lx sun Fume 2. IN LANE x WW See voicmion Galactose Nate G. Access Ram ACCS RD u tea Atter.. ALT MI Nom 11PH APPLICATION GUIDELINES WORDING ALTERNATIVES Me Route BEST RTE Minor MNR and ALL can be Manned arolate. Bridoe Cannot ROC CANT Nbonal North 14 2. The st pose Ir i. Roach, msignationsTNS 05, MS O Da LP coInterchanged as appropriate. rppmm a CITYWIDE STREET PREVENTATIVE 9 MAINTENANCE PROGRAM (SPMP) YEAR 3 INDEFINITE DELIVERY INDEFINITE QUANTITY (IDIQ) SEAL COATS BARRICADE AND CONSTRUCTION PORTABLE CHANGEABLE MESSAGE SIGN (PCMS) STANDARD (BC(6)-14) e'onyy,flyr CR CONSI Alt North.rd irate, A 2nd cal be selectedfromthe Motion to 1 ffect abo mon, General Warning, or Adam ice REST,WR H aq SOulx ar rev) tIone E, N, x mtl 51 cam appropriate. Mtcur Route Do Eat TF DONT r !motion RCA, HIGHWAY mgmea m° FREEWAY amers rcan aylb ea ca god as Ite rst not ncluded d af dIstames if 6. AHEAD moy used Fast E 3, E.ce Re. sm. re SHLOR sequence. hath M m et erases, pN Pub MAST ILE mnmtveearc�ed os as ropriyate. a minli. of 1000 ft. Each POAS shall le by themselves. 9. r AHEAD can el he Femme ,f a 6. For advance notice, when the current to IS wit in Seven a Iamtaio `dna. IS UmO.b` Enfronos Enter Express Lane ENT EXP LN o Speed ; 5 SPD or nous .6 Of the see, AdvCrOe nOtif Id, typic Ir be m SE m more than one week prior to the work. SHEET 6 OF 12 Fog Ahead FOG AND Empo a y MAP PCMS SIGNS WITHIN THE R.O.W. SHALL BE BEHIND GUARDRAIL OR ,' OPGa Freeway 100050 FIT BLBO To Daxnfosh TO OMAN CONCRETE BARRIER OR SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM OF FOUR I41 'Moo OsposoMEO et Oe .PMMOWen mean PLASTIC DRUMS PLACED PERPENDICULAR TO TRAFFIC ON THE Ifigh-DocucencY MOO UPSTREAM SIDE OF THE PCMS, WHEN EXPOSED TO ONE DIRECTION BARRICADE AND CONSTRUCT ION Yehl.ale HighwaYI ROY T.fne hinuteS Level mm.", TOW MIN uPRLEVA OF TRAFFIC. WHEN EXPOSED TO TWO WAY TRAFFIC, THE FOUR DRUMS SHOULD BE PLACED WITH ONE DRUM AT EACH OF THE FOUR CORNERS OF THE UNIT. PORTABLE CHANGEABLE g WAOi1Mlr Ion , ,n ITS Weight H FULL M MESSAGE SIGN (PCMS) JunctIon JOT LET West I. .11 Ful1 Matrix used, the mmmter I.Imt a.1 Rha shot I be a1�y9rm, any:..rl aWtrm. a Left Lane ycna OFT IN tbound Ni Pavement WET NW NLeft :G. OI0• .l1<Wg-TI 01 e NIH he POE sir ma.a.mte� al of eEm MI it ,u BC(6) -14 ee Ia.om �gioaa LINI LEVELW" NII M.PONTiiltyvvisNii1°ity Isual,b Me requirement I bye. When sNO3o1 maintain ten armhimi ly m the Full Matrix`PCWS, they Mal I only supplement the me of the static emu represented, m° .1I not substitute ©,.m a a.;maT �,�. T, .*1^•. m, I<^ t �, o MaIn.gee NLIxT /7.:;l3'1,111 for, or rep.. that ey be m . ,'able a flaming arrow re provides mt meets me ymambm ,, m ram two dimming mqu' m .a m BC, for .m ' .N 9-01 8-14 m, m•n '4 STR 929 o: w IH•nMWr, u5 date , 5 name, N nawo.r sane Mze arae.rix SHEET NOT TO SCALE C-222 CrlY PROJECT JE75140 ,Be gig HA gn YLL CRGE PROJECT Na: 20910c . Material at Reflectors can be wn. of . refl,aaranal} M cam«red�a,aremar m „«, ,ucer List web ,�. I6 .all o a�: a°«»<.�^ oil ....s ..,,,-......._ I/� gr.,... � LOW PROFILE Max. spacing of barrier is 20 feet. eAttach Me ...eaters as per mdrdfarw.r a MpmMn«,mon. CONCRETE BARRIER 1LPCB) .Arro. Boar. may be located behi. channel izing .vices in place far a s.ul.r toper or merging taper. Otherwise they She I I be .1 ineated with four 141 a,a<., blared oar,aneiaIar to rrm.ia an re, ao,rrean ,re« of iterf ia. oma :in, ,-lo. , or Slow 2. Fl.hing Array Board, should not he Med On • <. m. Haan„N error Sawa „nolot .uld be M «I.moving maintenance or conetructial activreleS on the travel 10.6. 3. T. Engineer/Inspector 5.11 choose all m�m"�on i�`IMr°athe Qrai�n4' P°a.r. a err ic �sed in ` to �reflector. ate control devices am g 4-0,-t CONCRETE TRAFFIC BARRIER 1CTB) A See o 9a IA re'- Mere traffic la On One SI. Of the CT°, t. 121 Barrier Ref I.tore Shall . mount. In approximately the mideection of An alternate mounting location iG uniformly spaced II . ••N• • • • • reflector3. the OW shall be IMO. directly below Me et 4....r. cos separates two-way traffic, three bawler N m iEANT�- «mmS per «Tem ' mounted on each section of tre. The reflector unit on top shall .ve I DELINEATION OF END TREATMENTS small bore ae FRI HA r.tl«rono a CORNER CAUTION ALTERNATING De41RD CAUTION • .• . . • . • • W W 5. Men C. separates traffic traveling in Me same direction, barrier 6. Barrier Reflector units shol I be yel low or .mite In color to march rhe edgelMe being supplenntere 7. Maremen Spareng Of Barrier Reflectors is forty Mt feet. .oI be per rAN-EN-r aaa Shall NOT be um] as .13 del in.tion. Barrier9. Arecnnent of R.r I«faa ,o Cre rerelmendatrene. 10.11766ing or damaged ler Il. sby y the ,lana earrm�s a«IIR« delineated «. Shall Ma,a.,,l a. directed on the a.ve detail. END TREATMENTS FOR CTB'S USED IN ROBE ZONES red treatrents used on CTIVG in work as in Me National tooperati. anraa era eear. Report 350. w. a „ e<" TCO Lirerfas Mpraved end and DOUBLE dFROW LEFT 6 RIGHT CHEVRON AIITR F 5. Th •CMITION. display consists of rear owner lams rl edifalm«dairm or m, Alternating Dimond Caution mode as Mown. ie NOT ALLOWED. O. •an time. snail mquN001phaM50 Of Ow„`o0ng Cho .. we .oral ` 9. Th sequential arrow display is MOT ALLOWED. 10. The mo 147e0hrt&DOTdrerti re homy,tM wRl.meal Chevron 12. A Imhing Arrow _ euI1«le Support. vided it s Mare been Trap rceooawyts lalei err. nimme mounting heightaaruol 13. A ul I matrix POE may be irementsimulate trailer ea n.etrrow for theE USED to loterolly l nate traffic, I 4. ro rate or a. diming BARRIER REFLECTORS FOR CONCRETE TRAFFIC BARRIER AND ATTENUATORS WARNING LIGHTS D Oarea. Their use snail he aa indicated an /his pe sheetkm 42. **ming lights sMi I NOT be Installed on barricades. csie The Specification ctights roe ° 4. Type -C ma Type 0 360 aegr. Steady Burn LiMts are intenced to be used in a series forother traffic control REOUIREIENTS SIZE dr FH,FL EER AiiENT IGH IN USE, REMOVE 1 w¢ by f« «alw«smp seas pi iNn, w M roman lora an the Traffic cairn dear Ma.OUT ngWAY a.q'wrcertify the warning I ion. mret me niyrra mecMrm«trBarnu« Niremente of t. latest EI be aseaMmonly alel,M',r,aced ainSpnifiCatiOnS «Nro MOM. the oresiae of 1 6. Men requIred by the Engineer, the cantraator Mall furnish a copy of me warning l,Cnte aarrirewtlat M the wrrerenting eMI«earaw el e `I 9. TM 1«atea of m 7. Men used to celineate ml ilei Type C Irerning Light Cr WARNING LIGHTS MOMTED ON PLASTIC CANS B 30 x 60 3 3/4 mile Flash ng Arr. Boards snwi'be Red.. wren - - RIOHTTHE ARROW BOARD FRIIA THE OR PLACE THE 98 a 96 IS toile w,armric eawaq «vie«. ARROW BOARD BEHIND CONCRETE TRAFFIC BARRIER OR GUARDRAIL. FLASHING ARROW BOARDS "`"°°"`"'" TM raMl way hazardous e« used, a ae'ru m�li9:,�mnl«« 4. Type C mmdD st-burn iaare intendedin o series to ne edge t�iertravel ime on dears. « lane 6. Meet7. Tne . lie lane closures, Type'N a trate i,gt, thr a dr. that IlOS or, me EHNR:iw on other panel. aenp«BnG In rM Peals. i vera anal ng, D. eMrol IM m a dr. that Mea , an spacing or warning lightson rare Made be i 11111 ° SHEET 7 OF 12 TRUCW-1gWRTEO ATTENUATORS /7.1010PWrWNmeanWMawMR.N I. ea - the H•nuntEHalwtil,� In Igiwy Reaeva+ Re No. w INCHre 3501 sing ety IMSre for Mereeremna a Level 9 a awoafreeways fa,roapproved M mored TM retold Pe Mrel anytime that it Can . prelreened 30 to BARRICADE AND CONSTRUCTION ARROW PANEL, REFLECTORS, WARNING LIGHTS & ATTENUATOR BC (7) -14 --'-.® WARNING REFLECTORS 14DuNTED ON PLASTIC DRUG ASA SUBSTITUTE FOR TYPE C ISTEADY BURN) WARNING LIGHTS me drum w a Heate,ute fora Type C. a burn warning light a, rM in .11 « yel low in calorwise we shall be milt«r«« using a sign a«¢,rare approved f« use with plastic Mum rester f 30 ngM• 3. T. warning reflector 8.11 hove a minim, retrorefleatIve surface area Io.-sIdA Nvn„q ref lector appy Ge rine « ewar urroo Raw a ml Imo area rename of sD ante mates of reri«farmxe scee,m,yamMRey mar«t neve m be reflectvlxe rape It «A reflective squtre ee . facing6. T. Side of the warning reflector 7. 'Men Med ner rere-way traffic. WM A «a l traffic Shall have sheetingmeeting the «.a MO rata l«T,.e,y wo-«mm t of me warning reflector snal I be reflectorirea T. warning reflector should . mounted an 1. side of Y. handle nearest approaching traffic. The maxim's spacing for warning reflectors s.uld be identical to the channel izing device earning recmiromeres. « only reason a MA Mould not .re ,N IsM Is am R Is ureaci ©T.ml Water MEB. m , a «Y ererl9. Me reason. «w the TRA.dway 9-07 8-14 DI WTI,7-13 SHEET NOT TO SCALE C-222 SHEET 55 of 47 RECORD DRAWING NO. STR 929 am Marfa 1E1514O t CRGE PROJECT Na: I 20910c A) ....Te�`...4 VICTOR M. GUTIERREZ, JR. j 77761 �� ••��ON` 4N a7. 2d,6 GENERAL NOTES I. for long on freak. ,..all be us. m Range ,,. min the Ver so iote rm stotioncry work awes an freasaye, drums ..1,1 he Top ...Id not 9/16" dia. need os *.amel Tying devioe but may be replaced In ter.. al ow of ;�,ro tnyUM ace -piece .nes may . us. with the aaroval of the Engineer but .ie rn,or dr.ri,if P/. personnel ere present on tne pre.. ot oi i time> te maintain tne In er .ne and 3. ior the charneli,ing device m, �.e replacenes ond in tapers, ,rmei,im,.no,ang4 drm .m roseort yrtwo-piece..nc,freer ce p.muns conese in approt. pi m. of the 4. Drums ed mR. version me Tem Mom m f°�Traff c Control Devim current the .Cmp�i.items Tref. o Trce.m. retro - ref 247 ,Ho. mm=gn.me e Oni ter,.. Pm, Chevron MI,ille Onc.,imx 2411 raffi. Lane A,nPnna�e and Mork Zane Control Devices LW' VefTCLO. � .....e•Te em. der., „ aRK� afiec.mivr a`poar°.�rcie4or u•v w.o e.. E c. The Contractor m hove a maxima �. € g ..r,� D g. m.. with Divider, .<�ve4, aim 0,.., lop Right oopim dmn .g4r., Ae 4rie,.r Omer, site. , our..,. travel 4r pr Engine., pSpS �asE p �1 ai '- $ 3izm' �6u1 dame lan,n4 rrepan.n,.re en approved , oinerilnepw°r. The repave ment mist PIYR000, AluminumOT Refal sign substrates ahtll NOT De used on GENERAL DESIGNice GENERAL REOUIRE4ENTSm r ...s,2 Brun, ire iaay m portionhe .see shol I be the Mitan. i` « the body "e. `0.^ Taper . al low f T plastic Oruro SIGNS, CHEVRONS, AND VERTICAL PANELS MOUNTED bone .en •by. vehicle travel geed 20 Ian or greater but [reverie due }aa normal B —� --� ON PLASTIC DRUMS createdof dl i handling axVor air turbulence rueted Of by amine lmiheioil. e, deform.le materials. The ll metal guns or 2. ani. rM.n.fangle piece plaStic druide ,NOS �1 p,�c n�pmm llation of�Bes °i�M�ei ' supports. nOW O. unit Itiedy inStal led On hose, .h.. .. men. m p 3 4 CORA ° yip k fabrication. See no. j the OUTGO lief for Dete00,,...e ..,.r.4 a maufrc.urea ueirq wbena,., I leve] <n ,ha <.EiCO.for a=a �, background o �� o CITY of CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS Department of Engineering Services .11 hove a minim. of r" R i� ren .m m., a .11 . designed to drain water and not collect debris. Tne ladleF allow attachment of a \ \ sp.,of . In ,h, ppm..o face 4....• mere Tees 8. The exterior of t. Oral. and .te retroref alive n .d ,n Ihave Inches In .iConfor e4 trailing m. intended traveled V �.n.. .n.�, ,.a � gape W..p..r. space m4 our b'�,a. �;a ;" ,"n se 7. Das. Shall have a al.iimen width Of 36 .h.nOii..hei..,Of4 inches, held down °,« . from �;.. '//' I 4. Other aign meSsages Vend .. our .he approved by the Sign or symbol ,.i� .11 you .,,m e . n m e . 9a° ,. p. %, °roofultra-violet. ,r = ..r.� . 10.orenm.....,ha��.enp«"�thm.n.f.., lasted rsnae'.....1n�.er. RETRp2EFLECT IVE SHEETING . i►i► ee \ 0emc,mie Edge n..,. .. �.,, bolt i.. r. �' WM.,m rel locking .r ..r m S..aorOely°torrR.. RS and ol. should not exs.II be fully tennd marngaged e irz drama shall he construct. of sh. eat.it, reCIArements of Depart Specification 014-6300. 'Sign Face Msteriais.• Type lye 2. The sheeting snail he auitable for use on ana .011 a.. to tne arum , vehicular inpoct. the sheeting Moll remain ...foo.. !activitynet :=7I Zff'dl*Zanertlibit no ...not.. ca... cr lose of ef other than .i.t loss m ,o abrasion of ,n. •nor, ^. II \M DIRECTION INDICATOR BARRICADE DETECTABLE PEDESTRIAN BARRICADES z vote Inch mann r.,.. on of ourves, ,. ramp amc mn.ewso- INN n Or gra ,e merging tape,. mare Man on every third drun. A mini. of 'tree .1 s.uld be u.... location a led for In t. plc. re24approval inctoe wide may be the Engin.,fed an RI24TIc drum, with o CITYWIDE STREET PREVENTATIVE 9 MAINTENANCE PROGRAM (SPMP) YEAR 3 = INDEFINITE DELIVERY INDEFINITE QUANTITY (IDIQ) SEAL COATS 1 3 BARRICADE AND CONSTRUCTION CHANNELIZING DEVICES STANDARD (BC(S)-14) BALLAST cecif is dired,iThe Direction Indlootor .rrloade may be used In 'C , existing .aeetrion I ;es we disrupted, .... or 01 I. 0.11Ceted 00SeS Snail be lane .Ougn 10 n SHEET 8 OF 12 This Pose, .en filled with the ballast muter., s.old .e1.ber � 35 lbs (mini.. cnd 50 I. tmaxim.ml. The bal lost may . ea. In Me to three scr.o. seper.e from the .se, send in a -DX... bc.e, or other WI heating devie. OS by the Engineer. Staking r m ne ,roe,,ion and ,n.° intend. travel lane. Indicator arnica. stall con.. of One-. on closed sidewalk. 0 dev detectable by a pers. ...le Morricodee Oa ler to the one ed —11-* , rex. Omparinm.f a nn.y.rdum Tam of ear.. will be al lo.. hOWeVer ne�m+tof sOmmOs more pavement SurfaCe nay nat eV.. 12 ir.eS. 2. 130.3 With built-in tellael .11 Weigh � .wen e. i. _ WI it -in ballad. an OOnStruCted Of integral 3. far Xi. type Of ball.ar.� .p.tiOn 8e aro °f.. .. on dams approved would .ccene hoar -dons to mo4. The Dello. anal not Pe heOvy torists, pedestrians, or ...kers .hen ,re freezing, drone 0011 have drainage ing + orange etrIpes aloPing ongie of rood °ver• ore m mss Sheering ,rp.• on the Dlr.. i co Indicator Barricade .11 not De allow.. .. ..h.Double 6. pp.w... w.im. pedeetrion moxiers, ma weal or ono. link fencing •Itn a continuoue ie 4020 an °o,iov°c,ori it al in.o,.. Ped..,n4 a. rope, rope, or pia.. oho, strung .tween aevices ore not detectable, do not comply with the design standards in the .huhd^d.a m ^°, a ammo ,° ...hie „rim BARRICADE AND CONSTRUCTION CHANNELIZING DEVICES BC (8) 14 {e e,llnc,mlle.,.n.free<ebe..n,nc .les in the trotters a hazard when struck a"ntwa6. nano g ..^ m sdi �0e s, w .. Q mcrd edges. ou 01 ", ,2442 ' Balla. Shall nat be placed on f. Adhesives may .e used ,° sews .0se or drums ,. pavement. °„ 4-03 7-13roe 4h,h mem th ee. 9-07 • id SHEET NOT TO SCALE C-222 STR 929 Cm PROJECT J E15140 1.1,11‘.9,4,27,2916 319 SO PM CRGE PROJECT No: 209100 • 811 to 12. 161gid or s PORTABLE DRIVEABLE v,r3LVP'2,7%,=3%='g I. VP, may De used in ..ino or nighttime situations. They moy be ueed at the 2212 22 shoulder drapoffs and itions where mei.. cd:Tim6Prean71rZ21Wr7070'1Z17. is reguir.. 'a.ar ore to be refl.tive orange a. reflective Nita o. s.uld always slope downward toword the troyel V. VPs used on expressways a. frecways or otter high ope. roadways, may .ve more t.n 270 square in.. 22+22+21+9 tV of retrorefl.tive area focing traffic. 5. Self-ri.ing supports ore ovail.le with portable loose. See •Conol tont Work Zone Troff lc Control Devices List. 1017TDDI. 5. Sheeting for the VP'S Shall be retrerefleative Type 9 Departnental Material 3001.62110n NS -8326, VERTICAL PANELS (VPs) "1'r yee'ar,I=r°o7df Support can.. I. T. chevron Mall be a vertical restmgle with a mininm size of 12 by 18 inNeS. 2. Chevrons are Inte.. glve not,. of a s.rp change of al igraront with the direction of trove! a. provide additional emphasis and guidance for vehicle Operators with regard to changeo in harizorno,lignment of the roodwaY. 3. Chevrons, Nen ehal I De erected on the out - Side Of a Sharp Curve Or torn. Or on t. far side an intersection. They shall be in I ine with and at right angles to approaMing Spacing Mould be such that the rotorist always has three in view, until Mange in °ligament eliminates its need. Zrbeateflrees:V;73.0 releet7'"" 5. Chevrons ehal I De orange with a block nonreflec- tive legend. Sheeting fOr the Chevron Nall De retrareflective Type Sher Type Chconfonning to Departnental 1.erial Specification 111S-6300, onless noted otherwise. T. legend Nall meet the requIrertents of D116-8300. 6. Lar.Long Term St.ionary use cn tonere Or tr attic. on freewayS a. divided high.. self-righting chevron, inay be ue. to eupplement pl..° drams Out not replace Dios.° druns. CHEVRONS GENERAL NOTES 1. Work 2one charnel i I lustroted on thie sheet may De install. in close proximity to traffic and are suitable far use on high or speed roodwayS. The Engineer/Insp.-17r .11 ensore Nat sp.ing and oloaenent is miform a. in occordmoce with t. "Texas Manual on Lhiform Traffic Control Devices` MILITC01. 2. Charnel izing devices slow on Nis sheet may have a driveable, fixed or Partable base. The requiremont for self-righting Nowell.° .viCeS must he speoifi. in General llotee or other plan sheets. 3. Channel !zing devices on self-righting supports should be used In work zone areas 22.22 2707.21 izing devices ore re.S. y i mpoo a ci by err., vehicles or vehicle related wind goOS makirg aligns. of the Memel izing devices oifficult to maintain. Locations of /hese devices shall he detailed els, where In plans. These devices Nall conform to the TAILITCD and the 110alpl la. IlOrk 20ne ((off). Conthol Devices Lis? PC6211C111. device spacing and align... Por.ble bases snol 1 be fabricated fron virgin movor recycled r.Per. The oort.le bases Nall weigh a mininum of 30 lbs. 6. Pave., surfaces shall . prepared In a Manner that enSoreS proper Dona, hetween the ocheeives, t. fixed mount looms . the pavement surface. AgoesIves shall be prep.. a. applied according to the manufactorer's 7. T. installation and removal of channel izing deviceS Shall not cause Oetrimen.1 effects to t. final K... ex.., including povement rsor'In'nace :isc'o7or. Von or surface Integrity. oriv.ble basee shall not be permitted on final Met.. SurfaC.. . EngineeranSpeCt. Stal I approve all .ol icotion and removal prooeduree of fixed Doses. I. Opposing Traffic Lone Divicers POILDI o -e .lineotion .lces designed . comer* a rental one.. no.. section to two.. operation. OTLD'S are used on tenVorory centerline.. The upward and downward arrows On the sign's face indlcate t. direction of traffic on either side of the divider. The base Is secLr. to t. pomp., with an adhesive or rubber omight +2minimize (over27+ caused by a vehicle Imo., or wind gust. 2. T. OILD may Pe used In co.lnation with 4211 cones or VPe. 3. Spacing .tween t. Ong dui, not exceed 500 feet. 42" cane. Or VPS between the 0110, should not exceed 100 foot °cooing. 4. T. CCU) shall be ormge with a hlaak nen- reflective lege.. Neeti. for the °OLD Nall be retrorefl.tIve Type Boar Ty. Co conforming to Departmentol Material Sp.ification 13715-6300, unless noted ethervi.. The legend Shell Meet the requiremento of D415-8300. OPPOSING TRAFFIC LANE DIVIDERS IOTLD) LONGITUDINAL CHANNELIZING DEVICES (LCD) I. LCDe ore mostoorthy, lightweight, .for.le devi.s thot are highly vieible. have good target value a. cm he 2. MT,'SaTtoeTtee:rins'te7o'd Tf'onri.ne':;'6ed ro;*n.'n.' r'd'"ct 3. LCDs Nall be ploc. in accord.. to application and installation requirements specific to the device, and 9. ILIV 'SIO6U1s1 not . uelln 6OritIve prot.tion for obstacles, pedestrians or worker.. 5. Lc...C.:161;711 be 7,111:771;6171-thc.c.crc66:7r6.6.167..-.1,67 del.ihecticon es re.ired for terpOrary barrier, 6. LCDS us. as borri.des phased perpendicular to traffic oho, nave at lea. one row of refl... 66cogetcl.,c16,1177:11michoc,466:17,66.tesdfc7achearricede rails s.en on BC1101 ploc. rear the top of the TATER BALLASTED SYSTEMS USED AS BARRIERS I. Ihoter ballasted systems used os,cbarriers 3.11 not . used solely to channel Ise road users,. oleo to protect the specific to the device, ma wed only Nen Nam on t. CO/ZTCO Ilet. A. Water hol looted Systems used as harriers should not be used for o merging taper except in lot Ore. IleeS than 45 1,P10 LA. areas. .n um. on a toper in lovr speed urban a -ea, toe toper Mall he delineated o. the toper length Mould . designed to optimize road user operations considering the avail.le geometric cooditions. t's-1,erzr_roav:""-,z7:,:..rr,rze; 3'01 If us. to charnel pedestrians, longitudinal c.nnel izi. devices or voter ballasted rtnme'snrsITT gorXr1=4:lannh:11:nrhfe7047r' 'n"CM. 'n° t"*" HOLLOW OR WATER BALLASTED SYSTEMS USED AS LONGITUDINAL CHANNELIZING DEVICES OR BARRIERS 1D111 itt .0161/4 .v4r. haper4vons ch= 04'.'..31teet 1-gpent 30 a'10' 150' 165' 180' 30' 60' 205' 225' 245' 35' TO' 265' 295' 320' 40' 80' 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 1_•1145 450' 495' 540' 45' 90' 500' 550' 600' 50' 100' 550' 605' 660' 55' 600' 660' 720' 60' 120' 650' 715' 780' 65' 130' 7001 770' 640' 70' 750' 825' 9001 75' 150' 800' 880' 960' 80' 160' SUGGESTED MAXIMUM SPACING OF CHANNELIZING DEVICES AND MINIMUM DESIRABLE TAPER LENGTHS SHEET 9 OF 12 4E. 'worm oeparemen t or mensporkmon BARRICADE AND CONSTRUCTION CHANNELIZING DEVICES BC (9) - 1 4 9-07 8-14 Z(2 O8 P 0000 ON <22 `nq SHEET NOT TO SCALE 0-222 SHED- 37 of 47 RECORD OWING NO. STP 929 1+72207272+ r15140 files.0900.2099.0910c & year adslansbverlay •nd seakoat standard dotalisSIARRIOADE AND CRGE PROJECT No: 20910c TYPE BARRICADES I. Ref Br to the Corelloni iltre Zone Troll., Coniroi POOPS TisiolTINCID fuLdr ron'sZurgron'oroEniB 2. Type 3 Barricadeo shall beff,o och *" t"s a ;•oodeoy .1.1d striPM Mat a. 'rr'*Iln'TKonIrr'egc'17:taward Mich Raffia mat 'MI In rtro ing. 't** r'ht '*" t*rn' ‘r. *r"inenZrIrrti*Ine slope durrward In both directicosofromothe o 0,0. t'r'* cr. l'r*T" d'the or:1r 0 rood.. .nword In both direct ons iowar .0. 000.0f 0.i. 0,0,0. = IlTell'efft!r7:*11rint4Tde of road.. Striping siope dam., to the right. sham only on Me back of the 'ntm"Ortrn'i7s7The"n" TrUnr 'Nicht of leIters md/or =Mond ROM =tar Identification Mall be IT. 0 on 0... 6. Barricades shall nolo: Mooed Kral lel le traffic onles 7. ;:as!,*Minfi70K4sPrdro'l I NOT be installed on barricades... uu of sm.. wim dry. coresionless ff. ,1,00 sandbags will be tied siolidto to keegotohe.sicorr,I nof . in o *''n'n***3.1;.'p',I".rtrOTT of.° SarrIcaL rails reflect...vino. ir'eno.71..'1;517KIX" :V.gtIla:i..4.27.0milrodo of on me. minabags ena,, oat. of% durable marerioi *not lemma upen vehicular 11,01. Rubber lemon elev Innerotusewormsail r;m: 2`,..'°;ror;n!= =Ho". suspen‘clend%above grand level we'r ering'" Aa'"Oca'A'Ar's. t'Menr.reffl:'11:rTIme A contemning to leepare'rIalr.erlal'epecificatIon 016-0300.1eal otherwise noted. . EllordiC0,027 40,1 .1 &T. ff. nzo,iI xN4,v 7 inches. TYPICAL STRIPING DETAIL FOR BARRICADE RAIL Pier rei 1 711renret:Irl %naa',7..7`" TYPICAL PANEL DETAIL FOR SKID OR POST TYPE BARRICADES Each roadway at divided highway sho, barrioadea In the eau morner. 091 _ • PERSPECTIVE VIEW The three rails on Type 3 barricades Moll be reflecierized ortrge arid ref Imtive white stripes on me side fccing one-way traffic and both sides MI. tee -way traffie. BArriO. StriPing SM. ammara in toe direction of detour. DeVOUr ROOdWOY I. Sims enema oe mounted on independent supports at a 7 feat men.° .0771 In um. of roadway. Re signs .uld De a mini. of 10 feet behind Type 3 Barricodee. 2. Advame signing shall be as specified elsewhere In the plans. PLAN VIEW TYPE 3 BARRICADE (POST AND SKID) TYPICAL APPLICATION !! 2: U PldOinvisn PERSPECTIVE VIEW 0 8 1. Mere positive reollrectImal comet ity is provided. arms :cr'unflon my be used with drum for safety aS reQuired in me plans. g 3. Vertical Panels on flexible sumort nay be subetituted for ohms when the. shmicler width le less thon 4 feet. 4..n 1110 Shoulder le greater than 12 feet, steady -burn I lents nay Se omitted If Mins ore used 5. Or. rust extend tne of . culvert COming. LEGEND Plostic drum Plastic 0. with steody inrn oryelimewamingreflecto, Ste. biro warning light or yellOY warning reflector moreoee ouoper of p,mtic mums an . side of abbr.:ening traffic if . crown width Mk. It necessery. ImInhem of 2 . emir. of 4 drums, PLAN VIEW CULVERT WIDENING OR OTHER ISOLATED WORK WITHIN THE PROJECT LIMITS Tko-Plece cones TO. 000i000H-" NI Alternate Min., 2i0r1 On one-way ro. downs,. dr. or borricade may be coitted here STOCKPILE Min. 2 cl-Los or 1 Type 3 bareloaae o1 OOU Charnel iming deviave POrtIllel to traffic Is outside olmr cone. 20 =D. TRAFFIC CONTROL FOR MATERIAL STOCKPILES CONES One-Plece cones 2. max. r7n. %sow morker 2S. Cones shol I Move o minimum Weight Cf 9 1/2 I.. 925 2-pieCe COneS Mal I bane C miniman weight of 30 Ms. including base. 1. Trott ic canes ma tubulm marker, 811011 be prMlandnantly mon. 07,71 meet me nelont and weight remirememe etmen Move. 2. One-piece co -ea hove the body and base of Me cox molded in one consolidated unit. Two-piece cones have a cone shaped body md a separate nkber base, or ballot, that is M. ta keep the device upright Old in place. 3. Two-piece corm may nave a nanaie or ioop extending up to 8" a,. /he mini,. height Mown, in order to old in retrieving the device. 4. Cones or tubular workers uud at night Nail Mite or Mite and orange roi.7ftnelIK-laCr:w7lie:rrhel:.'M'IrZereltrsenIM'enOrelrerititIertr4ent'diirn*'" TUS•0300 Type A. 5. 28" canes ana tubular mrkers are generally sultobie for snort duration mei Mort -term Station. worK as 6fIned on BC141. These should not be used for intermediateMem a, long -ten, stationary work uniees persOrnel IS onMite to mon.. then In their proper upright position. 6. 42" twomiem canes. urtiml gavels or Moos me suitable for all wore cone durations. 7. Conee or tubular mrkers used on each profs. shwia be of sane sloe mid SMPe• THIS DEVICE STALL NOT BE USED ON PROJECTS LET AFTER WWI 2010. i EDGEL I NE CHANNEL IZER i. This device •s intended only for use in place of a vertical Wel to monnei ire off ic by indicoting tne edge of me /rowel lane. is 3. Thls devloe Is based an a 42 inch, two-plecefocimzow,him alternate 701fran LiZentTiOsrrIVco' of*.m's Kna'nn.nould Mich suoolments. Re reflectorizeolibands snail rerroreflectIve LYN' confonTung to DeNrill[n1-01 Material Spec,ficallon 11113-8300, K. t::m7r::i;i'VKIliniimn of 30 SHEET 10 OF 02 ANN01-' ,Isksswessrmassnkccnsnvs BARRICADE AND CONSTRUCTION CHANNELIZING DEVICES BC (I0) -14 01.01 November 2002 -511.0r)i. I om 1,90It TOOT eat SHEET NOT TO SCALE C-222 WALLS pWOEP1 1, SHEET 38 of 47 RECORD DROVING NO. STP 929 pg., 1E15140 ‘..111(1files.0900.20999,20910c spmp year VPIansAvarlay and seakoat standard dotallsSARRIGADE ANDGONSTRUCTION PAVEMENT MARKING STANDARDINI11,10)Awv 027/2016 JAA211 PM 9 `FLI CRGE PROJECT No: 20910c * o,4 1* i VICTOR M. GUTIERREZ, JR4 Is% 77761 7 20/4 ;VD WORK ZONE PAVEMENT MARKINGS 7.11100,0,2 F I ex1D1e-Ref I ecT Roadway Marker Taps DEPARTMENTAL MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS fl PAVEMENT Ma:MFRS IREFLECTORIZEDT C.-4200 : il GENERAL REMOVAL OF PAYMENT MARKINGS TRAFFIC BUTTONS CA601300 EPDXY MO ADHESIVES MAS-8100 0 TOP VIEW 10000 S. '.. BITUMINOUS AMIESIVE FCR PAVEAENT MARKERS 0.16-6130 - -0- 1 i - PERMANENT PREFABRICATED PAYMENT MARKINGS 0.6•8280 k-22 ,b- 2. Cola, returns ...el. Mall be in conformance*. the erys,rarn'epPers=ar 'eu==e'll= :Tu. nem Manual on allfann Traffic Control Ilevices- 11.60). In I nu of mini. ta autilint TM detar rt.. 1 TEMPOIARY REMOVABLE. IT PAVEMENT MARKINGS 011S-112.1 4.1 3. Addltienol apple.. moment narkIng details may be fa. In the 5 Parterent maair01.11 be re.. M . MI lent extent Melble plan Or Toe. Motions. I.- -.1 , ;,E,..11PORA.RLF.S171..; REFLECTIVE DIASMEe1 1:..7.,. 'ilt r'S ii11 '.?21 Z.A.T.Nr4=1:.7V4:::7N:'!Elt=7.717:' 4. Pavel. ManInbe .11 be Meat IM in a...WM .... On. plan. 4. TM renval M Kn., Mckl. My repAre reecrIaln0 Cr Seal S. .n .0 term roma. me reoul. On Me Man. MX. tem mating Tertian of . ram. as .orl. in Iten MT. mrkline .11 eanforn elm TM MILO, . plan of *Mons at camive ped 574'. 1;7011* I Mt of OrMual IV. ref lectIve rah. ea../ fmrkers. non•refloetIve traffic buttons. road. marker tabs mei other amment marhings con be fauna at me Material Praaucer List web addreSS Sno. on BC111. itillgdi 8. k1 617" glibl lib E..: .-- .1•1 On ire Stamlar0 PIM Meet .6.1.. S. Subj. to Me Mbroval of . Main.. my frothod ihet !novae M be ananeful cn o mri Maar type bowmen my be Mr0. 6. Men stank. MAAS. oaninge an rot In More an . raneay r. wwwo to inaffic. o or PASS slam Mall Pe erect. TO lark a El. Cleallni MT be Med PM .111 Or be reml. mime *b.f.! iv the beolmln0 of . smtims More penin0 IS 0.Mited an ea. in me pi... PASS RIO AR elan at MS beg.. af seetIOne .re KAMM T. O.-painting SML MT BE STAPLES OR NAILS SHALL NOT BE USED TO SECURE TEMPORARY FLEZIBLE-REFLEGT1VE ROADWAY MARKER TABS TO TRE PAVEMENT SURFACE i§! !II 'I; Is permitted. of Me martangs permitted. . nann„,,,,,..„, 8. mono of rained ammo. makers Moll be as 00.1.0 by tin Viltill'IL..°17, -.'17,r, .',7e'll..=1,1,,:°*-1110 ' N....... RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS wawa MO NOOK • alien Ohne. MM. In TM plan. rr`:"' nZIZ=1;=.7r."*"'" """' "'""'"" 6 Tan rmoi ma en mi... am to m ins.. mo mem. by the is C.7 7, I.:) 1 4 TX2.,22 III I. Raised pavement markers ore TO be pla. (Mora. to ire pan.. inb,01.00. en MI.. I. 0 Ina. caratent makers L. far work mile ralalrOS .11 Met rte'r.-V5=170:1=674600T7161571."T "'"E'r c"d '''''''en"' PREFABRICATED PAVEMENT MARKINGS Mlirmer Tr Mehra. rep...0m Sam11110 MO ten. not moot, mote. Moor M me .11. or tre MVO., Moor 'Art ' r;";rvrr'Z.'rt:'' 2010:1'00::.:4170 to Worm. sosol Coot. rampl I.e. B. Select I. ISI tan on nerfons Me following Test. Affix five t. at al I. internals on an a... pavement In a CITY of CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS Department of Engineering Services :I: .0.,-, a iig: 7,22.1. I. Rem.. prefabricated paves. markinms .11 met . reaTirements Of 015-8281. - r-zr-:rrr4:r---'- -'- -- rz,o MAINTAINING WORK ZONE PAVEMENT MARKINGS Oral. I.. be. a Teelm Om pasaner.l. or DICI.. rta over the markers Mtn Ice front ale Ma- Oree ot a Steed Of 15.per hOr. fa101 tres n coaarMIO. N sore ttno me III but of Me five 161 ref...re men. .11 In I. Or Wept TIM oe a result of tine MM. lon 007 3..11 .WIC.. be .60 ben. tab MM.Lrera. Irs 1. me.wwwww w II be roomette. or 00,111011. work mne NON. Mr. . eItnIn in mrk Ile.. ral=50deerTir-rfOr t'arb rarOT=Zi:a7mr. 2. Work sone moment workings .11 be Irmo.] in moor.= with elt.1:7'Ytra'nrr:VcalrreZ711.1' RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS USED AS GUIDEMARKS ' '="711771:,':;','W' L'721%.7Virw.yr.V7%-re' 7:7:Ant ww I I luanatea by auto.l.n 1001nOn nabilorce ot M., mime el. distance is resir lot. b., 100.1y bemetrion I. Maritinge failing la mel RIM criteria MMIn Me firs, 30 Mos after i. Role. payment makers ue. m bul....11 be fres . appra. prod. In, Mil meet the rebuirMonte of CMS.4200. ea... OunieTtres .11 be Mei.. ael 161101 - I. Mber ref... artoces wilt yellow.. MITE - kne sliver reflect.* eLetoce Mtn MIM popyl. SKEET 11 OF 12 : CITYWIDE STREET PREVENTATIVE 9 MAINTENANCE PROGRAM (SPMP) YEAR 3 INDEFINITEDELIVERYIDIasALEINDCEDAFITNSITE Q n 9, 5 BARRICADE AND CONSTRUCTION PAVEMENT MARKING STANDARD (BC(11)-14) ,AMR*. Oro °ovate of nteroortmtho rth,ow BARRICADE AND CONSTRUCT ION PAVEMENT MARKINGS BC t 1 1 I -1 3 - ""' d'' 'V- `''',..!:"°°` 0.`"0 "'7 -1 "I I L' 1,... SHEET NOT TO SCALE C-222 STP 929 Cr, Marfa / E15140 i20910c CRGE PROJECT No: 0,.... 1, k , 426'......• Li.. N '''; PAVEMENT MARKING PATTERNS STANDARD WORK ZONE PAVEMENT MARKINGS DETAILS 1 El TyAk 1I-0-0 Type Y buttons -60 0 1 r- too o o u o o oui o of° u o f DOUBLE 4L1o1L li Pi 10 io 12" .C]o ,,,,<r‹,... ,, ,o to 12. TYPe 11 -A -A .0 mmm i I. !to... c',...... 4 to ,2. emus r00001,100000001,10 NO -PASSING 'Fk:1!' :!1 '9 1.9 f re! tow TyPe Y buttons L INE ' ' ''.4 -LA,,,,,,.. iir D REPLECTORIEED PAVEMENT MARKINGS - PATTERN A RAISED PAVEMENT DARKENS - PATTERN A ,,:z Typeol-Co oA0,-,010 o................0TypeoW 0or Y. buottoons SOLID EDGE LINE ,r -1:-A , Ili <,, Type 11 -AA <,1 LINES OR SINGLE / 'Ili Pil..46t011 gillil 21 Z::::::::::.:,!_::°;, ' f C> a , P. CR TYlae Y buttons 6 to 8. NO -PASSING LINE S. White or Yellow -so 4 g E b r .1 REPLECTORIEED MENEM MARKINGS - ,AL:PATTERN B RAISED PAVDENT DARKENS • PATTERN 8 PePegltalesProrTZ ,'nrrEA::ErtnkcrEgePg‘TZTEZEr.T.1E4(."'"°'"' Type I -C ....., . -. TYPe W butt°. LINE 1-u o o o p o o o u o o o ra o EP" uuu.,,,.......,.. u .. r .t, W CENTER LINE 8, NO -PASSING ZONE BARRIER LINES FOR TWO-LANE, TWO-WAY HIGHWAYS m........m... ........,.........., .,. e 2_g 1— N CD Ag Type I,Ty / '' ' ' . .Ple 1.0 Or 11-4-1-,.., . -7, ,,,,___ d rib tibite/...o. 01...,1 ,,,„ ‹s Type IV buttons -"... co. Type I -C or 11-C-0 <:1 ___ ... opo pop "a <0 Type 1-A, <,1 , CENTER 4=', IY-lo -,-I- 30' -.1 1 ' ' oR k_ I e -i EZ CITY of CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS Department of Engineering Services ;g§ ........-.,...........T.T.r.'..t.tr:-................ ,o, _ ,, LANE ismston :Ur N........................................ NM, ,','Pw ,, ms.. P.. Type 1-A". Type Y buttons,' oao„ ... TYPe W 'RA'ICraD- -'0'7, LINE H 1 ,,, H.L._ 30, ...----1-----_,' wit': 0,- y., 0*00 BROKEN Type I.0 or 11.A -A LINES (when require. 20. 0-' ' "-o-o Rxmcnvono PAVEMENT MARKINGS PAVEMENT EARNERS T ° o 0 0 0 0° ° Pia ' I 9. 0 Prefabricated markings 000 00 substituted for reflector,. pavement ma-kinps. Type 1-CType EDGE & LANE LINES FOR DIVIDED HIGHWAY AUXILIARY I 1-C or 11-C, OR LANEDROP LINE 4:= M M M MT M .,,,, '- coo .../Type 1-0 <1,1 ' 1 1 9' 1 White ..0 / 73 --ype 1111 TypeYbuttOnS ar ‹P REMOVABLE MARKINGS WITH RAISED - ... ... ... ... => ''''', Type 1-7 PAVEMENT MARKERS ly- 1w --,.- 30. —..1 f T IOM. payment wrote Ore uSed 10 Supplement RUMBLE markings, the Wrkere .11 be appl ied to tre Poised Pavement Markers 2 CITYWIDE STREET PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE PROGRAM (SPMP) YEAR 3 INDEFINITE DELIVERY INDEFINITE QUANTITY (IDIQ) SEAL COATS BARRICADE AND CONSTRUCTION PAVEMENT MARKING PATTERNS STANDARD (BC(12)-14) REELECTORIEED PAVEMENT MARKINGS RAISED PAVDENT MARKERS MO of the tape at ttle approximate mid length of tape used for broken lines or at 20 Mat SpaCing for 1 Prefabrion. markings may be substituted for reflenicrized pavement makings. LANE & CENTER LINES FOR MULTILANE UNDIVIDED HIGHWAYS solid lines. Plis allows an easter removal of raised pavement markers ,or, r,,, 0, . not to pe ,...d an ed.. cfle, „r„, t we. SHEET 12 OF 12 0000 0-0 _ < <2 ''•-•ronite•-•-- — 000 000 000 - \ 0. 000 000 , epA. /7.1•INPIIIIIMMOII.1....,, 'AT:Z.% ‹P ‹, ... .. :. 000 ) 000 Yel IOW TYPO , I'll -Ft -One ''' "›,.. .°1'f: ) BARRICADE AND CONSTRUCTION .... .... ., 000 on ... ... ... ... PAVEMENT MARKING PATTERNS C>... .... '3 i'm:?o Doe coo Poe \ Type 1,"' Poised pavement markers used cie standard Pavement morkinge shall be frOfll the apprOved products IN, and meet the requirements of Item 672 .PAISED PAVRIENT MARKERS.. BC ( 1 2 ) - 1 4 A REFLECTORIZED PADDEN! MARKINGS RAISEP PAVEMENT MARKERS ey 14 ug, Prefabricated markings may be substituted for reflector,. pawner, Mtlri, nP.S. IT) TOOT 07•:::1990 MC SEL1 A. SHED- 40 of 47 RECORD OSSIPINC NO. TWO-WAY LEFT TURN LANE2-8(1 7.13 .„ *000* 00000 STP 929 SHEET NOT TO SCALE G-222 :i am mom /E15140 CRGE PROJECT No: 20910c A V.rning Sign Sequence in OppOsite Direction Same as Below R1-2 42,42 X42. END ROADWORK To ONCOMING TRAFFIC :le'rnX 9, =71: Taper TXT,Z*.a14;Z" c!ftn ge Toper END ROADWORK TO ONCOMING TRAFFic .0. AHEAD See note 9/ 1120-4.. ROAD WORK AHEAD TCP (2-20) 2 -LANE ROADWAY WITHOUT PAVED SHOULDERS ONE LANE TWO-WAY CONTROL WITH YIELD SIGNS (Less than 2000 ADT - See Note 9) END ROAD WORK TCP (2-2b) 2 -LANE ROADWAY WITHOUT PAVED SHOULDERS ONE LANE TWO-WAY CONTROL WITH FLAGGERS LEGEND 9==o Type 3 Barricade • • channel izing Devices OM 006*Wm)g000e 09 Z,V=Iim. kl rw,r...w.r..... A rs=q1e5grg;d157 ata Sign <3 raffia 266 0 2100 10 100006 gln° 04ski 72,11:nt SnaLD ol;tance 30 L.e 150' 165' 180" 30' 120' 205' 225' 245' 70' 160' 120" 2651 295' 320' 155" 3051 45 50 55 60 65 L 125 450' 495' 540' 195' 360' 500' 550' 600' 240' 425. 550' 605' 660' 55' 110' 295' 495' 600' 720' 1201 600' 350' 570' 650' 715' 780' 65' 130' 700' 410' 645' 700' 770' 840' 70' 140' 800' 475' 730' 750' 825' 900' 75' 150' 900' 540' 8201 COn entiOn I ROWS Only 12.2aper leng he ha e been rOu died off Lf2 noth o Tape 121111 WfWidth of OffsetIFT/ SfPoste SpeedIMPI1 TYPICAL USAGE 111=72r0,1 4==., gn.= I I GENERAL NOTES 1. Plage 0.0Med 1'0 Signe Mere sq., are REQUIRED. , All traffic nontrol fievices illustrated (re 9999,999, except moaa amoted with triangie may be mitt t1 when stated elsewhere in the plans, or for routine maintenance work, Men opproved by the Engin sr. 3. TM C113-4 13 PREPARED TO STOP• sign may be installed after Me 9220-4 •C912 LANE RDAD 22% fi• sign, but Draper sign spacing Mall be maintained. ITV; 6. A .odow Vehicle with a NA Should be uSed anytime , De positioned 30 to 100 feet lzhimircini;zlzoe. Type 3 Barricades or osher chanriel Hind devices may De S.stituted for Me Sho.0.. T. Additional s near vehicles with 7.6 may be positioned off the paved surface, next to those Mown in order rote, a wider work some. TCP 22-20) 9. The RI -2 "VI 201 sign traffic control may DB °sag on prOlects with appranelles that nava adegkate sight distanc,. Po projects in urDan men, were space Should De no longer than me nal city bk.. In rural are s• roadways with .6 then 2000 107, work space should he no longer than 400 feet. 9. Me RI-2oP • IELD TO ONCOMING TRAM, sign Moll be placed on a suppOrt at T foot minimun mcanting height. TCP 22-2b) 10.Chennell2Ing avloes on ine censer i nay he misted sten a piss* err is Hoehn, traffic and aPProved by Me Engineer. If the work. space is located near a tarigontal or vertical curve, tile Duffer distances should he increa.(1 freer to maintain stopping sight Oistance to Me flogger and a queue Of Stappe0 ISee tMle above, 12,P !pagers Mould use 24. STOP/SLON p.a., cntrol troffic, 6DOuld be limited to emergency situtations. 7=1„'enefr°°' AMIlirTexasammlmotolTronsponblion AI recelk 0.20:02 024,10 TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN ONE -LANE TWO-WAY TRAFFIC CONTROL TCP(2-2)-12 11 1 D111; 49 LO 104 1070)1 0(007 8-99 2.19 1-97 621 02 LLLLL100 'i5 02 1I 02 TCP STANDARDS (TCP(2-2)-14) SHEET NOT TO SCALE C-222 SHEET 41 of 47 RECOAO ONWING NO. STP 929 CaTAR1000+r15140 ii CRGE PROJECT No: 20910c '4-& Pr' ,. ��rd, e Oma• ( 1r %�: (, ? N �O; �� U• r _: �� 4 �� \`.S *e• V •• L. �tit-L rr gil LEGEND �. ♦ •. ROAD WORN as n •ENO ♦ . — END ROAD WORN dee° x 9 ara-n�. Type 3 earrloode • • Ioe. PI ROAD NOR N „,-ROAD OR ^ /� V 'u' oto venla is ® a A .F`t g AHEAD I Qr00,-,IL. - AHEAD 4Td Fimawo e,Tor Bare •.•. r. -a.. ¢ =t s•• nw.a 1, see note 1r ` I PASS WITH 1r applicable a. z a TrmnO Fie 8 DO L-- GRE 0. Pap RO riopp« ° 8 g}}}} DO PASS E4 aapitaafiia NOT z9 x so s"o:°•x.a w.lnun Aga NOT PASS T CARE - z9 x30- 7:::,,,30 PASS1NTH Yellow SP.. awn w r x55'' •leo, 1.g �a°n Wm.. L.„,,,,,„., li z9 a y 1 Island alta.izr. ' r3s ' ° aPa.. ®®[ AL 60• 90' 11!0111/R1 11 y -,, Li lli:E Sri�5x _1 2 225' 295' 90' 160' 155 CWI� x • • =0 0 0' So' 320' 195' 240' 9e �� - L * s 550' 605'5400' 55' Soo' 395' �b XX C N.1A0 " ° 660' 60' ii.:-� z9 x z9 XX e 650. 750' Tra Hoo' 3a' 190' ,°D' $ R. m U. • �/41k z9 x z9 SOHd�XX ceoeit« -"" iiu, ••° x 9e 4 is . Coder ...per lengths rso' l Boa a rs o4°wre«<Pn 1so goo saws ¢ �,p$ab3 x z9 A_ awed ape IFrT°x9M0oam STPD. spe°eunx, ` g - R TYPICAL USAGE 7 -. l .81148. - -ePavement �cE eaene agun0x MUT ,F51t sr9nae faya •� Marker* on � (� • _ I tsar vc ve v CITY of CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS Department of Engineering Services S@£ E ve55i a T*^ teni11 xM.x 90 c c. 0 I GENERAL NOTES Sga iipin� . ,W.79±•S r e e1 TS1'729. 29 ye,lar 01ne t '• 8 2. All raff. T'd°ns m9w iiT«°oirra.m g�E«63z�zezg, denoted g _ _ ,CX.-t,,,,.r • •i°°i5np s • ' �' m, ww n°n1y(ie naear « notes r iia,. s 6 e1• R } mja $ Sver« o:tao Channel n r•wm•m with the rout. « anlxm .� Stated .i°r. itAo`a .1,e t e work, Nenl'T0° en ved b%n. Engineer. ypm�iii 6.o awes.°'° i«.: to v 9•.'°'.0eTi1w1 «'.psa.. Flapper ON.1 •mU a NOT be 0 Mi. adeay 1awe�re�a. ar Mary pie require .weai9 m «4•ir enrol erw4ta. Flapper be positioned War end • n9- .e .irx loo PASof xx»�a:2,. - stay epee •.iR4-Zn SCARE. Install. within WORK �ne.a z9 x 2. xPx O ;� Town long tern projects. TWA ;« It I e x g© . x6. 9e bay p:�'t��° .m,tyaoxm.:14 © - • •_ •; ••� ` 3:1'7-("29.xx xx us�°MvbreVe o require substituted. :° i °Ki'l"'"o �' traff.c paved ,ur£ , 1°le6riro N 96 XX - .,!';'D.,e. Sae1n der aalectya rierinrk waa•.*e TCP K CITYWIDE STREET PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE PROGRAM (SPMP) YEAR 3 INDEFINITE DELIVERY INDEFINITE QUANTITY (IDIQ) SEAL COATS S 5 TCP STANDARDS (TCP(2-3)-14) x° ts« note g,. PASS /� y y x DO NOTAL z. . 29 Zile, . Do NOT PASS R9 9• x 3a r wonting. enol I a° forlong-term,proje"°r`. Na` el lsIn�' 1a.. N m .� ea.. 1a .lama « sewed on For shorter dee whererra c e a roi a1°i0. ort • .m ars 35 m SION , and for tangent tau, m In.)) .nP a s 1n «1. to gnlr device Spaa1,N Is intended 4a the are Ice mrxtng., et the entire Tore sane. - 34 oppHo CARE ei. s '7 I ii y PASS zi• x 3o ts« m • z1 ♦ PASS 8 x ♦ . • ROAD Texas Department N TranssortaN22 r comma. edam 2 • • E —� $$ y $ HEAD .Enos TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN ENDD aI ROADO aG 34ae11e e g 4 U ` '°'K' TRAFFIC SHIFTS ON ne AHEAD Eno SBe n° H .- ., ROAD WORK a,".,' n TWO-LANE ROADS TCP 2-3a) 2 -LANE ROADWAY WITH PAVED SHOULDERS s''''''"' TCP (2-3b) 2 -LANE ROADWAY WITH PAVED SHOULDERS TrHanSlone TCP(2-3)-12 ONE LANE CLOSED ONE LANE CLOSED and l I 0. o,mo. pia gas 12 n ADEQUATE FIELD OF VIEW INADEQUATE FIELD OF VIEW .a mw.. . a 163v SHEET NOT TO SCALE C-222 STR 929 Cm' PRahCi J E15140 qp k CRGE PROJECT Na: 20910c 'f, N n 5 * C IIIT��' ,f}Pr •.. . /'�• 1y s., % I k/ a•. �Jy, • �� '. / qA�• 1 ,6•,• g .+ • �•�•\ >(S •'•.. Yb� V U M1• ti2�••' gil LEGEND 5 §' ♦ •®r�nn.. tvae ] Barricade .. ChannelI. Dw,o« ROAD ul6s.—.--.=. ON w�'fleiu., a y2 WORK AXED T M mg-,a.rrae B�e a p - F MP X 41, % lags- 3'• • • IP $°° note „ + ROAD WORK A F a9 do .1a99.r ° 8 8 " s .wae•t« maxima RI _ IF g 2b ROAD ROAD �. AxEAO V V 414 END WORK LEFT T ,n, fry vv �� d 4e x z4 "x.MOa '« a * "°'* .w« °B'r'ow a.n° psl�p °ns` Ili$ BOAO -x UNE LOSE lo• on II• wn.ror Is• ma mr r30' on le'me 'm'#p - 29 90 % 4 ]0 150 165' 100' E ISO 6« rote 1' 1/ MOUT ••• 35 L. 6 205' 225' 245' 160' 120' g Oh 8 11 e.g:i tligHl BBAAppppp i �g €€lRgi gill l5w note 41 1 45 50 460 Ai -b $ J : 56 L -w5 550' 605' 6 296' Y $ pp m 60 600' 660' 720' 0' 20' 600' 3500' F b $ : / .4 65 l0 650' 700' 715' l 040' 65' 40' 700' 800' 473' b gI m i5 T50' B25' 900' i5 '50' 900' 540' 3$ . od* C•i1, 99 Conventional RoKT.. ggs �.-,0 length* been L rn of Tape (PT/ «i. 191.1 n oux.off toff«,t 19 Wonted sa«dtwx, R /s�tI. 1— N V PY .. QI_ USAGE t§B ada 1. • �.• .• s nOB,LE odB4i,dx . y � . .Ea".° 4By Ra iE. .i.i,am w �' 41 .%., ,TMirc: •- . ( 6« na e r y 4B , ,, ., Il e®OIC ` • -,I, GENERAL NOTES CITY of CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS Department of Engineering Services s.2£9«roe #8E m j . gr, _ Vr., �x. are %%T.' I.rA1.1 ahen6stl1t m mole my miffed d:i«.Ii. In the P , t"� ' ., • a routine heor 0.n1e option 1. Sheendapproved Moulby a°ip6e'Ia feet minima 4.i ength oer n J ./ 0. t m oappl men Matto. •I.n cant mm,..1 al. are not w.a• the die.. legend face ratKr mw « a me -3r awpleanMl lel,a„I • ve a �� 'fide m eIH rod 01n ©� «m agnea. Vehicle . m o ,mL myti« Ir am 1rlm.d e l i°;re. t.ea0e norm e 4 6) m advance r ou area r« expoure without advereely affecting metperfIoriaml ity tar ,� nnn• •� 36 of rood ceor trork l Q sMs Shaypedow .Iondes a..nel la deviIons roma.. tn..wee may Ire control tw made plan, & ..1.1 Shadow SMIoles t m inext G UNE LOSE ••+ x} J ©1 m.11°pasvd�.vface to .se mlmIn tar TCP (2-40) to pro.. a wider w.x epode. y X ADIFT fee x 90 B I2 isae rots 9, • • ® J <L 6 x 94 xx i4 x z9 W. If Me TCP le .ed for a left closure, MMO-SIL "LIST L. C.110,31. i 011 00 used and x141.34 m t« arrow ooare awed In me TLP (2-4b)neer end en. fee Irgeo«r«„ placed m in. wrr0�e to s CITYWIDE STREET PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE PROGRAM (SPMP) YEAR 3 INDEFINITE DELIVERY INDEFINITE <,J QUANTITY (IDIQ) SEAL COATS 1 5 TCP STANDARDS (TCP(2-4)-14) /� ^. nen Iene an wre is le dlr.o,ee over 0 yel low o.erl I«• a10'oIGH Me area of'Iflpee °l e.p to orraffiaawla"spa. enfa.. Mina ,lar r. a�mfr Inas a, s tire erwork mooing is for 1/2131 Mere 6 le the speed in not the mmarkings, • • % LANE ROADEND NOAR g END ` 8 .LOSE'. �. _ T DepartmertN Tra06/nriaHm _ ,rl, ,.ri, vIv ^ Q Q ROAD WORK ROAD WORK I I� /� 4I„ tank barman MOON 4a x z4• n TCP (2-40) AHEAD10 6« rore11 4B %24' TCP (2-4b) S y= n '"� •n ROAD wORKtar AHEAD O.p-1p orraoi9.6.09 roJPo 9. rot.3 RAL MOM ,ten Brr1Oodme• 51011.3 . TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN LANE CLOSURES ON MULTILANE CONVENTIONAL ROADS TCP (2-4) -12 R xmaliyfio ee. I=• o.. do T ONE LANE CLOSED TWO LANES CLOSED L:Ti. „ 3 8-ir'.ro I: DLL mn w l a 16° SHEET NOT TO SCALE C-222 STR 929 Cm' PROhCi 1E15140 1 CRGE PROJECT Na: I 20910c T772 -"I‘, OF • Te‘`...1 VICTOR M. GUTIERREZ, JR. j Ap7771 61 44, �(ON 4•27.2,4. WORK ZONE SHORT TERM PAVEMENT MARKINGS DETAILS WORK ZONE SHORT TERM PAVEMENT MARKINGS PATTERNS se Gfi E DOUBLE uaa . .° i :. z" im mpe v-z m : TE ■ E 0 NO-PASSING tea. n.- ' DO NOT PASS - O 1771"-' NOT PASS n 1 ° ¢ ¢t! LINETAPE 0W. r� SOLID o H .e• —F', r. 0 a.s a•F--{ a $ ,,: , , , N, ,.Ta , - - - -�..e��,,", gh¢ LINES :0 -e• Tyw r: �� r Type •� -g EFa E SINGLE TSAS r ■R NO-PASSING LINE E1 Or c RNRELIZ .x TAPE . x LI NEeT1 I.— SO S \Ye1 �.'4FS:s. °r 't° r------;g: CENTER CARE .Pe F., q°z LINE & NO-PASSING ZONE BARRIER LINES FOR TWO PA35 RIiH CARE LANE TABS n° TWO-WAY HIGHWAYS i ®- a A2 IfT: i Mid a'J� 21(11' E FE r °0 - Tyne z °r K ti ` . M Tens �Ea DED BROKEN it EEa-E LINES 1� , IS aR L.xE LINE, T'E F °° .: -1�� °. — - - ' - - - a III III ... ... ... ... 1.. ... a a el Yellow orm ? $p 1 F i S. as w K WIDE DOTTED idBS a D m 11 I D a a ' 1—II:::0- LINES ® 0 D a a /r/ — — ,,, ,,: ,,: „n /:^'a 1J {� {� x"191 Nc'°m{� °°°4j • , ' Nmoa I fl 1 elT.pL U O MbTI 5 M'� ■11,e es fl Moe Domed tines 0: i O.". Nr.WideI �w R 011de a TApE as CITY of CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS Department of Engineering Services € Type W...: LANE LINES FOR DIVIDED HIGHWAY ° ep WIDE GORE TABS D ET d- MARKINGS - - PE r =o,-a• -.�: a.5•Ia•�.n1»r III - - - - a III I:: II: ,°° a Nel.e ,. Type R .... a I I I II I I I e I e a _ r...—� fl ver-: {> - .air. - - cin R H. m m m ne �EFa NOTES: r.. TAPE TAPS %7,:c:7 =mo' r n IW.. ,R O0.T 1e'1p1B- LANE & CENTER LINES FOR MULTILANE UNDIVIDED HIGHWAYS 2. She. term oave...rhinan ° e�e0w 3. :::m. � ers. oy as mon os I/1 Inch. unless otherwise101.0 .a... 4. ° rommya RI mow 01 15 r t Ms. Men 100...05 e..... We. .a a..': w00 .e. awe w 100. R W w of permanentw W Iver .-al, m. >.n 5:1 placementnent . Per–.n,ment p....emngs far -r 10,101111 reater Wm la dpermanent pavement ar are aCI a a – – white. – – a g – – – _ ra _ TITIII III .R IN 111III Tll 111 TIT Ty: r-z III RI III III – – – – d° n CITYWIDE STREET PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE PROGRAM (SPMP) YEAR 3 = 4 INDEFINITE DELIVERY INDEFINITE �p QUANTITY (IDIQ) SEAL COATS g WORK ZONE SHORT TERM PAVEMENT MARKINGS (WZ(STPM)-14) 6. For ron I0 prohibit. *A P s°s'.°DTx NOT es WWII Snell NI eremed to ne1A'ee."�: i o: °.ve.'r'i`mt:p1wneH�Bf° •Texan Tref. `05 TWO-WAY LEFT TURN LANE *fes _ Mensal On UnTIOrm COntrel WOWS: rift : m 0000.s for w +0 100 Wen." .oy.. 1001-.:,Role. �owWome.: nvi0arx:I 0 be Wed to are°°°ss-x�� I. O ,Ir.1:4" snort term markings. the monters man be spelled tot. eon 0x5 the e ot the ameosImote Alla len, of me tope. m�• Jr ons °etl° eO �aoao °� m Nr - - 051,,0 wn 0051.00 • °, 'I ''"1" me: °i gessOf an easier removal m raised mixers end ape. FwaauwaN.axwn naparanon B. for exit pores WoreooilW plow era Wrs mornings W re,roreflective Cnaneliz� inrugi he dropped I, should p. `N d•forr PREFABRICATED PAVEMENT MARKINGS noted else: Mere In me plane. piece cowef:erot'allowed this purpose. 01.1011+0100...mon. lior0Ings psol I meet ma repairmen. TEMPORARY FLEXIBLE, REFLECTIVE ROADWAY MARKER TABS ITABSI - .,nee pN n:a5 remvary Wr,rW,IW-arWe -.x005 WORK ZONE SHORT TERM PAVEMENT MARKINGS or emmer Teri .I,n y .yi, r re .v*T0,111. ..wry,, m. RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS meretricated P.M.} mos Materiel2. Tobs WW1 ewe reoulres.ta Of Ospor.entol S...I.I...I0, ■N-112,12. _ mo. WWII most , r m,r.m ,. a. 200. SED PAVE.. IAMBS. ana °IONS/ (MATERIAL WZ (STPM) - 13 A ' Remo- , r�It'L . as .hen DEPARTMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS & MATERIAL PRODUCER LISTS IMPLI 5r me'N1me°vI ie ic. wan w.. W, m nt.n,,°vnee.raipd atnao Is ree,1 1.5000 "" me =e mr P. „W, a•T 15+5 r Ms referee S move am SR n weenie. I Inks to their Tos.Ndotgov ©*,m .Aprli I. nrr w mor '" "�`-•' 3�4. wrvdrmnew rewlremem. df xwe 5. per Uwe fw, of rive .0011 e. mlw 10 w III I ,o ROOT th. 01°0' :f1 ualneselmma�a cormuIIanIsfmatedai ap0GfoMima!defauIl.Mm0101 U `°"r, _ SHEET NOT TO SCALE C-222 STR 929 car warm- /E15140 /209100 CRGE PROJECT No: • P�*' A-: : %O� / k/ oi. .l • �uVe 1kdS, •.., './e1/4** -VFX Neu jPY •L• 0.. Aio. (N1 — c0 /N 0.j vo —• \. I. STORMNATER POLLUTION PREVENTION -CLEAN WATER ACT SECTION 402 III. CULTURAL RESOURCES VI. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS OR CONTAMINATION ISSUES +� gs • ti aM; 61 QF: SP6 9Ft g8 1gb .ni. FACES UR i e 'a I , rrma avrart...reefs. .1 1 LIS. 1.64 eA&AD A Orel«r. my ,..< .< o. notified orl<r to <m..ru.Im «.nl.lm. I : 0 Naction Rewired ® Pewit. A<rtm .1ton Po I. Prevent stormws.er .1 lotion by controlling accoremw with TPDES eon. D 150000 mrmow one°m�mITUTi S II reviee Min rew,raa pr rM Ene,rear. Poet Noticen Site fornwation own near. 10111110 d p. I Ions In wa work In «e tamelaa tea aa cm+war the Engineer tn.olmar ®x Sc.. Required 0 Renoir. m Action Action w. ,. IV. RESOURCES Provided VBns Paits.... ammo` isrmediotely. a .fl Coo tM< ee a . eco ahiina s •� personal •Panr swa ia.0 - •r' and keep - Il ag a+ori ° it products. mlw no ditivesezprotected a nnm ,a Product lc - Ina the waDs, In the . Spill r I. or Ah nodi be resPms,p1e t as T Drager containment and COMA Pram, spills. cos the Engineer If any . the follow.. ore delected: e� arms. sell Is or 0arre e, era. dors f leaChvoi w seeps oe of r mserwlurm ®$ i °I Tgdn J `g � ihid I u E diwolwa • L S2_ ire a don, auction r° a Soca. Fin m other or :o sra :aa e specific wean wt o ma Engineer. disturb. II. WORK IN OR NEAR STREAMS WATERBODIES AND WETLANDS CLEAN WATER ACT SECTIONS 901 AND 904 VEGETATION tM extent t , esrve M ,w vaw a .m ro ax m res .w , ®Na MC 01 mwlr.d 0 mwtr.a Action Donlon N' r EUndesirablEvIdenal sea c r.. claws not treiwire Pox wivert., wapo res El o Tm , x `ria re s. e r e , a ae esmsamn .n rim. Are TP a a M asbestos OUDDATim positive Iia asbestos Premmllt f r❑ 1— % h11SACE 6 o�E '.6x Permit required for RI. I., o-eagIng, ed' wk In 0. r r r sr. treams, all or the terms aha oars...* aeswiarea with TM Illim,ra mrm�r lair I. V. FEDERAL LISTED, PROPOSED THREATENED, ENDANGERED SPECIES, CRITICAL HABITAT, STATE LISTED SPECIES, CANDIDATE SPECIES AND MIGRATORY BIRDS. ❑ tea N0 ...ant/mitigation crocedsr.. and perform mcmarement •o MSPS muss M Postmarked at Iawt IS •011inacday* ride tosbMALI.A damn itim. U �� O CITY of CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS Department of Engineering Services 6 '''s,.' • _ '`Fa ® Al r Rsauirea ❑ N - PAN ,or Rewired I loss +non 1/I0n wars waters r 0 tioniee Pere.. - N R.wlrw .l/lo w cl/: ora, In In .Iw. waters) Inaivianal 0 „rimae affect.)Arm 0 wader Nation,. Permit mw,red, Actions, List nor, Regained Ac rodeo che..t Mornaemnr Practices planned Al 0..01 roelm, wmlawara. m a,a posy•pr lacContractor Bart wires Action ® H0 m Rewires ❑ R AlAalNo. , weld D ADHT tote mlmal :.....,=::::;,,,, ire t RMB �cmllira.rw �` o-, ee bird, M ll ng.elentroyno.remov active nests found in tree, culverte, bridges. on the gr.., etc. Such . tree trimming os. other activities +no+ rroy disturb [...Cling bird. ' petersible. If verk Mee he perfereed during the breedi..0800, the ail11 required ,e notify ENDS ,S working mre prior to any In eiterer ..., t. Centre.. in responsible nar provIdin de dads, for t ant in order to relnimlin construction awn and S.W.. p1ai tCOVBr eV tee xazmltepua nam s r .111. Contamination IDRa Specific t° this Projects m camp. es m iter evtarce in a Action mwirae a Action ®x ❑Rewire Action No. VII. OTHER ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES 4. lhe elevation of t. ordinary TON water marl.. to . perfOrmed In the eaters of the US theum of a"a.m.. pennr cm M fova m the Bridge Layouts. right of troy to determine if bird nes. are present. In the even+ that active nen. are encountered ornette during conetructIon, the Contractor .011 notify the Engineer a. meessmes.011 te tat. to °vole disturb.. oftin M haw toetay in the a es wd Environmental linclu.s reel.. .e.aaaFmraDistrict...c.I ® le .tion Required01wirea Paton Action No.Other i CITYWIDE STREET PREVENTATIVE 9 MAINTENANCE PROGRAM (SPMP) YEAR 3 = INDEFINITE DELIVERY INDEFINITE QUANTITY (IDIQ) SEAL COATS 4 5 a ENVIRONMENTAL PERMITS, ISSUES AND COMMITMENTS (EPIC) Beat Wm:de ant PraPracticed Erosion Sedimentation Pop,-Cana+ruction TSSwork mink the immediate area, may not remove active nee. from bridge and other ntructuren .rIng oar wtoriSI t 0+.0o.. Rite MOM O rmawm ® aw ❑ im/IrriDation Syatre ❑ Pk Baa mmn ❑ BItoaatttm o fleeting Nee. Of t. Inf. associated elth the nests. If caves or singe,. k In +ledlaare°eilli00• M m te , as <m+°er .M Engineer Immala . r. B ,oeNa,NmdBmrda.+warNrbaOf 9=, Standoff ❑Balm OTrtaaaa n.tr Dim Durand arra. win ENVIRONMENTAL PERMITS, 4 0..9 ❑Sit Bog Bens ❑wbto.c.0.naw LIS! OF ABBREVIATIONS • L ❑Imroar so.. ❑s.rr Bo.. ol1. ❑m. Basin ❑ 111.01. Dim 0 Bann Bane 0 Erosion Control Caen. ❑ EMm Control Caren ❑ Eos Control Cana ❑ U t CW Berm and Sons 01410 BereanSam ❑capmtNiter DOD Dam Sc. Afer ADAt adman+Pilon Son .111 ResettmmN.ai aarantan.mse SF. . Ir Ion I p Plan •••••••• :110•1••• 11g, An,....n.�esL.,. Tao tannerPollen. a ifyUnretenten ISSUES AND COMMITMENTS EPIC U BA 0TON.....-Bea o4 Sona® moms niw mn a0 Sew ❑ Kandla erne dia. I Dendb Eilmuor mar. Swat stas•aarer Seer add IPP. : Pane ma RI Cesarean kein Migrate, Bina irway /a, lees m namadntm m1.m �I" -- 0 S+Iae limn Trw 0 Saw Filter Syrians aF T narim DavPw dale* Pend n.r. :5.J• .. m f ❑baleen Basins RIRWiden rob Niton of Ines,: MACE, U.S. Fra, a trainers "a fr., .Dry. I SAAB a SHEET NOT TO SCALE C-222 STR 929 C!lY PRCVECT JEISI4O CRGE PROJECT Na: 20910c DITCH LINE SEDIMENT TRAP grag STAGCx ENDN WD L1H1i OWLTPitE dS OREE45DDInECI�E OG .SACINGI, /402."'"'" PLAN VIEW '/ nETA1NINO WALL • FLOW NIS STAKE SECTION A -A DITCH LINE SEDIMENT TRAP A—A DISTURBED AREA BACK OF CURB LIP OF GUTTER SECTION B -B BACK OF CURB SEDIMENT TRAP CURB INLET SEDIMENT TRAP NTS OGLL dl 1Mtc SPAC INC �s STIK PLAN VIEW NIS DISTURBEDAREA BACK OF CURB SECTION C -C RIGHT—OF—WAY SEDIMENT TRAP SEDIMENT TRAP USAGE GUI DELSNES Secilsent trope should be placed in the following locationss o-GaE Hire, r'rtirn`*`m°Bi,N rho trop should be clean. when Th. capacity hos Peen reduced by half or Ms sediment has occuTulated GENERAL NOTES 1. LENGTHS OF EROSION CONTROL LOGS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND AS REWIRED FOR THE PURPOSE INTENDED. MAXIMUM LENGTH OF LOGS SHALL BE 60' FOR 10' DIAMETER OR 30' FOR 12. DIAMETER LOGS. CONTAINMENT 2. UNLESS OTHERWISE DIRECTED, USE BIODEGRADABLE OR PHOTOOEGRADABLE MESH ONLY MERE LOG WILL REMAIN IN PLACE AS PART OF A VEGETATIVE SYSTEM. FOR TEMPORARY INST AAAAA MRS, uSE RECYCLABLE CONTAINMENT ME514. 3. STUFF LOGS WITH SUFFICIENT FILTER MATERIAL TO ACHIEVE 0E1610 THAT WILL HOLD SHAPE WITH°. STAKESSHALLTBER2E5512.ECVE WOODDEFOORT *3xREBA% M' LOG, EMBEDDED SUCH THAT 2. PROTRUO LOG, OR AS DIRECTED. 5. COMPOST ECRADLE EMATERIAL IS INCIDENTAL AND WILL NOT BE PAID FOR SEPARATELY. 6. SANDBAGS SHALL BE SUBSIDIARY TO ITEM 5049 BIODEGRADABLE EROSION CONTROL LOG, O AOL G s .esc800, nE 02 TTma00Tfatlen Texas Department of Transportation BIODEGRADABLE EROSION CONTROL LOGS CRP-BECL CORPuSCxR15T1'1'2;4 CT'1°1, I=^rszn�Eii w1 moll ----I --- C-222 SHEET 46 at 47 RECORD OPAWING NO. STR 929 air PROJECT 1E75140 CRGE P20010cROJECT No: �OFTeN �'�Ps..lj VICTOR M. GUTIERREZ, JR..I ,�,,A7761 :. ,r� /"N./ it• 27. 20/4 S e e �'—'� eexon ""T"'4 DN TaT a 4 now y � xoLLo� SECURE DIO l LOW OF LOG TO = r c° .0 COMPLETELY DAMAOg g"1"4'442...- OR s°DIRECTED. a rux. snec�xc� 12. DIOGRO SIGN og s?! W W W VLA 4 w W v" 'LST`"' W W CONTROL Lm VOL"' DITCH FLOW c T COMPOST CRADLE F^ F W W W W W w r mNTROL Loc \ '4 ' qqypyp I 'hi Oy� OM ROW h y W W 1 / ,moi - G( �[��(( lj e83 �/ AT DROP INLETS xaD �x NucE �rrRi L`��' Qv v `YiQ(�! �� Q�'I�V w �G���W' ��Y� �O� EROSION CONTROL LOG ELEVATION ••• • ••• ♦ ED E D PAVExLxT DIRECT. L ) 5?_ FLOWI EE AT CULVERT END OF FLOW 3 BAP O 8's a 15111:2:, A:ai01h1: CITY of CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS Department of Engineering Services 3 . � 3 � ► ��� � � ��� 3 I I I v. DIRECTED 3 'JAP f1FTAREBAR STAKE DETAIL 3 J' 3 3 1 3 3� i o 3 3 3 3 3 NIln iEnot°iocERos'ax LEGEND 3 3 ►/ - ipw 3 . 3 .. r W W L W .. D�sruRRED eREe 33 3 3 1 ', '•'3 ► ►ar��: -a � 3 . 4 4 w WW W W 1 wxDxx 4 �1> . ExtSilN0 vEeEienw s CITYWIDE STREET PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE PROGRAM (SPMP) YEAR 3 _ INDEFINITE DELIVERY INDEFINITE 1 QUANTITY (IDIQ) SEAL COATS 5 a BIODEGRADABLE EROSION CONTROL LOGS CRP-BECL (2 OF 2) i R OGS FROSIOx L oG $ W:. •. W W w w W W W : ©0000 00 05505 0 50105500 00 Traxsoortoo::on -7177 -: _�/ CONTROL �;4 '0 W W I j W W W CROSS COVERT _, t1 , *Texas CeOrlmen0Of Tr000fo 101100 BIODEGRADABLE EROSION LOGS ONB 4 0'. 4 . CRP-BECL r°,r AT BRIDGE MEDIAN AT MEDIAN DRAINS v„I�;moi=`•I x fCWI a C-222cm' STR 929 wt.,- r 15140 00 9101 ADDENDUM NUMBER 1 Project: Citywide Street Preventative Mair1tgrlance Program Project Number: E15140 jSPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery indefinite Quantity jIDIQ1 Seal Coats Owner: City of Corn us Chris City Engineer: LH. Edmonds P.E.L5101°' Designer: Coym, Rehmet & Gutierrez Engineering, L.P.—Victor M. Gutierrez,,Jr., E. Addendum No. 1 Specification Section: 00 9101 Issue Date: 5/13/2016 Acknowledge receipt of this Addendum in the Bid Acknowledgement Form submitted for this Project. Failure to acknowledge receipt of this addendum in the Bid Acknowledgement Form may render the Bid as non-responsive and serve as the basis for rejecting the Bid. Make the additions, modifications or deletions to the Contract Documents described in this Addendum. Approved by: Coym, Rehmet & Gutierrez Engineering, L.P. Victor M. Gutierrez, Jr., P.E. May 13, 2016 ��.���� 44 1E OF rh,�, Sg �4 -•O t ir* �� *- i hgipptlA.GiRIERREZ B1 I • H *9 - 'ti QtST'.• '..' ,r ••' " k ' + • r 5.15. - '1 Name Date Addendum Items: ARTICLE 1-- Bidding Requirements • None ARTICLE 2 -- Modifications to the Specifications or Technical Specifications • None ARTICLE 3 — Modifications to the Drawings • None ARTICLE 4— Clarifications • Answers to Contractor's questions received at the Pre -Bid Meeting and answer to questions posted on CivCast. Coym, Rehmet & Gutierrez Engineering, L.P. TBPE Firm Reg. F-388 Addendum No. 1 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP} Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats 009101-1 Rev 01-13-2016 ARTICLE 1— BIDDING REQUIREMENTS 1.01 ACKNOWLEDGE ADDENDA A. Acknowledge receipt of this Addendum in the Bid Acknowledgement Form submitted for this Project. Failure to acknowledge receipt of this addendum in the Bid Acknowledgement Form may render the Bid as non-responsive and serve as the basis for rejecting the Bid. 1.02 MODIFICATIONS TO THE BIDDING REQUIREMENTS A. No Change to Bidding Requirements. ARTICLE 2 — MODIFICATIONS TO THE SPECIFICATIONS OR TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS. 2.01 ADD, DELETE OR REPLACE SPECIFICATION SECTIONS (OR TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS) A. No Change to Specifications or Technical Specifications. ARTICLE 3 - MODIFICATIONS TO THE DRAWINGS 3.01 ADD OR DELETE DRAWINGS A. DELETE the following Drawings: No Change to Drawings. B. ADD the following Drawings: No Change to Drawings. 3.02 AMEND DRAWINGS A. No Amendments to Drawings. ARTICLE 4 — CLARIFICATIONS 4.01 QUESTIONS A. Question: Is the 15% DBE Goal Mandatory? Answer: The stated 15% DBE Goal is a goal the City has established. IF the contractor cannot meet the 15% goal, the Contractor will be required to provide documentation of all effort in trying to reach the 15% goal. The City and the Engineer noted that there are numerous disciplines where DBE's could participate, such as trucking, material purchases, installation of pavement markings, curb painting, manhole and valve cover adjustments, etc. B. Question: In the Proposals included in the bid package, Pay Item A19 calls for a "computerized profilograph services to include street surface evaluations with calibrated vehicle and equipment and approved reports". What is the purpose of these services and will the scope of this work be required for this seal coat project? Answer: Yes, these services are required, The primary purpose is to demonstrate that there was an improvement over the existing conditions that existed prior to the proposed improvements being completed. Addendum No. 1 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats 009101-2 Rev 01-13.2016 C. Question: Does the City anticipate more patching than the stated quantities listed in the proposal and could it reach at least 5% of the overall surface area anticipated to be completed in this job? Answer: The City cannot guarantee that the patching quantity will reach 5%. However, please note that this is a unit -price contract and the contractor will be paid for all patching areas at the unit price bid whether or not the quantity is less than, equal to, or greater than 5%. D. Question: In Pay Items B6, B7, 88, B9, B10 and B11, the item description refers to "... one to five miles haul distances from an approved site within the City Limits" and "... over five miles haul distance from an approved site within the City Limits". What is the purpose of these descriptions? Answer: This is a citywide project. The City recognizes that providing materials, labor, equipment and services at a location greater than five miles of a material source may be costlier than providing same at a distance of less than five miles. To that end, the City is providing the Contractor an opportunity to price these materials, labor, equipment and services at equitable unit prices. E. Question: Where does the City expect proof rolling as noted in pay item B12? Answer: Full depth repairs may be required on some streets prior to initiating seal coat improvements. Inclement weather may affect an Improved area after the completion of base course improvements. In this example, the City Inspector, Representative or Engineer may require proof rolling to review the structural integrity of the completed improvements, especially if several days have elapsed after density tests have passed. F. Question: The unit for Pay Item B11, Trap Rock, is by the Ton instead of by the Cubic Yard or Square Yard. How will the City calculate and/or confirm the number of tons used in this project since the pay item requires an application of 150 square yards per cubic yard? Answer' As part of the construction materials testing program, the City will request that unit weights be determined, by the assigned testing lab, from actual Contractor's stockpile. Based on the unit weight, the City will calculate and confirm the number of tons of trap rock used based on the actual square yards of street covered. G. Question: Pay Items A25, 613, C7, and D6 are Allowances with City -determined lump sum amounts. How will these items be used and paid for? Answer: Allowances will be paid for based on the Contractor's proposal for performing the unanticipated items directed by the Engineer, and will include all labor materials, equipment, and any other costs associated with such directive. In the event that no unanticipated items arise, the all Allowances stated in the proposal will revert to the City and no payment for these City -determined lump sum amounts will be made to the Contractor. The Contractor is directed to the General Conditions, Article 13, Paragraph 13.02 for further guidance. H. Question: Is it permissible to complete the adjustment to manhole rings & covers and valve covers after the seal coat operations? Answer: Yes. Addendum No. 1 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats 009101-3 Rev 01-13-2015 I. Question: Is it permissible to re -use the existing manhole rings and covers and valve covers? Answer: No. All adjustments will require new materials, including manhole rings, covers and valve boxes. J. Question: May we replace 24 -inch diameter manhole rings and covers with the same size, or do we need to increase the diameter? Answer: Adjust all manhole rings and covers with identical diameters found at the site. (Examples: The 24 -inch diameter covers will be replaced with 24 -Inch diameter covers. The 30 -inch diameter covers will be replaced with 30 -inch diameter covers, etc.) K. Question: Will there be any additional Traffic Control Plans issued with the delivery orders besides what is included in the issued construction set? Answer: If there are special circumstances, additional traffic control plans may be issued with a specific delivery order. In some instances, street improvements may terminate within a TxDOT right-of-way, which may require special traffic control and permitting. L. Question: Will project lead barricades be required for every street? Please see sheet 30 of 47 BC (2)-14 Answer: The project lead barricade that includes the project, city, state and contractor names is required for all arterial and collector streets. Residential streets will be clustered to optimize the Contractors work. Only one lead barricade will be required in the region where clustered residential (local) streets will be improved. M. Question: Pay Item A21 related to "Door Hangers for business and residences (two each)' is paid on a lump sum basis. Please explain. Answer: Contractors are required to notify each business and residence twice before construction activities begin. The first door hanger is required seven (7) days in advance. The second door hanger is required two (2) days in advance. Both the first door hanger and the second door hanger are included in the pay item on a lump sum basis. N. Question: May a Contractor tow a vehicle that is hindering progress if there is no response to the door hangers? Answer: Yes. The door hangers provide a warning to all businesses and residences that vehicles will be towed. 0. Question: Is there a priority list of streets for each job? Answer: No. However, the Engineer and the City are making every effort to optimize the proposed seal coat Improvements by clustering neighborhood streets within specified regions. It is desired to have the residential streets completed first, then the collector streets and finally the arterials- All delivery orders will provide sequence of construction notes that may reflect City priorities. Addendum No 1 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats 009101-4 Rev 01-13.2016 P. Question: The total number of gallons of AC and Emulsion for each area is 87,777 gallons. Do you anticipate shooting all 87,777 gallons for each job? Or is that 43,888 gallons of AC in the hot months and 43,888 gallons of Emulsion in the cooler months? Answer: Each of the three Proposals contains 40,464 gallons of AC -15P asphalt material and 47,310 gallons of HFRS-2P Emulsion for a total of 87,774 gallons. This Contract covers a period of 365 days. It is anticipated that this project will require the use of both the AC -15P asphalt material and HFRS-2P Emulsion, depending on the weather conditions. Only a fractional amount of each is anticipated to be used. (Example: If the entire seal coat project could be completed in the summer months, all of the 40,464 gallons of AC -15P asphalt would be used and would be enough to complete the project. In this case, none of the 47,310 gallons of HFRS-2P Emulsion would be used, Q. Question: Is there a detail for Bid Items B2 and B3? Answer: No. However, for full depth repairs, the delivery orders will generally include full depth repairs that include removal of defective pavement structure and reconstruction using the following: Residential (local streets): 1 Y -inch HMAC, 6" of Flexible Base and Geogrid. Collector Streets: 2 inches of HMAC, 8 inches of Flexible Base and Geogrid. Arterial Streets: 4 inches of HMAC, 11" of Flexible Base and Geogrid. The above repairs are general guidelines that the Contractor should anticipate in the delivery orders. However, site conditions may vary and the delivery orders will be adjusted accordingly. Measurement and payment will be in accordance with the descriptions and requirements of Pay Items B2 and B3. R. Question: Can the Contractor's bids be submitted electronically, by hard copy or both. Answer: Yes. The Contractor may submit an electronic bid, a hard copy bid or submit both in advance of the bid opening deadline. 4.02 CLARIFICATIONS A. Clarification: None END OF ADDENDUM NO. 1 Addendum No. 1 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 3 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity {IDIQ) Seal Coats 004101-5 Rev 01-13-2016 PHONE [361 ] 364-1669 J. CARROLL WEAVER, INC. CONTACTOR H101-1WAY a ROA CO 5TRUCTBON P. 0. Sou 4 361 SINTON, TEXAS 73387-1361 Chris Hale, FAX [361] 364-4729 J. Carroll Weaver, Inc. respectfully submits the attached proposed pricing for the Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) Year 4 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats City Project. We are requesting the following unit prices on six bid items, all others to remain the same as Year 3 pricing: A21 Door Hangers $27,500.00/Lump Sum A24 Street Sweeping $3,186.00/Curb Mile B7 HFRS-2P 1 to 5 miles $3.11/Gallon B8 Trap Rock 1 to 5 miles $185.40/Ton B10 HFRS-2P Over 5 miles$3.35/Gallon B11 Trap Rock Over 5 miles.._.$190.55/Ton Respectfully, Gary Kelley General Manager J. Carroll Weaver, Inc. Gary@jcarrollweaverinc.com 361-222-0284 CC IDIQ YEAR 4 RENEWAL PRICING ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT ESTIMATED QUANTITY YEAR 3 UNIT PRICING YEAR 4 RENEWAL UNIT PRICING YEAR 4 RENEWAL BID TOTALS Al MOBILIZATION LS $ 98,000.00 $ 98,000.00 $ - A2 TRAFFC CTRL RESIDENTIAL EA $ 3,500.00 $ 3,500.00 $ - A3 TRAFFIC CTRL COLLECTOR EA $ 5,000.00 $ 5,000.00 $ - A4 TRAFFIC CTRL ARTERIAL EA $ 6,500.00 $ 6,500.00 $ - A5 OZONE DAYS DAY $ 2,919.56 $ 2,919.56 $ - A6 PVMNT MRKNGS W 8" SOLID LF $ 1.04 $ 1.04 $ - A7 PVMNT MRKINGS W 4" SOLID LF $ 0.52 $ 0.52 $ - A8 PVMNT MRKINGS W 4" BROKEN LF $ 0.52 $ 0.52 $ - A9 PVMNT MRKINGS Y 4" SOLID LF $ 0.52 $ 0.52 $ - A10 PVMNT MRKINGS Y 4" BRKN LE $ 0.52 $ 0.52 $ - All RSD PVMNT MRKRS TY IC EA $ 3.45 $ 3.45 $ - Al2 SPEED HUMPS EA $ 431.25 $ 431.25 $ - A13 PVMNT MRKINGS W 24" STOP BAR LF $ 13.80 $ 13.80 $ - A14 PVMNT MRKINGS X WALK LF $ 40.25 $ 40.25 $ - A15 PVMNT MRKINGS W ONLY LF $ 287.50 $ 287.50 $ - A16 PVMNT MRKINGS W TURN ARROW RT, LT, STRAIGH1 LF $ 212.75 $ 212.75 $ - A17 CURB PAINTING YELLOW NO PARKING LF $ 0.98 $ 0.98 $ - A18 CURB PAINTING RED FIRE ZONE LF $ 0.98 $ 0.98 $ - A 19 PROFILOGRAPH HR $ 300.00 $ 300.00 $ - A 20 LANDSCAPE IMPROVEMENTS SY $ 450.40 $ 450.40 $ - A 21 DOOR HANGERS LS $ 26,865.24 $ 27,500.00 $ - A 22 SILT FENCE LF $ 5.57 $ 5.57 $ - A 23 EROSION CONTROL LOG EA $ 83.68 $ 83.68 $ - A 24 STREET SWEEPING PER CURB MILE MILE $ 3,086.27 $ 3,186.00 $ - A25 ALLOWANCE FOR GENERAL IMPROVEMENTS LS $ 5,000.00 $ 5,000.00 $ - B1 GEOGRID SY $ 4.65 $ 4.65 $ - B2 BASE REPAIR UPPER 2" SY $ 30.74 $ 30.74 $ - 53 BASE REPAIR ADDITIONAL 1" SY $ 14.99 $ 14.99 $ - B4 PATCHING/HMIX PER SY/INCH SY/IN $ 57.24 $ 57.24 $ - B5 CRACK SEAL LF $ 5.75 $ 5.75 $ - B6 AC -15P 1 TO 5 MILES GAL $ 3.32 $ 3.32 $ - B7 HFRS-2P 1 TO 5 MILES GAL $ 3.02 $ 3.11 $ - B8 TRAP ROCK 1 TO 5 MILES TON $ 180.00 $ 185.40 $ - B9 AC -15P OVER 5 MILES GAL $ 3.34 $ 3.34 $ - B10 HFRS-2P OVER 5 MILES GAL $ 3.25 $ 3.35 $ - B11 TRAP ROCK OVER 5 MILES TON $--1435-40 $ 190.55 $ - B12 PROOF ROLLING HR $ 73.80 $ 73.80 $ - B13 ALLOWANCE FOR STREET IMPROVEMENTS LS $ 15,000.00 $ 15,000.00 $ Cl R & R CURB LF $ 113.83 $ 113.83 $ - C2 R & R CONC DRVWAYS SF $ 37.54 $ 37.54 $ - C3 6" STAMPED CONC DRVWAY SF $ 74.39 $ 74.39 $ - C4 6" WASHED CONC DRVWAYS SF $ 80.55 $ 80.55 $ - CS TEMP DRVWAY ACCESS EA $ 3,638.02 $ 3,638.02 $ - C6 R & R 4" SIDEWALK SF $ 73.92 $ 73.92 $ - C7 ALLOWANCE FOR CONCRETE IMPROVEMENTS LS $ 1,500.00 $ 1,500.00 $ - Dl SAN SEWER MANHOLE RING & COVER AD] EA $ 1,150.00 $ 1,150.00 $ - D2 STORMWATER RING & COVER AD] EA $ 1,265.00 $ 1,265.00 $ - D3 WATER VALVE ADJUST EA $ 575.00 $ 575.00 $ - D4 GAS VALVE ADJUST EA $ 345.00 $ 345.00 $ - D5 REPLACE CONC COLLARS HIGH EARLY SF $ 11.50 $ 11.50 $ - D6 ALLOW FOR WASTEWATER IMPROVEMENTS LS $ 2,500.00 $ 2,500.00 $ - Totals: City of Corpus Christi SUPPLIER NUMBER TO BE ASSIGNED BY CITY PURCHASING DIVISION CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI DISCLOSURE OF INTEREST City of Corpus Christi Ordinance 17112, as amended, requires all persons or firms seeking to do business with the City to provide the following information. Every question must be answered. It the question is not applicable, answer with "NA". See reverse side for Filing Requirements, Certifications and definitions. COMPANY NAME: P. O. BOX: STREET ADDRESS: J. Carroll Weaver, Inc. PO Box 1361 211 West Welder FIRM IS: 1. Corporation 4. Association CITY/ STATE 2. Partnership 5. Other Sinton ZIP: 78387 ' 1361 3. Sole Owner ❑ DISCLOSURE QUESTIONS If additional space is necessary, please use the reverse side of this page or attach separate sheet. 1. State the names of each "employee" of the City of Corpus Christi having an "ownership interest" constituting 3% or more of the ownership in the above named "firm." Name Job Title and City Department (if known) None 2. State the names of each "official" of the City of Corpus Christi having an "ownership interest' constituting 3% or more of the ownership in the above named "firm." Name Title None 3. State the names of each "board member" of the City of Corpus Christi having an "ownership interest" constituting 3% or more of the ownership in the above named "firm." Name Board, Commission or Committee None 4. State the names of each employee or officer of a "consultant" for the City of Corpus Christi who worked on any matter related to the subject of this contract and has an "ownership interest" constituting 3% or more of the ownership in the above named "firm." Name Consultant None FILING REQUIREMENTS If a person who requests official action on a matter knows that the requested action will confer an economic benefit on any City official or employee that is distinguishable from the effect that the action will have on members of the public in general or a substantial segment thereof, you shall disclose that fact in a signed writing to the City official, employee or body that has been requested to act in the matter, unless the interest of the City official or employee in the matter is apparent. The disclosure shall also be made in a signed writing filed with the City Secretary. [Ethics Ordinance Section 2-349 (d)] CERTIFICATION I certify that all information provided is true and correct as of the date of this statement, that I have not knowingly withheld disclosure of any information requested; and that supplemental statements will be promptly submitted to the City of Corpus Christi, Texas as changes occur. Certifying Person: Bennie Vickers (Type or Print) J Signature of Certifying Person: Title: Vice President DEFINITIONS Date: July 14, 2017 a. "Board member." A member of any board, commission, or committee appointed by the City Council of the City of Corpus Christi, Texas. b. "Economic benefit". An action that is likely to affect an economic interest if it is likely to have an effect on that interest that is distinguishable from its effect on members of the public in general or a substantial segment thereof. c. "Employee." Any person employed by the City of Corpus Christi, Texas either on a full or part- time basis, but not as an independent contractor. d. "Firm." Any entity operated for economic gain, whether professional, industrial or commercial, and whether established to produce or deal with a product or service, including but not limited to, entities operated in the form of sole proprietorship, as self-employed person, partnership, corporation, joint stock company, joint venture, receivership or trust, and entities which for purposes of taxation are treated as non-profit organizations. e. "Official." The Mayor, members of the City Council, City Manager, Deputy City Manager, Assistant City Managers, Department and Division Heads, and Municipal Court Judges of the City of Corpus Christi, Texas. f. "Ownership Interest." Legal or equitable interest, whether actually or constructively held, in a firm, including when such interest is held through an agent, trust, estate, or holding entity. "Constructively held" refers to holdings or control established through voting trusts, proxies, or special terms of venture or partnership agreements." g. "Consultant." Any person or firm, such as engineers and architects, hired by the City of Corpus Christi for the purpose of professional consultation and recommendation. 00 52 23 AGREEMENT This Agreement, for the Project Contract Renewal approved on between the City of Corpus Christi (Owner) and J. Carroll Weaver, Inc. Owner and Contractor agree as follows: ARTICLE 1— WORK July 13, 2017 (Contractor). , is 1.01 Contractor shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents. The Work is generally described as: Contract Renewal #1 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) FY2017 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats (Ref E15140) Project No. E17049 ARTICLE 2 — DESIGNER AND OWNER'S AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE 2.01 The Project has been designed by: Coym, Rehmet & Gutierrez Engineering, L.P. 5656 S. Staples, Suite 230 Corpus Christi, Texas 78411 2.02 The Owner's Authorized Representative for this Project is: Ernesto De La Garza, P.E. — Construction Management Engineer City of Corpus Christi — Engineering Services 4917 Holly Rd. — Bldg. #5 Corpus Christi, TX 78411 ARTICLE 3 — CONTRACT TIMES 3.01 Contract Times A. The Work is required to be substantially completed within 365 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run as provided in the Notice to Proceed and is to be completed and ready for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 15.06 of the General Conditions within 395 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run. B. Milestones, and the dates for completion of each, are as defined in SECTION 0135 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES. 3.02 Liquidated Damages A. Owner and Contractor recognize that time limits for specified Milestones, Substantial Completion, and completion and readiness for Final Payment as stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. Owner and Contractor recognize that the Agreement Contract Renewal Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) FY 2017 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats (Ref E15140) Project No. E17049 00 52 23 - 1 Rev 01-13-2016 Owner will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in Paragraph 3.01 and as adjusted in accordance with Paragraph 11.05 of the General Conditions. Owner and Contractor also recognize the delays, expense, and difficulties involved in proving in a legal or arbitration proceeding the actual loss suffered by Owner if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, Owner and Contractor agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty): 1. Substantial Completion: Contractor shall pay Owner $500 for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 3.01 for Substantial Completion until the Work is substantially complete. 2. Completion of the Remaining Work: Contractor agrees to pay Owner $500 for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 3.01 for completion and readiness for final payment until the Work is completed and ready for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 15.06 of the General Conditions. 3. Liquidated damages for failing to timely attain Substantial Completion Completion are not additive and will not be imposed concurrently. 4. Milestones: Contractor agrees to pay Owner liquidated damages as stipulated in SECTION 01 35 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES for failure to meet Milestone completions. 5. The Owner will determine whether the Work has been completed within the Contract Times. and Final B. Owner is not required to only assess liquidated damages, and Owner may elect to pursue its actual damages resulting from the failure of Contractor to complete the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 4 — CONTRACT PRICE 4.01 Owner will pay Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents at the unit prices shown in the attached Negotiated Rates for Renewal No. 1. Unit prices have been computed in accordance with Paragraph 13.03 of the General Conditions. Contractor acknowledges that estimated quantities are not guaranteed, and were solely for the purpose of comparing Bids, and final payment for all unit price items will be based on actual quantities, determined as provided in the Contract Documents. Contractor acknowledges that the pricing used for the previous base year agreement included pricing to cover a portion of the previous fiscal year in addition to the contract year. Pricing on the renewal year is for the contract fiscal year only. Payment to the Contractor shall not exceed the amount show below. Total Not to Exceed Amount $ 3,500,000.00 ARTICLE 5 — PAYMENT PROCEDURES 5.01 Submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article 15 of the General Conditions. Applications for Payment will be processed by the OAR as provided in the General Conditions. Agreement Contract Renewal Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) FY 2017 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats (Ref E15140) Project No. E17049 005223-2 Rev 01-13-2016 5.02 Progress Payments; Retainage: A. The Owner will make progress payments on or about the 25th day of each month during performance of the Work. Payment is based on Work completed in accordance with the Schedule of Values established as provided in the General Conditions. B. Progress payments equal to 95 percent of the total earned value to date for completed Work and properly stored materials will be made prior to Substantial Completion. The balance will be held as retainage. C. Payment will be made for the amount determined per Paragraph 5.02.B, less the total of payments previously made and less set -offs determined in accordance with Paragraph 15.01 of the General Conditions. D. At the Owner's option, retainage may be required at a higher percentage rate if progress on the Project is considered to be unsatisfactory. If retainage in excess of the amount described above is held prior to Substantial Completion, the Owner will place the additional amount in an interest bearing account. Interest will be paid in accordance with Paragraph 6.01. E. At the Owner's option, Owner may pay Contractor 100 percent of the Work completed, less amounts withheld in accordance with Paragraph 15.01 of the General Conditions and less 200 percent of OAR's estimate of the value of Work to be completed or corrected to reach Substantial Completion. Owner may, at its sole discretion, elect to hold retainage in the amounts set forth above for progress payments prior to Substantial Completion if Owner has concerns with the ability of the Contractor to complete the remaining Work in accordance with the Contract Documents or within the time frame established by this Agreement. Release or reduction in retainage is contingent upon and consent of surety to the reduction in retainage. 5.03 Owner will pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by OAR in accordance with Paragraph 15.06 of the General Conditions upon Final Completion and acceptance of the Work. ARTICLE 6 — INTEREST ON OVERDUE PAYMENTS AND RETAINAGE 6.01 The Owner is not obligated to pay interest on overdue payments except as required by Texas Government Code Chapter 2251. 6.02 The Owner is not obligated to pay interest on moneys not paid except as provided in Texas Government Code Chapter 2252. ARTICLE 7 — CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIONS 7.01 The Contractor makes the following representations: A. The Contractor has examined and carefully studied the Contract Documents and the other related data identified in the Bidding Documents. B. The Contractor has visited the Site and become familiar with and is satisfied as to the general, local, and Site conditions that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. C. The Contractor is familiar with Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. Agreement Contract Renewal Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) FY 2017 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats (Ref E15140) Project No. E17049 005223-3 Rev 01-13-2016 D. The Contractor has carefully studied the following Site -related reports and drawings as identified in the Supplementary Conditions: 1. Geotechnical Data Reports regarding subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site; 2. Drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site; 3. Underground Facilities referenced in reports and drawings; 4. Reports and drawings relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions, if any, at or adjacent to the Site; and 5. Technical Data related to each of these reports and drawings. E. The Contractor has considered the: 1. Information known to Contractor; 2. Information commonly known to contractors doing business in the locality of the Site; 3. Information and observations obtained from visits to the Site; and 4. The Contract Documents. F. The Contractor has considered the items identified in Paragraphs 7.01.D and 7.01.E with respect to the effect of such information, observations, and documents on: 1. The cost, progress, and performance of the Work; 2. The means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor; and 3. Contractor's safety precautions and programs. G. Based on the information and observations referred to in the preceding paragraphs, Contractor agrees that no further examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, or data are necessary for the performance of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times, and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. H. The Contractor is aware of the general nature of Work to be performed by Owner and others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Contract Documents. I. The Contractor has correlated the information known to the Contractor, information and observations obtained from visits to the Site, reports and drawings identified in the Contract Documents, and all additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, and data with the Contract Documents. J. The Contractor has given the OAR written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that the Contractor has discovered in the Contract Documents, and the written resolution provided by the OAR is acceptable to the Contractor. K. The Contract Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. Agreement Contract Renewal Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) FY 2017 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats (Ref E15140) Project No. E17049 005223-4 Rev 01-13-2016 L. Contractor's entry into this Contract constitutes an incontrovertible representation by Contractor that without exception all prices in the Agreement are premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 8 — ACCOUNTING RECORDS 8.01 Accounting Record Availability: The Contractor shall keep such full and detailed accounts of materials incorporated and labor and equipment utilized for the Work consistent with the requirements of Paragraph 13.01 of the General Conditions and as may be necessary for proper financial management under this Agreement. Subject to prior written notice, the Owner shall be afforded reasonable access during normal business hours to all of the Contractor's records, books, correspondence, instructions, drawings, receipts, vouchers, memoranda, and similar data relating to the Cost of the Work and the Contractor's fee. The Contractor shall preserve all such documents for a period of 3 years after the final payment by the Owner. ARTICLE 9 — CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 9.01 Contents: A. The Contract Documents consist of the following: 1. Specifications, forms, and documents listed in SECTION 00 01 00 TABLE OF CONTENTS. 2. Drawings listed in the Sheet Index. 3. Addenda. 4. Exhibits to this Agreement: a. Contractor's Bid Form. 5. Documentation required by the Contract Documents and submitted by Contractor prior to Notice of Award. B. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed above in this Article. C. The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified, or supplemented as provided in Article 11 of the General Conditions. ARTICLE 10 — CONTRACT DOCUMENT SIGNATURES One original of the signed Agreement will be required. The sequence of signatures will be completed in the following order: A. CONTRACTOR — Agreement must be signed by a person authorized to bind the firm or company. If Contractor is a Corporation, agreements must be Attested; B. ASSISTANT CITY ATTORNEY for the City; C. DIRECTOR OF ENGINEERING SERVICES; D. CITY SECRETARY for the City. Agreement Contract Renewal Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) FY 2017 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats (Ref E15140) Project No. E17049 005223-5 Rev 01-13-2016 ATTEST CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI D lgidlly signed by Rebema H]. O N:= ebecra Hue., o, au, emai.ebemabQarexas.com, Date: 2017.07.28 15.46:18 -05.00. Rebecca Huerta City Secretary APPROVED AS TO LEGAL FORM: Aimee Alcorn -Reed 2017.07.26 16:17:54 -0500' Assistant City Attorney Digitally signed by Jeff Edmonds DN: en=Jeff Edmonds, o, ou=Engineering, email=jeffreye@cctexas.com, c=US Date: 2017.07.26 17:06:10 -05'00' J.H. Edmonds, P.E. Director of Engineering Services N/A BY COUNCIL N/A N/A AUTHORIZED ATTEST (IF CORPORATION) CONTRACTOR J. Carroll Weaver, Inc. (Seal Below) By: Note: Attach copy of authorization to sign if person signing for CONTRACTOR is not President, Vice President, Chief Executive Officer, or Chief Financial Officer Title: Gary Kelley Digitally signed by Gary Kelley DN'. cn=Gary Kelley, 04. Carroll Weaver, Inc., ou, maiNgary.jcanollweaverincgom, .US Date'. 2017.07.2fi 13:26'.52 -05'00' Secretary/Treasurer P.O. Box 1361 Address Sinton, TX 78387 City State Zip 361/364-1569 361-364-4729 Phone Fax admin@jcarrollweaverinc.com EMail END OF SECTION Agreement Contract Renewal Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) FY 2017 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats (Ref E15140) Project No. E17049 005223-6 Rev 01-13-2016 orms provided by Texas Ethics Commission www.et i cs. state. tx . us Version V1.0.883 CERTIFICATE OF INTERESTED PARTIES FORM 1295 1 of 1 Complete Nos. 1 - 4 and 6 if there are interested parties. Complete Nos. 1, 2, 3, 5, and 6 if there are no interested parties. OFFICE USE ONLY CERTIFICATION OF FILING Certificate Number: 2017-238128 Date Filed: 07/18/2017 Date Acknowledged: /), 4,' Aimee Alco;n71 /� r�u. �l 201 J.OJ.2616:19:42 -05'00' 1 Name of business entity filing form, and the city, state and country of the business entity's place of business. J. Carroll Weaver, Inc. Sinton, TX United States 2 Name of governmental entity or state agency that is a party to the contract for which the form is being filed. City of Corpus Christi, Texas 3 MMIIIIIINIMMIL Provide the identification number used by the governmental entity or state agency to track or identify the contract, and provide a description of the services, goods, or other property to be provided under the contract. E17049 Contract Renewal #1 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program FY 2017 IDIQ Seal Coats (Ref E15140) 4 Name of Interested Party City, State, Country (place of business) Nature of interest (check applicable) Controlling Intermediary 5 Check only if there is NO Interested Party. X 6 AFFIDAVIT I swear, or affirm, under penalty of perjury, ► ► 4111 ► I that the above disclosure is true and correct. Ga KeHe Y i AFFIX Sworn 20 s'Pyr.''' ?'. ' '•''''' :. BARBARA GREENWOOD ID# 1199872-4 Notary Public STATE OF TEXASGary ` My Comm. Exp. 06-12-2020 / Signature of . thorized Gary K Iley , ent of contracting business entity this the 18th day of July NOTARY to and subscribed 17 , to STAMP / SEAL ABOVE before me, by the said certify which, witness my ha . it ' / d , and seal of offic . - d�larbara Greenwood Assistant Secretary i gnature o officer administer loath P Wename of officer administering oath Title of officer administering oath orms provided by Texas Ethics Commission www.et i cs. state. tx . us Version V1.0.883 JCARR-1 OP ID: ML ,a`coRo* CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE(MM/DD/YYYY) 07/18/2017 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER GSM 1478INRS P 0 Boxox Rockport, TX 78382 Glass Sorenson & McDavid Inc NAME: CONTACT Glass Sorenson & McDavid Inc PHONE 361-729-5414 FAX 361-729-3817 (NC, No, Ext): (NC, No): E-MAIL ADDRESS: INSURER(S) AFFORDING. COVERAGE NAIC # INSURER A: Charter Oaks Fire Ins Co 25615 INSURED J. Carroll Weaver, Inc. P. O. Box 1361 Sinton, TX 78387 INSURER B:Travelers Ind Co of Amer 25666 INSURER C: Great American Insurance Co. 03/01/2018 INSURER D: Texas Mutual Insurance Co 22945 INSURER E: Travelers Insurance Company $ EXCL INSURER F : COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR LTR TYPE OF INSURANCE ADDL INSR SUBR WVD POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFF (MMIDDIYYYY) POLICY EXP (MMIDDIYYYY) LIMITS A GENERAL X LIABILITY COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CO -2J115538 03/01/2017 03/01/2018 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 DAMAGE TO RENTED PREMISES (Ea occurrence) $ EXCL CLAIMS -MADE X OCCUR MED EXP (Anyone person) $ EXCL PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $ 1,000,000 GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2,000,000 GE 'L AGGREGATE POLICY X LIMIT APPLIES JECT PRO PER: LOC PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG $ 2,000,000 $ B AUTOMOBILE X X LIABILITY ANY AUTO ALL OWNED AUTOS HIRED AUTOS X SCHEDULED AUTOS NON -OWNED AUTOS BA -2J115538 03/01/2017 03/01/2018 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT (Ea accident) 1000000 $ s s BODILY INJURY (Per person) $ BODILY INJURY (Per accident) $ PROPERTY DAMAGE (PER ACCIDENT) $ C X UMBRELLA LIAB EXCESS LIAB X OCCUR CLAIMS -MADE TUU501445301 03/01/2017 03/01/2018 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 5,000,000 AGGREGATE $ 5,000,000 DED X RETENTION $ 10000 $ D WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? (Mandatory in NH) If yes, describe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below Y / N N / A 0001237005 03/01/2017 03/01/2018 X WC STATU- TORY LIMITS OTH- ER E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $ 1,000,000 E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE $ 1,000,000 E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $ 1,000,000 E Equipment Floater QT 660 2F257505 03/01/2017 03/01/2018 LeaseRent 500,000 Ded 2,500 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS I LOCATIONS I VEHICLES (Attach ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, if more space is required) General Liability, Auto and Umbrella contains Blanket Additional Insured for Certificate Holder as required per written contract. General Liability, Auto, Umbrella and Workers Comp contain Blanket Waiver of Subrogation for certificate holder as required per written contract.General Liability includes Primary/Non-Contributory Endt (CONTINUES PAGE 2) CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION CITYCCO City of Corpus Christi Department of Engineering Services 1PO Box 9277 SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE Corpus Christi, TX 78469-9277 © 1988-2010 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. ACORD 25 (2010/05) The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD NOTEPAD: HOLDER CODE CITYCCO INSURED'SNAME J. Carroll Weaver, Inc. JCARR-1 PAGE 2 OP ID: ML Date 07/18/2017 Thirty day notice of cancellation on all poliices. PROJECT: Citywide Preventative Maintenance IDIQ - Program FY 2017(E17049) 0 0 003501 TRAVELERSJ POLICY NUMBER: DT -CO -2U1 15538-COF -1 7 EFFECTIVE DATE: 03-01-1 7 ISSUE DATE: 03-02-17 LISTING OF FORMS, ENDORSEMENTS AND SCHEDULE NUMBERS THIS LISTING SHOWS THE NUMBER OF FORMS, SCHEDULES AND ENDORSEMENTS BY LINE OF BUSINESS. IL TO 02 11 89 COMMON POLICY DECLARATIONS IL T8 01 10 93 FORMS, ENDORSEMENTS AND SCHEDULE NUMBERS IL TO 15 01 04 POLICY JACKET -EXECUTION CLAUSE IL TO 01 01 07 COMMON POLICY CONDITIONS IL TO 03 04 96 LOCATION SCHEDULE IL T8 03 GENERAL PURPOSE ENDORSEMENT GENERAL LIABILITY - CONTRACTORS CG TO 01 11 03 COML GENERAL LIABILITY COV PART DEC CG D3 05 07 08 DEDUCTIBLE LIABILITY INSURANCE CG TO 07 09 87 DECLARATIONS PREMIUM SCHEDULE CG TO 08 11 03 KEY TO DECLARATIONS PREMIUM SCHEDULE CG TO 34 11 03 TABLE OF CONTENTS CG 00 01 10 01 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COV FORM CG D4 20 07 08 AMEND OTHER INS COND MEAN OTHER INS/INSR CG D4 71 01 15 AMEND COVERAGE B - PERS & ADV INJURY CG D6 04 08 13 BLANKET ADDL INS - AUTOMATIC STATUS REQ CG D2 03 12 97 AMEND -NON CUMULATION OF EACH OCC CG D2 11 01 04 DESIGNATED PROJECT(S) GEN AGGR LIMIT CG D3 16 11 11 CONTRACTORS XTEND ENDORSEMENT CG D2 43 01 02 FUNGI DR BACTERIA EXCLUSION CG D2 93 11 03 EXCL-CONSTRUCT MANAGE ERRORS & OMISSIONS CG D3 22 01 04 EXCLUSION -SUITS BY ONE NAMED INSURED CG D3 26 10 11 EXCLUSION - UNSOLICITED COMMUNICATION CG D3 56 05 14 MOBILE EQUIP REDEFINED-EXCL OF VEHICLES CG D3 91 08 13 EXCL-PROJ SUBJ TO WRAP -UP -LTD EXCEPTIONS CG D5 46 10 11 EXCL - ARCHITECT/ENG/SURVEY PROF SERV CG D6 18 10 11 EXCL-VIOLATION OF CONSUMER FIN PROT LAWS CG D7 46 01 15 EXCL-ACCESS OR DISCL OF CONF/PERS INFO CG F2 68 05 05 TX CHANGES-EMPL RELATED PRACTICES EXCL CG F8 80 05 15 EXCLUSION - DISCRIMINATION - TEXAS CG DO 76 06 93 EXCLUSION -LEAD CG D2 04 06 01 EXCL-EXTERIOR INSULATION & FINISH SYSTEM CG D2 40 09 15 EXCLUSION -SILICA OR SILICA -RELATED DUST CG D2 42 01 02 EXCLUSION WAR CG T4 78 02 90 EXCLUSION -ASBESTOS CG T4 81 11 88 EXC-HAZARD-CONNECTED DESIGNATED EXPOSURE CG 01 03 06 06 TEXAS CHANGES CG F1 41 11 03 AMEND -POLL EXCL-INC LTD COV POLL CONT -TX CG TO 09 09 93 EMPLOYEE BENEFITS LIAB COV PART DEC CG TO 43 01 16 EMPLOYEE BENEFITS LIAB TABLE OF CONTENTS CG T1 01 01 16 EMPLOYEE BENEFITS LIABILITY COV FORM ILT8011093 PAGE: 1 OF 2 TRAVELERSJ POLICY NUMBER: DT-C0-2J115538-COF-17 EFFECTIVE DATE: 03-01-i 7 ISSUE DATE: 03-02-17 INTERLINE ENDORSEMENTS IL T3 68 01 15 FEDERAL TERRORISM RISK INS ACT DISCLOSE IL T4 05 03 11 DESIGNATED ENTITY - CANC PROVIDED BY US IL T4 12 03 15 AMNDT COMMON POLICY COND-PROHIBITED COVG IL T4 14 01 15 CAP ON LOSSES CERTIFIED ACT OF TERRORISM IL 00 21 09 08 NUCLEAR ENERGY LIAB EXCL END -BROAD FORM IL 01 68 03 12 TEXAS CHANGES - DUTIES IL 02 75 11 13 TX CHNG-CANC & NONRENEW PROV-CAS LINES IL FO 25 09 98 EARLIER NOTICE CANCEL/NONRENEWAL-TX IL T9 56 04 93 TX CHANGES -NOTICE OF CLAIM OR SETTLEMENT POLICYHOLDER NOTICES PN U1 93 09 15 IMPORTANT NOTICE - TEXAS - EXCL - SILICA IL T8 01 10 93 PAGE : 2 OF 2 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED - AUTOMATIC STATUS IF REQUIRED BY WRITTEN CONTRACT (CONTRACTORS) This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART 1. The following is added to SECTION II — WHO IS AN INSURED: Any person or organization that: a. You agree in a "written contract requiring in- surance" to include as an additional insured on this Coverage Part; and b. Has not been added as an additional insured for the same project by attachment of an en- dorsement under this Coverage Part which includes such person or organization in the endorsement's schedule; is an insured, but: a. Only with respect to liability for "bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal injury"; and b. Only as described in Paragraph (1), (2) or (3) below, whichever applies: (1) If the "written contract requiring insur- ance" specifically requires you to provide additional insured coverage to that per- son or organization by the use of: (a) The Additional Insured — Owners, Lessees or Contractors — (Form B) endorsement CG 20 10 11 85; or (b) Either or both of the following: the Additional Insured — Owners, Les- sees or Contractors — Scheduled Person Or Organization endorsement CG 20 10 10 01, or the Additional In- sured — Owners, Lessees or Contrac- tors — Completed Operations en- dorsement CG 20 37 10 01; the person or organization is an additional insured only if the injury or damage arises out of "your work" to which the "written contract requiring insurance" applies; (2) If the "written contract requiring insur- ance" specifically requires you to provide additional insured coverage to that per- son or organization by the use of: CG D6 04 08 13 (a) The Additional Insured — Owners, Lessees or Contractors — Scheduled Person or Organization endorsement CG 20 10 07 04 or CG 20100413, the Additional Insured — Owners, Lessees or Contractors — Completed Operations endorsement CG 20 37 07 04 or CG 20 37 04 13, or both of such endorsements with either of those edition dates; or (b) Either or both of the following: the Additional Insured — Owners, Les- sees or Contractors — Scheduled Person Or Organization endorsement CG 20 10, or the Additional Insured — Owners, Lessees or Contractors — Completed Operations endorsement CG 20 37, without an edition date of such endorsement specified; the person or organization is an additional insured only if the injury or damage is caused, in whole or in part, by acts or omissions of you or your subcontractor in the performance of "your work" to which the "written contract requiring insurance" applies; or (3) If neither Paragraph (1) nor (2) above ap- plies: (a) The person or organization is an ad- ditional insured only if, and to the ex- tent that, the injury or damage is caused by acts or omissions of you or your subcontractor in the perform- ance of "your work" to which the "writ- ten contract requiring insurance" ap- plies; and (b) The person or organization does not qualify as an additional insured with respect to the independent acts or omissions of such person or organi- zation. 0 2013 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. Page 1 of 3 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY 2. The insurance provided to the additional insured by this endorsement is limited as follows: a. If the Limits of Insurance of this Coverage Part shown in the Declarations exceed the minimum limits of liability required by the "written contract requiring insurance", the in- surance provided to the additional insured will be limited to such minimum required limits of liability. For the purposes of determining whether this limitation applies, the minimum limits of liability required by the "written con- tract requiring insurance" will be considered to include the minimum limits of liability of any Umbrella or Excess liability coverage required for the additional insured by that "written con- tract requiring insurance". This endorsement will not increase the limits of insurance de- scribed in Section 111 — Limits Of Insurance. b. The insurance provided to the additional in- sured does not apply to "bodily injury", "prop- erty damage" or "personal injury" arising out of the rendering of, or failure to render, any professional architectural, engineering or sur- veying services, including: (1) The preparing, approving, or failing to prepare or approve, maps, shop draw- ings, opinions, reports, surveys, field or- ders or change orders, or the preparing, approving, or failing to prepare or ap- prove, drawings and specifications; and (2) Supervisory, inspection, architectural or engineering activities. c. The insurance provided to the additional in- sured does not apply to "bodily injury" or "property damage" caused by "your work" and included in the "products -completed opera- tions hazard" unless the "written contract re- , quiring insurance" specifically requires you to provide such coverage for that additional in- sured during the policy period. 3. The insurance provided to the additional insured by this endorsement is excess over any valid and collectible other insurance, whether primary, ex- cess, contingent or on any other basis, that is available to the additional insured. However, if the "written contract requiring insurance" specifically requires that this insurance apply on a primary basis or a primary and non-contributory basis, this insurance is primary to other insurance available to the additional insured under which that person or organization qualifies as a named insured, and we will not share with that other insurance. But the insurance provided to the additional insured by this endorsement still is excess over any valid o� • 003612 and collectible other insurance, whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis, that is available to the additional insured when that per- son or organization is an additional insured, or is any other insured that does not qualify as a named insured, under such other insurance. 4. As a condition of coverage provided to the addi- tional insured by this endorsement: a. The additional insured must give us written notice as soon as practicable of an "occur- rence" or an offense which may result in a claim. To the extent possible, such notice should include: (1) How, when and where the "occurrence" or offense took place; (2) The names and addresses of any injured persons and witnesses; and (3) The nature and location of any injury or damage arising out of the "occurrence" or offense. b. If a claim is made or "suit" is brought against the additional insured, the additional insured must: (1) Immediately record the specifics of the claim or "suit" and the date received; and (2) Notify us as soon as practicable. The additional insured must see to it that we receive written notice of the claim or "suit" as soon as practicable. c. The additional insured must immediately send us copies of all legal papers received in con- nection with the claim or "suit", cooperate with us in the investigation or settlement of the claim or defense against the "suit", and oth- erwise comply with all policy conditions. d. The additional insured must tender the de- fense and indemnity of any claim or "suit" to any provider of other insurance which would cover the additional insured for a loss we cover under this endorsement. However, this condition does not affect whether the insur- ance provided to the additional insured by this endorsement is primary to other insurance available to the additional insured which cov- ers that person or organization as a named insured as described in Paragraph 3. above. 5. The following is added to the DEFINITIONS Sec- tion: "Written contract requiring insurance" means that part of any written contract or agreement under which you are required to include a person or or - Page 2 of 3 © 2013 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. CG D6 04 08 13 ganization as an additional insured on this Cover- age Part, provided that the "bodily injury" and "property damage" occurs, and the "personal in- jury" is caused by an offense committed, during the policy period and: CG D6 04 08 13 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY a. After the signing and execution of the contract or agreement by you; and b. While that part of the contract or agreement is in effect. Q 2013 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. Page 3 of 3 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. CONTRACTORS XTEND ENDORSEMENT This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF COVERAGE — This endorsement broadens coverage. However, coverage for any injury, damage or medical expenses described in any of the provisions of this endorsement may be excluded or limited by another endorsement to this Coverage Part, and these coverage broadening provisions do not apply to the extent that coverage is excluded or limited by such an endorsement. The following listing is a general cover- age description only. Limitations and exclusions may apply to these coverages. Read all the provisions of this en- dorsement and the rest of your policy carefully to determine rights, duties, and what is and is not covered. A. Aircraft Chartered With Pilot B. Damage To Premises Rented To You C. Increased Supplementary Payments D. Incidental Medical Malpractice E. Who Is An Insured — Newly Acquired Or Formed Organizations F. Who Is An Insured — Broadened Named Insured — Unnamed Subsidiaries G. Blanket Additional Insured — Owners, Managers Or Lessors Of Premises PROVISIONS A. AIRCRAFT CHARTERED WITH PILOT The following is added to Exclusion g., Aircraft, Auto Or Watercraft, in Paragraph 2. of SECTION I — COVERAGES — COVERAGE A BODILY IN- JURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY: This exclusion does not apply to an aircraft that is: (a) Chartered with a pilot to any insured; (b) Not owned by any insured; and (c) Not being used to carry any person or prop- erty for a charge. B. DAMAGE TO PREMISES RENTED TO YOU 1. The first paragraph of the exceptions in Ex- clusion j., Damage To Property, in Para- graph 2. of SECTION I — COVERAGES — COVERAGE A BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY is deleted. 2. The following replaces the last paragraph of Paragraph 2., Exclusions, of SECTION I — COVERAGES — COVERAGE A. BODILY CG D3 16 11 11 H. Blanket Additional Insured — Lessors Of Leased Equipment I. Blanket Additional Insured — States Or Political Subdivisions — Permits J. Knowledge And Notice Of Occurrence Or Offense K. Unintentional Omission L. Blanket Waiver Of Subrogation M. Amended Bodily Injury Definition N. Contractual Liability — Railroads INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LI- ABILITY: Exclusions c. and g. through n. do not apply to "premises damage". Exclusion f.(1)(a) does not apply to "premises damage" caused by: a. Fire; b. Explosion; c. Lightning; d. Smoke resulting from such fire, explosion, or lightning; or e. Water; unless Exclusion f. of Section I — Coverage A — Bodily Injury And Property Damage Liability is replaced by another endorsement to this Coverage Part that has Exclusion — All Pollu- tion Injury Or Damage or Total Pollution Ex- clusion in its title. A separate limit of insurance applies to "premises damage" as described in Para- graph 6. of SECTION III — LIMITS OF IN- SURANCE. c9 2011 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. Page 1 of 6 • m G= 0 o= 0= ef m- ,,mmurm 0= O= 4.7 003815 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY 3. The following replaces Paragraph 6. of SEC- TION III — LIMITS OF INSURANCE: Subject to 5. above, the Damage To Prem- ises Rented To You Limit is the most we will pay under Coverage A for damages because of "premises damage" to any one premises. The Damage To Premises Rented To You Limit will apply to all "property damage" proximately caused by the same "occur- rence", whether such damage results from: fire; explosion; lightning; smoke resulting from such fire, explosion, or lightning; or water; or any combination of any of these causes. The Damage To Premises Rented To You Limit will be: a. The amount shown for the Damage To Premises Rented To You Limit on the Declarations of this Coverage Part; or b. $300,000 if no amount is shown for the Damage To Premises Rented To You Limit on the Declarations of this Coverage Part. 4. The following replaces Paragraph a. of the definition of "insured contract" in the DEFINI- TIONS Section: a. A contract for a lease of premises. How- ever, that portion of the contract for a lease of premises that indemnifies any person or organization for "premises damage" is not an "insured contract"; 5. The following is added to the DEFINITIONS Section: "Premises damage" means "property dam- age" to: a. Any premises while rented to you or tem- porarily occupied by you with permission of the owner; or b. The contents of any premises while such premises is rented to you, if you rent such premises for a period of seven or fewer consecutive days. 6. The following replaces Paragraph 4.b.(1)(b) of SECTION IV — COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS: (b) That is insurance for "premises damage"; or 7. Paragraph 4.b.(1)(c) of SECTION IV — COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CON- DITIONS is deleted. Page 2 of 6 C. INCREASED SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS 1. The following replaces Paragraph 1.b. of SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS — COVER- AGES A AND B of SECTION I — COVER- AGE: b. Up to $2,500 for the cost of bail bonds required because of accidents or traffic law violations arising out of the use of any vehicle to which the Bodily Injury Liability Coverage applies. We do not have to fur- nish these bonds. 2. The following replaces Paragraph 1.d. of SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS — COVER- AGES A AND B of SECTION 1 — COVER- AGES: d. All reasonable expenses incurred by the insured at our request to assist us in the investigation or defense of the claim or "suit", including actual loss of earnings up to $500 a day because of time off from work. D. INCIDENTAL MEDICAL MALPRACTICE 1. The following is added to the definition of "oc- currence" in the DEFINITIONS Section: "Occurrence" also means an act or omission committed in providing or failing to provide "incidental medical services", first aid or "Good Samaritan services" to a person. 2. The following is added to Paragraph 2.a.(1) of SECTION II — WHO IS AN INSURED: Paragraph (1)(d) above does not apply to "bodily injury" arising out of providing or fail- ing to provide: (t) "Incidental medical services" by any of your "employees" who is a nurse practi- tioner, registered nurse, licensed practical nurse, nurse assistant, emergency medi- cal technician or paramedic; or (ii) First aid or "Good Samaritan services" by any of your "employees" or "volunteer workers", other than an employed or vol- unteer doctor. Any such "employees" or "volunteer workers" providing or failing to provide first aid or "Good Samaritan ser- vices" during their work hours for you will be deemed to be acting within the scope of their employment by you or performing duties related to the conduct of your busi- ness. m 2011 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. CG D3 16 11 11 3. The following is added to Paragraph 5. of SECTION III -- LIMITS OF INSURANCE: For the purposes of determining the applica- ble Each Occurrence Limit, all related acts or omissions committed in providing or failing to provide "incidental medical services", first aid or "Good Samaritan services" to any one per- son will be deemed to be one "occurrence". 4. The following exclusion is added to Para- graph 2., Exclusions, of SECTION I — COV- ERAGES — COVERAGE A BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY: Sale Of Pharmaceuticals "Bodily injury" or "property damage" arising out of the willful violation of a penal statute or ordinance relating to the sale of pharmaceuti- cals committed by, or with the knowledge or consent of, the insured. 5. The following is added to the DEFINITIONS Section: "Incidental medical services" means: a. Medical, surgical, dental, laboratory, x-ray or nursing service or treatment, advice or instruction, or the related furnishing of food or beverages; or b. The furnishing or dispensing of drugs or medical, dental, or surgical supplies or appliances. "Good Samaritan services" means any emer- gency medical services for which no compen- sation is demanded or received. 6. The following is added to Paragraph 4.b., Ex- cess Insurance, of SECTION IV — COM- MERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDI- TIONS: The insurance is excess over any valid and collectible other insurance available to the in- sured, whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis, that is available to any of your "employees" or "volunteer workers" for "bodily injury" that arises out of providing or failing to provide "incidental medical ser- vices", first aid or "Good Samaritan services" to any person to the extent not subject to Paragraph 2.a.(1) of Section II — Who Is An Insured. E. WHO IS AN INSURED — NEWLY ACQUIRED OR FORMED ORGANIZATIONS The following replaces Paragraph 4. of SECTION II — WHO IS AN INSURED: CG D3 1611 11 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY 4. Any organization you newly acquire or form, other than a partnership, joint venture or lim- ited liability company, of which you are the sole owner or in which you maintain the ma- jority ownership interest, will qualify as a Named Insured if there is no other insurance which provides similar coverage to that or- ganization. However: a. Coverage under this provision is afforded only: (1) Until the 180th day after you acquire or form the organization or the end of the policy period, whichever is earlier, if you do not report such organization in writing to us within 180 days after you acquire or form ii; or (2) Until the end of the policy period, when that date is later than 180 days after you acquire or form such organization, if you report such organization in writing to us within 180 days after you acquire or form it, and we agree in writing that it will con- tinue to be a Named Insured until the end of the policy period; b. Coverage A does not apply to "bodily injury" or "property damage" that occurred before you acquired or formed the organization; and c. Coverage B does not apply to "personal in- jury" or "advertising injury" arising out of an offense committed before you acquired or formed the organization. F. WHO IS AN INSURED — BROADENED NAMED INSURED — UNNAMED SUBSIDIARIES The following is added to SECTION II — WHO IS AN INSURED: Any of your subsidiaries, other than a partnership, joint venture or limited liability company, that is not shown as a Named Insured in the Declara- tions is a Named Insured if you maintain an own- ership interest of more than 50% in such subsidi- ary on the first day of the policy period. No such subsidiary is an insured for "bodily injury" or "property damage" that occurred, or "personal injury" or "advertising injury" caused by an of- fense committed after the date, if any, during the policy period, that you no longer maintain an ownership interest of more than 50% in such sub- sidiary. C� 2011 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. Page 3 of 6 • co 003616 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY G. BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED — OWNERS, MANAGERS OR LESSORS OF PREMISES The following is added to SECTION II — WHO IS AN INSURED: Any person or organization that is a premises owner, manager or lessor and that you have agreed in a written contract or agreement to in- clude as an additional insured on this Coverage Part is an insured, but only with respect to liability for "bodily injury", "property damage", "personal injury" or "advertising injury" that: a. Is "bodily injury" or "property damage" that occurs, or is "personal injury" or "advertising injury" caused by an offense that is commit- ted, subsequent to the execution of that con- tract or agreement; and b. Arises out of the ownership, maintenance or use of that part of any premises leased to you. The insurance provided to such premises owner, manager or lessor is subject to the following pro- visions: a. The limits of insurance provided to such premises owner, manager or lessor will be the minimum limits which you agreed to pro- vide in the written contract or agreement, or the limits shown on the Declarations, which- ever are less. b. The insurance provided to such premises owner, manager or lessor does not apply to: (1) Any "bodily injury" or "property damage" that occurs, or "personal injury" or "adver- tising injury" caused by an offense that is committed, after you cease to be a tenant in that premises; or (2) Structural alterations, new construction or demolition operations performed by or on behalf of such premises owner, lessor or manager. c. The insurance provided to such premises owner, manager or lessor is excess over any valid and collectible other insurance available to such premises owner, manager or lessor, whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis, unless you have agreed in the written contract or agreement that this in- surance must be primary to, or non- contributory with, such other insurance, in which case this insurance will be primary to, and non-contributory with, such other insur- ance. Page 4 of 6 H. BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED — LESSORS OF LEASED EQUIPMENT The following is added to SECTION II — WHO IS AN INSURED: Any person or organization that is an equipment lessor and that you have agreed in a written con- tract or agreement to include as an insured on this Coverage Part is an insured, but only with re- spect to liability for "bodily injury", "property dam- age", "personal injury" or "advertising injury" that: a. Is "bodily injury" or "property damage" that occurs, or is "personal injury" or "advertising injury" caused by an offense that is commit- ted, subsequent to the execution of that con- tract or agreement; and b. Is caused, in whole or in part, by your acts or omissions in the maintenance, operation or use of equipment leased to you by such equipment lessor. The insurance provided to such equipment lessor is subject to the following provisions: a. The limits of insurance provided to such equipment lessor will be the minimum limits which you agreed to provide in the written contract or agreement, or the limits shown on the Declarations, whichever are less. b. The insurance provided to such equipment lessor does not apply to any "bodily injury" or "property damage" that occurs, or "personal injury" or "advertising injury" caused by an of- fense that is committed, after the equipment lease expires. c. The insurance provided to such equipment lessor is excess over any valid and collectible other insurance available to such equipment lessor, whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis, unless you have agreed in the written contract or agreement that this insurance must be primary to, or non-contributory with, such other insurance, in which case this insurance will be primary to, and non-contributory with, such other in- surance. I. BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED — STATES OR POLITICAL SUBDIVISIONS — PERMITS The following is added to SECTION II — WHO IS AN INSURED: Any state or political subdivision that has issued a permit in connection with operations performed by you or on your behalf and that you are required 2011 The Travelers indemnity Company. All rights reserved. CG D3 16 11 11 by any ordinance, law or building code to include as an additional insured on this Coverage Part is an insured, but only with respect to liability for "bodily injury", "property damage", "personal in- jury" or "advertising injury" arising out of such op- erations. The insurance provided to such state or political subdivision does not apply to: a. Any "bodily injury," "property damage," "per- sonal injury" or "advertising injury" arising out of operations performed for that state or po- litical subdivision; or b. Any "bodily injury" or "property damage" in- cluded in the "products -completed operations hazard". J. KNOWLEDGE AND NOTICE OF OCCUR- RENCE OR OFFENSE The following is added to Paragraph 2., Duties In The Event of Occurrence, Offense, Claim or Suit, of SECTION IV — COMMERCIAL GEN- ERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS: e. The following provisions apply to Paragraph a. above, but only for the purposes of the in- surance provided under this Coverage Part to you or any insured listed in Paragraph 1. or 2. of Section II — Who Is An Insured: (1) Notice to us of such "occurrence" or of- fense must be given as soon as practica- ble only after the "occurrence" or offense is known by you (if you are an individual), any of your partners or members who is an individual (if you are a partnership or joint venture), any of your managers who is an individual (if you are a limited liability company), any of your "executive offi- cers" or directors (if you are an organiza- tion other than a partnership, joint venture or limited liability company) or any "em- ployee" authorized by you to give notice of an "occurrence" or offense. (2) If you are a partnership, joint venture or limited liability company, and none of your partners, joint venture members or man- agers are individuals, notice to us of such "occurrence" or offense must be given as soon as practicable only after the "occur- rence" or offense is known by: (a) Any individual who is: (i) A partner or member of any part- nership or joint venture; CG D3 1611 11 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY (ii) A manager of any limited liability company; or (iii) An executive officer or director of any other organization; that is your partner, joint venture member or manager; or (b) Any "employee" authorized by such partnership, joint venture, limited li- ability company or other organization to give notice of an "occurrence" or offense. (3) Notice to us of such "occurrence" or of an offense will be deemed to be given as soon as practicable if it is given in good faith as soon as practicable to your work- ers' compensation insurer. This applies only if you subsequently give notice to us of the "occurrence" or offense as soon as practicable after any of the persons de- scribed in Paragraphs e. (1) or (2) above discovers that the "occurrence" or offense may result in sums to which the insurance provided under this Coverage Part may apply. However, if this Coverage Part includes an en- dorsement that provides limited coverage for "bodily injury" or "property damage" or pollution costs arising out of a discharge, release or es- cape of "pollutants" which contains a requirement that the discharge, release or escape of "pollut- ants" must be reported to us within a specific number of days after its abrupt commencement, this Paragraph e. does not affect that require- ment. K. UNINTENTIONAL OMISSION The following is added to Paragraph 6., Repre- sentations, of SECTION IV — COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS: The unintentional omission of, or unintentional error in, any information provided by you which we relied upon in issuing this policy will not preju- dice your rights under this insurance. However, this provision does not affect our right to collect additional premium or to exercise our rights of cancellation or nonrenewal in accordance with applicable insurance laws or regulations. L. BLANKET WAIVER OF SUBROGATION The following is added to Paragraph 8., Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us, of SECTION IV — COMMERCIAL GENERAL LI- ABILITY CONDITIONS: © 2011 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. Page 5 of 6 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY If the insured has agreed in a contract or agree- ment to waive that insured's right of recovery against any person or organization, we waive our right of recovery against such person or organiza- tion, but only for payments we make because of: a. "Bodily injury" or "property damage" that oc- curs; or b. "Personal injury" or "advertising injury" caused by an offense that is committed; subsequent to the execution of that contract or agreement. M. AMENDED BODILY INJURY DEFINITION The following replaces the definition of "bodily injury" in the DEFINITIONS Section: 3. "Bodily injury" means bodily injury, mental anguish, mental injury, shock, fright, disability, humiliation, sickness or disease sustained by a person, including death resulting from any of these at any time. N. CONTRACTUAL LIABILITY — RAILROADS 1. The following replaces Paragraph c. of the definition of "insured contract" in the DEFINI- TIONS Section: c. Any easement or license agreement; 2. Paragraph f.(1) of the definition of "insured contract" in the DEFINITIONS Section is de- leted. Page 6 of 6 © 2011 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. CG D3 16 11 11 003017 POLICY NUMBER: DT-C0-2J115538-COF-17 ISSUE DATE:03-02-1 7 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. EARLIER NOTICE OF CANCELLATION/NONRENEWAL PROVIDED BY US - TEXAS This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: BOILER AND MACHINERY COVERAGE PART BUSINESSOWNERS POLICY COMMERCIAL EXCESS LIABILITY (UMBRELLA) INSURANCE COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART — CONTRACTORS COMMERCIAL INLAND MARINE COVERAGE PART COMMERCIAL PROPERTY COVERAGE PART CRIME COVERAGE PART DELUXE PROPERTY COVERAGE FORM EMPLOYEE BENEFITS LIABILITY COVERAGE PART EXCESS (FOLLOWING FORM) LIABILITY INSURANCE FARM COVERAGE PART LIQUOR LIABILITY COVERAGE PART PRODUCTS/COMPLETED OPERATIONS LIABILITY COVERAGE PART OWNERS AND CONTRACTORS PROTECTIVE LIABILITY COVERAGE PART RAILROAD PROTECTIVE LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE CANCELLATION: Number of Days Notice: 60 WHEN WE DO NOT RENEW (Nonrenewal): Number of Days Notice: 60 PROVISIONS: A. For any statutorily permitted reason other than nonpayment of premium, the number of days re- quired for notice of cancellation, as provided in the CONDITIONS Section of this insurance, or as amended by any applicable state cancellation en- dorsement applicable to this insurance, is in- creased to the number of days shown in the SCHEDULE above. B. For any statutorily permitted reason other than nonpayment of premium, the number of days re- quired for notice of When We Do Not Renew (Nonrenewal), as provided in the CONDITIONS Section of this insurance, or as amended by any applicable state When We Do Not Renew (Nonre- newal) endorsement applicable to this insurance, is increased to the number of days shown in the SCHEDULE above. IL FO 25 09 98 Copyright, The Travelers Indemnity Company, 1998 Page 1 of 1 TRAVELERSJ POLICY NUMBER: BA -2J115538 -17 -CNS EFFECTIVE DATE: 03-01-17 ISSUE DATE: 03-03-17 LISTING OF FORMS, ENDORSEMENTS AND SCHEDULE NUMBERS THIS LISTING SHOWS THE NUMBER OF FORMS, SCHEDULES AND ENDORSEMENTS BY LINE OF BUSINESS. IL TO 02 11 89 COMMON POLICY DECLARATIONS IL T8 01 10 93 FORMS, ENDORSEMENTS AND SCHEDULE NUMBERS IL TO 01 01 07 COMMON POLICY CONDITIONS COMMERCIAL AUTOMOBILE CA TO 01 02 15 BA- COVERAGE PART DECS (ITEMS 1 & 2) CA TO 02 02 15 BA COVERAGE PART DECS (ITEM 3) CA TO 03 02 15 BA COVERAGE PART DECS (ITEMS 4 & 5) CA TO 30 02 16 BA/AD/MC COV PART SUPPL SCH - ITEM TWO CA TO 31 02 15 TABLE OF CONTENTS -BUSINESS AUTO COV FORM CA 00 01 10 13 BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM CA FO 85 02 15 EARLIER NOT OF CANC/NONRENEW BY US - TX CA T4 52 02 16 SHRT TRM HRD AUTO - ADDT'L INSD LS PAYEE CA T4 59 02 15 AMENDMENT OF EMPLOYEE DEFINITION CA 01 96 10 13 TEXAS CHANGES CA 21 09 10 13 TX UNINSURED/UNDERINSURED MOTORISTS COVG CA 22 64 10 13 TEXAS PERSONAL INJURY PROTECTION ENDT CA 23 36 10 13 TX FORM F -1 -UNIFORM BI AND PD LIAB INS CA 99 16 10 13 HIRED AUTOS SPECIF AS COV AUTOS YOU OWN CA 99 48 10 13 POLL LIAB-BUS AUTO/MOTOR CARRIER COV FRM CA 99 95 10 13 TEXAS SUPPLEMENTARY DEATH BENEFIT CA T3 53 02 15 BUSINESS AUTO EXTENSION ENDORSEMENT CA FO 51 02 15 TEXAS CHNGS-CANCELLATION AND NONRENEWAL CA T4 45 04 09 LOSS PAYABLE CLAUSE CA T8 04 IL T4 05 -DESIGNATED ENTITY INTERLINE ENDORSEMENTS IL T4 05 03 11 DESIGNATED ENTITY - CANC PROVIDED BY US IL T4 12 03 15 AMNDT COMMON POLICY COND-PROHIBITED COVG IL 00 21 09 08 NUCLEAR ENERGY LIAB EXCL END -BROAD FORM IL T8 01 10 93 PAGE: 1 OF 1 Do not add this form to a policy. It is for informational purposes o COMMERCIAL AUTO THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. BUSINESS AUTO EXTENSION ENDORSEMENT This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF COVERAGE — This endorsement broadens coverage. However, coverage for any injury, damage or medical expenses described in any of the provisions of this endorsement may be excluded or limited by another endorsement to the Coverage Part, and these coverage broadening provisions do not apply to the extent that coverage is excluded or limited by such an endorsement. The following listing is a general cover- age description only. Limitations and exclusions may apply to these coverages. Read all the provisions of this en- dorsement and the rest of your policy carefully to determine rights, duties, and what is and is not covered. A. BROAD FORM NAMED INSURED B. BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED C. EMPLOYEE HIRED AUTO D. EMPLOYEES AS INSURED E. SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS — INCREASED LIMITS F. HIRED AUTO — LIMITED WORLDWIDE COV- ERAGE — INDEMNITY BASIS G. WAIVER OF DEDUCTIBLE — GLASS PROVISIONS A. BROAD FORM NAMED INSURED The following is added to Paragraph A.1., Who Is An Insured, of SECTION II — COVERED AUTOS LIABILITY COVERAGE: Any organization you newly acquire or form dur- ing the policy period over which you maintain 50% or more ownership interest and that is not separately insured for Business Auto Coverage. Coverage under this provision is afforded only un- til the 180th day after you acquire or form the or- ganization or the end of the policy period, which- ever is earlier. B. BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED The following is added to Paragraph c. in A.1., Who Is An Insured, of SECTION II — COVERED AUTOS LIABILITY COVERAGE: Any person or organization who is required under a written contract or agreement between you and that person or organization, that is signed and executed by you before the "bodily injury" or "property damage" occurs and that is in effect during the policy period, to be named as an addi- tional insured is an "insured" for Covered Autos Liability Coverage, but only for damages to which CA T3 53 02 15 H. HIRED AUTO PHYSICAL DAMAGE — LOSS OF USE — INCREASED LIMIT I. PHYSICAL DAMAGE — TRANSPORTATION EXPENSES — INCREASED LIMIT J. PERSONAL PROPERTY K. AIRBAGS L. NOTICE AND KNOWLEDGE OF ACCIDENT OR LOSS M. BLANKET WAIVER OF SUBROGATION N. UNINTENTIONAL ERRORS OR OMISSIONS this insurance applies and only to the extent that person or organization qualifies as an "insured" under the Who Is An Insured provision contained in Section II. C. EMPLOYEE HIRED AUTO 1. The following is added to Paragraph A.1., Who Is An Insured, of SECTION II — COV- ERED AUTOS LIABILITY COVERAGE: An "employee" of yours is an "insured" while operating an "auto" hired or rented under a contract or agreement in an "employee's" name, with your permission, while performing duties related to the conduct of your busi- ness. 2. The following replaces Paragraph b. in B.5., Other Insurance, of SECTION IV — BUSI- NESS AUTO CONDITIONS: b. For Hired Auto Physical Damage Cover- age, the following are deemed to be cov- ered "autos" you own: (1) Any covered "auto" you lease, hire, rent or borrow; and (2) Any covered "auto" hired or rented by your "employee" under a contract in an "employee's" name, with your © 2015 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. Page 1 of 4 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. with its permission. Do not add this form to a policy. It is for informational purposes o COMMERCIAL AUTO permission, while performing duties related to the conduct of your busi- ness. However, any "auto" that is leased, hired, rented or borrowed with a driver is not a covered "auto". D. EMPLOYEES AS INSURED The following is added to Paragraph A.1., Who Is An Insured, of SECTION II — COVERED AUTOS LIABILITY COVERAGE: Any "employee" of yours is an "insured" while us- ing a covered "auto" you don't own, hire or borrow in your business or your personal affairs. E. SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS — INCREASED LIMITS 1. The following replaces Paragraph A.2.a.(2), of SECTION II — COVERED AUTOS LIABIL- ITY COVERAGE: (2) Up to $3,000 for cost of bail bonds (in- cluding bonds for related traffic law viola- tions) required because of an "accident" we cover. We do not have to furnish these bonds. 2. The following replaces Paragraph A.2.a.(4), of SECTION II — COVERED AUTOS LIABIL- ITY COVERAGE: (4) All reasonable expenses incurred by the "insured" at our request, including actual loss of earnings up to $500 a day be- cause of time off from work. F. HIRED AUTO — LIMITED WORLDWIDE COV- ERAGE — INDEMNITY BASIS The following replaces Subparagraph (5) in Para- graph B.7., Policy Period, Coverage Territory, of SECTION IV — BUSINESS AUTO CONDI- TIONS: (5) Anywhere in the world, except any country or jurisdiction while any trade sanction, em- bargo, or similar regulation imposed by the United States of America applies to and pro- hibits the transaction of business with or within such country or jurisdiction, for Cov- ered Autos Liability Coverage for any covered "auto" that you lease, hire, rent or borrow without a driver for a period of 30 days or less and that is not an "auto" you lease, hire, rent or borrow from any of your "employees", partners (if you are a partnership), members (if you are a limited liability company) or members of their households. Page 2 of 4 (a) With respect to any claim made or "suit" brought outside the United States of America, the territories and possessions of the United States of America, Puerto Rico and Canada: (i) You must arrange to defend the "in- sured" against, and investigate or set- tle any such claim or "suit" and keep us advised of all proceedings and ac- tions. (ii) Neither you nor any other involved "insured" will make any settlement without our consent. (iii) We may, at our discretion, participate in defending the "insured" against, or in the settlement of, any claim or "suit". (iv) We will reimburse the "insured" for sums that the "insured" legally must pay as damages because of "bodily injury" or "property damage" to which this insurance applies, that the "in- sured" pays with our consent, but only up to the limit described in Para- graph C., Limits Of Insurance, of SECTION II — COVERED AUTOS LIABILITY COVERAGE. (v) We will reimburse the "insured" for the reasonable expenses incurred with our consent for your investiga- tion of such claims and your defense of the "insured" against any such "suit", but only up to and included within the limit described in Para- graph C., Limits Of Insurance, of SECTION II — COVERED AUTOS LIABILITY COVERAGE, and not in addition to such limit. Our duty to make such payments ends when we have used up the applicable limit of insurance in payments for damages, settlements or defense expenses. (b) This insurance is excess over any valid and collectible other insurance available to the "insured" whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis. (c) This insurance is not a substitute for re- quired or compulsory insurance in any country outside the United States, its ter- ritories and possessions, Puerto Rico and Canada. © 2015 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. CA T3 53 02 15 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. with its permission. Do not add this form to a policy. It is for informational purposes o You agree to maintain all required or compulsory insurance in any such coun- try up to the minimum limits required by local law. Your failure to comply with compulsory insurance requirements will not invalidate the coverage afforded by this policy, but we will only be liable to the same extent we would have been liable had you complied with the compulsory in- surance requirements. (d) It is understood that we are not an admit- ted or authorized insurer outside the United States of America, its territories and possessions, Puerto Rico and Can- ada. We assume no responsibility for the furnishing of certificates of insurance, or for compliance in any way with the laws of other countries relating to insurance. G. WAIVER OF DEDUCTIBLE — GLASS The following is added to Paragraph D., Deducti- ble, of SECTION III — PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE: No deductible for a covered "auto" will apply to glass damage if the glass is repaired rather than replaced. H. HIRED AUTO PHYSICAL DAMAGE — LOSS OF USE — INCREASED LIMIT The following replaces the last sentence of Para- graph A.4.b., Loss Of Use Expenses, of SEC- TION III — PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE: However, the most we will pay for any expenses for loss of use is $65 per day, to a maximum of $750 for any one "accident". I. PHYSICAL DAMAGE — TRANSPORTATION EXPENSES — INCREASED LIMIT The following replaces the first sentence in Para- graph A.4.a., Transportation Expenses, of SECTION III — PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVER- AGE: We will pay up to $50 per day to a maximum of $1,500 for temporary transportation expense in- curred by you because of the total theft of a cov- ered "auto" of the private passenger type. J. PERSONAL PROPERTY The following is added to Paragraph A.4., Cover- age Extensions, of SECTION III — PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE: Personal Property We will pay up to $400 for "loss" to wearing ap- parel and other personal property which is: (1) Owned by an "insured"; and CA T3 53 02 15 COMMERCIAL AUTO (2) In or on your covered "auto". This coverage applies only in the event of a total theft of your covered "auto". No deductibles apply to this Personal Property coverage. K. AIRBAGS The following is added to Paragraph B.3., Exclu- sions, of SECTION III — PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE: Exclusion 3.a. does not apply to "loss" to one or more airbags in a covered "auto" you own that in- flate due to a cause other than a cause of "loss" set forth in Paragraphs A.1.b. and A.1.c., but only: a. If that "auto" is a covered "auto" for Compre- hensive Coverage under this policy; b. The airbags are not covered under any war- ranty; and c. The airbags were not intentionally inflated. We will pay up to a maximum of $1,000 for any one "loss". L. NOTICE AND KNOWLEDGE OF ACCIDENT OR LOSS The following is added to Paragraph A.2.a., of SECTION IV — BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS: Your duty to give us or our authorized representa- tive prompt notice of the "accident" or "loss" ap- plies only when the "accident" or "loss" is known to: (a) You (if you are an individual); (b) A partner (if you are a partnership); (c) A member (if you are a limited liability com- pany); (d) An executive officer, director or insurance manager (if you are a corporation or other or- ganization); or (e) Any "employee" authorized by you to give no- tice of the "accident" or "loss". M. BLANKET WAIVER OF SUBROGATION The following replaces Paragraph A.5., Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us, of SECTION IV — BUSINESS AUTO CONDI- TIONS: 5. Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us We waive any right of recovery we may have against any person or organization to the ex- tent required of you by a written contract signed and executed prior to any "accident" or "loss", provided that the "accident" or "loss" arises out of operations contemplated by © 2015 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. Page 3 of 4 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. with its permission. Do not add this form to a policy. It is for informational purposes o COMMERCIAL AUTO such contract. The waiver applies only to the person or organization designated in such contract. N. UNINTENTIONAL ERRORS OR OMISSIONS The following is added to Paragraph B.2., Con- cealment, Misrepresentation, Or Fraud, of SECTION IV — BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS: Page 4 of 4 The unintentional omission of, or unintentional error in, any information given by you shall not prejudice your rights under this insurance. How- ever this provision does not affect our right to col- lect additional premium or exercise our right of cancellation or non -renewal. © 2015 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. CA T3 53 02 15 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. with its permission. POLICY NUMBER: BA -2J115538 -17 -CNS ISSUE DATE: 03-03-17 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. DESIGNATED ENTITY - NOTICE OF CANCELLATION PROVIDED BY US This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: ALL COVERAGE PARTS INCLUDED IN THIS POLICY CANCELLATION: PERSON OR ORGANIZATION: SEE CA T8 04 ADDRESS: • SINTON, TX 78387 SCHEDULE Number of Days Notice of Cancellation: 30 PROVISIONS: If we cancel this policy for any statutorily permitted reason other than nonpayment of premium, and a number of days is shown for cancellation in the schedule above, we will mail notice of cancellation to the person or organization shown in the schedule IL T4 05 03 11 above. We will mail such notice to the address shown in the schedule above at least the number of days shown for cancellation in the schedule above before the effective date of cancellation. © 2011 The Travelers Indemnity Company. All rights reserved. Page 1 of 1 COMMERCIAL AUTO POLICY ENDORSEMENT - CA T8 04 03 17 POLICY NUMBER BA -2J115538 -17 -CNS ** THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. ** IL T4 05 -DESIGNATED ENTITY IT IS AGREED THAT: PERSON OR ORGANIZATION: ANY PERSON OR ORGANIZATION TO WHOM YOU HAVE AGREED IN A WRITTEN CONTRACT THAT NOTICE OF CANCELLATION OF THIS POLICY WILL BE GIVEN, BUT ONLY IF: 1. YOU SEND US A WRITTEN REQUEST TO PROVIDE SUCH NOTICE, INCLUDING THE NAME AND ADDRESS OF SUCH PERSON OR ORGANIZATION, AFTER THE FIRST NAMED INSURED SHOWN IN THE DECLARATIONS RECEIVES NOTICE FROM US OF THE CANCELLATION OF THS POLICY; AND 2. WE RECEIVE SUCH WRITTEN REQUEST AT LEAST 14 DAYS BEFORE THE BEGINNING OF THE APPLICABLE NUMBER OF DAYS SHOWN IN THE SCHEDULE. ADDRESS: THE ADDRESS FOR THAT PERSON OR ORGANIZATION INCLUDED IN SUCH WRITTEN REQUEST FROM YOU TO US. EFFECTIVE DATE 03-01-17 EXPIRATION DATE 03-01-18 PAGE 0001 DATE OF ISSUE 03-03-17 exasMutuJ WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE WORKERS' COMPENSATION AND WC 42 03 04 B EMPLOYERS LIABILITY POLICY Insured Copy TEXAS WAIVER OF OUR RIGHT TO RECOVER FROM OTHERS ENDORSEMENT This endorsement applies only to the insurance provided by the policy because Texas is shown in Item 3.A. of the Information Page. We have the right to recover our payments from anyone liable for an injury covered by this policy. We will not enforce our right against the person or organization named in the Schedule, but this waiver applies only with respect to bodily injury arising out of the operations described in the Schedule where you are required by a written contract to obtain this waiver from us. This endorsement shall not operate directly or indirectly to benefit anyone not named in the Schedule. The premium for this endorsement is shown in the Schedule. Schedule 1. ( ) Specific Waiver Name of person or organization ( X ) Blanket Waiver Any person or organization for whom the Named Insured has agreed by written contract to furnish this waiver. 2. Operations: ALL TEXAS OPERATIONS 3. Premium: The premium charge for this endorsement shall be 2.00 percent of the premium developed on payroll in connection with work performed for the above person(s) or organization(s) arising out of the operations described. 4. Advance Premium: INCLUDED, SEE INFORMATION PAGE. This endorsement changes the policy to which it is attached effective on the inception date of the policy unless a different date is indicated below. (The following "attaching clause" need be completed only when this endorsement is issued subsequent to preparation of the policy.) This endorsement, effective on 03101/20/7 at 12:01 a.m. standard time, forms a part of: Policy No. 0001237005 of Texas Mutual Insurance Company effective on 03101/2017 Issued to: J CARROLL WEAVER INC Premium: $12,853.00 NCCI Carrier Code: 29939 PO Box 12058, Austin, TX 78711-2058 1 of 1 (800) 859-5995 I Fax (800) 359-0650 I texasmutual.com (ux Authorized Representative 02/2812017 WC 42 03 04 B TeXaSMutua WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE WORKERS' COMPENSATION AND WC 42 06 01 EMPLOYERS LIABILITY POLICY TEXAS NOTICE OF MATERIAL CHANGE ENDORSEMENT Insured Copy This endorsement applies only to the insurance provided by the policy because Texas is shown in Item 3.A. of the Information Page. In the event of cancellation or other material change of the policy, we will mail advance notice to the person or organization named in the Schedule. The number of days advance notice is shown in the Schedule. This endorsement shall not operate directly or indirectly to benefit anyone not named in the Schedule. 1. Number of days advance notice: 30 2. Notice will be mailed to: Schedule CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI DEPT. OF ENG SERV P0BOX 8277 CORPUS CHRISTI TX 78469-9277 This endorsement changes the policy to which it is attached effective on the inception date of the policy unless a different date is indicated below. (The following "attaching clause" need be completed only when this endorsement is issued subsequent to preparation of the policy.) This endorsement, effective on 03/01/2017 at 12:01 a.m. standard time, forms a part of: Policy No. 0001237005 of Texas MutuaInsurance Company effective on 03/01/2017 Issued to: J CARROLL WEAVER INC Premium: $12,853.00 NCCI Carrier Code: 29939 POBox 12058.Austin, TX7U711-2058 1 of 1 (800) 859-5995 1 Fax (800) 359-0650 texasmutuaicom Authorized Representative 02/28/2017 WC 42 06 01 00 6116 PAYMENT BOND BOND NO. 1962888 Contractor as Principal Name: J. Carroll Weaver, Inc. Mailing address (principal place of business): P.O. Box 1361 Sinton, TX 78387 Owner Name: City of Corpus Christi, Texas Mailing address (principal place of business): Engineering Services 1201 Leopard Street Corpus Christi, Texas 78469 Contract Project name and number: E17049 Contract Renewal #1 Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) FY 2017 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats (Ref E15140) Award Date of the Contract: July 13, 2017 Contract Price: $3,500,000.00 Bond Date of Bond: JULY 18, 2017 (Date of Bond cannot be earlier than Award Date of Contract) Surety Name: THE HAMOVER INSURANCE COMPANY Mailing address (principal place of business): 10375 RICHMOND AVENUE, SUITE 1050 HOUSTON, TEXAS 77042 Physical address (principal place of business): SAME Surety is a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the state of: NEW HAMPHSIRE By submitting this Bond, Surety affirms its authority to do business in the State of Texas and its license to execute bonds in the State of Texas. Telephone (main number): 713-243-7072 Telephone (for notice of claim): SEE ATTACHED Local Agent for Surety Name: HIGGINBOTHAM & ASSOC., INC. Address: 500 N. SHORELINE BLVD., SUITE 1200 CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78401 Telephone: 361-883-1711 Email Address: memoore@higginbotham. net The address of the surety company to which any notice of claim should be sent may be obtained from the Texas Dept. of insurance by calling the following toll-free number: 1-800 252-3439 Payment Bond Form 00 6116 -1 E17049 Contract Renewal #1 Citywide SPMP FY 2017 IDIQ Seal Coats 7-8-2014 Surety and Contractor, intending to be legally bound and obligated to Owner do each cause this Payment Bond to be duly executed on its behalf by its authorized officer, agent or representative. The Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally to this bond. The condition of this obligation is such that if the Contractor as Principal pays all claimants providing labor or materials to him or to a Subcontractor in the prosecution of the Work required by the Contract then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise the obligation is to remain in full force and effect. Provisions of the bond shall be pursuant to the terms and provisions of Chapter 2253 and Chapter 2269 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Chapter to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. Venue shall lie exclusively in Nueces County, Texas for any legal action. Contractor as Pri ipal Signature: Surety Signature: <,-�&76%)-:)/rs-‹ Name: MARY EN MOORE Name: Bennie Vickers Title: Vice President Title: ATTORNEY IN FACT Email Address: Email Address:memoore@higginbotham.net bennie@jcarrollweaverinc.com (Attach Power of Attorney and place surety seal below) END OF SECTION Payment Bond Form E17049 Contract Renewal #1 Citywide SPMP FY 2017 IDIQ Seal Coats 006116-2 7-8-2014 THE HANOVER INSURANCE COMPANY MASSACHUSETTS BAY INSURANCE COMPANY CITIZENS INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA POWER OF ATTORNEY THIS Power of Attorney limits the acts of those named herein, and they have no authority to bind the Company except in the manner and to the extent herein stated. KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS: That THE HANOVER INSURANCE COMPANY and MASSACHUSETTS BAY INSURANCE COMPANY, both being corporations organized and existing under the laws of the State of New Hampshire, and CITIZENS INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Michigan, (hereinafter individually and collectively the "Company") does hereby constitute and appoint, Steve Addkison, Mary Ellen Moore, Cathleen Hayles, Aaron J. Endris and/or Tricia Balolong Of Higginbotham & Assoc. Inc. of Corpus Christi, TX each individually, if there be more than one named, as its true and lawful attomey(s)-in-fact to sign, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver for, and on its behalf, and as its act and deed any place within the United States, any and all surety bonds, recognizances, undertakings, or other surety obligations. The execution of such surety bonds, recognizances, undertakings or surety obligations, in pursuance of these presents, shall be as binding upon the Company as if they had been duly signed by the president and attested by the secretary of the Company, in their own proper persons. Provided however, that this power of attorney limits the acts of those named herein; and they have no authority to bind the Company except in the manner stated and to the extent of any limitation stated below: Any such obligations in the United States, not to exceed Thirty Million and No/100 ($30,000,000) in any single instance That this power is made and executed pursuant to the authority of the following Resolutions passed by the Board of Directors of said Company, and said Resolutions remain in full force and effect: RESOLVED: That the President or any Vice President, in conjunction with any Vice President, be and they hereby are authorized and empowered to appoint Attomeys-in-fact of the Company, in its name and as it acts, to execute and acknowledge for and on its behalf as surety, any and all bonds, recognizances, contracts of indemnity, waivers of citation and all other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, with power to attach thereto the seal of the Company. Any such writings so executed by such Attomeys-in-fact shall be binding upon the Company as if they had been duly executed and acknowledged by the regularly elected officers of the Company in their own proper persons. RESOLVED: That any and all Powers of Attorney and Certified Copies of such Powers of Attorney and certification in respect thereto, granted and executed by the President or Vice President in conjunction with any Vice President of the Company, shall be binding on the Company to the same extent as if all signatures therein were manually affixed, even though one or more of any such signatures thereon may be facsimile. (Adopted October 7, 1981— The Hanover Insurance Company, Adopted April 14, 1982 — Massachusetts Bay Insurance Company, Adopted September 7, 2001— Citizens Insurance Company of America) IN WITNESS WHEREOF, THE HANOVER INSURANCE COMPANY, MASSACHUSETTS BAY INSURANCE COMPANY and CITIZENS INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA have caused these presents to be sealed with their respective corporate seals, duly attested by two Vice Presidents, this 17th day of February, 2016. THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS COUNTY OF WORCESTER ) ss. THE HANOVER INSURANCE COMPANY MASSACHUSETTS BAY INSURANCE COMPANY CtTIZENSURANCE MPANY OF AMERICA Robert Thomas. Vice Presidan THE HANOVER INSURANCE COMPANY HOS BAY COMPANY 3 Pt/ OF AMERICA CIT On this 17th day of February, 2016 before me came the above named Vice Presidents • The Hanover Insurance Company, Massachusetts Bay Insurance Company and Citizens Insurance Company of America, to me pe onally known to be the individuals and officers described herein, and acknowledged that the seals affixed to the preceding instrument are the corporate seals of The Hanover Insurance Company, Massachusetts Bay Insurance Company and Citizens Insurance Company of America, respectively, and that the said corporate seals and their signatures as officers were duly affixed and subscribed to said instrument by the authority and direction of said Corporations. Diane J.! 1�so. Notary Public My Commission Expires March 4.2022 I, the undersigned Vice President of The Hanover Insurance Company, Massachusetts Bay Insurance Compafyarld Citizens Insurance Company of America, hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a full, true and correct copy of the Origina4 P,awer cif Attorney issued by said Companies, and do hereby further certify that the said Powers of Attorney are still in force end • •effect._ - GIVEN under my hand and the seals of said Companies, at Worcester, Massachusetts, this lg .''day'of 5 CERTIFIED COPY IMPORTANT NOTICE To obtain information or make a complaint: You may call Hanover Insurance Company's toll-free telephone number for information or to make a complaint at: 1-800-608-8141 You may also write: Hanover Insurance Company Premier Place Suite 850 5910 North Central Expressway Dallas, Texas 75206 You may contact the Texas Department of Insurance to obtain information on companies, coverages, rights or complaints at 1-800-252-3439 You may write the Texas Department of Insurance at: P.O. Box 149104 Austin, TX 78714-9104 FAX # (512) 475-1771 Web: htto://www.tdi.state.tx.us Email: ConsumerProtection @tdi.state.tx.us PREMIUM OR CLAIM DISPUTES: Should you have a dispute concerning your premium or about a claim you should contact the agent or the company first. If the dispute is not resolved, you may contact the Texas Department of Insurance. ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR POLICY: This notice is for information only and does not become a part or condition of the attached document. 221-4828 (7-07) AVISO IMPORTANTE Para obtener informacion o para someter una queja: Usted puede Ilamar at numbero de telefono gratis de Hanover Insurance Company para informacion or para someter una queja al: 1-800-608-8141 Usted tambien puede escribir: Hanover Insurance Company Premier Place Suite 850 5910 North Central Expressway Dallas, Texas 75206 Hanover Insurance Group° Puede communicarse con el Departamento de Seguros de Texas para obtener informacion acerca de companias, coberturas, derechos o quejas al 1-800-252-3439 Puede escribir al Departamento de Seguros de Texas P.O. Box 149104 Austin, Texas 78714-9104 FAX # (512) 475-1771 Web: htto://www.tdi.state.tx.us Email: ConsumerProtection@tdi.state.tx.us DISPUTAS SOBRE PRIMAS 0 RECLAMOS: Si tiene una disputa concemiente a su prima o a un reciamo, debe comunicarse con el agente o la compania primero. Si no se resuelve la disputa, puede entonces comunicarse con el departamento (TDI). UNA ESTE A VISO A SU POLIZA: Este aviso es solo para proposito de informacion y n se convierte en parte o condicion del documento adjunto. 00 6113 PERFORMANCE BOND BOND NO.1962888 Contractor as Principal Name: J. Carroll Weaver, Inc. Mailing address (principal place of business): P.O. Box 1361 Sinton, TX 78387 Owner Name: City of Corpus Christi, Texas Mailing address (principal place of business): Engineering Services 1201 Leopard Street Corpus Christi, Texas 78469 Contract Project name and number: E17049 Contract Renewal Citywide Street Preventative Maintenance Program (SPMP) FY 2017 Indefinite Delivery Indefinite Quantity (IDIQ) Seal Coats (Ref E15140) Award Date of the Contract: July 13, 2017 Contract Price: $3,500,000.00 Bond Date of Bond: JULY 18, 2017 (Date of Bond cannot be earlier than Award Date of the Contract) Surety Name: THE HANOVER INSURANCE COMPANY Mailing address (principal place of business): 10375 RICHMOND AVENUE, SUITE 1050 HOUSTON, TEXAS 77042 Physical address (principal place of business): SAME Surety is a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the state of: NEW HAMPSHIRE By submitting this Bond, Surety affirms its authority to do business in the State of Texas and its license to execute bonds in the State of Texas. Telephone (main number): 713-243-7072 Telephone (for notice of claim): SEE ATTACHED Local Agent for Surety Name:HIGGINBOTHAM & ASSOC., INC. Address: 500•N. SHORELINE BLVD., SUITE 1200 CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78401 Telephone: 361-883-1711 Email Address:memoore@higginbotham.net The address of the surety company to which any notice of claim should be sent may be obtained from the Texas Dept. of Insurance by calling the following toll-free number: 1-800-252-3439 Performance Bond 00 61 13 -1 E17049 Contract Renewal Citywide SPMP FY2017 IDIOSeal Coats 7-8-2014 Surety and Contractor, intending to be legally bound and obligated to Owner do each cause this Performance Bond to be duly executed on its behalf by its authorized officer, agent or representative. The Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally to this bond. The condition of this obligation is such that if the Contractor as Principal faithfully performs the Work required by the Contract then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise the obligation is to remain in full force and effect. Provisions of the bond shall be pursuant to the terms and provisions of Chapter 2253 and Chapter 2269 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Chapter to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. Venue shall lie exclusively in Nueces County, Texas for any legal action. Contractor as P 'ncipal Signatur . (/// Surety Signature: ,J,el---)707/it Name: Bennie Vickers a, Name: MAR LLEN MOORE • Title: Vice President Title: ATTORNEY IN FACT Email Address: Email Address:nemoore@higginbotham.net bennie@jcarrollweaverinc.com (Attach Power of Attorney and place surety seal below) • END OF SECTION Performance Bond E17049 Contract Renewal Citywide SPMP FY2017 IDIQ Seal Coats 006113-2 7-8-2014 THE HANOVER INSURANCE COMPANY MASSACHUSETTS BAY INSURANCE COMPANY CITIZENS INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA POWER OF ATTORNEY THIS Power of Attorney limits the acts of those named herein, and they have no authority to bind the Company except in the manner and to the extent herein stated. KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS: That THE HANOVER INSURANCE COMPANY and MASSACHUSETTS BAY INSURANCE COMPANY, both being corporations organized and existing under the laws of the State of New Hampshire, and CITIZENS INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Michigan, (hereinafter individually and collectively the "Company") does hereby constitute and appoint, Steve Addkison, Mary Ellen Moore, Cathleen Hayles, Aaron J. Endris and/or Tricia Balolong Of Higginbotham & Assoc. Inc. of Corpus Christi, TX each individually, if there be more than one named, as its true and lawful attomey(s)-in-fact to sign, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver for, and on its behalf, and as its act and deed any place within the United States, any and all surety bonds, recognizances, undertakings, or other surety obligations. The execution of such surety bonds, recognizances, undertakings or surety obligations, in pursuance of these presents, shall be as binding upon the Company as ifthey had been duly signed by the president and attested by the secretary of the Company, in their own proper persons. Provided however, that this power of attorney limits the acts of those named herein; and they have no authority to bind the Company except in the manner stated and to the extent of any limitation stated below: Any such obligations in the United States, not to exceed Thirty Million and No/100 ($30,000,000) in any single instance That this power is made and executed pursuant to the authority of the following Resolutions passed by the Board of Directors of said Company, and said Resolutions remain in full force and effect: RESOLVED: That the President or any Vice President, in conjunction with any Vice President, be and they hereby are authorized and empowered to appoint Attomeys-in-fact of the Company, in its name and as it acts, to execute and acknowledge for and on its behalf as surety, any and all bonds, recognizances, contracts of indemnity, waivers of citation and all other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, with power to attach thereto the seal of the Company. Any such writings so executed by such Attomeys-in-fact shall be binding upon the Company as if they had been duly executed and acknowledged by the regularly elected officers of the Company in their own proper persons. RESOLVED: That any and all Powers of Attorney and Certified Copies of such Powers of Attorney and certification in respect thereto, granted and executed by the President or Vice President in conjunction with any Vice President of the Company, shall be binding on the Companyto the same extent as if all signatures therein were manually affixed, even though one or more of any such signatures thereon may be facsimile. (Adopted October 7, 1981— The Hanover Insurance Company, Adopted April 14, 1982 — Massachusetts Bay Insurance Company, Adopted September 7, 2001— Citizens Insurance Company of America) IN WITNESS WHEREOF, THE HANOVER INSURANCE COMPANY, MASSACHUSETTS BAY INSURANCE COMPANY and CITIZENS INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA have caused these presents to be sealed with their respective corporate seals, duly attested by two Vice Presidents, this 17th day of February, 2016. THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS ) COUNTY OF WORCESTER ) ss. THE HANOVER INSURANCE COMPANY MASSACHUSETTS SAY INSURANCE COMPANY CtTMZENSURANCE MPANY OF AMERICA Robert Thomas. Vice President THE HANOVER INSURANCE COMPANY K g BAY ',�i,.4� AMERCOMP AWAV/ OF /t /OREM. On this 17th day of February, 2016 before me came the above named Vice Presidents • The Hanover Insurance Company, Massachusetts Bay Insurance Company and Citizens Insurance Company of America, to me pe onally known to be the individuals and officers described herein, and acknowledged that the seals affixed to the preceding instrument are the corporate seals of The Hanover Insurance Company, Massachusetts Bay Insurance Company and Citizens Insurance Company of America, respectively, and that the said corporate seals and their signatures as officers were duly affixed and subscribed to said instrument by the authority and direction of said Corporations. Diane J. Ian. Notary PubEc My Commission Expires March 4.2022 1, the undersigned Vice President of The Hanover Insurance Company, Massachusetts Bay Insurance Con)pany and Citizens Insurance Company of America, hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a full, true and correct copy of the O11000, Power of Attorney issued by said Companies, and do hereby further certify that the said Powers of Attorney are still in force and effect. • ' • ,0 da GIVEN under my hand and the seals of said Companies, at Worcester, Massachusetts, this lg .'-y of ,y 1,:.'201:7. CERTIFIED COPY . • IMPORTANT NOTICE To obtain information or make complaint: You may call Hanover Insurance Company's toll-free telephone number for information or to make a complaint at: AVISO IMPORTANTE a Para obtener informacion o para someter una queja: Usted puede hamar al numbero de telefono gratis de Hanover Insurance Company para informacion or para someter una queja al: 1-800-608-8141 You may also write: Hanover Insurance Company Premier Place Suite 850 5910 North Central Expressway Dallas, Texas 75206 You may contact the Texas Department of Insurance to obtain information on companies, coverages, rights or complaints at 1-800-252-3439 You may write the Texas Department of Insurance at: P.O. Box 149104 Austin, TX 78714-9104 FAX # (512) 475-1771 Web: htto://www.tdi.state.tx.us Email: ConsumerProtection @tdi.state.tx.us PREMIUM OR CLAIM DISPUTES: Should you have a dispute concerning your premium or about a claim you should contact the agent or the company first. If the dispute is not resolved, you may contact the Texas Department of Insurance. ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR POLICY: This notice is for information only and does not become a part or condition of the attached document. 221-4828 (7-07) 1-800-608-8141 Usted tambien puede escribir: Hanover Insurance Company Premier Place Suite 850 5910 North Central Expressway Dallas, Texas 75206 Hanover Insurance Group° Puede communicarse con el Departamento de Seguros de Texas para obtener informacion acerca de companias, coberturas, derechos o quejas al 1-800-252-3439 Puede escribir al Departamento de Seguros de Texas P.O. Box 149104 Austin, Texas 78714-9104 FAX # (512) 475-1771 Web: http://www.tdi.state.tx.us Email: ConsumerProtection @ tdi.state.tx.us D1SPUTAS SOBRE PRIMAS 0 RECLAMOS: Si tiene una disputa concerniente a su prima o a un reciamo, debe comunicarse con el agente o la compania primero. Si no se resuelve la disputa, puede entonces comunicarse con el departamento (TDI). UNA ESTE A VISO A SU POLIZA: Este aviso es solo para proposito de informacion y n se convierte en parte o condicion del documento adjunto.